


wae WS My 


Kae 


3 
a 
re. 
S) 
+ 

» 

2 





Tis eA Be 


OF THE 


Threologireal Seminary; 


-RINCETON, N. 














MANUAL | | 


OF 


BIBLICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY; 


COMPRISING 
A CATALOGUE, METHODICALLY ARRANGED, 


OF 


THE PRINCIPAL EDITIONS AND VERSIONS OF 


THE HOLY SCRIPTURES ; 


TOGETHER WITH 


NOTICES OF THE PRINCIPAL PHILOLOGERS, CRITICS, AND INTERPRETERS 
OF THE BIBLE, 





BY 


THOMAS HARTWELL HORNE, B.D. 


OF SAINT JOHN’S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE 5 


RECTOR OF THE UNITED PARISHES OF SAINT EDMUND THE KING AND MARTYR, 
AND SAINT NICHOLAS ACONS, LOMBARD STREET; 


PREBENDARY OF SAINT PAUL'S. 








LONDON: 


T. CADELL, STRAND; 


W. BLACKWOOD AND SONS, EDINBURGH; AND 
R, MILLIKEN AND SON, DUBLIN. 


MDCCCXXXEX. 





ve 


OT ta Ra DO 2 
Prin 


















PROPERTY Op SAegy 
yY PRINCETON 
: /REC, oe, 











ADVERTISEMENT. 


Tuts Volume constitutes the BIBLIOGRAPHICAL APPENDIX to the 
. Second Volume of the Author’s ‘“ Introduction to the Critical Study 
- and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures.” In consequence of repeated 
applications for this portion of his work in a detached form, a limited 
number of copies has been printed for the accommodation of those 


who are engaged in Bibliographical Researches. 


Lonpon, 
JAN. I, MDCCCXXXIXe 





Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2021 with funding from 


Princeton Theological Seminary Library 


: https /archive.org/details/manualofbiblical00horn 


»oVua 
ie e RZ ¥s 4 ev a 
—_— : ' ° : vs eS - kK 7c 4 


*? 7 +e) is ue e a. bale - toe 2 r v 








DeeN OP |) CA Tapes a8; 
OF 


CONTENTS. 


Introduction. 


General Bibliographical Works, treating on the Editions, Literary 
History, Criticism, &c. of the Bible Page 1—3 


PAR DET. 
Holy Scriptures. 


Cuaprer I. Entire Texts and Versions of the Bible. 


Section I. Principal Editions of the Hebrew Bible - 4 
§ 1. Editiones Principes - - - - 4, 
§ 2. Editiones Primariz ; or, those which have been 
adopted as theBases of subsequent Impressions 5 
§ 3. Editions of the Bible with Rabbinical Commen- 
taries - ” 5 
4, Editions with Critcsl Notes sath Apparatus” - 6-—11 
Section II. Editions of the Hebrzeo-Samaritan Pentateuch - 1] 
Section III. Principal Editions of the Greek Testament, and 
of detached Books thereof - * 12—- 34: 
Section IV. Polyglott Bibles; or, Editions of the Old a New 
Testaments, with Versions in several Languages 35—39 
Triglott Testament ” - - - 40 
Diglott Bibles - - “i 40 
Section V. Antient Versions of the Old and New Toten 4] 
§ 1. Targums, or Chaldee gee ures on the Old 
Testament - - - 41, 42 
§ 2. Antient Greek Verio - - - - 42 
[i.] The Septuagint - : - 42—4°7 
[ii.] Editions of Origen’s Hess - - 47, 48 
[iii.] Another antient Greek Version - - 48 
§ 3. Antient Oriental Versions . my key = “48 
[i.] The Syriac Versions - - 48 
The Peschito, or Old Syriac Vern : 48 
The Philoxenian Syriac Version - - 49 
[ii.] The Arabic Version - - - = 50, 51 
fiii.] The Persic Version - - - 51 
Liv. ] .The Egyptian Versions - - : 51 
The Coptico-Memphitic, or Version in the 
Dialect of Lower Egypt - - - 51 


vi SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Section VY. Antient Versions, continued. 
The Sahidic, or Version in the Dialect of Upper 
Egypt = - : : : 
The Bashmouric, or Dialect of Bashmour, 
Province of the Delta - - 
[v.] The Ethiopic Version -. . 
[vi.] The Armenian Version - 7 - 
§ 4. Antient Western Versions - - s 
[i.] The Latin Versions - = 
Ante-Hieronymian Versions, or those made 
before the time of Jerome - - 
The Version of Jerome - ‘ 7 
The Latin Vulgate - “ F 
[ii] The Gothic Version - - F ; 
[ili.] The Sclavonic Version - = - 
[iv.] The Anglo-Saxon Version - 
Section VI. Modern Versions of the Old and New Testaments 
§ 1. General Observations on the Circulation of the 
Scriptures - - a . 
I. Scarcity and high Prices of the Scriptures. — II. Rude 
Attempts to convey an Ideaof their Contents to the Poor 
and Illiterate. — Account of the Bint1a Paurerum. — 
IlI. Number and Classification of the Translations of 
the Bible into modern Languages ~ - 
§ 2. Modern Latin Versions of the entire Bible —- 
Versions made by Romanists - - - 
Versions made by Protestants - “ 
Latin Versions of the New Testament - - 
§ 3. Versions in the Languages of Modern Europe - 
[i.] Versions in the Languages spoken in the Bri- 
tish Isles - - - - - 
é Wicliffe’s Version : ‘ - 
English ProrestantT Versions : 
Tyndale’s Version - : - 
Coverdale’s Bible - - 
Matthew’s Bible - - - 
Hollybushe’s New Testament - 
Cranmer’s Great Bible - - 
Taverner’s Bible - a 
Other Editions of the English Bible 
during the remainder of Henry 
VIII.’s reign and the reign of Ed- 
ward VI. - - 2 
Anglo-Genevese Version - 
Archbishop Parker’s, or the Bishops 
Bible - . 
King James's Bible, or the Authorised 
Version now in use - . 
Testimonies of eminent Scholars 
to its value - - - 
Editions of the Authorised Ver- 
sion, with Marginal Renderings 
and Parallel References ~ - 
Editions of the Authorised Ver- 
sion, the Text of which is divided 
into Paragraphs according to the 
subject - - - 
Anglo-Romisu Versions ; . 


¥ 8 


Page 


aI 
iS 
Aaa a 


88 
88—90 


SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. vil 








P 
Section VI. Modern Versions, continued. are 
Welsh Version - - = 90, 91 
Irish Version 2 - : 92 
Manks Version - . 5 92 
Gaelic Version - : - 92, 93 
[ii.] Versions in the Languages spoken on the Con- 
-tinent of Europe : : - 93 
1. German Versions - ~ - 95 
Luther's Version, and Versions in other 
Languages derived from it - - 93—95 
Jewish German Versions - - 96 
2. French Versions ~ - - - 97—99 
3. (French) Basque Version - - - 99 
4. Belgian Versions - - - 100 
5. Italian Versions - - - = 100 
6. Versions in the Spanish Language, and ‘its 
Dialects : ™ - - 100, 101 
7. Russian Version i : a1 PLOT IO? 
8. Croat Version - . - 102 
9. Hungarian Version - ~ . 102 
10. Polish Version - . - 103 
11. Bohemian Version - : - 103 
12. Romaic or Modern Greek Version - 103, 104 
13. Wallachian Version - ~ - 104 . 
14, 15. Bulgarian and Serbian Versions - 104: 
16. Romanese Versions - - - 104 
17. Turkish Versions - - - - 104, 105 
18. Portuguese Versions - - - 105 
19. Albanian Version : - - 105,.106 
20. Maltese Version : - - 106 
S 4. Modern Versions in the Languages of Asia — - - 106 
" {i.] Hebrew - 2 . - 6 SAE 106 
fii.] Chaldee — - - - - ~ 107 
[iii.] Versions in the modern Oriental Languages 107 
1. Versions in the Arasic Language, and 
its Cognate Dialects ~ 7 LOS 8109 
2. Versions in the Sanscrit Language, 
and its Cognate Dialects . - 109—113 
3. Versions in the CHINESE, and the Lan- 
guages derived from or bearing Affinity 
to it E : : Jed eae 
fiv.] Other Asratic Versions - 4 - - 114 
1. Formosan - - - - 114 
2. Northern Asiatic ~ ° - 115 
3. Georgian : - - - 115 
4, Modern Armenian - : - 116 
5. Tahitan - ah - . 116 
6. Rarotongan - - : =) Ga 
7. Curdish - - - - EL. 
Fac-similes of Specimens of the Versions 
of the Sacred Scriptures in the Eastern 
| Languages” - - - - 118—122 
ia § 5. Modern Versions in the Languages of Africa - 122 
. 1. Amharic and Tigré, or the Vernacular Lan- 
guages of Abyssinia - ~ mut he) ele 
2 Berber Version - - 123 


Vill SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Page 
Section VI. Modern Versions, continued. 
3, Bullom Version - - - 123 
4, Susoo Version : ~ - 123 
5. Malagassé Version - - - - 124: 
6. Mandingo Version - a - - 124 
7. South African Versions - . 124 
6. Modern Versions in the Languages of ‘America 124: 
~ [i.] North American Versions - - 124 
1. Virginian Indian Version - - - 124 
2. Delaware Indian Version - - - 125 
3. Massachussett Version . - - 125 
4. Mohawk Version - “= wl Zoe 
5. Mohegan Version - - - . 126 
6. Esquimaux Version . : - 126 
7. Chippeway Version : - - 126 
8. Greenlandish Version - - - 126 
9. Creolese Version - - - - 127, 
10. Negro-English Version - - 127 
(i1.] South American Versions ~ - - 128 
Cuaprer II. Harmonies of the Old and New Testaments - 128 
Section I. Harmonies of the Old Testament - - ~ 128—130 
Section II. Harmonies of the entire New Testament, and of 
the Four Gospels - “ - 130—138 


Section III. Harmonies of particular Parts ofthe Four Gospels 138, 139 
Section IV. Harmonies of the Acts of the Apostles, and of 


the Apostolic Epistles - - - 139—141 
Cuapter IJI. Apocryphal Books and Writings - 141 
SecTion I. Apocryphal Books of the Old Testament - 141—150 
Section II. Apocryphal Books of the New Testament -, 150, 151 
PABT? Li 
Sacred Philology ; 
or, 


The Criticism and Interpretation of the Scriptures. 


Cuaprer I, Treatises on the Canon of Scripture, and on 


Apocryphal Books - - - 152—155 
Cnaprer II. Introductions to the Study of the Scriptures - 15 

Section I. General Introductions to the entire Bible - 155—158 
Sscrion II. Introductions to the Study of the Old Testament 

in particular - - - =) f6S, 159 
Srcrron III. Introductions to the Study of the New Testament 

| in particular - - - - 160, 161 
Cuaprer III. Treatises on the Sacred Text, its Style, 

Idiom, and Versions ~ - - 161 
Section I, Treatises on Sacred Criticism, generally, and on 

the Style and Idiom of the Scriptures - 161—170 

Secrion II. Treatises on Hebrew Poetry - : rie PLO, ae 
Section II. Treatises on the Quotations from the Old Testa- 

| ment in the New “ - oe war yy. 








A 
3 


ag les over 
a i 


SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Cuapter III. Treatises on the Sacred Text, &c. continued. 


Section IV. Treatises on Manuscripts and on Various Read- 
ings.—Collations of Manuscripts, and Collec- 
tions of Various Readings - - - 

§ 1. Treatises on Manuscripts - - - 

2. Treatises on Various Readings - 

; § 3. Collations of Manuscripts, and Collections of 
Various Readings - . 

§ 4. Treatises on the Genuineness of the Disputed 

Clauses in 1 John v. 7, 8. “ - 

Section V. Treatises on Versions of the Seeipenred’ “ 

§ 1. Treatises on Antient Versions —— - - 

§ 2. Treatises on Modern Versions - - 


CuarTer IV. Treatises on the Original Languages of 3 


Scripture, and Grammars and Lexicons 
thereof - - - - 


Section I. Treatises, &c. on the Hebrew Language - 

§ 1. Treatises on the Study of the Hebrew EOE 

and on the Vowel Points - 

§ 2. Hebrew Grammars, and other Treatises on the 
| Hebrew Language, witH Points - - 
ia [i.] In the English Language - - 
[ii.] In the Latin, French, and German Languages 
. Hebrew Grammars, &c. wiITHOUT Points - 
. Hebrew Grammars wiTH and witHouT Points 
. Chaldee Grammars” - - ~ : 
. Grammar of the Samaritan Language — - - 

Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon’s - - 

. Hebrew, Latin, and English Sate WITH 

Points - - - - 

2. English and Hebrew Lexicons wit Ponts - 

3. Hebrew and English Lexicon witout Points 

Grammars and Lexiconsfor the Greek Testament 

and for the Septuagint Version’ - - 

§ 1. Grammars, and other Treatises on the Greek 

Language of the New Testament - - 

§ 2. Glossaries and Lexicons to the Greek Testa- 

ment - - - - - 

3. Lexicons to the Septuagint Version - - 

Section IV. Grammars and Lexicons of the Cognate or 

Kindred Languages - - . 

. General Treatises, and Polyglott Grammar of 

the Cognate or Kindred Languages _ - - 

- Polyglott Lexicons of the Kindred HE cell - 
. Syriac Grammars and Lexicons - 

. Arabic Grammars and Lexicons - - 

. Egyptian Grammars and Lexicons - - 

» Ethiopic Grammar and Lexicons ~~ - - 

. Persian Grammars and Lexicons~— - - 


QDI 
rt 9) Our 0S 


7 Section II. 


Cn =P 


Section III. 


pom 


DEVLIN Ln 
ID OB 09 00 


CHAPTER V. Commentators, Interpreters, and Paraphrasts 
on the Scriptures - - - 
Section I. On the Interpretation of Scripture - - 
§ 1. General Treatises on the Interpretation of 
Scripture - - - = - 
a 


IN 





Page 


173 
173—175 
175, 176 


177—180 


180—185 

185 
185—189 
189—192 


193 
193 


193 


194 
194—197 
197—200 
200—202 

202 

203 

204 

204 


204—208 
208 
208 


209 
209, 210 


210—214: 
214 


215 
216 
217, 218 
219, 220 
220, 221 
222 
222 


223 
224: 


224—227 


SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Section I. On the Interpretation of Scripture, continued. 
§ 2. Treatises on the Interpretation of the Figurative 
Language, and on the Spiritual and Typical 
Interpretation of Scripture - - 
§ 3. Treatises on the Interpretation of Scripture 


Proverbs and Promises - - = 
§ 4. Treatises on the Interpretation of Scripture 
Prophecies - - ps 


Warburtonian Lectures on Prophecy - - 

Section Il. Jewish Writers and Commentators, and Illustra: 
tions of the Scriptures derived from Jewish 

Sources - . - A 2 

§ 1. Jewish Writers and Commentators - - 

§ 2. Illustrations of the Holy Scriptures, derived 

from Jewish Sources ts é J 

Section III. Christian Commentators, Interpreters, and Para- 
phrasts on the Scriptures - - - 

§ 1, Commentaries by the Fathers, and other Divines 

of the Christian Church, previously to the 

Reformation - : = : 

[i.] Greek Fathers - . - oe ge 

[ii.] Latin Fathers - - - - 

[iii.] Later Divines of the Greek and Latin 


Churches - Ms zs apa A 

Greek Writers m e as : 

Latin Writers = us pale de ioe 

§ 2. Scholia on the entire Bible, or the greater Part 
thereof - * ag ‘ a“ 


§ 3. The principal.Commentators on the Scriptures, 
_ generally, since the Reformation - - 
[i.] Foreign Commentators on the whole Bible - 
[ii.] British Commentators 
§ 4. Principal Commentators on the Old Testament, 
and on detached books thereof - - 

[i.] Commentators on the Old Testament - 
[ii.] Commentators on detached Books of the Old 
Testament - - - 
Commentators on the Pentateuch and Histo- 

rical Books . - - 
Commentators on the Poetical Books generally 
Commentators on the Book of Job - 
Commentators on the Book of Psalms - 
Commentators on the Book of Proverbs - 
Commentators on Ecclesiastes and the Song 

of Solomon - . - - 
Commentators on the Prophets, generally - 
Commentators on the Prophet Isaiah - 
Commentators on Jeremiah and Lamentations 
Commentators on Daniel - - = 
Commentators on the Minor Prophets . 

§ 5. Commentators on the Apocryphal Books of 


the Old Testament - Ss 
§ 6. Principal Commentators on the New Testament, 
and on detached Books thereof - - 


[i.] Commentators on the entire New Testament 


Page 
228, 229 
229, 230 
230—232 
232—234 
234 
234-238 
238, 239 
239 
239 
240, 241 
24:1 
242 
242 
244 
245 —24:7 
248—266 
248—253 
253—266 
266—297 
266 
267—297 
267—271 
271, 272 
272—275 
275—281 
281, 282 
283—285 / 
285, 286 
286—288 
288, 289 
290 —292 
292—297 
297 
297—349 
297—307 











a Xi SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Fats ; Page. 
- CuapterR VII. Treatises on Biblical Antiquities, &c. continued. 

SecTion II. Treatises on aaa las Subjects in Biblical Anti- 

quities ~ - - - - 377 

§ 1. Scripture Geogtaphiy - - - eT 

[i.] Treatises on Scripture Geography - - 31/—379 

[ii.] Biblical Atlasses and Maps - - - 379, 380 

§ 2. Natural History of the Bible - - - 380—383 

§ 3. Political Antiquities of the Jews - - 383 
Treatises on the Laws, Government, Coins, &c. of 

the Jews - - - - 383—386 

§ 4. Sacred Antiquities of the eve - - - 386 
[i.] Treatises on the Ritual and Sacred Ceremonies 

of the Jews - - - . - 386 


[il.] Treatises on the Religious Notions of the Jews, 
on the Corruptions of Religion among them, 
and on the Sects into which they were divided 386—388 
§ 5. Domestic Antiquities, Literature, and Sciences of 
the Jews - - - ' 388 
§ 6. Miscellaneous Illustrations of Biblical Antiquities 
from Oriental Scenery, from Voyages and Travels in 
the East, and from ee ADU UAT a, and 


other Sources - - - 389—393 
SECTION III. Treatises on the Genealogies santa in the 

Scriptures - - - * - 393, 394 

Section IV. Treatises on Sacred Chronology - - 394—397 


Sretion VY. Connections of Sacred and Profane History. — 
Histories of the Bible and Scripture Biography 397—401 


a _ ADDENDA _ 7 -— - = - 402— 404 


Bee 72 : 
pe _ BrBLioGRAPHICAL INDEX z = “ - 405—431 































SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. xi 


Page © 
Section ILI. Christian Commentators, &c. continued. — 
fii.] Commentators on detached Books of the New 


Testament = - ~ 307% 
Commentators on the Histotioal Books, S 
generally = - - 307—309 © 
Commentators on the Gospels af Matthew | ate 
and Mark - - - -< BiOneu 
Commentators on the Gospel af Luke - 311 


Commentators on the Gospel of John - $12, 3139 
Commentators on the Acts of the Apostles 313—315 — 
Commentators on the Whole or Greater t 


Part of the Apostolic Epistles - 315—318 — 
Commentators on the Epistle to the - 
Romans - - - 318—322 — 
Commentators on the Lhe to the 3 
Corinthians - - 322, 323 — 
Commentators on aie Epistles to the Pat 
Galatians and Ephesians - $23, 32s 
Commentators on the Epistles to the Phi- 
lippians, Colossians, and Thessalonians - 324, 325° 
Commentators on the Epistles to Ny a 
Titus, and Philemon 325, 326 
Commentators on the Seven Catholic ae 
Epistles ~ - 329—331 
Commentators on the Apocalypse, or Reve- SS 
lation of Saint John 331—338 _ 


§ 7. Expository Lectures and Sermons on the sar 2 

tures, and on detached Portions thereof - 338—349 — 

§ 8. Treatises on reconciling the Contradictions a 
alleged to exist in the Scriptures - 349, 350° 

§ 9. Principal Collections of Observations on the fs 

Scriptures, Critical, Philological, and Miscel- g 

laneous” - - - - 352—364 — 

[i.] Collections of Various Essays, and Commen- a 

taries on detached Portions of the Scriptures 350—352 

[ii.] Observations on the Scriptures, Critical, Phi- . 

logical, and Miscellaneous - - 352—364 — 


\ 


Cuapter VI. Concordances and Dictionaries, Common- a 
Place Books, Indexes, and Analyses of ‘a 
the Bible - - - - 365—374 — 

Section I. Concordances to the Scriptures . - 364 — 
§ 1. Concordances to the Hebrew Bible — - 365— 
» 2. Concordances to the Septuagint Greek Version 565, 
; 3. Concordances to the Greek Testament - 365am 
4. Concordance to the Latin Vulgate - . 366. 
5. Concordances to the English Bible - = 867, 366 = 
6. Concordance to the French Bible - - 367 


Section II. Dictionaries of the Bible - - 
Section III. Common-Place Books to the Bible : 
Section IV. Indexes and Analyses of the Bible —- 


Cuaprer VII. Treatises on Biblical Antiquities, and on 
- other Historical Circumstances of the 
Bible | - - - 374—401 


SecTion I. General Treatises on Biblical Antiquities - 374—37 7 


369—378 
372, 37 : ie 
375; 37% 


: = 





A MANUAL 


OF 


BIBLICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


Introduction. 


GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHICAL WORKS, TREATING ON THE EDITIONS, 
LITERARY HISTORY, CRITICISM, ETC. OF THE BIBLE. 


1. BIBLIOTHECA SACRA in binos syllabos distincta. Quorum prior, qui 
jam tertio auctior prodiit, omnes sive Textus Sacri sive Versionum ejusdem 
quavis lingua expressarum editiones, necnon prestantiores MSS. Codices, 
cum notis historicis continet: Posterior vero continet omnia eorum opera 
quivis idiomate conscripta, qui huc usque in Sacram Scripturam ediderunt, 
simul collecta, tum ordine alphabetico disposita, tum serie sacrorum librorum. 
Huic coronidis loco subjiciuntur Grammatice et Lexica Linguarum presertim 
orientalium, que ad illustrandas sacras paginas aliquid adjumenti conferre 
possunt. Labore et industria Jacobi Lz Lone. Parisiis 1723, 2 tomis folio. 

The third and best edition of a most laborious work. The first edition appeared at Paris 


in 1709, in 2 vols. 8vo.: the seeond, at Leipsic, in the same year, with additions by C. F. 
Boerner. 


2. Discours Historique sur les principales Editions des Bibles Polyglottes. 
Par ]’Auteur de la Bibliothéque Sacrée. [Jacques Le Lona.] Paris, 1713, 
Svo. 

3. Bibliotheca Sacra post Jacobi Le Long et C. F. Boerneri iteratas curas 
ordine disposita, emendata, suppleta, continuata ab Andrea Gottlieb Mascu. 
Hale, 1774—1797. 5 vols. 4to. frequently bound in two thick volumes. 


This elaborate work, which was discontinued for want of adequate support, is confined to 
the printed editions of the Holy Scriptures. Part I. eontains editions of the original He- 
brew and Greek text. Part II., in three volumes, treats on the Greek, Oriental, and Latin 
versions, and on editions of them ; and the last volume comprises a supplement to the pre- 
ceding volumes. 

We have been largely indebted to this publication for much information concerning the 
printed editions of the Old and New Testament. ‘To this valuable work the Bibliotheca 
Biblica Serenissimi Wuertembergensium Ducis, olim Lorkiana, published by J. G. C. Adler, 
at Altona, in 1787 (in five parts forming two quarto volumes), is an indispensable supple- 
ment. It is very justly characterised by Bp. Marsh as ‘‘a catalogue of great merit and 
utility,” and contains notices of some versions and translators, which have escaped even the 
researches of Dr. Masch. 


4. CALMET (Augustine) Bibliotheca Sacra, or a Catalogue of the best books 
that can be read in order to acquire a good understanding of the Scripture. 
Folio. 

This Catalogue fills a considerable portion of a volume in the various French editions of 
Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible. It also occupies two hundred and eighty-four pages of 
the third volume of the English translation of that Dictionary, in folio. {t contains copious 
notices of the earlier biblical critics and commentators, and other writers on Scriptural An- 
tiquities, &c. This valuable Catalogue is omitted in the quarto edition of Calmet’s Dic- 
tionary, published by the late Mr. C. Taylor. 


5. Joh. Christophori Wotrit Bibliotheca Hebraea; sive Notitia tum Auc- 
torum Hebrzorum cujuscumque etatis, tum Scriptorum, que vel Hebraice 
primum exarata, vel ab aliis conversa sunt, ad nostram etatem deducta. 
Accedit in calce Jacobi Gaffarelli Index Codicum Cabbalistic. MSS., quibus 

VOL. II. APP. (A) 


- General Biographical Treatises 


Joh. Picus, Mirandulanus Comes, usus est. Hamburgi et Lipsizw, 1715—33, 
4 tomis, 4to. 

6. Jo. Georgii WALCHII Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, literariis adnota- 
tionibus instructa. Jene, 1757—8—62—65, 4 vols. 8vo. 


All who are conversant in sacred literature have borne willing testimony to the correctness and 
research of Walch, whose work will always remain a production, admirable for the diligence 
and for the extensive reading and accuracy which it evinces. ‘The sound judgment, remark- 
able in other works of this theologian, is conspicuous in this publication. All possible aids for 
theological literature are here embraced. The whole is well arranged: with regard to many 
books, their contents and value are stated, and directions are given where more extensive in- 
formation is to be obtained. Of many important works an extensiye and accurate literary 
history is given. All departments of theology have a rich collection of books pertaining to 
them described, and abundant materials are furnished for the history of religion. The third 
and fourth volumes are chiefly interesting to Biblical students. How much the author of 
the present work is indebted to the Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, the frequent references 
made to it will sufficiently attest. In 1770, Walchius published a Bibliotheca Patristica in 
one large volume 8vo.: it contains an excellent account of treatises on the lives and erudition 
of the Fathers of the Church, and on the editions of their writings. A new edition of this 
Work, much enlarged and improved, by J. T. L. Danzius, was published at Jena in 1834, 
also in one volume 8vo. 


7. A Concise View of the Succession of Sacred Literature, in a Chronological 
Atrangement of Authors and their Works, from the Invention of Alphabet- 
ical Characters to the Year of our Lord 1445. By Adam Ciarxe, LL.D. 
and J. B. B. CLrarxe, M. A. London 1831—32. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The first part of the first volume, which comes down to a, p. 345, was published by Dr. 
Clarke in 182], in one volume, 12mo. The remainder of the work was composed by his 
son, the Rey. J. B. B. Clarke. ‘The whole contains much important information relative 
to biblical and ecclesiastical literature. 


8. A Course of Lectures, containing a Description and Systematic Ar- 
rangement of the several Branches of Divinity, accompanied with an Account 
both of the principal Authors and of the Progress which has been made at 
different Periods, in Theological Learning. By Herspert Marsu, D.D. 
[ Bishop of Peterborough.] London, 1810—1&23. 8vo. 


Seven parts of these Lectures have been published. They embrace almost every topic of 
Biblical Criticism and Interpretation, and also the genuineness, authenticity, and credibility 
of the Scriptures; and are particularly valuable for their bibliographical and critical notices 
of the principal writers who have treated on these subjects, 


8*. Lectures on the Criticism and Interpretation of the Bible, with two 
preliminary Lectures on Theological Study and Theological Arrangement : 
to which are added two Lectures on the History of Biblical Interpretation. 
By Herbert Marsu, D.D. Bishop of Peterborough. London, 1828. New 
Edition, 1838. 8vo. 


This is a new edition, revised, corrected, and enlarged, of the first four parts of the preceding 
course of Lectures. The two additional Lectures on the History of Biblical Interpretation, 
which were published separately, contain bibliographical notices of the principal writers on 
that subject. 


9. Illustrations of Biblical Literature, exhibiting the History and Fate of 
the Sacred Writings, from the earliest Period to the present Century: includ- 
ing Biographical Notices of Translators and other eminent Biblical Scholars. 
By the Rev. James Towntery, D.D. London, 1821. 3 vols. 8vo. 


“The ample volumes before us comprise a rich fund of instructive and pleasing inform- 
ation on the subject of Sacred Bibliography. They have been compiled from a great 
variety of publications, many of them inaccessible to the generality of readers, and some of 
them of extreme rarity.” .... The industry and the accuracy of Mr. Townley will entitle 
his volumes to the approbation of the critic and the patronage of the public. They afford 
a more comprehensive view of the progress of Biblical Translations and of the Literary and 
Ecclesiastical History of the Holy Scriptures than is to be found in any other work.” (Eclectic 
Review, N.S. vol. xviii. pp. 386. 407.) 


10. An Introduction to the Literary History of the Bible. By James 
Town ey, D.D, London, 1828, 12mo, 








on the Editions, 5c. of the Bible. 3 


This handsomely executed volume, which is a second edition of the Biblical Anecdotes 
published by Dr. Townley in 1813, may be considered as an epitome of his Illustrations 
of Biblical Literature. It contains many interesting anecdotes relative to the Literary 
History of the Scriptures from the earliest period to the commencement of the nineteenth 


century. 

11. Bibliotheca Biblica: a Select List of Books on Sacred Literature, 
with Notices Biographical, Critical, and Bibliographical. By William Orme. 
London, 1824. 8vo. 


For many of his titles and notices of books, Mr. Orme has been indebted to the present 
Work, to which he has honourably acknowledged his obligations. ‘‘ The theological student 
cannot fail to derive much advantage from it; and the more learned divine will find it an 
excellent supplement to the Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta of the laborious Walchius, or to 
the erudite Bibliotheca Sacra of Le Long.” (British Critic, N. S. vol. xxii. p. 486.) 


12. Bibliothéque Sacrée Grecque-Latine ; contenant le Tableau Chronolo- 
gique, Biographique, et Bibliographique, des Auteurs Inspirés et des Auteurs 
Ecclésiastiques, depuis Moise jusqu’a Saint Thomas d’Aquin. Ouvrage 
rédigé d’aprés Mauro Boni et Gamba. Par Ch. Nopier. Paris, 1826. 8vo.- 


A convenient summary of biblical and ecclesiastical Bibliography. The author first gives 
a concise biographical notice of the sacred and ecclesiastical writers, and then specifies the 
principal editions of their works. A List is then subjoined of the Collections of the Canons 
and Acts of Councils and of the Canon Law, of Ecclesiastical Biographers, and of the 
Works of the Greek and Latin Fathers, and other Ecclesiastical Writers, and of the Greek 
and Latin Christian Poets, 


13. Bibliotheca Sussexiana. A Descriptive Catalogue, accompanied by 
Historical and Biographical Notices, of the Manuscripts and Printed Books 
contained in the Library of His Royay Hicuness tHE DuKE or Sussex. 
By Thomas Joseph Pettigrew, F.R.S. &c. &c. London, 1827. Imperial 8vo. 


This magnificent Publication has a special claim to be noticed in the present Catalogue 
of Biblical Works, on account of the diversified and important information which it com- 
municates respecting Editions of the Holy Scriptures, and which is not to be found in the 
bibliographical treatises already described. 

The first portion of the Bibliotheca Sussexiana is appropriated to Mawnuscrirrs, the 
number of which amounts very nearly to three hundred: these are arranged according to 
languages, viz., in Hebrew, Greek, Latin, French, Italian, Spanish, German, Dutch, 
_ English, Irish, Arabic, Persian, Armenian, Pali, Singhalese, and Burman. 

The second part treats on Printep Enirtions of the Holy Scriptures, disposed under the fol- 
lowing titles, viz. Polyglotts of the Old and New Testaments and of detached portions thereof; 
— Hebrew Bibles, Hebrew and Hebrew-Samaritan Pentateuchs, and portions of the Old 
Testament in Hebrew ; — Greek Bibles, Greek Pentateuch, and portions of the Old Testament 
in Greek ; — Latin Bibles, and parts of the Old Testament in Latin: forming an aggregate of 
four hundred and ninety-nine articles, many of which are among the rarest and most valuable 
in Sacred Bibliography. 

Much as has been accomplished by preceding authors who have treated on Sacred Biblio- 
graphy, the laborious researches of Mr. Pettigrew have enabled him to contribute large and 
important additions to this branch of literature. He has accurately and minutely described 
the several editions of the Scriptures, and his Bibliographical Notices correct the errors, and 
supply the deficiencies, of former writers. Curious specimens of metrical Versions are intro- 
duced, besides numerous biographical and critical anecdotes of authors and editors. The 
numerous engravings are executed in the highest style of the chaleographic art. Credit~ 
able as the work is to Mr. Pettigrew, in a literary point of view, it would be injustice to the 
distinguished owner of this magnificent library, not to acknowledge the very liberal facility 
with which His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex permits it to be consulted by scholars. 

There are copies of this Catalogue in small folio, the typographical splendour of which is 


unequalled, A 


(a) 2 


Hebrew Bibles. [Part I, Ch. I. 


ad ns gl F 


Holy Scriptures. 


CHAPTER I. 


ENTIRE TEXTS AND VERSIONS OF THE BIBLE. 


SECTION I. 


PRINCIPAL EDITIONS OF THE HEBREW BIBLE. 


BISHOP WALTON], Carpzov?, and particularly Le Long, have treated 
at great length on the various editions of the Hebrew Scriptures. These 
have been divided by De Rossi and others into Masoretic and Non-Masoretic 
editions,—a distinction, the utility of which is not perceived. In the present 
section, Dr. Masch’s improved edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra? has 
been chiefly followed. The various impressions of the Hebrew Bible may 
be divided into the four following classes, viz. 

(1.) Editiones Principes, or those first printed. 

(2.) Editiones Primariz, or those which have been adopted as the bases 
of subsequent impressions. 

(3.) Editions, the text of which is accompanied with Rabbinical Com- 
mentaries. 

(4.) Editions, which are furnished with Critical Apparatus. 





§ 1. Epirrones PRrincIPEs. 


1. Psalterium Hebraicum, cum commentario Kimcui. Anno 237 (1477). 
Ato. 


The first printed Hebrew book. It is of extreme rarity, and is printed (probably at 
Bologna) with a square Hebrew type, approaching that of the German Jews. The text is 
without points, except in the four first psalms, which are clumsily pointed. The commentary 
of Rabbi Kimchi is subjoined to each verse of the text in the rabbinical character, and is 
much more complete than in the subsequent editions, as it contains all those passages which 
were afterwards omitted, as being hostile to Christianity. Prof. Jahn states that it is incor- 


rectly printed, and that the matres lectionis are introduced or omitted at the pleasure of the 
editors. 


2. Biblia Hebraica, cum punctis. Soncino, 1488, folio. 


The first edition of the entire Hebrew Bible ever printed. It is at present of such extreme 





1 Prolegom. cap. iv. De Bibliorum Editionibus precipuis. 

2 Critica Sacra, pars i. cap. 9, pp. 387—428. 

3 Bibliotheca Sacra, post. Jacobi Le Long et C. F. Boerneri iteratus curas ordine disposita 
emendata, suppleta, continuata ab Andrea Gottlieb Masch. Hala, 4to. 1778—85—90. 
4 vols. with Supplement. The account of Hebrew editions is in the first volume, pp. 1—186. 
331—424, De Bure’s Bibliographie Instructive, tom. i. ( Paris 1763), and Brunet’s Manuel 


du Libraire, et de P Amateur de Livres, (4 vols, 8vo. Paris 1820, 3d edit.) have also been 
consulted occasionally. 


ee eee ee 


| 
H 
| 
| 








Sect. I. § 2, 3.] Hebrew Bibles. . 5 


rarity, that only nine or ten copies of it are known to be in existence. One of these is in 
the library of Exeter College, Oxford. At the end of the Pentateuch there is a long Hebrew 
subscription, indicating the name of the editor (Abraham Ben Cuagsim), the place where it 
was printed, and the date of the edition. This very scarce volume consists, according to 
Masch, of 373 (but Brunet says 380) folios, printed with points and accents, and also with 
signatures and catchwords. The initial letters of each book are larger than the others, and 
are ornamented. Dr. Kennicott states, that there are not fewer than twelve thousand verbal 
differences between this edition and that of Van der Hooght; his assertion is questioned by 
Masch, The researches of biblical critics haye not succeeded in ascertaining what manu- 
scripts were used for this Hebrew Bible. It is, however, acknowledged that these two very 
antient editions are equal in value to manuscripts. 


§ 2. EpITIONES PRIMARI#, OR THOSE WHICH HAVE BEEN ADOPTED AS THE 
BASES OF SUBSEQUENT IMPRESSIONS. 


1. Biblia Hebraica, 8vo. Brixie, 1494. 


This edition was conducted by Grrson, the son of Rabbi Moses. It is also of extreme 
rarity, and is printed in long lines, except part of the Psalms, which isintwo columns. The 
identical copy of this edition, from which Luther made his German translation, is said to be 
preserved in the Royal Library at Berlin. This edition was the basis of, 1. The Hebrew 
Text of the Complutensian Polyglott; 2. Bomberg’s first Rabbinical Bible, Venice, 1518, in 
4 vols. folio; 3. Daniel Bomberg’s 4to. Hebrew Bible, Venice, 1518; 4. His second Hebrew 
Bible, 4to. Venice 1521; and, 5. Sebastian Munster’s Hebrew Bible, Basil, 1536, in 
2 vols. 4to. 


2. Another primary edition is the Biblia Hebraica Bombergiana II. folio, 
Venice, 1525, 1526, folio. 


This was edited by Rabbi Jacob Ben Cuasim, who had the reputation of being profoundly 
learned in the Masora, and other branches of Jewish erudition. He pointed the text according 
to the Masoretic system. This edition is the basis of all the modern pointed copies. 


§ 3. EpITIons oF THE BipteE wiTH RABBINICAL COMMENTARIES. 


Besides the Biblia Rabbinica I. et II. just mentioned, we may notice in 
this class the three following editions ; viz. 

1. Biblia Hebraica cum utraque Masora, Targum, necnon commentariis 
Rabbinorum, studio et cum preefatione R. Jacob F. Chajim, Venetiis, 1547— 
1549, 4 tomis in 2 vols. folio. 


This is the second of Rabbi Jocob Ben Chajim’s editions; and, according to M. Brunet, 
is preferable to the preceding, as well as to another edition executed in 1568, also from the 
press of Daniel Bomberg. 


2. Biblia Hebrza, cum utraque Masora et Targum, item cum commentariis 
Rabbinorum, studio Joannis Buxtorfii, patris ; adjecta est ejusdem Tiberias, 
sive commentarius Masoreticus. Basilez, 1618, 1619, 1620, 4 tomis in 2 vols. 
folio. 


This great work was executed at the expense of Lewis Keenig, an opulent bookseller at 
Basle: on account of the additional matter which it contains, it is held in great esteem by 
Hebrew scholars, many of whom prefer it to the Hebrew Bibles printed by Bomberg. 
Buxtorf’s Biblia Rabbinica contains the commentaries of the celebrated Jewish Rabbins, 
Jarchi, Aben Ezra, Kimchi, Levi Ben Gerson, and Saadias Haggaon. An appendix is 
subjoined, containing, besides the Jerusalem Targum, the great Masora corrected and amended 
by Buxtorf, the various lections of the Rabbis Ben Aseher and Ben Naphtali. Buxtorf also 
annexed the points to the Chaldee paraphrase. The Tiberias published by Buxtorf, in 1620, 
was intended to illustrate the Masora and other additions to his great Bible. 


3. Biblia Hebraica Magna Rabbinica. Amstelodami 1724—927. 4 vols. 
folio. 

“ This is unquestionably the most copious and most valuable of all the Rabbinical Bibles, 
and was edited by Moses Ben Simeon of Frankfort. It is founded upon the Bomberg editions, 


ELAS 


6 Hebrew Bibles. [Part I. Ch. I. 


and contains not only their contents, but also those of Buxtorf’s, with additional remarks by 
the editor.” Bibl. Sussex. vol. i. part ii. p. 188. In pp. 189—195. there is a copious and 
interesting bibliographical description of this edition. 


§ 4. EDITIONS WITH CriticAL NoTESs AND APPARATUS, 


1. The first edition of the Hebrew Bible, printed by Bomberg, and edited 
by Felix Pratensis, (Venice, 1518,) contains the various lections of the 
Eastern and Western recensions; which are also to be found in Buxtorf’s 
Biblia Rabbinica. 

2. Biblia Hebraica, cum Latina Versione Sebastiani Munsreri. Basilee, 
1534, 1535. 2 vols. folio. 


The Hebrew type of this edition resembles the characters of the German Jews: the Latin 
version of Munster is placed by the side of the Hebrew text. Though the editor has not 
indicated what manuscripts he used, he is supposed to have formed his text upon the edition 
printed at Brescia in 1494, or the still more early one of 1488. His prolegomena contain 
much useful critical matter; and his notes are subjoined to each chapter. This is the first 
edition of the Hebrew Bible printed in Germany. 


3, Biblia Sacra Hebreea correcta, et collata cum antiquissimis exemplaribus 
manuscriptis et hactenus impressis. Amstelodami. Typis et sumptibus 
Josephi Athize. 1661; 1667, 8vo. 


An extremely rare edition of a most beautifully executed Hebrew Bible. The impression 
of 1667 is said to be the most-correct. So highly were the labours of the printer, Athias, 
appreciated, that the States General of Holland conferred on him a gold chain with a gold 
medal appendant, as a mark of their approbation. Athias adopted the text of Rabbi ‘Chajim’s 
edition, printed at Venice in 1525—26 ; but he avoided his errors, and rejected several of 
the readings which are peculiar to that edition. (Jewish Expositor, July, 1828. vol xiii. 


p- 58.) 


4, Biblia Hebraica, cum notis Hebraicis et Lemmatibus Latinis, ex recen- 
sione Dan. Ern. JABLONSKI, cum ejus Preefatione Latina. Berolini, 1699, 
large 8vo. 


De Rossi considers this to be one of the most correct and important editions of the Hebrew 
Bible ever printed. It is extremely scarce. Jablonski published another edition of the 
Hebrew Bible in 1712 at Berlin, without points, in large 12mo ; and subjoined to it Leusden’s 
Catalogue of 2294 select verses, containing all the words occurring in the Old Testament. 
There is also a Berlin edition of the Hebrew Bible without points, in 1711, 24mo., from 
the press of Jablonski, who has prefixed a short preface. It was begun under the editorial 
care of S. G. Starcke, and finished, on his death, by Jablonski. Masch pronounces it to be 
both useless and worthless. 


5. Biblia Hebraica, edente Everardo VAN DER Hoocut. Amstelodami 
et Ultrajecti, 8vo. 2 vols. 1705. 


A work of singular beauty and rarity. The Hebrew text is printed after Athias’s second 
edition, with marginal notes pointing out the contents of each section. The characters, 
especially the vowel points, are uncommonly clear and distinct. At the end, Van der 
Hooght has given the various lections occurring in the editions of Bomberg, Plantin, Athias, 
and others. Van der Hooght’s edition was reprinted at London in 2 vols. 8vo. 1811, 1812, 
under the editorship of Mr, Frey, and is executed with great beauty. 


6. Biblia Hebraica ex aliquot Manuscriptis et compluribus impressis codici- 
bus ; item Masora tam edita quam manuscripta, aliisque Hebreorum criticis 
diligenter recensita. Cura ac studio D. Jo. Henr. Micnae is. 1720, 2 vols. 
large 8vo. ‘There are also copies in 4to. 


This edition has always been held in the highest estimation. The text is printed from 
Jablonski’s Hebrew Bible (Berlin, 1699); and there were collated for this edition five 
manuscripts in the library of Erfurt, and nineteen of the best printed editions. A selection 
of various readings, and parallel passages, both real and verbal, is subjoined, together with 
brief notes on the most difficult texts of the Old Testament, Michaelis has prefixed learned 
prolegomena to this edition, the type of which is bad and unpleasant to the eye. 


7. Biblia Hebraica secundum editionem Belgicam Everardi VAN DER 


— =. 





Sect. I. § 4.] Hebrew Bibles. 7 


Hooent, collatis aliis bone note codicibus, und cum Versione Latina 
Sebastiani Schmidii. Lipsiz, 1740, 4to. 


A tolerably accurate reprint of Van der Hooght’s text, but upon very indifferent type, 
with additional various readings. The Latin version of Sebastian Schmidt is placed oppo- 
site to the Hebrew Text. To the work are prefixed, 1. A Preface, by J. C. Clodius, vin- 
dicating the edition of Van der Hooght against some critical censures ; 2. Wan der Hooght’s 
preface, with the testimonies of some eminent scholars in favour of his edition ; and, 3. The 
Testimony and Judgment of the Theological Faculty of Strasburgh in favour of Sebastian 
Schmidt’s Latin Translation. Masch, Bibliotheca Sacra, part i. p. 158. 


8. Biblia Hebraica cum notis criticis, et Versione Latina ad notas criticas 
facta. Accedunt Libri Greci, qui Deutero-canonici vocantur, in tres Classes 
distributi. Autore Carolo Francisco Housicant. Lutetiz Parisiorum, 1753, 
4 vols. folio. 


The text of this edition is that of Van der Hooght, without points; and in the margin of 
the Pentateuch Houbigant has added various lections from the Samaritan Pentateuch. He 
collated twelve manuscripts, of which, however, he is said not to have made all the use he 
might have done. Houbigant has also printed a new Latin version of his own, expressive 
of such a text as his critical emendations appeared to justify and recommend, ‘The book is 
most beautifully printed, but has not answered the high expectations that were entertained 
of it. (See Bishop Marsh’s criticism on it, in his divinity lectures, part ii. pp. 101—104., 
and also Bibl. Sussex. pp. 192—194.) 


9. Vetus Testamentum Hebraicum cum variis Lectionibus. Edidit Ben- 
jJaminus Kewnnicort, 8. T. P. Oxonii, 1776, 1780, 2 vols. folio. 


This splendid work was preceded by two dissertations on the state of the Hebrew text, 
published in 1753 and 1759; the object of which was to show the necessity of the same 
extensive collation of Hebrew manuscripts of the Old Testament as had already been 
undertaken for the Greek manuscripts of the New Testament. The utility of the proposed 
collation being generally admitted, a very liberal subscription was made to defray the expense 
of the collation, amounting on the whole to nearly ten thousand pounds, and the name of 
his Majesty King George III. headed the list of subscribers. Various persons were employed 
both at home and abroad; but of the foreign literati the principal was Professor Bruns of 
the University of Helmstadt, who not only collated Hebrew manuscripts in Germany, but 
went for that purpose into Italy and Switzerland. The business of collation continued 
from 1760 to 1769 inclusive, during which period Dr. Kennicott published annually an 
account of the progress which was made. More than six hundred Hebrew manuscripts, 
and sixteen manuscripts of the Samaritan Pentateuch, were discovered in different libraries 
in England and on the Continent; many of which were wholly collated, and others con- 
sulted in important passages. Several years necessarily elapsed, after the collations were 
finished, before the materials could be arranged and digested for publication. The varia- 
tions contained in nearly seven hundred bundles of papers, being at length digested (including 
the collations made by Professor Bruns); and the whole when put together being corrected 
by the original collations, and then fairly transcribed into thirty folio volumes, the work 
was put to press in 1773. In 1776 the first volume of Dr. Kennicott’s Hebrew Bible was 
delivered to the public, and in 1780 the second volume. It was printed at the Clarendon 
Press; and the University of Oxford has the honour of having produced the first critical 
edition upon a large scale, both of the Greek Testament and of the Hebrew Bible. _ 

‘“‘ The text of Kennicott’s edition was printed from that of Van der Hooght, with which 
the Hebrew manuscripts, by Kennicott’s direction, were all collated. But, as variations in 
the points were disregarded in the collation, the points were not added iu the text. ‘The 
various readings, as in the critical editions of the Greek Testament, were printed at the 
bottom of the page, with references to the correspondent readings of the text. In the 
Pentateuch the deviations of the Samaritan text were printed in a column parallel to the 
Hebrew ; and the variations observable in the Samaritan manuscripts, which differ from 
each other as well as the Hebrew, are likewise noted, with references to the Samaritan 
printed text. To this collation of manuscripts was added a collation of the most distin- 
guished editions of the Hebrew Bible, in the same manner as Wetstein has noted the varia- 
tions observable in the principal editions of the Greek Testament. Nor did Kennicott 
confine his collation to manuscripts and editions. He further considered, that as the quo- 
tations from the Greek Testament in the works of ecclesiastical writers afford another source 
of various readings, so the quotations from the Hebrew Bible in the works of Jewish writers 
are likewise subjects of critical inquiry. For this purpose he had recourse to the most 
distinguished among the rabbinical writings, but particularly to the Talmud, the text of 
which is as antient as the third century. In the quotation of his authorities he designates 
them by numbers from 1 to 692, including manuscripts, editions, and rabbinical writings, 
which numbers are explained in the Dissertatio Generalis annexed to the second volume. 


(A) 4 


8 Hebrew Bibles. ' [Part I. Ch. I. 


“ This Dissertatio Generalis, which corresponds to what are called Prolegomena in other 
critical editions, contains not only an account of the manuscripts and other authorities 
collated for this edition, but also a review of the Hebrew text divided into periods, and 
beginning with the formation of the Hebrew canon after the return of the Jews from the 
Babylonish captivity. Though inquiries of this description unavoidably contain matters of 
doubtful disputation, though the opinions"of Kennicott have been frequently questioned, 
and sometimes justly questioned, his Dissertatio Generalis is a work of great interest to 
every biblical scholar. Kennicott was a disciple of Capellus both in respect to the integrity 
of the Hebrew text, and in respect to the preference of the Samaritan Pentateuch ; but he 
avoided the extreme into which Morinus and Houbigant had fallen. And though he pos- 
sessed not the rabbinical learning of the two Buxtorfs, his merits were greater than some of 
his contemporaries, as well in England as on the Continent, were willing to allow.” Bishop 
Marsh’s Divinity Lectures, part ii. pp. 105—1!08. For a very copious account of Dr. 
Kennicott’s edition of the Hebrew Bible, see the Monthly Review (O.S.) vol. ly. pp. 92—100. 
vol. lxiv. pp. 173—182. 321—328,. vol. lxv. pp. 121—131. 

To Dr. Kennicott’s Hebrew Bible, M. de Rossi published an important supplement at 
Parma (1784—1787), in four volumes 4to. of Varia Lectiones Veteris Testamenti. This 
work and Dr. Kennicott’s edition form one complete set of collations. Of the immense 
mass of various readings which the collations of Dr. Kennicott and M. De Rossi exhibit, 
multitudes are insignificant : consisting frequently of the omission or addition of a single 
letter in a word, asavau, &c. ‘ But they are not therefore useless. All of this class con- 
tribute powerfully to establish the authenticity of the sacred text in general by their concur- 
rence; while they occasionally afford valuable emendations of the sacred text in several 
important passages, supporting by their evidence the various readings suggested by the 
antient versions derived from manuscripts of an earlier date.” (Dr. Hales’s Analysis of 
Chronology, vol. ii. book i. p. xiv.) In the first volume of Dr. Masch’s edition of Le 
Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, there is a valuable collection of various readings made from the 
Masoretic and Non-Masoretic printed copies of the Hebrew Bible. See pp. xl. —cxviii. 


10. Biblia Hebraica, olim a Christiano Reineccio edita, nunc denuo cum 
variis lectionibus, ex ingenti codicum copia a B. Kennicotto et J. B. De 
Rossi collatorum, ediderunt J.C, DoEDERLEIN et J. H. Meissner. Lipsia, 
1793, 8vo. 


This edition was undertaken by Dr. Doederlein and Professor Meissner, in order 
to accommodate those lovers of Hebrew literature who may not be able to consult the 
expensive volumes of Kennicott and De Rossi. ‘They have selected the principal various 
readings of those eminent collators; but Professor Jahn asserts that the text is very incor- 
rect. The fine paper copies are beautiful and convenient books; but those on common 
paper are scarcely legible. They are usually bound in two volumes. In 1818 a second 
edition of this valuable Hebrew Bible was published at Halle, with a new preface by 
Dr. Knappe, entitled, Biblia Hebraica olim a Christ. Reinneccio evulgata, post ad fidem 
recensionis Masoretice, cum variis lectionibus ex ingenti codd. mss. copia a Benj. Kennicotto et 
I, B. De Rossi collatorum edita, cur. J. C. Doederleinio et I. H. Meissnero. Quorum 
editiont ante hos XXV. annos e bibliopolio Lipsiensi emisse, nunc emptionis jure in libr. 
Orphanotrophei Halensis translate, accessit G. Chr. Knappii prafutio de editionibus Bibliorum 
Halensibus, 8v0. Hale Libraria Orphanatrophei. According to the Journal Général de la 
Littérature Etrangére (Jan. 1819), the-above-noticed edition of 1793 consisted of ten 
thousand copies; the unsold stock of which were disposed of to the trustees or governors 
of the Orphan House at Halle, by whom the title-page was altered to the date of 1818, and 
a new preface was added by Professor Knappe relative to the editions of the Bible pub- 
lished at Halle. 


11. Biblia Hebraica. Digessit et graviores Lectionum varietates adjecit 
Johannes JAHN. Vienne, 1806, 4 vols. Svo. 


Professor Jahn has long been distinguished for his successful cultivation of Oriental 
literature. In his edition the text is very distinctly printed, the principal Hebrew points 
are retained, and the poetical parts of the Old Testament are metrically arranged: it is 
conveniently divided into four vols. ; of which Vor. I. contains thé Pentateuch. — Vor. II. 
contains the Historical Books of Joshua, Judges, Ruth, Samuel, Kings, Ezra, Esther, and 
Nehemiah. — Vor. III. comprises the Prophetical Books thus arranged ; — Amos, Hosea, 
Micah, Isaiah, Joel, Nahum, Habakkuk, Obadiah, Zephaniah, Jeremiah, Lamentations, 
Ezekiel, Daniel, Haggai, Zechariah, Jonah, Malachi. — Vor. IV. contains. the Psalms, 
Proverbs, Job, Song of Solomon, and Ecclesiastes. The Books of Kings and Chronicles 
are given in a kind of harmony. In the metrical disposition of the Psalms and other 
poetical portions, “‘ Jahn has, in many instances, improved upon Dr. Kennicott’s arrange- 
ment; but he has not made any division, except in a very few instances, into couplets or 
stanzas. Nor has he indeed been quite consistent with regard to the Poetical Books; for, 
whilst he restores the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth chapters of the Book of Proverbs 





Sect. I. § 4.] - Hebrew Bibles. 9 


completely to their original disposition into couplets, he has for the most part made no such 
distinction in any of the other, chapters, which are evidently of the same construction, and 
had before been similarly arranged by Dr. Kennicott.’? (Jones’s Book of Psalms in 
Hebrew, &c. vol. ii, p. 41.) 

Each Book is judiciously divided into greater or less sections, to which is prefixed a short 
Latin analysis of their contents. ‘The division into chapters is preserved, and their numbers 
are noted at the heads of the sections. The numbers of the verses are also marked in the 
margin. The Masoretic Notes, which are generally added in the margin of the Hebrew 
Bibles, are retained, with the exception of a very few, which relate to the accents, and mark 
the middle of a book. ‘They are all expressed at full length, and many of them are also 
accompanied with a Latin version. ‘The Jewish criticisms, which are in some editions 
added at the end of each book, are omitted by Professor Jahn, as being of no use to the 


Christian reader. To the text are subjoined the more important various readings; and in 


some more difficult places, all the variations that could be found are carefully given. These 
various readings are taken from the collations of Bishop Walton, Grabe, Montfaucon, Dr. 
Kennicott, De Rossi, and Dr. Holmes. ‘The text is that of Van der Hooght, from which 
the editor has departed only in nine or ten places, in which many other editions had pre- 
ceded him, and which are supported by numerous and very weighty authorities. There are 
copies on fine paper in 8yvo., which are very beautiful, and also forty copies in 4to., which 
are very rare. 


12. Biblia Hebraica, or the Hebrew Scriptures of the Old Testament, 


-without points, after the text of Kennicott, with the chief various readings, 


selected from his collation of Hebrew manuscripts, from that of De Rossi, 
and from the antient versions; accompanied with English notes, critical, 
philological, and explanatory, selected from the most approved antient and 
modern English and Foreign biblical critics. By B. BoorHroyp, D.D. 
Pontefract and London, 1816, 2 vols. 4to. 


This is perhaps the cheapest Hebrew Bible, with critical apparatus, that is extant; it was 
published originally in parts, the first of which appeared in 1810. It is peculiarly interest- 
ing to the Hebrew scholar and critic, as it contains, in a condensed form, the substance of 
the most valuable and expensive works. An eminent critic has observed, ‘‘ Mr. Boothroyd 
has evidently spared neither expense nor labour to furnish the student with interesting 
extracts, which are calculated to assist him as well in interpreting as in obtaining a critical 
uequaintance with the original text. A good philological note is frequently of more import- 
ance towards the elucidation of a difficult passage than a long theological comment, which 
is often little better than a detail of contrary opinions. There is evidently some hazard of 
adopting fanciful and conjectural corrections in so extensive an undertaking as this, which 


_ is principally compiled from preceding authors of almost every description. Against this 


danger the sobriety of the editor’s judgment has been a powerful protection ; and as his 
avowed object was the solid instruction of the purchasers of his book, he has, in a com- 
mendable manner, accomplished his purpose.’’ (Eclectic Review, vol. vii. p. 34. New 
Series.) The type is very clear; and the poetical parts of the Hebrew Scriptures are 
printed in hemistichs, according to the arrangement proposed by Bishop Lowth, and adopted 
by Archbishop Newcome. ‘There are copies in royal 4to. 


13. Biblia Hebraica secundum editionem Everardi Van der Hooght, 
denuo recognita et emendata 4 Juda D’ ALLEMAND, Lingue Sanctz Doctore. 
Editio nova, longé accuratissima. Londini, 1822 ; 1833. 8vo. 


The edition, of which there are copies on fine paper, is stereotyped: it is printed after Van 
der Hooght’s text ; in preparing which for the press, the learned editor, Mr. D’ Allemand, 


-states that he discovered not fewer than two hundred errata. These he has carefully cor- 


rected, and by repeated and most attentive revision he has perhaps done all that human 
industry can accomplish, in order to produce an accurate edition of the Hebrew Bible. In 
addition to the care previously bestowed by the editor, every page was revised four times, 
after the stereotype plates were cast, by persons familiar with the Hebrew language. Van 
der Hooght’s historical summaries of the contents of each chapter are omitted, in order that 
the expense of the book may not be unnecessarily increased. The various readings and 
Masoretic notes are very neatly and clearly exhibited at the foot of each page. Upon the 
whole, this edition may safely be pronounced the most beautiful, as well as the cheapest, 
edition of the Hebrew Scriptures ever published. To its great accuracy a learned Polish 
Rabbi has borne testimony. (See Jewish Expositor, September, 1825, p. 346.) The 
second edition was carefully revised by Mr. Hurwitz, a learned Jew, author of the Hebrew 
Grammar noticed in a subsequent page. 


14. Biblia Hebraica Manualia, ad Exemplar Athianum accurata [a Juda 
D’ALLEMAND]. Londini, 1828. large 12mo. 


This edition of the Hebrew Scriptures was printed by the London Society for promoting 


10 | Hebrew Bibles. ° @ [Part I. Ch. I. 


Christianity amongst the Jews. “ In compliance with the prejudices of those for whose 
benefit it was intended, it is strictly a Jewish Bible, without a single Roman letter or figure. 
The Jews do not like Van der Hooght’s edition, because a mark (+) which they deem a 
cross is used in the text as a mark of reference to the notes.’’ ‘The editions most prized by 
the Jews are those of Athias (see p. 6. No. 3. of this Appendix) ; and from his second edition 
printed in 1667, the text of the present Hebrew Bible is taken, with one or two variations. 
«< From its size, price, and the correctness of the text, this book will be a desirable acquisition 
to the Christian reader of the Old Testament in its original language, who wishes to possess 
the Jews’ text. But for critical purposes, he must have recourse to Bibles free from the 
Masorah, such as those of Munster, and the quarto of Stephens.” (Jewish Expositor, 
July, 1828. vol. xiii. pp. 256. 258.) 


15. Biblia Hebraica secundum editiones Jos. Athia, Joannis Leusden, 
Jo. Simonis aliorumque, imprimis Everhardi Van der Hooght, recensuit, 
sectionum propheticarum recensum et explicationem clavemque Masorethicam 
et Rabbinicam addidit Augustus Haun. Lipsia, 1831, 8vo. 1834. 12mo. 

The text of Van der Hooght is scrupulously followed by Dr. Hahn, who has carefully 
corrected the typographical errors in Van der Hooght’s edition. Both editions are stereo- 
typed from a new and very clear type, with singular neatness, and are printed on good 
paper. The duodecimo edition has a preface by Ernest Frederick Charles Rosenmiuller. 
As all the late editors (Jahn alone excepted) have preferred to follow the judgment of Van 
der Hooght, his text may now be regarded as the textus receptus of the Hebrew Scriptures. 


Of the minor editions, containing the Hebrew text only, without any eritical 
apparatus, the following have been recommended to biblical students ; viz. 

1. The most useful Hebrew Bible, for any person who is moderately ac- 
quainted with Latin, is that of Benedictus Arias Montanus, with an inter- 
lineary Latin translation, prmted by Christopher Plantin at Antwerp, 1572, 
1584, folio. 

2. Biblia Hebraica, accurante M. Christiano Rerneccio. Lipsie, 1725, 
1729, 1756. 


These are neat and accurate editions. Masch mentions another edition dated 1729, in 
quarto, in which the books are arranged according to the order adopted in the editions of the 
German translation of the Bible. 


3. Biblia Hebraica manualia ad optimas quasque editiones recensita, atque 
cum brevi lectionum Masorethicarum Kettriban et Krijan resolutione ac ex- 
plicatione. Edita a Johanne Simonis. Hale, 1752; 1767. Editio nova, 
1828, 8vo. 


The second edition of 1767 is the best. The text is that of Van der Hooght. There 
is a short yet full Hebrew and Latin Lexicon at the end of both editions, which have the 
additional merit of being portable, cheap, and useful. 


4, Biblia Hebraica sine punctis. Amstelodami, 1701, small 8vo. 


This is usually, though incorrectly, called Leusden’s Hebrew Bible. The real editor was 
Maresius ; Leusden wrote a preface to the Hebrew Bible printed at Amsterdam, 1694, 8vo. 
which abounds with erross. With the edition of 1701 is frequently bound up a neat and 
accurate edition of the Greek Testament, printed by Wetstein at Amsterdam, 1740, in small 
8vo. 


5. Biblia Hebraica, ad optimarum editionum fidem, summa diligentia re- 
cusa. Societatum Biblicarum sumptibus. Basile, 1827. 8vo. 

6. The Psalms in Hebrew, metrically arranged by the Rey. J. Rogers. 
Oxford and London, 1833, 1834. 2 vols. 12mo. 


This very useful edition of the Book of Psalms is beautifully printed. Vol. I. contains 
the Hebrew text, metrically arranged according to the plan to which Bishop Lowth led the 
way in his Lectures on Hebrew Poetry, and which was subsequently adopted by Dr. Ken- 
nicott in his Critical Edition of the Hebrew Scriptures, and in some respects improved by 
Dr. Jahn in his edition of the Hebrew Bible. Vol. II. consists of two essays: 1. On the 
Character and Construction of Hebrew Poetry; and 2. On the Various Readings of the 
Tlebrew Bible. These are followed by Select Various Readings of the Book of Psalms, 


~ 





Sect. IIT.] Greek Testaments. 11 


Notes on the Metrical Arrangement of the Psalms, and Notes (chiefly critical) on the text 
itself. This volume is concluded by a short notice of the Ambrosian Manuscript of the 
Syriac Version of the Psalms. 


7. Victorini BytuHnert Lyra Davidis regis, sive Analysis Critico- Practica 
Psalmorum; qué Voces Ebree explicantur, ac consensus Texttis Sacri cum. 
Paraphrasi Chaldaica ac Septuaginta Virorum Interpretatione Greeca mon- 
stratur. Londini, 1650, 1664, 1679, 4to.; Tiguri, 1664, 1670, 8vo.; Glasguz 
(in edibus academicis) et Londini, 1823. 8vo. 

Bythner’s Lyra Davidis has long been known as perhaps the most valuable help to the 


critical and grammatical study of the book of Psalms. The reprint, at the university press 
of Glasgow, is very beautiful. 


8. The Lyre of David; or, an Analysis of the Psalms, Critical and Prac- 
tical; to which is added a Hebrew and Chaldee Grammar, by Victorinus 
Bythner. ‘Translated by the Rev. Thomas Der, A.B. To which are 
added, by the Translator, a Praxis of the first eight psalms, and tables of 
the imperfect verbs. Dublin and London, 1836. 8vo. 


A translation of the preceding work, with a few omissions, and various improvements, 
which much increase its value to the biblical student. 


SECTION IL. 


EDITIONS OF. THE HEBRZZO-SAMARITAN PENTATEUCH. 


1,CuRIsTopHoRI CeLLArii Hore Samaritane: hoc est, Excerpta Pentateuchi 
Samaritan Versionis, cum Latina Interpretatione nova et Annotationibus 
perpetuis. Etiam Grammatica Samaritana copiosis exemplis illustrata, et 
Glossarium, seu Index Verborum. Ciza, 1682. 4:to. | 

2. Pentateuchus Hebrezeo-Samaritanus, charactere Hebraico-Chaldaico 
editus, cura et studio Benj. BLaynry, 8.T.P. Oxonii, 1790. 8vo. 

The text of the Hebreo-Samaritan Pentateuch, which was printed in Bishop Walton’s 
Polyglott, described in pp. 37, 38. infra, has been adopted as the basis of this edition, to 


- which have been added various readings from Dr. Kennicott’s edition of the Hebrew Bible 
already noticed. 


SECTION III. 


PRINCIPAL EDITIONS OF THE GREEK TESTAMENT, AND OF DETACHED 
BOOKS THEREOF. 


BesipEs the works of Le Long and Masch, the history of the various editions 
of the Greek Testament is treated at considerable length by Pritius!, by Dr. 
Mill and Wetstein in the Prolegomena to their critical editions of it, by 
Michaelis and his learned annotator Bishop Marsh?, Dr. Griesbach3, Profes- 
sors Beck4 and Harles®, by Mr. Butler® and by Dr. Clarke.’ To their 
labours, which have been consulted for this section, the reader is once for all 
referred, who is desirous of studying this important branch of the literary 
history of the sacred writings. 





1 Introd. ad Lect. Nov. Test. pp. 403—423. 

2 Introduction to the New Test. vol. ii. parti. pp. 429—494.; partii. pp. 844—885. 
Bishop Marsh’s Divinity Lectures, part i. pp. 98—110.; part ii, pp. 1—46. 

3 Nov. Test. vol. i. prolegom. pp. ili.—xxxix. 

4 Monogrammata Hermeneutices Novi Testamenti, pp. 110—115. 

5 Brevior Notitia Literatures Grace, pp. 656—664.; and also vol. iv. of his improved 
edition of Fabricius s Bibliotheca Greca, pp. 839—856, 

6 Hore Biblice, vol.i. pp. 150—169. 

7 Bibliographical Dictionary, vol. vi. pp. 168—203. 


12 Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


The following table exhibits the four principal Standard- Text-Editions of 
the Greek Testament, together with the principal editions which are founded 
upon them!:— 

1. Erasmus. 1516-19-22-27-35. 


PO ae ee ee eee eee es, 

Aldus. Fol. Gr. 1518. — Gerbeliii Qto. Gr. 1521. — Cephaleus. Oct. Gr. 1524. — 
Bebelius. Oct. 1524. Gr. 1531-35. —Colineus. Oct. Gr. 1534. — Platterit. Oct. Gr. 
1538-40-43.— Van. Ess. Oct. Gr. Lat. 1827. 


2. COMPLUTENSIAN. 1514. 


ga et! Oct. Gr. 1564-73-74-90-91-1601-12. Fol. Gr. et Lat. 1572. Oct. 1574-83. 


antin. 
Fol. 1584.— Geneva. Gr. 1609. 24mo, 1619, 1620. Qto.— Goldhagen. 1753. Oct. Gr. 
—Gratz. Gr. Lat. 1821. Oct. 


3. Rost. StepHeEeNS. 1546-49-50. 





SSRN EMG TP se a saat aed 7 Bi Gl sich ey nT @er Se 
Oporinus. Duod. Gr. 1552.—Wechel. Fol. Gr. 1597. Duod. 1600. Fol. 1601. Duod. 


1629.—Imp. Nicolai Dulcis. Fol. Gr. 1687.— Edit. Regia. Fol. Gr. 1642.— Crispin. 
Duod. Gr. 1553-63-1604. Duod. Gr. et Lat. 1612-22.—Froschoveri. Oct. Gr. 1559-66. 
—Brylinger. Oct. Gr. 1563.— Voegelii. Oct. Gr. 1564.—Vignonii. Duod. Gr. 1584-87- 
1613-15.—Beza. Fol. Gr. et Lat. 1565-82-89-98-1642.—Waltoni. Fol. Gr. Lat. 1657. 
— Millii, Fol. Gr. 1707.— Kusteri. Fol. Gr. 1710-23.— Birchii. Gr. 1788. Fol. et Qto. 
— Hardy. Oct. Gr. 1768. 1776. 1819. — Valpy. Gr. 1816; 1826. Oct. — Lloyd. Gr. 
18mo. 1828. 1830.—Greenfield, Gr. 48mo.’ 1829.— Bloomfield, Gr. 1832-36-39, Oct. 
Cambridge, 1834. 12mo0.— Trollope, Gr. 1837. Oct. 


4. Evzevir. 1624-33, &c. 
oe. Oct. Gr. 1645. — Curcella@i. Oct. Gr. 1658-75-85-99. — Felli. Oct. Gr. 1675. 


oeclert. 

—Konigii. Oct. Gr. 1697-1702. — Gregorii. Fol. Gr. 1703. — G.D. T. M. D. Oct. 

Gr. 1711-35. — Wetstenii. Fol. Gr. 1715. — Birrii. 1749. Oct. — White, 1808. Oct. — 

Basil. 1825. Oct. — Lond. 1827. 48mo. 

The editions of Bengel, Bowyer, Griesbach, Alter, Harwood, Knappe, Tittman, Bois- 
sonade, Lachmann, Scholz, Naebe, and Goeschen, are not formed on the text of either of the 
above editions. 


Of the various editions of the Greek Testament, which have issued from 
the press, the following more particularly claim the notice of the biblical 
student : — 

1. Novum Instrumetii omne diligenter ab Erasmo Roterodamo recognitum 
et emendatum. Basilez, 1516, folio. Gr. Lat. edit. princeps. 


Erasmus had the distinguished honour of giving to the world the first edition of the entire 
New Testament.2 It was reprinted in 1519, 1522, 1527, and 1535. The first edition is of 
extreme rarity, and was executed with great haste, in the short space of five months. Some 
of the manuscripts which he consulted are preserved in the public library at Basle, but 
none of them are of very great antiquity. For the first edition he had only one mutilated 
manuscript of the Apocalypse (since totally lost) ; he therefore filled up the chasms with his 
own Greek translations from the Latin Vulgate. The publication of this edition, in which 
he omitted the controverted clause in 1 John vy. 7. because it was not in any of his manu- 
scripts, involved him in a literary contest with the divines of Louvain, and with Stunica, the 
most learned of the Complutensian editors.3 The editions of 1516, 1519, and 1522, were 
published before he saw the Complutensian Polyglott, from which he corrected the edition of 
1527, particularly in the Apocalypse. Erasmus’s editions were repeatedly printed after his 
death, particularly at Basle, Frankfort, and Leipsic. All his editions are much esteemed, 
notwithstanding their faults, and in some respects they are considered as equal to manuscripts. 
In the first edition Dr. Mill discovered about 500 vitiated passages, and about one hundred 
genuine ones; acopy, on vellum, is in the Cathedral Library at York. Dr. Nolan has 





1 This table is taken from Masch and Boerner’s edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, 
and from Dr. Dibdin’s Introduction to the Knowledge of the Classics, vol. i. pp. 55. Sd edit. 
with the requisite corrections and additions. 

2 The first portion ever printed was executed by Aldus Manutius at Venice, in 1504. A 
copy is in the Royal Library of Wurtemburg at Stutgard. The whole of St. John’s Gospel 
was published at Tubingen, in 1514. 

3 In his disputes with Stunica, Erasmus professed his readiness to insert this verse if it 
were found in a single manuscript. Though Stunica could not produce one, yet as it was 
afterwards discovered in the Codex Britannicus (or Montfortianus), a manuscript of no 
great antiquity, Erasmus felt himself bound to insert it, and accordingly admitted it into his 
third edition of 1522. 


—————————S ee 





Sect. III. ] Greck Testaments. 13 


satisfactorily vindicated the character of Erasmus, as a sound critic and editor of the New 


Testament, from the charges of Dr. Griesbach. (Inquiry into the Integrity of the Greek 
Vulgate, pp. 410—419.) 


2. Novum Testamentum, Grace et Latine. Compluti, 1514. folio. 


This forms the fifth volume of the Complutensian Polyglott noticed in pp. 35, 36. infra. 
Though it bears the date of 1514, yet as it was not allowed to be sold generally until 1522, 
before which time Erasmus had printed three editions of the New Testament, it is in fact 
entitled only to the second place in our list. The Greek text of this edition is printed with- 
out spirits, but the vowels are frequently accented. ‘The characters seem to have been cut in 
imitation of those found in manuscripts of the twelfth century ; and were probably taken from 
some manuscripts of that age, which were consulted by the Complutensian editors. The Com- 
plutensian edition contains the celebrated text relative to the heavenly witnesses in 1 John v. 7,8. 
Wetstein, Semler, and other Protestant critics, charged the editors with having altered the 
text, in order to make it conformable to the Latin Vulgate; but this charge has been refuted 
by Goeze and Griesbach. Their vindication is pronounced satisfactory by Michaelis (who 
considers the Apocalypse to be the best edited part of the Complutensian Greek Testament) ; 
and also by his annotator, Bishop Marsh, who states that this charge, in general, is not true. 
For though he is of opinion, that in some few single passages, — as in Matt. x. 25. and 
1 John v. 7. —they follow the Vulgate in opposition to all the Greek manuscripts, he has 
ascertained, from actual collation, that there are more than two hundred passages in the 
Catholic Epistles, in which the Complutensian Greek text differs from the text of the Vul- 
gate, as printed in the Complutensian edition. The manuscripts used for this edition are 
characterised as being very antient and very correct, but this assertion is contradicted by in- 
ternal evidence (see p. 36. infra) ; and it is a most remarkable fact, that “ wherever modern 
Greek manuscripts, manuscripts written in the thirteenth, fourteenth, or fifteenth centuries, 
differ from the most antient Greek manuscripts, and from the quotations of the early Greek 
fathers, in characteristic readings, the Complutensian Greek Testament almost invariably 
agrees with the modern, in opposition to the antient manuscripts. There cannot bea doubt, 
therefore, that the Complutensian text was formed from modern manuscripts alone.”’ (Bishop 
Marsh’s Divinity Lectures, parti. p. 95.) The researches of the Danish professor Birch 
haye shown that the Complutensian editors have made no use whatever of the Codex Vati- 


canus, though they boasted of valuable manuscripts being sent to them from the Vatican 
library. 


3. Simonis Cotin#1.—'H Kaun AcaSnkn. "Ev devreria rwy wapnowy, Tapa 
Tw Lepwre Korevaw, dexepprov pnvoc devrepov PIwvovroe, ever avo THE Jeoyoviac 


a. od. 6. (Paris, 1534. S8vo.) 


An edition of singular rarity, beauty, and correctness. Colinzus wasa very careful printer. 
- He has been unjustly charged with partiality in following some unknown manuscripts ; but 
from this accusation he has been fully exonerated by Dr. Mill and Wetstein. 


4. Novum Testamentum, Greece. Lutetiz, ex officina Roberti STEPHANI 
Typographi, Typis Regiis. 1546,12mo. 1549,12mo0. 1550, folio. 


The rirst of these editions is usually called the O mirificam Edition, from the introductory 
sentence of the preface, O mirificam regis nostri optimi et prestantissimi principis liberalitatem. 
It has always been admired for the neatness of its typography, as well as for its correctness, 
only twelve errata (it is said) having been discovered in it. Robert Stephens compiled this 
edition from the Complutensian, and the edition printed at Basil, in 1531, and again in 
1535, by John Bebelius (which last followed the editions of Erasmus, and that of Aldus, 
printed in 1518,) together with the fifth edition of Erasmus according to Griesbach, and 
from fifteen antient manuscripts in the Royal Library at Paris. Griesbach (tom. i. proleg. 
pp. xiv. —xxxi.) has given a long and critical examination of this edition, and of the manu- 
scripts consulted by Stephens for his three editions. Stephens’s first edition differs from the 
Complutensian text in 581 instances, exclusive of the Apocalypse, in which he closely follows 
Erasmus. The seconp edition closely resembles the first in its exterior appearance, but differs 
from it in 67 places ; of which four are doubtful readings, 37 not genuine, and 26 genuine ; 
- so that this latter edition has eleven readings of less authority than the former, to which, 
however, it is preferred on account of its greater rarity and correctness, It is this second 
edition which has the remarkable erratum puires for plures, in the last line but one of the first 
page of the preface, occasioned by the transposition of a single letter. The ruirp edition of 
1550, in folio, is a chef-d’ceuvre of splendid typography. It was once supposed to have been 
formed entirely on the authority of Greek manuscripts, which Stephens professes, in his pre- 
face, to have collated for that purpose, a second and even a third time. So far, however, 
was this from being the case, that the researches.of critics have shown that, except in the 
Apocalypse, it is scarcely anything more than a reprint of Erasmus’s fifth edition. ‘Though 
its value as a critical edition is thus considerably reduced, the singular beauty of its typography 
(which has rarely been exceeded in modern times) has caused it to be considered as a distin- 
guished ornament to any library. Robert Stephens reprinted the Greek New Testament at 


14 Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


Geneva in 1551, in 8vo., with the Vulgate and Erasmus’s Latin versions, and parallel pas- 
sages in the margin. This is the scarcest of all his editions, and is remarkable for being the 
first edition of the New Testament divided into verses. (Marsh’s Michaelis, vol. ii. part i. 
pp. 446. 448. part iil, pp. 848, 849. Griesbach, Nov. Test. p. xv.) The character of Ro- 
bert Stephens, as an editor of the Greek Testament, has been elaborately vindicated against 
the criticisms of Professor Porson, by the Rev. C. P. Greswell, in the first yolume of his 
“ View of the early Parisian Greek Press,” (Oxford, 1823. 8vo.) and also by the Rev. 
Francis Huyshe, who has inserted a series of papers in the third, fourth, and fifth volumes 
of the British Magazine for 1833-34, in which the statements of Porson, Griesbach, and 
some other modern critics, are minutely investigated. The text of Stephens’s third 
edition was beautifully printed at the. Cambridge University (or Pitt) Press, in 1836. It 


is described, infra, p. 34. 


5. Novum Testamentum, cum versione Latina veteri, et nova Theodori 
Bezm, Geneve, folio, 1565, 1576, 1582, 1589, 1598. Cantabrigia, 1642, folio. 


The new Testament of 1565 is the first of the editions conducted by Theodore Beza, who 
was a native of France and a Protestant, and fled to Switzerland on account of his religion. 
‘¢ The critical materials which he employed were for the most part the same as those which 
had been used by Robert Stephens. But he had likewise the advantage of that very antient 
manuscript of the Gospels and the Acts, which he afterwards sent to the university of Cam- 
bridge, and which is known by the name of the Codex Bezz. He had also a very antient 
manuscript of St. Paul’s Epistles, which he procured from Clermont in France, and which 
is known by the name of the Codex Claromontanus, Lastly, he had the advantage of the 
Syriac version, which had been lately published by 'Tremellius, with a close Latin translation. 
But the use which he made of his materials was not such as might have been expected from 
a man of Beza’s learning. Instead of applying his various readings to the emendation of the 
text, he used them chiefly for polemical purposes in his notes. In short, he amended 
Stephens’s text in not more than fifty places; and even these emendations were not always 
founded on proper authority.’’ (Bishop Marsh’s Lectures, part i. p. 109.) Beza’s third 
edition of 1582 is considered as the most complete of those printed under his own eye ; but 
all his editions have the Vulgate Latin version, and a new one of his own, together with phi- 
lological, doctrinal, and practical notes. The edition of 1598, being esteemed the most ac- 
curate of any that had before been published, was adopted as the basis of the English version 
of the New Testament, published by authority in 1611. This testimony of the Anglican 
church is highly honourable to its merit. The reprint of Beza’s Testament, at Cambridge 
in 1642, with the addition of Joachim Camerarius’s notes, is considered as the editio optima, 


6. Novum Testamentum Greece. Lugduni Batavorum. Ex Officina ELze- 
VIRIANA, 12mo. 1624. 


This is the first of the celebrated Elzevir editions, and deserves (says Bishop Marsh) to 
be particularly noticed, because the text of the Greek Testament, which had fluctuated in 
the preceding editions, acquired in this a consistency, and seemed, during upwards of a 
century, to be exposed to no future alterations. The text of this edition has been the basis of 
almost every subsequent impression. Wetstein adapted his various readings to it; and it has 
acquired the appellation of ‘* Tertus Receptus.” ‘¢ The person who conducted this edition 
(for Elzevir was only the printer) is at present unknown ; but, whoever he was, his critical 
exertions were confined within a narrow compass. ‘The text of this edition was copied from 
Beza’s text, except in about fifty places; and in these places the readings were borrowed 
partly from the various readings in Stephens’s margin, partly from other editions, but cer- 
tainly not from Greek manuscripts. The tevtus receptus, therefore, or the text in common 
use, was copied, with a few exceptions, from the text of Beza. Beza himself closely followed 
Stephens ; and Stephens (namely, in his third and chief edition) copied solely from the fifth 
edition of Erasmus, except in the Revelation, where he followed sometimes Erasmus, some- 
times the Complutensian edition. The text therefore in daily use resolves itself at last into 
the Complutensian and the Erasmian editions.”’ (Bishop Marsh’s Lectures, parti. p. 110.) 

The Elzevir edition of 1624 was reprinted at Leyden in 1633, and a third time in 1641, 
at Amsterdam in 1656, 1662, 1670, and 1678, and also at Sedan, in 1628, Gr. — Of these 
various impressions, the Leyden edition of 1633 is the best andin most request: it is the first 
that has the text divided into separate verses. The edition printed by Jannon, at Sedan, has 
long been regarded as a typographical curiosity, It is, however, greatly inferior in point of 
execution to the beautifully small and clear edition printed by Bleau at Amsterdam in 1633. 
(Brunet, Manuel, tom. iii. pp. 432, 433. Dibdin’s Introd. to the Classics, vol. i. pp. 136, 
137.) Good copies of these miniature editions are scarce and dear ; but they are both sur- 
passed in smallness of size and in typographical neatness by the London edition of 1827, 
published by Mr. Pickering. See No. 49. p. 29. infra. 


7. Novum Testamentum, studio et labore Stephani CurceLLar1. Ams 
steladami, 1658, 12mo. 1675, 1685, 12mo. 1699, 8vo. Gr. 


All the editions of Curcelleeus or Courcelles are in great repute for their beauty and ac- 





Sect. ITI.] Greck Testaments. 15 


curacy: the text is formed on that of the Elzevirs. He has collected the greatest number 
of various readings to be found in any edition of the New Testament prior to that in the sixth 
volume of Bishop Walton’s Polyglott. These various lections are given from a collation of 
manuscripts and printed editions, and are partly at the foot of the page, and partly at the 
end of the Acts and St. Paul’s Epistles. Curcellzeus has also given a valuable collection of 
parallel passages. The edition of 1675 contains a prologue or preface to St. Paul’s Epistles, 
which Boecler had printed a few years before from a manuscript brought from the East by 
Stephen Gerlachius, and differs from the first edition only in having all the various readings 
placed at the foot of the page. The third and fourth editions were printed after the death of 
Curcellzeus, and differ from the second only in having the text printed in columns. In 1695, 
John Gottlieb Moller, a divine of Rostock, published a dissertation against the Curcellean 
editions, entitled Curcelleus in editione originalis N. T. textus variantium lectionum et paral- 
lelorum Scripture Locorum additamentis vestita, socinizans. Rumpezus (Com, Crit. ad Nov. 
Test. p. 280.) has charged Courcelles with unnecessarily multiplying various readings, and 
making them from conjecture, in order to subserve the Socinian scheme. Michaelis admits 
that these charges are not wholly unfounded. The passages noticed by Rumpzus are 
1 John v. 7.; John x. 30, and xvii. 22., concerning the doctrine of the Trinity ; Rom. ix. 5. 
1 John v. 20. and John xvii. 3. concerning the Son of God; and Rom. iii. 25, Matt. xxvi. 
39. 42. concerning the satisfaction made by Jesus Christ. All the editions of Curcellzus 
are scarce and dear. 


8. Novum Testamentum, Gr. Lat. in the fifth volume of the London Poly- 
glott, which is described in pp. 37, 38. infra. 


This edition is deserving of particular notice, as being the first edition of the New Tes- 
tament which is furnished with a complete critical apparatus. The text is that of Robert 
Stephens’s folio edition of 1550, whose various readings Bishop Walton has incorporated in 
his sixth volume ; and in addition to them he has given a collection of extracts from sixteen 
Greek manuscripts, which were collated under the direction of Archbishop Usher. They 
are described at the head of the collation in the sixth volume by Walton himself; and a 
further account of them is given in the Prolegomena to Mill’s Greek Testament (§ 1372— 
1396.), and in Michaelis’s Introduction to the New Testament (vol. ii. chap. viii.). But the 
extracts from the Greek manuscripts were neither the sole nor the chief materials which the 
Polyglott afforded for the emendation of the Greek text. In addition to the Latin Vulgate, 
it contains the Syriac, the Arabic, and the Ethiopic versions of the New Testament, with the 
' Persian in the Gospels. And these oriental versions are not only arranged in the most 
convenient manner, for the purpose of comparing them with the Greek, but they are accom- 
panied with literal Latin translations, that even they, who are unacquainted with the oriental 
languages, might still have recourse to them for various readings, though indeed with less 
security, as every translator is liable to make mistakes.”—( Bishop Marsh’s Lectures, part ii, 
p75.) 


9. THS KAINHS AIAOHKHS ‘AITANTA. Novi Testamenti Libri Omnes. 
Accesserunt Parallela Scriptures Loca, necnon variantes Lectiones ex plus 


100 MSS. Codicibus et antiquis versionibus collect. Oxonii, e Theatro 
Sheldoniano. 1675. 8vo. 


This edition was superintended by the learned Dr. John Frxx, Bishop of Oxford, whose 
design in giving it to the public was, to remove the apprehensions which had been raised in 
the minds of many persons ignorant of criticism relative to the supposed uncertainty of the 
Greek text in the New Testament, by the great number of various lections contained in 
Bishop Walton’s Polyglott. To show how little the integrity of the text was affected by 
them, Bishop Fell printed them under the text, that the reader might the more easily compare 
them. To the readings copied from the London Polyglott, he added those quoted by Cur- 
cellzus, and the Barberini readings, also Marshall’s extracts from the Coptic and Gothic 
versions, and the readings of twelve Bodleian, four Dublin, and two Paris manuscripts. As 
Bishop Fell’s edition sells ata low price, it may be substituted for the more expensive critical 
editions of the New Testament by those who cannot purchase them. ‘The text is formed 
according to that of Robert Stephens, and the Elzevirs; though Wetstein has accused it of 
retaining the errors of the former, as well as of some of Walton’s Polyglott. Bishop Fell’s 
edition was reprinted at Leipsic in 1697 and 1702, and at Oxford in 1703, in folio. This 
magnificent edition, which takes its name from the editor, Dr. Gregory, contains no acces- 
sion of critical materials, and sells at a low price. 


10. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Greecum, cum lectioni- 
bus variantibus MSS. Exemplarium, Versionum, Editionum, SS. Patrum et 
Scriptorum Ecclesiasticorum, et in easdem notis. Studio et labore Joannis 
Mixui, 8. T. P. Oxonii, e Theatro Sheldoniano. 1707. folio. 

The labour of thirty years was devoted to this edition by Dr. Mill, who finished it only 


16 Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I, 


fourteen days before his death. The text, which is that of Robert Stephens’s edition of 1550, 
is beautifully printed; and the various readings and parallel passages are placed below. 
Dr. Mill has inserted all the previously existing collections of various readings ; he collated 
several original editions, procured extracts from hitherto uncollated Greek MSS. and re- 
vised and augmented the extracts from the Gothic and Coptic versions which had appeared 
in Bishop Fell’s edition ; and added numerous readings from other antient versions, and 
from the quotations of the New Testament in the writings of the fathers. ‘The prolegomena 
contain a treasure of sacred criticism. Michaelis observes that, ‘‘ notwithstanding those of 
Wetstein, they still retain their original value, for they contain a great deal of matter which 
is not in Wetstein ; and of the matter which is common to both, some things are more clearly 
explained by Mill. This edition was reprinted by Kuster at Rotterdam, in 1710, in folio, 
with the readings of twelve additional MSS., some of which had been previously, but im- 
perfectly, collated. Whatever readings were given in Mill’s appendix, as coming too late 
for insertion under the text, were in this second edition transferred to their proper places. 
In point of accuracy, however, Kuster’s edition is considered inferior to that of Dr. Mill. 
There are copies of Kuster’s edition with the date of Amsterdam, 1723, in the title-page ; 
but Masch says that it probably is nothing more than the edition of 1710 with a new title- 
page. Some copies are also dated 1746. To render this edition more easy of reference, 
the Rev. Joseph Hattert, jun., a learned dissenting minister, in 1728, published an Index, 
containing an account of the MSS. consulted by Mill and Kuster; intitled Index Librorum , 
MSS. Grecorum et Versionum Antiquarum Novi Federis, quos viri eruditissimi J. Millius et 
L. Kusterus cum tertid editione Stephanicé contulerunt. This publication is in 8vo., and is 
not of common occurrence. 

The various readings of Dr. Mill, amounting to 30,000, were attacked by Dr. Whitby, ' 
in 1710, in an elaborate work entitled Lxamen Variantium Lectionum Johannis Milli, with 
more zeal than knowledge of sacred criticism. It was afterwards annexed to Whitby’s 
Commentary on the New Testament. Dr. W.’s arguments were applied by Anthony Collins 
against Divine Revelation, in his Discourse on Free-thinking ; which was refuted by Dr. 
Bentley under the assumed title of Phileleutherus Lipsiensis, ‘‘ whose reply,” says Bishop 
Marsh, “has been translated into several foreign languages, and should be studied by every 
man who is desirous of forming just notions of biblical criticism.” (Lectures, part il. p. 13.) 


11. Dr. Edward We ts published an edition of the Greek Testament, at 
Oxford, in 4to. in detached portions, between the years 1709 and 1719. It 
is noticed in a subsequent page, among the commentators on the whole Bible ; 
but “ as it exhibits a corrected text of the Greek Testament, it claims also 
a place in the present list of editions, though subsequent improvements in 
sacred criticism have in a great measure superseded the emendations of 
Dr. Wells.” (Bishop Marsh.) Dr. Nares, in his Strictures on the Unitarian . 
Version of the New Testament, has made frequent and honourable mention 
of the critical labours of Wells. 

12. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum, post priores Steph. 
Curcellzei et D. D. Oxoniensium labores. Cum prolegomenis G. D. T. M. et 
notis in fine adjectis. Amstelodami, ex officina Wetsteniana. 1711; 1735. 
small 8vo. 


These are most beautiful editions, but the second is said to be the most accurate. The editor 
of the first was Gerard von Maestricht (Gerardus De Trajecto Mose) a syndic of the republic 
of Bremen ; the second was revised by the celebrated critic J. J. Wetstein. Having been 
published by his relative Henry Wetstein, a bookseller of Amsterdam, these editions of the 
New Testament are sometimes improperly called Wetstein’s; and from the name of Cur- 
celleus being printed in the title, they are in most catalogues erroneously styled Nov. Test. 
Grec. Curcellai. 

The text is formed on the second Elzevir edition of 1633, and Curcellzus’s editions. It 
has the most judicious selection of parallel texts ever appended to any edition of the New 
Testament. These are placed immediately under the Greek text, and below them is a se-- 
lection of various readings, taken from upwards of 100 manuscripts and versions. Prefixed 
are very useful prolegomena, containing an account of manuscripts and collectors of various 
readings, with 43 critical canons to enable the reader to determine concerning the various 
ections exhibited in the work; an abstract of Dr. Whitby’s Examen above noticed; and 
the prefaces of Henry Wetstein, Curcellaus, and Bishop Fell. These editions are orna- 
mented with an engraved frontispiece, copied from that of the splendid folio Paris edition of 

. 1642, a plan of Jerusalem, an ichnograph of the Temple, and two maps. At the end there 
are $8 pages of critical notes, containing an examination of the most important various 
readings which occur in the course of the work. Michaelis does not speak very highly of 
the edition of 1711; but Dr. Dibdin says that, upon the whole, the edition of 1735 “ may 
be considered as the very-best critical duodecimo (rather small octavo) edition of the Greek 


Sect. III.] Greek Testaments. Ly, 


Testament, and the biblical student will do well to procure so valuable and commodious a 
publication.’? (On the Classics, vol. i. p. 97.)1 


13. Acta Apostolorum Greco-Latina, Literis Majusculis. E Codice 
Laudiano Characteribus uncialibus exarato ct in Bibliotheca Bodleiana ad- 
servato, descripsit ediditque Tho. Hrarnius, A. M. Oxoniensis, qui et 
Symbolum Apostolorum ex eodem codice subjunxit. Oxonii. E Theatro 
Sheldoniano, 1715. 8vo. 


The Codex Laudianus, of which this edition is a transcript, is described in Vol. LI. Part I. 
pp- 118-—-120, where a fac-simile of the manuscript is given. This is the scarcest of 
all Mr. Hearne’s publications: the impression was limited to one hundred and twenty 
copies, at ten shillings each. A copy was sold at the sale of the Rev. Dr. Heath’s library, 
in 1810, for the sum of thirteen pounds two shillings : it now adorns the very valuable library 
of the Writers to the Signet at Edinburgh. ‘There is‘another copy in the Library of the 
British Museum, 


14. The New Testament, in Greek and English, containing the Original 
Text, corrected from the authority of the most authentic Manuscripts, and 
a new Version, formed agreeably to the Illustrations of the most learned 
Commentators and Critics. With Notes and various Readings. [By W. 
Mace.] London, 1729. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This is a beautifully printed book ; whose editor has altered various passages in conformity 
with the Arian hypothesis. His arbitrary alterations and bold criticisms were exposed by 
Dr. Leonard Twells in 4 Critical Examination of the late New Text and Version of the 
Greek Testament. London, 1732, 8vo. Michaelis has also very severely and justly censured 
the very great liberties taken by Mace. (Introd. to N. TF. vol. ii. pp. 463, 464.) 


15. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Grecum. Edente Jo. 


Alberto BEnGELIo. Tubinge, 1734. 4to. 1763. 4:to. 


This is an excellent edition, formed with an extraordinary degree of conscientiousness, 
sound judgment, and good taste. John Albert Bengel, or Bengelius, as he is generally 
called in this country, abbot of Alpirspach in the duchy (present kingdom) of Wirtemburg, 
was led to direct his attention to sacred criticism, in consequence of serious and anxious 
doubts arising from the deviations exhibited in preceding editions; and the result of his 
laborious researches was, the edition now under consideration. ‘The text is preceded by an 
Introductio in Crisin Novi Testamenti, and is followed by an Epilogus and Appendix. 

The text is not formed on any particular edition, but is corrected and improved according 
to the editor’s judgment; and so scrupulous was Bengel, that he studiously avoided inserting 
any reading which did not exist in some printed edition, except in the Apocalypse; in which 
book alone he inserted readings that had never been printed, because it had been printed 
from so few manuscripts, and in one passage had been printed by Erasmus from no manu- 
script whatever. Beneath the text he placed some select readings, reserving the evidence in 
their favour for his Apparatus Criticus. His opinion of these marginal readings he expressed 
by the Greek letters a, 8, y, 5, and e, and some few other marks. Thus, a denotes that he 
held the reading to be genuine; 8, that its genuineness was not absolutely certain, but that 
the reading was still preferable to that in the text; ‘y, that the reading in the margin was of 
equal value with that in the text, so that he could not determine which was preferable ; 5, 
that the reading in the margin was of less value; and e¢, that it was absolutely spurious, though 
defended by some critics. Bengel’s edition was printed, after his death, by Burk, at 
Tubingen, in 1763, 4to., with important corrections and additions. Several small impres- 
sions of Bengel’s Greek Testament have been printed in Germany, without the Critical 
Apparatus; viz. at Stutgard, 1734, 1739, 1753, 8vo.; at Tubingen, 1762, 1776, 1790, 8vo. ; 
and at Leipsic, 1737, 8vo. A copious and interesting account of Bengel’s critical edition 
of the New Testament, and of the reception it met with, is given in Burk’s Memoir of his 
Life and Writings (pp. 226—250.), which has been well translated from the German by the 
Rey. R. F. Walker, M. A. London, 1837. 8vo. 





1 In 1720, the celebrated critic, Dr. Richard Bentley, circulated proposals for a new 
edition of the Greek Testament, with various lections, which was never executed. The pro- 
posals themselves are printed in the Biographia Britannica (article Bentley, note K.); and the 
illustrative specimen, Rev. xxii., is given in Pritius’s Introd. ad Lect. Nov. Test. pp. 415—419. 
A detailed account of Bentley’s proposed work is given in Bishop Monk’s Life of Dr. B., 
whose critical materials for his intended edition of the Greek Testament, amounting to nine- 
teen volumes, are preserved in the library of Trinity College, Cambridge; but Bentley left 
nothing in a state of preparation for the press. (Bishop Burgess’s Anniversary Discourse, 
delivered to the Royal Society of Literature, in 1830. Appendix, p. 62.) 


VOL. II. AFP. (3 


18 Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


16. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Grecum editionis re- 
cepte, cum Lectionibus Variantibus Codicum MSS., Editionum aliarum, 
Versionum et Patrum, necnon Commentario pleniore ex Scriptoribus vete- 
ribus, Hebreis, Grecis, et Latinis, historiam et vim verborum illustrante. 
Opera et studio Joannis Jacobi Wetstennt. Amsteledami, 1751, 1752, 
2 vols. folio. Editio altera, aucta et emendata, curante J.A. Lorze. Vol. I. 
Quatuor Evangelia complectens. Roterodami, 1831. Royal 4to. 


Of all the editions of the New Testament, this is pronounced by Michaelis to be the most 
important, and the most necessary to those who are engaged in sacred criticism. Wetstein’s 
Prolegomena, which contain a treasure of sacred criticism, were first published in 1730. 
The text is copied from the Elzevir editions ; the verses are numbered in the margin; and 
the various readings, with their authorities (containing a million of quotations), are placed 
beneath the text. Wetstein’s edition is divided into four parts, each of which is accompanied 
with Prolegomena, describing the Greek manuscripts quoted in it. The first part contains 
the four Gospels; the second, the Epistles of St. Paul; the third, the Acts of the Apostles, 
and the Catholic Epistles ; and the fourth, the Apocalypse. To the last part are annexed 
two Epistles in Syriac, with a Latin version; which, according to Wetstein, were written 
by Clement of Rome. But Dr. Lardner has shown that they are not genuine. (Works, 
8vo. vol. xi. pp. 197—226. 4to. vol. v. pp. 432—446.) The critical observations on various 
readings, and on the interpretation of the New Testament, “‘ must be studied,” says Bishop 
Marsh, “ by every man who would fully appreciate the work in question.’’ Michaelis has 
criticised the labours of Wetstein with great severity ; but the latter has been vindicated by 
Bishop Marsh, both in his notes on Michaelis (pp. 865—877.), and in his Divinity Lectures 
(part 11. pp. 21—23.). 

In consequence of the great rarity, and very high price of Wetstein’s edition, Dr. Lotze 
was induced to undertake a new impression of it; which would have been greatly improved 
by the correction of errors, and the more accurate exhibition of various readings from MSS. 
and particularly from those derived from antient versions, in which Wetstein is acknowledged 
to have been defective. But the decease of the learned editor (whose valuable critical and 
theological library was dispersed by auction in the summer of 1833) has caused this projected 
edition to be abandoned. The Prolegomena of Wetstein, therefore, (forming a royal quarto 
volume of 279 pages,) are all that has been published by Dr. Lotze, who has edited them 
with great care and with considerable improvements. Dr. L. has scrupulously retained 
Wetstein’s text, with the exception of those passages in which the latter had thrown out 
unjust observations upon other critics, especially the pious and erudite Bengel, and also with 
the omission of his literary quarrels with Frey and Iselius: and he has added, from the 
second volume of the folio edition, Wetstein’s critical observations upon various readings, 
and his rules for judging of their value, together with most of the notes of Dr. John Solo- 
mon Semler, who republished the Prolegomena at Halle in 1764. Dr. Lotze has further 
subjoined, in an Appendix, Dr. Glocester Ridley’s learned Dissertation on the Syriac 
Versions of the New Testament, in which the errors of Wetstein are corrected, and his 
deficiencies are supplied. This edition.of Wetstein’s Prolegomena is very neatly executed. 


17. “H KAINH ATAOHKH, sive Novum D.N. J.C. Testamentum Greecum 
cum Variantibus Lectionibus, quae demonstrant Vulgatam Latinam ipsis é 
Grecis Codicibus hodienum extantibus Authenticam. Accedit Index Epis- 
tolarum et Evangeliorum, Spicilegium Apologeticum, et Lexidion Graco- 
Latinum. Cura et Opera P. Hermanni Gotpuacen. Editio Catholica et 
Novissima. Moguntiz, 1753. 8vo. 

Michaelis states that he has never been able to discover from what edition Goldhagen took 
his text: he has given fifty-two readings from the Codex Molshemiensis, a manuscript con- 
taining the Gospels, Acts, and Epistles, and which formerly belonged to the college of 


Jesuits at Molsheim in Alsace. (Introd. to New Test. vol. ii. part i. pp. 283. 490.) The 
book is not common: a copy is in the British Museum. 


_18. ‘H KAINH ATAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Graecum. In Sectiones 
divisit, Interpunctiones accuraté posuit, et Dispositionem Logicam adjecit 
Christianus SCHOETTGENIUS. Lipsiz, 1744; 1749, 8vo. Wratislaviz, 
1765, 8vo. 

The divisions into sections and the punctuation are reputed to be judiciously executed, 


The ordinary divisions of chapters and verses are retained in the margin. An account of 
the principal alterations is given in the Appendix, 


19. Novum Testamentum Grecum ad fidem Grecorum solum MSS. 
nune primum expressum, adstipulante Jo. Jac. Wetstenio, juxta Sectiones 
Alberti Bengelii divisum; et nova interpunctione seepius illustratum. 





Sect. III.] Greck Testaments. 19 


Accessere in altero volumine emendationes conjecturales virorum doctorum 
undecunque collectz. Londini, cura, typis et sumptibus G. [ulielmi] 
B, [owyeEr.] 1763. 2 vols. 12mo. 


_ A very valuable edition, and now scarce; it was reprinted in 1772, but not with the same 
accuracy as the first edition. The conjectures were published in a separate form in 1772, 
and again in 4to. in 1782, to accompany a handsome quarto edition of the Greek Testament, 
which was published by Mr. Nichols in 1783, with the assistance of the Rev. Dr. Owen. 
It is now extremely rare and dear. The Conjectures were reprinted in 1812, with numerous 
corrections and additions. In his edition of the New Testament, Mr. Bowyer adopted the 
emendations proposed by Wetstein. ! 


20. Novum Testamentum, Greece et Latine, Textum denuo recensuit, 
Varias Lectiones numquam antea vulgatas collegit—Scholia Greeca addidit 
—Animadversiones Criticas adjecit, et edidit Christ. Frid. Marruzt. 
Rigee, 1782—1788. 12 vols. 8vo. 


Of Professor Matthzi’s recension of manuscripts some account has already been given 
in Vol. II. Part I. p. 50. The scurrility which the professor mingled in his op- 
position to Griesbach’s system of classification, tended greatly to injure the work at 
the time of its appearance, and to lower the author in the esteem of the candid and 
‘moderate ; but now that the heat of controversy has cooled down, the value of his labours 
begins to be more highly appreciated, and more impartially appealed to, on the subject of 
the various readings of the Greek text.’? (Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, p. 53.) 
The late Bishop Middleton considered it as by far the best edition of the Greek Testament 
extant; and though Michaelis has criticised it with considerable severity, he nevertheless 
pronounces it to be absolutely necessary for every man who is engaged in the criticism of the 
Greek Testament. As, however, Matthzi undertook a revision of the Greek text on the 
authority of one set of manuscripts of the Byzantine family, Bishop Marsh regrets that he 
made so partial an application of his critical materials. ‘* And since no impartial judge can 
admit that the genuine text of the Greek Testament may be established as well, by applying 
only a part of our materials, as by a judicious employment of the whole, the edition of Mat- 
thei is only so far of importance, as it furnishes new materials for future uses ; materials, 
indeed, which are accompanied with much useful information and many learned remarks.” 
(Bishop Marsh’s Lectures, part ii. p. 31.) 


21. Novum Testamentum Greece. Ad Codices Mosquenses utriusque 
Bibliothecee S. S. Synodi et Tabularii Imperialis, item Augustanos, Dres- 
denses, Goettingenses, Gothanos, Guelpherbytanos, Langeri, Monachienses, 
Lipsienses, Nicephori et Zittaviensem, adhibitis Patrum Greecorum Lectio- 
nibus, Editionibus N. Testamenti principibus et Doctorum Virorum Libellis 
criticis, iterum recensuit, Sectiones majores et minores Eusebii, Euthalii, et 
Andrez Ceesariensis notavit, primum quoque nunc Lectiones Ecclesiasticas, 
ex usu Greecee Ecclesiz designavit, ac Synaxaria Evangeliarii et Praxapos- 
toli addidit, et Criticis interpositis Animadversionibus edidit Christianus 
Fridericus Mattruai1. Vol. I. Wittebergee, 1803; Vol. If. Curiz Varis- 
corum, 1806; Vol. III. Ronneburgi, 1807. 8vo. 

This second edition of Matthzi’s Greek Testament is seldom to be met with. <A copy of 
the first volume is in the library of the British Museum. ‘The critical annotations of the 


editor are placed at the end of the volume; the various readings are at the foot of each page. 
Matthzi is very severe on the editorial labours of Dr. Griesbach. 


22. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. The New Testament, collated with the most 
approved manuscripts ; with select notes in English, critical and explanatory, 
and references to those authors who have best illustrated the sacred writ- 
ings. By Edward Harwoop, D.D. London, 1776, 2 vols. 12mo.; 1784, 
2 vols. 12mo. 

‘¢ This edition,” says, the learned annotator of Michaelis, ‘is certainly entitled to a place 
among the critical editions of the Greek Testament, though it is not accompanied with 
various readings: for, though Dr. Harwood has adopted the common text as the basis of his 
own, he has made critical corrections wherever the received reading appeared to him to be 
erroneous. The manuscripts, which he has generally followed when he departs from the 


1 Dr. Griesbach’s first edition of the New Testament sbould, in strictness, be noticed 
here ; but as itis superseded by his second and greatly improved edition, described in pp. 22, 
23. infrd, it is here designedly omitted. The edition of Koppe, being accompanied with 
a commentary, is noticed infrd, among the commentators on the New ‘l’estament. 


(3) 2 


20 Greek Testaments. [Part 1.1! Chai 


~ 


common text, are the Cantabrigiensis in the Gospel and Acts, and the Claromontanus 
in the Epistles of St. Paul.” These Dr. Harwood considered as approaching the nearest 
of any manuscripts now known in the world to the original text of the sacred records. “It 
is not improbable that this edition contains more of the antient and genuine text of the Greek 
Testament than those which are in commen use: but as no single manuscript, however 
antient and venerable, is entitled to such a preference as to exclude the rest, and no critic of 
the present age can adopt a new reading, unless the general evidence be produced, and the 
preponderancy in its favour distinctly shown, the learned and ingenious editor has in some 
measure defeated his own object, and rendered his labours less applicable to the purposes of 
sacred criticism.” (Bishop Marsh’s Michaelis, vol. ii. part ii. pp. 884, 8$5.) At the end 
of the second volume there is a catalogue of the principal editions of the Greek Testament, 
and a list of the most esteemed commentators and critics. The work is very neatly printed : 
and under the Greek text are short critical notes in English, chiefly relating to classical 
illustrations of Scripture. In the list of commentators and critics, those are most com- 
mended by Dr. Harwood who favour the Socinian scheme, to which he was strongly attached, 
and he therefore admitted or rejected a variety of readings, according as they favour or 
oppose the Socinian doctrine. 


23. Novum Testamentum Grecum, ¢ Codice MS. Alexandrino, qui 
Londini in Bibliothecé Musei Britannici asservatur, descriptum a Carolo 
Godofredo WorprE. Londini, ex prelo Joannis Nichols, typis Jacksonianis, 
1786. folio. 


This is an an’elegant fac-simile edition of the Alexandrian Manuscript which is pre- 
served in the British Museum, and is described in Vol. II. Part I. pp. 94—99. Twelve 
copies were printed on vellum. The fac-simile itself fills two hundred and sixty pages : 
and the preface, comprising twenty-two pages, contains an accurate description of the 
Manuscript, illustrated by an engraving representing the style of writing in various 
manuscripts. To this is subjoined an exact list of all its various readings, in eighty-nine 
pages; each reading is accompanied with a remark, giving an account of what his predecessors 
Junius (i. e. Patrick Young,) Bishop Walton, Drs. Mill and Grabe, and Wetstein, had per- 
formed or neglected. The preface of Woide, and his collection of various readings, were 
reprinted, with notes, by Professor Spohn, at Leipsic, in 1790, in 8vo. To complete this publi- 
cation there should be added the following: Appendix ad Editionem Novi Testamenti Graci 
é Codice Alexandrino descripti ad C. G. Woide. Oxonii: € Typographeo Clarendoniano. 1799. 
folio. This splendid work was edited by the Rev. Dr. Ford, who added many useful notes. 
Long before Dr. Woide executed his fac-simile edition of the New Testament from the 
Alexandrian Manuscript, it had been suggested to King Charles I., to cause a fac-simile 
of the entire MS. to be engraved. But the importance and value of such an undertaking 
do not appear to have been understood—at least they were not duly appreciated—by that 
monarch: he therefore refused to have it done. The circumstance is thus related by the 
industrious antiquary Aubrey, in his inedited ‘ Remaines of Gentilisime and Judaisme,” 
preserved among the Lansdowne MSS. in the British Museum, No. 231. folio 169. 
Writing on the disputed clause in 1 John v. 7. Aubrey says :— 

“<The last clause of this verse is not found in the antient MSS. copies, e. g. that in the 
Vatican Library, and y° Tecla MS. in S. James’s Library and others: as it is not in an 
old MS. in Magdalen Coll: Library in Oxford. That at St. James’s was sent asa Pre- 
sent to King Charles the First, from Cyrillus, Patriark of Constantinople: asa jewel of 
that antiquity not fit to be kept amongst Infidels) Mr..... Rosse (translator of Statius) 

gott him the place [of ] 

was Tutor to y° D. of Monmouth, who made him Library-Keeper at St. James’s: he de- 
sired K. Cha. L. to be at y® chardge to have it engraven in copper plates: and told him it 
would cost but £200, but his Ma'Y would not yield to it. Mr. Ross sayd ‘ that it would 
appeare glorious in History, after his Ma‘Y* death.” ‘“ Pish,”’ sayd he, ‘I care not what 
they say of me in History when I am dead.” H. Grotius, J. G. Vossius, Heinsius, &c. 
have made Journeys into England, purposely to correct their Greeke Testaments by this 
Copy in St. James’s. S" Chr. Wren sayd that he would rather have it engraved by an 
Engraver that could not understand or read Greek, than by one that did.” 

In the reign of Charles II. the design of printing this manuscript was resumed ; and the 
editing of the fac-simile was to have been confided to the Rev. Dr. Smith, to whom the 
King promised a canonry of Windsor, or of Westminster, for his labour. But, from some 
circumstance or other which cannot uow be ascertained, this design was abandoned. (Wood’s 
Athenz Oxonienses, vol. ii. col. 1020.) 

The value of such an undertaking has been better understood in our times: and the 
British Parliament nobly guaranteed the expense of the Fac-simile Edition which was 
executed under the editorship of the Rev. H. H. Baber. See an account of it, in No. 17. 
p- 47. infra. 


24. Novum Testamentum Grecum, ad Codicem Vindobonensem Greect 


Sect. III.] Greek Testaments. 91 


expressum: Varietatem Lectionis addidit Franciscus Carolus ALTER. 1786, 
1787. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This edition differs entirely from those of Mill, Wetstein, and Griesbach. “ The text of 
this edition is neither the common text nor a revision of it, but a mere copy from a single 
manuscript, and that not a very antient one (the Codex Lambecii I.), in the imperial library 
at Vienna. ‘The various readings, which are not arranged as in other editions, but printed 
in separate parcels as made by the collator, are likewise described from Greek manuscripts in 
the imperial library : and the whole collection was augmented by extracts from the Coptic, 
Sclavonian, and. Latin versions, which are also printed in the same indigested manner as the 
Greek readings. Alter’s edition therefore contains mere materials for future uses.” (Bp. 
Marsh’s Lectures, part ii. p. 32.) Where: the editor has discovered manifest errata in the 
Vienua manuscript, he has recourse to the text of Stephens’s edition of 1546.—See a more 
copious account of this edition in Michaelis, vol. ii. pp. 880—882, where it is said that 
Alter’s edition is a work with which no one engaged in sacred criticism can dispense. 


25. Quatuor Evangelia, Grecé, cum Variantibus a textu Lectionibus 
Codd. Manuscriptorum Bibliothecze Vaticanee; Barberine, Laurentiane, 
Vindobonensis, Escurialensis, Havniensis Regiz ; quibus accedunt Lec- 
tiones Versionum Syrarum Veteris, Philoxeniane, et Hierosolymitane, 
jussu et sumptibus regiis edidit Andreas Brrcu. MHavnie, 1788. folio et 
Ato. 


This splendid and valuable work, containing only the four Gospels, is the result of the 
united labours of Professors Birch, Adler, and Moldenhawer, who for several years travelled 
into Germany, Italy, France, and Spain, at the expense of the king of Denmark, in order 
to examine and collate the precious remains of sacred antiquity. Birch collated all the 
Greek manuscripts quoted, except those in the library of the Escurial, which were collated 
by Moldenhawer. ‘The Syriac collations were made by Adler. A detailed account of 
these manuscripts is given in the Prolegomena; from which we learn that the manuscripts 
which passed under his inspection were very numerous. In the Vatican, forty were collated ; 
in the Barberini library ten ; in other Roman libraries, seventeen ; in the libraries at Flo- 
rence and in other parts of Italy, thirty-eight ; in the imperial library at Vienna, twelve ; and 
in the royal library at Copenhagen, three. The text is from Robert Stephens’s edition of 
1550; but the great value of this splendid work, and in which it surpasses all former 
editions, consists, first, in the very complete extracts which are given from the celebrated 
Codex Vaticanus, described in Vol. [I. pp. 100.—102.; and, secondly, in the extracts from 
the Versio Syra Hierosolymitana, which is remarkable for its agreement with the Codex Beze, 
where it is wholly unsupported by any other authority ; a circumstance which shows the 
value and antiquity, not so much of the manuscripts themselves, as of the text which they 
contain. 

In 1798, Professor Birch published, at Copenhagen, a collection of various readings to 
the Acts and Epistles, drawn from the same sources; intituled Varie Lectiones ad textum 
Actorum Apostolorum, Epistolarum Catholicarum et Pauli, e Codd. Grecis MSS. Bibliothece 
Vaticane, Barberine, Augustinianorum Eremitarum Rome, Borgiane Velitris, Neapoliiane 
Regia, Laurentiniane, S. Marci Venetorum, Vindobonensis Cesaree, et Hafniensis Regie, 
collecta et edite ub Andrea Birch, Theol. D. et Prof. ; in 1800, he published Varie Lectiones 
ad Apocalypsin: and in 1801, Varie Lectiones ad Textum IV. Evangeliorum e Codd. MSS. 
iterum recognite et quamplurimis accessionibus aucte ; all in Svo., to the four Gospels. The 
completion of the magnificent edition of the Greek Testament, begun in 1788, was prevented 
by a calamitous fire at Copenhagen, which consumed the royal printing-office, together with 
the beautiful types and paper, which had been procured from Italy for that purpose. 


26. XIII. Epistolarum Pauli Codex Grecus, cum Versione Latina vetere, 
vulgo Ante-Hieronymiana, olim Boernerianus, nunc Bibliotheca Electoralis 
Dresdensis, summa fide et diligentia transcriptus et editus 4 C. F. Marra, 
Meissee, 1791 (reprinted in 1818) ; 4to. 

Of the Codex Boernerianus, of which manuscript this publication is a copy, an account 


has been given in Vol. II. Part I. pp. 121,122. The transcript is said to be executed with 
great accuracy, and is illustrated with two plates. 


27. Codex Theodori Beze Cantabrigiensis, Evangelia et Acta Apostolorum 
complectens, quadratis literis, Greeco-Latinus. Academia auspicante vener- 
andze has vetustatis reliquias, summA qua fide potuit, adumbravit, expressit, 
edidit, codicis historiam preefixit, notasque adjecit, Thomas Kierina, 8. T. P. 
Coll. Div. Joan. nuper socius. Cantabrigiz, e Prelo Academico, impensis 
Academiz. 1793. 2 vols. folio. 

(8) 3 


92 Greek Testaments. [Part I) "Oba 


a 


This fac-simile of the Codex Bez (which manuscript has already been described) is ex- 
ecuted with the utmost typographical splendour. In a preface of twenty-eight pages, the 
learned editor discusses the high antiquity of the manuscript; its nature and excellence ; its 
migrations; the various collations of it which have been made at different times ; and con- 
cludes with a very brief description of the manuscript itself, and an Index Capitum. To this 
succeeds the text of the manuscript, which is divided into two parts or volumes; the first 
ending with page 412., and the second containing pages 413. to 828, Opposite to the modern 
supplement, which concludes the Gospels on page 657., is the end of the Latin version of 
Saint John’s third Epistle. Pages 829. to 854. contain Dr. Kipling’s notes. ‘The impres- 
sion of this fac-simile was limited to two hundred and fifty copies; and it usually sells for 
- six or eight guineas, according to the condition and binding of the copies. Dr Kipling’s 
fac-simile was criticised, with great severity, in the Monthly Review, (N. S.) vol. xii, pp. 
241—246. And his preface was attacked, in no very courteous manner, in a pamphlet en- 
titled ‘ Remarks on Dr. Kipling’s Preface to Beza. Part the First. By Thomas Edwards, 
LL.D, 8vo. 1793. No second part ever appeared. 

Although the execution of this noble undertaking did not answer the expectations of 
some learned men, in consequence of which it was held in comparatively little estimation 
for many years, yet its value is now more justly appreciated. “ A critic of the first celebrity, 
who would have gladly seized an opportunity of exposing Dr. Kipling, was unable to detect 
the smallest error in the text. Porson himself collated the printed copy with the original 
manuscript, and the only fault he could detect was in a single letter of the margin. This 
fact must surely place the value of Dr. Kipling’s publication far beyond the reach of con- 
troversy.” (Brit. Crit, vol. xi. p. 619.) 


28. Novum Testamentum Grect, Textum ad fidem Codicum Versionum 
et Patrum recensuit et Lectionis Varietatem adjecit D. Jo. Jac. Grits- 
BACH. Londini et Hale Saxonum, 1796, 1806. 2 vols. large 8vo. Editio 
secunda. 


Notwithstanding the different opinions entertained by some learned men relative to the 
correctness of Dr. Griesbach’s system of recensions or editions of manuscripts, all parties 
have united in commendation of the learning, diligence, and labour which he bestowed upon 
his arduous undertaking. 

Dr. Griesbach commenced his critical labours, first, by publishing at Halle, in 1774, the 
historical books of the New Testament, under the following title: Libri Historict Novi 
Testamenti, Grece, Pars I. sistens Synopsin Evangeliorum Matthei, Marci, et Luce. ,Tex- 
tum ad fidem Codd. Versionum et Patrum emendavit et lectionis varietatem adjecit Jo. Jac. 
Griesbach. (2d edit. Hale, 1797, 3d edit. Hale, 1809,) 8vo. Pars II. sistens Evangelium 
Johannis et Acta Apostolorum, Hale, 1775, 8vo. This edition was published as a manual 
or text-book for a course of lectures which Professor Griesbach was at that time delivering 
at Jena, and in which he explained the first three evangelists synoptically, that is to say, by 
uniting together the three narrations of the same event. The received text, which is 
adopted, is divided into one hundred and thirty-four sections, and is printed in three 
columns; and Griesbach indicated by various marks the alterations which he judged neces- 
sary to be made. The various readings, taken from the edition of Mill, Bengel, and Wet- 
stein, were not chosen until they had undergone a very severe revision; but this edition 
also contained other lections, which the learned editor found in manuscripts preserved in 
the British Museum at London, and also in the Royal Library at Paris. In 1775, Dr. 
Griesbach published the Apostolical Epistles and the Apocalypse, in a similar manner ; 
but as many persons had expressed themselves dissatisfied with his synoptical arrangement 
of the historical books, he printed another edition of them in 1777, in the usual order. This 
volume forms the first part of his first edition, of which the Epistles and Revelation, printed 
in 1775, are considered as the second part. A few copies were struck off in 4to,, which are 
both scarce and dear. ‘This edition is of a very convenient and portable size, and was that 
principally used in the Universities of Germany. Dr. Hales prefers it to the second 
edition, because he thinks that Griesbach was at that time more scrupulous of innovating upon 
the text than he afterwards was. 

The first volume of the second edition appeared in 1796, in large octavo, with the imprint 
of Londini et Hale Saxonum in the title-page ; and the second with that of Hale Saxonum 
et Londini, on account of the expense of the paper of the fine copies having been muni- 
ficently defrayed by his Grace the late Duke of Grafton, at that time Chancellor of the 
University of Cambridge. These are most beautiful books, and are now only procurable 
at a very high price, though, through his Grace’s liberality, they were originally sold, we 
believe, at twelve or fourteen shillings per volume. J ifty copies are said to have been struck 
off in large paper in quarto. But the whole of these two volumes was printed at Jena, under 
Griesbach’s own eye. In addition to the various readings exhibited in Griesbach’s first 
edition, he collated all the Latin Versions published by Sabatier and Blanchini; and cor- 
rected the mistakes made by Mill, Bengal, and Wetstein, in their quotations from the 
oriental versions. He also inserted the principal readings collected by Matthzi, Birch, and 
Alter ; together with extracts from the two Wolfenbuttel manuscripts collated by Knittel, 








Sect. IIT. ] Greek Testaments. 23 


and the readings of the Sahidic version, furnished by Woide, Georgi, and Minter. Of the 
Armenian version a collation was made for him by M, Bredenkampf of Bremen: and the 
Sclavonic version was collated for him by M. Dobrowsky at Prague. 

The first volume contains the four Gospels. To these are prefixed copious prolegomena, 
exhibiting a critical history of the printed text, a catalogue of all the manuscripts from which 
various readings are quoted, and an account of the method pursued by Griesbach in executing 
this second edition, together with the principal rules for judging of various readings. The 
text is printed in two columns, the numbers of the verses being placed in the margin, below 
which are the various lections. 

The second volume contains the remaining books of the New Testament, which is pre- 
ceded by an introduction or preface, accounting for the delay of its appearance, and an ac- 
count of the manuscripts consulted for that volume. At the end are forty pages, separately 
numbered, consisting of a Diatribe on the disputed clause relative to the three witnesses in 
1 John v. 7, 8., and of additional various readings to the Acts of the Apostles, and Saint 
Paul’s Epistles, with two pages of corrections, Griesbach’s second edition was reprinted at 
London in 1809, in two elegant 8vo, volumes; one by Mr. Collingwood of Oxford, and 
the other by Mr. R. Taylor ; the text is printed in long lines, and the notes in columns, and 
Grieskach’s addenda of various readings are inserted in their proper places. A very few 
inaccuracies have been discovered in these insertions, which perhaps could hardly be avoided 
in a work of such minuteness. This edition, which consisted of one thousand copies, having 
been exhausted, a second London edition issued from the press of Messrs. R. & A. Taylor, 
in two volumes, 8vo. 1818. It is executed in the same handsome form as before, and pos- 
sesses some advantages even over Griesbach’s own second edition, In the first place, the. 
addenda of various lections above noticed have been newly collated, and inserted in their 
various places with great accuracy. Secondly, the reading of Acts xx. 28. in the Vatican 
manuscript (which Griesbach could not give, in consequence of Professor Birch, who 
collated it, having lost or mislaid his memorandum of that particular text) is here printed 
from a transcript obtained by Mr. R. Taylor from the keeper of the Vatican library. 
The reading of the clause in question, in the Codex Vaticanus, is thus determined 
to be conformable to the lection of the Textus Receptus, viz. Tyv ExkAnotay Tov @eov, the 
Church of God. And, lastly, as Griesbach, in his Leipsic edition of 1805, preferred some 
readings different from those adopted in that of Haile, 1796—1806, a Synoptical Table is 
given, indicating such differences. Bishop Marsh has given a high character of the labours 
of Dr. Griesbach, in his Divinity Lectures, part ii. pp. 44, 45. See some strictures on 
them in Dr. Hales’s Treatise on Faith in the Holy Trinity, vol. ii. pp. 61—64. In 1830, 
Mr. J. G. Palfrey, published in 12mo. at Boston, in the state of Massachusetts, “ The New 
Testament, in the common version, conformed to Griesbach’s standard Greek Text.” This 
is a successful endeavour to exhibit to the mere English reader the results of Griesbach’s 
critical labours on the Greek Text of the New Testament. The text of our authorised En- 
glish version is reprinted without note or comment: and the words are in no case altered, 
except where a change in the original Greek required it,—that is, in conformity tothe emend- _ 
ations of the Greek text made by Dr. Griesbach. In the translations which the editor has 
introduced, to correspond with the amended Greek, he states that, ‘It has been his careful 
endeavour to imitate the style of the received version, and no one has been admitted without 
study and consideration.” [ Preface, p. viii.] From an examination of different parts of 
Mr. Palfrey’s volume, the writer of these pages is enabled to state that he has not observed 
any departure from the principles by which Mr P. professes to have been guided. 


To complete Griesbach’s edition of the New Testament there should be 
added the following publications :— 

1, Cure in Historiam Textus Greci Epistolarum Paulinarum. Jen, 1774, 4to. 

2. Symbolez Criticz, ad supplendas et corrigendas variarum N. T. Lectionum Collectiones. 
Accedit multorum N. T. Codicum Grecorum Descriptio et Examen. Hale, 1785, 1793, 
2 vols. small 8va. 

3. Commentarius Criticusin Textum Grecum Novi Testamenti. Particula prima, Jene, 
1798. Particula secunda, Jenex, 1811. 


29. Novum Testamentum Grzecé. Ex Recensione Jo. Jac. GRriEs- 
BACHI1, cum selecta Lectionis Varietate. Lipsiz, 1803—1807. 4 vols. 
imperial 4to. or folio. 

This is a most sumptuous edition ;. the text is formed chiefly on that of Griesbach’s second 
edition, and on that of Knappe, noticed in p. 25. The type is large and clear; the paper beau- 
tiful and glossy ; at the foot of the page are some select various readings: and each yclume 
is decorated with an exquisitely engraved frontispiece. 

30. Novum Testamentum Greece. Ex Recensione Jo. Jac. GRIESBACHIT, 
cum selecta Lectionum Varietate. Lipsiz, 1805, 1825, 2 vols. 8vo.; Cam- 
bridge (New England), 1809, 2 vols. 8vo.; Glasgue, 1817, 18mo.; Philadel- 
phia, 1822, 12mo.; Londini, 1829, 18mo. 


(B) 4 


24 Greek Testaments, (Part I, Ch. I. 


This edition contains the text, together with a selection of the principal various readings, 
and an extract fromthe Prolegomena of the second edition. It is very neatly printed, and 
forms a valuable manual for constant reference. This is the edition now chiefly used in the 
universities of Germany. The Anglo-American edition, printed at Cambridge, is handsomely 
executed ; and the typography of the large paper copies is very beautiful. The reprints at 
Glasgow, Philadelphia, and London, are also neatly executed. 


31. Novum Testamentum Greece. Textum ad Fidem Codicum Versionum 
et Patrum recensuit, et Lectionis Varietatem adjecit D. Jo. Jac. Griesbach. 
Volumen I., Quatuor Evangelia complectens. Editionem tertiam emendatam 
et auctam curavit D. David Scnuuz. Berolini, 1827. 8vo. 


A new edition of Dr. Griesbach’s revision of the Greek text of the New Testament having 
become necessary, the task of editing it, with such additional various readings as haye been 
discovered since the date of that distinguished critic’s last labours was confided to Dr. Schulz, 
who has executed it in the following manner :— 

In the first place, he procured and collated the various printed books of which Griesbach 
had made use in preparing his edition, as well as the various critical materials which the 
researches of learned men had discovered witl.in the last thirty years; that is, from the date 
of the first volume of his second edition, in 1796.* Dr. Schulz then proceeded to correct all 
the typographical errors he had detected; and he expunged a great number of stops, espe- 
cially commas, which (he states) had been unnecessarily introduced by modern editors, and 
which in many instances only tended to obscure the sacred text. He has also deviated in 
very many places from the received mode of placing certain accents, and has made various 
improvements in the spelling of certain words. 

These preliminary steps having been taken, Dr. Schulz collated anew the principal au- 
thorities cited by Griesbach, to which he could procure access, and noticed in what respects 
they differed from the notation of former editors. He then inserted readings from some 
new manuscripts and versions, which had hitherto been either little known or altogether 
neglected. More particularly, he collated anew, 

1. The Alexandrian Manuscript of the New Testament edited by Dr. Woide, the Cam- 
bridge Manuscript edited by Dr. Kipling, and the Latin Manuscripts edited by Sabatier and 
Blanchini; to which he added a collation of the celebrated Codex Vaticanus from the papers 
of Dr Bentley, printed at Oxford in 1799, in the Appendix to Dr. Woide’s edition of the 
Alexandrian MS., which was unknown to Griesbach, and which in many instances differs 
from Dr. Birch’s readings collected from the same manuscripts. 

2. Dr. Barrett’s splendid facsimile of the Codex Rescriptus of part of Saint Matthew’s 
Gospel published at Dublin in 1801, and here noted by the letter Z. 

3. The entire collation of the Codex Cyprius, made and described by Dr. Augustine 
Scholz, and printed in pp. 80—90 of his Cure Critice in Historiam Textus IV. Evangeli- 
orum, but very inaccurately, in consequence of Dr. S.’s absence on his biblico-critical 
travels, so that he could not personally edit his collation of the Codex Cyprius, (Scholzii 
Nov. Test. vol. i. p. xl.) The possessor of Dr. Schulz’s edition of the Greek ‘Testament 
must therefore place no dependence upon the readings of the Codex Cyprius, as exhibited by 
him. Further he has selected from Dr. Scholz’s Biblische- Kritische Reise (Biblico-critical 
Travels) the various readings contained in certain MSS. preservedin the Royal Library at 
Paris, which he has noted by the numbers 240, 241, 242, 243, and 244. To these are added 
principal various readings from, 

4, The Codex Rehdigeranus, containing a Latin Ante-Hieronymian Version of the four 
Gospels, written in the seventh or eighth century, which the editor had himself transcribed 
in the year 1813. 

5. The Codex Messanensis I. of the fourteenth or fifteenth century, in quarto, inspected 
by Munter; of which an account is given in Dr. Birch’s Prolegomena ad Varr. Lectt. 
Evy. p. xciii. et seq. This MS. is numbered 237. by Dr. Schulz. 

6. The Codex Syracusanus in the Landolini Library, which was also inspected by Dr. 
Munter, and which is described by Birch, p. xcvi. et seg. This is numbered 238. 

7. The Berlin Manuscript of the four Gospels, of the eleventh century, of which a de- 
scription was published by Pappelbaum in 1823. It is numbered 239, 

8. The Codex Gronovianus 131., a manuscript of the four Gospels collated by Dermout 
in his Collectanea Critica in Novum Testamentum, part i. (Ludg. Bat. 1825); this is 
numbered 245. 

9. The Codex Meermannianus, containing the four Gospels, Acts of the Apostles, the 
Epistles of James, Peter, 1 John, and a fragment of the epistle to the Romans, also col- 
lated by Dermout: this is numbered 246. 

10. The readings of the Gothic Version, from Zahn’s correct edition published in 1805, 
and the new readings contained in the fragments of this version first published by Mai in 
1819, together with the fragments of the Sahidic Version published in the Appendix to 


Woide’s fac-simile of the Codex Alexandrinus, and the fragments of the Basmurico-Coptic 


Version edited by Engelbreth in 1811, F 











Sect. III. ] Greek Testaments. on 


Dr. Schulz has also enriched his edition with many valuable notes relative to the Syriac, 
Arabic, Persian, and Ethiopie versions, written by C. Benedict Michaelis, in his own copy 
of Kuster’s edition of the New Testament, which is now deposited in the Library of the 
Orphan House at Halle. Further, Dr. S. had constantly open before him the more 
veluable critical editions of the New Testament, as well as other works which might afford 
him any assistance, including the editions of Stephens, Mill, Wetstein, Birch, Matthei 
(two editions), and Knappe, and also Griesbach’s edition printed at Leipsic in 1809, which 
differs from his own second edition in yery many respects; but which exhibits that forin and 
condition of the sacred text which in his latter years and maturest judgment Dr. Griesbach 
deemed to be true and correct. The readings peculiar to these later editions have been 
diligently noted. 

The Symbole Critica and other works of Griesbach mentioned in page 23., together with 
the critical publications of Gersdorf, Bode, Bowyer, Valckenaer, and Wassenberg, were in 
like manner constantly at hand; and in doubtful or more important cases, the best editions 
of the most valuable of the Fathers were consulted. 

The typographical execution of this edition is much more commodious than that of Gries- 
bach’s second edition. There, the text was printed in two columns, and the notes were 
printed in a mass in long lines, with the notation of chapters and verses in the margin, which 
rendered it perplexing to the eye to compare the various readings therein contained. In Dr. 
Schulz’s third edition the text is printed in long lines, and the notes are very distinctly ex- 
hibited in two columns, each note forming a distinct paragraph. The convenience, thus 
afforded, in consulting the work, is very great. Besides the editor’s preface, and the cor- 
rected preface of Griesbach (which is enlarged in the catalogue of MSS.), the volume now 
published contains the four Gospels: at the end there are eighteen closely-printed pages of 
addenda, which ought to be carefully transcribed and inserted in their proper places before 
the book can be advantageously consulted: these addenda have principally been caused by 
the acquisition of many hundreds of various readings, obtained from M. Dermout’s Col- 
lectanea Critica in Novum Testamentum (of which an account will be found in a subsequent 
page), and which did not come into Dr. Schulz’s possession until after the present volume 
was finished. Such additions are unavoidable in a work embracing so many thousand minute 
references and figures, and every candid scholar will readily extend to such a laborious 
undertaking as the present, the liberal apology offered by Bishop Marsh for Wetstein ;— 
«‘ That mistakes and oversights are discoverable in the work, detracts not from its general 
merits. No work is without them, and least of all can consummate accuracy be expected 
where so many causes never ceased to operate.” (Bp. Marsh’s Divinity Lectures, part ii. 
p- 23.) The second volume was to have contained the Acts, Epistles, and Apocalypse, but 
it has been discontinued in consequence of the death of the learned editor. The volume is 
very neatly printed. 


32. Evangelium secundum Mattheum, ex Codice Rescripto in Biblio- 
theca Collegii SSe. Trinitatis juxta Dublin: Descriptum Opera et Studio 
Johannis Barrett, S. T. P. Soc. Sen. Trin. Coll. Dublin. Cui adjungitur 
Appendix Collationem Codicis Montfortiani complectens. Dublini: AZdibus 
Academicis excudebat R. E. Mercier, Academiz Typographus, 1801. 4to, 


The Prolegomena fill fifty-two pages, and comprise, 1. A description of the manuscript 
itself, with an account of its age, and the mode of collating it adopted by the learned editor ; 
and 2. An elaborate dissertation reconciling the apparent discrepancies between the gene- 
alogies of Jesus Christ as recorded by the Evangelists Matthew and Luke. The fragments 
of the Codex Rescriptus are then exhibited in sixty-four fac-simile plates, and are also repre- 
sented in as many pages in the common Greek small type. This truly elegant volume con- 
cludes with a collation of the Codex Montfortianus with Westein’s edition of the New 
Testament which occupies thirty-five pages. An account of this manuscript is given in 
the first part of this volume. 


33. Novum Testamentum Grecé. Recognovit atque insigniores lec- 
tionum varietates et argumentorum notationes subjecit Geo. Christianus 
Kwnappius. Hale, 1797, 8vo.; 2d edit. 1813, 2 vols. 8vo.; 3d edit. 1824, 
2 vols. 8vo.; 4th edit. 1829, 2 vols. 8vo.; Londini, 1824, 2 vols. in one, 8vo. 


In this edition of the New Testament, which received the warm approbation of Griesbach 
in his preface to the splendid edition above noticed, Dr. Knappe has availed himself of 
Griesbach’s labours; and has admitted into the text not only those readings which the latter 
considered to be of undoubted authority, but likewise some others which Dr. K. himself 
regarded as such, but without distinguishing either of them. Such words, also, as it might 
on the same grounds be thought right to exclude from the text, as not originally belonging 
to it, are here inclosed in brackets, partly of the common kind, and partly formed on pur- 
pose for this edition. The most probable readings are marked with an asterisk; to all of 
them the word alii is prefixed, in order to distinguish them from the rest of these lections, 
which in reality are those in which the exegetical student is chiefly interested. Great atten- 


26 Greek Testaments. (Part I. Ch. I 


tion is paid to typographical and grammatical accuracy, to the accents, and to the punc- 
tuation, which differ in this edition from those of Leusden or Gerard von Mestricht in more 
than three hundred places. Very useful summaries are likewise added under the text. ‘This 
valuable edition is not common in England, The second impression, published in two 
volumes, in 1813, is very neatly printed, and is corrected throughout. In editing it, Dr. K. 
has availed himself of Griesbach’s second volume, which was not published when his first 
edition appeared. The third edition is a neat reprint of the second, of which the London 
edition is also a reprint. The fourth edition is revised with great care, and the additions at 
the end are arranged in a more convenient form, 


34. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. The New Testament in Greek, according to 
the Text of Mill and Stephens, and the Arrangement of Mr. Reeves’s Bible. 
[Edited by John Reeves, Esq.] London, 1803. 8vo. 


This edition is printed with singular neatness. 


35. Novum Testamentum Grecé, ex Recensione Griesbachii, nova Latina 
versione illustratum, indice brevi preecipue lectionum et interpretationum | 
diversitatis instructum, edidit Henricus Augustus Scuort. Lipsie, 1805 ; 
Editio secunda, 1811; Editio tertia, 1825. 8vo. 


The text is formed after that of Griesbach; under it are printed the most important 
various readings, together with very concise notes. The Latin version in the third edition 
professes to be so much corrected, as to be in effect a new translation: many of its inter- 
pretations and notes, however, equally with those in the second edition, are in the worst style 
of German neologism. 





36. Novum Testamentum Grecé. Lectiones Variantes, Griesbachii 
judicio, iis quas textus receptus exhibet anteponendas vel equiparandas, 
adjecit Josephus Wuite, S. T. P. Linguarum Heb. et Arab. in Academia 
Oxoniensi Professor. Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1808. 2 vols. 
crown 8vo. 

This is a very neat and accurate edition. 'The Textus Receptus is adopted; and Pro- 
fessor White has contrived to exhibit in a very intelligible form—1. Those readings which 
in Griesbach’s opinion ought, either certainly or probably, to be removed from the received 
text ; 2. Those various readings which the same editor judged either preferable or equal to 
those of the received text; and, 3. Those additions which, on the authority of manuscripts, 
Griesbach considers as fit to be admitted into the text. ‘ An intermediate advantage to be 
derived from an edition thus marked is pointed out by the learned editor at the conclusion 
of his short preface; viz. that it may thus be seen at once by every one, how very little, 
after all the labours of learned men, and the collation of so many manuscripts and versions, 
is liable to just objection in the received text.” (British Critic, vol. xxxiv. (O. S.) p. 386.) 


37. Novum Testamentum Grecum; juxta exemplar Wetstenii, Glasgua, 
et J. J. Griesbachii, Halz impressum: accedunt Prolegomena in Evangelia, 
in Acta, et in Epistolas Apostclorum. Accurante Gulielmo Whitfield 
Daxins. KEditio Stereotypa, Londini, 1808, royal 8vo. Numerous sub- 
sequent editions are in 12mo. 


$8. Novum Testamentum Grecum et Latinum, secundim curam Leus- 
denii et Griesbachii, editum ab A.H. Arrron. Lugduni Batavorum, 1809. 
18mo. 


A neat impression, into the text of which the editor has introduced most of Grieshach’s 
emendations. 


39. Testamentum Novum Greece, ad fidem Recensionis Schoettgeniane ; 
addita ex Griesbachii apparatu Lectionis varietate preecipuz. Upsala, 
1820. 8vo. 


A reprint of Schoettgenius’s text, which has been noticed in p. 18. of this Appendix, with 
the addition of select various readings from Griesbach. 


40. Novum Testamentum Grecé. Ad fidem optimorum librorum recen- 
suit A, H. Tirrmannus. Lipsiz, 1820, 18mo. Lipsiz, 1824, 8vo. 
The text of the edition in 18mo. is a corrected one; that is, Professor Tittmann has 


inserted in it such various readings as are in his judgment preferable to those commonly 
received, and which haye been approved by the most eminent critics 3 and he has printed an 





Sect. II.] Greek Testaments. Q7 


index of the altered passages at the end of the volume. Its portability, in addition to its 
intrinsic excellence, is no mean recommendation of it to students of the New Testament ; 
the Greek characters, though small, being very distinctly and neatly stereotyped. The 8vo. 
og of the same text is beautifully stereotyped. There are copies of both editions on 
fine paper. 


4], “H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Manuale. Glasgue, 
ex Prelo Academico: impensis Rivingtons et Cochran, Londini, 1821. 
32mo. 


This edition contains the Greek text only: it follows the text of Aitton, except in a few 
instances, in which the received readings are supported by the best authorities, and con- 
sequently are most to be preferred. This edition is beautifully printed on the finest blue- 
tinted writing paper: it was read six TIMEs, with the utmost care, in passing through the 
press, and will be found to be unusually accurate. No contractions are used. 


42. Novum Testamentum Greco-Latinum. Vulgata Interpretatione 
Latina Editionis Clementis VIII. Graeco Textui ad Editionem Complutensem 
diligentissime expresso e regione opposita. Studio et cura Petri Aloysii 
Gratz. Tubing, 1821. Editio nova, 1828. 2 tomis 8vo. The second 
impression is the most correct. 


An edition which is not of very common occurrence in this country. The first part or 
volume contains the four Gospels ; the second, the remaining Books of the New Testament. 
The Greek text is a reprint of that in the Complutensian Polyglott, with the exception of 
the contractions, and the correction of some orthographic errors. This has been so diligently 
compared in the last edition, that this impression may be regarded as all but faultless. 
Opposite to the Greek text is the Latin Vulgate version, according to the Clementine Re- 
cension. The punctuation has also received great attention from the editor, who expresses 
in his preface a deep sense of its importance. Some of his changes in the punctuation 
suggest new modes of interpretation: of these the most important are Rom. xi. 8., where 
the parenthesis is removed, and Luke vi. 9., where a note of interrogation is inserted after 
qi. At the foot of each page are exhibited various readings, from Robert Stephens’s third 
edition, printed in 1550; from Matthei’s critical edition, and from Griesbach’s last edition. 
To the labours of these editors Professor Gratz pays a brief but high tribute of commenda- 
tion ; and in critical decisions he generally coincides with Griesbach, though occasionally he 
adopts the suggestions of Matthzi, particularly in relation to the text of the Apocalypse. 
In order to ensure correctness, the proof-sheets were repeatedly read by the editor and his 
friends. After the editor’s preface, follow the preface of Jerome on the four Gospels, ad- 
dressed to Damasus, bishop of Rome, and Pope Clement VITI.’s preface to his edition of 
the Latin Vulgate Bible: together with a synopsis of the four Gospels, and parallel pas- 
sages. The frequent appeals made to the Complutensian text, and the extreme rarity of that 
Polyglott, concur to render this very neatly printed edition by Professor Gratz an acceptable 
present to the Biblical Critic. 


43. Novum Testamentum. Textum Greecum Griesbachii et Knappii 
denud recognovit, Delectu Varietatum Lectionis Testimoniis confirmatarum, 
Adnotatione cim Critica tim Exegeticd et Indicibus Historico et Geogra- 
phico, Vocum Grecarum Infrequentiorum et Subsidiorum Criticorum 
Exegeticorumque, instruxit Joannes Severinus VATER, Theol. Doct. et Prof. 
Hal. Halis Saxonum, 1824. 8vo. 


In this neatly printed edition of the Greek Testament, the text of each book or epistle is 
exhibited in continuous paragraphs, with the numbers of the chapters and verses in the 
margin, for the convenience of reference ; and in the Gospels the parallel passages are also 
referred to in the margin. The punctuation of the text is frequently improved. Below the 
text are exhibited, in long lines, the principal various readings, divested of Griesbach’s ste- 
nographic marks, with the authorities on which they rest; and, beneath them, in two co- 
lumns, are brief but satisfactory exegetical notes on passages which are really difficult. Four 
indexes are subjoined, viz. 1. Historical and Geographical, of the Names of Persons and 
Places, occurring in the New Testament; 2. Of the more difficult and uncommon Greek 
words ; 3. Of the Manuscripts and other critical aids for determining various readings ; and, 
4, Of Exegetical or Expository Aids, comprising a list of the best commentaries on par- 
ticular books, chapters, or verses. . . . . The book is printed on two papers — one inferior, 
which is bad enough; the other on a better sort of paper, which is both easy to read, and 
pleasant to the eye. (Universal Review, vol. ti. pp. 683, 684.) 


44. TE KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum, curante Jo. Fr. Bors- 
SONADE. Parisiis, 1824. 2 tomis, 18mo. 


28 Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


- 


In this beautifully and accurately printed edition of the Greek Text, Professor Boisonade 
states, that he followed the best copies, particularly that of Dr. Griesbach ; yet not so 
servilely, but that he has availed himself of the judgment of other critics, and especially of 
the Vulgate Latin Version. The value of this edition, considered as a critical one, is much 
diminished by the total omission of any notes, to apprise the reader when the editor has 
departed from the received text, as also on what authority he has adopted particular readings. 
To specify two or three instances :—On the authority of Griesbach, ke omits the doxology 
of the Lord’s Prayer in Matt. vi. 13. On the same authority, in Acts xx. 28. he reads 
Tnv exkAnoiav Tov Kupiov, Church of the Lord, instead of tov @eov, of God, notwithstanding 
this last reading is supported by the Vatican manuscript. So also, in 1 Tim. iii. 16. he reads 
5 epavepwOn, which (mystery) was manifested, instead of @eos, God. But the much disputed 
clause in 1 John v. 7. is printed; as in the Complutensian and other editions, without any 
intimation that its genuineness has been denied; although that clause is omitted in Gries- 
bach’s edition, and is now generally considered to be spurious. 


45. ‘H KAINH AIAO@HKH. Novum Testamentum Graect. Textui anté 
Griesbachium vulgo recepto additur Lectionum Variantium earum pre- 
cipue, que 4 Griesbachio potiores censentur, Delectus. Basileze, 1825. 
2 tomis, 8vo. 


This very neat edition may occasionally be met with. The text is reprinted from an 
edition of the Greek Testament, edited at Basle by Andrew Birr, in 1749; who added a 
copious selection of Parallel Passages. The preface to the present edition is signed with 
the initial letters J. H. Whoever the editor may be, he has in many passages improved the 
punctuation, as well as the selection of parallel texts. Those various readings of Griesbach’s 
which affect the sense are retained ; and the editor has sometimes successfully vindicated the 
ordinary Greek text against the proposed alterations of that critic. The Epistle of Jude is 
placed immediately after St. Peter’s second Epistle, on account of the similarity of its 
subject. The passages cited from the Old Testament are exhibited in a very distinct form. 


46. Novum Testamentum Greecé et Latiné, expressum ad binas editiones 
a Leone X. approbatas, Complutensem scilicet et Erasmi Roterodami. Ad- 
ditze sunt aliarum novissimarum Recensionum Variantes Lectiones Greece, 
uni cum Vulgata Latina Editionis Clementine, ad exemplar ex Typographia 
Apostolica Vaticana Rome, 1592, correctis corrigendis ex Indicibus Correc- 
toriis ibidem editis, necnon cum additis Lectionibus ex Vaticanis Editionibus 
Latinis, de annis 1590, 1592, 1593, 1598, Variantibus ; adpositisque locis 
parallelis. Studio et cura Leandri Van Ess. Tubingze, 1827. 8vo. 


The revised texts, consulted by Dr. Van Ess for this edition of the Greek Testament, are, 
the original Complutensian, the five editions of Erasmus, Robert Stephens’s edition, printed 
at Paris in 1546, with the preface O mirificam, &c. Matthei’s second edition, published 
at Wittemberg in 1803—1807, and Griesbach’s manual edition, published at Leipzig in 
1805, with select various readings. The following is the plan followed by Dr. Van Ess in 
the Greek text of his edition :— 

1. The text adopted is fundamentally that of Erasmus’s fifth edition ; and it is preferably 
retained in all those places where the revisions above enumerated vary from that edition. 

2. Where the text of the Complutensian and Erasmus’s fifth edition agrees (as most fre- 
quently is the case) the text alone is uniformly adopted. 

3. Where these two texts differ, that reading of one or other of them is retained, which is 
supported by the authority of Griesbach’s text. 

4. All the readings of the five recensions above enumerated, which vary from the text of 
Van Ess’s edition, are placed in notes at the foot of the page: and where no various read- 
ing is specitied, the texts of the several editions uniformly agree. 

The Latin text of the Vulgate is printed opposite to the Greek, on each page, according 
to the edition printed at the Vatican press, at Rome, in 1592, with the requisite corrections 
from the Roman * Index Correctorius.”? References to parallel passages are added in the 
notes, together with the various readings from the editions of the Latin Vulgate printed at 
the same press in the years 1590, 1592, 1593, and 1598. 

The ordinary divisions of chapters and verses are retained ; but there are no summaries or 
tables of contents. The critical execution of this neatly printed edition has not received due 
attention. ‘ Besides the errors in accentuation, which are very numerous, there are many 
others servilely transcribed from Gratz’s first edition, which have since been corrected ; and 
not a few typographical mistakes of the Complutensian Polyglott are enumerated here as 
various readings.” (Biblical Repertory, vol. v. p. 137. Princeton, New Jersey, 1829.) 


47. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum. Accedunt Parallela 
S. Scripturze Loca, necnon Vetus Capitulorum Notatio, et Canones Eusebii. 








Sect. II.] Greek Testaments. 29 


Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1828; Editio altera, 1830; royal 
18mo. 


For this very commodious edition of the Greek testament, junior biblical students (for 
whose use it is especially designed) are indebted to the Right Rev. Charles Liroyp, D. D. 
Bishop of Oxford. The plan of it is as follows :— 

The text, which is that of Dr. Mill, is printed in paragraphs, with the division into sections, 
and the punctuation of John Albert Bengel: the numbers of the chapters and verses are 
placed in the margin on the left of each page, in which are inserted the kepadaa or chapters 
found in antient manuscripts, of which an account is given in Vol. II. Part I. pp. 71, 72. 
These are printed from Kuster’s edition of the Greek Testament, for the convenience of 
those who may wish to consult manuscripts for particular passages of the New Testament. 
In the other margin there are printed select but highly valuable Parallel References to Scrip- 
ture, according to the edition of Courcelles (or Curcellaus). The Epistle to Carpianus 
and the canons of Eusebius (of which an account is given in Vol. II. Part I. p. 72,) 
are prefixed, for the purpose of enabling any one who may be so disposed, to compile for 
himself a harmony of the four Gospels. 


48. ‘H KAINH AIAG@HKH. Novum Testamentum Greceé, secundum edi- 
tiones probatissimas expressum; cum Ariz Montani Interpretatione Latina. 
Curante Carclo Christiano Leutscu. Lipsiz, 1828. 8vo. 


A neat reprint of the Greek text, after that of Dr. Knappe’s critical editions, with the 
Latin version of Ariao Montanus, which from its general fidelity is held in high estimation 
by Protestants and Romanists. The Greek text and the ‘Latin translation are printed in 
columns on each page: the ordinary divisions of chapters and verses are retained. 


> 


49. Novum Testamentum Grecé. Londini, impensis G. Pickering, 1828, 
48mo. 


This is the first Greek Testament printed in England with diamond type; and it is also 
the smallest in point of size which has ever been printed. The matrices, from which the 
types were cast, were cut by Mr. Caslon. The text is stated to be copied exactly from the 
Elzevir edition of 1624; and, in order to ensure the greater correctness, every proof sheet 
was critically examined Eicut times. There is a frontispiece, engraved on steel, representing 
the Last Supper, after the celebrated picture by Leonardo da Vinci. 


50. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum ad Exemplar Milli- 
anum, cum emendationibus et lectionibus Griesbachii, przecipuis voci- 
bus ellipticis, thematibus omnium vocum difficilicrum, atque locis scrip- 
turze parallelis: studio et labore Gulielmi GREENFIELD. Londini, 1829. 
48mo. 


The Greek text of this beautifully executed pocket-edition of the New Testament is 
printed after Dr. Mill’s edition (No. 10. p. 15. swpra) in columns, and with the usual divi- 
sions of chapters and verses. The critical emendations and various readings include the 
principal of these in Griesbach’s edition of 1805 (No. 30. pp. 23, 24. supra). These emen- 
dations and readings, together with the themes of the more difficult words, and a selection of 
really parallel passages, are all clearly exhibited in a column in the centre of each page. 
Such of Griesbach’s various readings as could not be inserted in the central column are 
printed in an appendix. Two neat miniature maps,—one of Palestine, and another illus- 
trating St. Paul’s Travels, increase the utility of this very portable manual edition of the 
Greek Testament; as a companion to which, Mr. Greenfield published, in 1829, ‘ The 
Polymicrian Lexicon to the New Testament,” also in 48mo. ‘*‘ Elegance and accuracy of 
typographical execution, and the extreme smallness of the volume, which renders it a curi- 
osity, are but the least of its recommendations. The work does the highest honour to 
the editor’s fidelity, competent learning, and sound judgment.” (Eclectic Review, Feb- 
ruary, 1832. vol. vii. p. 160.) 


51. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH, sive Novum Testamentum Grecé; cui sub- 
jicitur Selectio copiosa Lectionum Variantium Emendationumque Gries- 
bachii preecipuarum, necnon quamplurime Voces Ellipticee: accurante 
Gulielmo Duncan. Edinburgi, 1830. 12mo. 


A newly and greatly improved edition of the Greek Testament first published at Edinburgh 
in 1811 by Mr. Adam Dicxinson, with a small selection of various readings, for 
the use of the senior classes in schools. It was stereotyped in 1817, and was subsequently 
often reprinted. The text is, for the most part, that of Dr. Mill: at the foot of the pages 
are printed the principal elliptical words, collected from the publications of Bos, Leisner, 
and other eminent critics. In the text all the words and passages, absolutely rejected by 
Griesbach as spurious, are pointed cut by inclosing them within brackets. The editor (Mr. 


80 Greck Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


Duncan) has annexed a copious selection of the most important of Griesbach’s various 
readings and emendations, which appears to have been made with great care. ‘The typo- 
gs 


graphical execution is very neat. 


52. Novum Testamentum Grect. Textum ad fidem Testium Criticorum 
recensuit, Lectionum Familias subjecit, e Grecis Codicibus Manuscriptis 
qui in Europe et Asie Bibliothecis reperiuntur fere omnibus, e Versionibus 
Antiquis, Conciliis, Sanctis Patribus et Scriptoribus Ecclestasticis quibus- 
cunque, vel primo vel iterum collatis, Copias Criticas addidit, atque Con- 
ditionem horum Testium Criticorum, Historiamque Texttis Novi Testa- 
menti in Prolegomenis fusius exposuit, praterea Synaxaria Codicum 
Parisiensium typis exscribenda curavit Dr. J. Martinus Augustinus ScoHLz. 
Lipsiw, 1830—36. 2 vols. 4to. 

The preceding copious title-page of this beautifully executed work will convey to the 
reader an idea of the plan adopted by the learned editor, Dr. J. Martin Scholz, who de- 
voted twelve years of incessant labour previously to the printing of his arduous work. In 
order to obtain materials, he visited in person the libraries of Paris, Vienna, Landshut, 
Munich, Berlin, Tréves, London, Geneva, Turin, Florence, Venice, Parma, Rome, Naples, 
of the Greek Monasteries at Jerusalem, of St. Saba, and the Isle of Patmos; and collated, 
either wholly or in part, all the manuscripts of the New Testament which are to be found 
in the libraries just enumerated (in Greek, Latin, Arabic, &c.)}, comparing them with the 
text of Griesbach. He also professes to have examined anew most of the antient versions, 
as well as the passages cited from the New Testament in the writings of the Fathers of the 
Christian Church, and of succeeding eeclesiastical authors, and in the acts of councils. In 


addition to all which sources, he has availed himself of the printed collations of preceding. 


critical editors of the Greek Testament. ; 

Vol. I. contains the Prolegomena and the four Gospels. The Prolegomena, which fill 
one hundred and seventy-two pages, comprise a critical history of the text of the New Tes- 
tament, together with a copious history and critical estimate of all the sources of various 
readings consulted by Professor Scholz, distinguishing the MSS. collated by others from 
those which he had himself collated for the first time, either wholly or in part. These MSS. 
form a total of six hundred and seventy-four: of which number three hundred and forty- 
three were collated by his predecessors in this department of sacred literature,— 286 of 
various portions of the New Testament, and 57 evangelisteria or lesson-books extracted from 
the four Gospels; and three hundred and thirty-one were for the first time collated by Dr. 
Scholz himself, viz. 210 MSS. of parts of the New Testament, and 121 evangelisteria. 
Of the theory of recensions adopted by Dr. S. in his Prolegomena, and in his Biblico- 
Critical Travels, and of the two classes of instruments or documents to which he re- 
fers all the MSS. of the New Testament, an account is given in Vol. II. Part I. 
pp. 58—65. Tothe Prolegomena succeed the four Gospels, which fill four hundred and 
fifty-two pages, separately numbered. The text, which is generally that called the ¢ertus 
receptus, is judiciously printed in paragraphs, with the numbers of chapters and verses placed 
in the side margin: not a word is altered without the support of the most decisive critical 
testimonies. In the inner margin below the text are placed the families of readings, as Dr. 
Scholz terms them ; that is, the general readings found in the two great classes of manu- 
scripts, viz. the Constantinopolitan, and the Alexandrine: and beneath these, in the 
outer margin, are given the more detailed specifications, which are very clearly and 
commodiously disposed in two columns, and in the following order; viz., 1. Manuscripts 
of the greatest antiquity, which are written in uncial or capital letters: these are designated 
by the letters of the alphabet, from A to Z, and by the two Greek letters T and A; 
2. Manuscripts written in cursive or ordinary Greek characters; %. Evangelisteria. The 
references to these two classes of manuscripts are by Arabic figures; 4. The readings 
found in the several antient versions; and 5. The quotations found in the writings of the 
fathers and other ecclesiastical authors and in the acts of councils. 

Vol. II. contains the text of the Acts of the Apostles, the Epistles, and the Apocalypse, 
with the various readings, which are displayed in the same order as in the first volume.- The 
Prolegomena comprise an account of the manuscripts of those books, whether collated by 
previous editors, or by himself; including some addenda to the Prolegomena of the first 
volume. An appendix is subjoined which treats on the additions prefixed and annexed to 
the manuscripts of the Acts and Epistles; and 2. On the Synaxaria and Menologia 
found in the manuscripts of the Acts and Epistles which are preserved at Paris. 

This is the completest critical edition of the Greek Testament, with various readings, 
which has ever been published. 


53. Novum Testamentum Grecé, nova Versione Latina donatum, ad 
optimas recensiones expressum, selectis Variis Lectionibus perpetuaque 
singularum librorum argumento instructum (addita III. Pauli ad Corinthios 


Epistola), edidit M. Fred. Aug. Adolph Narse. Lipsia, 1831. S8vo. 








Sect. IIE. j , Greek Testaments. ; 31 


In the arrangement of the Greek text of this edition, Dr. Naebe “ has chiefly followed 
the version of Griesbach, consulting, however, the critical labours of Drs. Schulz and Scholz, 
and availing himself of not a few of the emendations proposed by Knappe, Schott, Vater, 
and Tittmann. He has also carefully corrected the punctuation throughout. In framing 
his Latin version, the editor acknowledges his obligations to the critical and exegetical com- 
mentaries and treatises of Grotius, Wetstein, Noesselt, Keil, Rosenmiiller, Kuinéel, Paulus, 
Pott, Borger, Heinrichs, Tittmann, Tholuck, Winer, Bretsclineider, Fritche, and many others, 
and especially to the Latin versions of Castellio, Reichard, Schott, Thalemann, and Jaspis. 
His version,” [therefore, is an eclectic one: it] ‘is accurate, perspicuous, and concise ; 
and though it pretends not to elegance of Latinity, it is nowhere barbarous or uncouth. 
The principal various readings only are given, which are best supported by critical testimo- 
nies ; and the brief summaries of contents in the several chapters will be found a convenient 
aid to the student. In compiling them, M. Naebe has followed, sometimes Fritsche, some- 
times Knappe, sometimes Jaspis, sometimes Eichorn, and sometimes Hug, according as 
one or other of these critics appeared to have treated the several subjects with the greatest 
accuracy. The third epistle of Paul to the Corinthians, which is here given in La Croze’s 
Latin version from the Armenian translation of the New Testament, is confessedly apocry- 
phal, and of no use whatever to the Biblical student.” (Foreign Quarterly Review, vol. 
Vili. p. 497. ) 


54. Novum Testamentum Grecé, ex recensione Caroli LACHMANNI. 
Berolini, 1831. 12mo. 


The editor of this impression of the Greek 'Testament states that he has framed it upon 
the principles developed in the work entitled, ‘‘ Theologische Studien und Kritiken,” (pp. 
817—845.) edited by MM. Ellmann and Umbreit in 1830. Dr. Lachmann professes 
that he has in no instance followed his own judgment, but that he has restored the text as 
it was received by the Oriental Church in the first four centuries ; and further, that wherever 
he could, he has given a preference to those readings which could be supported by the 
consent of the Italians and Africans. Wherever there was a discrepancy between all the 
authorities, he has indicated it partly in brackets, and partly in the margin. The Apostolic 
Epistles are given in a different order from that which is found in every other edition. 
After the Acts come the seven Catholic Epistles: these are followed by those written by 
St. Paul, in the following order, viz. Romans, 1 and 2 Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, 
Philippians, ‘Colossians, 1 and 2 Thessalonians, Hebrews, 1 and 2 Timothy, Titus; the 
Apocalypse terminates the volume. At the end there are forty-three pages containing the 
readings of the Textus Receptus, which Lachmann had rejected from the text. The type 
of this edition is very neat, but the paper is of very inferior quality. 


55. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. The New Testament; with English Notes, 
‘Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. [By the Rev. E. Vaupy, B.D.] A 
New Edition, London, 183]. 3 vols. 8vo. 


The fermer edition ef this Greek Testament appeared in 1826, and in this new edition 
the work is greatly improved. The text is that of the editio princeps, at the foot of which 
are exhibited the principal various readings; and below these are placed copious critical, 
philological, and explanatory notes, in English, selected with great care from Raphelius, 
Kypke, Palairet, Schleusner, Rosenmuller, and other distinguished foreign critics. Ample 
use has been made of the Jate much-respected Bishop Middleton’s admirable Treatise on 
the doctrine of the Greek Article, an abstract of which is prefixed to the first volume. 
Verbal criticism is also introduced, together with observations on the Greek Idiom from 
Vigerus, on the Ellipses from Bos, and on the particles from Hoogeveen. As the notes 
on the Gospel to St. Matthew are full and copious, there was less necessity in many in- 
stances, especially in the parallel passages, for the same extended mode of illustration ; 
but a frequent reference is made from one to the other; and thus the student is induced to 
consult and to compare the whole body of annotations, and is further enabled to fix more 
durably on his mind tbe result and fruit of his industry and research. Iwo well-executed 
Maps of Judza adapted to the Gospel History and of the Travels of the Apostles (both 
copied by permission from the Maps illustrating this work), with Greek and English 
Indexes, contribute to enhance the utility of this edition. 


56. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. The Greek Testament; with English Notes. 
By the Rev. Edward Burton, D.D. Oxford, 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The text of Bishop Lloyd’s editions, printed at Oxford, in 1828 and 1830, is adopted in 
this edition of the Greek Testament. The divisions of chapters and verses are thrown into 
the margin, in which the parallel references of Curcellzus are printed after a very careful 
revision of them, which enabled Dr. Burton to detect numerous errors. These corrected 
marginal references are very valuable, not only as pointing out the parallel passages 
in the four Gospels, but also as frequently saving the insertion of a note, where a quotation 
is made from the Old Testament, which does not require any further illustration. Below 


82 —=C« : Greek Testaments. [ Part. I. Ch. I. 
the text are placed the notes, which (the editor states) “are calculated for those persons 
who are not reading the Greek Testament for the first time, but who as yet have little 
acquaintance with the labours of critical commentators.’” (Pref. p. iii.) They are partly 
explanatory and philological, and partly critical on the various readings occurring in the 
New Testament. In preparing these critical notes, Dr. Burton examined for himself, with 
no small labour and attention, the copious materials which had been collected by Griesbach ;. 
and, after weighing the evidence adduced by him in favour of any particular reading, Dr. B. 
noted down all the variations from the received text, which seem to have a majority of docu- 
ments in their favour. The most remarkable variations are simply stated in the notes: but, 
in hundreds of instances, where the difference consists in the collocation of words, in the 
addition or the omission of the article, the substitution of Se for nat, &c. &c. Dr. Burton 
has not thought it necessary to mention the variation. In all the cases which he has noticed, 
the various reading is probably that which ought to be admitted into the text. The dates, 
which he has followed in the Acts of the Apostles and in arranging the apostolic epistles, 
differ from those commonly adopted. Dr. B. has stated his reasons for preferring this chro- 
nological scheme in “ An Attempt to ascertain the Chronology of the Acts of the Apostles 
and of St. Paul’s Epistles,” (London, 1830, 8vo.) to which the reader is necessarily re- 
ferred. Two very useful indexes terminate this edition of the Greek Testament; viz. 1. A 
list of the most remarkable Greek terms explained in the notes; and 2. An index of facts 
and proper names. The typographical execution of this edition is singularly beautiful and 
accurate. 


57. ‘H KAINH AITAOHKH. The Greek Testament; with English Notes, 
Critical, philological, and exegetical. By the Rev. S. T. BLoomrietp, D.D. 
Cambridge and London. 1832. Second Edition, London, 1836. (Re- 
printed at Boston, [ Massachussetts], in 1837.) Third Edition, London, 
1839. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Of the rirsr of these editions of the Greek Testament, the Text is 4 new Recension, 
formed most carefully on the basis of that of R. Stephens, adopted by Dr. Mill, from which 
there is no deviation but on the fullest evidence ; such alterations only having been introduced, 
as rest on the united authority of MSS. Versions, Fathers, and early printed editions ; and 
which have been adopted in one or more of the critical editions of Wetstein, Griesbach, 
Matthaei, and Scholz. Nothing has been omitted which is found in the Stephanic text ; 
such words only as are, by the almost universal consent of editors and critics, regarded as 
interpolations being placed within distinctly marked brackets, more or less inclusive accord- 
ing to the degree of suspicion attached to the words. Nothing has been inserted but on the 
same weighty authority ; and even those words are indicated as insertions by being printed 
in smaller characters. All altered readings (which are comparatively few, and generally 
found in the Editio Princeps) have asterisks prefixed, the common readings being indi- 
cated in the Notes. And such readings as, though left untouched, are generally thought 
to need alteration, have an obelisk prefixed. In all cases the reasons for any deviation from 
the Stephanic, or common text, are given. Thus, the reader possesses the advantage of having 
both texts placed before him, the common text and the corrected text, constituting, it is con- 
ceived, the true Greek Vulgate. The punctuation has been most carefully corrected and ad- 
justed, after a comparison of all the best editions. To each verse is subjoined, in the outer 
margin, a select body of parallel references from Curcellzus’s edition of the New Testament, 
the inner margin being appropriated to the numbers of chapters and verses. The citations from 
the Old Testament, and the words of any speaker, are clearly indicated by a peculiar mode 
of printing. Under the text are copious notes (mostly original, but partly derived, with ac- 
knowledgment, from the best Commentators antient and modern) comprising whatever respects 
the interpretation, or tends to establish the grammatical sense. In these the editor has en- 
deayoured to unite comprehensiveness with brevity, so as to form one consistent body, in 
epitome, of exegetical and philological annotation, of which the matter (very carefully 
digested) is, in its general character, elementary, and introductory to the larger Commentaries, 
especially Dr. Bloomfield’s Recensio Synoptica Novi Testamenti, noticed in a subsequent 
page: and it further systematically indicates the interpretation of controverted passages ; 
being especially adapted to the use of academical students and candidates for the sacred office, 
though intended also as a manual edition for theological readers in general. 

The seconp edition is greatly enlarged and improved; the text having been re-examined 
and corrected. The punctuation was diligently revised, and by enlarging the size of the 
page much new important critical and exegetical matter was added (amounting to 160 pages), 
including introductions to the several books of the New Testament and copious indexes of 
Greek words and phrases, and of the matters explained in the Notes. The harmony of the 
Gospels is represented by a tabular synopsis of parallels in the margin, showing at one view 
what portions of each Gospel are peculiar to that Gospel or are common to the others. 

Much as had been done in the two preceding impressions, the rHirp edition, which is stereo- 
typed, is yet further enlarged (to the extent of not less than 200 pages), and very materially 
improved. In addition to his own researches, Dr, Bloomfield has availed himself of various 











Sect. III. ] Greek Testaments. ao 


suggestions for the improvement of his work, which in its present state exhibits the result of 
the labours of all preceding critical editors of the New Testament, as well as of his own 
researches for more than thirty years. The following are the leading features of this edition: — 

1. ‘The Text has again been carefully examined and finally settled, so as to form—in effect 
-—a new and accurate recension; which is so constructed as to represent both the common 
and the corrected text, and at the same time adverts to the various texts formed by the best 
preceding critical editors, especially Griesbach, Matthai, and Scholz. The readings of Dr. 
Scholz’s text, when varying from that of the present edition, are given in the critical notes. 
The punctuation has been again revised, and various improvements have been introduced. 

2. The Tabular Parallels, representing the harmony of the four Gospels, which had ori- 
ginally been derived from Dr. Vater’s edition (noticed in No. 43. p. 27. supra), have been 
re-collated and revised, and many corrections and improvements have been introduced, either 
by the removal of references which were not strictly parallel, or by the introduction of new 
and important parallel references, chiefly derived from the Rev. Edward Greswell’s valuable 
‘ Harmonia Evangelica,’ and ‘ Dissertations,’ which are described in a subsequent page. And 
the Collection of Marginal References throughout the New Testament, has been materially 
corrected and improved. 

3. But the chief improvement will be found in the Annotations. Among these, the Criti- 
cal Notes are greatly increased in number as well as importance, especially by a perpetual re- 
ference to Dr. Scholz’s edition of the Greek Testament (noticed in p. 30. No. 52.), the re- 
sults of whose labours, as far as is practicable, are laid before the reader. The Eegetical 
Notes have received equal attention, and now form a perpetual commentary in epitome; in 
which the connexion of passages is traced, the course of the sacred writer’s arguments is de- 
veloped, and the doctrinal harmony of sentiment with other parts of Scripture is displayed. In 
these notes numerous apposite parallel constructions are introduced from Classical Authors, 
besides some select elucidations from Rabbinical Writers. The Glossarial Notes, which 
establish or illustrate the sense of all really difficult words or phrases, are made so compre- 
hensive, as, with the aid of the Greek Index of words and phrases explained, to render it 
less frequently necessary for the student to refer to a Lexicon. 

4. The typographical execution of this edition of the Greek Testament is as beautiful as 
it is correct: and its value is not a little enhanced by the addition of an entirely New Map 
of Palestine and Syria, which is prefixed to the first volume. ‘This map, which is adapted to 
illustrate not only the New Testament but also the works of the Jewish historian, Josephus, 
has been drawn by Mr. Arrowsmith, from the more recent and important authorities, under 
the special direction of Colonel Leake.} 

Upon the whole, without depreciating the merit of the labours of preceding editors, this 
third edition of the Greek Testament, by Dr. Bloomtield, may justly be regarded as the 
most valuable for biblical students, that has yet been issued from the press in this country. 


58. Novum Testamentum Greec? ad optimorum librorum fidem recensuit 
Antonius JAUMANN. Cum selecta Lectionum Varietate. Monachii. 1832. 
8vo. 


This is professedly a manual edition for the use of such students in the Universities of 
Germany as are unable to procure the larger and more expensive critical editions of the 
New Testament. The text is for the most part taken from Tittmann’s edition (No. 40. p. 26. 
supra). Various readings are selected from the editions of Griesbach, Matthzi, Gratz, and 
Knappe. As might be expected from a Romanist, the editor has been guided very materially 
by the authority of the Latin Vulgate version. A tabular harmony of the four Gospels is 
prefixed: and the volume, which is very neatly printed, concludes with an index of the 
Epistles and Gospels for every Sunday and festival of the Romish Church. 


59. Novum Testamentum Grecé et Latiné. Ex Recensione Knappiana, 
djectis variis et Griesbachii et Lachmanni lectionibus, edidit Adolphus 
GorscHEN. Lipsie, 1832. 8vo. 

This also is a manual edition for the use of German Biblical Students. The text is taken 


from Knappe’s edition ; and below it are the principal various readings adopted by Griesbach 
and Lachmann. The Latin version, which is placed below them, is close and faithful. The 





1 In 1837, Dr. Bloomfield published, in a handsomely printed duodecimo volume, “ ‘The 
Greek Testament, with English Notes, especially formed for the use of Schools, and adapted 
to serve asa convenient and portable manual for Lecture- Rooms, College-Chapels, and other 
places of worship.” —The text is that of his second edition, above noticed: ‘and the notes, 
which are strictly grammatical, scholastic, and elementary, furnish to the juvenile student 
every requisite aid for the correct interpretation of the New Testament.” (Christian Re- 
membrancer, May, 1837, p. 386.) 

VOL. II. AFP. (Cc) 


a4. Greek Testaments. [Part I. Ch. I. 


divisions of chapters are retained, but the. numbers of the verses are given in the margin: 
and to each chapter is prefixed a copious summary of its contents. A chronological table 
terminates this convenient, cheap, and beautifully printed edition of the New Testament. 


60. Antiquissimus Quatuor Evangeliorum Canonicorum Codex San- 
Gallensis Greeco-Latinus interlinearis, nunquam adhuc collatus. Ad simili- 
tudinem ipsius libri manu scripti accuratissime delineandum, et lapidibus 
exprimendum curavit H. C. M. Retric. ‘Turici, 1836. 4to. 


This is a beautifully lithographed copy of a valuable manuscript of the four Gospels, 
hitherto uncollated. The prolegomena of the editor detail the plan adopted in his publica- 
tion, and the external appearance of the manuscript; which, he shows, must have been 
written in Switzerland, and by several copyists. Its affinity with the Codex Boernerianus of 
the Epistles is then proved. One chapter is devoted to the consideration of the confusion 
of letters occurring in the Codex San-Gallensis ; another, to the marginal notes written on 
the manuscripts ; and a third, to its country, and to the age when it was written. The last 
chapter of the prolegomena contains a copy of the Poem of Hilary, Bishop of Arles, upon 
the Gospel, which is prefixed to the Codex San-Gallensis. The fac-simile then follows ; 
and thirty-four closely printed pages of annotations terminate this carefully edited yolume, a 
copy of which is in the Library of the British Museum. 


61. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Ex editione Stephani tertia, 1550. The 
New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: according to the 
authorised version. The Greek and English texts arranged in parallel 
columns. A New Edition, with the addition of the marginal references. 
Cambridge, at the Pitt Press, 1836. 12mo. 


For this beautifully and accurately printed edition of the New Testament, biblical students 
are indebted to the Rev. James Scuoterietp, M.A., Regius Professor of Greek; who states, 
that “* The only variations, introduced into this edition from that of Robert Stephens, 1550, 
(besides occasional changes in the punctuation, and the correction of manifest typographical 
errors,) are the following :—In Matt. vi. 24, and Luke xvi. 14, the word uauwra is uniformly 
printed after Griesbach; whereas in Stephens it varies between the single and double py. 
2. In Matt. xxiii. 13, 14, the order of the verses is inverted, to make it agree with the 
English version. 3. In Mark xiv. 19, John vili. 9, Romans xii. 5, kaSets is uniformly 
printed as one word, which, in the first passage, Stephens divides into two.. 4. In 1 Peter 
iii. 11, the words a@yadov’ (nrnodtw are retained, though omitted in Stephens’s edition ; as this 
omission appears to have been purely accidental, contrary to all MSS. versions, and former 
editions. In the marginal references, which are introduced into this edition, the transla- 
tions, inclosed between brackets, are those, which have been added subsequently to 1611, 
chiefly by Dr. Blayney, in his revision, published at Oxford, 1769.” 


62. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. The New Testament in Greek, chiefly from the 
Text of Mill, with copious English notes ....To which are annexed a 
Chronological Harmony, and three Indexes. By the Rev. William TroLtopg, 
M.A. London, 1837, 8vo. 


For an account of this edition of the Greek Testament, see the Christian Remembrancer 
for February 1838, (vol. xx. pp. 65-70.) 


63. The New Testament in Greek and English, with the usual Marginal 
References and Readings, a Marginal Harmony, or Concordance of Words, 
and a graduated collection of various Readings from Griesbach. © Arranged 
and edited by Edward Carpwe tt, D.D. Oxford, 1837. 2 vols. 12mo. 

64. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Griesbach’s Text, with the various Readings 
of Mill and Scholz. London, 1837, small 8vo. 


“ This title-page, brief as it is, describes the work very well. It gives the reader, ina 
portable form, in short, the readings of three well-known texts of the New Testament. In 
addition to this, Griesbach’s probable readings are given in foot-notes ; and there is an useful 
and compendious account of the various editions of the New Testament prefixed, together 
with a harmony,” presenting some features of difference from other arrangements, ‘ chrono- 
logical and other useful tables, together with parallel passages given in the margin.” Brief 
prefaces are prefixed to each book ; and, for the convenience of those who may use this edition 
for theological purposes, a body of parallel references is given in the margin ; and the facility 
of comparison is much increased by observing a distinct notation for parallels of single pas- 
sages or ideas, and for those furnishing a detailed narrative of the same events. Great care 
has been taken to admit only such as are really, and not merely yerbally, parallel passages. 


Sect. IV.] Polyglott Bibles. ; 35 


* The work is well and clearly printed, and has two engravings, a coloured fac-simile speci- 
men of the Cotton manuscript” of the four Gospels, “and of a manuscript of the thirteenth 
_ century in the cursive” or ordinary Greek “ character.” (British Magazine, February, 1838, 
vol. xiii. p. 179.) . 





SECTION IV. 


-POLYGLOTT BIBLES, OR EDITIONS OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS 
WITH VERSIONS IN SEVERAL LANGUAGES. ; 


Tur honour of having projected the first plan of a Polyglott Bible is due 
to the illustrious printer, ALpus Manutius the elder; but of this projected 
work only one page was printed: it contains the first fifteen verses of the 
first chapter of the Book of Genesis in collateral columns of Hebrew, Greek, 
and Latin, which must have been printed between 1498: and 1501. ‘The 
typographical execution is admirable: M. Renouard has given a fac-simile of 
it in his excellent work on the productions of the Aldine Press.!_ A copy of 
this specimen page (perhaps the only one that is extant) is preserved among 
the manuscripts in the Royal Library at Paris, No. MMM.LXIv. 

In 1516 there was printed at Genoa, by Peter Paul Porrus (in /Edibus 
Nicolai Justiniani Pauli) the Pentaglott Psalter of Augustin Justiniani, 
Bishop of Nebo. It was in Hebrew, Arabic, Chaldee, and Greek, with the 
Latin Version, Glosses and Scholia. In 1518 John Potken published the 
Psalter in Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and Ethiopic, at Cologne. But the 
first Polyglott edition of the entire Bible was that printed at Alcala in 
Spain, viz. 

_ 1. Biblia Sacra Polyglotta, complectentia Vetus Testamentum, Hebraico, 
Greco, et Latino Idiomate; Novum Testamentum Grecum et Latinum; 
et Vocabularium MHebraicum et Chaldaicum Veteris Testamenti, cum 
Grammatica Hebraica, nec non Dictionario Greco; Studio, Opera, et 
Impensis Cardinalis Francisci XimeNnEs de Cisneros. Industria Arnaldi 
Gulielmi de Brocario artis impressorie magistri. Compluti, 1514, 1515. 
1517. 6 vols. folio. 


The printing of this splendid and celebrated work, usually called the Complutensian 
Polyglott, was commenced in 1502: though completed in 1517, it was not published until 
1522, and it cost the munificent cardinal Ximenes 50,000 ducats. The editors were Alius 
Antonius Nebrissensis, Demetrius Ducas, Ferdinandus Pincianus, Lopez de Stunica, 
Alfonsus de Zamora, Paulus Coronellus, and Johannes de Vergera, a physician of Alcala or 
Complutum. The Jast three were converted Jews. This Polyglott is usually divided into 
six volumes. The first four comprise the Old Testament, with the Hebrew, Latin, and Greek, 
in three distinct columns, the Chaldee paraphrase being at the bottom of the page with a 
Latin interpretation ; and the margin is filled with Hebrew and Chaldee radicals. ‘The fifth 
volume contains the Greek Testament, with the Vulgate Latin version ina parallel column ; 
in the margin there is a kind of concordance, referring to similar passages in the Old and 
New Testaments. And at the end of this volume, there are, 1. A single leaf containing 
some Greek and Latin verses; 2. IJnterpretationes Hebreorum, Chaldeorum, Grecorumque 
Nominum Novi Testamenti, on ten leaves: and 3. Introductio quam brevis ad Grecas 
Litteras, &c. on thirty-nine leaves. The sixth volume contains, 1. A separate title; 2. Vo- 
cabularium Hebraicum totius Veteris Testamenti, cum omnibus dictionibus Chaldais, in eodem 
Veteri Testamento contentis, on one hundred and seventy-two leaves; 3. An alphabetical 
Index, on eight leaves, of the Latin words occurring in different parts of the work; 4. IJn- 
terpretationes Hebraicorum, Chaldaicorum, G'recorumque Nominum, Veteris ac Novi Testa- 
menti, secundum Ordinem Alphabeti: 5. Two leaves, entitled Nomina que sequuntur, sunt 
illa, que in utroque Testamento vicio Scriptorum sunt aliter scripta quam in Hebreo et G'reco, 
et in aliquibus Bibliis nostris antiquis, &c. ; 6. Fifteen leaves, entitled Introductiones Artis 
Grammatice Hebraice et primo de modo legendi et pronuntiandi. ‘These several pieces are 
sometimes placed in a different order from that above indicated. With the exception of the 
manuscript cited as the Codex Rhodiensis (now utterly lost), and the Codex Bessarionis 





1 Renouard, Annales de 1’ Imprimerie des Aldes, tom. iii. pp. 44, 45, second edition, 
(Paris, 1826); or p. 389, third edition, (Paris, 1834.) 
(c) 2 


36 Polyglott Bibles. [ Part: Iv*Chee 


presented to cardinal Ximenes by the republic of Venice, the MSS. consulted by his editors 
were partly purchased at an unbounded expense, and partly lent to him by pope Leo X. out 
of the Vatican Library, whither (we are informed by Alvaro Gomez, the cardinal’s biogra- 
pher), they were returned as soon as the Polyglott was completed. The MSS. belonging to 
Ximenes were subsequently deposited in the library of the University of Alcala. Learned men 
had long suspected that they were of modern date. As it was important to collate anew the 
manuscripts at Alcala, Professors Moldenhawer and Tychsen, who were in Spain in 1784, 
went thither for this purpose: but they were informed that above thirty-five years before, 
in 1749, they had been sold by an illiterate librarian to a dealer in fireworks as materials for 
making rockets. (Marsh’s Michaelis, vol. ii. part i. pp. 440, 441.) Notwithstanding this 
statement, there is “ good reason to believe that those learned Germans were the subjects of 
an imposition practised upon them by some people in the Spanish University, who were not 
disposed to permit their manuscript treasures to be scrutinized by protestants.”” Dr. Bowring, 
during the short time that Spain enjoyed the blessing of a constitutional government, “ had 
the opportunity of carefully examining the manuscripts at Alcala: he has published rea- 
sons amounting to a demonstration, that no sale or destruction of manuscripts ever took 
place. By his personal examination he found rue same scripture manuscripts which had 
been described by Alvaro Gomez, who died in 1580 ;”’ and he adds, “ that the manuscripts 
in question are modern and valueless, there can be no longer any question.’ — (Monthly 
Repository for 1821, vol. xii. p. 203., and vol. i. N. S. for 1827, p. 572., cited in Dr. J. P. 
Smith’s ‘ Answer to the Manifesto of the Christian Evidence Society,’ &c. pp. 48, 49. 
( Third Edition. ) 

The impression of the Complutensian Polyglott was limited to 600 copies; three were 
struck off on vellum. One of these was deposited in the Royal Library at Madrid, and 
another in the Royal Library at Turin. The third (which is supposed to have been 
reserved for cardinal Ximenes), after passing through various hands, was purchased at the 
Pinelli sale, in 1789, for count M‘Carthy of Thoulouse, for four hundred and eighty-three 
pounds. On the sale of this gentleman’s library at Paris, in 1817, it was bought by George 
Hibbert, esq. for 16,100 francs, or six hundred and seventy-six pounds three shillings and four 
pence ; and, at the sale of Mr. Hibbert’s library in 1829, it was sold to Messrs. Payne and 
Foss, booksellers, of Pall Mall, for jive hundred guineas. Copies of the Complutensian 
Polyglott, on paper, are in the Libraries of the British Museum and Sion College, and 
also in several of the College Libraries in the two Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. 
For much interesting additional information respecting the Complutensian and other Poly- 
glott Bibles, see Mr. Pettigrew’s Bibl. Sussex. pp. 3—124. 


2. Biblia Sacra Hebraice, Chaldaice, Grect, et Latine, Philippi I. 
Regis Cathol. Pietate, et Studio ad Sacrosanctze Ecclesize Usum, Christo- 
phorus Plantinus excudebat. Antverpize, 1569—1572. 8 vols. folio. 


Five hundred copies only were printed of this magnificent work, which is sometimes 
called the Royal Polyglott, because it was executed at the expense of Philip II. King of 
Spain, and the Antwerp Polyglott from the place where it was printed. The greater part of 
the impression being lost in a voyage to Spain, this Polyglott has become of extreme rarity. 
It was printed in Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and Chaldee ; and contains, besides the whole of 
the Complutensian Polyglott, a Chaldee paraphrase of part of the Old Testament, which 
cardinal Ximenes had deposited in the Public Library at Alcala, having particular reasons 
for not publishing it. ‘This edition also has a Syriac version of the New Testament, and 
the Latin translation of Santes Pagninus, as reformed by Arias Montanus, the principal 
editor of this noble undertaking. The sixth, seventh, and eighth volumes are filled with 
lexicons and grammars of the various languages in which the Scriptures are printed, toge- 
ther with indexes, and a treatise on sacred antiquities. The Hebrew text is said to be 
compiled from the Compilutensian and Bomberg editions. 


3. Biblia. 1. Hebraica. 2 Samaritana. 3. Chaldaica. 4. Greeca. 
5. Syriaca. 6. Latina. 7. Arabica. Lutetiz Parisiorum, excudebat 
Antonius Vitré. 1645. 10 vols. large folio. 


This edition, which is extremely magnificent, contains all that is inserted in the Com- 
plutensian and Antwerp Polyglotts, with the addition of a Syriac and Arabic version of the 
greatest part of the Old, and of the entire New Testament. The Samaritan Pentateuch, 
with a Samaritan version, was printed for the first time in this Polyglott, the expenses of 
which ruined the Editor, M. Le Jay. His learned associates were Philippus Aquinas, 
Jacobus Morinus, Abraham Echellensis, Gabriel Sionita, &c. The Hebrew text is that of 
the Antwerp Polyglott. There are extant copies of Le Jay’s edition of the Polyglott 
Bible, under the following title, viz. Biblia Alexandrina Heptaglotta auspiciis S. D. Alex- 
andri VII. anno sessionis ejus xii. feliciter inchoati. Lutetie Parisiorum prostant apud Joan- 

nem Jansonium a Waesberge, Johannem Jacobum Chipper, Eliseum Weirstraet, 1666. 

















Sect. IV.] Polyglott Bibles. ! 37 


4. Biblia Sacra Polyglotta, complectentia Textus Originales, Hebraicum 
cum Pentateucho Samaritano, Chaldaicum, Greecum, Versionumque anti- 
quarum Samaritan, Greecee LXXII Interpretum, Chaldaice, Syriace, Ara- 
bice, Aithiopicee, Vulgate Latina, quicquid comparari poterat .... Edidit 
Brianus Wauton, 8.T.D. Londini, imprimebat Thomas Roycroft, 1657. 
6 vols. large folio. 


Though less magnificent than the Paris Polyglott, this of Bishop Walton is, in all other 
respects, preferable ; being more ample and more commodious. Nine languages are used 
in it, though no one book of the Bible is printed in so many. In the New Testament, 
the four Gospels are in six languages; the other books, only in five; those of Judith and 
the Maccabees, only in three. The Septuagint version is printed from the edition printed 
at Rome in 1587, which exhibits the text of the Vatican manuscript. The Latin is the 
Vulgate of Clement VIII. The Chaldee paraphrase is more complete than in any former 
publication. The London Polyglott also has an interlineary Latin version of the Hebrew 
text; and some parts of the Bible are printed in Ethiopic and Persian, none of which are 
found in any preceding Polyglott. : 

The First volume, besides very learned and useful Prolegomena, contains the Pentateuch. 
Every sheet exhibits, at one view, Ist, The Hebrew Text, with Montanus’s interlineary 
Latin version, very correctly printed. 2. The same verses in the Vulgate Latin: 3. The 
Greek version of the Septuagint, according to the Vatican MS., with a literal Latin Trans- 
lation by Flaminius Nobilis, and the various readings of the Alexandrian MS. added at the 
bottom of the column: 4. The Syriac version, with a collateral Latin translation: 5. The 
Targum, or Chaldee Paraphrase, of Onkelos, with a Latin translation: 6. The Hebreo- 
Samaritan text, which is nearly the same with the unpointed Hebrew, only the character is 
different ; and the Samaritan version, which differs vastly from the other as to the language, 
though the sense is pretty nearly the same; and therefore one Latin translation (with a few 
notes added at the bottom of the column) serves for both: 7. The Arabic version, with a 
collateral Latin translation, which in general agrees with the Septuagint. This first volume 
also contains, or should contain, a portrait of Bishop Walton, engraved by Lombart; and a 
frontispiece, together with three plates relating to Solomon’s temple, all engraved by Hollar. 
There are also two plates containing sections of Jerusalem, &c. and a chart of the Holy 
Land. ‘These are inserted in Capellus’s Treatise on the Temple. That part of the Pro- 
legomena, in this volume, which was written by Bishop Walton, was commodiously printed 
in octavo, at Leipsic, in 1777, by Professor Dathe. It is a treasure of sacred criticism. 

The seconp volume comprises the historical books in the same languages as are above 
enumerated, with the exception of the Samaritan (which is confined to the Pentateuch) and 
of the Targum of Rabbi Joseph (surnamed the blind) on the Books of Chronicles, which 
was not discovered till after the Polyglott was in the press. It has since been published in 
a separate form, as is noticed in the following page. 

The ruirp volume comprehends all the poetic and prophetic books from Job to Malachi, 
in the same languages as before, only that there is an Ethiopic version of the book of Psalms, 
which is so near akin to the Septuagint, that the same Latin translation serves for both, 
with a few exceptions, which are noted in the margin. 

The rourtn volume contains all the Apocryphal Books, in Greek, Latin, Syriac, and 
Arabic, with a two-fold Hebrew text of the book of Tobit; the first from Paul Fagius, the 
second from Sebastian Munster. After the Apocrypha there is a three-fold Targum of the 
Pentateuch: the first is in Chaldee, and is ascribed to Jonathan Ben Uzziel: the second is 
in Chaldee also; it takes in only select parts of the Law, and is commonly called the Jeru- 
salem Targum: the third is in Persic, the work of one Jacob Tawus, or Toosee, and seems 
to be a pretty literal version of the Hebrew Text. Each of these has a collateral Latin 
transiation. The two first, though they contain many fables, are exceedingly useful, 
because they explain many words and customs, the meaning of which is to be found no 
where else; and the latter will be found very useful to a student in the Persian language, 
though it contains many obsolete phrases, and the language is by no means in the pure 
Shirazian dialect. 

The rirru volume includes all the books of the New Testament. The various languages 
are here exhibited at one view, as in the others, The Greek text stands at the head, with 
Montanus’s interlineary Latin translation ; the Syriac next; the Persic third ; the Vulgate 
fourth: the Arabic fifth; and the Ethiopic sixth. Each of the oriental versions has a col- 
lateral Latin translation. ‘The Persic version only takes in the four Gospels; and for this, 
the Pars Altera, or Persian Dictionary, in Castell’s Lexicon, is peculiarly calculated. 

The stxru volume is composed of various readings and critical remarks on all the pre- 
ceding versions, and concludes with an explanation of all the proper names, both Hebrew 
and Greek, in the Old and New Testaments. The characters used for the several oriental 
versions are clear and good; the Hebrew is rather the worst. The simple reading of a 
text in the several versions often throws more light on the meaning of the sacred writer, than 
the best commentators which can be met with. This work sells at from twenty-five pounds 


(c) 3 


ro 


33 conptereecmmnanmedimdy OL GVO D0ters (Part I. Ch. I. 


to seventy guineas, according to the difference of condition. Many copies are ruled with 
red lines, which is a great help in reading, because it distinguishes the different texts better, 
and such copies ordinarily sell for three or four guineas more than the others, 

In executing this great and splendid work, Bishop Walton was assisted by Dr. Edmund 
Castell, Dr. Tho. Hyde, Dr. Pocock, Dr. Lightfoot, Mr. Alexander Huish, Mr. Samuel 
Clarke, Louis de Dieu, and other eminently learned men.! It was begun in October 1653, 
and completed in 1657; the first volume was finished in September 1654; the second in 
July 1655; the third in July 1656; and the fourth, fifth, and sixth, in 1657, three years 
before the Restoration. (The Parisian Polyglott was seventeen years in the press!) 

This work was published by subscription, under the patronage of Oliver Cromwell, who 
permitted the paper to be imported duty free: but the Protector dying before it was finished, 
Bishop Walton cancelled two leaves of the preface, in which he had made honourable men- 
tion of his patron, and others were printed containing compliments to Charles II. and some 
pretty severe invectives against republicans. Hence has arisen the distinction of republican 
and loyal copies. ‘The former are the most valued: there is a copy in the Library of the 
British Museum. Dr. A. Clarke and Mr. Butler have both pointed out (especially the 
former) the variations between these two editions. For a long time, it was disputed among 
bibliographers, whether any dedication was ever prefixed to the London Polyglott. There 
is, however, a dedication in one of the copies in the Royal Library at Paris, and another was 
discovered a few years since, which was reprinted in large folio to bind up with other copies 
of the Polyglott; it is also reprinted in the Classical Journal, vol. iv. pp. 355—361. In 
the first volume of Pott’s and Ruperti’s Sylloge Commentationum Theologicarum, 
(pp. 100-137.) there is a collation of the Greek and other versions, as printed in the 
London Polyglott, with the Hebrew text of the Prophet Micah, accompanied with some 
explanations by Professor Paulus.2 To complete the London Polyglott, the following 
publications should be added, viz. 

1. Paraphrasis Chaldaica in librum priorem et posteriorem Chronicorum. Auctore Rabbi 
Josepho, rectore Academia in Syria; cum versione Latina a Davide Wilkins. Cantabrigie, 
1715, 4to. 

2. Dr. Castell’s Lexicon Heptaglotton ; of which an account is given in a subsequent part 
of this Appendix. 

The purchaser of the London Polyglott should also procure Dr. John Owen’s Consider- 
ations on the Polyglott, 8vo. 1658; Bishop Walton’s Reply, entitled The Considerator con- 
sidered, &c. 8vo. 1659: and (a work of much more importance than either) Walton’s 
Introductio ad Lectionem Linguarum Orientalium, Hebraice, Chaldaice, Samaritane, Syriace, 
Arabice, Persice, Athiopice, Armenica, Coptice, &e. 18mo. Londini, 1615. 

Bishop Walton’s Polyglott having long been extremely scarce and dear, it has been the 
wish of biblical students for many years, that it should be reprinted. In 1797, the Rey. 
Josiah Pratt issued from the press, A Prospectus, with Specimens, of a new Polyglott Bible in 
Quarto, for the Use of English Students, and in 1799, another Prospectus, with Specimens, of 
an Octavo Polyglott Bible; but, for want of encouragement, the design was not carried into 
execution. A similar fate attended The Plan and Specimen of BIBLIA POLYGLOTTA 
BRITANNICA, or an enlarged and improved edition of the London Polyglott Bible, with 
Castell’s Heptaglott Lexicon, which were published and circulated by the Rev. Adam Clarke, 
LL.D. F.S.A. in 1810, in folio. The reader may see them reprinted in the Classical 
Journal (where, however, no notice is taken of the author of the plan), vol.iv. pp. 493-497. 
An abstract of this plan is given in the Bibl. Sussex. pp. 66-68. 


5. Biblia Sacra Quadrilinguia Veteris Testamenti Hebraici, cum Ver- 
sionibus e regione positis, utpote versione Greca LXX Interpretum ex 
codice manuscripto Alexandrino, a J. Ern. Grabio primum evulgata—Item 
versione Latina Sebast. Schmidii noviter revisa et textui Hebreeo accuratius 
accommodata, et Germanica beati Lutheri, ex ultima beati viri revisione et 
editione 1544-45 expressa. _Adjectis textui Hebreeo Notis Masorethicis et 








1 Concerning these, as well as the literary his story of ae London Polyglott, the reader 
will find much and very interesting information in the Rev. H. J. Topn’s Memoirs of the 
Life and Writings of the Right Rev. Brian Walton, D.D., Lord Bishop of Chester, editor 
of the London Polyglott Bible ; with notices of his coadjutors in that illustrious work ; of 
the cultivation of oriental learning, in this country, preceding and during their time; and of 
the authorised English version of the Bible, to a projected revision of which Dr. Walton 
and some of his assistants in the Polyglott were appointed. To which is added, Dr. Wal- 
ton’s own vindication of the London Polyglott, London, 1821, in 2 vols. 8vo. 

2 Jor a more particular account of the London Polyglott, we refer the reader to Dr. 
Clarke’s Bibliographical Dictionary, vol. i. pp. 248-270.; vol. ii. pp. 1-12; Mr. Butler’s 
Hore Biblice, vol. i. pp. 188-149.; and Dr. Dibdin’s Titindaetion to the Knowledge of 
the Editions of the Greek and Latin Classics, 3d edit. vol. i. a) 13-27,, from which pub- 
lications the above account is abridged. 














Sect. IV.] Polyglott Bibles. 39 


Grecz Versioni Lectionibus Codicis Vaticani; notis philologicis et exege- 
ticis allis, ut et summartiis capitum ac locis parallelis locupletissimis ornata. 


_ Accurante M. Christ. Retneccio. Lipsia, 1750. 3 vols. folio. 


The comparative cheapness of this neatly and accurately printed work rendered it, before 
the publication of Mr. Bagster’s Polyglott, a valuable substitute for the preceding larger 
Polyglotts. Dr. A. Clarke, who states that he has read over the whole of the Hebrew and 
Chaldee text, with the exception of part of the Pentateuch, pronounces it to be one of the 
most correct extant. 


6. Biblia Sacra Polyglotta, Textus Archetypos, Versionesque preecipuas, 
ab Ecclesia antiquitus receptas complectentia. Accedunt Prolegomena in 
eorundem crisin literalem, auctore Samuel Ler, 8.T.B...... Lingue He- 
breeze apud Cantabrigienses Professore Regio. Londini, 1831. 4to. et folio. 


The great rarity and consequent high price of all former Polyglotts, which render them 
for the most part inaccessible to biblical students, induced the publisher, Mr. Bagster, to 
undertake these beautiful Polyglott editions of the Holy Scriptures. _ The quarto edition 
contains the original Hebrew Text of the Old Testament, the Samaritan Pentateuch, the 
Septuagint Greek version of the Old Testament, the Vulgate Latin, and the authorised 
English version of the entire Bible; the original Greek text of the New Testament; and 
the venerable Peschito or Old Syriac version of it. The folio edition, besides these languages, 
contains entire translations of the Bible, in the following modern languages, viz. the Ger- 
man, by Dr. Martin Luther; the Italian, by Giovanni Diodati; the French, by J. F. Os- 
tervaid ; and the Spanish, (from the Romish Latin Vulgate) by Padre Scio. These are so 
disposed as to exhibit eight languages at once, on opening the volume, the press work of 
which is singularly beautiful. The pointed Hebrew text is printed from the celebrated 
edition of Vander Hooght, noticed in No. 5. p. 6. supra. ‘The Samaritan Pentateuch is 
taken from Dr. Kennicott’s edition of the Hebrew Bible, and is added by way of Appendix. 
The Septuagint is printed from Bos’s edition of the Vatican text; and at the end of the 
Old ‘Testament there are given the various readings of the Hebrew and Samaritan Penta- 
teuchs, together with the masoretic notes termed Keri and Ketib, the various lections of 
the Alexandrian MS. as edited by Dr. Grabe, and the apocryphal chapters of the book 
of Esther. The Greek text is printed from Mill’s edition of the Textus Receptus, with 
the whole of the important readings given by Griesbach in his edition of 1805, (No. 30. 
pp- 23, 24. supra); the Peschito or Old Syriac version, from Widmanstadts’ edition published 
at Vienna in 1555,-collated with the accurate edition executed in 1816 under the auspices 
of the British and Foreign Bible Society, and edited by Professor Lee. The Apocalypse 
and such of the Epistles as are not extant in the Old Syriac Version, are given from the 
Philoxenian or New Syriac Version. The text of the Latin Vulgate version is taken from 
the edition of pope Clement VIII. The authorised English version is accompanied with 
the marginal renderings, and a new selection of well-chosen parallel texts. The other mo- 
dern versions are professedly given from accurate editions. The prorrcomena of the Rey, 
Dr. and Professor Lee present. a compendious and neatly written epitome of the Literary 
History of ‘the Text and Versions of the Old and New Testaments, which contains some 
new and important critical information. Copies of the several texts and versions of this poly- 
glott edition are thrown off in detached small octavo volumes: and copies of the quarto 
Polyglott New Testament may also be procured, with a distinet title page.1 





1 The publisher of the Polyglott Bible above noticed, in 1819 issued from the press an 
octoglott edition of the Liturgy of the Anglican church, in one quarto volume, which may 
justly be pronounced one of the finest specimens of typography that ever issued from the 
British press. The eight languages, printed in this edition, are the English, French, 
Italian, German, Spanish, Antient Greek, Modern Greek, and Latin. The English text 
is given from a copy of the Oxford Edition of the Common Prayer Book. The French 
version is modern, and is well known to most readers of that language, having frequently 
been printed and received with general approbation. The Psalms are printed from the 
Basle Edition of Ostervald’s Bible. The Jtalian is taken from the edition of A. Montucci 
and L. Valletti, published in 1796, but revised throughout, and its orthography corrected. 
The Psalms, are copied from the Bible of Diodati. The German translation, by the Rev. 
Dr. Kiiper (Chaplain of the Royal German Chapel, St. James’s), is entirely new, except 
the Psalms, which are taken from Luther’s German Version of the Scriptures. The Spanish, 
-by the Rey. Blanco White, is for the most part new. The Psalms are printed from Padre 
Scio’s great Spanish Bible, published at Madrid in 1807, in sixteen volumes. The transla- 
tion into the Antient Greek language is that executed by Dr. Duport (a. p. 1665), who was 
Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Cambridge. The Psalms are from the 
Septuagint. The Modern Greek is an entirely new translation by M. A. Calbo,a learned 
native Greek, of the island of Zante. And the Latin version is nearly a reprint of the 
edition which was first printed by W. Bowyer, in 1720, with some alterations and ad- 


(c) 4 


40 Triglott and Diglott Bibles. (Part I. Ch. I: 


Several editions of the Bible are extant, in two or three languages, called 
Diglotts and Triglotts, as well as Polyglott editions of particular parts of the 
Scriptures. For an account of these, we are compelled to refer the reader 
to the Bibliotheca Sacra of Le Long and Masch, and the Bibliographical 
Dictionary of Dr. Clarke, already cited. A complete account of all these 
Polyglott editions is a desideratum in English literature: the following, 
however, may be mentioned as the principal Triglott and Diglott editions: 


(1.) Trictorr TESTAMENT. 


Novi Testamenti Biblia Triglotta: sive Greci Textus Archetypi, Ver- 
sionis Syriace, et Versionis Latina Vulgate Synopsis: cui accedunt Sub- 
sidia Critica varia. Evangelia. Londini. 1828. 4to. 


Those who may not be able to procure any of the more costly polyglotts, will find a cheap 
substitute for them in this handsomely printed volume. The Greek text is printed after the 
editions, with improved punctuation, of Knappe and Vater; this is accompanied by the 
Syriac Version, after the text of Professor Lee’s accurate edition, printed in 1816; and 
at the foot of the page is the Latin Vulgate version, according to the Sixtine recension, 
printed from the Antwerp edition of 1603, which was superintended by John Moret. To 
the work is prefixed Prof. Vater’s Index of Critical Subsidia; and in an Appendix there is 
given his selection of Various Readings, with the authorities by which they are supported. 


(2.) Dictorr Bisxes. 


1. Biblia Sacra Hebraica, cum interlineari interpretatione Latina Xantis 
Pagnini: accessit Bibliorum pars, que Hebraicé non reperitur, item Novum 
Testamentum, Greece, cum Vulgata Interpretatione Latina, studio Benedicti 
Arie Montant. Antwerpie, 1572, 1584. Geneve, 1609, 1619, (with a 
new title only.) Lipsize, 1657, folio. . 


“ You will find the edition of the Hebrew Scriptures by Arias Montanus more useful 
to you than perhaps any other.”—(Bishop Gleig’s Directions for the Study of Theology, 
p- 93.) The edition of 1572 forms the Sixth volume of the Antwerp Polyglott (No. 2. p. 36. 
supra): as it is the first, so it is the best edition. The octavo editions, ex officind Planti- 
niand Raphelengii (Lugduni Batavorum), 1599 or 1610-1613, in nine volumes, are of 
very little value. In the folio editions above noticed, the Latin word is placed above the 
Hebrew and Greek words, to which they belong. ‘The Latin version of Xantes or Santes 
Pagninus is corrected by Montanus, and his learned coadjutors, Raphelenge, and others. 


2. Biblia Hebraica, 1. e. Vetus Testamentum, seu Hagiographi Canonici 
Veteris nempe Testamenti Libri, qui originario nobis etiamnum ore leguntur, 
ex Hebraico in Latinum ad litteram versi, adjecta editione Vulgata. Hebraict 
et Latiné, cura et studio Ludovici pg Bie, e Societate Jesu. Vienne, 1743. 
4 vols. 8vo. 


_ This is an elegant edition, little known in this country, but in many respects highly 
valuable. It contains the Hebrew, and two Latin versions,—that of the Vulgate edition in 
1592, and that of Arias Montanus. It is ornamented with vignettes, and the initial letters, 
which are well engraved on copper, represent some fact of sacred history, to which the 
immediate subject is applicable. 


3. Biblia Hebraica ex recensione A. Hahnii, cum Vulgataé Versione 
Latina. Lipsia, 1838. 2 tomis, 8vo. 


4, The Old Testament, English and Hebrew, with remarks, critical and 
grammatical, on the Hebrew, and corrections of the English. By Anselm 
Bay.tey, LL.D. London, 1774. 4 vols. 8vo. 


The Hebrew text is printed in long lines on the left hand page; and the authorised 
English version, on the right hand page, divided into two columns. ‘The critical notes, 
which are very few, are placed under the English text. The Hebrew text is accompanied, 
throughout, with the Keri and Ketib; but all the accents, &c. are omitted, except the atl-~ 








ditions by the present editor (John Carey, LL. D.), sometimes taken from the translation 


of Mr. Thomas Parsel, the fourth edition of which was published in 1727. The Psalms 
are from the Vulgate. 











Sect. V. § 1.] Antient Versions. 41 


nach, which answers to our colon, and the soph pashuk, which is placed at the end of each 
verse in the Bible. At the end of each book is given an epilogue, containing a summary 
view of the history, transactions, &c. recorded therein. The work is ornamented with a 
frontispiece, representing Moses receiving the tables of the law on Mount Sinai, and two 
useful maps ;—one of the journeying of the Israelites, in which each station is numbered ; 
and another of their settlement in the promised land. The letter-press of the Hebrew is 
very unequally distributed over the pages; some are long, and others short ; some are wide, 
and others narrow. On some pages not fewer than thirty-seven lines are crowded together, 
while others contain only twenty-three. In other respects, Dr. A. Clarke pronounces it to 
be a pretty correct work; but, besides the errata noticed by the editor, he adds, that the 
reader will find the sentence—thow shalt visit thy habitution, left out of the English text, in 
Joby. 24. (Bibliogr. Dic. vol. i. p. 274.) 


¢ 


SECTION V.: 
ANTIENT VERSIONS OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS. 


§ 1. Tarcums, oR CHALDEE PARAPHRASES OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 


1. Targum, seu Paraphrasis Chaldaica ONKELOs1 in Pentateuchum Latine, 
ex versione Alfonsi de Zamora. Venetiis, 1747, 4to. 

Also in the Complutensian, Antwerp, Paris, and London Polyglotts. This version of 
oe Targum of Onkelos was likewise printed at Antwerp, 1616, and at Venice, 1609, in 
O110. 

2. Thargum, hoc est, Paraphrasis Onkeli Chaldaica in Sacra Biblia; ex 
Chaldaico in Latinum fidelissime versa, additis in singula fere capita suc- 
cinctis annotationibus, Authore Paulo Facio. Pentateuchus, sive quinque 
libri Moysis. Tom. I. Argentorati, 1546, folio. 


One volume only of this work was published. Fagius’s learned annotations are inserted 
in the Critici Sacri. 


3. Targum PsEupo-JONATHANIS in Pentateuchum, Latine, ex versione 
Antonii Cevalerii. Londini, 1657, folio. (In Bp, Walton’s Polyglott.) 


4, TarGuM HigrROSOLYMITANUM in Pentateuchum, Latine, ex versione 
Antonii Cevalerii. Londini, 1657, folio. (In Bp. Walton’s Polyglott.) 


Bp. Walton states that the Latin version of Chevalier is more faithful than that published 
by Francis Taylor, at London, in 1649, 4to, 


5. Targum JoNATHANIS in Josue, Judices, Libros Regum, Isaiz, Hiere- 
mize, Ezechielis et XII. Minorum Prophetarum, Latine, ex versione Alfonsi 
de Zamora, a Benedicto Aria Montano ad Hebraicam et Chaldaicam verita- 
tem correcta, folio. (In the Antwerp, Paris, and London Polyglotts.) 


Various other editions of the Targum of Jonathan Ben Uzziel are noticed in Masch’s 
and Boerner’s edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, Part II. vol. iii. pp. 654-656. 


6. Targum R. Josepui Ceeci et aliorum in Chetuvim, Latine, ex versione 
Alfonsi de Zamora, et recognitione Ariz Montani, folio. 


7. Targum in Psalmos, Ecclesiasten, et Librum Esther, ex versione Ariz 
Montani, folio. 


Both the preceding Targums are found in the Antwerp, Paris, and London Polyglotts ; 
in the last, the translation has been further revised by Dr. Edmund Castell. 


8. Liber Jobi, Chaldaice et Latine, cum notis. Opera et studio Johannis 
Terentii. Franeckerz, 1663, 4to. 

The Latin translation is that of Alfonso de Zamora, revised by Montanus, and further 
corrected by the editor. Masch pronounces this to be a rare and erudite publication. 

9. Cantica Canticorum et Ecclesiastes Salomonis paraphrastico sermone 


conscripti, et ex Chaldea lingua in Latinam versi per Erasmum Oswaldum 
Schreckenfuchsium. Basilea, 1553, 8vo. 


10. Chaldaica Paraphrasis Libelli Ruth, a mendis repurgata, et punctis 
juxta analogiam grammaticam notata, cum Latina Interpretatione et Anno- 
tationibus, per Joannem Mercerum. Parisiis, 1564, 4to. 


42 Antient Greek Versions. [Part I. Ch. I. 


11. Paraphrasis Chaldaica Librorum Chronicorum, Latine, cura Matthie 
Friderici Beckii. Auguste Vindelicorum, 1680-83-84, 2 vols. 4to. 


12. Paraphrasis Chaldaica in Librum priorem et posteriorem Chronicorum. 
Auctore Rabbi JosepHo, Rectore Academie in Syria. Nunc demum a 
Manuscripto Cantabrigiensi descripta, ac cum Versione Latind in lucem 
missa a Davide Wilkins. Cantabrigie, 1717, 4to. Amstelodami, 1725, 4to, 


The manuscript, from which this edition was printed, was written A.D. 1477. It was 
discovered by Mr. Samuel Clarke, an eminent oriental scholar, in the University of Cam- 
bridge: and, besides the Chaldee paraphrase on the books of Chronicles, it contained the 
books of Psalms, Proverbs, Job, Daniel, Ezra, and Nehemiah, with a targum or paraphrase 
oneach. ‘The book is elegantly printed, the Chaldee text with vowel points being on the 
right hand page, and the Latin translation on the left: both are divided into verses. The 
copies, dated Amstelodami, 1725, are the same as those printed at Cambridge, but with a 
new title-page. 


§ 2. Antient Greek Versions. 
[i.] Tue Sepruaaint.! 


The following table exhibits the four principal Standard Text Editions of 
the Septuagint Greek version, together with the principal editions which 
are founded upon them :— 

Ysa a RR a RR Pr a ea ee ae a mp 

1. COMPLUTENSIAN TeExT, 1514. 

Antwerp Polyglott, Fol. Gr. Lat. &c. 1569-72.—Commelini. Fol. Gr. 1586, 1599, 1616. 
— Wolderi. Fol. Gr. 1596.—Hutteri. Fol. 1599. Gr. Lat. &c.— Paris Polyglott, Fol. Gr. 
Lat. &c. 1645. i" 

o_— ———————— PP OOOOOWLLLEAI 


2. ALDINE TExT, 1518. 


Cephalei. Oct. Gr. 1526.—Hervagii, Fol. Gr. 1545.—Brylingeri. Oct. Gr. 1550.— 
Wechelii Hered. Fol. Gr. 1597. 
je LS APM a 0 Bin hey es ae Det IR i ee RS SS EN Pe, 2 OE i ee 


3. Roman or VATICAN TExT, 1587. 


Waltoni Polyglotta. Fol. Gr. Lat. &c. 1657.—Morini. Fol. Gr. Lat. 1628.—Daniel. Qto. 
et Oct. Gr. 1653, 1665, 1683.—Cluveri. Oct. Gr. 1697.—Bosti. Gr. Qto. 1709.— Mili, 
Oct. G. 1725.— Reineccii. Oct. Gr. 1730, 1757.— Kirchnert. Oct. Gr. 1759.—Holmesii. 
Fol. Gr. 1798, &c. The editions printed at Oxford, Oct. Gr. 1805, 1817.—Valpii, 1819. 
—L. Von Ess, 1824.—Maii, 1839. 


sn 
4. THE ALEXANDRINE TExT, 1707-9-19-20. 


Breitingeri. Qto. Gr. 1730-33.  Reineccti Biblia Quadrilinguia. Fol. Gr. Lat. &c. 1750. 
Baberi. Fo). 1816-27. ° 








Of the various editions of the Septuagint Greek version, which have 
issued from the press, the following more particularly claim the notice of 
the biblical student. Most of them contain the New Testament, in addition 
to the Old; but as the principal editions of the former have already been 
described, no notice will be taken of them :— 


1. Biblia Greeca; cum versione Latina ad verbum. In Bibliis Polyglottis 
Compluti editis, 1514, 1515. 1517. 


The text of this edition was composed after several manuscripts whieh the editors ne- 
glected to describe ; they have frequently been charged with having altered the Greek text, 
to make it harmonise with the Hebrew, or rather with the Vulgate version, and with 
having filled up the chasms in the Alexandrian or Septuagint version from other Greek 





1 This notice of the principal editions of the Septuagint version is chiefly taken from 


Masch and Boerner’s edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Saera, part ii. vol. ii. pp. 263-323. 


Many other editions of this version, and of detached books of it, are there described, which 
we have not room to detail. 








Sect V. § 2.] Antient Greek Versions. 43 


interpreters. — For a further account of the Complutensian Polyglott, see pp. 35, 36. 
supra. 


2. Iavra ra car’ eLoyny Kadoupeva Bibdua Sevag Onhadn ypadne madaac TE 
Kae veac.—Sacree Scriptures Veteris Noveeque omnia. Venetiis, 1518, small 
folio. 


This edition appeared in 1518, two years after the death of Aldus Manutius; it was ex- 
ecuted under the care of his father-in-law, Andreas Asulanus. The text was compiled from 
numerous antient MSS, Archbishop Usher is of opinion, that in many instances it follows 
the readings of Aquila’s version, instead of those of the Septuagint. The Aldine text, how- 
ever, is pronounced by Bishop Walton to be much purer than that in the Complutensian 
Polyglott, to which it is actually prior in point of time; for though the Polyglott bears date 
1514-1517, it was not published until the year 1522. Father Simon and M. de Colomies 
concur in speaking very highly of the execution of the Aldine edition. 


3. Tye Oerac Teapne wakarac Ondaon Kat veae arayvra. Divine Scripturae 
Veteris Noveeque omnia. Argentorati, apud Wolphium Cephaleum, 1526. 
4 vols. 8vo. 


This edition is of great rarity: the fourth volume contains the New Testament. It 
follows the text of Aldus, and is not only well and correctly printed, but possesses the 
additional merit of judicious punctuation, Though the chapters are distinguished, the 
text is not divided into verses; and a space is left at the beginning of each chapter for the 
insertion of the initial letter, ‘The Apocryphal books, and a small but valuable collection 
of various readings, are added in this edition by the editor John Lonicerus, a disciple and 
follower of the illustrious reformer, Dr. Martin Luther. Copies of this edition are some- 
times to be met with, having the date of 1529. They are however all of the same im- 
pression, the beginning of the preface being altered, the name of Lonicerus omitted, and 
that of Jerome substituted for Luther, with a new title-page. 


4. Tne Oeac Tpagne wadatac Ondadn Kat veae arayvra. Divine Scripturze 
Veteris ac Novi Testamenti omnia, innumeris locis nunc demum, et opti- 
morum librorum collatione et doctorum vivorum opera, multo quam unquam 
emendatiora, in lucem edita. Cum Ces. Majest. gratia et privilegio ad 
quinquennium. Basiliz, per Joannem Hervagium, 1545, folio. 


In this rare and little known edition, the text of Lonicerus is chiefly followed ; it is said 
to surpass in correctness both the Strasburg and Venetian editions, and also has some 
valuable various readings. ‘The preface was written by Melancthon. 


5. Biblia Greeca, Greecé et Latiné. . ... Basileze, per Nicholaum Brylin- 
gerum. 1550, 5 vols. 8vo. 


Each of the five volumes, of which this edition consists, has a distinct title-page which 
is printed by Masch. ‘The Greek and Latin are placed in opposite columns; the former 
from the Aldine text, the latter from the Vulgate, as printed in the Complutensian Poly- 
glott. The type, though rather too small to be read with ease, is pronounced by Masch 
to be distinct and neat. 


6. ‘H Takara Ara9nkn, cara rove E€dopnxovra de av0evtiac Zvorov EY Ayxpov 
Apxtepewe exdofecoa.— Vetus Testamentum Greecum, juxta LXX Interpretes, 
studio Antonii Cardinalis CARAF, ope virorum doctorum adjuti, cum pre- 
fatione et scholiis Petri Morini. Rome ex Typographia Francisci Zannetti, 
1586, folio. | 


A beautiful edition, of great rarity and value. The copies of it are of two dates ;—some 
with M.p.LxxxvI, as they originally appeared, and others with the date of m.p.Lxxxvul, the 
figure 1. having been subsequently added with a pen. ‘The latter copies are most commonly 
met with, and hence this edition is usually dated 1587. They contain 783 pages of text, 
preceded by four leaves of preliminary matter, which are followed by another (subsequently 
added), intitled Corrigenda in notationibus Psalterii. This last-mentioned leaf is not found 
in the copies bearing the date of 1586, which also want the privilege of Pope Sixtus V. 
dated May 9th, 1587, at whose request and under whose auspices it was undertaken by car- 
dinal Antonio Fee aided by Antonio Agelli, Peter Morinus, Fulvio Ursino, Robert 
Bellarmin, cardinal Sirlet, and others. The celebrated Codex Vaticanus 1209 was the 
basis of the Roman or Sixtine edition, as it is usually termed; but the editors did not 
exclusively adhere to that MS., having changed both the orthography and readings whenever 
these appeared to them to be faulty. Such is the opinion of Drs. Hody and Grabe, Eich- 
horn, -Morus, and other eminent critics ; though the late Dr. Holmes has contended that the 
text of the Roman edition was printed from one single MS., which was exclusively followed 





4 The Septuagint. | [Part I. Ch. I. 


throughout. The first forty-six chapters of Genesis, together with some of the Psalms, and 
the book of Maccabees, being obliterated from the Vatican manuscript through extreme age, 
the editors are said to have supplied this deficiency by compiling those parts of the Septua- 
gint from a manuscript out of cardinal Bessarion’s library, and from another which was 
brought to them from Calabria. So great was the agreement between the latter and the 
Codex Vaticanus, that they were supposed to have been transcribed either the one from the 
other, or both from the same copy. Various readings are given to each chapter. This edition 
contains the Greek text only. In 1588, Flaminio Nobili printed at Rome in folio, Vetus 
Testamentum secundum XX. Latine redditum. This Latin version was not composed by 
him, but compiled out of the fragments of the antient Latin translations, especially the Old 
Italic. It is a splendid volume, and of considerable rarity. The Roman edition was 
reprinted at Paris in 1628, in three folio volumes; the New Testament in Greek and Latin 
forms the third volume, This reprint is in great request, not only for the neatness and 
correctness of its execution, but also for the learned notes which accompany it. Some copies 
are occasionally met with, dated Parisiis, Piget 1641, which might lead us to suppose that 
they were distinct editions. De Bure however says, that they are but one and the same 
edition, with a new title-page, probably printed by the bookseller who had purchased the 
unsold copies. A complete edition of the Septuagint Version, which professes accurately to 
represent the text of the Codex Vaticanus 1209, (which is supposed to be the oldest manu- 
script of the Septuagint Version) but not in fac-simile types, was announced while this 
sheet was passing through the press, as being nearly printed at Rome, under the editorial 
care of the eminent biblical scholar and antiquary, Angelo Mai. 


7. Tne Oevac Ipadye, radarag dndadn kat veac, avavra. Divine Scripture, 
nempe Veteris ac Novi Testamenti, omnia.... Francofurti, apud Andree 
Wechelii Heredes, 1597, folio. 


This edition is formed after that of Hervagius, the errors of the latter being previously 
corrected. It has a coliection of various readings taken from the Complutensian, Antwerp, 
Strasburg, and Roman editions. Morinus charges the editor (who is supposed to have 
been Francis Junius or Frederic Sylburgius) with abandoning the Aldine text in four 
chapters of the book of Exodus, and in the twenty-fourth chapter of the book of Proverbs, 
and substituting the Complutensian text in its stead. It is very neatly printed on clear 
types, and is divided into verses. 


8. ‘H Tadaa Avabinxn kara rove E€dopynxovra. Vetus Testamentum Grecum, 
ex versione Septuaginta interpretum. Londini, excudebat Rogerus Daniel, 
1653, 4:to. 


This edition is frequently mentioned in catalogues as being both in quarto and in octavo. 
Masch states that there is but one size, viz. in quarto, though the paper be different. It 
professes to follow the Sixtine edition: but this is not the fact; the editors having altered 
and interpolated the text in several places, in order to bring it nearer to the Hebrew text 
and the modern versions. The errors of this edition have been retained ; 1. In that printed 
at Cambridge in 1653, 8vo. with a learned preface written by Bishop Pearson (whose 
initials are at the end): and 2. In the very neat Cambridge edition printed by Field in 
1665, in three volumes 8vo. (including the Liturgy in Greek and the New Testament). 
Vield’s edition was counterfeited, page for page, by Jobn Hayes, a printer at Cambridge, 
who executed an edition in 1684, to which he put Field’s name, and the date of 1665. The 
fraud, however, may easily be detected, by comparing the two editions; the typography of 
the genuine one by Field being very superior to that of Hayes. The genuine Cambridge 
edition was reprinted at Amsterdam, in 1683, in 12mo. without the Greek Testament. The 
editing of it is commonly, but erroneously, ascribed to Leusden, ‘The omission of Bishop 
Pearson’s initials at the end of the preface has caused the latter to be attributed to Leusden. 
The book is very neatly, but very incorrectly, printed in two columns, divided into separate 
verses. The Apocryphal books, which are found in the Cambridge edition, are altogether 
omitted. 


9. °H Takara Acadynxn, kara rove E€dopuncovru. Vetus Testamentum Gre- 
cum, ex versione Septuaginta interpretum, cum libris Apocryphis, juxta 
exemplar Vaticanum Rome editum, et Anglicanum Londini excusum. 
Lipsiz, 1697, 8vo. 

The editors of this impression were M. J. Ciuver and Tho, Kiumrr ; though inferior 
to the London and Amsterdam editions in beauty of execution, it is very far superior to 
them in point of correctness. The prolegomena of Jobn Frickius prefixed to it, contain 
a critical notice of preceding editions of the Septuagint Version, which is said to be very 
accurate. 

10. Vetus Testamentum Gracum, ex versione LXX Interpretum, ex 
antiquissimo MS. Codice Alexandrino accuraté descriptum, et ope aliorum 








Sect. V. § 2.] Antient Greek Versions. 45 


exemplarium ac priscorum scriptorum, presertim vero Hexaplaris Editionis 
Origenianz, emendatum atque suppletum, additis seepe asteriscorum et 
obelorum signis, summ& curd edidit Joannes Ernestus Graser, S.T.P. 
Oxonii, 1707, 1709,.1719, 1720. 4 vols. folio, and 8 vols. 8vo. 


This splendid edition exhibits the text of the celebrated Codex Alexandrinus, now 
deposited in the British Museum. Though Dr. Grabe prepared the whole for the press, 
yet he only lived to publish the Octateuch, forming the first volume of the folio edition, in 
1707, and the fourth, containing the metrical beoks, in 1709. The second volume, com- 
prising the historical books, was edited by Francis Lee, M. D., a very eminent Greek scholar, 
in 1719; and the third volume, including the prophetical books, by W. Wigan, S. I. D., 
in 1720. This edition gives a fair representation of the Alexandrian Manuscript where it 
was perfect; but where it was defective and incorrect, the passages supplied and the cor- 
rected readings are given, partly from the Codex Vaticanus, and partly from the Com- 
plutensian edition, in a smaller character than that employed in the text, the erroneous 
lections being printed inthe margin. The prolegomena of Dr. Grabe contain a treasure of 
sacred criticism. Dr. Grabe designed to have added copious notes to this work, but was 
prevented by death from composing them. After the folio sheets were struck off, the pages 
were divided, and over-run into an octavo form, to prevent the book from being piratically 
printed in Germany. 


11. “H Tadaca Acadnen cara rove E€dounkorvra. Vetus Testamentum ex 
Versione Septuaginta Interpretum secundum Exemplar Vaticanum Rome 
editum, accuratissimé denuo recognitum ; una cum scholiis ejusdem editionis, 
variis Manuscriptorum Codicum Veterumque Exemplarium Lectionibus, 
necnon fragmentis Versionum Aquile, Symmachi, et Theodotionis. Summa& 
cura edidit Lambertus Bos. Franequere. 1709. 4to. 

An elegant and accurate edition, which is deservedly esteemed. The preface of the 
editor, Professor Bos, contains a critical disquisition on the Septuagint Versicn and its 
utility in sacred criticism, together with an account of the preceding principal editions. 
Bos’s text was reprinted at Amsterdam in 1725, in two 8vo. vols. under the editorial care 


of David Mill. It contains various readings from some MSS. at Leyden, which, however, 
are of no great critical value. 


12. ‘H Hakata Atadynen cara rove E€dounkovra. Vetus Testamentum ex 
Versione Septuaginta Interpretum, olim ad fidem Codicis MS. Alexandrini 
summo studio et incredibili diligentia expressum, emendatum et suppletum a 
Joanne Ernesti Grabio, S.T.P. Nunc vero exemplaris Vaticani aliorumque 
MSS. Codd. Lectionibus Var. nec non criticis dissertationibus illustratum 
insigniterque locupletatum, summa cura edidit Joannes Jacobus BREITIN- 
Gerus. ‘Tiguri Helvetiorum. 1730-1-2. 4 vols. 4to. 

This edition is a correct reprint of Dr. Grabe’s edition, to which are added, at the foot 
of the page, the various readings of the Roman or Vatican edition, and of three manuscripts 
belonging to the library of the Academy at Basle. The beauty of its typography and 
paper, and its critical value, concur to render this edition highly esteemed; it is conse- 
quently both scarce and dear. Michaelis pronounces it to be the best edition of the Septuagint 
ever printed, that is, up to his time. 


13. ‘H Taraca AcaOnen xara rove E€dopnxovra. Vetus Testamentum 
Greecum ex Versione Septuaginta Interpretum, una cum Libris Apocryphis, 
secundum Exemplar Vaticanum Rome editum et aliquoties recognitum, 
quod nunc denuo ad optimas quasque editiones recensuit, et potiores quasdam 
Codicis Alexandrini et aliorum lectiones variantes adjecit M. Christianus 
Reineccius. Lipsize, 1730. 8vo. 1757. 8vo. edit. secunda. 


° 


A neat and commodious edition, though the type is rather too small. The apocryphal 
books are at the end of the volume. 


14. ‘H Tadtasa Aradynen. Vetus Testamentum ex versione Septuaginta 
Interpretum, ad Exemplar Vaticanum Rome editum ex optimis codicibus 
impressum. Accesserunt Libri Apocryphi. Hal, sumptibus Orphanotro- 
phei. 1759. 12mo. 

An edition of more promise than execution. Masch denounces it as very incorrect, and 


says, that instead of being taken from the best codices (as the editor professes), or editions, 
it agrees with the London, Cambridge, and Leipsic editions, 


46 The Septuagint. {Part I. “Ch.I. 


15. Vetus Testamentum Greecum, cum variis Lectionibus, edidit Robertus 
Hormes, D.D., Decanus Wintoniensis. Tom. I. Oxonii, e Typographeo 
Clarendoniano. 1798. folio. 


Vetus Testamentum Grecum, cum variis Lectionibus. Editionem a 
Roberto Holmes, S.T.P. inchoatam continuavit Jacobus PARSONS, S:T.5. 
Tom. II.—V. Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano. 1818-27. folio. 


To the University of Oxford belongs the honour of giving to the public this valuable 
and splendid edition of the Septuagint Version, In the year 1788, the late Rev. Dr. 
Holmes, Dean of Winchester, circulated proposals for collating all the MSS. of that ver- 
sion known to be extant. These being liberally-supported by public and private patrons, 
Dr. H. published annual accounts of his collations, which amounted to sixteen in num- 
ber, up to the time of his decease. In 1795 he published, in folio, two Latin epistles to 
the Bishop of Durham, containing specimens of his proposed work; and in 1798 ap- 
peared the first part of vol. i. containing the book of Genesis; part ii, comprising Exodus 
and Leviticus, was published in 1801; and the books of Numbers and Deuteronomy, 
which complete the first volume, in 1804. The date of 1798, therefore, in the title-page 
of the first volume, is not strictly correct. A general preface to this volume, in four chap- 
ters, discusses the history of the Kou, or common text of the Septuagint Version, and its 
various corrections; describes the MSS. consulted for this edition (eleven of which were 
written in uncial letters, and upwards of one hundred in small letters); and gives an 
account of the printed editions of the LXX., of the Fathers, and other Greek writers 
quoted in the various readings, and of the several antient versions, viz. the Old Italic or 
Ante-Hieronymian Latin, the Coptic, Sahidic, Syriac (made from the Greek text), Arabic, 
Sclavonic, Armenian, and the Georgian versions, whence various readings in the Penta- 
teuch have been extracted. Each of the five books of Moses is furnished with a short 
preface and an appendix; and.at the end of the volume are eleven pages of addenda et 
emendanda. Dr. Holmes also published the book of Daniel, in 1805, according to the 
text of Theodotion and the Septuagint, in the same manner as the Pentateuch, a few months 
before his death. ‘The text is printed on a strong and beautiful type, after the Sixtine or 
Roman edition of 1587; and the deviations from it, which are observable in the Compluten- 
sian and Aldine editions, and in that of Dr. Grabe, are constantly noted. For this edition 
were collated three hundred and eleven manuscripts, the various lections of which are 
exhibited at the foot of the page. On Dr. Holmes’s death, in 1805, after a considerable 
but unavoidable delay, the publication of this important work was resumed by the Rev. J. 
Parsons, A.M. (now B.D.) under whose editorial care the second volume was completed 
in 1818. It comprises all the historical books from Joshua to the second book of Chronicles 
inclusively ; the several fasciculi of which were published in the following order, viz. Joshua 
in 1810; Judges and Ruthin 1812; 1 Kings in 1813; and the five remaining books in 
the four succeeding years, the whole being printed off in the early part of 1818. The third 
and fourth volumes, containing the book of Job to the prophet Jeremiah inclusive, were 
published between the years 1819-1825: and the remaining (or fifth) volume, which con- 
tains the Apocryphal books, between the years 1825 and 1827. The plan laid down by Dr. 
Holmes was followed by his learned successor, whose continuation is executed in the same 
splendid and accurate manner as the Pentateuch. ‘The reader will find a copious and very 
interesting critique on the jirst volume of this magnificent undertaking in the Eclectic 
Review, vol. ii. part i. p. 85-90. 214-221. 267-274. 337-348. ; and of the second volume in 
the Classical Journal, vol. ix. pp. 475-479. and vol. xix. pp. 367-372. 


16. Psalterium Grecum é Codice MS. Alexandrino, qui Londini in Bib- 
liotheca Musei Britannici asservatur, Typis ad Similitudinem ipsius Codicis 
Scripturee fideliter descriptum, Cura et Labore Henrici Herveii BaBErR, A.M. 
Musei Britannici Bibliothecarii. Londini, 1812, folio. 


This is an exact fac-simile of the book of Psalms, from the Codex Alexandrinus which 
has been already noticed. There isa chasm of about nine leaves in the original manuscript, 
from Psalm xlix. 19. to Psalm lxxix. 12. The types are the same as were used for Dr. 
Woide’s fac-simile edition of the New Testament, noticed in p. 20. supra. The numbers 
of the Psalms and verses are subjoined at the foot of the page, for convenience of reference. 
Appropriate marks are introduced, to point out words which have either become obliterated 
in course of time, or have been designedly erased, or which have been re-written by a later 
hand. At the end of the volume there isa collation of the various readings of the Alexandrian 
MS. of the Book of Psalms, with the Roman edition of the Vatican text of the Septuagint, 
printed in 1587. Twelve copies of this elegant fac-simile were printed on vellum, to match 
with the same number of copies of Dr. Woide’s edition. 


17. Vetus Testamentum Grecum é Codice MS. Alexandrino, qui Lon- 
dini in Bibliotheca Musei Britannici asservatur, Typis ad Similitudinem ipsius 








Sect. V. § 2.] Antient Greek Versions. 47 


Codicis Scripture fideliter descriptum, Cura et Labore Henrici Herveii 
Bazser, A.M. Londini, 1816-28. 4 vols. folio. 


At the close of his preface to the preceding fac-simile edition of the Book of Psalms, the 
Rey. H. H. Baber announced his intention of proceeding with the Old Testament in a 
similar manner: but this was an undertaking too vast and too extensive for an unbeneficed 
clergyman. In consequence, therefore, of a memorial by Mr. B., seconded by the recom- 
mendation of several dignitaries of the Anglican church, as well as Professors and heads of 
colleges in the two universities, the British Parliament engaged to defray the expense of 
completing this noble work. (See the Memorial and other Proceedings in the Literary 
Panorama, vol. i. N. S. pp. 465-478.) The first three volumes comprise the entire text of 
the Septuagint; and the fourth volume contains the Notes and the Prolegomena. The 
whole is executed in a splendid folio size, and in such a manner as faithfully to represent 
every iota of the original manuscript. The better to preserve the identity of the original, 
Mr. Baber has introduced a greater variety of type than Dr. Woide could command for his 
fac-simile edition of the New Testament, together with numerous wood-cuts. The tail 
pieces, or rude arabesque ornaments at the end of each book, are also represented by means 
of fac-similes in wood. The edition is limited to two hundred and fifty copies, ten of which 
are on vellum. The execution of the whole of this noble undertaking is such as reflects the 
highest credit on the learned editor, and on his printers, Messrs. R. and A. Taylor. 


18. Vetus Testamentum Greecum ex Versione LXX. secundum Exemplar 
Vaticanum Rome editum. Accedunt varie Lectiones e Codice Alexan- 
drino necnon Introductio J. B. Carpzovii. Oxonii, e Typographeo Claren- 
doniano. 1817. 6 vols. 8vo. 

An accurate and beautifully printed edition: there are copies on large paper. The 


introduction is extracted from the second and third chapters of Carpzov’s Critica Sacra, 
Part ILI., which treatise is noticed in the subsequent part of this Appendix. 


19. Vetus Testamentum ex Versione Septuaginta Interpretum, juxta 
Exemplar Vaticanum, ex Editione Holmesii et Lamberti Bos. Londini, in 
fEdibus Valpianis. 1819. 8vo. 

This elegantly executed volume is very correctly printed, after the editions of Holmes 
and Bos, and (which cannot but recommend it to students in preference to the incorrect 
Cambridge and Amsterdam reprints of the Vatican text) its price is so reasonable as to 
place it within the reach of almost every one. 


20. “H Hadtaca Acabnen xara rove E€dounxovra. Vetus Testamentum ex 
Versione LXX Interpretum, juxta Exemplar Vaticanum, ex editione Hol- 
mesii et Lamberti Bos. Glasgue, 1822. 3 tomis 12mo. KEditio nova, 
Glasgue et Londini, 1831. 2 tomis 18mo. 

These very neatly printed editions are also formed after those of Holmes and Bos: they 


were executed at the university press of Glasgow. To the edition of 1831 is prefixed the 
learned preface of Bp. Pearson, which is copied from the Cambridge edition of 1653. 


21. ‘H Madara Acadnkn cara rove E€dounxovra: seu Vetus Testamentum 
Greece, juxta Septuaginta Interpretes ex auctoritate Sixti V. Editionis, 
juxta Exemplar Originale Vaticanum Rome editum quoad textum accura- 
tissimé et ad amussim recusum, cura et studio Leandri Van Ess.  Lipsiee, 
1824, 8vo. 


This edition is stereotyped, and is very neatly executed. There are copies on thick 
paper, which are an ornament to any library. 


22. Daniel Secundum Septuaginta ex Tetraplis Origenis, nunc primum 
editus e singulari Codice Chisiano annorum supra icccc. Rome, 1772, folio. 


For a full account of this splendid work, see Bibl. Sussex. pp. 281—283., and Masch’s 
Bibliotheca Sacra, partii. vol. ii. pp. 320—322. The octavo reprints, at Gottingen in 1774, 
and at Utrecht in 1775, are very inferior to the original edition. 


[il.] Epirions oF Onicen’s Hexar a. 


1. Hexaplorum Origenis que supersunt. Ex Manuscriptis et ex Libris 
editis eruit et Notis illustravit D. Bernardus de Monrraucon. Accedunt 


— 


AS Antient Greek, and Oriental Versions. [Part I. Ch. I. 


Opuscula quedam Origenis anecdota, et ad calcem Lexicon Hebraicum ex 
veterum Interpretationibus concinnatum, itemque Lexicon Gracum, et alia. 
Parisiis, 1713. 2 vols. folio. 

The best edition, unhappily very rare, of the remains of Origen’s Hexapla. The first 
volume contains a very valuable preliminary disquisition on the Hebrew text, and on the 
different antient Greek versions; together with a minute account of Origen’s biblical 
labours, and some inedited fragments of Origen, &c. To these succeed the remains of the 
Hexapla, from Genesis to the Book of Psalms inclusive. ‘The second volume comprises 
the rest of the Hexapla to the end of the twelve minor prophets, together with Greek and 
Hebrew Lexicons to the Hexapla. 


2. Hexaplorum Origenis que supersunt. Edidit, notisque illustravit Car. 
Frider. Baurpt. + Lipsie et Lubece, 1769-70. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Professor Bahrdt undertook this edition for those who could not afford to purchase Mont- 
faucon’s magnificent edition. He has omitted, as unnecessary, the translation of the 
fragments, the explanation of particular words occurring in the notes, and some scholia. 
He has improved the arrangement of the materials collected by Montfaucon, and has added 
some further fragments of Origen’s Hexapla, from a Leipsic manuscript. Bahrdt has also 
given many additional notes, which however are not distinguished from those of Montfaucon. 
The Hebrew words are given in Greek characters. This edition was severely criticised by 
Fischer, in his Prolusiones de Versionibus Grecis, p. 34. note. 

The Fragments of the versions by Aquila, Theodotion, and Symmachus, collected by 
Morin and others, are printed in the editions of the Septuagint Version executed at Rome 
in 1587, at Frankfort in 1597, at London in 1653, at Leipsic in 1697, and at Franeker 
in 1709. 


3. Animadversiones, quibus Fragmenta Versionum Grecarum V. T. a 
Bern. Montefalconio collecta, illustrantur, [et] emendantur. Auctore Jo. 
Gottfr. ScHARFENBERG. Specimina duo Lipsie, 1776-81. 8vo. 


[ill.] ANOTHER ANTIENT GREEK VERSION. 


1. Nova Versio Greeca Pentateuchi, ex unico S. Marci Bibliothecze Codice 
Veneto. Edidit atque recensuit Chr. Frid. Ammon. Erlangee, 1790-91. 
3 vols. 8vo. 


2. Nova Versio Greca Proverbiorum, Ecclesiastis, Cantici Canticorum, 
Ruthi, Threnorum, Danielis, et selectorum Pentateuchi Locorum. Ex 
unico 8. Marci Bibliothecze Codice Veneto nunc primum eruta, et notulis 
illustrata a Joanne Baptiste Caspare D’Ansse de VitLoison. Argentorati, 
1784, 


§ 3. ANTIENT ORIENTAL VERSIONS. 


(i. THe Syrtac VERSIONS. ] 


The Peschito or Old Syriac Version. 


1. Biblia Syriaca Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Parisiis, 1645, folio. (In 
Le Jay’s Polyglott Bible.) 


2. Biblia Sacra Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Londini, 1657, folio. (In 
Bp. Walton’s Polyglott Bible.) 


3. Vetus Testamentum Syriace, eos tantum Libros sistens, qui in Canone 
Hebraico habentur, ordine vero, quoad fieri potuit, apud Syros usitato 
dispositas. In usum Ecclesize Syrorum Malabarensium, jussu Societatis 
Biblicee recognovit, ad fidem codicum Manuscriptorum emendavit, edidit 


Samuel Ler, A.M. Lingue Arabice apud Cantabrigienses Professor. Lon- 
dini, 1823, 4to. 


This edition was printed under the patronage of the Church Missionary Society, and at 
the expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. Three manuscripts have been 
collated for this edition, viz. 1. The valuable manuscript brought by the Rey, Dr. Buchanan 








Sect. V. § 3.] Philoxenian Syriac Versions. 49 


from Travancore in the East Indies, collated by Professor Lee; 2. Another manuscript 
belonging to the Rev. Dr. Adam Clarke; and, 3. A manuscript of the Syriac Pentateuch 
' found by Mr. (now Dr.) Lee in the Library of New College, Oxford. (Report of the 
Church Missionary Society for 1817-18, p. 154.) 


4, Novum Testamentum, Syriac’, cura Alberti WipMANSTADII. (Vienne 
Austriace, 1555.) 4:to. 


The first edition of the Syriac New Testament: it is very rare. Dr. Masch has given 
a long account of it in his Bibliotheea Sacra, part ii. vol. i. pp. 70-79. There are copies, 
dated Vienne Austriace, 1562, 4to.; but they are the same edition with a new title-page. 


5. Novum Domini Nostri Jesu Christi Testamentum Syriacum, cum Ver- 
sione Latina; curA et studio Johannis Leuspen et Caroli Scuoaar. Ad 
omnes editiones diligenter recensitum, et variis lectionibus, magno labore 
collectis, adornatum. Secunda editio a mendis repurgata. Lugduni Bata- 
vorum, 1717. 4to. 


The first edition appeared in 1708; but copies are most commonly to be met with, 
bearing the date of 1709. Michaelis pronounces this to be “the very best edition of the 
Syriac New Testament. The very excellent Lexicon, which is annexed to it, will ever 
retain its value; being, as {far as regards the New Testament, extremely accurate and 
complete, and supplying in some measure the place of a concordance.” (Introd. to New 
Test. vol. ii. part i, p. 17.) 


6. Textus Sacrorum Evangeliorum Versionis Simplicis Syriace, juxta 
Editionem Schaafianam, collatus cum duobus ejusdem vetustis Codd. MSS. 
in Bibliotheca Bodleiana repositis; nec non cum Cod. MS. Commentarii 
Gregorii Bar-Hebrzi ibidem adservato, a Ricardo Jones. Oxonii, e Typo- 
grapheo Clarendoniano, 1805. 4to. 


~ This publication is necessary to complete Schaaf’s edition; it has two fac-similes of the 
Syriac MSS. collated by the editor. 


7. Micuarris (Joannis Davidis) Cure in Versionem Syriacam Actuum 
Apostolicorum ; cum Consectariis Criticis de Indole, Cognationibus, et usu 
Versionis Syriacee Novi Foederis. Gottingee, 1755. 4to. 


8. Novum Testamentum Syriacé, denuo recognitum, atque ad fidem 
Codicum Manuseriptorum emendatum. Londini, 1816. 4to. 


A beautiful edition, executed at the press of Mr. Richard Watts, for the use of the Syrian 
Christians in India, by whom it js stated to have been received with the utmost gratitude, 
This edition was corrected for the press, as far as the Acts of the Apostles, by the Rev. 
Dr. Buchanan; and was completed by the Rev. Samuel Lee, A.M. [now D.D.] Pro- 
fessor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge. The expense of the edition was defrayed 
by the British and Foreign Bible Society. There is an interesting communication by Prof, 
Lee concerning this edition, in Dr, Wait’s Translation of Hug’s Introduction to the New 
Test. vol. i. pp. 368-370. notes. A neat edition of the Syriac Version of the New Testa- 
ment, edited by Mr. William Greenfield, was published at London in 1836, in 24mo. 

The preceding are the principal editions of the Old Syriac Version. For amore copious 
account of them and of various other editions, see Bp. Marsh’s Translation of Michaelis’s 
Introduction to the New Testament, vol.ii. part i. pp. 4-18, and part ii. pp. 536-546. ; 
also Masch’s Bibliotheca Sacra, part ii, vol. i. pp. 71-102. 


The Philoxenian Syriac Version. 


1. Sacrorum Evangeliorum Versio Syriaca Philoxeniana, ex Codd. MSS. 
Ridleianis in Bibliotheca Collegii Novi Oxon. repositis ; nunc primum edita, 
cum Interpretatione Latina et Annotationibus Josephi WHITE. Oxonii, e 
Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1778. 2 tomis, 4to. 


2. Actuum Apostolorum, et Epistolarum tam Catholicarum quam Pauli- 
narum, Versio Syriaca Philoxeniana..........cum Interpretatione Latina 
et Annotationibus Josephi Wuite. Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 
1799. 2 tomis, 4to. 

VOL.II. APP, (D) 


50 Antient Versions. [Part I. Ch. I. 


The Syro-Estrangelo, or Syriac Hexaplar Version. 


1. Specimen inedite et Hexaplaris Bibliorum Versionis, Syro-Estranghele, 
cum simplici atque utriusque fontibus, Greeco et Hebreeo, collatee cum duplici 
Latina versione et notis. Edidit, ac diatribam de rarissimo codice Ambro- 
siano, unde illud haustum est, preemisit Johannes Bern. Rossi. Parme, 
1778. 8vo. 

This specimen consists of the first psalm printed in six columns. The first contains the 
Greek text of the Septuagint; the second, the Syro-Estrangelo text; the third, the Latin 
text translated from the Septuagint; the fourth, the Hebrew text; the fifth, the Peschito or 
Old Syriac text above noticed; and the sixth, the Latin text translated from this latter 
version. 

2. Libri IV. Regum Syro-Heptaplaris Specimen e Manuscripto Pari- 
siensi Syriace edidit, textum Versionis Alexandrine Hexaplarem restituit, 
notisque illustravit Joannes Godofredus Hassz. Jenz, 1782, 8vo. 


3. Codex Syriaco-Hexaplaris Ambrosiano-Mediolanensis editus, et Latine 
versus, a Mattheo Norspere. Londini Gothorum, 1787. 4to. 


This work contains the prophecies of Jeremiah and Ezekiel. 


4. Daniel secundum editionem LXX Interpretum, ex Tetraplis desump- 
tum. Ex codice Syro-Estranghelo Bibliothecee Ambrosian Syriace edidit, 
Latine vertit, prefatione notisque illustravit, Carolus Bucarus. Mediolani, 
1788. 4to. 


5. Curee Hexaplares in Jobum, e Codice Syriaco-Hexaplari Ambrosio- 
Mediolanensi. Scripsit Henricus MippeLporrr. Vratislavie, 1817. 4to. 


6. Psalmi, secundum editionem LXX Interpretum, quos ex codice Syro- 
Estranghelo Bibliothecee Ambrosianz Syriac imprimendos curavit, Latine 
vertit, notisque criticis illustravit, Carolus Bucarus. Mediolani, 1820. 4to. 


7. Codex Syriaco-Hexaplaris Liber Quartus Regum, é codice Parisiensi: 
Isaias, duodecim Prophetz Minores, Proverbia, Jobus, Canticum Canticorum, 
Threni, Ecclesiastes, e Codice Mediolanensi. Edidit et commentariis illus- 
travit Henricus MippeLporer. Berolini, 1835. 2 tomis, 4to. 

The first part or volume of this most valuable work contains the Syriac text; the second, 


the critical commentary of the learned editor. or a critical account of Dr. Middeldorpf’s 
work, see the Journal des Savans, Juillet 1837, pp. 422-4927. 





[ii.] Tue Arapic VERSION. 


1. Biblia Arabica Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Parisiis, 1645. folio. (In 
Le Jay’s Polyglott Bible.) ; 


2. Biblia Arabica Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Londini, 1657. folio. (In 
Bp. Walton’s Polyglott Bible.) 


_3. Biblia Sacra Arabica, Sacree Congregationis de Propaganda Fide jussu 
edita in usum Ecclesiarum Orientalium: additis € Regione Bibliis Latinis 
Vulgatis. Rome, 1671. 3 tomis, folio. 


This edition was published under the inspection of Sergius Risius, the Romish Bishop of 
Damascus. It is in Arabic and Latin. «But it is of no use, either to a critic or an ex- 
positor of the New ‘Testament, being altered from the Latin Version.” (Michaelis, vol. ii, 
parti. p. 93.) 


4. The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the Arabic 
Language. Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1811]. 4to. ie 


Twelve copies of this beautifully executed edition were printed in large folio for presents : 
one of these is deposited in the British Museum. 


5. Novum D. N. Jesu Christi Testamentum, Arabice, ex Bibliotheca 





a 





Sect. V. § 3.] Persic and Egyptian Versions. 51 


Leidensi; edente Thoma Errenro. In Typographia Erpeniana Linguarum 
Orientalium. [Lugduni Batavorum] Anno 1616. 4to. 

Erpenius published this edition of the Arabic New Testament, from a manuscript said 
to be written a.p. 1342, in the monastery of Saint John, in the desert of Thebais: he has 
copied his manuscript with singular accuracy, even where there appeared to be grammatical 
errors. Michaelis says that this is the most elegant, faithful, and genuine edition of the 
Arabic version, but it is unfortunately very difficult to be procured. 


6. Novum Testamentum Arabicum. Londini, 1727. 4to. 


This edition, which consisted of ten thousand copies, was printed at the expense of the 
Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, for the use of the Christians in Asia. Its basis 
is the text of the Paris and London Polyglotts: but the editor, Solomon Negri, has altered 
it in those passages which vary from the reading of our present Greek text. It is therefore 
of no use either in the criticism or interpretation of the New Testament. The same remark 
is applicable to 


7. Quatuor Evangelia, Arabice, Rome, e Typographia Medicea. Rome, 
1591. folio. 

“* This edition was printed at Rome in 1590 and 1591 in the Medicean printing-house : 
1590 stands on the title-page, 1591 in the subscription: to some of the copies is annexed a 
Latin trsnslation.” (Michaelis.) This version appears to have been made from the Greek 
text. The Roman edition of the Four Gospels was reprinted, with some corrections, in the 
Paris Polyglott, and again, with very numerous corrections, from manuscripts by Bishop 
Walton, in the London Polyglott. 

. For more particular accounts of the preceding, and of other editions of the Arabic Versions 
of the Old and New Testament, or of detached portions thereof, the reader is referred to 
Masch, part ii. vol.i. pp. 110-139. ; Mlichaelis’s Introduction, vol. ii, parti. pp. 84-94. ; 
Schnurrer’s Bibliotheca Arabica, pp. 389-397.; and Hug’s Introduction by Dr. Wait, vol. i. 
pp. 445-454. 


8. Commentatio Critica, exhibens e Bibliotheca Oxoniensi Bodleiana Spe- 
cimina Versionum Pentateuchi septem Arabicarum, nondum editarum, cum 
Observationibus. Scripsit Henricus Eberhardus Gottlob PauLus. Jene, 
1789. 8vo. | 


[ii] Tue Prersic VERSION. 


1. Pentateuchi Versio Persica,’ interprete Jacobo filio Joseph Tavos, seu 
Tawsensi, Judzo. Constantinopoli, 1546. folio. 


This extremely rare edition, which is printed with Hebrew types, and accompanied with 
the Hebrew text, is reprinted in the fourth volume of the London Polyglott, with Persian 
characters, and a Latin translation. 

2. Quatuor Evangeliorum Domini nostri Jesu Christi Versio Persica 
Syriacam et Arabicam suavissime reddens: ad verba et mentem Grecl 
Textts fideliter et venuste concinnata......Per Abrahamum WHELOCUM. 
Londini, 1657. folio. 

3. Evangelia Quatuor Persicé, interprete Symone F. Joseph Taurinensi, 
juxta codicem Pocockianum, cum Versione Latina Samuelis Clerici. Lon- 


dini, 1657. folio. (In the fifth volume of Bp. Walton’s Polyglott Bible.) 


[iv.] THe Ecyprtran VERSIONS. 
Coptic, or Dialeet of Lower Egypt. 


1. Quinque Libri Moysis Prophetz in Lingua Aigyptiaca. Ex MSS. Va- 
ticano, Parisiensi, et Bodleiano descripsit, ac Latine vertit David WILKINS, 
Londini, 1731. 4to. 


2. Psalterium Coptico-Arabicum. Rome, 1744. 4to. 
3. Psalterium Alexandrinum Coptico-Arabicum. Rome, 1749. 4to. 


Both these editions of the Coptic Psalter were printed at the expense of the Congregation 


(p) 2 


52 Antient Versions. [Part I. Ch. I. 


de Propaganda Fide at Rome, for the benefit of the Coptic Christians in Egypt. The Arabic 
version is placed by the side of the Coptic text. 


4. Psalterium Coptice, ad codicum fidem recensuit ; Lectionis varietatem 
et Psalmos Apocryphos Sahidicaé Dialecto conscriptos, ac primum a G. C. 
Woidio editos, adjecit J. L. InEver. Berolini, 1838. 8vo. 


5. Duodecim Prophetarum Libros, in Lingua AZgyptiaca, vulgo Coptica 
seu Memphitica, ex Manuscripto Parisiensi descriptos et cum Manuscripto 
Johannis Lee, J. C. D. collatos, Latine edidit Henricus Tarra, A. M. 
Oxonii, 1836. 8vo. 


6. Novum Testamentum Zgyptiacum, vulgo Copticum, ex MSS. Bodleianis 
descripsit, cum Vaticanis et Parisiensibus contulit, et in Latinum Sermonem 
convertit David WiLxins. Oxonii, 1716. 4to. 

A fragment of the Lamentations of Jeremiah (ch, IV. 22. and ch, V.) and some fragments 
of the prophet’s epistle to the Jewish captives at Babylon, forming the sixth chapter of the 
apocryphal book of Baruch, are printed in Coptic, with a literal Latin version, by M. Qua- 
tremére, in his Recherches sur la Langue et Littérature de l’ Egypte, pp. 228 246. (Paris, 
1804, ) who has illustrated them with numerous learned notes, 


Sahidic, or Dialect of Upper Egypt. 


' 7. Appendix ad Editionem Novi Testamenti Greeci e Codice Alexandrino 
descripti a G. C. Woide: in qua continentur Fragmenta Novi Testamenti, 
juxta Interpretationem Dialecti Superioris Xgypti, que Thebaica vel Sahi- 
dica appellatur, e Codd. Oxoniens. maxima ex parte desumpta: cum Disser- 
tatione de Versione /Egyptiaca, quibus subjicitur Codicis Vaticani Collatio. 
Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1799. folio. 

This work, which contains the completest collection of fragments of the Sahidic Version, 
was prepared for the press by Dr. Woide, and published after his death by the Rev. Dr. 
Ford. 

8. Friderici Munter Commentatio de Indole Versionis Novi Testamenti 
Sahidice. Accedunt Fragmenta Epistolarum Paulli ad Timotheum, ex 
Membranis Sahidicis Musei Borgiani, Velitris. Hafniz, 1789. 4to. 


Bashmouric, or Dialect of Bashmour, a Province of the Delta. 


9. Fragmentum Evangelii S. Joannis Greeco-Coptico-Thebaicum, ex 
Museo Borgiano, Latine versum et Notis illustratum ab Augustino Antonio 
GeEorGIO. Rome, 1789. 4to. 


There is an interesting account of this publication in the Analytical Review, vol. xvi. 
pp. 418-421. 


10. Fragmenta Basmurico-Coptica Veteris et Novi Testamenti, que in 
Museo Borgiano Velitris asservantur, cum reliquis Versionibus A2gyptiis con- 
tulit, Latine vertit, nec non criticis et philologicis adnotationibus illustravit, 
W. FF. ENGELBRETH. Hafnie, 1816. 4to. 

This publication contains fragments of the first and fifth chapters of the Prophecies of 
Isaiah, of the fourth chapter of St. John’s Gospel, of St.’ Paul’s first Epistle to the Corin- 
thians, the Epistles to the Ephesians and to Philemon, the first Epistle to the Thessalonians, 
and of the Epistle to the Hebrews, in the Bashmouric, Thebaic, and Memphitic Dialects, 
with a literal Latin version. The corresponding Greek text is placed at the foot of the page. 
Notes are subjoined, pointing out the various readings, with critical remarks, 


[v.] Eruropic VERSION. 


No entire Ethiopic Bible has been printed. Masch (Bibl. Sacr. part ii. 
vol. i, pp. 145—155.) has given an account of the various portions of the 





Ee ee 





Sect. V. § 4.] Armenian and Latin Versions. 53 


Old and New Testament which have appeared. Of these the following are 
most worthy of notice :— 


1. Psalmi et Canticorum Zéthiopice. Studio Johannis PorKen. Rome, 
1513. Ato. 


The first portion of the Ethiopic Scriptures ever printed. It is very rare: it was reprinted 
at Cologne in 1518, in folio. 


2. Psalterium /Ethiopice. Londini, 1657. folio. 


In the third volume of Bp. Walton’s Polyglott Bible: the text is taken from Potken’s 
edition, with various readings, and notes by Dr. Edmund Castell. 


3. Testamentum Novum; cum Epistola Pauli ad Hebreeos...... Que 
omnia Fr. Petrus /Xthiops, auxilio piorum, sedente Paulo III. Pont. Max. 
et Claudio illius regni imperatore, imprimi curavit anno salutis 1548. [Rome ] 
4to. 


This editiorf, which is of extreme rarity, is divided into two volumes and four separate 
parts, viz. 1. The Gospels, the translation of which is much superior to that of the Epistles, 
where the translator appears to have been unequal to the task. (The Epistle to the Hebrews 
is placed after the Gospels, because it was the only one of St. Paul’s Epistles which they 
had received when they put to press the Gospels, Apocalypse, the Catholic Epistles, and the 
Acts);—2. The Acts of the Apostles;— 3. The fourteen Epistles of Saint Paul ;—4. The 
seven Catholic Epistles;—'The Apocalypse is added as an Appendix. The MS. of the Acts 
being very imperfect, its chasms were supplied from the Vulgate. The Roman edition was 
reprinted in the London Polyglott; and a Latin translation of the Ethiopic version was 
published by Professor Bode at Brunswick, in 1752-1755, in 2 vols. 4to. (Michaelis, vol. 
ii. pp. 95-98. 610-614. Masch, part ii. vol. i. pp. 152, 153.) 


4. Evangelia Sancta /Ethiopica. Ad Codicum Manuscriptorum fidem 
edidit Thomas Pell Pratt, A.M. Londini, 1826. 4to, 





[vi.] THe ARMENIAN VERSION. 


Biblia, Armenice. Venetiis, 1805. 4:to. 


The first edition of the Armenian Bible was printed at Amsterdam in 1666, 4to., and was 
not very cordially received by the Armenian Christians, in consequence of its editor Uscan, 
Archbishop of Erivan, having altered it conformably to the Romish Vulgate Latin version. 
The second edition, which was printed at Constantinople in 1705, also in 4to., is much more 
valuable: it was collated for Dr. Holmes’s Eattion of the Septuagint. Separate editions of 
the Armenian New 'l'estament were printed at Amsterdam in 1668 and 1698, and another 
at Venice in 1789, which was superintended by Dr. Zohrab, a learned Armenian divine, 
who had collated a few manuscripts for it, and who accompanied it with some short notes. 
In this impression, which was reprinted verbatim in 1816, the editor marked 1 John v. 7. 
with an asterisk. . 

In 1805, the same learned editor published at Venice, at the expense of the eollege of the 
monks of St. Lazarus, his critical edition of the entire Armenian Bible, for which he made 
use of sixty-nine manuscripts, viz. eight of the entire Bible, fifteen of the Psalms, thirty-two 
of the Gospels, and fourteen of the Epistles and Acts of the Apostles. He took for the 
basis of this edition, that manuscript of the whole Bible, which appeared to be the most 
antient and accurate: such errors as were discovered he corrected by means of other copies ; 
and in the margin he inserted the various readings, together with the number of manuscripts 
by which they were supported, and a few critical explanations, when necessary. In this 
edition, Dr. Zohrab has expunged 1 John vy. 7., it being unsupported by any of the manu- 
scripts which he had collated. (Masch, part ii. vol i. pp. 173-180. Cellérier, Introduction 
au Nouv. Test. pp. 185, 186.) In 1823, Dr. Z. published a neat edition of the New 
Testament in antient and modern Armenian, in one volume 8vo. The modern version is 
said to be very exact and literal. 


§ 4. ANTIENT WESTERN VERSIONS. 
(i.] Tue Latin VERSIONS. 
Ante-HMieronymian Versions, or those made before the time of Jerome. 


1. Vetvs Testamentvm secvndvm LXX Latine redditvm, et ex avtoritate 


(D) 3 


54 Antient Versions. [Part I. Ch.I. 


Sixti V. Pont. Max. editvm. Additvs est Index Dictionvm et Loquutionum 
Hebraicarum, Greecarum, Latinarum, quarum observatio visa est non inutilis 
futura. Rome, in Aidibvs Popvli Romani, 1588. folio. 

This edition was designed as a companion to the celebrated edition of the Septuagint, 
printed at Rome in 1586, and described in pp. 43, 44. of this Appendix. The editor, 
Flaminio Nobili, with the assistance of Antonio Agelli, collected with infinite labour all the 
fragments of the Ante-Hieronymian versions, which he found cited in the works of the 
antient Latin Fathers; the deficient passages he translated de novo into Latin; a circumstance 
which diminishes the value of his work. (Masch, part ii. vol. iii. pp. 6, 7.) This volume 
is extremely rare: a copy of it is in the Library of the British Museum. 


2. Bibliorum Sacrorum Latine Versiones Antique, seu Vetus Italica, et 
cetera: quaecunque in Codicibus MSS. et Antiquorum Libris reperiri potuerunt: 
que cum Vulgata Latina et cum Textu Greco comparantur. Accedunt 
Prefationes, Observationes, ac Note, Indexque novus ad Vulgatam é re- 
gione editam, idemque locupletissimus. Opera et studio D. Petri SABATIER. 
Remis, 1743—49. 3 tomis, folio. 

The first two volumes contain the Old Testament, and the apocryphal books. There are 
three versions of the Psalms, viz. the Old Italic Version, that of Jerome, and the modern 
Vulgate version. The New Testament forms the third volume. The Greek-Latin MSS. 
consulted by Sabatier having chasms, be has supplied them from the modern Latin Vulgate, 
and has sometimes added in the notes quotations from the Latin Fathers. For a full 
description of this magnificent work, see Masch, part ii. vol. ili. pp. 9, 10. 

3. Evangeliarium Quadruplex Latine Versionis Antique, seu Veteris 
Italicee, editum ex Codicibus Manuscriptis, aureis, argenteis, purpureis, aliis- 
que plusquam millenarie antiquitatis: a Josepho BLANcHINO. Rome, 1749. 
2 tomis, folio. 

A splendid edition of the four Gospels, taken from five manuscripts of the old Italic 
version, viz. the Codices Vercellensis, Veronensis, Corbeiensis, Brixianus, and Forojuliensis. 
But Michaelis has reduced these to four, as the last cited MS. contains only the corrected 
version of Jerome, and therefore ought not to have been printed with the others. (Introd. 
to New Test. vol. ii. p. 109.) 

For bibliographical details of this edition, as well as of other portions of the Ante-Hiero- 
nymian versions, the reader is referred to Masch, part ii. vol. iil. pp. 16-19. 


4. Codex Quatuor Evangeliorum Latinus Rehdigerianus, Matthzus et 
Marcus, cum Textu Greco et Editione Vulgata collatus 4 Joh. Ephr. 
ScHEIBEL. Vratislavie, 1763. 4to. 

The manuscript, the text of which is here published, is preserved in the library belonging 
to the church of St. Elizabeth at Breslau. 

5. Fragmenta Versionis Antique Latine Ante-Hieronymiane Prophe- 
tarum Jeremiz, Ezechielis, Danielis, et Hosez, e Codice Rescripto Biblio- 
thecee Wirceburgensis. Edidit Dr. Fridericus Mtnrer. Hafnie, 1821. 8vo. 
(In the Miscellanea Hafniensia Theologici et Philologici Argumenti, tom. ii. 
fascic. 1. pp. 81—148.) 

The Codex Rescriptus, whence these fragments of an Ante-Hieronymian version have 
been transcribed, was discovered by Dr. Feder, in the library of the university of Wurtzburg ; 
who copied nearly all that is legible, Comprising portions of the prophecies of Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, Daniel, and Hosea. Dr. Feder having allowed Dr. Frederick Minter, Bishop of 
Seeland, to make use of his labours, that learned prelate has here printed the fragments in 
question. They differ materially from the fragments occurring in Sabatier’s splendid publi- 


cation above noticed. Bp. Minter refers the date of the original writing to the sixth or 
seventh century. 


The Version of Jerome. 


S. Eusebii Hieronymi Stridonensis Presbyteri Divina Bibliotheca ante hac 
inedita ; complectens Translationes Latinas Veteris et Novi Testamenti, 
tum ex Hebreis tum Grecis fontibus derivatas, innumera quoque scholia 
marginalia antiquissimi Hebrzei cujusdam scriptoris anonymi, Hebraas voces 
pressius exprimentis. ...... Studio et Labore Monachorum ordinis S. Be- 
nedicti e congregatione S. Mauri. Parisiis, 1693. folio. (The first volume of 
the Benedictine edition of Jerome’s works.) 








Sect. V. § 4.] Latin Vulgate Version. 55 


For an account of Jerome’s biblical labours, see Vol. II. pp. 235, 236. This edition 
is printed from six manuscripts. Editions of other portions of Jerome’s translation are 
described by Masch, part ii. vol. iii. pp. 21—23. 





The Latin Vulgate Version. 


The printed editions of the Latin Vulgate are so very numerous, that a 
few of the most important, or most accessible, can only be here noticed. 
A particular description of all the editions is given by Masch, part ii. vol. iii. 
pp. 58—372.; and of the principal editions, by Brunet, Manuel du Libraire, 
tom. i. art. Biblia. Two hundred and seventeen Latin Bibles, principally of | 
the Vulgate Version (many of which are of extreme rarity), are described in 
the Bibl. Sussex. voli. part ii. pp. 288 — 510. 


1. Biblia Sacra Vulgate Editionis, tribus tomis distincta. Rome, ex Ty- 
pographia Apostolica Vaticana, folio. 


_ After the preceding title, we read the following, on an engraved title-page :— 


*¢ Biblia Sacree Vulgatee Editionis ad Concilii Tridentini preescriptum emen- 
8 P 
data et a Sixto V. P.M. recognita et approbata. Rome, ex ‘Typographia 
Apostolica Vaticana, M.D, XC.” 

Notwithstanding the great pains bestowed upon this edition, which by a bull was authori- 
tatively declared to be the standard of all future impressions, its extreme incorrectness excited 
general discontent. At first, it was attempted to remedy the evil by printing the requisite 
corrections on small slips of paper, which were to be pasted over the incorrect passages: but 


Gregory XIV., who succeeded Sixtus V. in the pontificate, found it more convenient to 
suppress the remaining copies of this edition, which has therefore become of extreme rarity. 


(Renouard, Annales de I’Imprimerie des Aldes, tom. ii. pp. 164-166. ) 


2. Biblia Sacree Vulgate Editionis Sixti V. Pontificis Max. jussu recognita 
et edita. Rome, ex Typographia Apostolica Vaticana. 1592. folio. 

This edition was printed under the auspices of Clement VIII., the successor of Gregory XIV., 
whose constitution declares it to be the only authentic edition; it is the basis of all subse- 
quent editions, printed for the members of the Romish Church. For an account of the fatal 
variances between these two revisions, see Vol. II. pp. 237, 238. A third edition was 
printed in 1593, in 4to. They are both very rare. Copies of them, as well as of the 
Sixtine edition, are in the British Museum. 


3. Bibliorum Sacrorum Vulgate Versionis Editio. Jussu Christianissimi 
Regis ad Institutionem Serenissimi Delphini. Parisiis, excudebat Fr. Amb. 


Didot, 1785. 2 tomis, 4to. 


A chef-d’ceuvre of typography: only two hundred and fifty copies were printed with the 
words “ ad Institutionem Serenissimi Delphini” in the title-page. These bear a higher 
price than the cther quarto copies, which were dedicated to the clergy of France. Peignot 
states, that two copies of this edition were printed on vellum. There are copies of the same 
edition in eight volumes 8vo., with a dedication to the Gallican clergy, by the printer, F, A. 


Didot. 

4, Biblia Sacra Vulgatee Editionis Sixti Quinti Pont. Max. jussu recog- 
nita atque edita Rome ex Typographia Apostolica Vaticana MDXCHI. 
Editio nova, auctoritate summi pontificis Leonis XII. excusa. Francofurti 
a. M. [ad Mceenum] 1826. Royal 8vo. 


A beautiful and correct edition, which contains all the prefatory and other preliminary 
matter of the Roman edition; and, besides the ordinary divisions of chapters and verses, it 
also has the old subdivisions of A. B. C., &c., introduced by Cardinal Hugo, of which an 


account is given in Vol. II. p. 70. 
5. Biblia Sacra Vulgate Editionis, Sixti V. Pont. Max. jussu recognita, et 
Clementis VIII. auctoritate edita. Paris, 1828. 8vo. 


A neat edition from the press of F. Didot. 


* .* The Latin Vulgate is found in all the Polyglott editions of the Bible; and various 
other editions may be met with, the price of which varies from twelve shillings to three or 
four guineas and upwards, according to their rarity and condition, 


(D) 4 


56 Antient Versions. (Part I. Ch.I. 


[ii.] GotHic VERSION. 


1. Sacrorum Evangeliorum Versio Gothica ex Codice Argenteo emen- 
data atque suppleta, cum Interpretatione Latina et Annotationibus Erici Ben- 
zelii non ita pridem Archiepiscopi Upsaliensis. Edidit, Observationes suas 
adjecit, et Grammaticam Gothicam premisit Edwardus Lye. Ovxonii, e 
Typographeo Clarendoniano. 1750. 4to. 


The best edition of the Gothic version of the four Gospels. The first appeared at Dor- 
drecht, under the superintendence of Francis Junius, in 16651, 4to. which has the Anglo- 
Saxon version annexed. For the second edition we are indebted to George Stiernhelm, at 
Stockholm, in 1671, who has added the Swedish, Icelandic, and Latin Vulgate versions to 
the translation of Ulphilas. This third edition was prepared for the press by the learned 
Eric Benzel, archbishop of Upsal (who made a new copy from the original manuscript) ; 
and was published after his decease by Mr. Lye, at Oxford, in 1760, in small folio. Itis 
executed in Gothic letters; the errors of the preceding editions are corrected ; and many of 
the various lections, with which the Gothic version furnishes the Greek Testament, are 
remarked in the notes. 


2. Ulphile Versio Gothica nonnullorum Capitum Epistole Pauli ad 
Romanos, e Cod. Biblioth. Guelpherbytanz, cum Commentariis Francisci 
Antonii Knirrev. [1762.] 4to. 


The fragment of the Gothic version, printed in this publication, has been reprinted, in the 
following article, and also in the Appendix to the second volume of Mr. Lye’s Saxon and 
Gothic Latin Dictionary. 


3. Fragmenta Versionis Ulphilanz, continentia Particulas aliquot Epistole 
Pauli ad Romanos, ex Codice Rescriptoe Bibliothecee Guelpherbytane eruta, 
et a Francisco Antonio Knittel edita, cum aliquot annotationibus typis reddita 
a Johanne Inre. Accedunt due Dissertationes ad Philologiam Meso- 
Gothicam spectantes. Upsalize, 1763. 4to. 


4. Johannis ab Inre Scripta Versionem Ulphilanam et Linguam Meeso- 
Gothicam illustrantia, ab ipso doctissimo auctore emendata, novisque acces- 
sionibus aucta, jam vero ob prestantiam ac raritatem collecta, et una cum 
aliis scriptis similis argumenti edita, ab Antonio Friderico Busching. Bero- 
lini, 1773. 4to. 


This volume, which is not of very frequent occurrence, contains [hre’s learned Disqui- 
sition, intitled Ulphilas Illustratus; various fragments of Ulphilas’s version; five disser- 
tations illustrative of them ; a specimen of a Glessarium Ulphilanum, with prefaces prefixed 
toit. In an Appendix, the editor has subjoined dissertations on Ulphilas, by Heupelius 
(with remarks on Heupelius by Oelrichs), Esberg, and Scedermann ; specimens of critical 
observations on the old Gothic translation of the Gospels, by John Gordon, .a learned 
Scottish advocate; and a dissertation by Wachter, on the language of the Codex Ar- 
genteus. 


5. Ulfilas Gothische Bibel-tbersetzung, die alteste Germanische Urkunde, 
nach Ihre’ns Text: mit einer grammatisch-wortlichen Lateinischen Ueber- 
setzung, und einem Glossar, ausgearbeitet von Friedrich Karl Futpa; das 
Glossar umgearbeitet von W. F. H. Retnwaup; und den Text nach Ihre’ns 
genauer abschrift der silbernen Handschrift in Upsal, sorgfaltig berichtigt, 
samt einer historisch-kritischen Einleitung, versehen und herausgegeben 
von Johann Christian ZAun. Weissenfels, 1805. 4to. 


A learned preface by J. C. Zahn, in the German language, contains a history of the 
Gothic version, and of the various preceding editions of its fragments. To this succeeds the 
fragments themselves, in the Roman character. The text of them is given from a very 
beautiful and exact copy, which the celebrated scholar Ihre had procured to be made under 
his own inspection, and with the design of printing it. The-editor has placed Ihre’s Latin 
translation by the side of the text; and has also added an interlineary Latin version, critical 
notes placed at the foot of each page, and an historical introduction. These are followed 
by a Grammar of the Gothic language by F. K. Fulda, and by a Gothic Glossary compiled 
by W. F. H. Reinwald. “The text is carefully given; the grammatical and critical 





——_——— ss eS 


1 There are copies dated in 1684; but they are said by Masch to be the same edition with 
anew title-page, Part ii, vol. iii. p. 706. u 








Sect. V. §4.] Gothic and Sclavonic Versions. 57 


remarks, added in the margin below, are short, directly applied to the point, and well 
conceived ; and the whole of the rich apparatus of the book is valuable.’ ’—(Hug’s Intr od, 
_ to the New Test. by Dr. Wait, vol. i. pp. 487, 488.) A copy of this curious and valuable 
work is in the library of the British Museum. 


6. Ulfilas. Veteris et Novi Testamenti Versionis Gothica Fragmenta 
que supersunt, ad fidem Codd. castigata, Latinitate donata, adnotatione 
critica instructa, cum Glossario et Grammatica Lingue Gothice, conjunctis 
curis ediderunt H. C. de GaseLenz et Dr. J. Lorse. Vol. I. Altenburgi 
et Lipsiz, 1836. 4to. 


In this edition are comprised all the race tied of the Gothic Version of the Bible which 
are known to be extant. They are accurately printed from the best MSS. and critical 
editions, the various readings of which are exhibited in the notes. The first volume contains 
all the fragments of the New Testament, to which are prefixed learned prolegomena, 
discussing the history and critical value of the Gothic Version, and the various MSS. of it 
which are preserved in different libraries. The second volume was announced as being in 
a forward state of preparation, while this sheet was passing through the press. 


7. The Gothic Gospel of Saint Matthew, from the Codex Argenteus of 
the fourth Century ; with the corresponding English or Saxon, from the 
Durham Book of the eighth Century, in Roman Characters ; a literal English 
Lesson of each; and Notes, Illustrations, and Etymological Disquisitions on 
Organic Principles. By Samuel Hensuati, M.A. London, 1807. 4to. 


8. Ulphila Partium Ineditarum, in Ambrosianis Palimpsestis ab Angelo 
Maio repertarum, Specimen, conjunctis curis ejusdem Maii et Caroli Octavii 
Castillionzi editum. Mediolani, 1819. 4to. 


This work is illustrated by two plates; the first containing fac-similes of the Codices 
Rescripti, discovered in the Ambrosian Library, (of which some account has already been 
given), and the other containing a fac-simile specimen of a Greek mathematical treatise, in 
which the names of Archimedes and Apollonius are mentioned, and which Signor Mai dis- 
covered under some Lombard Latin writing of great antiquity. 


9. Ulphilz Gothica Versio Epistole Divi Pauli ad Corinthios secunde, 
quam ex Ambrosiana Bibliotheca Palimpsestis depromptam, cum Interpreta- 
tione, Adnotationibus, Glossario, edidit Carolus Octavius CAsTILLIONUS. 
Mediolani, 1829. 4to. 


10. Evangelii secundum Mattheum Versio Francica seeculi IX. necnon 
Gothica sec. 1V. quoad superest. Edidit J. Andrzeas SCHMELLER. Stutt- 
gart und Tubingen, 1827. 8vo. 


This work was published by Professor Schmeller, to illustrate his lectures on the German 
Language and Literature, delivered in the University of Munich. It contains the Gospel 
of St. Matthew in the Frankish dialect, from a MSS. of Tatian’s Harmony, of the ninth 
century, preserved in the Library at St. Gall, in Switzerland. The fragments of the Gothic 
Version are given according to the Codex Argenteus, and the remains of the Gothic Version, 
discovered by Mai and Count Castiglioni. A comparison of these two versions will show, 
that the Frankish and Gothic languages are only dialects of the same antient language, 
which in the lapse of ages have gradually diverged from each other. 


[iii.] THe Scravonic VERSION. 


Wiwlia, sinetz Knigi, wetchago i nowago sawieta pojasiku slowensku.— 
. The Bible, that is to say, the Books of the Old and New Testament in the 
Sclavonic language. Ostrog, 1581. folio. 


This is the editio princeps of the entire Sclavonic Bible: an interesting account of various 
previous editions of detached portions of the Old and New Testament, as well as of the 
pains bestowed in order to render this impression correct, will be found in Dr. Henderson’s 
Biblical Researches, pp. 78—82. Clement (Biblioth. Curieuse, tom, iii. pp. 441—444,) 
has given a minute description of it; to which Dr. Dibdin acknowledges himself indebted 
for part of his account of Earl Spencer’s copy. (Bibliotheca Spenceriana, vol. i. pp. 90O— 
93.) But Dr. Henderson, from his residence in Russia, and his critical acquaintance 
with the Sclavonic language, has been enabled to add much important information (which 
does not admit of abridgment) relative to this and to subsequent editions of the Sclavonic 
version, which was utterly unknown to those bibliographers.—See his Biblical Researches, 
pp. 83—86. 92—103. 


“ 


58 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


[iv.] Tue AnGLo-Saxon VERSIONS. 


1. Heptateuchus, Liber Job, et Evangelium Nicodemi, Anglo-Saxonice. 
Historia Judith Fragmentum, Dano-Saxonice. Edidit nunc primum ex 
MSS. Codicibus Edwardus THwatres. Oxonie, 1699. 8vo. 


The Anglo-Saxon version of the Heptateuch, that is, of the five books of Moses and the 
books of Joshuaand Judges, was made towards the close of the tenth century by A lfric, 
archbishop of Canterbury ; and was published by Mr. Thwaites from an unique manuscript 
preserved in the Bodleian Library. The book of Job, also translated by ZElfric, was 
printed from a transcript of a MS. in the Cottonian Library (now in the British Museum) ; 
and the apocryphal Gospel of Nicodemus, from Junius’s copy of the original manuscript in 
the Library of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. The Danish-Saxon version of the book 
of Judith (a fragment of which is given in the publication now under notice) was made 
during the time when England groaned under the yoke of the Danish kings. A few notes 
on /Elfric’s preface, and some various readings collected from an Anglo-Saxon fragment 
of the book of Exodus, and the pseudo-gospel of Nicodemus, close this curious and rare 
volume, 


2. Psalterium Davidis Latino-Saxonicum Vetus, a Johanne SPELMANNO, 
D. Henrici fil. editum e vetustissimo exemplari MS. in Bibliotheca ipsius 
Henrici, et cum tribus aliis non multo mints vetustis collatum. Londini, 
1640. 4to. 


3. Libri Psalmorum Versio antiqua Latina cum Paraphrasi Anglo-Sax- 
onica, partim soluta oratione, partim metrica, composita, nunc primum e 
Cod. MS. Bibl. Regiz Parisiensis desumpta. Edidit Benjamin THoRPE. 
Oxonii, e Typographeo Academico, 1835. 8vo. 


4. The Gospels of the fower Euangelistes translated in the olde Saxons 
tyme out of Latin into the vulgare toung of the Saxons, newly collected out 
of auncient Monumentes of the sayd Saxons, and now published for testi- 
monie of the same. London, printed by John Daye. 1571. 4to. 

The Anglo-Saxon text is divided into chapters, and is accompanied by the English version 
then in use, in a parallel column, divided into chapters and verses, ** which,”’ it is stated in 
a prefatory note, “‘ was observed for the better understanding of the reader.”’ ‘The editor 
of this now rare volume was Matthew Parker; it has a preface, written by the celebrated 
martyrologist, John Foxr, by whom it is dedicated to Queen Elizabeth. ; ‘ 

Two other editions of the Anglo-Saxon Gospels have been printed, viz. by William Lisle, 
in 4to., London, 1658; and by Thomas Marshall, in 4to., Dordrecht, 1665, with the Meso- 


Gothic version. Of the last edition there are copies, with Amsterdam, 1684, in the title; 
but these are the same edition, with a new title-page. 


SECTION VI. 


MODERN VERSIONS OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS. 
§ 1. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE CIRCULATION OF THE SCRIPTURES. 


I. Scarcity and high prices of the Scriptures.—Il. Rude attempts to convey 
an idea of their contents to the poor and illiterate——Account of the BiBLIA 
PauperuM.—III. Number and elassification of the Translations of the 
Bible into Modern Languages. 


1. IN the early ages of Christianity, however anxious its professors must 
have been to become possessed of the sacred volume, — and however widely 
it was read in their assemblies for divine worship, —still the publication of 
a version was not what it now is, — the emission of thousands of copies into 
the world. It consisted, in a great measure, in translators permitting their 
manuscripts to be transcribed by others ; and so long as the tedious process 
of copying was the only one which could be resorted to, exemplars of the 
sacred writings must have been multiplied very slowly. Before the mven- 
tions of paper and printing, manuscripts were the only books in use, and 
bore such excessively high prices, especially those which were voluminous, 











Sect. VI. §1.] Description of the Biblia Pauperum. 59 


that few besides the most opulent could afford to purchase them!: even 
monasteries of some consideration had frequently only a missal. So long as 
the Roman empire subsisted in Europe, the reading of the Scriptures in 
Latin universally prevailed: but, in consequence of the irruptions of the 
barbarous nations, and the erection of new monarchies upon the ruins of the 
Roman power, the Latin language became so altered and corrupted, as no 
longer to be intelligible by the multitude, and at length it fell into disuse, 
except among the ecclesiastics. 

In the eighth and ninth centuries, when the vulgate Latin version had 
ceased to be generally understood, there is no reason to suspect any inten- 
tion in the Church of Rome to deprive the laity of the Scriptures. “ Trans- 
lations were freely made, although the acts of the saints were generally 
deemed more instructive. Louis the Debonnaire is said to have caused a 
German version of the New Testament to be made. Otfrid, in the same” 
(that is, the ninth) “century, rendered the Gospels, or rather abridged 
them, into German Verse: this work is still extant, and is, in several re- 
spects, an object of curiosity. In the eleventh or twelfth century, we find 
translations of the Psalms, Job, Kings, and the Maccabees, into French. 
But, after the diffusion of heretical principles, it became expedient to secure 
the orthodox faith from lawless interpretation. Accordingly the council of 
Thoulouse, in 1229, prohibited the laity from possessing the Scriptures ; 
and this prohibition was frequently repeated upon subsequent occasions.” ? 

II. Although the invention of paper, in the close of the thirteenth or early 
in the fourteenth century, rendered the transcription of books less expensive, 
yet their cost necessarily placed them out of the reach of the middling and 
lower classes, who (it is well known) were immersed in the deepest igno- 
rance. Means, however, were subsequently devised, in order to convey a 
rude idea of the leading facts of Scripture, by means of the Block Books or 
Books of Images, as they are termed by Bibliographers, of which the follow- 
ing notice may be not unacceptable to the reader : — 

The manufacturers of playing cards, which were first invented? and 
painted in the fourteenth century, had in the following century begun to 
engrave on wood the images of the saints, to which they afterwards added 
some verses or sentences analogous to the subject. As the art of engraving 
on wood proceeded, its professors at length composed historical subjects, 
chiefly (if not entirely) taken from the Scriptures, with a text or explanation 
engraved on the same blocks. These form the Books of Images or Block 
Books just mentioned: they were printed from wooden blocks; one side of 
the leaf only is impressed, and the corresponding text is placed below, beside, 
or proceeding out of, the mouth of the figures introduced. 

Of all the Xylographie works, that is, such as are printed from wooden 
blocks, the Bist1a Pauperum is perhaps the rarest, as well as the most 
antient; it is a manual, or kind of catechism of the Bible, for the use of 
young persons, and of the common people, whence it derives its name,— 
Biblia Pauperum,—the Bible of the Poor ; who were thus enabled to ac- 
quire, at a comparatively low price, an imperfect knowledge of some of the 
events recorded in the Scriptures. Being much in use, the few copies of it 
which are at present to be found in the libraries of the curious are for the 
most part either mutilated or in bad condition. The extreme rarity of this 
book, and the circumstances under which it was produced, concur to impart 
a high degree of interest to it. 





1 Concerning the rarity and high prices of books, during the dark ages, the reader will 
find several authentic anecdotes in the first volume of an ‘ Introduction to the Study of 
Bibliography,” (pp. $45-349.), by the author of this work. 

2 Hallam’s View of Europe during the Middle Ages, vol. ii. p. 536. 4to. edition. 

3 They appear to have been first invented in 1390 by Jacquemin Gringonneur, a painter 
at Paris, for the amusement of Charles VI. king of France, who had fallen into a confirmed 
melancholy, bordering on insanity. Rees’s Cyclopedia, vol. vi. article Cards, 


60 Modern Versions of ihe Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


The Biblia Pauperum consists of forty plates, with extracts and sentences 
analogous to the figures and images represented therein: the whole are 
engraven on wood, on one side of the leaves of paper; so that, when folded, 
they are placed opposite to each other. Thus, as the white sides of the 
leaves may be cemented together, the total number is reduced to twenty, 
because the first and last page remain blank. Copies, however, are some- 
times found, the leaves of which, not having been cemented on their blank 
side, are forty in number, like the plates. Each plate or page contains four 
busts, two at the top, and two at the bottom, together with three historical 
subjects: the two upper busts represent the prophets or other persons whose 
names are always written beneath them; the two lower busts are anonymous. 
The middle of the plates, which are all marked by letters of the alphabet in 
the centre of the upper compartment}, is occupied by three historical pic- 
tures, one of which is taken from the New Testament: this is the ¢ype or 
principal subject, and occupies the centre of the page between the two anti- 
types or other subjects which allude to it. The inscriptions which occur at 
the top and bottom of the page consist of texts of Scripture and Leonine 
verses. 

Thus in the fortieth plate, of which our engraving is a copy’, the two 
busts of David and Isaiah are placed in the middle of the upper part of the 
page, between two passages of the Bible. The jirst of these, on the left of 
those prophets, is partly taken from the Song of Solomon (chap. v. 7, 8.) 
and runs thus :—Legitur in Cantico Canticorum quarto capite, quod (or quo) 
sponsus alloquitur sponsam, et eam sumendo dixit ; “ Tota pulchra et amica 
mea, et macula non est in te. Veni, amica mea; venti, coronabere.” Sponsus 
verus iste est Christus ; qui, in assumendo eam sponsam, que est anime sine 
macula omnis peccati, et introducit eam in requiem eternam, et coronat cum 
corona immortalitatis.® 

The second passage, which is on the right of David and Isaiah, is taken 
from the Book of Revelation, and runs thus :—~ Legitur in Apocalypsi xxi. 
capite, quod angelus Dei apprehendit Jhoannem E'vangelistam, cum esset in 
spiritu, et volens sibi ostendere archana Dei dixit ad eum ; “ Veni, et ostendam, 
tibi sponsam, uxorem agni.” Angelus loquitur ad omnes in general, ut veniant 
ad auscultandum in spiritu agnum innocentem Christum, animam innocentem 
coronantem, 4 i 

Beneath the bust of David, which is indicated by his name, is a scroll 
proceeding from his hand, inscribed Tanquam sponsus dominus procedens de 
thalamo suo. [See Psal. xix. 5. Vulgate Version. ] 

Beneath Isaiah is ysaye vi, with a label proceeding from his hand, inscribed 
Tanquam sponsus decoravit me corona. [See Isa. lxi. 10. Vulgate Version. ] 

The letter , 3 , between these two labels denotes the order of the plate or 
page, as the cuts in this work follow each other according to two sets of 
alphabets, each of which extends from % to only: when the first series is 
completed, a second is begun, the letters of which are distinguished by two 
points.,a&..H..¢£., &e. 

In the central compartment, between the busts above described, is the 
type or principal subject ; it represents the rewards of the righteous in the 
eternal world, and the Redeemer is introduced as bestowing the crown of 
life on one of the elect spirits. The antitype on the left is the daughter of 
Sion, crowned by her spouse, with the following Leonine verse :— 


1 These letters, Dr. Dibdin thinks, are the origin of the signatures which are used to 
denote the order of the sheets in printed books. Bib. Spence. vol. i. p. xxvi. 

2 Made from the last plate or page of the Exemplar, which was the late Mr. Willet’s. 
See the engraving facing the title-page. 

3 The above sentences are printed without the contractions, which are so numerous and so 
complex, as to be with difficulty understood by any who are not conyersant in antient 
records and early printed books, 

4 See preceding note. 





Sect. VI. §1.] Deseription of the Biblia Pauperum. 61 


Laus aie vere: spisi bn sest here ; 
that is, 
Laus anime vere sponsum bene sensit habere. 


The antitype on the right is an angel, speaking to St.John, with this verse 
beneath : — 
Spos4 amat sposam Xs nimis et speciosam ; 
that is, 
Sponsus amat sponsam Christus nimis et speciosam. 


From the left-hand figure of the bust at the bottom of the plate proceeds 
this label :— corona tua eculigata [ circumligata] set [sit] et calctame [ cal- 
ciamenta | 7 peb* [in pedibus ], with a reference to Ezekiel, ch. xxiv. The 
twenty-third verse of that chapter [Vulgate Version] is most probably the 
passage intended. — 

From the figure on the right (which seems to have been designed for the 
prophet Hosea, as the other figure may mean the prophet Ezekiel,) proceeds 
the label Sponsabo te mihi in sempiternum, &c. with a reference to Hosea v. 
The passage alluded to will be found in Hos. ii. 19., which runs thus: — 
Sponsabo te mihi in sempiternum, et sponsabo te mihi in justitia, et in misert- 
cordia et in miserationibus. [ Vulgate Version. | 

The last line in our fac-simile of the Biblia Pauperum may be thus 
read :— 

V® tue gaudeét aie sibi, qu boni dat* ome. 
that is, 
Versus. Tune gaudent anime sibi quum bonum datur omne. 


Bibliographers are by no means agreed concerning the age! which they 
assign to the curious volume above described. Dr. Dibdin?, it is appre- 
hended, dates it too low, in fixing it to the year 1450; and though the cuts 
are not designed in so heavy and Gothic a style as Baron Heinecken ascribes 
to them, yet the execution of them on the wood-blocks is confessedly very 
coarse, as our specimen (which is an exact fac-simile ) will abundantly prove. 
The form of the letters also is too Gothic, and too void of proportion, to 
bear so late a date: indeed, if they be compared with the letters exhibited 
in some of the fac-similes in the Bibliotheca Spenceriana (which are supposed 
to have been executed between 1420 and 1430), the similarity of coarseness 
in the shape of the letters will render it probable that the Biblia Pauperum 
is nearly of equal antiquity. In fact, it is this very coarseness of the letters 
(as Heinecken has remarked) which has caused the edition above described 
to be preferred to every other of the Biblia Pauperum.? 


1 Baron Heinecken, who examined several copies of this work with minute attention, 
discovered five different editions of the Biblia Pauperum; the fifth is easily known, as 
it has fifty plates. In executing the other four editions, the engravers, he observes, have 
worked with such exactness, that there is very little difference between any of them, so that 
it is impossible to determine which is the first. The attentive bibliographer, however, will 
discover several variations. These are pointed out by Heinecken, who has described the 
subjects of the different plates or leaves with much minuteness. As his interesting work is 
in the hand of every bibliographer and amateur, it will be sufficient to refer to his Idée d’une 
Collection d’ Estampes, pp. 293—333. ; from which Santander has abridged his neat account, 
Dict. du xv. Siécie, vol. ii. pp. 207—210. Lambinet (Recherches sur I’Imprimerie, 
pp. 61—72.) and Daunou (Analyse des Opinions sur 1’ Origine de ’ Imprimerie, pp. 7—15.) 
have short but interesting notices relative to this and the other books of images, which will 
repay the trouble of perusal to those who have not the dear volume of Heinecken, or the 
elaborate work of Santander. 

2 Bibliotheca Spenceriana, vol. i. p. xxvi. 

3 The rarity of the Biblia Pauperum has caused the few copies of it, which are known to 
be extant, to be sold for the most exorbitant prices. These indeed have varied according to 
the condition and difference of the several editions, ‘ The copy which Heinecken describes, 


62 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


III. The discovery of the art of printing in the fifteenth century, and the 
establishment of the glorious Reformation throughout Europe in the follow- 
ing century, facilitated the circulation of the Scriptures. Wherever its pure 
doctrines penetrated, the nations that embraced it, adopting its grand prin- 
ciple—that the Bible contains the Religion of Protestants, were naturally 
desirous of obtaining the sacred volume in their respective languages. And 
even in those countries into which the Reformed Doctrines were but par- 
tially introduced, it was found necessary to yield so far to the spirit of the 
times, as to admit, in a limited degree, vernacular translations among the 
people.! Since the Reformation, wherever learned and pious missionaries 
have carried the Christian Faith, the Scriptures have been translated into 
the languages of its professors. i 

The total number of dialects, spoken in any part of the world, is com- 
puted to be about five hundred; and of these somewhat more than one hun- 
dred appear to constitute languages generically distinct, or exhibiting more 
diversity than resemblance to each other. Into upwards of one hundred and 
fifty of these various dialects the sacred Seriptures have been translated, 
either wholly or in part; and not less than sixty of them are versions in the 
Janguages and dialects of Asia. It is obvious that very few modern versions 
can be of service in the criticism or interpretation of the Bible ; but as the 
author was censured for omitting them in the first edition of this work, he 
has endeavoured to supply that deficiency, and to procure the best inform- 
ation possible, on a topic so interesting to every sincere professor of Chris- 
tianity. | 

The modern versions of the Scriptures are twofold, viz. in the Latin 
language, and in the vernacular language of all the countries in which 
Christianity has been propagated; and both are made either by persons in 
communion with the Church of Rome or by Protestants. ; 


§ 2, Moprern Latin VERSIONS OF THE OLD AND NEw TESTAMENTS. 


[i.] Latin VERSIONS OF THE ENTIRE BIBLE, OR OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 
Versions made by Romanists. 


Of the modern Latin versions of the Old Testament, made by individuals 
in communion with the Church of Rome, those of Pagninus, Montanus, Mal- 
venda, Cajetan, and Houbigant, are particularly worthy of notice.? 


1, Pacninus.—Veteris ac Novi Testamenti nova translatio, per Sanct. 
PacninuM edita. Lugduni, 1528, in large 4to. 





as the first (and which is noticed above) cost at the sale of M. de Boze, in 1753, 1000 livres 
(431. 15s.); at the sale of M. Gaignat, in 1769, 830 livres (36l. 6s.); at the sale of M. 
Paris, in 1791, 511. ; and that of Mr. Willet, in 1813, two hundred and forty-five guineas ! 
The edition, described by Heinecken as the second, produced, at M. Verdussen’s sale, in 
1776, 250 florins of exchange (about 24/,); at that of M. la Valliére, in 1783, 780 livres 
(341. 2s 6d.); and at that of M. Crevenna, in 1789, 946 livres (412 7s. 9d.) Copies of the 
Biblia Pauperum are in the Royal Library in the British Museum (formerly Gaignat’s 
copy); in that of Earl Spencer; the Bodleian and Corpus Christi Libraries, at Oxford ; 
Corpus Christi College Library, Cambridge; in the Hunterian Museum, Glasgow (it is 
very imperfect) ; in the Royal Library at Paris (formerly Valliére’s copy; it is imperfect) ; 
and in the Public Library at Basle. For an account of the Speculum Humane Salvationis 
and the other curious Books of Images, see the author’s Introduction to Bibliography, 
vol. ii, Appendix, pp. v.—xiv.; and Baron Heinecken’s Idée Générale d’une Collection 
complete d’Estampes. Leipsic, 1771. 8vo. 

1 Historical Sketch of the Translation and Circulation of the Scriptures, by the Rey. 
Messrs. Thomson and Orme, (Perth, 1815, 8vo.) p. 44. 

2 The materials of this section are derived from Masch’s and Boerner’s Edition of Le 
Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, vol. ii. Walchii Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, vol. iv. pp. 64 
—76. Carpzovii Critica Sacra Veteris Testamenti, pp. 707757. Simon’s Hist. Critique 
du Vieux Testament, livre ii, ch, xxii, 








Sects VEV§ 2.) Modern Latin Versions. 63 


Sanctes Pagninus, a Dominican monk, was the first modern oriental scholar who attempted 
to make a new translation of the Scriptures from the original languages. Having, in the 
- course of his studies, been led to conceive that the Vulgate Latin Version of Jerome (of 
which an account has been given in the former part of this volume) was greatly corrupted, 
he undertook to form a new translation of the Old Testament from the Hebrew, following 
Jerome only where he thought that his version corresponded to the original. Under the 
patronage of the Popes Leo X., Hadrian VI., and Clement VII., he devoted twenty-five 
years to this great work; which was first published at Lyons in 1528. ‘The Jews who read 
it attested its fidelity. The great fault of Pagninus is, that he has adhered too closely and 
servilely to the original text; and this scrupulous attachment has made his translation ob- 
scure, barbarous, and full of solecisms. He has also altered the commonly received names 
of men and cities, and has substituted others in their place, which are pronounced according 
to the pronunciation of the Masorites. Though this translator’s labours were very severely 
criticised by Father Simon, yet he acknowledges his great abilities and learning ; and all the 
latter commentators and critics concur in justly commending his work, as being remarkably 
exact and faithful, and admirably adapted to explain the literal sense of the Hebrew text. 
Pagninus afterwards translated the New Testament from the Greek, which he dedicated to his 
patron, Pope Clement VII. It was printed with the former at Lyons, in 1528. In 1557, 
Robert Stephens printed a new edition of his translation in two volumes folio, with correc- 
tions ; but it contains only the Old Testament of Pagninus’s version. ‘The New Testament 
is given in the Latin version of Beza, which is noticed in p. 65. infra. 


2. Monranus.— Biblia Latina Pagnini, 4 Benedicto Aria Montano 
recognita. Antverpie, 1584. folio. 


The translation of Pagninus was revised by Benedict Arias Montanus, who has errone- 
ously been considered as a new translator of the Bible in the Latin language. His chief 
aim was to translate the Hebrew words by the same number of Latin ones; so that he has 
accommodated his whole translation to the most scrupulous rules of grammar, without any 
regard to the elegance of his Latinity. Montanus’s edition, therefore, may be considered 
rather as a grammatical commentary, than a true version, and as being adapted to instruct 
young beginners in the Hebrew, than to be read separately: being printed interlinearily, 
with the Latin word placed exactly over the Hebrew, it saves the student the trouble of 
frequently referring to his Lexicon. In the New Testament, Montanus changed only a few 
words in the Vulgate version, where he found it to differ from the Greek, This revision 
has been very frequently printed in various sizes; it is also found in the Antwerp, Paris, 
and London Polyglotts. 


3. MALvenpA.— Thome MAtvenp& Commentarii in Scripturam Sa- 
cram, una cum nova ex Hebreo translatione, varlisque lectionibus. Lug- 
duni, 1650. 5 tomis, folio. 


The translation of Thomas Malvenda, a Spanish Dominican, being more grammatical and 
barbarous than that of Montanus, is but little esteemed, and has fallen into oblivion. 


4, CAJETAN.— Librorum Veteris Testamenti, scilicet Pentateuchi, Josue, 
Judicum, Regum, Paralipomenon, Esdre, Nehemie, Job, Psalmorum, Pro- 
verbiorum Salomonis, et priorum trium capitum Esaiz, Versio nova Latina 
ex Hebreo a Thoma de Vio, Cardinale CaseETANOo, ope duorum Linguam 
Hebream scientium (alterius Hebreei Magistri illius lingua, alterius Chris- 
tiani) instituta juxta methodum quam ipse tradidit in preefatione commenta- 
riorum in Psalmos. Lugduni, 1639. 5 vols. folio. 


The version which bears the name of Cardinal Cajetan, strictly speaking, is not his pro- 
duction; having been made by two persons, (one a Jew, the other a Christian,) both of whom 
were well skilled in the original language of the sacred volume. Cajetan carefully avoided 
those barbarous expressions which he must have used if his version had been grammatically 
literal. 


5. Housicant.— Biblia Veteris Testamenti Latine, ex Versione Caroli 
Francisci Housicgant. Lutetie Parisiorum, 1753. 4 tomis, folio, 


The Latin version of the Old Testament, printed by Father Houbigant in his critical 
edition of the Hebrew Bible (noticed in p. 7. supra), is not framed according to the present 
Hebrew text, but according to the text, as he thought it should be corrected by manuscripts, 
antient versions, and critical conjectures. ‘The Latin Text of Houbigant’s version was also 
printed at Paris in 1753, in 8 vols, 8yo. This version is much admired for its elegance and 
energy. 


64 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. (Part I. Ch. I. 


Versions made by Protestants. 


Since the Reformation, several Latin versions of the Old Testament have 
been made from the original Hebrew by learned Protestants. The most 
esteemed are those of Munster, Leo Juda, Castalio, Junius and Tremellius, 
Schmidt, Dathe, Schott and Winzer. 


1. Munsrer.—Biblia Latina, ex Versione Sebastiani MunsTeri. Ba- 
silew 1534; 1546. folio. 


In the year 1534, Sebastian Munster printed at Basle a new translation of the Old Testa- 
ment from the original Hebrew, with the Hebrew Text; and in 1546 he published a second 
edition, with the addition of some notes, which Father Simon thinks useful for understand- 
ing the style of the sacred writings. Without rigidly adhering to the grammatical significa- 
tion of the words, like Pagninus and Montanus, he has given a more free and intelligible 
version: but by not deviating from the sense of the Hebrew text, he has retained some of 
its peculiar idioms. He has also availed himself of the commentaries of the best of the 
rabbinical writers. Though Simon freely censures particular parts of Munster’s version, he 
decidedly prefers it to those of Pagninus and Montanus; and Huet gives him the character 
of a translator well versed in the Hebrew language, whose style is very exact, and conform- 
able to the original. 


2. Leo JupA.—Biblia Sacro-Sancta Testamenti Veteris et Novi, e sacra 
Hebreeorum lingua Greecorumque fontibus, consultis simul orthodoxis inter- 
pretibus religiosissime, translata in sermonem Latinum. ‘Tiguri, 1543, folio ; 
1544, 8vo., and various subsequent editions. 


The translation which bears the name of Leo Juda was commenced by him; but being 
prevented by death from finishing the work, he left it to be completed by Theodore Bibliander, 
professor of divinity at Zurich. With the assistance of Conrad Pellican, who was professor 
of Hebrew in the same place, Bibliander translated the rest of the Old Testament from the 
Hebrew; the New Testament was undertaken by Peter Cholin and Rodolph Gualter, two 
learned Protestants, at that time resident at Zurich. ‘This version was first printed in 1543, 
and was reprinted by Robert Stephens at Paris, in 1545, with the addition of the Vulgate 
version, in two columns, and with.short notes or scholia, but without specifying the trans- 
Jator’s name. Though it was condemned by the divines at Paris, it was favourably received 
by those of Salamanca, who reprinted it with some trifling alterations. It is acknowledged 
to be very faithful; and its style is more elegant than that of Munster: but the translators 
are said, in some instances, to have receded too far from the literal sense. 


3. CasTALio.— Biblia Latina, Interprete Sebastiano CasTALIONE. Basi- 
leze, 1573, folio; Lipsiz, 1738. 4 tomis, 12mo. 


The Latin version of Sebastian Chatillon, or Castalio (as he is generally called), was begun 
at Geneva in 1542, and finished at Basle in 1550, where it was printed in the following year, 
with a dedication to Edward VI., king of England. His design was, to render the Old and 
New Testaments in elegant Latin like that of the antient classic authors; but his style has 
been severely censured by some critics, as being too much affected, and destitute of that 
noble simplicity, grandeur, and energy, which characterise the sacred originals. Professor 
Dathe, however, has vindicated this learned Protestant from these charges. Castalio’s version 
has been frequently reprinted: the best edition of it is said to be that printed at Leipsic, in 
1738, in 4 vols. 12mo.; but the folio edition, printed in 1573, is in most request, not only 
on account of its beauty, but also because it contains the author’s last corrections, together 
with a very complete table of matters. 


4, Juntus and Treme.iius.—Testamenti Veteris Biblia Sacra: sive 
Libri Canonici priscee Judeeorum Ecclesiz a Deo traditi, Latini recens ex 
Hebreo facti brevibusque scholiis illustrati ab Immanuele TrEemELLro. 
Accesserunt Libri, qui vulgo dicuntur Apocryphi, Latine redditi et notis qui- 
busdam auctia Francisco JuN1o. Quibus etiam adjunximus Novi Testamenti 
Libros ex Sermone Syro ab eodem Tremellio, et ex Greco a Theodoro Beza 
in Latinum versos, notisque itidem illustratos. Secunda cura Francisci Junii. 
Geneve, 1590. 4to. 


The version of Francis Junius and Immanuel Tremellius was first published at Frankfort 
on the Main, in four tomes folio, in the years 1575-76-79: it was subsequently corrected 
by Junius, and it has since been repeatedly printed. By the Protestant churches it was 
received with great approbation; and to this day it is held ip great esteem for its simplicity, 
perspicuity, and fidelity. Father Simon criticised it with great severity; but our learned 
countryman, Matthew Poole, in the preface to his Synopsis Criticorum Sacrorum, reckons it 








Sect. VI. § 2.] Modern Latin Versions. 65 


among the best versions: and the ecclesiastical historian, Dupin, commends it for its close 
adherence to the Hebrew. Junius and Tremellius have been very particular in expressing 
the article by demonstrative pronouns. 

5. ScumMiptT.— Biblia Sacra, sive Testamentum Vetus et Novum ex lin- 
gus originalibus in Linguam Latinam translatum, additis Capitum Summariis 
et Partitionibus, a Sebastiano Scumipio.. Argentorati, 1696. 4to. 

Sebastian Schmidt was professor of Oriental languages at Strasburgh. Of his version, 
which was published after the author’s decease, there have been several editions. It is strictly 
literal; and is chiefly useful to students in the Hebrew language. 

6. Datue.— Libri Veteris Testamenti, ex recensione Texttis Hebrei et 

Versionum Antiquarum, Latine versi, Notis philologicis et criticis illustrati 
a Joanne Augusto Datuio. Hale, 1773-89. 6 vols. 8vo. 
i The version of John Augustus Dathe, who was professor of Oriental literature at Leipsic, 
1s deservedly in high repute for its general fidelity and elegance, both in this country and on 
the Continent. Prof. Dathe ‘ never published any part, until he had repeatedly explained 
it in his public lectures, and convinced himself that no difficulty remained, but such as could 
not be removed. In this manner was his translation produced, which may be considered as 
a perpetual commentary.’’ (Aikin’s Biographical Dictionary, vol. x. Supplement, p. 306.) 

7. Scnorrt and Winzer.— Libri Sacri Antiqui Foederis ex Sermone 
Hebreo in Latinum translati; notatione brevi preecipuz Lectionum et Inter- 
pretationum diversitatis addita. Auctoribus D. Henrico Augusto Scuorr 
et Julio Friederico Winzer. Volumen primum. Alton et Lipsize, 1816. 8vo. 

This volume comprises the Pentateuch only ; the three first books were translated by M. 
Schott, and the two last by M. Winzer; but the whole work has been so carefully revised, 
that it appears to be the production of only one person. It professes to be very close. This 
work was never completed. 


[ii.] Latin Versions oF THE NEw TESTAMENT. 


ErAsMus.—Novi Testamenti /&ditio postrema, per Desiderium ErAs- 
Mum, Roterodamum. Basilez, 1535. 8vo. 

The celebrated Erasmus has the honour of being the first translator of the New Testament 
into the Latin language from the original Greek. His object was, to give a faithful and 
clear version, in which it is admitted that he succeeded as far as it was posgible at that time. 
In this version he followed not only the printed copies, but also four Greek manuscripts ; 
according to the example of Jerome, he varied but little from the Vulgate. The first edition 
of his translation appeared with his Greek Testament in 1516, and was dedicated to Pope 
Leo X., by whom it was highly commended in a letter of thanks which he wrote to Erasmus. 
The pontiff’s praises, however, did not prevent his labours from being censured with great 
severity by certain writers belonging to the Romish communion, against whom Erasmus 
defended himself with great spirit. His version has been frequently printed and corrected, 
both by himself and by his editors. | 


2. BezA.—Novum D. N. Jesu Christi Testamentum. Latine jam olim 
a Veteri Interprete, nunc denuo a Theodoro Beza versum, cum ejusdem 
annotationibus, in quibus ratio interpretationis redditur. Oliva Roberti 


Stephani [Geneve], 1556. folio. 


This version has been repeatedly printed. On account of its fidelity, it has always been 
highly esteemed by Protestants of every denomination. Bishop Walton, indeed, was of 
opinion that he was justly charged with departing unnecessarily from the common readings, 
without the authority of manuscripts; but a careful examination of Beza’s translation will 
show that that distinguished prelate was in this instance mistaken. 


3. Chr. Guil. THALEMANNI Versio Latina Evangeliorum Matthei, Marci, 
Luce, et Johannis, itemque Actuum Apostolorum, edita a C. C. Tittmanno. 
Berolini, 1781. 8vo.. The remaining books of the New Testament were 
translated by M. Iaspis, and entitled, 

Versio Latina Epistolarum Novi Testamenti, perpetua annotatione illus- 
trata a Godofredo Sigismundo Iasris. Lipsiz, Vol. I. 1793, Vol. I. 1797. 
8vo. Editio nova, Lipsia, 1821. 2 tomis 8vo. 

4, Sacri Novi Testamenti Libri omnes, veteri Latinitate donati ab Hen- 
rico Godofredo Rercuarvo. Lipsiz, 1799. 8vo. 

VOL. II, APP. (2) 


66 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I: Ch.I. 


5. SEBASTIANI.—Novum Testamenttm, ob frequentes omnium Interpre- 
tationum Hallucinationes, nunc demum ex Codice Alexandrino, adhibitis 
etiam compluribus manuscriptis variantibusque Lectionibus editis, summa 
fide ac cura Latine redditum. Omnibus Sacris Auctoribus Greecis, Sacris 
Criticis, Glossariis, et Instructioribus per totam Greeciam Ecclesiasticis Viris 
diligentissime consultis. Interprete Leopoldo SesastiANI. Londini, 1817. 
royal 8vo. 

M. Sebastiani is advantageously known to scholars as the editor of Lycophron (Rome, 
1803, 4to.) His version is made from the text of the Alexandrian Manuscript, with which 
the translator states that he collated several manuscripts and collections of various readings, 
availing himself also of every critical aid he could procure, and particularly of the writings 
of the Greek fathers, and the assistance of the most learned of the modern Greek clergy. 
To obtain the latter, M. Sebastiani expressly travelled through the whole of Greece. In all 
doctrinal points, this version is made conformable to the tenets inculcated by the Romish 
church. 


*,* For notices of the modern Latin Versions of Schott, Naebe, and Goeschen, see 
pp. 26. 30, 31. and 33. of this Appendix. 





§ 3. Versions In THE LANGUAGES OF MopEerRN Europe. 
[i.] Versrons IN THE LANGUAGES SPOKEN IN THE Britisu IsLes. 


English Protestant Versions.} 


Although it is impossible at this distance of time, to ascertain when or 
by whom Christianity was first planted in this island, as well as the earliest 
time when the Scriptures were translated into the language of its inha- 
bitants, yet we know that, for many hundred years, they were favoured with 
the possession of part, at least, of the sacred volume in their vernacular 
tongue. Of the Anglo-Saxon versions an account has already been given: 
to which we may now add, that a Saxon translation of the Pentateuch, of 
Joshua, part of the books of Kings, Esther, and of the apocryphal book of 
Judith, and the Maccabees, is attributed to Elfric or Elfred, who was arch- 
bishop of Canterbury, A.D. 995. 

A chasm of several centuries ensued, during which the Scriptures 
appear to have been buried in oblivion, the general reading of them bein 
prohibited by the papal see. The jirst ENGLisH translation of the Bible 
known to be extant was executed by an unknown individual, and is placed 
by Archbishop Usher to the year 1290: of this there are three manuscript 
copies preserved, in the Bodleian library, and in the libraries of Christ 
Church and Queen’s Colleges at Oxford. Towards the close of the follow- 
ing century, John de TREvIsA, vicar of Berkeley in the county of Gloucester, 
at the desire of his patron, Lord Berkeley, is said to have translated the Old 
and New Testaments into the English tongue. But as no part of this work 
appears ever to have been printed, the translation ascribed to him is supposed 
to have been confined to a few texts, which are scattered in some parts of 
his works (several copies of which are known to exist in manuscript), or 
which were painted on the walls of his patron’s chapel at Berkeley Castle. 
It is by no means improbable, that, before the invention of printing, recourse 
was had to the painting of the principal events in the sacred history, on the 
windows of churches, in order to convey some knowledge of Scripture facts 


1 Our account of English translations is drawn from Lewis’s History of the translations 
of the Bible, prefixed to his edition of Wickliffe’s New Testament, folio, 1731; Jolnson’s 
Historical Account of the several English translations of the Bible, originally published in 
1730, in 8vo. and reprinted in the third volume of Bishop Watson’s Collection of Theolo- 
gical Tracts ; Archbishop Newcome’s View of the English Biblical Translations, Dublin, 
1792, 8vo.; Mr. Whittaker’s learned and elaborate Inquiry into the Interpretation of He- 
brew Scriptures, pp. 38—114.; and Mr. Walter’s Letter to the Bishop of Peterborough, on 
the Independence of the authorised Version of the Bible. 











TABLES | To face Vol. IL. Bibliographical Appendix, p. 6.) 


Exureitine av one View tHe PRINCIPAL TRANSLATIONS OF THE SCRIPTURES into rue MoverN Lancuacrs or Europe, Asta, AFRICA, AND America, TOGETHER with THE DATES wHen THEY APPEARED, THE AUTHORS BY 
WHOM THEY WERE EXECUTED, AND THE PLACES WHERE THEY WERE SEVERALLY PRINTED. 





*.* The first of these Tables is copied from Messrs. Thomson and Orme’s Historical Sketch of the Translation and Circulation of the Scriptures (p. 45.), with Corrections and Additions; the second and third Tables are given from the Author's Compendious Introduction to the Study of the Bible, which is an Analysis of the present work. 



































































































































































Taste I. — Versions in the Languages of Modern Europe. | Taste II. — Versions in the Languages of Modern Asia. Tasie II. — Versions in the Languages of Modern Asia,—continued. 
suas p hase ld) Y g 
By 5 - | Bible, or Old T N i 
Translation. N. T. Bible, or Author, Place of Printing. NOT A hentiaae. eaeticted Books thereot| oo big eet: + say peop ede Bary Fal mom 
, Language. Se st So ee Author. Place of Printing. Language. PP FS 
German - - | 1522 1534 | Martin Luther = - | Wittemberg. New Test. pec bee page Old eg | New Test. ice ite: oo oe mae 
English - -| 1596] - - | Tyndal - - - | Uncertain. — earn) Eel at : : 
- 1535 | Tyndal and coveriale - | Zurich. A ain i at 
French - = - - 1535 Robert Olivetan = - - | Geneva. OER a 1a i T6igEs2 mere Lo sg Serampore. 
Swedish - - -| 1584] 1541 Olaus Petri - = - | Upsal, Sweden, guages. 1811-13-16] — 1815-20 _ { & Rev. Mr. Milne ¢ Canton. 
ov ae ~*) Slee | 1524 , a Palladius and others - | Copenhagen. ge Staal ete wf A at ee seed ane bee Surnees Sy At an | 1835 - ora Missionaries | Serampore. ) 
- - - - . a WD - — _ —_ -_ 

Italian - - = - 1562 | Antonio Brucicli’s revised? | Geneva. — — 1837 — Archdeac. "Rol nson Calcutta. sioner hates ced Seent, 
Spanish = - - - | 1556 1569 | Cassiodorus de Reyna - | Frankfort or Rasil. 4 Gosp. - ; P ‘ ever 4 
Russian - - | 1519 | 1581 | Cyril and Methodius - | Ostrog. ic { 1804, i a = Lt.-Col. Colebrooke 5 im Mart ead a | ’ ert 
Helvetian dialect - | 1595] 1599 | - - - - | Zurich. 1815 eee ts a Rev. H. Martyn Petersburgh. Formosan John 1661 = - Robert Junius Amsterdam, 
Lower Saxon dialect - 1533 - - : - | Lubeck. Persian - < Psalms 2 d 4 and 
Fama’. - * =| 198 | 1642 | - - | Stockholm. ie _— Pe) | 2 ra oe Me Ge Tartar - -| 1813 = — _ |Psal.1815| Edin. Soc. Mission { gat 
Croatian - = 1553) |e =a . - - - | Tubingen. 1830, Astrachan. Mantchou e a 
Basque (French) | = | 157)! .4eR= - - - - | Rochelle. Neainls : , Tartar 1836 | Matt. 1822) — Pent. Ditto Petersburgh. 
Welsh - r - | 1567 | 1588 ? = = - | London, L T- == — { 1836, saa Orenburg Tartar 1820 Ditto Astrachan 
Hungarian - - -| 1574} 1589 - - - - | Vienna. Gen. Lev.| John Leyden, M.D. / am ix x set ‘i 
Wen lish f 3 y ena é i s * l Otittersheren Pushtoore _| 1818 Sens sf 1 en. Ley.| Jo! ae eyden, DEES, Calmuc Tartar 1815-20 a a = Morav. Mission. 

t : g 1822, and others Mongolian Matt. and Two Mongolian Petersburgh, 
Icelandic - == - 1584 | Thorlack - - - | Holum, Iceland. 4 Gosp. > Tar’ i _— { Gakeisis \ = aes ; Chieftains 8 
Pomeranian dialect - - 1588 - - - - | Barth. Bulocha - - = } 1816 } = aa Mordwassian : 

Polish - - - | 1585 | 1596 | Several. 2 ‘Giwecutetand | (4 Gospel \ 1821 => i al * e 
2 ‘ 2. pels) Russian Bible 
Bohemian - - - - 1593 | Several - - - | Cralitz, Moravia. ee derivative laa’ Tcheremiasian | Soci Petersburgh. 
ety 
Hebrew - - -|1599| - - | EliasHutter- = - - | Nuremberg. guages. : (4 Gospels) Jo Pa rad oe ‘ 
wipers Greek -- 18 - - Maximus Calliergi - - | Geneva. Sanscrit...- 1808 — 1811-18 — Georgian - — a 1743 os Unknown Moscow. 
allachian  - - Sua - ; 
| ere bartered sgn less } Theodosius -  -| Belgrade. ay Panje- 1811 _ — Pent.1818 Otaheitean or } 1818-25 eae Missionaries of the en: ser? 
Romanese F 3 - 1657 = = : - | Schoul. Assamese = 1819 _ — = Baptist Tahitan - a 4 as { London Society / pe be 
Lithuanian- = -  - = 1660 | Chylinsky - - + | London. Kashmiree -| 1819 — = — issic seed } Serampore. Rarotongan - — a | = — Ditto London, 
Turkish - - - | 1666} - - | Lazarus Seaman - Oxford. Wutch or Mul- a cm . 4 Gosp. 
Irish - - - -| 1602 1685 | Dr. Daniel, gare Bedell London. ances "| ¢ 1819 = Curdish — - <= { 1826-33 ; 
Livonian =o) =" 1/2685") * 1689 z ® Riga. Guzerattee -| 1820 _— 1826 _ Eastern Arme- ; Missionaries of the) | ) 
2 5 168 - - - - - | Riga. i = : 1832 —_ — now z es OF the | | Moscow. : 
Esthonian 1685 9 Ag: Bikaneer - -| 1819 _— _ nian Basle Society / 
Esthonian, dialect of 1686 aa - - - - | Riga. - Kunkuna - -| 1818 — _ — Missionaries of the / 
A seagee dialect - | 1727 As Ris Maruwar - -| 1822 —_ _ —_— New Zealand 1835 _ —= = 1 Church Mis- } London. / 
risons - = > >. = = a rc : Oojuvinee- -| 1822 —_ _ —_ A Soci 
os a Lusatian - sobs 1728 | Several - - - | Bautzen. Boda 1822 _ = _ j tise dacseeicd | 
apponic - hk N 1 a = 1822 — i= = 
Manks - -  -| - | 1763 | Bishops Wilson and Hildesley. Maga f Baptist and Wes- Taste III.— Versions in the Languages of Modern Africa and Ameri 
Gaelic - - .| 1767 1802 | James Stewart and others Edinburgh. Pare } 1815-32 _ — — 1 leyan Miss. Colombo. M LSUuag dfrica and America, 
712 |1748-53| Ferreira d’ Almeida, Romish { Amste rdam and Ba- Rev. T. T. Thom- | New Testamant, or detached | Bible, or Old Testament, | 
Portuguese - - tavia. Oordo - -j| 1832 _— — a son and Mr. Calcutta. Books thereof. or detached Books thereof. 
1781 | 1783 | Antonio Pereira, Romish - | Lisbon. Da Costa Language. ee ee Author. Place of Printing. 
s - | 1793, 4] Padre Scio, Romish = i Pent. and : Detached |Bible, or Old| Detached 
Spanish x ;, { - 1824 | Bp. Torres Amat. Romish } Madi Mahratta f 1807 ess _— Hist. Bks. eee Bomba: vie sean Test sige 
Mal teeo Rev. W.Jowett, M.A. and 1} yraita “ied | ()1826 1819-15. || Missionaries y —_ |__| 
altesee - - -| 182 - - Siguor Cannolo - : Pent.Hist. AFRICAN. : 
| Samogitian § - = 4] 2820) wees = o F - | Petersburgh. - and Poet. Baptist 5 Amharic, adi- : 7 
Judzo-Polish - - | 1821 - - | N. Solomon - - - | London. Hindee - -| 1812 — — Books: Missionatied Serampore. alect of Abys- 1822 =! 1888 we ret de | 
| Modern Russ - - | 1821 - - eae P bande 1806-12. sinia. a “ | S| London. 
Karelian (Gospel Russian Bible Society = - etersburgh. Danish Mission osp. o' 
of Matthew) - ame eS Hindoostanhee “-_ ae TS weiter: Benj. Schultz. } etalle: Bullom = — = 5 = Rev. G. Nylander} 
1826 | 1827 ry : i tantinoples 1808-14} — = — Rey. H. Martyn Calcutta. 16 
ce a { 1837-8| (Psalms)| f ~ Conte Pengelee | - { 1801 — | 1801-05 TAG Be oN Malagasse 1828-32 | — - — | Missionaries. 
Albanian - -| 1897] - - | Dr. Evangelus Mexicos  - | Corfu. Ona ee s07 = 1809-14 } <a aptist Missionaries | Serampore. Mandingo = - — Do. 1837. ai “= Missionaries London. 
| Catalonian - 1§32] - - Mr. Prat o - | London. be Canarese - -| 1820 SS | 1829 — Rey. W. Hands Namaqua - 1832 4 Gospels = —_ Rev. Mr. Schmelin | Cape Town. 
Modern Greek (New) 1830 _ | Archimandrite Hilarion. Danish Mission, Bichuana Es 1831 { Got = Rev. Mr. Moffat 
Version) - - iy Pia ral H lis (Isle of Tamul - Pal als — « | 1723-28 — Ziegenbalg, Tranquebar. eer Luke i ‘ t Ditto. 
Rev. H. D. Leeves, M.A. ermopolis (Isle o and Schultz affree - 1837 —s = — Missionaries 
| ‘| HG Professor Bambas_ - Syra). Wel T Gosp. of | American Inpian, 
Spanish Basque, or }| 1838 eile Se i — Mark. _ —_— M. Des Granges Vizagapatam. aint = vd ‘ Cambridge, 
|’ Escusra” - Fe (Luke) logoo - 1812 Virginian - 1661 1663 Rev. John Eliot { New Eng. 
Rommany, Gitano, || 1838 | Gen. Ex. | Fybrantz and 3 Epist. 
or Spanish Gipsey J |(Luke) fs 1771-8) — _— & Levit. Phillipz Delaware rs — of John = a C. F. Dencke New York. 
{ soe (for trp pees 1771-83. Colombo. 1818. 
| Bulgarian - -| 1838} - - - - = = and Foreign bible AE ead Mr. W. Tolfrey, ae Gosp. of 
Society). Es = ey = and others reer ; - -_ —  |Psal.1709| Experience Mayhew { a g- 
f Amsterdam ‘ ; 
Malay - -| 1668 _ 1731-33 —_ Various Persons SC aBAtaeiA. | nae Rev. Ma Ereenan, 
ae ee ree) EE a ae ee Se Mohawk - — Johk — _— Captain Brant, London. 
1787, 1804 Captain Norton 
Chippeway - 1832 John — _ Messrs. Jones York, U.C. 
Esquimaux - {1809-13-19 — _ — Moravian Mission 
Greenlandish - 1799 _ — _- Ditto. 
West Inpian. 
Creolese - — _ a - Unknown Copenhagen. 
Negro-creolese 1829 _ _ _ Missionaries London. 
Mexican - 1832 — = Dr. Mora. 
Sourn American. 
i Gosp. of 
Aimara 4. _ Luke — - ge ssa 
1829, : 





; ( 5; ; Peruvian - 1825 


“ 


oped her te i 
oA 2 at Pit ete at 
a ‘ 


; : 7" . > My 
Po Pn aaa 


ce ey ae apy Ff 8 Fae 
TF Gy wh nds 
eh: rors 
ah i aye 
uly, a ier ae 


f ] 











Sect. VI. § 3.] English Protestant Versions. ~ 67 


to the illiterate. Among the finest specimens of this pictorial instruction, 
we may mention the beautifully-executed windows of King’s College Chapel, 
Cambridge.! 


1. WICLIFFE’S VERSION. 


The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, translated out 
of the Latin Vulgat by John Wic.ir, S.T.P. about 1378. To which is 
prefixt a History of the Translations of the H. Bible and N. Testament, &c. 
into English, both in MS. and print, and of the most remarkable Editions of 
them since the Invention of Printing. By John Lewis, M.A. London, 1731, 
folio; 1810, 4:to.? 


Nearly contemporary with John de Trevisa was the celebrated John Wiclif, or 
Wicliffe, who, about the year 1378 or 1380, translated the entire Bible from the Latin 
Vulgate into the English language as then spoken, not being sufficiently acquainted 
with the Hebrew and Greek languages to translate from the originals. Before the 
invention of printing, transcripts. were obtained with difficulty, ‘and copies were so 
rare, that, according to the registry of William Alnewick, bishop of Norwich, in 1429, 
the price of one of Wicliffe’s Testaments was not less than four marks and forty 
pence, or two pounds sixteen shillings and eight-pence, a sum equivalent to more than 
forty pounds at present. This translation of the Bible, we are informed, was so 
offensive to those who were for taking away the key of knowledge and means of 
better information, that a bill was brought into the House of Lords, 13 Rich. II. 
A.D. 1390, for the purpose of suppressing it. On which the Duke of Lancaster, the 
king’s uncle, 1s reported to have spoken to this effect :—‘“ We will not be the dregs 
of all: seeing other nations have the law of God, which is the law of our faith, writ- 
ten in their own language.” At the same time he declared in a very solemn manner, 
“« That he would maintain our having this law in our own tongue against those, who- 
ever they should be, who first brought in the bill.” The duke was seconded by 
others, who said, “ That if the Gospel, by its being translated into English, was the 
occasion of running into error, they might know that there were more heretics to be 
found among the Latins than among the people of any other language. For that the 
Decretals reckoned no fewer than sixty-six Latin heretics ; and so the Gospel must 
not be read in Latin, which yet the opposers of its English translation allowed.” 
Through the Duke of Lancaster’s influence the bill was rejected ; and this success 
gave encouragement to some of Wicliffe’s followers to publish another and more 
correct translation of the Bible. But in the year 1408, in a convocation held at 
Oxford, by Archbishop Arundel, it was decreed by a constitution, “ That no one 
should thereafter translate any text of Holy Scripture in English, by way of a book, 
or little book or tract ; and that no book of this kind should be read, that was com- 
posed lately in the time of John Wicliffe, or since his death.” This constitution 
led the way to great persecution, and many persons were punished severely, and 
some even with death, for reading the Scriptures in English. (Lewis’s History, 

Lee's 

BENG 78 of Wicliffe’s version of the Scriptures was printed, until Mr. Lewis pub- 
lished the New Testament in folio, in the year 1731. In 1739, his history of trans- 
lations was printed by itself in an octavo volume. Wicliffe’s translation of the New 
Testament was handsomely re-edited in quarto, in 1810, by the Rev. Henry Hervey 
Baber, M.A., ane of the Librarians of the British Museurs ; who prefixed a valuable 
memoir of the life, opinions, and writings of Dr. Wicliffe, and also an Historical 
Account of the Saxon and English Versions of the Scriptures, previous to the open- 
ing of the fifth century. 


2, TyNDALE’S VERSION. 


(1.) The Newe Testamente. M.D. xxvi. 8vo. 
(2.) The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: pub- 
lished in 1526. Being the first translation from the Greek into English, by 





1 There is a peculiar correspondence between the paintings of the same window, in the 
upper and lower divisions: for instance, in the upper division is painted a piece of history, 
taken from the Old Testament ; and in the lower division, is painted some circumstance 
selected from the New Testament, corresponding to that above it from the Old. 

2 The titles of this and the following English versions are given from the copies preserved 
in the library of the British Museum, with the exception 8 Hollybushe’s New Testament, 
in p. 7]., and the Anglo-Genevese Bible, in p. 75. 

(z) 2 


68 Modern Versions of the Seriptures. [Part I, Ch. 1. 


that eminent Scholar and Martyr, William Tynpate. Reprinted verbatim: 
with a Memoir of his Life and Writings, by George Offor. Together with 
the Proceedings and Correspondence of Henry VIIIL., Sir T. More, and Lord 
Cromwell. London, mpcccxxxvi. 8vo. 


(3.) The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. By 
William TynpALEz, the Martyr. The original Edition, 1526, being the first 
vernacular Translation from the Greek; with a Memoir of his Life and 
Writings. ‘To which are annexed the essential variations of Coverdale’s, 
Thomas Matthew’s, the Genevan, and the Bishops’ Bibles, as marginal readings. 
By J. P. Dabney. Andover and New York, 1837. 8vo. 


In England, as in other parts of Europe, the spread of the pure doctrines of the 
Reformation was accompanied with new translations into the vernacular language. 
For the first printed! English translation of the Scriptures we are indebted to William 
Tyndale, who, having formed the design of translating the New Testament from the 
original Greek into English (an undertaking for which he was fully qualified), 
removed to Antwerp in Flanders for this purpose. Here, with the assistance of the 
learned John Fry, or Fryth, who was burnt on a charge of heresy in Smithfield, in 
1552, and a friar, called William Roye, who suffered death on the same account in 
Portugal, he finished it, and in the year 1526 it was printed either at Antwerp or 
Hamburg, without a name, in a middle-sized 8yvo. volume, and without either calendar, 
references in the margin, or table at the end.2 Tyndale annexed a “pistil” at the 
close of it, in which he “ desyred them that were learned to amende if ought were 
found amysse.” Le Long calls this “The New Testament translated into English, 
from the German Version of Luther ;” but for this degrading appellation he seems 
to have no other authority besides a story related by one Cochleus3, an enemy of the 
Reformation, with a view of depreciating Tyndale’s translation. Many copies of this 
translation having found their way into England, in order to prevent their dispersion 
among the people, and the more effectually to enforce the prohibition published in all 
the dioceses against reading them, Tonstal, bishop of London, purchased all the remain- 
ing copies of this edition, and all which he could collect from private hands, and 
committed them to the flames at St. Paul’s cross. The first impression of Tyndale’s 
translation being thus disposed of, several other editions were published in Holland, 
before the year 1530, in which Tyndale seems to have had no interest, but which 
found a ready sale, and those which were imported into England were ordered to 
be burned. On one of these occasions, Sir Thomas More, who was then chancellor, 
and who concurred with the bishop in the execution of this measure, inquired of a 
person, who stood accused of heresy, and to whom he promised indemnity on consi- 
deration of an explicit and satisfactory answer, how Tyndale subsisted abroad, and 
who were the persons in London that abetted and supported him: to which inquiry 
the heretical convert replied, “It was the Bishop of London who maintained him, 
by sending a sum of money to buy up the impression of his Testament.” The chan- 
cellor smiled, admitted the truth of the declaration, and suffered the accused person 
to escape. The people formed a very unfavourable opinion of those who ordered 
the word of God to be burned, and concluded that there must be an obvious repug- 
nance between the New Testament and the doctrines of those who treated it with 
this indignity. Those who were suspected of importing and concealing any of 
these books, were adjudged by Sir T. More to ride with their faces to the tails of their 
horses, with papers on their heads, and the New Testaments, and other books which 
they had dispersed, hung about their cloaks, and at the standard in Cheapside, to 
throw them into a fire prepared for that purpose, and to be fined at the king’s pleasure. 

When Tonstal’s purchase served only to benefit Tyndale, and those who were 
employed in printing and selling successive editions of his Testament, and other 
measures for restraining their dispersion seemed to have little or no effect, the pen of 
the witty, eloquent, and learned Sir Thomas More was employed against the trans- 





1 Though Wicliffe’s translation is prior in point of time, no part of it was printed before 
the year 1731. 

2 Specimens of Tindal’s translation of the New Testament, as well as of the other early 
English translations of the Old and New Testament, are given (together with concise biblio- 
graphical descriptions) in the Appendix to the Rey. Dr. Cotton’s “ List of Editions of the 
Bible, and of Parts thereof,” &c. pp. 85—140. 


3 In Actis Martini Lutheri, ad an. 1526, p. 132. 








eS eee 


ee Oe SO See 





Sect. VI. § 3.] English Protestant Versions. 69 


lator; and the bishop granted him a licence, or faculty, dated March 7. 1527, to 
have and to read the several books which Tyndale and others published ; and at his 
desire Sir Thomas composed a dialogue, written with much humour, and designed 
to expose Tyndale’s translation, which was published in 1529. In this dialogue, he 
alleges, among other charges, that Tyndale had mistranslated three words of great 
importance, viz. the words priests, church, and charity; calling the first seniors, the 
second congregation, and the third love. He also charges him with changing com- 
monly the term grace into favour, confession into knowledge, penance into repentance, 
and a contrite heart into a troubled heart. The Bishop of London had, indeed, in a 
sermon, declared, that he had found in it no less than 2000 errors, or mistranslations ; 
and Sir Thomas More discovered (as he affirmed) about 1000 texts by tale, falsely 
translated. In 1530, a royal proclamation was issued, by the advice of the prelates 
and clerks, and of the universities, for totally suppressing the translation of the Scrip- 
ture, corrupted by William Tyndale. The proclamation set forth, that it was not 
necessary to have the Scriptures in the English tongue, and in the hands of the com- 
mon people; that the distribution of them, as to allowing or denying it, depended on 
the discretion of their superiors ; and that, considering the malignity of the time, an 
English translation of the Bible would rather occasion the continuance or increase of 
errors, than any benefit to their souls. However, the proclamation announced the 
king’s intention, if the present translation were abandoned, at a proper season to 
provide that the Holy Scriptures should be by great, learned, and catholic persons, 
translated into the English tongue, if it should then seem convenient. In the mean 
time, Tyndale was busily employed in translating from the Hebrew into the English 
the five books of Moses, in which he was assisted by Myles Coverdale. But his 
papers being lost by shipwreck in his voyage to Hamburg, where he designed to print 
it, a delay occurred, and it was not put to press till the year 1530. It is a small 
8vo., printed at different presses, and with different types. In the preface he com- 
plained, that there was not so much as one 2 in his New Testament, if it wanted a 
tittle over its head, but it had been noted and numbered to the ignorant people for a 
heresy, who were made to believe, that there were many thousand heresies in it, and 
that it was so faulty as to be incapable of amendment or correction. In this year he 
published an answer to Sir Thomas More’s dialogue, containing his reasons for the 
_ changes which he had introduced into his translation. The three former editions of 

Tyndale’s English New Testament being all sold off, the Dutch booksellers printed a 
fourth in this year, in a smaller volume and letter. In 1531, Tyndale published an 
English version of the prophet Jonah, with a prologue, full of invective against the 
church of Rome. In 1534, was published a fourth Dutch edition, or the fifth in all, 
of Tyndale’s New Testament, in 12mo. In this same year, Tyndale printed his own 
edition of the New Testament in English, which he had diligently revised and cor- 
rected ; to which is prefixed a prologue; and at the end are the pistils of the Old 
Testament, closing with the following advertisement, “ Imprinted at Antwerp, by 
Marten Emperour, anno m.p. xxxiv.”” Another edition was published this year, in 
16mo., and printed in a German letter. Upon his return to Antwerp, in 1534, King 
Henry VIII. and his council contrived means to have him seized and imprisoned. 
After a confinement of about a year and a half he was condemned to death by the 
emperor’s decree in an assembly at Augsburg; and in 1536, he was strangled at 
Vilvorde (or Villefort), near Brussels, the place of his imprisonment, after which 
his body was reduced to ashes. He expired, praying repeatedly and earnestly, “ Lord, 
open the King of England’s eyes.” Several editions of his Testament were prmted in 
the year of his death. “ His papers seem to have remained in the hands of his friends ; 
at least so much of them as contained translations of the Old Testament from Joshua 
to Chronicles inclusive, with prefaces to several different books of Scriptures.” 
Some writers on the History of English Bibles, have asserted that Tyndale had little 
or no skill in the Hebrew language, and therefore probably translated the Old Tes- 
tament from the Latin: but Mr. Walter has proved, by a copious and elaborate 
collation of particular instances, that this able and pious martyr for the word of God 
was fully competent to translate, and did actually execute his translation, directly 
from the Hebrew original, and not from the German Version of Luther. (Letter to 
Bp. Marsh, pp. 43-52. 75— 90.) Few first translations, says the late Dr. Geddes, 
will be found preferable to ‘Tyndale’s. It is astonishing, says this writer, how little 
obsolete the language of it is, even at this day; and in point of perspicuity, and noble 
simplicity, propriety of idiom, and purity of style, no English version has yet surpassed 
it. (Prospectus for a new translation of the Bible, p. 88.) 

The Lonnon reprint of the first edition of Tyndale’s version of the New Testament, 
published in 1836, is very neatly executed, and is an exact reprint of an unique and perfect 


(=) 3 


70 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [PartI. Ch. I. 


copy in the possession of the Trustees of the Baptist Academy or College, at Bristol except, 
that the Roman Letter has been employed, with a view to render it more generally useful. 
The ornamental woodcut letters have been carefully copied from the original volume. 
An imperfect copy of Tyndale’s version of the New Testament is preserved in the library 
belonging to the Dean and Chapter of Saint Paul’s. 

The Anglo-American edition is edited with much industry and taste by the Rev. J. F, 
Dabney. It contains, first, a reprint of the London edition just noticed ; secondly, the 
essential variations of Coverdale’s, Matthew’s, Cranmer’s, the Genevan and Bishops’ Bibles, 
as marginal readings, thus presenting a complete variorum edition of the vernacular versions ; 
and, thirdly, a preface, and an interesting memoir of the martyr Tyndale, re-cast from the 
memoir compiled by the London editor, a list of Tyndale’s Writings, an account of the early 
vernacular versions, select collations of the first and second editions of Tyndale, anda 
tabular list of the more common distinctive expressions used by him. (Biblical Repository, 
vol. x. p. 496.) 


3. COVERDALE'’S BIBLE. 


Biblia. The Bible, that is, the Holy Scripture of the Olde and New 
Testament faithfully and truly translated out of the Douche and Latyn 
in to Englishe. [Zurich.] m.p.xxxv. folio. [Reprinted at London in 
MDCCCXXXVIII. 4to.] 


This first English translation of the entire Bible was made from the Latin and 
German, and dedicated to king Henry VIII. by Myles Coverpate, who was greatly 
esteemed for his piety, knowledge of the Scriptures, and diligent preaching; on 
account of which qualities king Edward VI. subsequently advanced him to the see of 
Exeter. In his dedication and preface, he observes to this purpose, that, as to the 
present translation, it was neither his labour nor his desire to have this work put into 
his hand; but “when others were moved by the Holy Ghost to undertake the cost 
of it,” he was the more bold to engage in the execution of it. Agreeably, therefore, 
to desire, he set forth this “special” translation, not in contempt of other men’s 
translation, or by way of reproving them, but humbly and faithfully following his 
interpreters, and that under correction. Of these, he said, he used five different 
ones, who had translated the Scriptures not only into Latin, but also into Dutch, 
He further declared, that he had neither wrested nor altered so much as one word 
for the maintenance of any manner of sect, but had with a clear conscience purely 
and faithfully translated out of the foregoing interpreters, having only before his eyes 
the manifest truth of the Scriptures. But because such different translations, he 
saw, were apt to offend weak minds, he added, that there came more understanding 
and knowledge of the Scripture by these sundry translations, than by all the glosses 
of sophistical doctors ; and he therefore desires, that offence might not be taken, 
because one translated “scribe,” and another “lawyer,” one “repentance,” and 
another “penance,” or “amendment.” This is the first English Bible allowed by 
royal authority; and also the first translation of the whole Bible printed in our 
language. It was called a “special” translation, because it was different from the 
former English translations ; as Lewis has shown! by comparing it with Tyndale’s. 
It is divided into six tomes or parts, adorned with wooden cuts, and furnished with 
Scripture references in the margin. The last page has these words : “ Prynted in the 
yeare of our Lorde m.p.xxxv, and fynished the fourth day of October.” Of this 
Bible there was another edition in large 4to. 1550, which was republished, with anew 
title, 1553 ; and these, according to Lewis, were all the editions of it. Coverdale, in 
this edition of the English Bible, prefixed to every book the contents of the several 
chapters, and not to the particular chapters, which was afterwards the case: and he 
likewise omitted all Tyndale’s prologues and notes, Soon after this Bible was finished, 
in 1536, Lord Cromwell, keeper of the privy seal, and the king’s vicar-general and 
vicegerent in ecclesiastical matters, published injunctions to the clergy by the king’s 
authority, the seventh of which required, that every parson, or proprietary of any parish 
church within this realm, should, before the first of August, provide a book of the 
whole Bible, both in Latin and in English, and lay it in the choir, for every man that 
would, to look and read therein ; and should discourage no man from reading any 
part of the Bible either in Latin or English, but rather comfort, exhort, and admonish 


a si to read it, as the very word of God, and the spiritual food of a man’s 
» WC, 


The edition of Coverdale’s version of the Bible published in 1838 contains a beautiful and 
ne re hoc gS ed Re Ly ce 


1 Hist. of Eng. Transl. p. 29. 





Sect. VI. § 3.] English Protestant Versions. 71 


accurate reprint, from a copy in the possession of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex. 
A bibliographical description of the original edition is prefixed. 


4. MATTHEW’s BIBLE. 


The Byble, which is all the Holy Scripture: In whych are contayned the 
Olde and Newe Testament, truly and purely translated into Englysh. By 
Thomas MarrHew. M.D.xxxvil. folio. 


From the appearance of the types, it is most probable that this edition was printed 
at Marlborow in Hesse; it was edited by Coverdale, though it bears the name of 
Thomas Matthew, and it was published with the royal licence, which was granted in 
consequence of Archbishop Cranmer’s application to Lord Cromwell.! The Old 
Testament is Tyndale’s to the end of the second book of Chronicles ; it then becomes 
a mere copy of Coverdale’s Bible, with a few corrections, and continues so to the end 
of the Apocryphal Books. The New Testament is wholly a transcript of Tyndale’s 
version, as contained in his last published edition of the New Testament.2 In the 
year 1538, an injunction was published by Cromwell, as vicar-general of the kingdom, 
ordaining the clergy to provide, before a certain festival, one book of the whole Bible, 
of the largest volume, in English, and to set it up in some convenient place within 
their churches, where their parishioners might most commodiously resort to read it. 
A royal declaration was also published, which the curates were to read in their 
several churches, informing the people, that it had pleased the king’s majesty to 
permit and command the Bible, being translated into their mother-tongue, to be sin- 
cerely taught by them, and to be openly laid forth in every parish church. But the 
curates were very cold in this affair3, and read the king’s injunetions and declarations 
in such a manner, that scarcely any body could know or understand what they read. 
Johnson* adds, that they also read the word of God confusedly ; and that they bade 
their parishioners, notwithstanding what they read, which they were compelled to 
read, “ to do as they did in times past, and to live as their fathers, the old fashion 
being the best.” Fox observes, that the setting forth of this book much offended 
Gardiner and his fellow-bishops, both for the prologues, and especially because there 
was a table in the book chiefly about the Lord’s supper, the marriage of priests, and 
the mass, which was there said not to be found in Scripture. Strype, however, says®, 
it was wonderful to see with what joy this book was received, not only among the 
more learned, and those who were noted lovers of the reformation, but generally all 
over England, among all the common people ; and with what avidity God’s word was 
read, and what resort there was to the places appointed for reading it. Every one 
_ that could, bought the book, and busily read it, or reard it read, and many elderly 
persons learned to read on purpose. During a vacancy in the see of Hereford, it 
was visited by Cranmer, who enjoined the clergy to procure, by the Ist of August, a 
whole Bible in Latin and English, or at least a New Testament in these languages ; 
to study every day one chapter of these books, conferring the Latin and English 
together, from the beginning to the end; and not to discourage any layman from 
reading them, but encourage them to it, and to read them for the reformation of their 
lives, and knowledge of their duty. 


5. HoLtitysBusHe’s New TESTAMENT. 


The Newe Testament both in Latine and Englishe, eche correspondent 
to the other, after the vulgare Text, commonly called St. Jerome’s. Faith- 
fully translated by Johan Hottysusne. London, M.p.xxxvitl. 4to. 
M.D.XXX1X. 8VO. 

This translation of the Latin Vulgate was executed by Myles Coverdale, who 
dedicated it in his own name to Henry VIII. It is not known why he assumed the 
fictitious name of John Hollybushe. We are indebted for our knowledge of this 
edition to Mr. Walter’s Letter to the Bishop of Peterborough, p. 31. 





1 Strype’s Life of Cranmer, p. 58. ’ 

2 Mr. Walter’s Letter to the Bishop of Peterborough, pp. 101,102. In the following 
p ges he has corrected various errors of preceding historians of the English Bibles, respect- 
ing Matthew’s (or rather Coverdale’s) Edition. 

3 Lewis, p. 108. 

4 Hist. Account, &c. in Bp. Watson’s Collection, vol. iil, p. 94. 

5 Acts, &c. vol. ii. p. 516. 

6 Life of Cranmer, p. 64. 


() 4 


= _ EL 
ALLA LLL 


72 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


6. CRANMER’S GREAT BIBLE. 


The Byble in Englyshe, that is to saye, the content of all the holy scrip- 
ture bothe of ye olde and newe testament, truly translated after the veryte 
of the Hebrue and Greke textes by y® dylygent studye of diuerse excellent 
learned men, expert in the forsayde tonges. Printed by Rychard Grafton & 
Edward Whitchurch. Cum privilegio ad imprimendum solum. M.D.XXXIX. 


folio. 


In 1538, an edition in 4to. of the New Testament, in English, with Erasmus’s 
Latin translation, was printed, with the king’s licence, by Redman. In this year it 
was resolved to revise Matthew’s Bible, and to print a correct edition of it. With 
this view Grafton went to France, where the workmen were more skilful, and the 
paper was both better and cheaper than in England, and obtained permission from 
Francis L., at the request of King Henry VIII., to print his Bible at Paris. But, 
notwithstanding the royal licence, the Inquisition interposed, and issued an order, 
dated December 17. 1538, summoning the French printers, their English employers, 
and Coverdale, the corrector of the work, and prohibiting them to proceed ; and the 
impression, consisting of 2500 copies, was seized, confiscated, and condemned to the 
flames. Some chests, however, of these books escaped the fire, by the avarice of the 
person who was appointed to superintend the burning of them; and the English 
proprietors, who had fled on the first alarm, returned to Paris as soon as it subsided, 
and not only recovered some of these copies, but brought with them to London the 
presses, types, and printers, and, resuming the work, finished it in the following year. 

As soon as the papal power was abolished in England, and the king’s supremacy 
settled by parliament in 1534, Cranmer was very assiduous in promoting the transla- 
tion of the Holy Scriptures into the vulgar tongue; well knowing how much the 
progress of the reformation depended upon this measure. Accordingly, he moved in 
convocation, that a petition should be presented to the king for leave to procure a 
new translation of the Bible. This motion was vigorously opposed by Gardiner, 
bishop of Winchester, and his party : but Cranmer prevailed. ‘The arguments for a 
new translation, urged by Cranmer, and enforced by Queen Anne Bullen, who had 
then great interest in the king’s affections, were so much considered by him, that, 
notwithstanding the opposition, public and private, on the part of Gardiner and his 
adherents, Henry gave orders for setting about it immediately. To prevent any 
revocation of the order, Cranmer, whose mind was intent on introducing a free use of 
the English Scriptures by faithful and able translators, proceeded without delay to 
divide an old English translation of the New Testament into nine or ten parts, which 
he caused to be transcribed into paper-books, and to be distributed among the most 
learned bishops and others ; requiring that they would perfectly correct their respec- 
tive portions, and return them to him at a limited time. When the assigned day 
came, every man sent his appropriate portion to Lambeth, except Stokesley, bishop 
of London. This laudable design of the archbishop failed ; but the business was 
executed by other persons, whom he countenanced and encouraged. In April, 1539, 
Grafton and Whitchurch printed the Bible, the title of which is given at the head of 
this article. From its containing a prologue or preface by archbishop Cranmer, as 
well as from its size, it is commonly called “ Cranmer’s Great Bible.”! A magnificent 
and probably unique copy of it, on vellum, which formerly belonged to Henry VIIL, 
is preserved in the Library of the British Museum. It is richly illuminated ; and the 
vividness of the colours is very little impaired, This edition has a beautiful frontis- 
piece, designed by Holbein, and particularly described and exhibited in an engraving 
by Lewis ; and in the text those parts of the Latin Version, which are not found in 
the Hebrew or Greek, are inserted in a smaller letter ; such, for instance, as the 
three verses of the 14th Psalm, which are the 5th, 6th, and 7th, in the translation of 
the English liturgy, and the controverted clause in 1 Johny. 7,8 ; and a mark is used 
to denote a difference of reading between the Hebrew and Chaldee, afterwards ex- 
plained in a separate treatise. In this edition, Matthew’s Bible was revised, and 
several alterations and corrections were made in the translation, especially in the 
Bee of Psalms, Tindal’s prologues and notes, and the notes added by others, in the 
Dos ee Ma wholly omitted. The superintendence of this work was con- 
ia wanetades e, who, ina sermon at St. Paul’s Cross, defended his translation 
1 aa anderous reports which were then raised against it, acknowledging that 

€ Ansell now saw some faults, which, if he might review the book once again, as 

ata tchim ST  Se ae Rene ete et te 


1 Johnson’s Hist. Acc. in Bp, Watson’s Tracts, vol. iii. p. 76. 


Sect. VI. § 3.] Linglish Protestant Versions. 73 


he had twice before, he doubted not he should amend: but for any heresy, he was 
sure that there were none maintained in his translation.” This is related by Dr. 
Fulke, who was one of Coverdale’s auditors. 


7. TAVERNER’S BIBLE. 


The most sacred Bible, whiche is the holy scripture, conteyning the olde 
and new testament, translated into English, and newly recognised with great 
diligence after most faythful exemplars, by Richard Taverner. . London. 
Prynted by John Byddell. M.p.xxxrx. folio. 


Richard Taverner, the editor of the Bible which bears his name, was educated at 
Christ Church, Oxford, patronised by Lord Cromwell, and probably encouraged by 
him to undertake the work, on account of his skill in the Greek tongue. This is 
neither a bare revisal of Cranmer’s Bible, nor a new version ; but a kind of interme- - 
diate work, being a correction of what is called “ Matthew’s Bible,” many of whose 
margmal notes are adopted, and many omitted, and others inserted by the editor. It 
is dedicated to the king. After his patron’s death, Taverner was imprisoned in the 
Tower fer this work ; but he had the address to reinstate himself in the king’s favour. 
Wood ' gives a particular account of Taverner ; attributes his imprisonment to the 
influence of those bishops who were addicted to the Romish religion ; and informs 
us, that his version was read in churches by royal authority. 


8. OrHER EpITIONS oF THE ENGLISH BIBLE, DURING THE REMAINDER 
oF Hewry VIII.’s reign, AND THE ReEtGN oF Epwarp VI. 


In November, 1539, the king, at the intercession of Cranmer, appointed 
Lord Cromwell to take special care that no person within the realm should 
attempt to print any English Bible for five years, but such as should be 
admitted by Lord Cromwell; and assigns this reason for the prohibition, 
that the Bible should be considered and perused in one translation, in order 
to avoid the manifold inconveniences to which human frailty might be sub- 
ject from a diversity of translations, and the ill use that might be made of it. 
In the year 1540, two privileged editions of the Bible, which had been 
printed in the preceding year, issued from the press of Edward Whitchurch. 
Lewis mentions three other impressions of the “ Great Bible,” which ap- 
peared in the course of this year; two printed by Whitchurch, and one by 
Petyt and Redman. Cranmer wrote a preface for the editions of the year 
1540, from which we learn the opinions and practice of those times. In 
May of this year, the curates and parishioners of every parish were required 
by royal proclamation, to provide themselves with the Bible of the largest 
volume before the feast of All Saints, under the penalty of 40s. for every 
month during which they should be without it. The king charged all ordi- 
naries to enforce the observance of this proclamation; and he apprised the 
people, that his allowing them the Scriptures in their mother-tongue was 
not his duty, but an evidence of his goodness and liberality to them, of 
which he exhorted them not to make any illuse. In May, 1541, one edition 
of Cranmer’s Bible was finished by Richard Grafton ; who, in the November 
following, completed also another Bible of the largest volume, which was 
superintended, at the king’s command, by Tonstal, bishop of Durham, and 
Heath, bishop of Rochester. 

In consequence of the king’s settled judgment, “ that his subjects should 
be nursed in Christ by reading the Scriptures,” he again, on the 7th of May, 
published a brief or decree for setting up the Bible of the great volume in 
every parish church throughout England. However, this decree appears 
to have been very partially and reluctantly observed; and the bishops were 
charged, by a writer in 1546, with attempting to suppress the Bible, under 
pretence of preparing a version of it for publication within seven years. 
After the death of Cromwell in 1540, the bishops inclined to popery gained 
strength; and the English translation was represented to the king as very 
erroneous and heretical, and destructive of the harmony and peace of the 


1 Hist. et Ant. Univ. Oxon. 1, ii. p. 264. Edit. 1674. 


74 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


kingdom. In the convocation assembled in Feb. 1542, the archbishop, in 
the king’s name, required the bishops and clergy to revise the translation 
of the New Testament, which, for that purpose, was divided into fourteen 
parts, and portioned out to fifteen bishops; the Apocalypse, on account of 
its difficulty, being assigned to two. Gardiner clogged this business with 
embarrassing instructions; and Cranmer, clearly perceiving the resolution 
of the bishops to defeat the proposed translation, procured the king’s con- 
sent to refer the matter to the two universities, against which the bishops 
protested ; but the archbishop declared his purpose to adhere to the will of 
the king his master. With this contest the business terminated ; and the 
convocation was soon after dissolved. The Romish party prevailed also in 
parliament, which enacted a law that condemned and abolished Tyndale’s 
translation, and allowed other translations to remain in force, under certain 
restrictions. After the passing of this act, Grafton, the king’s printer, was 
imprisoned; nor was he released without giving a bond of 300/. neither to 
print nor sell any more English Bibles till the king and the clergy should 
agree on a translation. In 1544, the Pentateuch was printed by John Day 
and William Seres; and in 1546, the king prohibited by proclamation the 
having and reading of Wickliffe’s, Tyndale’s, and Coverdale’s translations, and 
forbad the use of any other than what was allewed by parliament. From 
the history of English translations during the reign of Henry VIII. we learn 
that the friends to the reformation conducted themselves with zeal and 
prudence in the great work of introducing and improving English transla- 
tions of the Bible ; that they encountered many difficulties from the dangerous 
inconstancy of a despotic prince, and from the inveterate prejudices of a 
strong Romish party ; and that the English Scriptures were sought after and 
read with avidity by the bulk of the people. 

Upon the accession of Edward VI. the severe stat. 34 and 35 Hen. VIII. 
c. 1. was repealed, and a royal injunction was published, that not only the 
whole English Bible should be placed in churches, but also the paraphrase 
of Erasmus in English to the end of the four Evangelists. It was likewise 
ordered by this injunction, that every parson, vicar, curate, &c. under the 
degree of a bachelor of divinity, should possess the New Testament, both in 
Latin and English, with the paraphrase of Erasmus upon it; and that the 
bishops, &c. in their visitations and synods should examine them, how they 
had profited in the study of the Holy Scriptures. It was also appointed, 
that the epistle and gospel of the mass should be read in English; and that 
on every Sunday and holiday, one chapter of the New Testament in English 
should be plainly and distinctly read at matins, and one chapter of the Old 
Testament at even-song. But in the year 1549, when the Book of Common 
Prayer, &c. was finished, what nearly resembles our present custom was 
enjoined, viz. that after reading the Psalms in order at morning and evening 
prayer, two lessons, the first from the Old Testament, and the second from 
the New Testament, should be read distinctly with a loud voice. During 
the course of this reign, that is, in less than seven years and six months, 
eleven impressions of the whole English Bible were published, and six of 
the English New Testament; besides an English translation of the whole 
New Testament, paraphrased by Erasmus. The Bibles were reprinted, 
according to the preceding editions, whether Tyndale’s, Coverdale’s, Mat- 
thew’s, Cranmer’s, or Taverner’s ;- that is, with a different text, and different 
notes. But it is doubted by the writer of the preface to King James’s trans- 
lation, whether there were any translation, or correction of a translation, in 
the course of this reign. 

In 1562, the “Great Bible,” viz. that of Coverdale’s translation, which 
had been printed in the time of Henry VIII. and also in the time of King 
Edward, was revised by Archbishop Parker, and reprinted for the use of 
the church ; and this was to serve till that projected by his grace was ready 
for publication. 


Sect. VI. § 3.] - English Protestant Versions. — 45 


9. ANGLO-GENEVESE VERSION. 


(1.) New Testament. 


The Newe Testament of our Lord Iesus Christ, conferred diligently with 
the Greke and best approued translations. With the arguments as wel 
before the chapters, as for euery Boke and Epistle, also diuersities of 
readings, and moste proflitable annotations of all harde places: whereunto 
is added a copious Table. At Geneva. Printed by Conrad Badius. 1557. 
Svo. Second Edition, Geneva, 1560. 8vo. 


This translation was made by many of the principal English Reformers, who had 
been driven to Geneva during the sanguinary persecutions of the bigoted Queen 
Mary: it is the first in our language which contains the distinction of verses by 
numerical figures, after the manner of the Greek Testament, which had been pub- 
lished by Robert Stephens in 1551. R. Stephens, indeed, published his figures in 
the margin: whereas the Geneva editors prefixed theirs to the beginning of minute 
subdivisions with breaks, after our present manner. When Queen Elizabeth passed 
through London from the Tower to her coronation, a pageant was erected in Cheap- 
side, representing Time coming out of a cave, and leading a person clothed in white 
silk, who represented Truth, his daughter. Truth had the English Bible in her 
hand, on which was written, “ Verbum veritatis.” Truth addressed the queen, and 
presented her with the book. She kissed it, held it in her hand, laid it on her 
breast, greatly thanking the city for their present, and added, that she would often 
and diligently read it. Upon a royal visitation in 1559, the Bible, and Erasmus’s 
paraphrase, were restored to the churches ; and articles of inquiry were exhibited, 
whether the clergy discouraged any from reading any part of the Scriptures, “ Mi- 
nisters were also enjoined to read every day one chapter of the Bible at least ; and 
all who were admitted readers in the church were daily to read one chapter at least 
of the Old Testament, and another of the New, with good advisement, to the increase 


of their knowledge.” 
(2.) The entire Bible. 


The Bible: that is, the Holy Scriptures, conteined in the Olde and Newe 
Testament. ‘Translated according to the Ebrewe and Greke, and conferred 
with the best translations in divers languages, with most profitable anno- 
tations upon all the harde places, and other thinges of great importance, 
as may appeare in the Epistle to the Reader. Imprinted at London by 
Christopher Barker. M.p.Lxxvi. large 4to.! 


The first edition of the Geneva Bible was printed at Geneva by Rowland Harle in 
1560. - Eight years after, it was printed in two volumes folio, and again at Geneva, 
1570, folio ; at London, in folio and quarto, in 1572, and in 1575 and 1576, in quarto. 
The translators were bishop Coverdale, Anthony Gilby, William Whittingham, 
Christopher Woodman, Thomas Sampson, and Thomas Cole; to whom some add 
John Knox, John Bodleigh, and John Pullain : all zealous Calvinists, both in doctrine 
and discipline: but the chief and the most learned of them were the three first. 
Professing to observe the sense, and to adhere as much as possible to the words of 
the original, and in many places to preserve the Hebrew phraseology, after the unre- 
mitting labour and study of more than two years, they finished their translation, and 
published it ; with an epistle dedicatory to the queen, and another, by way of preface, 
to their brethren of England, Scotland, and Ireland. Besides the translation, the 
editors of the Geneva Bible noted in the margin the diversities of speech and reading, 
especially according to the Hebrew ; then inserted in the text, with another kind of 
letter, every word that seemed to be necessary for explaining any particular sentence ; 
in the division of the verses, they followed the Hebrew examples, and added the 
number to each verse ; they also noted the principal matters, and the arguments, both 
for each book and each chapter ; they set over the head of every page some remark- 
able word or sentence, for helping the memory ; they introduced brief annotations 
for ascertaining the text, and explaining obscure words ; they set forth with figures 
certain places in the books of Moses, of the Kings, and Ezekiel, which could not be 
made intelligible by any other description; they added maps of divers places and 
countries mentioned in the Old and New Testament ; and they annexed two tables, 
one for the interpretation of Hebrew names, and the other containing all the chief 





1 In Lewis’s History, pp. 264—269. (8vo. edit.) thereisa full description of the contents 
of this volume. . ‘ 


> 


76 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. 1. 


matters of the whole Bible. Of this translation, there were above 30 editions in 
folio, 4to., or 8vo., mostly printed by the queen’s and king’s printer, between the 
years 1560 and 1616. Editions of it were likewise printed at Geneva, Edinburgh, 
and Amsterdam. To some editions of the Geneva Bible, (as to those of 1599 and 
of 1611) is subjoined Beza’s translation of the New Testament, Englished by 
L, Tompson. 


10. ArcHBISHOP PARKER’S, or THE BisHops’ BIBLE. 


The holie Bible. Imprinted at London in povvles Churchyarde, by 
Richard Jugge. M.D.Lxvitl. folio. 


In the year 1568, the Bible, proposed by Archbishop Parker three years before, 
was completed. This edition, according to Le Long, was undertaken by royal com- 
mand : and it is mentioned by Strype, to the honour of the archbishop, that he had 
resolution to perform what Cranmer, who was opposed by the bishops of his day, had in 
vain endeavoured to accomplish. In this performance, distinct portions of the Bible, 
at least 15 in number, were allotted to select men of learning and abilities, appointed, 
as Fuller says, by the queen’s commission ; but it still remains uncertain who, and 
whether one or more, revised the rest of the New Testament. Eight of the persons 
employed were bishops ; whence the book was called the “ Bishops’ Bible,” and the 
“ Great English Bible.” The archbishop employed other critics to compare this 
Bible with the original languages, and with the former translations ; one of whom 
was Laurence, a man famous in those times for his knowledge of Greek, whose casti- 
gations the Bishops’ Bible followed exactly. His grace also sent instructions con- 
cerning the method which his translators were to observe ; and recommended the 
addition of some short marginal notes for the illustration or correction of the text. 
But the particulars of these instructions are not known. The archbishop, however, 
directed, reviewed, and finished the whole ; which was printed and published, in 1568, 
in a large folio size, and with a beautiful English letter, on royal paper ; and embel- 
lished with several cuts of the most remarkable things in the Old and New Testaments, 
and in the Apocrypha, with maps cut in wood, and other engravings on copper. It 
has numerous marginal references and notes, and many useful tables. It also has 
numerous insertions between brackets, and in a smaller character ; which are equiva- 
lent to the Italics afterwards used by James’s translators. Dr. Geddes is of opinion, 
(Letter to the Bishop of London, p. 33), that Italic supplements were first used by 
Arias Montanus, who died in 1598. The several additions from the vulgar Latin, 
inserted in the “ Great Bible,” are omitted ; and verse 7. of 1 John v., which was before 
distinguished by its being printed in a different letter, is here printed without any dis- 
tinction ; and the chapters are divided into verses. In the following year, 1569, it was 
again published in large 8vo., for the use of private families. This Bible was reprinted 
in 1572, in large folio, with several corrections and amendments, and several prolego- 
mena ; this is called “ Matthew Parker’s Bible.” With regard to this Bible, Lewis, 
(Hist. Engl. Transl. p.61,) observes, that the editions of it are mostly in folio and 
4to., and that he never heard but of one in 8vo. ; for which he supposes this to be 
the reason, that it was principally designed for the use of churches. In the conyo- 
cation of the province of Canterbury, which met in April, 1571, a canon was made, 
enjoiming the churchwardens to see that the Holy Bible be in every church, in the 
largest volumes, if convenient ; and it was likewise ordered, that every archbishop 
and bishop, every dean and chief residentiary, and every archdeacon, should have one 
of these Bibles in their cathedrals, churches, and families. This translation was used 


v the churches for forty years ; though the Geneva Bible was more read in private 
ouses. 


11. Kine James’s Bisie, or THE AUTHORISED VERSION NOW IN USE. 


The last English version that remains to be noticed, is the authorised 
translation now in use, which is commonly called King James’s Bible. He 
succeeded to the throne of England in 1602; and, several objections having 
been made to the Bishops’ Bible, at the conference held at Hampton Court 
in 1603, the king in the following year gave orders for the undertaking of 
a new version, and fifty-four learned men were appointed to this important 
labour: but, before it was commenced, seven of the persons nominated were 
either dead or had declined the task; for the list, as given us by Fuller’, 
comprises only forty-seven names. All of them, however, were pre-eminently 
Fel Seri ts nl ot er 

1 Church History, Book x. pp. 44—46, 


Sect. VI. § 3.] English Protestant Versions. TT 


distinguished for their piety and for their profound learning in the original 
languages of the sacred writings; and such of them as survived till the com- 
mencement of the work were divided into six classes. Ten were to meet 
at Westminster, and to translate from the Pentateuch to the end of the 
second book of Kings. Eight, assembled at Cambridge, were to finish the 
rest of the Historical Books, and the Hagiographa. At Oxford, seven were 
to undertake the four greater prophets, with the Lamentations of Jeremiah, 
and the twelve minor prophets. The four Gospels, Acts of the Apostles, 
and the Apocalypse, were assigned to another company of eight, also at 
Oxford: and the Epistles of Saint Paul, together with the remaining cano- 
nical epistles, were allotted to another company of seven, at Westminster. 
Lastly, another company at Cambridge were to translate the apocryphal 
books, including the prayer of Manasseh. To these six companies of vene- 
rable translators, the King gave the following instructions :— 


“J. The ordinary Bible read in the church, commonly called the Bishops’ Bible, 
to be followed, and as little altered as the original will permit. 

‘2. The names of the prophets and the holy writers, with the other names in the 
text, to be retained as near as may be, according as they are vulgarly used. 

“3. The old ecclesiastical words to be kept, as the word church not to be trans- 
lated congregation. 

“4, When any word hath divers significations, that to be kept which hath been 
most commonly used by the most eminent fathers, being agreeable to the propriety of 
the place and the analogy of faith. 

‘5. The division of the chapters to be altered either not at all, or as little as may 
be, if necessity so require. 

“6. No marginal notes at all to be affixed, but only for the explanation of the 
Hebrew or Greek words, which cannot, without some circumlocution, so briefly and 
fitly be expressed in the text. 

“7, Such quotations of places to be marginally set down, as shall serve for the fit 
references of one scripture to another. 

** 8, Every particular man of each company to take the same chapter or chapters ; 
and having translated or amended them severally by himself, where he thinks good, 
all to. meet together, to confer what they have done, and agree for their part what 
shall stand. ; 

“9, As any one company has dispatched any one book in this manner, they shall 
send it to the rest, to be considered of seriously and judiciously : for his majesty is 
very careful in this point. 

“10. If any company, upon the review of the book so sent, shall doubt or differ 
upon any places, to send them word thereof, to note the places, and therewithall to 
send their reasons ; to which if they consent not, the difference to be compounded 
at the general meeting, which is to be of the chief persons of each company, at the 
end of the work. 

“ 1]. When any place of special obscurity is doubted of, letters to be directed by 
authority, to send to any learned in the land for his judgment in such a place. ¢ 

“12. Letters to be sent from every bishop to the rest of his clergy, admonishing 
them of this translation in hand, and to move and charge as many as, being skilful 
in the tongues, have taken pains in that kind, to send their particular observations 
to the company, either at Westminster, Cambridge, or Oxford, according as it was 
directed before in the king’s letter to the archbishop. 

“13, The directors in each company to be the Deans of Westminster and Chester | 
for Westminster, and the King’s Professors in Hebrew and Greek in the two Uni- 
versities. 

“14. These translations to be used, when they agree better with the text than the 
Bishops’ Bible, viz. Tindal’s, Coverdale’s, Matthew’s, Whitchurch’s, Geneva. 

[(“ 15. Besides the said directors before mentioned, three or four of the most 
antient and grave divines in either of the Universities, not employed in translating, 
to be assigned by the Vice-Chancellor, upon conference with the rest of the heads, 
to be overseers of the translation, as well Hebrew as Greek, for the better observation 
of the 4th rule above specified.”]! 


1 The preceding rules are given from a corrected copy in the Rev. H. J. Todd’s Vin- 
dication of our authorised Translation and Translators of the Bible, pp. 9-12. London, 
1819, 8vo. 


78 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [ Part I. Ch. I. 7 


According to these regulations, each book passed the scrutiny of all the . 


translators successively. In the first instance, each individual translated 
every book which was allotted to his division. Secondly, the readings to 
be adopted were agreed upon by the whole of that company assembled 
together, at which meeting each translator must have been solely occupied 
by his own version. The book, thus finished, was sent to each of the other 
companies to be again examined; and at these meetings It probably was, as 
Selden informs us, that “one read the translation, the rest holding in their 
hands some Bible, either of the learned tongues, or French, Spanish, Italian, 
&c. If they found any fault, they spoke; if not, he read on.”! Further, 
the translators were empowered to call to their assistance any learned men, 
whose studies enabled them to be serviceable, when an urgent occasion of 
difficulty presented itself. The translation was commenced in the spring 
of 1607, and the completion of it occupied almost three years. At the 
expiration of that time, three copies of the whole Bible, thus translated 
and revised, were sent to London,—one from Oxford, one from Cambridge, 
and a third from Westminster. Here a committee of six, two being deputed 
by the companies at Oxford, two by those at Cambridge, and two by those 
at Westminster, reviewed and polished the whole work: which was finally 
revised by Dr. Smith (afterwards bishop of Gloucester), who wrote the pre- 
face, and by Dr. Bilson, bishop of Winchester. This translation of the Bible 
was first published in folio in 1611. 

After the publication of the present authorised translation, all the other 
versions gradually fell into disuse, with the exception of the Psalms, and 
the Epistles and Gospels in the Book of Common Prayer, which were still 
continued, the former according to the translation of Cranmer’s Bible, and 
the latter according to that of the Bishops’ Bible, until the final revision of 
the Liturgy, in 1661; at which time the Epistles and Gospels were taken 
from the present version, but the Psalms are still retained according to the 
translation of Cranmer’s Bible.? 

Upwards of two centuries have elapsed since the authorised English 
Version of the Holy Scriptures, now in use, was given to the British nation. 
During that long interval, though many passages in particular books have 
been elucidated by learned men, with equal felicity and ability; yet its 
general fidelity, perspicuity, and excellence, have deservedly given our 
present translation a high and distinguished place in the judgment of the 
Christian world, wherever the English language is known or read. Of late 
years, however, this admirable version—the guide and solace of the sincere 
Christian——has been attacked with no common virulence, and arraigned as 
being deficient in fidelity, perspicuity, and elegance; ambiguous and incor- 
rect, even in matters of the highest importance. The principal antagonists 
of this version, in the present day, (to omit the bold and unmeasured asser- 
tions of the late Dr. Geddes, and others,) are Mr. John Bellamy®, in the 
prospectus, preface, and notes of this new translation of the Bible, and Sir 
James Bland Burges, in his ‘ Reasons in favour of a New Translation of the 
Scriptures, (8vo. London, 1819,) which were designed as a defence of Mr. 
Bellamy against the severe strictures of the Quarterly Review. The former 
of these writers, in his octavo prospectus issued in 1818, affirmed that “no 
translation has been made from the original Hebrew since the 128th year of 





1 Selden’s Table-Talk, article Bible. Works, vol. iii. col. 2009. 

: About the time when King James resolved on a new translation of the Scriptures, another 
translation was finished by Mr. Ambrose Usher, the elder brother of archbishop Usher. It 
is still in manuscript, and is preserved in the library of Trinity College, Dublin. There are 
likewise extant in print several English translations of the Old and New Testament, and of 
detached parts thereof; but as these are more or less accompanied with notes, an account of 
them will be found in a subsequent part of this Appendix. 

° A notice of Mr. Bellamy’s work will also be found in a subsequent part of this Appendix. 


‘ 





Sect. VI. § 3.] English Protestant Versions. — , 79 


Christ ;’ and that “in the fourth century Jerome made his Latin version 
from this” [the Greek] “translation ; from which came the Latin Vulgate, 
and from the Latin Vulgate all the European translations have been made; 
thereby perpetuating all the errors of the first translators.” These erroneous 
and unqualified assertions of Mr. Bellamy, as well as the assertions or impli- 
cations of Sir J. B. Burges, have been answered in detail by the Rev. Messrs. 
Whittaker and Todd, in their works cited below!, to which the reader is 
referred: and, in further refutation of Mr. Bellamy’s assertions, it is suffi- 
cient to refer to the account already given of our present authorised version? 

We shall conclude the present notice of their admirable version, with a 
few of the very numerous testimonies to its value, which have been collected 
by Archbishop “Newcome and Mr. Todd, and shall subjoin two or three 
others that appear. to have eluded their researches. 


1. Joun SeL_pen.3—“ The English translation of the Bible is the best translation 
in the world, and renders the sense of the original best, taking in for the English trans- 
lation the Bishops’ Bible as well as King James’s. The translators in King James’s 
time took an excellent way. That part of the Bible was given to him, who was most 
excellent in such a tongue: as the Apocrypha to Andrew Downs: and then they met 
together, and one read the translation, the rest holding in their hands some Bible, 
either of the learned tongues, or French, Spanish, Italian, &c. If they found any 
fault, they spoke ; if not, he read on. There is no book so translated as the Bible 
for the purpose. If I translate a French book into English, I turn it into English 
phrase, not into French-English. J/ fait froid; I say, ’t is cold, not makes cold. But 
the Bible is rather translated into English words than into English phrase. The 
Hebraisms are kept, and the phrase of that language is kept.” 

2. Bisuop Wauton.+—“ The last English translation, made by divers learned men 
at the command of King James, though it may justly contend with any now extant in 
any other language in Europe, was yet carped and cavilled at by diverse among our- 
selves ; especially by > one, who being passed by, and not employed in the work, as 





1 A vindication of our authorised Translation and Translators of the Bible, and of 
preceding English Versions authoritatively commended to the Notice of those Translators, 
&c. &c. By the Rev. H. J. Todd, M.A. London, 1819, 8vo.—An Historical and. Cri- 
tical Enquiry into the Interpretation of the Hebrew Scriptures, with Remarks on Mr. Bel- 
lamy’s New Translation. By J. W. Whittaker, M.A. London, 1819, 8vo. 

2 The seventh section of Mr. Todd’s Vindication of the latter translation contains an 
account of the forty-seven translators who were employed on it, and of the state of learning 
in their time. This does not admit of abridgment, but the result is highly satisfactory, and 
proves that those venerable men were eminently skilled in the Oriental and Greek lan- 
guages, and consequently were, in every respect, fitted for the high and honourable task 
assigned to them by their sovereign. — That Luther’s German Version was made from the 
original languages of the Scriptures, see p. 94. infra; and for other European translations, 
see the following pages of this section. 

3 Selden, Works, iii. 2009. This is cited by Abp. Newcome, without addition. Selden 
was the contemporary of the translators. He died in 1654, at the age of 70. 

4 Dr. Bryan Walton’s Considerator Considered, or a Defence of his Polyglott Bible, &c. 
1659, p. 5. Thisis not noticed by Abp. Newcome. But a most important testimony it is. 
He was one of those most learned divines, who, in 1656, were publicly requested to consider 
of the translations and impressions of the Bible, and to offer their opinion therein to the 
committee for religion; Bulstrode Whitelock having the care of this affair, at whose house 
they met. ‘They pretended to discover some mistakes in the last English translation ; 
but the business came to nothing. See Lewis, &c. p. 355.3; Johnson, &c. p. 99. In the 
above citation we have the opinion of Walton, (than whom a more competent judge neither 
friends nor foes of our translation can produce), three years subsequent to this meeting, upon 
the excellence of this version, together with his notice of an impotent attack made upon it. 
He has also, in the Prolegomena to his Biblia Polyglotta, 1657, placed our own in the 
highest rank of European translations. 

5 This person was undoubtedly Hugh Broughton, fellow of Christ College, Cambridge, 
who had certainly attained great knowledge in the Hebrew and Greek tongues. But a more 
conceited or arrogant man hardly existed. With the Bishops’ Bible he had found great 
fault ; insisted upon the necessity of a new translation; pronounced his own sufficiency to 
make one exactly agreeable to the original text of the Hebrew ; boasted of encouragement 
to this purpose from men of all ranks; and at length excited a very warrantable suspicion, 
that, in so important a task, he was unfit to be trusted. Thus discountenanced, he went 
abroad ; leaving behind him this quaint character, expressive at once of his vanity and learning, 


80 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [PartI. Ch.I. 


ne, though skilled in the Hebrew, yet of little or no judgment in that or any other 
kinde of learning, was so highly offended that he would needs undertake to show how 
many thousand places they had falsely rendered, when as he could hardly make good his 


pale. 1% 
undertaking in any one . 
3. Bisnop Lowtu.'— The vulgar translation of the Bible—is the best standard 

iad 


of our language.”! ; ’ : 

4. Bisnop Horstey.2—“ When the translators in James the First’s time began 
their work, they prescribed to themselves some rules, which it may not be amiss for 
all translators to follow. Their reverence for the sacred scriptures induced them to 
be as literal as they could, to avoid obscurity ; and it must be acknowledged, that 
they were extremely happy in the simplicity and dignity of their expressions. Their 
adherence to the Hebrew idiom is supposed at once to have enriched and adorned our lan- 
guage ; and as they laboured for the general benefit of the learned and the unlearned, 
they avoided all words of Latin original, when they could find words in their own 
language, even with the aids of adverbs and prepositions, which would express their 
meaning.” 

5. Bisnop Mrippieton.3—* The style of our present version is comparably supe- 
rior to any thing which might be expected from the finical and perverted taste of our 
own age. It is simple, it is harmonious, it is energetic; and, which is of no small 
importance, use has made it familiar, and time has rendered it sacred.” 

6. Dr. Waite, Professor of Arabic at Oxford.— After stating the accuracy and 
scrupulous attention of the authors of this translation, he adds :—‘“ When the ver- 
sion appeared, it appeared, likewise, that this accuracy and scrupulousness had not 
been misemployed. The necessities of the national church could require nothing 
further. It contained nothing, but what was pure in its representation of scriptural 
doctrine ; nothing, but what was animated in its expressions of devout affection : 
general fidelity to its original is hardly more its characteristic, than sublimity in itself. 
The English language acquired new dignity by it; and has hardly acquired additional 
purity since ; it is still considered as a standard of our tongue.”. . . “‘ Upon the whole, 
the national churches of Europe will have abundant reason to be satisfied, when their 
Versions of Scripture shall approach in point of accuracy, purity, and sublimity, to 
the acknowledged excellence of our English Translation.” 4 

7. Rev. J. W. Wairraker.5—“ The highest value has always been attached to 
our translation of the Bible. Sciolists, it is true, have often attempted to raise their 
own reputation on the ruin of that of others; and the authors of the English Bible 
have frequently been calumniated by charlatans of every description; but it may 
safely be asserted, without fear of contradiction, that the nation at large has always 
paid our translators the tribute of veneration and gratitude which they so justly merit. 
Like the mighty of former times, they have departed, and shared the common fate of 
mortality; but they have not, like those heroes of antiquity, gone without their fame, 
though but little is known of their individual worth. Their reputation for learning 
and piety has not descended with them to the grave, though they are there alike 
heedless of the voice of calumny, and deaf to the praise which admiring posterity 
awards to the great and good. Let us not, therefore, too hastily conclude that they 
have fallen on evil days and evil tongues, because it has occasionally happened that 





“that he was gone to teach the Jews Hebrew!” See Sir J. Harrington’s Brief view of 
the State of the Church, 1653, p.75. He returned to England, however, in 1611, and 
commenced his defamation against the new translation to which Walton adverts. By the 
contents of a little tract, which he published in 1608, intitled * A Petition to the Lords to 
examine the religion and carriage of Archbishop Bancroft,” he gives us no cause to lament 
that he had no share in the new translation. I question if his countrymen would have under- 
stood his language; as the case has been with another partial translator, who was not of the 
authorised selection. Broughton thus rails at Bancroft: ‘“ Bancroft, seeing himself in 
Judaisme, as I heard in his allowed libel equal scoffer, as of a mist soone scattered, raved 
against me for pearls to such, and holy things to such!” (p. 2.) “ Bancroft is a deadly enemy 
to both Testaments, and unallowable in this course to be a teacher or tu rule in learning !” 
(p. 8.) After this foolery and slander, the reader will not be surprised to hear that he abuses 
Lively and Barlow also, two of our authorised translators. 

, Lowth, Introd. to Eng. Grammar, 2d edit. p- 93., cited by Archbishop Newcome. 

2 Review of Dr. Geddes’s Translation of the Holy Bible, Brit. Crit., July 1794, pe 7. 
The reviewer 1s now known to have been the late Bishop Horsley. 

3 Dr. Middleton (late Bishop of Calcutta) on the Greek Article, p. 328, 

4 White’s Sermon before the University of Oxford, recommending a revisal of the English 
translation of the Old Testament, p. 9. Oxford, 1779. 4to. 
_ § Whittaker, Hist. and Crit, Enq. p. 92. 


Sect. VI. §3.] English Protestant Versions. 81 


an individual, as inferior to them in erudition as in talents and integrity, is found questionng 
their motives, or denying their qualifications for the task which they so well performed. 
Their version has been used ever since its first appearance, not only by the church, 
but by all the sects which have forsaken her; and has justly been esteemed by all for 
its general faithfulness, and the severe beauty of its language. It has survived the 
convulsion both of church and state, being universally respected by the enemies of 
both, when the established religion was persecuted with the most rancorous malignity ; 
as if its merits were independent of circumstances, and left at a distance all the petty 
rivalships of sectarianism, and the effervescence of national phrensy. Jt may be com- 
pared with any translation in the world, without fear of inferiority ; tt has not shrunk from 
the most rigorous examination ; it challenges investigation ; and, in spite of numerous 
attempts to supersede it, has hitherto remained unrivalled in the affections of the country.” 

8. Dr. Doppriver.—“On a diligent comparison of our translation with the 
original, we find that of the New Testament, and I might also add that of the Old, 
in the main, faithful and judicious. You know, indeed, that we do not scruple, on 
some occasions, to-animadvert upon it : but you also know, that these remarks affect 
not the fundamentals of religion, and seldom reach any further than the beauty of a 
figure, or at most the connection of an argument.” ! 

9. The testimony of Dr. Joun Taytor, of Norwich, author of the excellent 
Hebrew and English Concordance (whose theological creed, we regret to say, was 
Arian,) is yet more striking. — “ In above the space of one [now two] hundred years,” 
says he, “ learning may have received considerable improvements ; and by that means 
some inaccuracies may be found in a translation more than a [two] hundred years old. 
But you may rest fully satisfied, that as our English translation is, in itself, by far the 
most excellent book in our language, so it s a pure and plentiful fountain of divine know- 
ledge, giving a@ TRUE, CLEAR, and FULL account of the divine dispensations, and of the 
gospel of our salvation : insomuch that whoever studies the Bible, run EnewisH BIBLE, 
és sure of gaining that knowledge and faith, which, if duly applied to the heart and conver- 
sation, WILL INFALLIBLY GUIDE HIM TO ETERNAL LIFE!” ? : 

10. Dr. GeppEs.3—“ The highest eulogiums have been made on the translation 
of James the First, both by our own writers and by foreigners. And, indeed, if accu- 
racy, fidelity, and the strictest attention to the letter of the text, be supposed to con- 
stitute the qualities of an excellent version, this of all versions must, in general, be 
accounted the most excellent. Every sentence, every word, every syllable, every letter 
and point, seem to have been weighed with the nicest exactitude, and expressed either 
in the text, or margin, with the greatest precision. Pagninus himself is hardly more 
literal; and it was well remarked by Robertson, above a hundred years ago, that i 
may serve for a Lexicon of the Hebrew language, as well as for a translation.” 

11. Dr. James Bearriz.—“ It is a striking beauty in our English Bible, that, 
though the language is always elegant and nervous, and for the most part very har- 
monious, the words are all plain and common—no affectation of learned terms, or 
words of Greek or Latin etymology.” 4 

12. Dr. Apam CLarKE.—“ Those who haye compared most of the European 
translations with the original, have not scrupled to say, that the English translation 
of the Bible, made under the direction of king James the First, is the most accurate 
and faithful of the whole. Nor,” adds Dr. C., “is thisits only praise: the translators 
have seized the very spirit and soul of the original, and expressed this almost every where 
with pathos and energy. Besides, our translators have not only made a standard trans- 
lation, but they have made their translation the standard of our language: the English 
tongue in their day was not equal to such a work—but God enabled them to stand 
as upon mount Sinai, and crane up their country’s language to the dignity of the ori- 
ginals, so that, after the lapse of [more than] two hundred years, the English Bible is, 
with very few exceptions, the standard of the purity and excellence of the English 
tongue. Zhe original, from which it was taken, is alone superior to the Bible 
translated by the authority of king James.”5 

13. The Rev. Professor Stuart, of Andover, Massachusetts, the most eminent 





1 Dr. Doddridge’s Works, vol. ii. p. 329. Leeds edit. 

2 Scheme of Scripture Divinity, ch. x]., in Bishop Watson’s Collection of Theological 
Tracts, vol. i. p. 188. 

3 Dr. Geddes’s Prospectus of a new Translation of the Holy, Bible, p.92. Cited by 
Abp. Newcome, with a long extract from the author, —Todd’s Vindication, pp. 68. 70; 
Ton a. 

4 Sir William Forbes’s Life of Dr. Beattie, vol. ii. p. 198, 8vo. edit. 

5 Dr. A. Clarke’s General Preface to his Commentary on the Bible, vol.i. p. 21, quarto 
edition. 


VOL. Il. APP. (F) 


82 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


orientalist in North America. — Contrasting the English version with the Latin Vul- 
gate, he says : “ Ours is, on the whole, a most noble production for the time in which 
it was made. ‘The divines of that day were very different Hebrew scholars from what 
most of their successors have been, in England or Scotland. With the exception of 
Bishop Lowth’s classic work upon Isaiah, no other effort at translating, among the 
English divines, will compare, either in respect to taste, judgment, or sound under- 
standing of the Hebrew, with the authorised version.” ! f 

14. Tue American Montuty Revizrw.—“ No new translation can succeed, 
which is not based upon that now in use. The phraseology of king James’s transla- 
tion is connected too intimately with the religious impressions of individuals, and with 
almost all the religious literature extant in our language, to be renounced by those 
who cherish the former and renounce the latter. Nor would we wish to renounce it, 
if the Christian public would consent to it. It is euphonious, elegant, and lofty. It 
comprises few words now obsolete,—few which every well-trained child does not 
understand. And king James’s translation has been itself the reason, why its phrase- 
ology has not become obsolete. It has been as an anchor to the English language, 
which, before that work was undertaken, had been constantly fluctuating.” 2 

15. Professor E. P. Barrows (Western Reserve College, North America). 
“We have a most excellent translation of the Scriptures into our vernacular tongue. 
....» The sound learning and judgment of its authors, their freedom from a sectarian 
spirit, their scrupulous fidelity, and the majestic simplicity of their style, are worthy 
of all praise.” 3 

Notwithstanding these decisive testimonies to the superior excellency of 
our authorised version, it is readily admitted that it is not immaculate, and 
that a revision or correction of it is an object of desire to the friends of reli- 
gion, were it only to silence the perpetually repeated cavils of the opposers 
of divine revelation ; who, studiously disregarding the various satisfactory 
answers which have been given to their unfounded objections, persevere in 
repeating them, so long as they find a very few mis-translated passages in 
the authorised version. But that the existing translation is so faulty in innu- 
merable instances, and so ambiguous and incorrect even in matters of the 
highest importance, as to render a new translation absolutely necessary, — 
or that sacred criticism is yet so far advanced as to furnish a// the means 
that may be expected, we hesitate not to deny. Indeed, when we consider 
the very few REAL faults, which the most minute and scrupulous inquirer has 
been able to find in our present translation; when we perceive such distin- 
guished critics as Archbishop Newcome and Bishop Horsley (to mention 
no more), producing very discordant interpretations of the same text or word, 
we cannot but call to mind, with gratitude and admiration, the integrity, 
wisdom, fidelity, and learning of the venerable translators, of whose pious 
labours we are now reaping the benefit ; who, while their reverence for the 
Sacred Scriptures induced them to be as literal as they could, to avoid ob- 
scurity, have been extremely happy in the simplicity and dignity of their 
expressions ; and who, by their adherence to the Hebrew idiom, have at 
once enriched and adorned our language. And instead of being impatient 
for a new translationy we shall (to adopt the energetic expression of Mr. 
Todd) take up THE BooK, which from our infancy we have known and 
loved, with increased delight ; and resolve not hastily to violate, in regard to 
itself, the rule which it records:—‘ FORSAKE NOT AN OLD FRIEND, FOR 
THE NEW IS NOT COMPARABLE TO HIM.” 

_“ Happy, thrice happy, hath our English nation been, since God hath 
given it learned translators, to express in our mother téngue the heavenly 
mysteries of his holy word, delivered to his church in the Hebrew and Greek 
languages; who, although they may have in some matters of no importance 
unto salvation, as men, been deceived and mistaken, yet they have faithfully 








* Stuart’s Dissertations on the Importance and Best Method of studying the Original Lan- 
guages of the Bible, p. 61. 

? The American Monthly Review, vol. iii. (March, 1833), p. 224. 

* American Biblical Repository, yol, xi, (January, 1838), p. 61. 


Sect. VI. § 3.] Einglish Protestant Versions. — 83 


delivered the whole substance of the heavenly doctrine contained in the 
Holy Scriptures, without any heretical translations or wilful corruptions. 
With what reverence, joy, and gladness, then, ought we to receive this 
blessing! Let us read the Scriptures with an humble, modest, and teach- 
able disposition : with a willingness to embrace all truths which are plainly 
delivered there, how contrary soever to our own opinions and prejudices ; 
and, in matters of difficulty, readily hearken to the judgment of our teachers, 
and those that are set over us in the Lord; check every presumptuous 
thought or reasoning which exalts itself against any of those mysterious 
truths therein revealed; and if we thus search after the truth in the love 
of it, we shall not miss of that knowledge which will make us wise unto 
salvation.” ! 


Editions of the Authorised Version, with Marginal Renderings, and Parallel 
References? 


1. The Holy Bible, conteyning the Old Testament and the New: Newly 
translated.out of the Original] tongues, & with the former Translations 
diligently compared and reuised by his Maiestie’s speciall Comandement. 
Imprinted at London by Robert Barker, Printer to the King’s most Excel- 
lent Maiestie. Anno Dom. 1611. folio. 


This is the title of the first edition of the authorised English version : it is retained 
in all the subsequent editions, the spelling being modernised, and ‘ command’ being 
substituted for ‘cdmandement.’ To this edition there are prefixed, a Calendar of 
Lessons, the Genealogical Tables ascribed to the industrious antiquary John Speed, 
and an engraved map of Canaan, together with an alphabetical list of the places 
mentioned in the Scriptures. The first quarto edition appeared in 1612. A fac-simile 
of the edition of 1611 was handsomely printed in quarto, at the University Press, at 
Oxford, in the year 1833. 

In some of the very numerous editions printed between the years 1638 and 1685, 
an alteration is introduced in Acts vi. 3.; where, instead of WE may appoint, we read 
YE may appoint. This alteration has been charged upon the Independents during the 
time of Cromwell’s usurpation ; but, as the first Bible, in which it was observed, is 
that printed at Cambridge by Buck and Daniel, in 1638, (which was revised, by royal 
command, by Dr. Ward, Dr. Goad, Mr. Boys, Mr. Mede, and other eminent scholars, )$ 
it is in all probability an error of the press, without any design to favour any parti- 
cular party.+ In 1653, an edition was printed by John Field, at Cambridge, in 24mo., 
which is of extreme rarity and beauty: it is called the Pearl Bible, from the very 
small type with which it was printed, but is disgraced by very numerous errata, some 
of which are of importance.> An imitation of it was made in Holland, in 1658 ; but 





1 Johnson’s Hist. Acc. in the concluding paragraph. Bp. Watson’s Tracts, vol. iii. p. 100. 

2 The reader who is desirous of perusing more minute bibliographical accounts of the 
English Versions executed anterior to King James’s (or the authorised English) version of 
the Bible is referred to Lewis’s History of the principal Translations of the Bible; Dr. 
Cotton’s List of Editions of the Bible; and Dr. Dibdin’s Edition of Herbert’s and Ames’s 
Typographical Antiquities, of which work four volumes have been published, 

3 Kilburn’s “ Dangerous Errors in some late printed Bibles,” p. 6. London, 1659, 4to. 

4 Another material error has crept into many modern editions of the English Bible in 
1 Tim. iv. 16., where we read Take heed unto thyself and tuy doctrine, instead of tHE doc- 
trine. The origin of this mistake (which the author of this work has found in various editions 
printed between the year 1690 and the commencement of the present century) it is now im- 
possible to ascertain. It was first pointed out by the eminently learned Bishop Horsley. 

5 Mr. D’Israeli has an interesting article on the above noticed ‘ Pearl Bibles and Six 
Thousand Errata,” from which the following instances are copied — Rom. vi. 13. ** Neither 
yield ye your members as instruments of righteousness unto sin ;” — for unrighteousness. — 
1 Cor. vi. 9. “* Know ye not that the unrighteous shall inherit the kingdom of God?” — for 
shall not inherit. ** This erratum,” Mr. D. remarks, ‘served as the foundation of a dan- 
gerous doctrine: for many libertines urged the text from this corrupt Bible, against the 
reproofs of a divine.” Curiosities of Literature, (2d Series,) vol. iii. p. $18. To the two 
preceding instances we may add, that in John ix. 2. the words ‘or who hath opened his eyes, 
we know not,” are wholly omitted. (Kilburn’s “ Dangerous Errors in some late printed 


Bibles,” p. 7.) ( 
F) 2 


84 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


the genuine edition is known by having the four first psalms on a page, without turn- 
ing over. In 1660, the same printer executed a splendid folio edition of the Bible, 
which was illustrated with chorgraphical plates, engraved by Ogilvy, an eminent 
artist of that time; he also printed several other editions in 8vo. and 12mo., but they 
are not considered as typographical curiosities. From the time of Field to the end 
of the seventeenth century, several curious flat Bibles were printed, which are deno- 
minated preaching Bibles, from the use made of them in the pulpit during that period. 
The typographical execution of them is very clear, the type being a broad-faced letter, 
upon thin paper, with a few marginal notes, which gives them a superiority over 
many of the thick and heavy volumes that have since been printed. In 1683, this 
translation was corrected, and many references to parallel texts were added by Dr, 
Scattergood ; and in 1701, a very fine edition was published in large folio, under the 
direction of Dr. Tenison, Archbishop of Canterbury, with chronological dates, and 
an index by Bishop Lloyd, and accurate tables of Scripture weights and measures by 
Bishop Cumberland: but this edition is said to abound with typographical errors. 
The latest and most complete revision is that made by the Rev. Dr. Blayney, 
under the direction of the Vice-chancellor and delegates of the Clarendon Press, at 
Oxford. In this edition, which was printed both in quarto and folio in 1769, the 
punctuation was thoroughly revised ; the words printed in Italics were examined and 
corrected by the Hebrew and Greek originals ; the proper names, to the etymology 
of which allusions are made in the text, were translated and entered in the margin ; 
the swmmaries of chapters, and running titles, at the top of each page, corrected 3 some 
material errors in the chronology rectified; and the marginal references were re-ex- 
amined and corrected, and thirty thousand four hundred and ninety-five new references 
were inserted in the margin.!. From the singular pains bestowed, in order to render 
this edition as accurate as possible, it has hitherto been considered the standard edition, 
from which all subsequent impressions have been executed. A few copies of the 
quarto edition were printed on thick paper, which are now very rare; nearly the 
whole impression haying been destroyed by fire. 

Notwithstanding the great labour and attention bestowed by Dr. Blayney, his 
edition must now yield the palm of accuracy to the very beautiful and correct edition 
published by Messrs. Eyre and Strahan, his Majesty’s Printers (but printed by Mr. 
Woodfall), in 1806, and again in 1813, m quarto ; as not fewer than one hundred and 
sixteen errors were discovered in collating the edition of 1806 with Dr. B.’s, and 
one of these errors was an omission of considerable importance.2 Messrs. Eyre and 
Strahan’s editions may therefore be regarded as approaching as near as possible to 
what bibliographers term an immaculate text. Only one erratum, we believe, has been 
discovered in the edition of 1806. The following particulars relative to the above- 
mentioned London editions of the Bible may be not unacceptable to the bibliogra- 
phical reader ; at the same time they will show that their claims to be considered as 
standard editions are not altogether unfounded.—The booksellers of the metropolis, 
having applied to His Majesty’s Printers to undertake a handsome edition of the 
Bible, confided the execution of it to Mr. George Woodfall in 1804. The copy 
printed from was the then current Cambridge edition, with which Mr. W.’s edition 
agrees page for page. It was afterwards read twice by the Oxford impression then 
in use, and the proofs were transmitted to the Rev. Launcelot Sharpe, by whom they 
were read with Dr. Blayney’s 4to. edition of 1769. After the proofs returned by Mr. 
S. for press had been corrected, the forms were placed upon the press at which they 
were to be worked, and another proof was taken. This was read by Mr. Woodfall’s 
superintendent, and afterwards by Mr. W. himself, with Dr. Blayney’s edition, and 
aie STs ae Rr Sela N 

! A full account of Dr. Blayney’s Collation and Revision was communicated by him to 
the Gentleman’s Magazine for November, 1769, vol. xxxix. pp. 517-519. 

2 In Dr. Blayney’s quarto edition of 1769, the following words are omitted in Rev. xviii, 22. 
after the words, “no more,” viz. ‘at allin thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he 
be, shall be found any more.” The author has been informed that the same omission occurs 
in the folio edition of 1769. Similar errors have been detected in other editions of the 
Bible, some of which are sufficiently curious. Thus, in 1632, Barker and Lucas (the 
King’s printers ) executed an edition of the English Bible, consisting of one thousand copies, 
in which a very serious error was committed by leaving out the word not in the seventh com- 
mandment, which ran thus: Thou sHar commit adultery. ‘This fact being proved before 
the high commission court, the whole impression was called in, and a very heavy fine was 
imposed upon the printers. (Townley’s Illustrations of Biblical Literature, vol. iii. 
pp. 318=320.) The splendid folio Bible, printed by Baskett at Oxford in 1717-16, is com- 
monly termed the Vinegar Bible, from an error in the running title at Luke xx., where we 
read the ‘ parable of the vinegar,” instead of the * parable of the VINEYARD.” 


Sect. VI. § 3.] Einglish Protestant Versions. 85 


any errors that had previously escaped were corrected ; the forms not having been 
removed from the press after the last proofs had been taken off. By this precaution, 
they avoided the danger of errors (a danger of very frequent occurrence, and of no 
small magnitude), arising from the removal of the forms from the proof-press to the 
presses on which the sheets were finally worked off. Of this edition, which was ready 
for publication in 1806, five hundred copies were printed on imperial 4to., two thousand 
on royal, and three thousand on medium quarto size. In the course of printing this 
edition from the Cambridge copy, a great number of errors in the latter were discovered 
and corrected. The London edition of 1806 being exhausted, a new impression was 
put to press in 1810, which was completed, with equal beauty and accuracy, in 1812, 
and published in 1813. It will gratify the reader to know, that the edition of 1813 
has been recommended by the General Convention of the Protestant Episcopal Church 
in the United States of America, to be adopted as the Standard Edition to which 
future editions of the English Version of the Holy Scriptures (for the use of the 
members of that church) are to be made conformable.—(Journal of the Proceedings 
of the Bishops, Clergy, and Laity of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the United 
States of America, in a general convention held in the city of Philadelphia, from the 
16th to the 24th of May, 1820, p.54. Journal of the Convention of the same Church 
in May, 1823, p.101.) 


Of the various editions of the authorised English Version, published with parallel 
texts, those printed at Cambridge in 1837, with red borders, in two large volumes, 
(an unique copy of which, magnificently printed on vellum, was presented to her Ma- 
Jesty Queen Victoria,) also a copy in one volume.quarto, and another in large octavo in 
1838 ; and likewise the bibles printed at Oxford after that of Dr. Blayney, in 1769 ; and 
that of Bishop Wilson, are among the most copious of the larger editions. The Oxford 
minion octavo, which issued from the press in 1821, is one of the most commodious and 
correct editions that has ever been printed. The crown quarto Bible, from pica type, 
and the foolscap octavo Bible, from pearl type, (both published in 1838, and w’th 
marginal references) executed by Her Majesty’s printers, are two of the cheapest and 
most beautiful books which ever issued from the press. The marginal references in 
these editions are rendered more distinct by their being inclosed in ruled borders. 
Canne’s octavo edition, 1682, and Watson’s, Edinburgh, 8vo. 1722, are the most 
valuable of the earlier pocket editions, and are all scarce and dear. The Rev. Thomas 
Scott’s Commentary on the Bible, in 6 vols. 4to., has a very copious and judicious 
selection of parallel references on the plan of Canne’s Bible. The Rev. Dr. Adam 
Clarke’s Commentary also has a similar selection of parallel texts. The pocket edition 
of the entire English Bible, published by Mr. Bagster in 1816, forming part of his 
folio polyglott and quarto tetraglott editions of the Bible, contains a new selection of 
upwards of sixty thousand references to passages that are really parallel. This edition 
has been reprinted in North America. The Oxford Bible, from ruby type, published in 
1827, with Dr. Blayney’s references, is also a beautiful as well as portable volume. 


In 1833 various charges of inaccuracy were made against the modern editions of the 
authorised English version, by a Mr. Thomas Curtis, in a letter addressed to the Bishop of 
London. ‘The misrepresentations of this writer were exposed and refuted, on the part of the 
University of Oxford, by the Rev. Dr. Cardwell, and on the part of the University of Cam- 
bridge, by the Rev. Dr. Turton (the titles of whose pamphlets will be found in a subsequent 
page of this bibliographical appendix). The result is, that though absolute inerrancy is 
impracticable in any printed book, yet all the modern editions (those, for instance, which 
have been printed since the year 1820) have been proved to be as correct, as unwearied and 
incessant industry can make them. Withreference to the alleged charges of inaccuracy, the 
editors of an ably conducted Journal thus express themselves: —“ These charges we have 
examined ; and we assert, without hesitation or difficulty, that THE TEXT OF SCRIPTURE IN THE 





1 The following short table will convey an accurate idea of the progressive increase of 
references to parallel texts in various editions of the Bible. 


fh) @ 6,588) s 885) # 1,527 9,000 
TR Beefs of 1611 |] 4 Z 14,629 es 1,409 | 9,857 25,895 
: ? ‘ S as 

Dr. Scattergood’s, 1678 io 2 cea 2 ese 8 esa 3 aia 
: ° H+ Pu ro 

THEN ieee sa eS 24,352 { < 1,419 : 13,717 ay 39,188 

? r-) vo 

e : aS) ee = 

Ditop Winwiorines | 28 [2eeie| 2 [zr] $ | roses | | noe 

2 or 4.5, 190''}) b= W772 RS #99903 66,955 


Hewlett’s Commentary, vol. i, p. *45. 4to. edit., in which Mr. H. has adopted the parallel 
texts in Bishop Wilson’s Bible, as being the most copious, and upon the whole well selected. 


(F) 3 


86 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. 1 


Encusu Bisie 1s NOT vittatep By THE modern Jtalics, as the charges allege ; AND THAT IN 
ANY COPY OF THE TRANSLATION IN COMMON USE THERE 1s NOTHING fo br rounp wuicu 
CAN RENDER THE TEXT OF SCRIPTURE UNWORTHY OF THE CONFIDENCE OF THE UNLEARNED. + + + 
And those classes of the community, amongst whom the Bible most largely circulates, 
should be told, that, in the copies which have been put into their hands, rere Is NEITHER 
PERVERSION NOR OBSCURATION OF THE TRUTH. The Bibles of the Oxford, Cambridge, and 
London” [that is, the King’s Printers’) “ presses, recently issued, are most beautiful books ; 
and certainly, in respect to the important purposes of their publication and use, MAY BE READ 
witHour pistrust. We do not affirm them to be immaculate, but they afford No GrounDs 
for such imputations as those, which have been, we regret to say, so inconsiderately and so 
reproachfully directed against them.”’ (Eclectic Review, Third Series, vol. ix. p. 533.) 


2. The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments in the com- 
mon version. With Amendments of the Language. By Noah WessTER, 
LL.D. Newhaven [Connecticut] 1833. 8vo. 


This professes to be a carefully revised edition of the Received version of the Bible. The 
«¢ Amendments of Language” may be reduced to the three following classes : — 

1. The editor has corrected acknowledged errors in grammar. At the time the transla~- 
tion was made, the grammar of our language had not been studied and reduced to rules and 
principles as it has since been. Such errors, he has thought, might be rectified without any 
imputation on the translators. 

2. In the place of words now entirely obsolete, or so changed in their signification as to 
be obscure to unlearned readers, he has inserted words more clearly expressive of the sense of 
the translators. 

3. For such words and phrases as offend delicacy the editor has substituted others, equally 
expressive of the sense of the original, but more suited to the existing state of the language. 

4. No alteration has been made in passages, on which different denominations of Chris- 
tians rely, for the support of their peculiar tenets. 

5. An introduction is prefixed, in which ‘the principal alterations, made in this edition,” 
are stated and explained. Dr. Webster’s edition is neatly printed: there is a copy of it in 
the Library of the British Museum. —‘‘ Those who make use of this edition for reading in 
the family, while they will rarely be conscious of any change in the diction, will find that 
they read with an increased interest, and with a livelier and more distinct perception of God’s 
Oracles.” (Christian Spectator for December, 1833, vol.vy. p.656.— Newhaven. [Con- 
necticut. ]) Ew 


3. The Treasury Bible. J’irst division: containing the authorised English 
Version of the Holy Scriptures, as printed in Bagster’s Polygiott Bible, with 
the same copious and original selection of references to parallel and illustra- 
tive passages, and similarly printed in a centre column. Second division: 
containing the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge, consisting of a rich and 
copious assemblage of upwards of five hundred thousand parallel texts, from 
Canne, Brown, Blayney, Scott, and others, with numerous illustrative notes. 
London, 1835, foolscap 8vo.; also in one volume quarto. 


Of the Polyglott Bible above referred to, a notice will be found in p. 39. supra. The 
quarto copies of this edition of the English Bible are printed on fine writing paper with 
lines in the fabric of the paper, for receiving manuscript notes, ... . The Treasury Bible 
presents the most complete and attractive apparatus for the attainment of a thorough textual 
knowledge of the Holy Scriptures, that has ever been presented to the studious and devout.” 
—(Kclectic Review, Third Series, vol. xiv. p. 334.) 


4. The Collateral Bible; or, a Key to the Holy Scriptures; in which the 
corresponding Texts are brought together in one view, and arranged in a 
familiar and easy manner. By William M‘Cork ys, assisted by the Rev. Ezra 
Styles Ery, D.D., and the Rev. Gregory Bepeti, A.M. Philadelphia, 1826— 
1828. 3 vols. 4to. [Containing the Old Testament. ] 


In this work the best marginal references are printed at large, and in connection 
with every passage ; by which means every parallel or related phrase in the sacred 
volume is brought at once under the eye, so as to present the whole scope and sub- 
ject of every text at a single view. On some passages the references are extremely 
copious. This work, which in England is extremely rare and dear, is very neatly 
printed : and some useful tables are prefixed to the first volume. 


5. The New Testament, with References under the Text in words at 
length, so that the Parallel Texts may be seen at one view. By the Rev. 
Francis Fox, M.A. London, 1722. Second Edition, 1742. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Sect. VILE§ 3.] English Protestant Versions. 87 


The editor of this useful publication has given, for the most part, all the references 
in the then last and fullest edition of the Bible, together with a great number collected 
by himself; and has further added the chronology of Archbishop Usher, the marginal 
renderings, and several good notes on really difficult passages, together with a copious 
index. This work is now only to be procured at a very high price. 


6. Scientia Biblica ; being a copious Collection of Parallel Passages, for 
the illustration of the New Testament, printed in words at length, the whole 
so arranged as to illustrate and confirm the different clauses of each verse ; 
together with the text at large, in Greek and English, the various readings 
and the chronology. London, 1825. 3 vols. 8vo. 


There are copies of this work in royal 8vo. Its design is to expound Scripture 
by Scripture: with this view, the different verses of the New Testament are neatly 
printed by themselves, in Greek and English ; and below them is placed (in words at 
length) a new selection of parallel references, which is evidently the result of great 
labour and research, and is calculated to save much time and trouble to Biblical Stu- 
dents. The typographical execution is very neat. 


7. A New Self-Interpreting Testament, containing many thousands of 
Various Readings and Parallel Passages, collected from the most approved 
Translators and Biblical Critics, including all those of the authorised Ver- 
sion; and set under the Text in words at length. With Introductory 
Arguments, concerning the Origin, Occasion, and Character of each Book ; 
a Reconciliation of seeming Contradictions; and the Meaning and Pronun- 
ciation of Scripture Proper Names. By the Rev. John Prarts. London, 
1827. royal 4to.; also in 4 vols. 8vo. 


The plan of this work differs from that adopted in “ Scientia Biblica.” In the first 
place, the Greek text is omitted ; and the parallel passages here given at length are 
much less numerous. ‘The compiler professes to have proceeded on a principle of 
selection, and to have inserted apposite texts, while he has rejected all such as were 
not really parallel. Little that is new is confessedly to be found in this publication, 
in preparing which the editor honourably acknowledges his obligations to the previous 
labours of Mr. Fox (No. 5. in this section), and of Mr. Cruttwell, in his edition of the 
Bible with Bishop Wilson’s Notes, and the various renderings of preceding translators. 
The introductions to each book are necessarily brief. Several genealogical tables 
are prefixed, and the work terminates with a reconciliation of thirty-eight seemingly 
discrepant passages of the New Testament, together with various miscellaneous ob- 
servations for understanding it : a collection of the principal prophecies of the Old 
Testament relating to the Messiah and his Kingdom ; the meaning and pronunciation 
of the New Testament Proper Names ; a Table of Scripture Weights, Measures, and 
Time ; and an Index to the New Testament History, which is copied from that usually 
annexed to the quarto editions of our authorised Version. 


8. A Scriptural Commentary on the Book of Genesis and the Gospel 
according to St. Matthew, comprising the Sacred Text of these Books, with 
the most copious Marginal References annexed to each clause of each verse, 
in the words of Scripture. By the Rev. Charles Lambert Cocutran, D.D. 
London, 1832. 2 vols. 8vo. 


9. The Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Ephesians: with Parallel Texts, 
printed at length. By the Rev. H. A. Simcoe. London, 1833. foolscap 4to. 


These very copious parallel texts are selected from the labours of the Rev. Thomas 
Scott, from Mr. Platt’s Self-interpreting New Testament, from Mr. Cruttwell’s Con- 
cordance of Parallels, from the parallel references given in the English Version of 
the Polyglott Bible, published by Mr. Bagster in 1816, and from other sources. 


10. A Scriptural Commentary on the first Epistle General of Peter: with 
an Appendix concerning the profitable reading of Scripture. By the Rev. 
J. E.Rippie, M.A. London, 1834. 


(F) 4 





88 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


Editions of the authorised English Version, the Text of which is divided into 
Paragraphs, according to the subject. 


1. The Holy Bible: containing the Old and New Testaments, translated 
out of the original tongues, and with the former Translations diligently com- 
pared and revised, by command of King James I., arranged in paragraphs and 
parallelisms, with philological and explanatory annotations. By T. W. Corr, 
D.D., Rector of Christ-Church, Cambridge, [New England]. Cambridge 
and Boston, 1834. 8vo. 


Upwards of thirty years since, John Reeves, Esq. one of the Patentees for the office of 
King’s Printer, published several editions of the authorised version, with scholia or short 
notes (of which an account is given in a subsequent page); the text of which in the historical 
parts was printed in paragraphs and long lines, and the poetical parts in verses, as usual. A 
duodecimo copy of an Oxford impression of Mr. Reeves’s text, printed in 1828, without 
notes, served Dr..Coit, as the copy for preparing his edition: but the length of his para- 
graphs being objected to, Dr. C. has divided the historical books into paragraphs of conve- 
nient length, regulated by the subject: and the poetical parts of the Old Testament, together 
with the Hymns of the Virgin Mary and of Zacharias in Luke i., are printed in parallelisms, 
according to the laws which regulate Hebrew Poetry. The editor has bestowed much care 
on the punctuation: in some instances, he has departed from the received text, of which 
deviation he has given notice in the very brief notes which he has furnished. The volume is 
very neatly executed. 


2. The Paragraph Bible. The Holy Bible: contaming the Old and New 
Testaments, translated out of the original tongues, and with the former 
Translations diligently compared and revised, by his Majesty’s special com- 
mand. Arranged in Paragraphs and Parallelisms. Lond. 1838. 8vo. 


The venerable Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, and the British and Foreign 
Bible Society, being restricted to the circulation of editions printed with the ordinary divi- 
sions of chapters and verses, the Religious Tract Society (instituted in 1799) have conferred 
upon bible-students no small favour in reprinting Dr. Coit’s edition noticed in the preced- 
ing paragraph, with considerable improvements in the divisions of the paragraphs, and with 
additional correction and revisien. The marginal renderings are printed at the foot of each 
page. Besides collation with the best modern editions, frequent reference has been made 
to the first edition printed in 1611; and various errors in punctuation, &c., which had crept 
in at ditferent times, have been discovered and removed. In addition to these corrections, 
the editors have carefully attended to uniformity in printing, especially in the use of capital 
letters, in the names of the Deity, and in compound words. ‘The typographical execution 
es this edition is singularly neat and accurate, and reflects the highest credit on her Majesty’s 

rinters, 


3. The Holy Bible: containing the Old and New Testaments, translated 
out of the original tongues, and with the former Translations diligently com- 
pared and revised. ‘The Text of the common Translation is arranged in 
paragraphs, such as the sense requires; the divisions of chapters and 
verses being noted in the margin for reference. By James Nourse. Boston 
and Philadelphia, 1836. 12mo. . 





Anglo-Romish Versions of the Bible. 


1. The Holie Bible faithfvlly translated into English ovt of the Avthen- 
tical Latin. Diligently conferred with the Hebrew, Greeke, and other 
Editions in divers languages. With Argvments of the Bookes, and 
Chapters: Annotations: Tables: and other helpes for better vnderstanding 
of the text: for discouerie of corruptions in some late translations: and for 
clearing Controversies in Religion. By the English College of Doway. 
Printed at Doway by Lavrence Kellam. 1609-10. 2 vols. 4to. 


2. The New Testament of Iesvs Christ, translated faithfvlly into English 
out of the authentical Latin, according to the best corrected copies of the 
same, diligently conferred with the Greeke, and other editions in diuers 
languages: Vvith Argvments of bookes and chapters, Annotations, and 





Sect. VI. § 3.] Anglo-Romish Versions of the Bible. 89 


other necessarie helpes, for the better vnderstanding of the text, and 
specially for the discouerie of the Corrvptions of diuers late translations, 
and for cleering the Controversies in religion, of these daies: In the English 
College of Rhemes. Printed at Rhemes by Iohn Fogny. 1582. 4to. 


These are the first editions of the Old and New Anglo-Romish Testament ; they 
are not often to be met with. Fine copies of them are in the Library of the British 
Museum. . 

In the year 1582, the Romanists, finding it impossible to withhold the Scriptures any 
longer from the common people, printed an English New Testament at Rheims : it was 
translated, not from the original Greek, but from the Latin Vulgate. The Old Testa- 
ment was translated from the Vulgate at Douay (whence it is called the Douay Bible), 
in two volumes 4to., the first of which appeared in 1609, and the second in 1610. 
Annotations are subjoined, which are ascribed to one Thomas Worthington: the 
translators were William (afterwards Cardinal) Allen, Gregory Martin, and Richard 
Bristow, traitors to their country. This translation, with the Rhemish version of the 
New Testament above noticed, forms thé English Bible, which alone is used by the 
Romanists of this country. The translators retained the words azymes, tunike, holo- 
caust, pasche, and a multitude of other Greek words untranslated, under the pretext 
ef wanting proper and adequate English terms by which to render them ; and thus con- 
trived to render it unintelligible to common readers. Hence the historian Fuller took 
occasion to remark that it was ‘a translation which needed to be translated ; and 
that its editors ‘by all means laboured to suppress the light of truth, under one pre- 
tence or other.’ Our learned countryman, Thomas Cartwright, was solicited by Sir 
Francis Walsingham to refute this translation: but, after he had made considerable 
progress in the work, he was prohibited from proceeding further by Archbishop 
Whitgift ; who, judging it improper that the defence of the doctrine of the Church of 
England should be committed to a puritan, appointed Dr. William Fulke in his place. 
By him the divines of Rheims were refuted with great spirit and ability. Fulke’s 
work appeared in 1617; and in the following year, Cartwright’s confutation was 
published under the auspices of Archbishop Abbot ; both of them were accompanied 
with the Rhemish translation of the New Testament ; the titles of their publications 
are subjoined. 


(1.) The Text of the New Testament of Jesus Christ, translated out of the 
vulgar Latine, by the Papists of the traiterous seminary at Rheims, with arguments 
of Bookes, Chapters, and Annotations, pretending to discover the corruptions of 
divers translations, and to clear the controuersies of these dayes.: With the 
authorised English Version, and a confutation of all such arguments, glosses, and 
annotations, as contain manifest impiety or heresy, treason and slander, against the 
Catholic Church of God, and the true teachers thereof, or the translations used in 
the Church of England. By W.Fuitxe,D.D. London, 1617; 1633. folio. 


This elaborate work first appeared in 1586, and was again reprinted in 1601. That late 
elegant scholar and pious divine, the Rev. James Hervey (though sometimes rather too 
candid and indiscriminate in his public recommendations of books) passed the following 
very just encomium on Dr. Fulke’s noble performance :—He styles it ‘‘a valuable piece of 
antient controversy and criticism, full of sound divinity, weighty arguments, and important 
observations ;”’ adding,—*‘ would the young student be taught to discover the very sinews 
of popery, and be enabled to give an effectual blow to that complication of errors, I scarce 
know a treatise better caleulated for the purpose.” 


(2.) A Confutation of the Rhemists’ Translation, Glosses, and Annotations of 
the New Testament. By Thomas Cartrwricut. London, 1618. folio, 

In 1749, a new edition of the Anglo-Romish Bible, with some alterations in the 
text, and many in the ‘notes, was published from the copy of Dr. Chaloner, titular 
bishop of Debra, and one of the vicars apostolic of the Romish Church in England. 
Various other editions have been printed at different times and in different sizes. 


8. The Holy Bible, translated from the Latin Vulgate: diligently com- 
pared with the Hebrew, Greek, and other Editions in divers languages ; the 
Old Testament, first published by the English College at Doway, A.D. 1609: 
and the New Testament, first published by the English College at Rhemes, 
A.D. 1582. With Annotations, and an Historical and Chronological Index. 
Revised and corrected according to the Clementin Edition of the Scriptures, 
and approved of by the most reverend Doctor Troy, R.C_LA.D. Dublin, 
1816. 4to. | 


90 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


This edition of the Anglo-Romish Bible was commenced by a Romish bookseller at Cork, 
and circulated in numbers, under the authority of Dr. Troy, the titular Romish archbishop 
in Dublin, who deputed one of his clergy (the Rey. P. A. Walsh, of Denmark Street Chapel) 
to revise, correct, and approve the said Bible for publication, On the publisher’s bankruptcy, 
his assignee, (a Protestant bookseller) purchased the unfinished part, and resolved to perfect 
the work in order to cover his own losses. He affixed to the title the name of a Romish book- 
seller in Dublin, who agreed to publish the work, on condition, that the same Romish clergy- 
man continued to correct the unfinished part. In the mean time, copies of the New Testament 
found their way into England ; where the murderous and implacable spirit of some of its notes, 
and also the characters of cardinal Allen and other traitors to their country, who were concerned 
in the original publication of the text and notes of the Rheimish ‘Testament, were briefly but 
severely exposed in the British Critic for September 1817 (pp. 297—308.); and much more 
fully in the Courier London Newspaper of Oct. 11. and 23. 1817. The reader will find a 
detailed account of this edition of the Anglo-Romish Bible, and of the subsequent unsatisfac- 
tory disclaimer of the notes by Dr. Troy on the New Testament, in the Rev. Dr. Kenney’s 
«‘ Enquiry concerning some of the Doctrines maintained by the Church of Rome” (London, 
1818), pp.65—118., from which the above particulars are abridged. 


4. The Holy Bible, translated from the Latin Vulgate, diligently com- 
pared with the Hebrew, Greek, and other editions, in divers languages: the 
Old Testament, first published at Doway, A.D. 1609; and the New Testa- 
ment, first published by the English College at Rheims, A.D. 1582. With 
Annotations, References, and an Historical and Chronological Index. The 
whole revised and diligently compared with the Latin Vulgate. Dublin and 
London, 1825. 8vo. 

This is the latest and most easily accessible edition of the Anglo-Romish version 
of the Bible. Jt has been altered for the better, and made conformable to ouR Protestant 
authorised version, in several instances, which had been stigmatised by Romanists as hereti- 
cal! (See Mr. Hamilton’s Observations on the present State of the Roman Catholic 
English Bible, pp. 19—21.) 

5. The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, newly 
translated out of the Latin Vulgate, and with the original Greek, and divers 
Translations in vulgar Languages, diligently compared and revised. Toge- 
ther with Annotations upon the most remarkable passages in the Gospels, 
and marginal Notes upon other difficult texts of the same, and upon the 
rest of the Books of the New Testament, for the better understanding of the 
Literal Sense. By C. [ornelius] N.[ary] C. [onsultissime ] F.[acultatis] 
P.[arisiensis ] D.[octor.] 1718-19. 8vo. 

This edition has no place or printer’s name; but Dr. Geddes says that it was 
printed at Dublin. (Prospectus for a new translation, p.11) See a full account 
of it in Lewis’s Hist. of English Translations, pp. 356-363. (8vo. edition.) 

6. The New Testament, translated from the Latin Vulgate, with Anno- 
tations. By R.W.[eruam ] D.[uacensis] P.[rofessor.] 1730-33. 2 vols. 8vo. 

This edition also is without place or printer’s name: it is supposed to haye been 
printed at Douay. See an account of it in Lewis’s History, pp. 363 —365. 

7. A New Version of the Four Gospels, with Notes Critical and Expla- 
natory. By a Catholic. London, 1836. 8vo. | 

The author of this anonymous version, whose bias in favour of the Romish tenet of tradi- 
tion is clearly announced in the preface, has availed himself of various critical aids in the 
execution of his work. The notes are not of a controversial character. ‘* Their object” (as 
the author has truly stated in the preface) ‘is the elucidation of obscure passages, or the 


explanation of national customs, or a statement of the reasons which have induced the trans- 
lator to differ occasionally from preceding interpreters.” (Pref. p. xx.) 


Welsh Version. 


Y Beibl Cyssegr-Lan. Sef yr hen Destament, a'r Newydd. Imprinted 
at London by the Deputies of Christopher Barker, 1588. folio. 


From an epistle of Dr. Richard Davis, Bishop of Saint David’s, prefixed to the 
Welsh New Testament, printed in 1567, we learn that there was a British or Welsh 





Sect. VI. § 3] Welsh Version. | 91 


version of the Pentateuch extant about (if not before) the year 1527, though the 
translator’s name is not known. Some other small and detached passages of Scrip- 
ture appear also to have been translated into this language in the reign of King 
Edward VI., which were printed, in all probability, for the use of his Liturgy. But 
it was not until the reign of Elizabeth, that efficient steps were taken to supply the 
inhabitants of the principality of Wales with the Holy Scriptures in their vernacular 
dialect. In 1563 an act of parliament was passed (5 Eliz. c. 28.), enacting that the 
Old and New Testaments, together with the Book of Common Prayer, should be 
translated into the British or Welsh tongue ; and committing the direction of the 
work to the Bishops of St. Asaph, Bangor, St. David’s, Llandaff, and Hereford. They 
were to view, peruse, and allow the translation, and to take care (under a penalty of 407. 
on each of them) that such a number should be printed and distributed by March I. 
1566, as would furnish copies to every cathedral, collegiate and parish church, and 
chapel of ease, within their respective dioceses, where Welsh was commonly spoken. 
In 1567, was printed at London, the first translation of the New Testament. The 
translators were Thomas Huet, Chanter of Saint David’s, Dr. Richard Davis, Bishop 
of Saint David’s, and William Salesbury, a man of great industry, learning, and piety. 
But there was no edition or version of the Old Testament in the British tongue till 
more than twenty years after the publication of the New Testament. The person 
chiefly concerned in rendering this important service to the ancient Britons, was Wm. 
Morgan, D.D., who was bishop of Llandaff in 1595, from which see he was, in 1604, 
translated to that of Saint Asaph. He jirst translated the entire Old Testament, 
together with the Apocrypha, into Welsh, and also revised and corrected the former 
version of the New Testament, both of which were printed, in one volume folio, in 
1588. During the reign of James I. the Welsh Version underwent a further exami- 
nation and correction from Dr. Parry, Morgan’s successor in the see of Saint Asaph. 
This corrected version, which is usually called Parry’s Bible, is the basis of all sub- 
sequent editions. It was printed at London in 1620. Seventy years afterwards, 
another folio edition was printed at Oxford, under the inspection of Bishop Lloyd, in 
1690. These folio impressions were intended principally, if not wholly, for the use 
of churches : so that, for upwards of seventy years, from the settlement of the Refor- 
mation by Queen Elizabeth, there was no provision made for furnishing the country 
or people in general with copies of the Scriptures. - The honour of the first supply of 
this kind is due to one or more citizens of London, at whose private expense an octavo 
edition was printed in 1630. In 1654 and 1678, two other octavo editions appeared ; 
the latter of these consisted of 8000 copies, to the publication of which the Rev. 
Thomas Gouge, a learned nonconformist minister ', not only contributed very largely 
out of his private fortune, but procured ample subscriptions from numerous opulent 
and benevolent individuals. The next octavo edition of the Welsh Bible was pub- 
lished in 1690, under the patronage of Thomas Lord Wharton, by Mr. David Jones ; 
who was assisted in the undertaking by some ministers and citizens of London. This 
was the last edition that appeared in the seventeenth century, and also the most 
numerous ; the editor, it is said, having distributed not fewer than ten thousand 
copies.2. During the eighteenth century, siv editions of the Welsh Bible were printed, 
chiefly, if not wholly, at the expense of the venerable SocleETY FOR PROMOTING 
CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE, viz. in 1718, 1727, 1746, 1752, 1769 or 1770, and 1799. 
This last edition consisted of ten thousand copies of the Welsh Bible, Common Prayer, 
and singing Psalms, besides two thousand extra copies of the New Testament. Ample 
as this edition was, in a few years, copies of the Scriptures became extremely scarce 
and dear in the Principality: and in 1802, some pious and benevolent individuals 
projected a new impression, the circumstances connected with which ultimately led 
to the formation of the Bririsu anD Foreian Bisie Society? Their attention 
was immediately directed to the wants of the Principality : in 1806, a large and very 
correct stereotype impression of the New Testament was issued, which obtained a 
rapid sale ; and subsequent editions have been printed, particularly a very neat pocket 
edition, executed for the Society by His Majesty’s Printers, in 1825. In 1821, the 
Society for promoting Christian Knowledge defrayed the expense of a large edition, 





1 The reader will find a pleasing account of Mr. Gouge’s various benevolent and pious 
undertakings in Archbishop Tillotson’s Sermon on his death. Works, vol. ii, pp. 340-349. 
8vo. London, 1820. 

2 Llewellyn’s Historical Account of the British Versions and Editions of the Bible, 

. 1-50. 

a See the Rev. John Owen’s History of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. i. 
pp. 1-12. 138. 150. 262. 391. 





92 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 
in crown octavo, of the Welsh Bible, with the Liturgy and Psalms, It was execute d 
at the press of the University of Oxford, and is one of the most beautiful specimens 
of typography ever printed ; so that the inhabitants of Wales are now abundantly 
supplied with the Scriptures in their native tongue. 


Irish Version. 


The Books of the Old Testament, translated into Irish by the care and 
diligence of Dr. William Bepe xt, late Bishop of Kilmore. With the New 
Testament, translated by William O’Domhnuill. [In the vernacular Irish 
character.] London, 1685-81. 4:to. 


The New Testament having been translated into Irish by Dr. William Daniel, 
archbishop of Tuam, Dr. Bedell (who was advanced to the see of Kilmore and 
Ardagh in 1629) procured the Old Testament to be translated by a Mr. King; who, 
being ignorant of the original languages, executed it from the English Version. 
Bedell, therefore, revised and compared it with the Hebrew, the Septuagint, and the 
Italian version of Diodati. He supported Mr. King, during his undertaking, to the 
utmost of his ability; and when the translation was finished, he would have printed 
it in his own house, and at his own charge, if he had not been prevented by the trou- 
bles in Ireland. The translation, however, escaped the hands of the rebels, and was 
subsequently printed in 1685, at the expense of the Hon. Robert Boyle.! What 
editions were printed during the eighteenth century, the author of the present work 
has not been able to ascertain. The British and Foreign Bible Society early exerted 
itself to supply the want of the Bible in the Irish language. In 1811, an edition of 
the New Testament was completed: and in 1813, the Bible was stereotyped. A 
handsome octavo edition of the Irish Bible, in the Irish character, was printed by 
His Majesty’s Printers at Dublin, in 1827. 


Manks Version. 


Yn Vible Casherick; goaill stiagh yn Chenn Chonaant, as yn conaant 
Noa: veih ny Chied Ghlaraghyn; dy Kiaralagh Chyndait ayns Gailck; ta 
shen dy ghra, Chengey ny Mayrey Ellan Vannin.° Pointit dy ve lhaiht 
ayns Kialteenyn. Whitehaven, 1775. 4to. 


Towards the close of his life, the truly venerable Bishop of Sodor and Man, Dr. 
Thomas Wilson, formed a plan for translating the New Testament into the Manks 
language ; but he did not live to make a further progress than to procure the four 
Gospels and Acts of the Apostles to be translated, and to print, at his own expense, 
the Gospel of St. Matthew. His exemplary successor, Bishop Hildesley, revised the 
manuscript, and completed the version of the New Testament, which, by the munifi- 
cent aid of the Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, and of other benevolent 
individuals, he was enabled to print between the years 1756 and 1760. In 1766, he 
was encouraged, by the influx of benefactions, to undertake a Manks Version of the 
Old Testament, which was completed only two days before his decease, on the 30th 
November, 1772.2. In 1775, the entire Bible was printed at the expense of the same 
venerable society, at Whitehaven, in one volume quarto: it is very neatly printed in 
three columns on a page. 


In 1819, a beautiful and accurate octavo edition of the Manks Bible was executed by 
His Majesty’s Printers, for the British and Foreign Bible Society. 


Gaelic Version. 


Leabraichean an T-seann Tiomniadh, air an tarruing o'n cheud chanain 
Mk 


1 Biographia Britannica, article Bedell, vol. ii. p-136. 2d edition. 


? Chalmers’s Biographical Dictionary, vol. xvii. pp. 410-482, from Mr. Butler’s Memoirs 
of Bp. Hildesley. 





Sect. VI. § 3.] Irish, Manks, and Gaelic Versions. 93 


chum Gaelic alban naich; agus air an cur a mache le h-ugdarras ardshea- 
naidh eaglais na h-alba. Duneidin, [The Holy Bible in the Gaelic Lan- 
guage. Edinburgh ] 1826. 4to. 


The Society in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge has the honour of 
giving to the inhabitants of the Highlands the Holy Scriptures in their vernacular 
dialect. The New Testament was translated by the Rev. James Stuart, minister of 
Killin, and printed at their expense in 1765: it bears a high character for fidelity and 
accuracy. The several books of the Old Testament were translated and published in 
detached portions or volumes, at different times, as the Society's funds would 
permit, viz. The prophetical books, by the Rev. Dr. Smith, in 1783, and the 
remaining books by the Rev. Dr. John Stuart, minister of Luss (son of the 
translator of the New Testament), in three parts, which appeared successively in 
the years 1783, 1787, and 1801. In 1796, the first edition of the New Testament 
being exhausted, the Society published another, consisting of twenty thousand copies. 
And as some of the first printed volumes of the Old Testament were so much re- 
duced in number, in 1802, as to be insufficient to supply the urgent demands of the 
Highlands in general, and of the Society’s own schools in particular, a new edition of 
twenty thousand copies was printed. Three parts out of four, into which this 
portion of the Bible had been divided, were rendered from the Hebrew with great 
simplicity, and with as literal an adherence to the original text as the idiom of the 
respective languages would admit. As the style of the fourth part (containing the 
prophetical books), had receded from this simplicity, it was revised and corrected 
with the utmost care. From this corrected text (a copy of which was furnished by 
the Society in Scotland as soon as it was finished), the British and Foreign Bible 
Society executed their stereotype editions in 1807, which (as the Scottish Society 
was unable to supply the urgent and very numerous demands for the sacred writings) 
were purchased at reduced prices by the poor Highlanders, with the liveliest expres- 
sions of gratitude. In 1816, this Gaelic Version of the Bible received the approba- 
tion of the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland. The quarto edition, 
printed at Edinburgh, may be considered as the standard edition of the Gaelic Bible : 
it was revised by a committee of clergymen well skilled in the Gaelic language, who 
were appointed by the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland to superintend 
the work. This edition, with a revised Gaelic Metrical Version of the Psalms and 
Paraphrases on certain portions of Scripture subjoined to it, was completed in the 
year 1826. It was then submitted to the General Assembly of the Church of Scot- 
land, who were pleased to approve of it, and to authorise its exclusive use in the 
churches and chapels within their bounds in which public worship is conducted in the 
Gaelic language.! 


[ii.] VERstIons IN THE LANGUAGES SPOKEN ON THE CONTINENT OF 
EUROPE. 


1. German Versions. 
LUTHER’s VERSION, 
And the Versions derived from it. 

As Germany has the honour of being the country where the art of printing was 
first discovered, so it was distinguished in the annals of sacred literature, by being the 
first in which the Holy Scriptures were issued from the press in the vernacular lan- 
guage of its inhabitants. So early indeed as the year 1466, a German translation 
from the Latin Vulgate was printed, the author of which is unknown.?  Scarcely, 
however, had the Reformation commenced, when Luther meditated a new version 
of the Scriptures for the general use of his countrymen. His first publication com- 
prised the seven penitential Psalms, from the Latin of John Reuchlin. These 
appeared in 1517; and were followed by the New Testament, in 1522; by the Pen- 
tateuch, in 1523; by the book of Joshua, and the remaining historical Books, in 1524 ; 
in which year also appeared the books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and 





1 Address of the Society in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge, 1803. Owen’s 
History of the Bible Society, vol. i. pp. 205, 206. 314-316. In 1820, a Gaelic translation 
of the Book of Common Prayer was completed and printed at the expense of the London 
Society for promoting Christian Knowledge. : 

2 A copy of this very rare work is in the splendid collection of Earl Spencer. See a de- 
scription of itin Dr. Dibdin’s Bibliotheca Spenceriana, vol. i. pp. 42-47. 


94 Modern Versions of the Seriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


the Song of Songs. In 1526, were published the prophecies of Jonah and Habakkuk ; 
in 1528, those of Zechariah and Isaiah; in 1529, the apocryphal book of Wisdom ; 
in 1530, the book of Daniel, together with the remaning apocryphal books ; in 1531, 
the entire book of Psalms; and 1531 and 1532, the rest of the prophetical books. 
All these portions of Luther’s translations are of extreme rarity : in the revision of it 
he received very important assistance from the learned and candid Philip Melancthon, 
who also corresponded with eminent men on various topics of biblical criticism, in 
order to render the translation as correct as possible. Further to ensure its accuracy, 
a select party of learned men assembled daily with Luther at Wittemberg, to revise 
every sentence which he had made directly from the Hebrew and Greek. Melancthon 
collated the Greek original, Cruciger the Chaldee, and other professors the Rabbinical 
writings. Justus Jonas, John Bugenhagen, and Matthew Aurogallus, also contributed 
their aid. The whole bible thus revised was published in 1530, and again in 1534, 1541, 
and 1545.1. Luther made his version directly from the original Hebrew and Greek, and 
not one of his numerous contemporary enemies ever durst charge him with ignorance 
of those languages. His translation is represented as being uncommonly clear and 
accurate, and its style in a high degree pure and elegant. An able vindication of it from 
the puny criticisms of a Romish writer in the popish Dublin Review, will be found in 
the British Magazine for May, 1837, vol. xi. pp. 485—491. Having originally been 
published in detached portions, as these were gradually and successively circulated 
among the people, Luther’s version produced sudden and almost incredible effects, 
and contributed, more than any other cause, to extirpate the erroneous principles and 
superstitious practices of the church of Rome from the minds of a prodigious number 
of persons.2 Since that time it has been printed times without number ; and as the 
Reformation spread, it served as the basis of several other translations, viz. 


(1.) The Lower Saxon Translation was printed at Lubeck, in 1533-4. Its authors are 
not known.3 This version was undertaken at the suggestion of Luther himself, and under 
the direction of John Bugenhagen (or Bugenhagius), who wrote a preface, and supplied 
short notes, and also arguments to the different books, 

(2.) The Pomeranian Version was printed in 1588, in quarto, by the command of Bogis- 
laus XITI., duke of Pomerania; it was made from the Wirtemberg edition of Luther’s 
Bible, printed in 1545. 

(3.) The Danish Version was undertaken by command of Christian III., king of Den- 
mark, and at the suggestion of Bugenhagen: it was printed at Copenhagen in 1550, and is 
of extreme rarity. Previously to the publication of this version, the New Testament4 had 
been translated from the Vulgate, as well as the Psalms, and the five books of Moses. The 
Danish version was subsequently revised and corrected in the reigns of Frederic II. and 
Christian IV., kings of Denmark; the revision, made by command of the last-mentioned 
monarch, is, we believe, the standard of the succeeding editions of the Danish Scriptures, 
which, however, are said to vary considerably from Luther’s German version. —In 1823, 
the Gospel of Matthew was printed at Copenhagen, in the dialect of the Danish language 
spoken by the inhabitants of the Faroe Islands: the Danish and Faroese texts are printed in 
parallel columns. 





1 For further particulars relative to Luther’s German Version of the Scriptures, the 
reader is referred to the Life of Philip Melancthon, by Francis Cox, M. A., pp. 206-213. 
(2d edit.) and also to Dr. Townley’s Illustrations of Biblical Literature, vol. ii. pp. 271-300. 
Of the editions of Luther’s versions above noticed, the venerable Reformer bestowed the 
greatest care in revising and correcting that of 1541. It was beautifully printed in two folio 
volumes, and ornamented with wood-cuts. A Unique Copy of this edition, which had been 
Luther's own copy, avd constantly used by him until his decease, was in the possession of the 
late Mr. Edwards (formerly an eminent bookseller), of Manor House, near Harrow-on-the- 
Hill. On the sale of his choice library by auction, in 1813, these precious volumes were 
purchased by Geo. Hibbert, Esq. for the sum of 89/. 5s. 6d. (See a description of them 
copied from the sale catalogue (No. 812.) in Mr. Dibdin’s Bibliographical Decameron, 
vol. ili. pp. 123, 124, or in the Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. lxxxv. part i. p. 254.) At the 
sale of Mr. Hibbert’s library, in 1829, this copy of Luther’s Bible was purchased for the 
British Museum, for the sum of 2551. Fac-similes of the handwritings of the venerable 
reformers, Luther, Bugenhagen, Melancthon, and Major (into whose possession this copy 
successively passed), are given in the sale catalogue of Mr. Hibbert’s library, p. 481. 

: Mosheim’s Ecclesiastical History, vol. iv. p. 60. 

% Another Lower Saxon Version from the Vulgate was printed at Lubeck in 1494, in two 
folio volumes. The reader will find a bibliographical notice of it in the Bibliotheca Spen- 
ceriana, vol. i. pp. 55-58. 

4 An interestin 
on Hans Mikkels 
18138, Ato. 


§ account of this version is given by Dr. Henderson in his Dissertation 
en’s (or the first Danish) translation of the New Testament,” Copenhagen, 





Sect. VI. § 3.] German. Versions. 95 


(4.) The Icelandic Translation of the entire Bible was printed at Holum, in Iceland, in 
1584, under the patronage of Frederic II. The New Testament had been translated by 
Oddur Gottshalkson (whose father filled the episcopal see of Holum), and printed in Den- 
mark, in 1539, at the expense of Christian III. This was followed by an Icelandic Version 
of the Epistles and Gospels for all the Sundays in the year, published in 1562, by Olaf 
Hialteson, the first Lutheran bishop of Holum; which may be considered as a second 
edition of certain portions of Oddur’s New Testament, the compiler having availed himself 
chiefly of that version, in writing out the lessons of which the work consists. In 1580, the 
Proverbs of Solomon were translated by Gissur Eincerson, the first Lutheran bishop of 
Skalholt, who also translated the book of Sirach, printed in the same year at Holum. At 
length, in 1584, as above noticed, the whole of the Old and New Testaments was printed 
in Icelandic, through the unremitting zeal and pious liberality of Gudbrand Thorlakson, 
bishop of Holum, who not only contributed largely to the undertaking himself, but also 
obtained a munificent donation from Frederic II., with authority to raise a rix-dollar in aid 
of the work from every church in Iceland. It is not known what share this eminent prelate 
had in the translation, which is considered as the production of different hands. Gott- 
shalkson’s version of the New Testament, as well as of some parts of the Old Testament, 
was adopted, after having been revised by Gudbrand. ‘This edition has always been very 
highly esteemed, on account of the purity of its diction ; and, even at this day, it is preferred 
before more modern translations. A second edition of the Icelandic Bible appeared at 
Holum in 1644, under the editorial care of Thorlak Skuleson, bishop of that see; by whom 
it was carefully revised and corrected. This is the standard text from which the two most 
recent impressions of the Icelandic Version have been printed.1! 

(5.) The Swedish Version was made from the first edition of Luther’s German Trans- 
lation ; it was begun by Laurence Andreas, and finished by Laurence Petri, and was printed 
at Upsal, in 1541, by the command of Gustavus I., king of Sweden. 

(6.) The Dutch ‘Translation appeared in 1560, and after being repeatedly printed, was 
superseded by a new Protestant translation, of which an account is given in page 100. infra. 

(7—10.) The Finnish Version was printed at Stockholm, in 16422, and again in 16423; 
the Lettish (or Livonian) was made by Ernest Gluck, dean of the Lutheran church in 
Livonia, who completed it between the years 1680 and 1688: the entire Bible was printed 
at Riga, in 16894; the Sorabic or Wendish (a dialect spoken in Upper Lusatia), at Bautzen 
(Budissz), in 1728, and again in 1742; and the Lithuanian, at Konigsberg (Regiomonti), 
in 1735, 


Valuable as Luther’s German translation of the Scriptures confessedly is, it was 
severely attacked, on its publication, by the enemies of the Reformation, whose 
productions are enumerated by Walchius.* Luther’s translation, reformed by .the 
Zuinglians and Calvinists, was printed, in various editions, at Neustadt, between. the 
years 1679 and 1695; at Herborn in 1696, 1698, 1'701—5-8, and 21; at Heidelberg 
in 1617 and 1618, and many times since ; at Cassel in 1602; and at Basle in 165], 
1659, and in the last century very frequently. 

Between the years 1525 and 1529, Leo Juda published at Zurich a German-Swiss 
translation of the Scriptures. As far as he could, he availed himself of such parts of 
Luther’s version as were then printed. In 1667, a new and revised edition of Leo 
Juda’s translation was published at Zurich: the alterations and corrections in it are 
so numerous, that it is considered as a new translation, and is commonly called the 
New Zurich Bible, in order to distinguish it from the O/d Zurich version of Leo Juda. 
“ It was undertaken by Hottinger, Miiller, Zeller, Hoffmeister, and others, and con- 
ducted with great care and precision. As their plan seems to have had some resem- 
blance to that pursued by our own admirable translators, and may, perhaps, have 





1 The above particulars are abridged from the Rev. Dr. Henderson’s ‘ Historical View 
of the Translation and different Editions of the Icelandic Scriptures,” in the second volume, 
(pp. 249—306.) of his very interesting Journal of a Residence in Iceland, during the years 
1814 and 1815. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1818. 

2 This edition was accompanied with a translation in the E'sthonian language, spoken in 
the province of Esthland or Esthonia. It is a totally distinct language, being closely allied © 
to the Finnish. Bp. Marsh’s History of Translations, p. 4. note. There is also a dialect of 
the Esthonian, called the Dorpatian Esthonian, into which the New Testament was trans- 
lated and published in the year 1727. 

3 A translation of the Scriptures into the Karelian language (spoken in Karelia, a province 
of East Finland), was printed in 1822 under the direction of the St. Petersburg Bible 
Society ; but it is not known whether this version is made from the Finnish, or not. 

4 Henderson’s Biblical Researches, p.111. An edition of the New Testament, both in 
Livonian and Esthonian, had been already-printed at Riga, in 1685 and 1686. The Lettish 
or Livouian is a Sclavonian dialect. 5, 

5 Walchii Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, vol. iv. pp. 7981. 


96 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


onied from it, this version is more particularly deserving of notice. When 
eke BenBI as met together, Hottinger ia Miiller had each of them the Hebrew 
text put into their hands: Zeller had the old Zurich version ; Wasser took the 
{talian of Giovanni Diodati and Pareus’s edition of Luther’s Bible ; Hoffmeister had 
the Septuagint and the J unio-Tremellian version before him, and Freitz the Belgian 
Bible. When any difference arose, the point was argued by them all ; each was 
called upon to give his opinion of the translation which was in his hands: and that 
reading was adopted, which, after mature consideration, seemed most agreeable to the 
Hebrew.” ! ; 

As the Zurich edition differs very materially from that of Luther, John Piscator 
undertook another, from the Latin version of Junius and Tremellius, which he has 
followed very closely. It appeared in detached portions between the years 1602 and 
1604, and was repeatedly printed during the seventeenth century. Piscator’s version, 
having become very scarce, has lately been revised by the Biblical and Divinity Pro- 
fessors, and three Pastors of the Helvetic church, who have corrected its orthography, 
and such words as have become obsolete, previously to an edition of 8000 copies of 
the entire Bible, and 4000 copies of the New Testament, which has been executed 
by the Berne Bible Society, aided by a pecuniary grant from the British and Foreign 
Bible Society of London. 

Besides the preceding German Versions made by Protestants, there are also trans- 
lations made by Romish divines ; some of them appeared almost as early as that of 
Luther, to which, however, they are greatly inferior in point of perspicuity. Three 
of these are particularly mentioned by Walchius, viz. 


(1.) That of John Detemberger, whose translation clearly evinces that he was utterly 
unfit for the task he undertook, and who hesitated not to acknowledge that he was totally 
ignorant of Hebrew. He took much from Luther, against whom, however, he vehemently 
inveighs, His translation was first published at Mayence in 1534, and has been several 
times printed since that time. 

(2.) The Version which bears the name of John Eckius. He translated only the Old 
Testament, the New being executed by Jerome Emser. It was first published in 1537, 
and has also been repeatedly printed. 

(3.) The Version of Caspar Ulenberg, which was undertaken under the patronage of 
Ferdinand, archbishop and elector of Cologne, is preferred by those of his own communion 
to all the other German Versions. He follows the Sixtine edition of the Latin Vulgate. 
This translation first appeared in 1630, and has undergone very numerous impressions. 


The three translations just noticed include the Old and New Testaments. In 
addition to them, three new versions of the New Testament have, within a few years, 
been circulated very largely among the Romanists of Germany, who have evinced an 
ardent desire for the Scriptures, notwithstanding the fulminations of the Papal See 
against them. Of two of these versions, the Ratisbon edition, and that executed by 
M. Gossner, a learned Romish priest, formerly of Munich, the author has not been 
able to obtain any authentic particulars ; the third was executed about the year 1812, 
by the Rev. Leander Von Ess, professor of divinity in the University of Marburg, in 
conjunction with his brother. It is made directly from the Greek, and has been 
recommended by the first Protestant clergymen at Dresden and Zurich2, as well as 
by several authorities among the literati of the Romish communion, as exhibiting a 
pure and correct version of the Sacred Original. 

There are also two translations of the Old Testament, in the dialect” spoken by 
the Jews in Germany, called the Jewish-German. One was made by Joseph Josel 
Ben Alexander, and was printed by Joseph Athias, at Amsterdam, in 1679 : previously 
to publication, it was revised by Rabbi Meir Stern, chief rabbi at the synagogue at 
Amsterdam. The other Jewish-German translation was executed by Rabbi Jethukiel 
Ben Isaac Blitz, and was printed by Uri Veibsch Ben Aaron, also at Amsterdam, in 
1679, Kortholt terms this translator a blasphemous impostor, and charges him with 
having disguised certain prophecies relative to the Messiah, in consequence of his 
Jewish predilections. Of these two semi-barbarous, unfaithful, and now almost uni- 
versally neglected translations, which can be of no use whatever in scripture criticism, 
Carpzov has given an account, with specimens.4 And as the German Jews are at 
this time said to be animated by a spirit of candid inquiry, a Jewish-German translation 

iS URS ATE LS SUM EEE 8 PS NS ah Na De wa 








* Whittaker’s Inquiry into the Interpretation of the Hebrew Scriptures in Europe, p. 33. 
Cambridge, 1819. 8vo. 


2 The late Rey. Dr. Reinhart, first chaplain to the court of Saxony, and the yenerable 
superior of the Zurich clergy, Antistes Hess. 


3 Owen’s History of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. ii. p. 229. 
4 Carpzovii Critica Veteris Testamenti, pp. 757 — 786. 


Sect.i Vis Si3.3] French Versions. 97 


of the New Testament has lately been printed for their benefit, at the expense of the 
London Society for promoting Christianity among the Jews. 





2. French Versions. 


The earliest attempt towards translating the Scriptures into French was made b 
Jean de Vignay or de Vignes, who translated the epistles and gospels contained in the 
Romish missal, at the request of Jane of Burgundy, queen of Philip king of France, 
in the early part of the fourteenth century.! Later in the same century, Raoul de 
Presles, or Praelles, at the command of Charles V. king of France, translated the 
Bible into French as far as the Psalms or Proverbs.? A very fine manuscript of his ver- 
sions is preserved among the Lansdowne MSS., No. 1175., in the British Museum.3 
In 1512, James le Févre, of Estaples (better known by the name of Jacobus Faber, 
Stapulensis) published a translation of St. Paul’s Epistles, with critical notes and a 
commentary, in which he freely censures the Vulgate ; and, in 1523, he published at 
Paris, in a similar manner, the whole of the New Testament. This was followed by 
detached books of the Old Testament, and by an edition of the entire French Bible, 
translated by himself. It was printed at Antwerp by Martin l’Empereur, in 1530 
(again in 1534 and 1541), and was revised by the divines of Louvain, whose edition 
appeared in 1550, and has since been repeatedly printed. The translation of Le Fevre 
is said to be the basis of all the subsequent French Bibles, whether executed by 
Romanists or Protestants. The first Protestant French Bible was published by 
Robert Peter Olivetan, with the assistance of his relative, the illustrious reformer 
John Calvin, who corrected the Antwerp edition wherever it differed from the 
Hebrew. It was printed at Neufchatel, in 1535, in folio; and at Geneva in 1540, 
in large quarto, with additional corrections by Calvin. Both these editions are of 
extreme rarity. Another edition appeared at the same place in 1588, revised by the 
College of Pastors and Professors of the Reformed Church at Geneva (Beza, Genlart, 
Jaquemot, Bertram, and others), who so greatly improved Olivetan’s Bible, both in 
correctness and diction, that it henceforth obtained the name of the Geneva Bible’ 
by which it is now generally known. It has gone through very numerous editions’ 
the latest of which is that of Geneva, 1805, in folio, and also in three volumes, 8vo 
revised by the College of Pastors at Geneva. This is, confessedly, the most elegant 
French version extant ; but many Protestants have wished that it were a little more 
literal, and they continue to prefer David Martin’s revision of the Genevan version of 
the French Bible (of which the New Testament was printed in 1696 at Utrecht, in 
4to., and the entire Bible at Amsterdam, in 1707, in two folio volumes), or the revision 
of Jean-Frédéric Ostervald ; the best edition of which is said to be that printed at 
Neufchatel, in 1772, in folio, with his arguments and reflections on the different books 
and chapters of the Bible. Ostervald’s revised text (frequently but erroneously 
termed a version) has been several times printed. An accurate revision of David 
Martin’s recension of the French Bible, executed at Paris by some learned Lutheran 
clergymen, under the direction of the Right Rev. Bishop Luscombe, chaplain to the 
British Ambassador, was announced as being in the press while this sheet was passing 
through the press. This revision has been undertaken under the auspices of the 
Foreign Translation Committee of the Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, 
and at the Society’s expense, for the use of the members of the Church of England 
in the Channel (or Norman) Isles. Great attention has been given to render this 
revision (which, from the number and minuteness of its corrections, should rather be 
called a new translation than a revision) an accurate and elegant version of the sacred 
text. Another French Protestant version (made from the Italian translation of 
Diodati) was published in 1562, which for a short time was held in estimation by the 
Calvinists. The French translation of Sebastian Castalio, who was but indifferently 





1 Guiars de Moulins, canon of St. Pierre d’Aire, in the diocese of Touraine, is com- 
monly but erroneously considered as the first French translator of the Bible. Between the 
years 1291 and 1294 he translated the Historia Scholastica of Peter Comestor; a popular 
abstract of sacred history, which has been confounded with the Scriptures. (Townley’s 
Tllustrations of Biblical Literature, vol. i. pp. 390. 392.) Several copies of this translation 
are in the Royal Library at Paris; and an edition of it was printed by order of Charles VIII., 
to whom it was dedicated, at Paris, in 1487. 

2 ‘Townley’s Illustrations, vol. ii. pp. 8—11. 

3 See a description of this MS, in the Bibliotheca Lansdowniana, pp. 284, 285. 

VOL. Il, APP. (G) 


98 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


skilled in that language, appeared at Basil in 1655; being accommodated to his Latin 
version above noticed, it was liable to the same objections, and was never held in 
any esteem. The translation of the entire Bible by Charles le Céne, who quitted 
France on the Revocation of the Edict of Nantes, was published, in a folio volume, 
in 1741, thirty-eight years after his death, by his son, a bookseller at Amsterdam. 
The States of Groningen prohibited the circulation of this version in their province, 
on account of its Socinian tendency. <A French translation of the New Testament, 
by the celebrated critic, le Clerc, appeared at Amsterdam, in two volumes 4to.: it 1s 
said to be tainted with Socinian principles, and has never been much read. But the 
French Protestant version of the New Testament, executed by MM. Beausobre and 
L’Enfant (Amsterdam 1718, in two volumes 4to. ), is highly and deservedly esteemed 
for its closeness. An English translation of the Gospel of Matthew, made from this 
version, was published at Cambridge, in 1779, in 8vo., to which was prefixed a trans- 
lation of the excellent introduction which accompanied the French edition. This 
volume has been several times printed. 

A reformation of the Geneva Bible was undertaken by Renat Benoist (Renatus 
Benedictus), professor of divinity in the college of Navarre. It was published, with 
notes, in 1566 ; but being condemned by a brief of pope Gregory XIII. in 1575, a 
new edition was undertaken by the divines of Louvain, who freed it from the cor- 
rections of the reformed, and made it altogether conformable to the Latin. This 
edition was printed at Antwerp in 1575, and at various places since. In 1820, a 
version of St. John’s Gospel, in the dialect spoken at Toulouse, and in its vicinity, 
was printed at Toulouse.! There are several other French translations by private 
individuals, as, 1. The entire Bible, translated from the Latin Vulgate by Jacques 
Corbin, an advocate of the parliament of Paris, and published in 1643, with the ap- 
probation of the faculty of theology of Poitiers : at present, it is but little esteemed 
in France ;—2. The New Testament, from the Vulgate, by Michael de Marolles, 
published in 1649: it is executed principally from Erasmus’s Latin version, but in 
some passages from the Vulgate, and has often been reprinted ;—3. Father Amelotte’s 
translation of the New Testament, from the Vulgate, was published in 1666, 1667, and 
1668, in 4 volumes 8vo., with notes. It has been very justly and severely criticised, 
for its blunders, by Father Simon. His principal design, in publishing this version, 
was to supersede the French Protestant translation, and especially that of the 
learned Port-Royalists (which was then in the press), whose bitter enemy Amelotte 
was ;—4. The version of the New Testament by the Port-Royalists, which was 
depreciated, before its publication, by the adversaries of the Jansenists, appeared in 
1667, in two volumes 8vo. It was printed at Amsterdam by the Elzevirs,.for Gas- 
pard Migeot, a Bookseller of Mons (whence it is sometimes called the Testament of 
Mons), with the approbation of the archbishop of Cambray, and the bishop of Namur, 
and with the privilege of the king of Spain ; but it was condemned by the popes 
Clement IX. and Innocent XI. This version (which is from the Vulgate ) was begun 
by Antoine le Maitre, after whose death it was finished by his brother Isaac Louis 
le Maitre de Sacy, with the assistance of the celebrated Port-Royalists, Arnaud, 
Nicole, Claude Sainte Marthe, and Pierre-Thomas du Fosse. This version was 
greatly esteemed, especially by the Jansenists ; — 5. The version of the New Testa- 
ment, by Antoine Godeau, bishop of Grasse, appeared at Paris in 1668, in two 
volumes 8yo.: it is made from the Vulgate, and holds a middle way between a literal 
version and a paraphrase ;—6. The New Testament, by Father Quesnel, is made 
more conformable to the Vulgate than the translation published at Mons (No. 4.), 
which he took for his basis: it is accompanied with moral reflections, which are 
justly admired for their piety, and were commended by pope Clement XL., who after- 
wards, in 1713, condemned this version by the celebrated Bull beginning with the words 
‘Unigenitus Dei Filius, together with one hundred and one propositions extracted 
from it, and every thing that either had been written or should be written in defence 
of it! The first part of Quesnel’s Version and Reflections was published in 167], 
and the work was completed in the course of the nine following years. Editions of 
the whole work were printed at Brussels in 1693 and 1694, in 4 vols. 8vo., at Treyoux 
in 1698, and at Paris in 1699. This edition is said to be more ample than the pre- 
ceding, and has often been reprinted both in 8yo. and 12mo. Quesnel’s Reflections 
were translated into English, and published in 4 volumes 8vo. at London, in 1719- 
1725 ;—7. A Translation of the New Testament, published by the Jesuits at Bordeaux; 
in 1686, with the approbation and permission of the ecclesiastical authorities of the 





1 Le Sént Ebangely dé Nostré Seignour Jesus Christ seloun Sént Jan, traduit én Léngo 
Toulouzenzo. <A Toulouso, 1820. 12mo, 


Sect. VI. § 3.] | (French) Basque Version. ‘99 


place.1 Of the wilful alterations and falsifications introduced into this version, in 
order to support the peculiar dogmas of the Romish Church, an account was published 
by bishop Kidder in 1690. It is supposed that nearly the whole of this version was 
bought up and destroyed, as very few copies are known to be in existence? ;—8, 9. Be- 
tween 1697 and 1703, the Jesuits, Bouhours, Michael Tellier, and Pierre Bernier, 
published another translation of the New Testament ; but this, as well as the version 
of Charles Hure, also from the Vulgate (Paris, 1702, in four volumes 12mo.), are 
now nearly forgotten ;— 10. The French version of the ingenuous critic, Father Simon, 
published with notes in 1702, was translated into English by Mr. Webster, in two 
volumes 4to. 1730. This version was condemned by an ordinance of the cardinal 
de Noailles, archbishop of Paris, and also by two “ Instructions,” issued by the cele- 
brated Bossuet, bishop of Meaux3;—11. The Translation of M. Eugéne de Genoude, 
from the sacred texts, accompanied by the Latin Vulgate, is in all respects conformable 
to the dogmas of the Romish Church. It was first published at Paris, in 1820-24, 
in 23 vols. 8vo. and has been repeatedly printed. This translation has been much 
commended in some French Journals, and as vehemently criticised by others. It is, 
however, allowed to be executed in elegant French. Various portions of the Bible 
have been translated into French by other writers, who are not of sufficient note to 
require a distinct mention. 


3. (French) Basque Version. 


The French Basque dialect is spoken in the department of the Pyrennees, and the 
province of Navarre. The New Testament, in this dialect, was first printed at 
Rochelle in 1571, with a dedication in French to Joan d’Albret, queen of Navarre, 
by John de Licarrague de Briscous. It is furnished with parallel passages in the 
margin, and at the end are summaries of contents, indexes, &c.+ In 1826, a new 
edition of the Gospel of St. Matthew in this dialect was printed at Bayonne, from a 
copy that was discovered in the University Library at Oxfords: and in 1829, the 





1 Le Nouveau Testament de notre Seigneur J. C., traduit de Latin en Francois par les 
Théologiens de Louvain ; imprimé a Bordeaux, chez Jacques Mongiron-Millanges, Impri- 
meur du Roi et du Collége, 1686. Avec approbation et permission. 

2 Two copies are at Oxford, one in the Bodleian Library, and another in that of Christ 
Church College ; two others are in Dublin, in the University Library, and in the Library 
founded by Archbishop Marsh; and a fifth is in the possession of His Royal Highness the 
Duke of Sussex. (Dr, Cotton’s Memoir of a French Translation of the New Testament, 
p- 9.) The late Rev. Dr. Grier, in the preface to his “ Answer to Ward’s Errata of the 
Protestant Bible’’ (London, 1812. 4to.), has given many specimens of the falsifications, 
forgeries aud additions made by the Jesuits to the text of the Bordeaux French version of 
the New Testament. Two or three passages are subjoined as examples of the corruptions 
thus wilfully made in this version : — 

Acts xili. 2. Or comme ils offroient au Seigneur le sacrifice de la messe. — Now as they 
offered unto the Lord the sacrifice of the mass, &c. f 

This is one of the most notorious falsifications to be found in the French translation ; it 
was designedly made, to support the unscriptural doctrine of the sacrifice of the mass. By 
it, the translators departed from the Latin Vulgate as well as from the English Protestant 
version. This is the very passage respecting which Monsieur Veron, when asked why he 
wrested it from its natural meaning, replied, “‘ Because he had often been asked by Calvinists, 
what scripture affirmed that the apostles said mass.” (Simon’s Crit. Hist. of the New 
Testament, p. 357.) 

1 Tim. iv. 1. Or l’Esprit dit clairement, qu’en derniers temps quelques uns se sépareront 
de la foy Romaine.—Now the Spirit says, that in the latter times some shall depart from the 
Roman faith. 

Here the Bordeaux translators have been guilty of another forgery, for the purpose of 
representing the Romish church as the only church. 

2 Cor. vill. 19. Et non seulement cela, mais aussi il a esté ordonné par les églises, com- 
pagnon de notre pélerinage.—And not only that, but he was also appointed by the churches 
the companion of our pilgrimage. 

In this passage Saint Paul is merely speaking of his having selected a brother to 
accompany him on his travels; but in the Bordeaux version the apostle’s language is 
altered, for the purpose of showing that the practice of pilgrimage is warranted by Scripture. 

3 Schoell, Histoire Abrégée de la Littérature Grecque, tome ii. pp. 159—166. Chalmers’s 
Biographical Dictionary, art. Quesnel, vol. xxv. pp. 426-—429. 

4 Adler’s Bibliotheca Biblica, partiv. p. 151. 

5 Archives du Christianisme pour 1826. p. 47. 


(G) 2 


100 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


entire New Testament was printed at Paris, besides one thousand extra copies of the 
four Gospels.! A copy of the original edition is in the King’s Library in the British 


Museum. 


4, Belgian Versions. 


A Flemish translation of the Scriptures was made from the Vulgate in the six- 
teenth century, and printed at Cologne in 1475, at Delft in 1477, and at other places. 
For a long time the Protestants in the Low Countries had only the Dutch trans- 
lation, made from Luther’s German Version in 1560, which has already been noticed 
in page 95; but in 1618, in consequence of an order issued by the Synod of Dort, 
a new translation was undertaken from the Hebrew and Greek. The translators of 
the Old Testament were John Bogermann, William Baudart, and Gerson Bucer ; 
the New Testament and apocryphal books were assigned to James Roland, Antony 
Walzus, and Festus Hommius. Their portions, when finished, were submitted to 
the careful revision of others. This Dutch version was first printed in 1637, and is 
highly valued for its fidelity ; the Remonstrants, however, being dissatisfied with the 
New Testament, translated it anew from the Greek ; and their version was printed 
at Amsterdam in 1680. 


5. Italian Versions. 


Four versions of the Bible are extant in the Italian language. The earliest is that 
of Nicolao Malermi, who translated it from the Latin Vulgate : it was first published 
at Venice in 1471, in folio. The second is that of Antonio Bruccioli, also printed 
at Venice in 1532: he professes to have made his version from the Hebrew and 
Greek ; but Walchius says, that he chiefly followed the Latin translation of Sanctes 
Pagninus. A revised edition of Bruccioli’s Italian Bible, rendered conformable to 
the Vulgate by Sanctes Marmochinus, was printed at Venice in 1538. An Italian 
version has, moreover, been said to have been published under the auspices of pope 
Sixtus V.; but its existence is very doubtful. A Protestant Italian version of the 
New Testament was published at Geneva in 1561, and of the entire Bible in 1562, 
which is usually considered as a revision of Bruccioli’s, but Walchius asserts that 
it is altogether a new translation. It has, however, long been superseded by the 
elegant and faithful version of Giovanni Diodati, published in 1607. The latest 
Italian version is that executed, in conformity with the Vulgate, by Antonio Mar-~ 
tini, archbishop of Florence, towards the close of the eighteenth century : it received 
the sanction of pope Pius VI. The New Testament was published at Turin in 
1769, and the Old Testament in 1779: both were accompanied with explanatory 
notes, professedly taken from the fathers. Martini’s translation has been repeatedly 
printed : the edition of Livorno (Leghorn), 1818, and that of Italia, 1817, with the 
stereotype New Testament executed by T. Rutt, Shacklewell (near London), 1813, 
were put into the Index or Catalogue of Books, prohibited to be sold, by a decree 
dated January 13th, 1820.2 


6. Versions in the Spanish Language and its Dialects. 


The earliest edition of the Scriptures in the Spanish language was executed from 
the Vulgate, and printed at Valencia in 14783; it is now of very rare occurrence. 
In 1553, a Spanish version of the Old Testament was made for the Jews by Edward 
Pinel ; it was printed at Ferrara. In 1630, a revised edition of it was published at 
Amsterdam, by Manasseh Ben Israel. A much earlier translation than this is said 
to have been made by some learned Jews, which has been too hastily attributed to 
Rabbi David Kimchi. An edition of the Old Testament in Hebrew and in Jewish 


Spanish, was printed at Vienna, in the years 1813, 14, 15, and 16, in four volumes, 








1 Twenty-fifth Report of the Bible ®ociety, p- xxvil, Twenty-sixth Report, p. xxix. 
2 Townley’s Ilustrations of Biblical Literature, vol. iii, p. 483. 


$ ‘Thomson's and Orme’s Historical Sketch of the Translation of the Scriptures, p. 40, 
note. 


x 


Sect. VI. -§ 3.] Spanish and Russian Versions. 101 


quarto, for the use of the Jews of Constantinople, and of most of the cities of Turkey, 
who are Spanish Jews. The Hebrew text is printed with vowel points, on one half 
ofthe page, and the Jewish-Spanish, with rabbinical characters, on the other! ; anda 
translation ofthe New Testament into the Jewish-Spanish dialect was made at Constan- 
tinople, under the direction of the Rev. H. D. Leeves.2 Among the Christians, Cassio- 
dore de Reyna translated the Scriptures into Spanish, fromthe original languages, but 
availed himself of the assistance afforded by the Latin versions of Pagninus and Leo 
Juda : it was published at Basil in 1569. A revised edition of it by Cyprian de Valera, 
a Protestant, who consulted later versions and notes, especially the Genevan French 
Bible, was published at Amsterdam in 1602. A new Spanish version of the entire 
Bible from the Latin Vulgate was published at Madrid in 1793-4, by Don Philipe 
Scio de San Miguel (subsequently appointed bishop of Segovia), in ten folio volumes ; 
it is adorned with three hundred engravings, copied from those of Marillier and 
Monsiau, which were executed for the edition of Sacy’s French version of the Bible, 
printed at Paris in 1789 and the following years. This%edition is very rare and dear, 
even in Spain. Padre Scio’s Spanish version was reprinted at Madrid between the 
years 1794 and 1797, in nineteen large 8vo. volumes, with plates. There are copies 
of this edition both with and without the Latin text. The third edition of this 
version was published at Madrid in 1808, in Latin and Spanish, in sixteen volumes, 
which have the appearance of small quartos: they are very neatly executed. The 
Vulgate text and Spanish translation are printed in parallel columns. To each book 
is prefixed a critical preface ; and at the foot of the page is a copious commentary, 
drawn principally from the writings of the fathers. In 1824, another Spanish version 
of the Bible, from the Latin Vulgate, with notes, was published by Don Felix Torres 
Amat, bishop of Astorga, in eight volumes 4to. Thirty thousand copies are said to have 
been worked off, part of which was destined for America.’ A revised edition of this 
version was published in 1838, by the Rev. L. Lucena, at the expense of the Society 
for promoting Christian Knowledge, for the use of the Spanish Protestants at Gibraltar 
and elsewhere. The same editor is proceeding in his revision of the Old Testament. 
In 1832, a translation of the New Testament into the Catalonian dialect, by Mr. Prat, 
a native of the province of Catalonia, has been completed and printed. This dialect 
is spoken by about four millions of persons. The translator has completed (but not 
printed) a version of the Pentateuch and of the Book of Psalms. The Gospel of 
Luke has been translated and printed in the Spanish Basque or Escuara dialect, which 
is spoken in the provinces of Biscay, Guipuscoa, and Alava ; and also in the Rommany 
or Gitano, or Spanish Gipsy dialect. This last mentioned version was made by a 
benevolent individual, for the benefit of the interesting, singular, and degraded race 
of people whose name it bears, and who are very numerous in some parts of Spain.5 





~, Russian Versions. 


* About the beginning of the sixteenth century, considerable changes were intro- 
duced into the Russian language, in consequence of the relations subsisting between 
Russia and Poland, the progress of the Poles in grammar and lexicography, and other 
powerfully operative causes, whereby a peculiar Polish Russian dialect was formed, 
which continues to be spoken to this day by the common people inhabiting the 
provinces comprehended under the name of White Russia.” Into this dialect the 
Pentateuch, and other detached portions of the Scripture (which are enumerated by 
Dr. Henderson, to whom we are indebted for this account of the modern Russian 
Bibles), were translated by Dr. Francis Skorina, a physician, who published them 


Gta, te ee 


1 Sixteenth Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, Appendix, p. 24. 
© 2 Nineteenth Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, pp. lv. 98. To ensure 
correctness, the Rev. H. D. Leeves states, that the translator and his assistant passed with 
him three or four mornings in every week ; and that, with his Greek Testament and various 
versions before bim, he beard the whole read over, and allowed no phrase or word to pass 
which did not convey the sense of the sacred original. Ibid. p. 99. | : 

3 Bibliothéque de la Littérature Etrangére pour 1823, p- 312. A complete copy o 
Amat’s translation is in the library of the British and Foreign Bible Society. 

4 Twenty-seventh Report, p. xliil. Twenty-ninth Report, p. xlviii. ; 


5 Thirty-fourth Report, p. 43. 1. (a) 3 
G 








102 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


between the years 1517 and 1525. The whole of the copies appear to have been 
sent into White Russia: they are of very rare occurence. ! 

“ The next attempt that was made to furnish the Russians with a version of the 
Scriptures in their vernacular tongue, was that of Ernest Gliick, dean of the Lutheran 
church in Livonia,” who, towards the close of the seventeenth century, undertook a 
version of the whole Sclavonic (or antient Russian) Bible into the dialect at that 
time spoken in Russia. It has been erroneously asserted that this version was printed 
at Amsterdam in 1698; but Dr. Henderson states that it was destroyed, with the 
whole of Gliick’s library and papers, at the siege of Marienburgh in 1702. 

When, in consequence of the formation of the Russian Bible Society, the public 
attention was directed to the importance of the Holy Scriptures, it was found necessary 
to undertake a translation into the modern Russ language. The emperor Alexander 
having referred it to the members of the Holy Synod at Moscow, they recommended 
the members of the Committee of Spiritual Schools to select proper persons for the 
undertaking. On the completion of the four Gospels, they were examined by a com- 
mittee of revision, who published in 1819 two editions, consisting of 15,000 copies 
each, with the Sclavonic text in parallel columns. In 1820, 50,000 copies of the 
Gospels and Acts were issued from the press : the epistles were added successively, 
as they passed the committee of revision; and in 1823, the entire New Testament 
was published for the first time, in the modern Russian language. In 1822, a version 
of the Psalms, from the original Hebrew, was published ; the principal labour in 
preparing which had fallen on the Rev. Dr. Pavsky, the first Hebrew scholar in the 
empire. Of the other books of the Old Testament (the translation of which was 
confided to the learned members of the Spiritual Academies of St. Petersburg, Moscow, 
and Kief), the Pentateuch, and the books of Job, Proverbs, and Ecclesiastes, were 
translated at the beginning of 1822, and forwarded to the committee of revision ; and 
the archbishop Philaret had commenced the translation of Isaiah. It having been 
ascertained that the first edition would make several volumes, the Committee of the 
Russian Bible Society undertook an edition of 10,000 copies of the Pentateuch or 
five books of Moses, Joshua, Judges and Ruth: but “ this edition, though ready for 
publication at Midsummer, 1824, has not yet made its appearance ; not having ob- 
tained the sanction and blessing of the Holy Synod. Nor 1s it likely soon to see the 
light, unless the successor of Alexander act in the spirit by which that illustrious 
monarch was guided, when he ordered the translation to be made.”2 So far as it has 
been published, the Modern Russian version is stated to have been received with the 
liveliest gratitude, both by clergy and laity. 


8. Croat Version. 


The New Testament in the language of Croatia was first published at Tubingen in 
1551. It was translated by the pastor Truber, and was reprinted with some correc- 
tions by the translator, at the same place, in two octavo volumes, in 1581-2. These 
editions are of extreme rarity. The first edition of the entire Croat Bible appeared 
at Wittemburg in 1584. The New Testament is the version of Truber. The Pen- 
tateuch, Proverbs, and book of Ecclesiasticus, were translated by the editor, George 
Dalmatinus, who also wrote the preface.3 ° 


9. Hungarian Version. 


The Hungarian Protestant version was executed by Casper Caroli, who availed 
himself of the previous labours of Vatablus, Pagninus, Munster, Tremellius, and of the 
Vulgate. It was first published in 1589, at Wysolyn; and subsequently at Hanau, 
in 1608 ; at Oppenheim, in 1612; at Amsterdam, in 1645, 1684, and 1685, and at 
other places. Of the edition printed in Holland, in 1717, three thousand copies are 





1 Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, pp. 103—105. In pp. 106—110. he has given 
specimens of this version, with valuable philological observations. 
2 Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, pp. 115, 116, 125—127. In pp. 119—121. 126. 
128—130., Dr. H. has given specimens of the Modern Russian version, with philological 
remarks, 
_ 3 Adler’s Bibliotheca Biblica, part iy. pp. 131, 132. 


Sect. VI. § 3.] Polish, Bohemian and Romaic Versions. . 103 


said to have been intercepted by the Jesuits, into whose custody they were commit- 
ted, ‘to prevent any use from being made of them. There is also a Popish version, 
made from the Latin Vulgate, by George Kaldi, and printed at Cologne and Vienna. 





10. Polish Version. 


Three versions of the Scriptures have been published in the Polish language. The 
first was undertaken for the use of the Romanists, and was published at Cracow in 
1561; reprinted at the same place in 1577, 1599, and 1619, and at other places. 
The second was made by the Socinians, under the patronage and at the expense of 
Prince Nicholas Radzivil ; it was published at Pinczow, in Lithuania, in 1563, and is 
one of the rarest books ever printed.! This translation was reprinted at Zaslau, in 
Lithuania, in 1572. The third Polish version was made by the Reformed or Calvin- 
ists, in 1596. A translation of the New Testament into the Judzeo-Polish dialect 
(which is spoken by the Jews, who are very numerous in Poland) has been made by 
the Rey. N. Solomon, at the expense and under the patronage of the London Society 
for promoting Christianity among the Jews ; it was printed in 1821.2 A translation 
of the New Testament into the language of Samogitia, a province of Poland, was 
printed in 1820, at the expense of the Russian Bible Society. 





11. Bohemian Version. 


The first Bohemian translation was made from the Latin Vulgate, and was pub- 
lished at Prague in 1488, The other, for the use of the Protestants in Bohemia, 
was made from the sacred originals by Albert Nicolai, John Capito, Isaiah Ccepolla, 
and other learned reformers, at the expense of the baron John Zerotimus. It was 
published between the years 1579 and 1593, in six quarto volumes, without any 


indication of the place where they were printed, which is supposed to have been 
Kralitz. 





12. Romaic, or Modern Greek Version. 


The Romaic is a corruption of the antient Greek, so great indeed, that, compared 
with the latter, it may be pronounced a new language: it is at present in general 
use, both for writing and conversation, the antient Greek being used solely for eccle- 
siastical affairs. Into this language the New Testament was translated by Maximus 
Calliergi, and was printed at Geneva in 1638, in one large quarto volume, in two 
columns, one containing the antient, and the other the modern Greek. It was pub- 
lished at the expense of the then United Provinces, upon the solicitation of Cornelius 
Haga, their ambassador at Constantinople. The Greeks, however, did not receive 
it with much favour. This translation was reprinted at London in 1703, in one 
volume 12mo., by Seraphin, a monk of Mitylene ; who prefixed to it a preface, which 
gave offence to the Greek bishops, particularly to the patriarch of Constantinople. 
By his order it was committed to the flames. The edition of 1703 (which, in con- 
sequence of this suppression, has become extremely rare) was reprinted in 1705 ; 
and in that edition the objectionable passages in Seraphin’s preface were omitted. 
A more correct edition of it was printed at Halle, in Saxony, in 1710, in one volume 
12mo., under the patronage and at the expense of Sophia Louisa, Queen of Prussia.? 
From this last edition was printed the impression executed at the expense of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society, in one thick volume 12mo. (Chelsea, 1810), the 
antient and modern Greek being in parallel columns. To this edition the patriarch 
of Constantinople gave his unqualified approbation.4 With regard to the Old Tes- 
tament, though the book of Psalms was translated into Romaic, and printed at 
Venice in 1543, and the Pentateuch (by the Jews at Constantinople) in 1547; yet 
no entire version of the Scriptures was extant in modern Greek, until the archiman- 





1 A copy of this translation is in the library of Earl Spencer, and is described by Dr. 
Dibdin, Bib. Spence. vol. i. pp. 85—89. 4 

2 Thirteenth Report of the London Society for promoting Christianity among the Jews, 
p- 8. 

3 Butler’s Hore Biblice, vol. i. pp. 177—179. 

4 Owen’s History of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. il. p. 358. note. 


(c) 4 


104 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch.I. 


drite Hilarion (whom the general suffrage of the learned Greeks concurs in repre- 
senting as best qualified for the task) undertook first to prepare a new translation of 
the New Testament, which was printed in 1830. A new translation of the Old 
Testament into modern Greek was completed in 1837, by the Rev. H. D. Leeves, 
M. A., with the aid of the learned professor Bambas, director and professor of the 
Greek Gymnasium on the island of Syra.! 


13. Wallachian Version. 


“Previous to the year 1648, no part of the Scriptures existed in the Wallachian 
language, the Greek or Sclavonic being used in the church service, and the only 
Bibles in use were in those languages ; but in that year the New Testament was 
printed at Belgrade.” Of the Bible four editions have been printed ; at Bukharest, 
in 1668 and 1714; at Blaje, in Transylvania, in 1795; and at St. Petersburgh, in 1819. 
“ The translation was made by the Metropolitan Theodosius, by order of Jo. Scher- 
ban Woivoda, a prince of Wallachia. An edition of the New Testament was also 
printed at St. Petersburgh, in 1817. The number of persons, by whom this language 
is spoken, is estimated at nearly two millions.”2 In 1838, an edition of the Walla- 
chian New Testament was published, from a copy furnished by the heads of the 
Greek church in the province of Wallachia ; it consisted of four thousand copies. 
This important work was brought out by permission, and at the desire of the bishops 
of Wallachia, and under the sanction of the governor of that principality. 


14, 15. Bulgarian and Serbian Versions. 


The Gospel of St. Matthew was translated and printed in the Bulgarian language, 
at St. Petersburg, in 1823; but doubts being entertained of the incompetency of the 
translator, its further. progress was discontinued. In 1838, however, an accurate 
version of the entire New Testament was printed at Smyrna, under the superintend- 
ance of Mr. B. Barker, the accredited agent of the British and Foreign Bible Society 
for the Turkish Empire.*| The Serbian version of the New Testament, which was 
executed some years since, being deemed unfit for the press, the Russian Bible 
Society engaged a native Serbian to undertake a new translation, the printing of 
which was completed in 1825 ; but, owing to the cessation of the Society’s opera- 
tions, the distribution of the copies has hitherto been retarded. 5 





16. Romanese Versions. 


The Romanese language is divided into two dialects, the Churwelsche and Ladiniche. 
The former is spoken by the inhabitants of the Engadine (one of the loftiest valleys 
in Switzerland, bordering on the Tyrol); the latter, by the Ladins, who reside on 
the confines of Italy. The Scriptures were translated into the Churwelsche dialect, 
and published in 1657, at Schuol, a town of the Lower Engadine, and into the 
Ladiniche at Coire, in 1719. Editions of both these versions have been printed 


Wy ap Bible Society at Basle, aided by the British and Foreign Bible Society in 
ondon. 





17. Turkish Versions. 


In 1666, the New Testament was printed in Turkish, at Oxford : it was translated 
by Dr. Lazarus Seaman, and was published at the joint expense of the Hon, Robert 


prepress e S  E S  e 5 ee 


1 Thirty-first Report, p. xlix. Thirty-third Report, p. Lxiii, 
* Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, pp. 249, 250. 

3 Thirty-fourth Report, p. ly. 

* Thirty-fourth Report, p. ly. 

5 Ibid. pp. 262, 263. 


Sect. VI. § 3.] Portuguese and Albanian Versions. — 105 


Boyle, and of the Levant or Turkey Company of London, for the benefit of the 
Christians in Turkey, by whom it was very gratefully received. In the same year a 
translation of the whole Bible into the Turkish language was completed by Albertus 
Boboosky, better known by his Turkish name of Hali Bey, first dragoman or inter- 
preter to the Porte.! He undertook this arduous work at the request of the cele- 
brated Levin Warner, at that time ambassador from Holland, and his translation was 
sent to Leyden, corrected and ready for the press. Here it lay until 1814, when the 
Rey. Dr. Pinkerton, having ascertained its value, recommended it to the British and 
Foreign Bible Society. The curators of the university of Leyden having confided 
the manuscript to his excellency Baron von Diez, at that time counsellor of legation 
to the court of Berlin, this distinguished scholar devoted the last two years of his 
life to its revision, and to superintending the printing of it. On his decease, in 
1817, the editing of this version was undertaken by M. Kieffer, professor of the 
Oriental languages at Paris: and in 1820, the New Testament was finished.2 The 
printing of the entire Turkish Bible was completed in 18283, and its accuracy has 
been attested by the Rev. Dr. Henderson, who had (not without reason) objected 
to some passages in the first edition of the Turkish New Testament. In 1837, an 
edition of the Turkish version, in Greek characters (commonly called the Graeco- 
Turkish) was considerably advanced at press, for the use of such Turks as use the 
Greek characters.4 

The five books of Moses, the book of Joshua, and the New Testament, were 
translated into what is called the plain Turkish dialect, and published at Astrachan, 
in 1825. This version was executed by the Rev. John Dickson, missionary from the 
Scottish Missionary Society, at Astrachan ; who, in executing it, derived essential 
assistance from the preceding version of Hali Bey.6 A copy of this plain Turkish 
version is in the Library of the British Museum ; and a version of St. Matthew’s 
Gospel has been printed in the Turco-Tartar dialect.® 


18. Portuguese Versions. 


In 1681, the New Testament was printed in the Portuguese language at Amster- 
dam ; and some portions were printed in the former part of the last century by the 
Missionaries at Tranquebar. A Portuguese version of the Old Testament, executed 
by Joao Ferreira d’Almeida and Jacob op den Akker, was published at Batavia, in 
1748—53, in two volumes 8vo. These were Protestant versions. In 1781, An- 
tonio Pereira published a Portuguese version of the New Testament, at Lisbon ; 
and in 1783, the entire Bible. This translation is made from the Vulgate Latin version, 
and in all doctrinal points is in unison with the church of Rome. 


19. Albanian Version. 


“H Kawyy Acadnen tov Kupiov cat Xwrnpoe ypwy Inoov Xpiarov Acydwrroc, 





1 Owen’s History of the Bible Society, vol. iii. pp. 13, 14. 257.500. Sixteenth Report 
of the Society, Appendix, p.17. Albertus Boboosky was born in Poland in the beginning 
of the seventeenth century. While a youth he was stolen by the Tartars, and sold to the 
Turks in Constantinople. By them he was educated in the Mohammedan faith, and when he 
grew up became first dragoman or translator to Mahomet or Mohammed 1V. His Turkish 
name was Hali Bey. He understood seventeen languages, and is said to have spoken 
French, German, and English with the fluency of a native. To the English language he 
was greatly attached; and at the request of Mr. Boyle translated the catechism of the 
Church of England into Turkish. He also composed several works himself, several of 
which have been published: but his great work was the translation of the Scriptures, above 
noticed. Boboosky also wrote a grammar and dictionary of the Turkish language. But it 
is not known what has become of them, and of the church catechism. ‘This wonderful 
man intended to have returned into the bosom of the Christian Church; but died, before 
he accomplished his design. Owen’s Hist. vol. iii. p. 14. note. 

2 See the Collection of Documents relative to the Turkish version, in the Twentieth 
Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, Appendix, pp. 124—155. 

3 Twenty-fourth Report, p. xxix. and Appendix p. 161. 

4 Thirty-seventh Report, p. Lxiil. 

5 New Baptist Miscellany, vol. ii. p. 382. 

6 Thirty-second Report, p. xlvii. 


106 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


TOUTEOTL, Toaixn cae AXavecn. [The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour 
Jesus Christ in two languages, that is, Greek and Albanian.} Corfu, 1827. 


8vo. 


The Albanians are a hardy people, inhabiting the countries antiently known by 
the names of Illyricum and Epirus ; numerous tribes of them are also spread over 
Macedonia and the Morea or Peloponnesus. A translation of the New ‘Testament 
into their language was finished in the year 1820, by Dr. Evangelos Mexicos, under 
the patronage and at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. The 
Albanian dialect had never been brought to a standard, until the Committee of the 
Ionian Bible Society accomplished it, and printed the New Testament under the 
direction of Gregory, archbishop of Eubcea, in 1827, in parallel columns, one con- 
taining the Greek text, the other the Albanian version. An alphabet of the Albanian 
characters faces the title-page.! 


20. Maltese Version. 


The Maltese may almost be considered as a dialect of the Arabic language. Into 
this dialect the New Testament was a few years since translated by signor Giuseppe 
Cannolo, a native of the island of Malta, under the direction and with the assistance 
of the Rev. William Jowett, M.A. at that time one of the Representatives of the 
Church Missionary Society in the Mediterranean. The Old Testament is in pro- 
gress. As very few books have appeared in Maltese, the Gospel of John has 
been printed in this country, in Maltese and English, in parallel columns ; and copies 
have been sent to Malta for distribution chiefly among persons capable of forming a 
judgment of the Maltese, in order to render the translation as perfect as practicable, 
before the entire New Testament shall be put to press. The importance of this 
undertaking will be felt, when it is considered that the crowded population of the 
islands of Malta and Gozo never yet possessed the Scriptures in their own tongue. 
The value of this ‘translation is further enhanced, by the circumstance that it may 
serve as a step to Europeans who are desirous to learn the Arabic language.? 


) 4, VERSIONS IN THE LANGUAGES OF ASIA. 
[7.] Hebrew Version. 


The New Testament was first translated into Hebrew by the learned Elias Hutter, 
who published it in his Polyglott edition of the New Testament in twelve languages, 
viz. Greek, Syriac, Hebrew, Latin, German, Boheman, Italian, Spanish, French, 
English, Danish, and Polish, at Nuremberg, in 1599-1600, in two volumes 4to. In 
his preface he states, that when meditating that work, he sought in vain for a 
Hebrew version of the New Testament. No alternative therefore was left to him, 
but to attempt it himself. Accordingly, laying aside every other undertaking, he 
translated, corrected, and finished it in the space of one year. For a first transla- 
tion, especially when we consider the shortness of the time in which it was accom- 
plished, it is truly a wonderful performance. From Hutter’s Polyglott the Hebrew 
text was detached, and printed separately, with some corrections, under the super- 
intendance of William Robertson, 8vyo. London, 1661. It is a volume of extremely 
rare occurrence, as the greater part of the impression was consumed in the great 
fire of London, in 1666. Robertson’s edition was beautifully reprinted in 12mo. at 
London in 1798, by the Rey. Richard Caddick, with the pious and benevolent 
design of enlightening the minds of the Jews. This translation not being executed 
in pure biblical Hebrew, and consequently not adapted to the Jews, the London 
Society for promoting Christianity among them, in 1817, completed and published 
anew translation in biblical Hebrew. The Gospel of Saint Matthew was published 
i 1814, and the succeeding books at different times, as they could be completed. 





* Twenty-second Report of the Bible Society, pp. xxxv. xxxvi. Twenty-third Report, 
p. XXv. 


? Eighteenth Report of the Church Missionary Society for 1817—18, p. 69. 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Chaldee and Oriental Versions. 107 


Another Hebrew translation of the New Testament with points was executed by 
Mr. William Greenfield, and published at London, in 1831, in 8vo.! The late Rev. 
Dr. Buchanan, during his researches in the interior of India, obtained a Hebrew 
manuscript of the New Testament in the country of Travancore, which is now de- 
posited in the University Library at Cambridge. It is written in the small Rabbinical 
or Jerusalem character. The translator was a learned rabbi, and the translation is in 
general faithful : his design was, to make an accurate version of the New Testament, 
for the express purpose of confuting it, and of repelling the arguments of his neighbours, 
the Syrian or St. Thomé Christians. His own work was the providential instrument 
of subduing his unbelief; and he lived and died in the faith of Christ. A transcript 
of this Travancore Hebrew New Testament is in the Library of the London Society 
for promoting Christianity among the Jews.? A Hebrew translation of the four 
gospels was published at Rome (with the Latin Vulgate text), by John Baptist 
Jonas, in 1668, in one volume folio. A copy is in the King’s Library, in the British 
Museum. A Hebrew translation of the Apocryphal Books of the Old Testament 
from the Greek was made by Seckel Isaac FRAENKEL, and published at Leipzig 
in 1830.3 


[ii.] Chaldee. 


The New Testament has not hitherto been published in this language; but a 
manuscript copy, both of the Old and New Testament, is said to exist in the Vatican 
Library.4 In the course of his missionary labours in Persia, the Rev. Dr. Wolff 
purchased the manuscripts of different portions of the Chaldee Bible ; which, though 
the same in language as the Syriac, is written in a different character. 5 





[w.] Versions in the Oriental Languages, either translated by the Baptist Missionaries 
at Serampore, or printed at the Mission Press. 


The Baptist Missionaries entered India in 1793, and ultimately fixed themselves 
at the Danish settlement of Serampore, near Calcutta. To this mission chiefly 
belongs the honour of reviving the spirit of promoting Christian knowledge, by 
translations of the Bible. Soon after their establishment at Serampore, they were 
convinced that, if ever Christianity took deep root in India, it must be through the 
Holy Scriptures being translated and put into the hands of the various tribes who 
inhabit that vast country. Aided by a noble fund for translations, raised by sub- 
scriptions among the societies of the Baptist denomination in Great Britain, almost 
from the commencement of their pious labours, and also by various annual grants 
of money from the British and Foreign Bible Society, from the year 1806 to the 
present time, the missionaries applied themselves to the great work of translating 
the Scriptures. In this undertaking, which has been honoured with the sanction 
of the Marquess Wellesley, and subsequent governors-general of India, the Rey. 
Doctors Carey and Marshman, and the Rey. William Ward, pre-eminently dis- 
tinguished themselves ; and, with their coadjutors, continued with unwearied assi- 
duity to prosecute their arduous work.® Having formed a typographical estab- 





1 The reader will find a critical account of this Hebrew version of the entire new Testa- 
ment in the Congregational Magazine for October, 1831. There are extant various other 
Hebrew translations of detached books of the New Testament, by different individuals, 
which we have not room to enumerate. For an account of them see Dr. Clarke’s Biblio- 
graphical Dictionary, vol. vi. pp. 218-222. 

2 Fourth Report of the London Society for promoting Christianity among the Jews, 
Appendix, p. 45. 

3 Hagiographa Posteriora denominata Apocrypha, hactenus Israelitis ignota, nunc autem 
e textu Greco in linguam Hebraicam convertit atque in lucem emisit Seckel Isaac Frarn- 
KEL. Lipsiz, 1830. 8vo. 

4 Clarke’s Bibliographical Dictionary, vol. vi. p. 213. 

5 Twenty-third Report of the Bible Society, p. xxxii. 

6 For an account of the very great care bestowed on the versions undertaken by the Mis- 
sionaries at Serampore, (each of which, upon the average, was the result of seven years’ 
labour,) the reader is referred to the Rev. Dr. Marsham’s ‘ Brief Memoir” relative to 
their operations in Bengal (pp. 4—7. Lendon, 1827), which most satisfactorily repels the 





108 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. EPart I. Ch. I. 


lishment at Serampore, they have also been enabled to print translations of the 
Scriptures, entire or in part, which had been made by other learned and pious indi- 
viduals. And when the Mission College, founded at Calcutta by the late Right 
Rev. Dr. T. F. Mippieron, Bishop of Calcutta (one of whose special objects, for 
the spiritual welfare of India, is the translation of the Bible into the hitherto un- 
translated dialects of India), shall commence its active operations, we may with just 
confidence anticipate the ultimate triumphs of our holy religion among the numerous 
tribes who inhabit that immense continent. ! 

The languages spoken in India form three classes, viz. 

1. The Aradic, and the languages derived from or bearing an affinity to it. 2. The 
Sanscrit or Sungscrit; and, 3. The Chinese, with the languages respectively derived 
from or bearing an affinity to them. 2 





1. Medern Versions in the Araxic language, and its cognate dialects. 


(1.) Arasic.—A version of the entire Bible in Arabic has come down to us, of 
which an account has been given in Vol. II. pp. 231, 232. of the Author’s Introduc- 
tion to the Study of the Scriptures. Though highly valued by some Oriental scholars 
for its general accuracy and fidelity, it has become antiquated im its dialect, and con- 
sequently unacceptable to the learned Arabians. On this account a new translation, 
in elegant modern Arabic, was commenced by Sabat, an eminent Arabian scholar, 
under the superintendence of the late Rev. T. T. Thomason, M. A., one of the Hon. 
East India Company’s Chaplains. The New Testament was completed and published 
at Calcutta, in 1816, at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society.3 A 
second edition of the New Testament, much revised and improved, was printed in 
1826, at the press belonging to the Bishop’s College, Calcutta. An edition of the 
Arabic New Testament, in Syriac characters, was printed at Paris, at the expense of 
the Bible Society, in 1822. See a specimen of the Arabic version in p. 122. infra. 

(2.) Persian.—The Persian version, also noticed in Vol. EI. pp. 233, 234., having 
also become antiquated and obsolete, a new one was undertaken by Lieut. Colonel 
Colebrooke, who completed the four Gospels. They were published at Calcutta in 
1804. An entire version of the New Testament, in pure and elegant Persian, was. 
executed by the late Rev. H. Martyn, who travelled from India to. Shiraz, the Athens 
of Persia, for that purpose. He arrived there in June, 1811, and by the middle of 
the following year he had completed his work, with the assistance of Meer Seyd Ali, 
a learned native. He next proceeded to translate the book of Psalms into the same 
language ; and thus rendered those important parts of the Sacred Scriptures into the 
vernacular language of two hundred thousand who. bear the Christian name, and 
which is known over one fourth of the habitable globe. A beautifully written copy 
of Martyn’s translation was presented by Sir Gore Ouseley, bart. his Majesty’s 
extraordinary, to the Sovereign of Persia, who publicly expressed his approbation of 





assertions of their incompetency, which had been made by an anonymous writer in one of the 
periodical journals. 

* As soon as it was known in England that Bp. Middleton was forming the Mission 
College at Calcutta, the sum of 5000/. sterling was voted to him by each of the venerable 
Societies, for promoting Christian Knowledge, and for the Propagation of the Gospel in 
Foreign Parts, in‘aid of that Institution. The same sum was voted to his Lordship by the 
Church Missionary Society, without condition or restriction, in furtherance of his. plan. 
And the like sum of 5000/. was voted by the British and Foreign Bible Society, in aid of 
the translation of the Holy Scriptures. 

* Where no other authority is cited, our notices of original translations are abridged 
from the “ Brief View of Baptist Missions and Translations,” 8vo. London, 1815: from 
the ‘Periodical Accounts of the Baptist Missionary Society” No. XXX.; from the 
Supplement to No. XXXI., containing a further memoir of the translations of the sacred 
Scriptures, dated March 21. 1816, 8vo. London, 1817; from specimens of editions of 
the Sacred Scriptures in the Eastern languages, translated by the Brethren of the Seram- 
pore Mission, and of several others, printed at the Mission Press, Serampore, 1818, 4to. ; 
from the “ Seventh Memoir respecting the Translations of the Sacred Scriptures into the 
Languages of India, conducted by the Brethren at Serampore,’’ 8vo. Serampore, 1820; 
and from their Tenth Memoir, published in London, in 1834. The specimens of versions, 
in pp. 118—120, have been stereotyped from fac-similes, liberally communicated for the use 
of this work, by the Rey. J. Dyer, one of the Secretaries of that Society. 

* Buchanan’s Christian Researches in Asia, pp. 285—290. (London, 1811.) 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Sanscrit Versions. ve 109 


the work. Sir G. Ouseléy subsequently carried another copy of the manuscript to 
Petersburg, where it was printed in 1815, at the expense of the Petersburg Bible 
Society, under his superintendence. A specimen of this version is given in page 121. 
A modern Persian version of the historical books of the Old Testament is in 
progress also at Petersburg ; and of the poetical and prophetical books, by the Rey. 
Mr. Glen, a Scottish Missionary at Astrachan.2 The book of Psalms and the 
Proverbs have been printed. A new Version of Isaiah, by Mirza Ibrahim, a learned 
Fersian, has been completed and printed.t| These two versions are destined for the 
inhabitants of Persia Proper. A Persian translation of the Old Testament, com- 
menced by the Rey. T. Robinson, archdeacon of Madras, under the sanction of the 
late bishop Heber was completed and printed in 1837.5 This version is especially 
designed for the Mohammedans, Parsees, and Persians of India. 

(3.) Pushtoo or Affghan.—This language is spoken beyond the river Indus, by a 
people, who, there is every reason to conclude (from the coincidence of their language 
with the Chaldaic and from other circumstances), are descended from the ten tribes 
of Israel. The eminent linguist, the late John Leyden, M.D., commenced a trans- 
lation of the New Testament ; and on his death, in 1812, the Baptist missionaries at 
Serampore procured men skilled in the language to complete his undertaking. The 
whole of the New Testament was printed at the mission press in 1818; and the 
Pentateuch and historical books in 1832. A specimen of this version is given in 
page 119. 

(4.) Bulocha or Buloshee.—This language is spoken on the western banks of the 
Indus, the country of Bulochistan extending westward to Persia. _ Considerable 
progress has been made by the missionaries in translating the New Testament into 
this dialect, in which they have printed three Gospels. See a specimen of it in 
page 120. | 


2. Versions in the SANscRriT or SunesKRit language and its cognate 
dialects. 


(1.) Sanscrit.—This, though the parent of all the languages spoken in western 
and southern India, is, at present, the current language of no country, though it is 
spoken by the learned nearly throughout India. The New Testament was pub- 
lished in Sanscrit at Serampore, in 1808; the Pentateuch and historical books in 
1811; the Hagiographa in 1816; and the translation of the prophetic books was 
finished in 1818. The baptist missionaries are preparing a new edition of this 
version, which is read with great interest by the Brahmins. A specimen of it is 
given in page 118. 

(2.) In Western India, not fewer than twenty-nine languages are derived from the 
Sanscrit, and into twenty-one of these the sacred volume has been wholly or in 
part translated, viz. : — 

i. The Sikh, Sheek, or Punjabee, which is spoken in the province of Punjab, or the 
country of the five rivers (from punj five, and ab water): into this language the 
Old Testament has been translated at Serampore, as far as the end of the book of 
the prophet Ezekiel. See a specimen of it in page 119. 

i. The Gujarathi or Guzurattee, which is spoken in the peninsula of Guzurat ; in 
this language the entire Bible has also been printed. Two editions of the Old 
Testament, three editions of the New Testament, and one edition of the Four Gospels 
and Acts have been printed and circulated.6 

ii. The Assamese, or language of the kingdom of Assam, in which the New Testa- 
ment was printed in 1822; the Pentateuch in 1822, and the historical books, the 
Prophets, and the Hagiographa, in 1832, See a specimen in page 120. 

iv. The Kashmiree or Kashmire, which is spoken in the extensive province of 


1 Owen’s Hist. of the Bible Society, vol. iii. p. 41.; vol.ii. p. 261. In pp. 265-267. 
an English translation of the letter of the King of Persia is printed at length. See also the 
very interesting Memoir of the Rey. Henry Martyn, B.D. 8vo. London, 1819, particu- 
larly pp. 341—433. 

2 Twenty-third Report of the Bible Society, p. xxxii. 

3 Twenty-seventh Report, p. xlvii. 

+ Twenty-ninth Report, p. lvit. 

5 Twentieth Report, p. lii. Thirty-fourth Report, p. lix. 

6 Thirty-fourth Report, p. lxx. 


110 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [ Part. I. Ch. I. 


Kashmire, in the north of Hindostan : the New Testament and Historical Books of 
the Old Testament have been printed.—See a specimen in page 118. 

The New Testament has also been translated and printed in 

vy. The Wutch or Multanee, or dialect of Wuch, a country on the eastern bank of 
the Indus, which reaches from the Punjab to Auch ; 

vi. The Pikaneer, which is spoken to the south of the Punjab, and extends west- 
ward to the country where the Wucha begins ; and in 

vii. The Aunkuna, which language begins where the Guzurattee ceases to be ver- 
nacular, and is spoken at Bombay, and thence up the coast as far as Goa. On the 
completion of the Pentateuch in this language, the Serampore brethren transferred 
the translation of the remaining books of the Old Testament to the Bombay 
Auxiliary Bible Society. 

viii. The Méruwar or Marwar, which is spoken to the south-west of the Bikaneer 
country ; 

ix. The Oojuvinee, or language of the province of Oujein ; 

x. The Bundelkhundee, spoken in the province of Bundelkh-und ; and 

xi. The Nepalese, or language of the kingdom of Nepal. 

The Four Gospels have been printed m 

xii. xili. The Kanouj or Kanhukoobja, and Jumboo languages ; 

xiv. xv. avi. The Palpa, Shreenagur, and Bhutaneer languages ; and also in 

xvii. The Maghudha or Pali language, which is spoken in South Bahar. It begins 
where the Mahratta language ends, and extends nearly to the banks of the Ganges, 
and is the learned language of Ceylon, and of the Burman Empire. This version 
was commenced by Mr. W. Tolfrey, at Colombo, in 1813: and on his death, in 1817, 
the task of finishing and editing it was confided by the Colombo Auxiliary Bible 
Society to the Rev. Messrs. Chater and Clough. It was completed in 18361 ; 

XViil.—xxi. Whe Gospel of Matthew has been translated and printed in the Koshul 
or Kosala, the Juyapoora, the Oodyapoora, and the Sindh or Duskinu languages. 

(3.) In Southern India, TwELVE dialects are spoken, that are either derived from 
the Sanscrit, or bear an affinity to it, and into which the Scriptures have been wholly 
or in part translated, viz. :— 

i. Inthe Mahratta, the Pentateuch and New Testament, translated by the Baptist 
missionaries, have long been in circulation, and the Historical Books were printed in 
1820. The accuracy of this version having been impugned by an anonymous writer 
in the Asiatic Journal for 1829, Mr. W. Greenfield ably vindicated it ina “ Defence” of 
this version which was’ published in 1830. See a specimen of it in page 118. A 
New Translation of the New Testament in the Mahratta language, by the American 
Missionaries at Bombay, was printed at the mission press in that city, in 1826: and 
a revised edition of the entire Bible has since been completed.’ 

The Hindoostanhee or Oordoo, being spoken over an immense tract of country in 
India, varies much in its dialects ; and not fewer than three different translations of 
the sacred volume have been printed. The earliest was that of the four Gospels, by 
William Hunter, Esq.; which was executed at the press of the-.college of Fort 
William. Another translation was completed by the late Rev. Henry Martyn3 in 
1808, and printed at the expense of the Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society. A revised 
edition of this version, by the Rev. Mr. Bowley (one of the missionaries of the 
Church Missionary Society, who is stationed at Chunar) was finished at Calcutta 
in 1820, at the expense of the same Society ; and several separate books of the Old 
Testament have been added.* In 1820 the Calcutta Society printed a large edition 
of Mr. Martyn’s version of St. Matthew’s Gospel in Hindoostanhee, with the English 
on the opposite page ; and of Mr. Bowley’s revision, which, by the disuse of Arabic 
and Persian words, is peculiarly adapted to the inhabitants of Benares and the upper 


1 Twenty-seventh Report, p. liv. ‘Twenty-ninth Report, p.lxivy. Thirty-second Re- 
port p. Ix, 

2 Thirty-fourth Report, p. Ixx. 

3 To this eminently learned and exemplary divine, the native Christians and others who 
speak the Hindoostanhee language are indebted for a compendium of the Liturgy of the 
Anglican Church, which was translated by him, and printed, in 1818, at the expense of the 
Prayer Book and Homily Society of London, Mr. Martyn was the first clergyman of that 
church in India who introduced her service to our native subjects in Bengal. His work, 
having received frequent revision and amendment, is esteemed by competent judges to be a 
perspicuous and faithful version of the sublime original. 


* Memoirs of Martyn, p.292. Sixteenth Report of the Bible Society, pp. Ixxi. 182,183. 
Twenty-third Report, p. xxxvi. 


Sect. VI. § 4.] ‘Sanscrit Version and its Dialects. 1l1l 


provinces: the three first Gospels were printed in the same year; and in 1826 the 
entire New Testament was completed.1_ A specimen of the Hindoostanhee version 
in the Persian character is given in page 121. 

The third Hindoostanhee version of the New Testament was completed many 
years since by the missionaries at Serampore, who published the Old Testament in 
1818. A new edition of the New Testament was printed in 1820, at their press, 
from a new version, executed by the Rey. John Chamberlain, whose long residence 
in the western provinces of India, together with his intimate knowledge of the 
popular dialects of the Hindoos, eminently qualified him for the undertaking. A 
specimen of this version is given in page 119. 

ii. In the Bengalee, or language of the province of Bengal, the whole of the 
Scriptures is published, and the book of Common Prayer has been translated by the 
Rev. Deocar Schmid. Five editions of the New Testament and two of the Psalms, 
and some other parts of the Old Testament, have been printed ; and a new edition 
of the entire Bible was printed in 1832, in one large 8vo. volume, together with two 
thousand extra copies of the New Testament in 12mo., and five thousand copies in 
8vo., besides three thousand copies of the Psalms. A large edition of the Gospels 
of St. Matthew and St. John, in English and Bengalee, on opposite pages, was 
printed at Calcutta in 1820, chiefly for the benefit of the natives who are attached 
to public offices and houses of agency. See a specimen of the Bengalee version in 
page 118. 

A new Bengalee version of the New Testament, completed by the late Mr. Eller- 
ton, was printed at Calcutta in 18202: and the Rev. Mr. Yates, a learned missionary, 
was appointed to prepare a version of the Psalms in Bengalee. 3 

iv. The Oortya or Orissa language is spoken in the province of that name ; it has — 
a very close affinity ta the Bengalee, but with different terminations, and a different 
character. In this language the entire Bible was translated by the Baptist mission- 
aries several years since: a second edition ef the New Testament was completed at 
Serampore, in 1822, and a new edition of the Pentateuch, Historical Books, and the 
Psalms in 1832. A specimen of this version is given in page 119. 

v. The Brij-Bhassa language, which is spoken in the upper provinces of Hindoo- 
stan, contains a greater mixture of the Sanscrit than most of the other dialects of the 
Hindee. The entire New Testament has been translated and printed. See a speci- 
men of it in page 119. The Brij-Bhassa version is likely to be more acceptable to 
the inhabitants of the province of Dooab than the Hindoostanhee. 

vi. The Xurnata, Canarese, or Karnatica language is spoken by about seven millions 
of persons, in the country extending northward from Tellicherry to Goa, and eastward 
from the coast of Malabar to the country where the Tamul is spoken, including the 
whole of the Mysore. In this language the New Testament was printed in 1820, 
from the translation of the Rey. Mr. Hands. A specimen of it is given in page 120. 
The Old Testament was completed in 1832, and the New Testament has been carefully 
revised preparatory to a new edition, ¢ , 

vi. The Tamu language is spoken in the south-eastern part of India, from Madras 
to Cape Comorin. Two different translations have been made in this language. The 
first was executed by the learned German missionaries, who were educated at Halle, 
and were employed in the last century by the Danish government. The New 
Testament was commenced by Bartholomew Ziegenbalg in 1708, and finished in 1711. 
A printing press and paper having been provided at Tranquebar by the assistance of 
the venerable Society for promoting Christian Knowledge, this translation, after 
having been revised by Griindler, another missionary, who arrived after Ziegenbalg, 
was put to press in 1714, and finished in the following year. This Tamul New 
Testament was reprinted at Tranquebar in 1722, and again in 1758, and also at 
Colombo in 1743. In the year 1717, Ziegenbalg commenced a Tamul version of the 
Old Testament ; but he died in 1719, having finished only the Pentateuch with the 
books of Joshua and Judges. The translation was continued and completed by the 
distinguished missionary Benjamin Schultz, who arrived at Tranquebar in 1719: it 
was printed at Tranquebar, in four volumes, in the years 1723-26-27, and 28. The 
second translation of the New Testament into Tamul was made by Fabricius, another 





1 Twenty-first Report, p. xlii. 

2 Seventeeth Report of the Bible Society, p. Ivii. 

3 Twenty-third Report, p. xxxvi. 

« Twenty-fifth Report, pp. lviii. lix. Twenty-ninth Report, p.1xi. Thirty-third Report, 
p. lxviii. 


112 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


German missionary, at Madras, where it was printed in 1777.! In 1814 an edition 
of the Tamul New Testament was completed at the Serampore press, at the expense 
of the Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society ; and as the lapse of years rendered further 
correction of it necessary, the Rev. T. C. E. Rhenius and the Rey. Dr. Rottler? at 
Madras were employed to revise Fabricius’s version. Their labours having been 
highly approved by competent judges, the Madras Bible Society in 1823 printed a 
revised edition of the Old Testament.3 Further revisions of the Old and New 
Testament have since been completed. See a specimen of the Tamul version in 
page 121. . : 

viii. The Veknga language, sometimes called the Ye/oogoo, is spoken in the 
Northern Circars. In this language, which appears to be a dialect of the Tamul, the 
missionary Schultz, above noticed, translated the Bible: but it was never printed. 4 
A Telinga version of the New Testament was executed by the Missionaries at 
Serampore, in 1818; and the Pentateuch was subsequently printed. On the 
completion of the Pentateuch, the honour of finishing this version was resigned to 
the Madras Auxiliary Bible Society: a revised edition of the New Testament has 
been printed. A specimen of the Telinga version is given in page 119. 

ix. While the Dutch had settlements in the island of Ceylon, they were not 
inattentive to imparting the Scriptures to such of the natives as embraced the 
Christian Faith. The four Gospels were translated into Cingalese, or the language 
of that island, and were printed at Colombo in 1739, and again in 1780 ; the Acts 
of the Apostles, in 1771; the Psalms in 1755, and again in 1768 ; and the entire 
New Testament, together with the books of Genesis, Exodus, and Leviticus, were 
printed at the same place in 1783. After Ceylon had become part of the British 


_empire, a new Cingalese version of the New Testament was undertaken by Mr. W. 


Tolfrey, aided by native assistants, under the patronage and at the expense of the 
Colombo Auxiliary Society. That nothing might be omitted, which could insure the 
excellence of this translation, two hundred copies of the Gospels of Matthew and 
Mark were printed off, and circulated among the Modeliars (native magistrates), 
proponents, and catechists at Colombo, who were the best skilled in Cingalese ; 
several were also sent to the settlements of Point de Galle and Matura, where that 
language is ‘spoken in the greatest purity. Pains were taken to obtam a fair and 
candid opinion of the new work ; and it is satisfactory to know, from the decision of 
numerous and competent judges, that the language and style of this extensive 
specimen of the New Version were not only pure, and suitable to the dignity of the 
subject, but also plain and intelligible. Mr. Tolfrey had gone through repeated 
revisions of the whole New Testament, and had finally corrected to the end of the 
second chapter of the second epistle to Timothy, when his labours were interrupted 
by a sudden death, in 1817. The Cingalese New Testament was finished and 
printed by the united exertions of the Rev. Messrs. Chater and Clough (the former 
a Baptist, and the latter a Wesleyan-Methodist Missionary), and of Mr. Armour, an 
intelligent schoolmaster of the latter connexion; and measures were taken for 
adding to it the old Testament, of which only the three first books of Moses had 
been hitherto translated. - A second edition of the Cingalese translation of the New 
Testament was completed in 1820; and the Old Testament was printed in 1823, in 
three volumes 4to. See a specimen of the Cingalese Testament, in p. 121.5 In 
1826 an Indo-Portuguese version of the New Testament, executed by the Rey. Mr. 
Newstead, was printed in England. ® ; 

x. A translation. of the New Testament into the Maldivian language (which is 
spoken in the small but very numerous Maldivian islands, that lie to the south-west 
of Ceylon) has been commenced by the missionaries at Serampore. The Gospel of 
Matthew has been completed. 

x1. In 1612 (a few years, after the establishment of the Dutch East India Com- 








1 Bishop Marsh’s History of the Translations of the Scriptures, p. 37. 

° The Rey. Dr. Rottler also translated the book of Common Prayer into the Tamul lan- 
guage: it was printed at Madras in 1819, in quarto. 

3 Sixteenth Report of the Bible Society, p. 183. Nineteenth Report, p. lix. 

+ In 1820, the Prayer Book and Homily Society of London made a grant of books to 
be sold at Madras, the proceeds of which were applied in aid of printing the book of 
Common Prayer in the Tamul and Malayalim languages. 

5 Owen’s History of the Bible Society, vel. iii. pp. 120. $23. 469. Sixteenth Report of 
that Society, p.189. In 1820, the Book of Common Prayer was translated into Cingalese, 
under the direction of the Hon. and Rev. T. J. Twisleton, D.D., Archdeacon of Colombo. 

6 Twenty-first Report, p. xlvii. T'wenty-second Report, p. xlvi. 


ea* 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Chinese Versions. 113 


| pany), Albert Cornelius Ruyl began a translation of the New Testament into the 


Malay language, which is spoken not only in Malacca, but in Java and many other 
islands of the Indian archipelago. He lived only to finish the Gospels of Matthew 
and Mark, which were sent to Holland, where they were printed at Enkhuysen in 
1629, and again, at Amsterdam, in 1638. In 1646 the Gospels of Luke and John, 
transiated by M. van Hassel, one of the East India directors, were printed at Amster- 
dam, where the four Gospels were again printed in 1651, accompanied with the Acts 
of the Apostles ; and in 1668, the whole New Testament, in the Malay language, was 
printed at Amsterdam. From this edition the Gospels and Acts were printed at 
Oxford in 1677, and again in 1704. Of the Old Testament, in the Malay language, 
some portions were printed in the seventeenth century ; but the first edition of the 
entire Malay Bible was printed in 1731 and 1733, in Roman characters. Another 
edition of the whole Malay Bible was printed in the Arabic character at Batavia, in 
1758.1 This version having become extremely scarce, an edition of the Malay Bible, 
in Roman characters, was printed at Calcutta, in 1815-17, under the direction of the 
Auxiliary Bible Society there, aided by a munificent grant of 10,000 sicca rupees from 
the Governor-General in council, on the part of the Honourable East India Company. 
Another edition of the Malay Bible, in Roman characters, has been completed at the 
expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society ;. and another edition, in Arabic 
characters, revised by the Rev. R. 8. Hutchings, was completed at Calcutta in 1822, 
under the direction of the Auxiliary Bible Society there. Specimens of the Malay 
version, both in Roman and Arabic characters, are given in page 122. As a dialect 
of the Malay is spoken at Batavia, the Java Bible Society, in 1814, engaged the 
Rev. Mr. Robinson (a Baptist Missionary), and Mr. Kool, a native translator to the 
government of that island, to undertake a version of the New Testament in that 
dialect, which has since been completed.— See a specimen of this version, comprising 
the Lord’s Prayer in Javanese, translated by the Rev. Mr. Trowt, another missionary 
from the Baptist Society, in page 122. 

A new version of the New Testament, in the Javanese language, by the Rev. 
Mr. Briickner, was printed at Serampore in 1831. 2 

xii. The Malayalim or Malabar language, is spoken on the coast of Malabar, in the. 
country of Travancore. In this language the Scriptures have been translated by, or 
under the direction of, the Rev. Benjamin Bailey, one of the missionaries sent to 
India by the Church Missionary Society ; and the New Testament has been printed.3 
The Malayalim spoken by the Syrian Christians of Travancore differs greatly, both 
in words and idioms, from that spoken in the northern part of Malabar.! In order to 
render the Malayalim version of the Bible as correct as possible, the Calcutta Bible 
Society in 1820 sent a printing-press, types, and paper; to..Cotym, where a new 
college has been founded for the Syrian Christians, by thesajah of Travancore, and 
Colonel Munro, the British resident at his court. 


3, Versions in the Cutnese and the languages derived from or bearing 
affinity to tt. 
Chinese Versions.. 


The Chinese language, in the characters peculiar to it, is read not only throughout 
China, but also in Cochinchina, and Japan, by a population of more than three hun- 
dred millions of persons. Two versions of the entire Bible are extant in this language, 
the translators of which have been aided in their arduous and expensive undertakings 
by the British and Foreign Bible Society. The earliest of,-thiése was commenced by 
the Rev. Dr. Marshman, at Serampore, by whom the New: Testament was printed in 
1814, The translation of the Old Testament, which wasvexecuted many years since, 
has been printed in detached portions, and at different times. The Historical Books, 
which finish the Bible, were completed in 1821. The missionaries at Serampore are 
possessed of several sets of Chinese characters, both in wooden blocks and also in 
metal types : a specimen from the latter is given in page 120. The other version was 


eae oe a ey te ag I a 


-1 Bishop Marsh’s History of Translations, p. 35. 
2 'Twenty-seventh Report, p. xlix. L. 
3 Twenty-seventh Report, p. li. : 
4 Missionary Register, for 1820, p.48. The Gospel of St. Luke ‘was the first portion 
printed. Twenty-third Report, p. xxxviii. Twenty-fifth Report, p. lix. are 
VOL. II. APP. (41) 


114 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. [Part I. Ch. I. 


commenced in 1812, by the (late) Rev. Dr. Morrison, then of Canton', aided by the 
(late) Rev.Dr.Milne at Malacca (both in the employ of the London Missionary Society), 
and was finished in 1823.2 The New Testament of this version has been circulated 
to a considerable extent among the Chinese Inhabitants of Java, and of the islands in 
the Indian seas, and with the happiest effects.3 An edition of the Mantchou (Tartar) 
Chinese version of the Gospel of Matthew was printed in 1822, at the expense of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society ; and in 1836 the New Testament was printed for 
the Society at St. Petersburgh : and a version of the Old Testament, in the Mongolian- 
Chinese dialect, is in progress by the missionaries among the Mongolian Tartars, at 
Selinginsk, by whom the Pentateuch has been printed.4 

From the Chinese language are derived seven others, which are spoken in Eastern 
India. Into four of these various portions of the Scriptures are in course of trans- 
lation, viz. the Khassee or Kassai, the Munipoora, the Burmese and the Arakanese. 

i. The Khassee or Kassai language, is spoken by an independent nation of moun- 
taineers, lying between the eastern border of Bengal and the northern border of the 
Burman empire. In this language, the Baptist missionaries have translated and 
printed the entire New Testament. 

ii. The Munipoora is spoken in the small kingdom of that name, which lies between 
Assam and the Burman empire. The Gospel of Matthew has been printed in this 
language. 

iii. The Burmese language, which is spoken in the empire of that name, has 
borrowed the Sanscrit alphabet. Into this language the New Testament has been 
translated by Mr. Felix Carey, son of the Rey. Dr. Carey of Serampore. The Gospel, 
of Matthew was printed by him at Rangoon, in the Burmese empire, in royal octavo, 
in 1817, and a second edition at Serampore in 1826. A specimen of it is given in 
page 120. The Gospel, and three Epistles of John, together with the Acts of the 
Apostles and the Epistle of Paul to the Hebrews, translated into the Burmese 
language by the Rev. Adoniram Judson, were printed at Serampore in 1826 : and in 
1835 the entire Bible was completed.5 

iv. In the Arakanese, nearly the same language as the Burmese, various parts of 
the New Testament have been translated and printed from time to time by the 
American missionaries, and have been most thankfully received by the native 
Christians. 





[iv.] Other Astatic Versions of the Holy Scriptures. 
1. Formosan Version. 


The island of Formosa fell into the hands of the Dutch, who expelled the Por- 
tuguese thence, in 1651. During their eleven years’ possession of it, Robert Junius, 
a native of Delft, preached the Gospel to the inhabitants, and, it is said, with great 
success. For their use, the Gospels of Matthew and John were translated into the 
Formosan language, and printed at Amsterdam, with the Dutch translation, in 166], 
in quarto. But the Dutch being expelled from that island by the Chinese in 1662, 
the Formosan version was discontinued: and in all probability the Formosans never, 
received any benefit from the work just noticed.® 





1 To Dr. Morrison the Christians in China are indebted for a version of the Liturgy and 
Psalter of the Anglican Church. Having presented the Chinese with the Scriptures in their 
native language, this distinguished Oriental scholar (who, to his honour be it recorded, was a 
conscientious dissenter from that church) was desirous of giving them a formulary in which 
they might offer acceptable devotions to the throne of grace: and as he could find no form 
which so completely met his views as the Liturgy of the Church of England, he translated 
it into the -Chinese language. ‘This version was printed in 1820, at the expense of the 
Prayer-book and Homily Society. 

2 Owen’s Hist. vol. ii. p. 467. Sixteenth Report, p.lxxvi. Nineteenth Report, p. xii. 

3 Many authentic particulars were communicated to the Java Bible Society by their late 
Secretary, the Rev. Mr. Supper: some of these are recorded by Mr. Owen, vol. iii. 
pp. 224, 225. 

4 Nineteenth Report, p. li. Thirty-second Report, p. lxv. Thirty-third Report, p. Ixxix. 

5 Thirty-first Report, p. ]xxiii. 

6 Dr. Clarke’s Bibliographical Dictionary, vol, i. p. 288. 





Sect. VI. § 4.] Asiatic and Georgian Versions. 115 


2. Northern Asiatic Versions.} 


Russia, in Asia, is inhabited by numerous races, whom Dr. Young (after the 
Mithridates of Adelung) refers to the Tataric class.2 Into twelve of these 
languages it may be sufficient to state (without going into minuter details) that 
translations of the sacred volume are either printed or preparing, under the direction 
and at the expense of the Russian Bible Society ; viz. the Nogai Tatar3, Mongolian, 
Calmuck, Orenburg-Tatar+, Tschuwaschian, Tscheremissian, Tatar-Hebrew (spoken 
in the interior of Asia), Mordwaschian or Mordvinian, Samoiedian, Tschapoginian, 
Zirian, and Ossatinian. Of these various translations, the Moravian missionaries at 
Sarepta, on the banks of the Wolga, in Asiatic Russia, have completed the four 
Gospels and the Acts in the Calmuck language ; and the remainder of the New 
Testament was translated by M. Schmidt. The entire New Testament, in this 
language, was printed in 1823; as also were the Mongolian (executed by two con- 
verted Mongolian chieftains, under the superintendence of M. Schmidt), T'scheremissian, 
and Mordwaschian versions of the four Gospels. Subsequently the Pentateuch was 
translated into Mongolian, and printed under the direction of the Rev. Mr. Stallybrass ; 
but no opportunity has yet offered for circulating either it, or the Mandchou-Tatar 
New Testament, printed at St. Petersburgh. The Rev. Mr. Dickson, one of the 
Edinburgh Missionary Society’s missionaries at Karass, has completed and printed a 
Tatar-Turkish version of the entire New Testament, and a considerable portion of 
the Old Testament ; but no part of it has yet been published. The Tatar-Turkish 
language is vernacular among the Tatars of Astrachan. In 1816, the Rev. Dr. 
Pinkerton, while travelling in the Crimea, discovered, at Dschoufout Kalé, a copy 
of a pure Tatar translation of the Old Testament from the Hebrew, which was 
made several centuries ago. This has been revised, and printed at St. Petersburgh. 


3. The Georgian Version. 


At the beginning of the eighteenth century, the whole of the New Testament, 
together with the Psalms and the Prophets, were printed in the Georgian language, 
at Teflis, in Georgia, by order of the Prince Vaktangh. The entire Bible was 
printed at Moscow in 1743, in folio, under the inspection of the Princes Arcil and 
Vakuset, but at the expense of Prince Bacchar. From this edition: the Moscow 
Bible Society printed an impression of the New Testament in 1816, in the sacred 
or ecclesiastical character, and another in 1818, in the common character.® Accord- 
ing to the tradition of the Greek Church, the Georgian version was originally made 
in the eighth century, by Euphemius the Georgian, the founder of the I[birian or 
Georgian monastery at Mount Athos, where his actual autograph was discovered in 
the year 1817, and is preserved to this day. As the greater part of the books of the 
Old Testament of this antient version was lost in the wars in which the Georgians 
were so frequently involved with the Persians and Turks, the editors of the Moscow 
edition were obliged to translate most of the books of the Old Testament from the 
Sclavonian version. The Moscow Bible Society are taking measures to obtain a 
correct transcript of Euphemius’s manuscript, from which to print a faithful edition 
of the Georgian Bible.7 Two MSS. of the Georgian version of the Gospels are said 
to be preserved in the Vatican Library at Rome. 








1 Towards the close of the thirteenth century, a translation of the New Testament and of 
the Psalms of David into the Tatar language was made by Johannes a Monte Corvino, in 
order to accelerate the propagation of the Gospel among the dark and idolatrous nations, to 
whom he had been sent as a missionary in 1288 by Pope Nicholas IV. (Mosheim’s Eccl. 
Hist. vol. iii. pp. 113. 299.) No vestiges of this Tatar version are known to be in existence. 

2 See the Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britannica, vol. v. partil. pp. 225-227, 

3 For an account of these Tatar versions, see Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, 


/ pp. 424. et seq. 


4 Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches, pp. 427,428. Report of the Scottish Missionary 
Society for 1824, p. 16. pe: : : 

5 Owen's History, vol. iii. pp. 211-215. Sixteenth Report of the Bible Society, pp. 43, 
44, 55.67. Nineteenth Report, p. li. Thirty-third Report, p. Ixxix. 

6 Bishop Marsh’s History of Translations, p. 32. Dr. Henderson’s Biblical Researches 
(pp. 518-522.) contain an interesting account of the editions of the Georgian version. 

7 Sixteenth Report of the Bible Gc ae 

H 





116 Modern Versions of the Scriptures. (Part I. Ch. I. 


4. Modern Armenian Version. 


A translation of the four Gospels into the modern Armenian language, from the 
antient Armenian text, has been completed by a learned Armenian resident at Paris ; 
who has undertaken a version of the entire New Testament. ! In 1830 the mission- 
aries at Shushi, connected with the Basle Missionary Society, completed a version 
of the four Gospels into the Ararat or Eastern Armenian dialect, which was printed 


at Moscow.2 





5. New Zealand Version. 


The New Testament has been translated into the language of the islands of New 
Zealand by the Missionaries of the Church Missionary Society : it was printed in 
1835, at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. 


6. Tahitan Version. 


Ta Bibilia Moa Ra, oia te Faufaa Tahiti e te Faufaa api ra; irithia ei 
parau Tahiti. Lonedona: na te taeti Bibilia i Beritani e te mau Fenua toa 
i faatupu i Lonedona rai te Matahiti. 1804. 1838. 8vo. 


The blessed effects with which the labours of the missionaries (sent out by the 
London Missionary Society in 1796) have been crowned, have already been noticed 
in the first volume of this work, pp. 421, 422. In consequence of the extraordinary 
success which attended the preaching of the Gospel in Otaheite (or Tahiti, as the 
natives term that island) and in Huaheine, Eimeo, and other neighbouring islands, 
openings have been made of the most promising nature for the dissemination of the 
Holy Scriptures. Between the years 1818 and 1836 various portions of the Holy 
Scriptures were translated and printed in the Tahitan language : and in 1838, the 
entire Bible was printed at London, under the superintendence of the Rev. Henry 
Nort, who was himself a principal translator of it, and who had spent forty years in 
the Tahitan Mission. The expenses of the translation were defrayed by the London 
Missionary Society. Two editions of the Tahitan Bible have been printed at the 
expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society, one in 8vo.; the other in 12mo.# 
The following specimen of the Tahitan version, from the Gospel of Matthew, will be 
not uninteresting to the reader :— 


(The Lord’s Prayer, Marr. vi. 9—13.) 


9. E to matou Medua i te ao ra, Ja raa to oe ioa. 


10. Ia tae to oe ra hau; ia haapaohia to oe hinaaro i te fenna nei, mai tei te ao 
atoa na. 


11. Homai na matou-i teinei mahana tei haapaohia ra o te mahana o te maa, o te 
mahana o te maa. 


12. E faaore mai i ta matou hapa, mai ta matou mau amu tarahu i faaore atoahia 
e€ matou nel. 


13. E eiaha faarue ia matou ia roohia e te ati ra, e faaora ra ia matore, no oe hoi te 
hau, e te mana, i te hanahana, i te mau ui atoa e ore e hope. Amene. 


7. Rarotongan Version. 


Te Korero-Motu ou a to tatore a te ora a Jesu Mesia, Kirithia i te Reo 
Rarotonga. Lonedona. 


Rarotonga is the largest and most populous of the Hervey islands, a group of seven 
islands, from five to six hundred miles west of Tahiti; concerning which very little was 





1 Nineteenth Report, p. xxi. 

2 Twenty-seventh Report, p. xlvii. Twenty-eighth Report, p. lvi. 

3 Thirty-first Report, p. xxiv. 

4 An interesting account of the introduction of printing into Tahiti, and of the printing 


of St. Luke’s Gospel, is given by Mr. Ellis in his “ Polynesian Researches,” vol. pp. $92— 
408. 8vo, edition. 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Rarotongan and Curdish Versions. 117 


known until they were visited in 1823, by the Rev. Messrs. Williams and Bourne, 
missionaries of the London Missionary Society. Here the Gospel was planted, and has 
taken deep root: of its progress the reader will find a delightful account in Mr. Williams’s ! 
‘“‘ Narrative of Missionary Enterprises inthe South Sea Islands.” (London, 1837. 8vo. ) 
The Rarotongan is a dialect of the Tahitan. The translation of the New Testament occu- 
pied about five years; Mr. Williams being the principal translator, with the aid of the 
Rev. Messrs. Pitman and Buzacott. Previously to being sent to England, in order to be 
printed, it underwent five several revisions; Mr. Williams (who had resided eighteen years 
among the Polynesian Islands,) being the final umpire. The translation was made from 
the Tahitan, which was itself made from the English version as a basis, but with constant 
reference in both cases to the original Greek, and also with the aid of the best modern 
English commentators and critics. The character of the language enabled the translators to 
be very close and literal. As a specimen of this yersion we subjoin 


The Lord's Prayer, Mat. vi. 9—13. 


9. E to matou Medua,iteaora. Kia tabu toou ingoa. 

10. Kia tae toou basileia, | Kia akonoia toou anoano i te enua nei, mei tei te ao 
katoa na. 

11. Omai te kai e taru ia matou i teianei ra. 

12. E.akakore mai i ta matou ara, mei ia matou i akakore i tei ara ia matou nei. 

13. Auraka c akaruke ia matou kia rokoia e te ati, e akaora ra ia matou i te kino; noou 
oki te au e te mana, e te kaka, e tuatau ua adu.§ Amene. 

It is scarcely necessary to add that this version of the New Testament was received by 
the Rarotongan Christians with devout gratitude. 


8. Curdish Version. 


A translation of the New Testament into the language of the Curds, or Koords, 
has been completed ; but difficulties have hitherto retarded the printing of it.? 





1 Thirty-first Report, pp. Ixxv. 120.  Thirty-third Report, p. Ixxxi. © Thirty-fourth 
Report, p. ]xxxii. 
2 Twenty-third Report, p. xxviii. Twenty-ninth Report, p. lvi. 


(1) 3 


118 Specimens of Oriental Versions. FPart I. Chek 


FAC-SIMILES OF SPECIMENS 


OF THE 


VERSIONS OF THE SACRED SCRIPTURES, 


IN THE 
Eastern Languages, 
CHIEFLY 


Translated by the Brethren of the Serampore Mission. 


Text. “ The people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them 
which sat in the region and shadow of death, light is sprung up.” 
Matt. iv. 16. 


SANSCRIT, or SUNGSKRIT. 


In the Deva Nagree character, which is used throughout India. 
FEACAUATA AA ALATA 
GERONS ~ 
*qRUEN Berryman ofa sa 
am Safa I— 
BENGALEE. 
mite naeeke cates Slatay wel sacar 
ihre Niger wet) qe ots wink 
air BEAT faad Aha Yafrsreater t 
MAHRATTA. 
AAA Weal wae Veatzl arsiot Fry Gas w 
ore wo a Qa Val Ut Urs viz Waa AI 
Shit ATS CAT HPA AT WS 1— 


KASHMIREE, or KASHMEER. 


tn Am Went sur ffs Br ar 
JF wag 9e\ wf Baul fea wrray Ww 
Ze Teammate Sat IA Way UNF | 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Specimens of Oriental Versions. 


OORITYA, or ORISSA. 
CAP CRIA BASTACQ adacm unica al ae 
CANETA MILT CIMNCA ASQ CAM G BTAICN 
AUCH CHATS AIT ADA ASRS CATER 1 


TELINGA, or TELOOGOO. 


OWS TS OONLS ATEAGLEQ esrgson aoex~Rer 


QW WHI MO [KBoe Babess deferho 


WY Wee DOs "Dewyws Wensrd= 
ao i— 


BRIJ-BHASSA. 
mitraa H Ben MuAH ase VAT GI SAT 
QUI WC AURAAN AE ATA asaae AsaAw 
sat Sx HAI 
PUSHTOO, or AFFGHAN. 
og HD Baal BRB 99 Corl OF WUT ay Xe Ghe ait ys 
sgt 8g rhnlSd YS CH gw tt 3) he Ty08 J tug 
aos syblb esis 
SIKH, SHEEK, or PUNJABEE. 
mazas uitgnitfes Toe Bfeut Gat =? 
visas feor uQse Sa WS staes BS Tre 
mistet vinx Ge Ufeun | 
HINDOOSTANHEE. 
Sl ANT HUMTA QS y aid wet cat A 
SNC ALAR AT gl RMA asaarata acy SHAqrAr 


af Sati | 
Sa) 4 


119 


120 Specimens of Oriental Versions. [Part I. Ch. I. 
UHUMIYA, or ASSAMESE. 


fifania ia aeatar asin Ae ifaatce 
nal tex cahuats Rox tufetie FURS 
ate WICaea HE faajeq woes tee Yahat 


ADR 
BURMESE. 


gayoos(Gn5 U WIS GSC To9 foForév&0 
oSaasegieavnaa x59] 70519 6 Seaqodefooos con Sey 
cog} I 


BULOCHA, or BULOSHEE. 


¢ 


ZULGS rrr., E43 1G js oy tls sr4 ue 
Kaj Kleans aye Vow, Ss ruse BY, dj 


v 


& GY ANG feb 


CHINESE VERSION. 
MOVEABLE METAL TYPES. 


Text. ‘In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. And 
the earth was without form and void; and darkness was upon the face 
of the deep: and the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters. 
And God said, Let there be light: and there was light. 


GEN. i. 1—3. 
4 A Fp A OE 4A AR OREO 
ae ee ae 
m7 _ J MEP WB He ih 
x Ff MET ZS PA OE A 


KURNATA, or CANARESE. 
HSK obs Gon SE SGD M8FSe 


ONS GBs wi MGs apo xy 
HSSLOssd VWwevo MFG. | 


Sect. VI. § 4.] Specimens of Oriental Versions. 121 


FAC-SIMILES OF SPECIMENS 
OF 


VERSIONS OF THE SACRED SCRIPTURES, 


IN THE 


Castern Languages, 
PRINTED AT THE EXPENSE OF 
THE BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY, 
AND OF 


THE CALCUTTA AUXILIARY SOCIETY. 


Text.—“The people that sat in darkness saw great light: and to them 


which sat in the region and shadow of death, light is sprung up.”’ 
| | Marv. iv. 16. 


HINDOOSTANHEE VERSION, 
IN THE PERSIAN CHARACTER. 
rf 


wig ux a Jl Hh, L294 974i 3! ire 


A 


tot Pog? 


pire ; 4 
OP DEAE I PN 37 iu fy) one 


PERSIAN. 
Ly cage 793 Ndgzcheiad CMB os oS Gla wl 
sp ar ANG =) dyho ye 3S lunaty 9 955543 Batliro 
Mc gimngy S59 ay (esol 
| TAMUL. 
Dojo D Hs@G@j Foro Ou Caseregoo se 
—eenO g rons Gor Horudgin Aipdlsu Was 
Epulsens@ Oacles (ppm Oso Com 
CINGALESE. 
SECS C29 Exnesd Ons) 283 253 
SOW MOE Qde2nd Dede OmxeHe 
Ee2Ieunod &Gceal Feeoato. 


122 Modern Versions in the African Languages. [Part I. Ch. I. 
ARABIC. 

Lavi lytic syd 913 Mi pALIS Urplell UWI) 

* Lod egals *L3} Wb2 Opsiald 5 Wyn! 
MALAY, IN ROMAN CHARACTERS. 

KHawm’ itu jang diidokh pada kalam, fudah meli- 

hat fawatu tarane jan besar: dan bagi fegala 

‘awrans jamz didokh pada tanah dan bajar 
mawt itu, tarane pawn sudah terbit baginja. 
MALAY, IN ARABIC CHARACTERS. 


Text.—* And Cain went out from the presence of the Lorp, and dwelt in 
the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.” GEN. iv. 16. 


WIDIS WY 46 Byte lols 49 720 of rlS aG 
IOS IO yd albed O35 ghyd 


JAVANESE. 
ey — The Lord’s Prayer.— Matt. vi. 9—13. 


a cr) 

cof) nm ng ty ys ye ap grsanegee oe 
“haart b nies anyone ei Ye ge 
ye edi 9 agar a Bi a uN Yeas wu 000 tay 
aa et we Aer elt etiam Fe gaya ty mor giesayignd 


aE nS Wea irate v7 (a0 jab ma maaan ga a wo I y ay 


pagyno pase Cy a9) A909. 


§ 5. MODERN VERSIONS IN THE LANGUAGES OF AFRICA. 
1. Amharic and Tigre, or the vernacular Languages of Abyssinia. 


Evangelia Sancta: sub Auspiciis D. Asselini, Rerum Gallicarum apud 
/Egyptios Procuratoris, in Linguam Amharicam vertit Abu-Rumi Habes- 
sinus. Edidit Thomas Pell Prarr, A.M. Londoni, 1824, 4to. 


The version in the ecclesiastical or antient language of Ethiopia, noticed in the 
first part of this Volume, being confined to the churches, and understood by few 
comparatively besides the clergy, M. Asselin de Cherville, French consul at Cairo, 
was induced to undertake a version of the entire Bible in the Amharic', the royal 





1 In Ludolph’s Grammatica Lingue Ambharice (pp. 54,55), there is an Amharic 
mc sara by Abba Gregorius, of thirteen yerses of the eleventh chapter of Saint Luke’s 
ospe 


Sect. VI. § 5.) Berber, Bullom, and Susoo Versions. 123 


dialect spoken at the court of Gondar, which is the dialect prevalent in the eastern 
parts of Africa bordering on the equator, and through which a considerable intercourse 
1s maintained between the natives of Abyssinia and the Arabians and Negroes of the 
interior, For fen years M. Asselin employed an intelligent Ethiopian, named 
Abu-Rumi (who had been the interpreter of Mr. Bruce in Abyssinia, and the teacher 
of Sir William Jones in India), on this important work, to which he devoted two 
entire days in every week. In order to ensure correctness, he read with this person, 
slowly, and with the utmost attention, every verse of the sacred volume in the 
Arabic version, which they were about to translate. M. Asselin then explained to 
him all those words which were either abstruse, difficult, or foreign to the Arabic, 
by the help of the Hebrew original, the Syriac version, or the Septuagint, and also 
of some commentaries. After they finished the translation of one book, they col- 
lated it once more before they proceeded further. This version was purchased for 
the British and Foreign Bible Society by the Rev. Mr. Jowett ; who undertook a 
voyage into Egypt from Malta, for the express purpose of completing the purchase. 
The printing of the four Gospels in Amharic and in Ethiopic, in two separate 
volumes, was commenced in 1822, under the editorial care of the Rey. Dr. Lee, pro- 
fessor of Hebrew in the university of Cambridge, and completed in 1824, under the 
superintendence of T. P. Platt, Esq. The Acts and Epistles were completed in 1828 ; 
the Book, of Genesis, in 1831 ; the Psalms, in 1832; and the entire Bible in 1838.1 
During Mr. Jowett’s residence in Egypt, in 1819, he employed the late Mr. Nathaniel 
Pearce, who had lived many years in Ethiopia ; and who commenced a translation 
of the Gospels into the Tigré, the vernacular dialect of the extensive province of 
Tigré. The Gospels of Mark and John have been completed, together with a version 
of the Gospel of Mark, in Amharic, which is now superseded by the more accurate 
entire Amharic version of M. Asselin. These three versions are in the possession of 
the British and Foreign Bible Society.2 


2. Berber Version. 


A translation of the Gospel of Saint Luke into the Berber language (which is 
spoken by a very numerous tribe in North Africa) was made by Mr. Hattersley ; and 
copies of the first twelve chapters have been printed, and sent to different individuals 
in the districts where this language is spoken, with a view of ascertaining the merits 
of the version. 


3. Bullom Version. 


The Bulloms are a numerous people on the western coast of Africa, among whom 
the missionaries sent out by the Church Missionary Society laboured for several years. 
Into the language of this people, the four Gospels, and the Acts of the Apostles, 
haye been translated by the Rey. G. R. Nylander‘, a distinguished labourer in the 
service of that Society. The Gospel of Saint Matthew was printed, at the expense 
of the British and Foreign Bible Society, in 1816.5 


4. Susoo Version. 


The Susoos are also a numerous tribe on the western coast of Africa, in the 
vicinity of Sierra Leone ; among whom the same Society’s missionaries laboured for 
several years. By these missionaries the four Gospels, Acts of the Apostles, and 
other parts of the New Testament, together with several books of the Old Testament, 





1 Twenty-eighth Report, p.lxxvi. Twenty-ninth Report, p.1xxil. : 

2 Sixteenth Report of the Bible Society, p.169. Jowett’s Christian Researches in the 
Mediterranean, pp. 197-213. : 

3 Twenty-eighth Report, p. lxxii. Twenty-ninth Report, p. Ixxiv. 

4 The Rey. Mr. Nylander has also rendered an additional service to such of the Bulloms 
as have embraced the Christian faith, by translating select portions of the Liturgy of the 
Anglican church into their vernacular language. These were printed in Bullom, and in 
Roman characters (that people having no characters of their own), in 1816, at the expense 
of the Prayer-book and Homily Society. 

5 Owen’s Hist. vol. iii. p. 126. 





1924 Modern Versions in the North American Languages. [Part I. Chicks 


have been translated into the Susoo language. But their further benevolent and 
pious labours were suspended among the Susoos and the Bulloms, by the revival of 
the nefarious slave-trade on those coasts. 


5. Malagassé Version. 


A translation of the Scriptures into the Malagassé, or language of the island of 
Madagascar, was made by the Missionaries resident on that island. The New 
Testament was printed in 1830. The printing of the Old Testament was completed in 
1833: but the Government of the country, under the auspices of the Queen, haying 
proscribed Christianity, caused all Christian books and tracts to be burnt, in 1836. 
‘All further circulation of the sacred volume has been suspended, and the Christians 
most cruelly persecuted. ! 


6. Mandingo Version. 


Issal’-Anjilo Kila Matti ye men safe. Mandingo Kangoto. London, 
1837. 12mo. 


The Gospel of St. Matthew was translated into the Mandingo language, (which is 
spoken on the western coast of Africa) under the superintendence of the Rey. Mr. 
Macbrair. ? 





7. South African Versions. 


The Gospel of Saint Luke has been translated into the Bechuana (or Sichuana) 
language by the Rev. Mr. Moffatt, and the four Gospels into the Namacqua language 
by the Rey. Mr. Schmelin. They have been printed at Cape Town : and the entire 
New Testament, besides great part of the Old, has been translated and printed in 
the Caffre language. 3 





§ 6. MODERN VERSIONS IN THE LANGUAGES OF AMERICA. 
fi.] NorrH AMERICAN VERSIONS. 


Although the multiplicity of dialects spoken by the Indian tribes of 
North America seemed to interpose an insuperable bar to the labours of 
those benevolent individuals who were desirous of communicating the Scrip- 
tures to them; yet this obstacle has been diminished by the discovery, that 
so close an affinity subsists among them, that a young unlettered Indian, of 
good capacity, can (it is said) make himself master of them all. The 


following are the dialects into which the whole or part of the Bible has been 
translated : — 


1. Virginian Indian Version. 

The Virginian Bible was translated by the Rev. John Eliot, who has justly been 
denominated the Apostle to the Indians, from his unwearied labours to diffuse the 
blessings of Christianity among them. The New Testament was published in 1661. 
The title-page states, that it was “ ordered to be printed by the Commissioners of the 
United Colonies in New England, at the charge, and with the consent of the Corpo- 
ration in England, for the Propagation of the Gospel among the Indians in New 





1 Twenty-seventh Report, p. lx. Twenty-eighth Report, p. Ixxvi. Twenty-ninth 
Report, pp. Ixx. Ixxi, Thirty-second Report, pp. Ixy. lvi. Thirty-fourth Report, p. Ixxxili. 
2 Thirty-fourth Report, p. 91. 


% Twenty-eighth Report, p. lxxiy. Twenty-ninth Report, p. Ixiii. Thirty-fourth Re- 
port, p. lxxxix. 





Sect. VI. § 6.] Delaware, Massachussett and Mohawk Versions. 195 


England.” The Old Testament was published at Cambridge in 1663 ; and the entire 
Bible was reprinted at the same place in 1685. The following specimen exhibits the 


Lord's Prayer (Matt. vi. 9—13.). 

9. Yowutche yeu nuppenantamook: Nooshun kesukqut, quttianatamunach knowesuonk. 

10. Peyaumooutch kukketassootaméonk, kuttenantaméonk ne n nach obkeit neane 
kesukqut. 

11. Nummeetsuongash asekesukokish assamaiinean yeuyeu kesukod. 

12. Kah ahquontamaiinnean nummatcheseongash, neane matcheneukqueagig nutahquon- 
tamdéunnonog. 

13, Ahque sagkompagunaiinnean en qutchhuaonganit, webe pohquohwussinean wutch 
matchitut. Newutche kutahtaun ketassootaméonk, kah menuhkesuonk, kah sohsumoonk 
micheme. Amen. 


This version has now become a literary curiosity, there being scarcely 
any persons living, who can read or understand a single verse in it. The 
tribe of American Indians, whom the venerable missionary, Eliot instructed, 
is now very nearly extinct. 





2. The Delaware Indian Version. 


Nek Nechenneawachgissitschik Bambilak naga Geschiechauchsit panna 
Johannessa Elekhangup. Gischitak Ellenechsink untski C. F. Dencke. 
That is, the three Epistles of the Apostle John, translated into Delaware 
Indian, by C. F. Dencke. New York, 1818. 18mo. 


The Delaware language is spoken threugh a very considerable portion of North America. 
Into this language part of the Scriptures was translated by the Rev. Mr. Fabricius, one of 
the Moravian missionaries to the Delaware Indians, but it does not appear to have been 
printed.2 In 1818, the three Epistles of John were translated into the Delaware language, 
by the Rev. C. F. Dencke, a missionary from the United Brethren, or Moravians. It was 
printed at the expense of the American Bible Society. The translation is printed on the 
left-hand page, and the English authorised version on theright. As copies of this Delaware 
{Indian translation are not common, the following specimen of it, from 1 John iii. 1—4. 
may be not unacceptable to the reader :— 


Necheleneyachgichink aptonagan. 

Pennamock! elgiqui penundelukquonk Wetochwink wdaoaltowoagan, wentschi luwilch- 
gussiank Gettanittowit wdamemensemal]l. Guntschi matta woachgussiwuneen untschi 
pemhakamixitink, eli pemhakamixit taku wohaq’ Patamawossall. 

2. Ehoalachgik ! juque metschi ktelli wundamemensineen Gettanittowitink, schuknesquo 
majawii elsijankstch. Schuk ktelli majawelendamenneen nguttentsch woachquake, ktellitsch 
linaxineen, elinaxit, ktellitsch newoaneen elinaxit. 

3. Woak wemi auwen nechpauchsit jun nhakeuchsowoagan, kschiechichgussitetsch, 
necama Patamawos elgiqui kschiechsid. 

4. Auwen metauchsit, necama ne endchi mikindank matta weltoq’, woak eli machtauchsit 
wuntschi mikindamen matta weltoq’. . 





3. Massachussett Version. 


The Psalms and Gospel of Saint John were translated by the exemplary missionary, 
Mr. Experience Mayhew, into the Zndian Massachussett dialect. They were printed 
at Boston in New England in the year 1709.3 





4. Mohawk Version. 


The Mohawk language, besides the tribe from whom it takes its name, is intel- 
ligible to the Five Nations, to the Tuscarorars, and to the Wyandots or Hurons. 





1 Christian Observer for 1830, vol. xxx. p. 318. 

2 Bp. Marsh’s History of Translations, p. 99., where it is stated that another missionary, 
Schmick, translated a portion of the Gospels into the Mahican language. 

3 Brown’s History of the Propagation of Christianity, vol.ii. pp. 57,58. Second Report 
of the British and Foreign Bible Society. Appendix, p. 118. 


126 Modern Versions in the North American Languages. [PartI. Ch. I. 


In the early part of the eighteenth century, a translation was made of the Gospel of 
Matthew, and also of several chapters both of the Old and New Testament, into this 
language, by the Rev. Mr. Freeman. Some portions of the latter were printed at 
New York, and reprinted at London with the English Liturgy, and the Gospel of 
Mark (translated by Captain Brant) in 1787, for the use of the Mohawks, who have 
a chapel at Kingston in Upper Canada, where Divine service 1s performed in their 
native tongue, by a Missionary, supported by the venerable Society for promoting 
Christian Knowledge. This edition was printed at the expense of the English 
government. To these portions of the Scriptures were added the Gospel of John, 
translated in 1804 by Captain John Norton!, a chief of the Six Nation Indians in 
Upper Canada. This version was printed at the expense of the British and Foreign 
Bible Society, and its accuracy was, shortly after, attested in the most favourable 
manner by the interpreters in the Indian villages? 





5. Mohegan Version. 


The New Testament, together with several portions of the Old Testament, was 
translated, towards the close of the eighteenth century, into the Mohegan language, 
by the Rey. John Serjeant, sen., a missionary at Stockbridge. No part of this 
version appears to have been printed. 3 ; 


6. E'squimaux Version. 


In the Esquimaux language, a harmony of the Four Gospels was made by the 
missionaries of the Moravian Brethren many years since. From this version the 
Gospel of John was selected by the Rev. Mr. Kohlmeister, and printed by the Bible 
Society in 1809. To this was added, in 1813, a translation of the other three 
Gospels, which had been made by the venerable superintendent of the Labrador 
mission, the Rey. C. F. Burghardt, who possessed an intimate knowledge of the 
Esquimaux dialect, and finished his revision only a short time before his death, in 
1812. In the year 1819, the Acts of the Apostles and the Epistles were printed in 
the same dialect, by the Bible Society, and received (as the other portions of the 
New Testament had been) with the deepest sentiments of gratitude. In 1826, the New 
Testament was completed by printing the Apocalypse ; and in 1836-7, the Book of 
Genesis, the Psalms, and prophecies of Isaiah were printed in this language. 4 


7. Chippeway Version. 


The Gospels of Saint Matthew and Saint John haye been translated into the 
language of the Chippeways, a numerous tribe resident in British North America, by 
Mr. Peter Jones, a Chippeway chief, and his brother, to the fidelity of whose version 
competent judges have borne willing testimony. The Gospel of Saint John was printed 
at York Town, Upper Canada; and the translators have commenced the Old 
Testament, in consequence of the American Bible Society haying undertaken to 
complete the New.5 





8. Greenlandish Version. 


In 1759, the Greenlanders received from the Moravian Brethren a translation of 





1 Capt. Norton was adopted by the Confederacy of the Six Nations in 1791, and in 1800 


appointed a chief, under the title of Teyoninhokarawen. His father was a Cherokee, and 
served in the British Army. 


2 Owen’s History, vol. i. pp. 126—135. 

% Brown’s History of the Propagation of Christianity, vol. ii. p. 630. 

* Owen’s History, vol. i. p.460. vol. ii. p. 299. 359. vol. iii. p.483. Sixteenth Report 
of the Bible Society, pp. Ixxxiii. Ixxxiv. Seventeenth Report, p. Ixxix. Twenty-second 
Report, p. Ixiv. Twenty-third Report, p. lv. Thirty-second Report, p. lxxx. Thirty- 
third Report, p. ci. 


5 Twenty-eighth Report, p. lxxxiy, Twenty-ninth Report, p. lxxxv, 


Sect. VI. § 6.]  Creolese and Negro-English Versions. 127 


their harmony of the four Gospels! ; in 1799, the whole of the New Testament, and 
in 1822, a new translation of the entire New Testament in the language of Greenland, 
was printed at the expense of the British and Foreign Bible Society. 


9. Creolese Version. 


The New Testament was translated into Creolese for the use of the Christian 
negroes in the Danish West India islands, and was published at Copenhagen, 
1781, at the expense of the king of Denmark. In 1818, the Danish Bible Society 
prntes an edition of 1500 copies, which were transmitted to the Danish West 
ndies. 2 





10. Negro-English Version. 


Da Njoe Testament va wi Masra en Helpiman Jesus Christus. Trans- 
lated into the Negro-English language, by the Missionaries of the Unitas 
Fratrum, or United-Brethren: Printed for the use of the Mission, by the 
British and Foreign Bible Society. London, 1829. 8vo. 


At Surinam, a mission of the United Brethren has existed since the year 1738. 
The missionaries have two thousand Negroes under instruction. These, as well as 
others, speak a language of their own, which has been denominated the Negro- 
English ; into which a translation of the New Testament has been made. This 
version occupied the attention of the missionaries for several years ; and after it had 
undergone every necessary revision from persons long resident in the colony, and 
well acquainted with the language, it was printed in 1829, at the expense of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society.3 As the whole impression, with the exception 
of a small number of copies, was sent to Surinam, the following specimen of this 
Negro-English translation will be not without interest to the reader : — 


The Lord’s Prayer (Mart. vi. 7—13.). 


7. En effi oene begi, oene no meki soso takkitakki, leki dem Heiden, 
bikasi dem membre, effi dem meki foeloe takkitakki, Gado sa harki dem. 

8. Va da heddi oene no moesse djersi dem; oene Tatta sabi, sanne oene 
habi vandoe, bevo oene begi hem. 

9. Va da heddi oene moesse begi so: Wi Tatta ni tappo! Joe neem 
moesse santa. 

10. Joe kondre moesse Kom. Dem moesse doe Wanni va Joe na gron- 
tappo, so leki dem doe na Hemel. 

11. Gi wi tideh da janjam va wi. 

12. Gi wi dasnotti vo alla missi va wi, leki wi gi dasnotti na somma, dissi 
missi na wi. 

13. No tjarri wi na inni tesi. Ma loessoe wi vo da agriwan. Bikasi joe 
habi alla kondre, nanga tranga, nanga glori, tehgo. Amen. : 


At the end of the volume there is a table of the order of the books of the New 
Testament, together with an index of all the passages which are appointed to be read 
as the Epistles and Gospels for every Sunday in the year. This version was con- 
ducted through the press by the joint labour of Mr. C. A. Austen (a native of 
Surinam) and the Rey. Mr. Latrobe, of London. It was received with much 
gratitude by the poor Slaves for whom it was printed. ¢ 





1 Crantz’s History of Greenland, vol. ii. p. 299. 

2 Adler’s Bibliotheca Biblica, Part IV. p. 116. Sixteenth Report of the Bible Society, 
p- 127. Besides the particulars recorded in the preceding sections, there are many interest- 
ing circumstances relative to the history of translations and translators, which the limits of 
this work do not allow to be detailed. For these, and indeed for every thing relative to the 
literary history of the Holy Scriptures, we refer the reader to the Rey. Dr. Townley’s 
Illustrations of Biblical Literature, London, 1821, in 3 volumes, 8vo. 

3 Twenty-fifth Report, pp. Ixx. lxxi. 

4 Twenty-sixth Report, p. 1xxx. 





128 Harmonies of the Old and New Testaments. [Part I. Ch. IL. 


This version, having been attacked by an anonymous critic in the Edinburgh Christian 
Instructor, was ably vindicated by Mr. William Greenfield, in “ A Defence of the Surinam 
Negro-English Version of the New Testament, founded on the History of the Negro- 
English Version, a View of the Situation, Population, and History of Surinam, a Philo- 
sophical Analysis of the Language, and a Critical Examination of the Version.” London, 
1830. 8vo. 


[il.] Sour AMERICAN VERSIONS. 


It does not appear that the Portuguese ever gave any translation of the Scriptures 
to the natives of South America who were subjugated by them ; and the barbarous 
cruelties of the Spaniards in Mexico are recorded in the page of history. Towards 
the close of the sixteenth century, however, some of the ecclesiastics and missionaries 
adopted a different plan from that pursued by their predecessors, by translating some 
parts of the Scriptures into the language of the country. Benedict Fernandez, a 
Spanish Dominican friar, vicar of Mixteca in New Spain, translated the Epistles 
and Gospels into the dialect spoken in that province. Didacus de S. Maria, another 
Dominican, and vicar of the province of Mexico, (who died in 1579,) was the 
author of a translation of the Epistles and Gospels into the Meaican tongue, or 
general language of the country. The Proverbs of Solomon, and other fragments of 
the Holy Scriptures, were translated into the same language by Louis Rodriguez, a 
Spanish Franciscan friar: and the Epistles and Gospels, appointed to be read for 
the whole year, were translated into the idiom of the Western Indians, by Arnold a 
Basaccio, also a Franciscan friar: but the dates of these latter versions have not 
been ascertained. A translation of the Gospel of St. Luke into the Mexican 
language by Dr. Mora, was printed in 18321, and another of the Book of Psalms mto 
the Quichua or Peruvian language, by Dr. Pazos Kanki, in 1830.2 The entire 
Bible is said to have been translated into the Brazilian language by an English 
minister, who accompanied the Dutch to Recife, when they acquired it from the 
Portuguese. This version has never been printed. In 1825, a translation of the 
New Testament into the Peruvian language was completed. 





CHAPTER II. 


HARMONIES OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS. 


NICOLAL Atarpr Bibliotheca Harmonico-Biblica, que, preter Histo- 
riam Harmonicam, tradit Notitiam Scriptorum Harmonicorum cujuscunque 
eetatis et religionis, tam perpetuorum quam singularium ; nec omissis illis, 
qui vel specialius quoddam argumentum sacrum, vel bina, Oracula Spiritus 
Sancti ab Antilogiarum calumnia vindicarunt. Hamburgi, 1725, 8vo. 


—_ 


SECTION I. 


HARMONIES OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 


1. A Chronicle of the Times and the Order of the Texts of the Old 
Testament, wherein the books, chapters, psalms, stories, prophecies, &c., 
are reduced into the proper order, and taken up in the proper places, in 
which the natural method and genuine series of the chronology requireth 
them to be taken in. With reason given of dislocations, where they come. 
And many remarkable notes and observations given all along, for the better 
understanding of the text; the difficulties of the chronicle declared; the 
differences occurring in the relating of stories reconciled: and exceeding 
many scruples and obscurities in the Old Testament explained. By John 
Lieutroot, D.D. 


This “ Chronicle” is tobe found in the first. volume of Dr. Lightfoot’s works, published 





Twenty-ninth Revort, p. xxv. 

‘Twenty-seventh Report, p. lxiii. 

Townley’s Illustrations, vol. iii. pp. 46. 355. note. 
Twenty-first Report of the Bible Society, p. lv. 


-> wow be 


Sect. I.] Harmonies of the Old Testament. 129 


at London, in 1684, in two volumes folio, and in the second volume of. the 8vo. London 
edition, printed in 1822—25. Of all the theologians of his time, this celebrated divine 
(whose opinion was consulted by every scholar of note, both British and Foreign, ) is supposed 
to have been the most deeply versed in the knowledge of the Scriptures. It was his custom, 
for many years, to note down, as opportunity presented, in the course of his talmudical and 
rabbinical studies, the order and time of the several passages of Scripture as they came 
under his consideration. By pursuing this method he gradually formed the invaluable 
chronicle, the title of which has just been given, which was first published at London, in 
4to., and in, the year 1647. In this work, Dr. Lightfoot has briefly stated the summary 
or substance of the historical parts of the Old Testament, and has indicated the order in 
which the several chapters, psalms and prophecies are to be placed. In the margin he has 
given the years of the world, and of the judges or sovereigns under whose administration 
the several events took place. Notwithstanding the differences in opinion entertained by the 
learned concerning the chronology of particular events, the general method of this ‘ Chro- 
nicle’’ has been, and still continues to be, held in the highest estimation by all who are 
competent duly to appreciate its merits. 


2. A Designe about disposing the Bible into an Harmony. Or, an Essay 
concerning the transposing the order of books and chapters of the Holy 
Scriptures, for the reducing of all into a continued history. | 

Benefits. 
The? Difficultie. 
Helpes. 
By Samuel Torsuer. London, 1647. 4to. 


This tract was published nearly at the same time with Dr. Lightfoot’s Chronicle. It 
appears from the preface that Mr. Torshel was preceptor of the children of King Charles I. 
under the Earl of Northumberland; and his tract was addressed ‘* To the Right Honour- 
able the Lords and Commons assembled in Parliament ;” whom he endeavoured to excite to 
patronise the undertaking, by the consideration of the glory which had redounded to France 
by the then recent publication of the Parisian Polyglott, in ten folio volumes. ‘The state, 
however, paid no regard to this address, and the design which Torshel had ably sketched was 
never accomplished. He proposed ‘to lay the whole story together in a continued con- 
nexion, the books or parts of books and all the several] parcels disposed and placed in their 
proper order, as the continuance and chronicall method of the Scripture history requires ; so 
that no sentence nor word in the whole Bible be omitted, nor any thing repeated, or any 
word inserted but what is necessary for transition. So as some whole chapters or pieces be 
put into other places, yea, great parts of some books, and some whole books, to be woven 
into the body of another book.” (Torshel’s Designe, p. 10.) In the prosecution of this 
undertaking, besides reducing all the historical books of the Old Testament to a continued 
series, the book of Psalms, and the sermons of the Prophets, were to be inserted in their 
proper places, and the writings of Solomon incorporated according to those periods of his 
reign when they are supposed to have been written; and those parts of the book of Proverbs, 
‘«* which the men of Hezekiah copied out,” were to be disposed in the body of the books of 
Chronicles, towards the end of the reign of Hezekiah, King of Judah. In harmonising the 
Gospels, Mr. Torshel proposed to follow the plan then recently adopted in the Latin 
Harmony, commenced by Chemnitz, continued by Lyser, and finished by Gerhard ; and 
the apostolic epistles were to be distributed in the Acts of the Apostles, according to the 
order of time wlien they were written. The writings of St. John were to close the proposed 
undertaking. The perusal of this modest and well-written tract, many years since, 
suggested to the writer of these pages the idea of attempting a harmony of the entire Bible, 
on the completion of the second edition of the present work in 1821. This laborious 
undertaking, however, has been happily rendered unnecessary by the publication of 


3. The Rev. George Townsend’s Arrangement of the Old and New 
Testament. 

[i.] The Old Testament, arranged in historical and chronological order, 
(on the basis of Lightfoot’s Chronicle) in such manner, that the books, 
chapters, psalms, prophecies, &c. may be read as one connected history, 
in the very words of the authorised translation. By the Rev. George 
Townsenp, M.A. London, 1821; Second edition, 1826. In two very 
large volumes, 8vo. 


This beautifully printed and carefully executed work (as its title-page announces) is 
arranged on the basis of Dr. Lightfoot’s Chronicle, above noticed ; from which, however, 
Mr. Townsend has deviated for the better in one very material respect. According to 
Lightfoot’s plan, the Old Testament would have been read as one unbroken history, without 

VOL. II, APP. (1) 


130 Harmonies of the Old Testament. {Part I. Ch. IL 


any division into chapters, or any of those breaks, the omission of which causes not a little 
weariness to the reader. In order to obviate this difficulty, and also with the view of 
making the Scripture narrative more attractive, as well as more easily remembered, Mr. T. 
has divided his harmony into eight suitable periods, viz. 1. From the creation to the 
deluge: —2. From the confusion of tongues to the death of Jacob and the Patriarchs ;— 
3. From the birth to the death of Moses;—4. From the entrance of the Israelites into 
Canaan, under the command of Joshua to the death of David;—5. ‘The reign of Solomon ;— 
6. From the elevation of Rehoboam to the Babylonish Captivity ;—7. The Babylonish 
Captivity, seventy years, from B. c. 606 to 536; —8 From the termination of the Babylonish 
Captivity to the Reformation of worship by Nehemiah, and the completion of the canon of 
the Old Testament, by Simon the Just, from B. c. 536 to about 300. These eight periods 
are further subdivided into chapters and sections, the length of which is necessarily regulated 
by the subjects therein discussed ; and in settling the chronology and order of some parti- 
cular events and prophecies, the arranger has availed himself of the labeurs of the most 
eminent modern biblical critics. A well-written introduction developes his plan and design, 
and points out its advantages to various classes of readers, especially to clergymen, and those 
who are preparing for the sacred office, to whom this work is indispensably necessary. The 
work is terminated by siz Indexes ;—the first, containing an account of the periods, chapters, 
and sections into which the work is divided, with the passages of Scripture comprised in 
each: —the second, in columns, enabling the reader to discover in what part of the 
arrangement any chapter or verse of the Bible may be found ; —the third and fourth contain 
tables of the Psalms and Prophecies, showing in what part of the arrangement, and after 
what passage of Scripture, every psalm or prophecy is inserted; and likewise on what 
occasion, and at what period, they were probably written, with the authority for their place 
in the arrangement ; —the fifth, containing the dates of the events according to Dr. Hales’s 
elaborate System of Chronology; and the sixth, a general index to the notes, which, 
though not numerous, are very appropriate, and possess the rare merit of compressing a 
great variety of valuable information into a small compass. The Rev. Mr. Archdeacon 
Nares justly characterised this work, as being “ digested with such skill, and illustrated 
with such notes, as proves the author to have studied his task with deep attention and dis- 
tinguished judgment.” (Visitation Sermon, p. 24, London 1823.) The second edition has 
parallel references and the marginal renderings, 


’ [il.] The New Testament, arranged in chronological and historical order, 
in such manner that the Gospels, the Epistles, and the Acts, may be read 
as one connected history. The Gospel, on the basis of the Harmonies of 
Lightfoot, Doddridge, Pilkington, Newcome, and Michaelis; the account 
of the Resurrection, on the authorities of West, Townson, and Cranfield. 
The Epistles are inserted in their places, and divided according to the 
Apostles’ Arguments. With copious Notes on many of the principal 
subjects of Theology. By the Rev. George Townsenp, M.A. 1825; 
Second edition corrected, 1827. 2 vols. 8vo. Boston, [Massachusetts] 1837. 
In one volume, 8vo. 


Though a distinct work in itself, this elaborate publication forms the second part of 
Mr. Townsend’s Harmony of the Scriptures. The remarks on the preceding portion are 
equally applicable to the present work. The notes, indeed, are much more valuable, from 
the extent and variety of the very important topics they discuss. The usefulness of this 
portion of Mr. T.’s labours is materially increased by the numerous and important 
elucidations which he has derived from the works of Lightfoot, Schoettgen, Meuschen, and 
others, which are not within the reach of every biblical student.—The North American 
reprint is edited by the Rev. T. W. Coit, D. D., by whom the whole has been revised, divided 
into paragraphs, and punctuated according to the critical texts ; the words printed in Italics 
have been re-examined; passages and words deemed of doubtful authority have been 
marked ; and a copious selection of parallel passages has been annexed. 


[iii.] The Holy Bible, arranged in historical and chronological order, in 
such manner that the whole may be read as one connected history, in the 
words of the authorised Translation. With short Notes; and a Table, 
dividing the Sacred Volume into 365 portions, for daily reading throughout 
the year. By the Rev. George Townsenp, M.A. London, 1834. 8vo. 


. ah ig reprint of the two preceding works, in one commodious volume, illustrated with 
rief notes, 


3. A Harmony of the Kings and Prophets, or an arrangement of the 
History contained in the Books of Kings and Chronicles, together with the 
writings of the Prophets, arranged in chronological order as they were 


Sect. 11s] Harmonies of the Four Gospels. 131 


delivered, commencing with the Revolt of the Ten Tribes, and closing with 
the Prophecies of Malachi. By Stephen Merrexy. Kittery (Maine) 
[North America], 1832. 8vo. 


SECTION II. 
HARMONIES OF THE ENTIRE NEW TESTAMENT, AND OF THE FOUR GOSPELS. 


1. Tue Harmony, Chronicle, and Order, of the New Testament. The 
text of the Four Evangelists methodised. Story of the Acts of the Apostles 
analysed. Order of the Epistles manifested. Times of the Revelation 
observed, and illustrated with a variety of observations upon the chiefest 
difficulties, Textual and Talmudical, for clearing of their sense and language. 
By John Ligutroor, D.D. London, 1654, folio. Also in the first volume 
of his works. London, 1682, folio. 

In this valuable work Dr. Lightfoot has pursued the same method which he had adopted 
in his Chronicle of the Old Testament. He further published, at London, in 1644 and 
1650, three parts of The Harmony of the Four Evangelists, among themselves, and with the 
Old Testament. The fourth and fifth parts, which were to have completed his design, 
never appeared. This Harmony is enriched with numerous philological and explanatory 
remarks, of which many subsequent critics and harmonists have availed themselves. 


2. Harmonia Quatuor Evangeliorum juxta Sectiones Ammonianas et 
Eusebii Canones. Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1805. 4to. 


3. Andreze OstAnprI Harmonize Evangelice Libri Quatuor, Grece et 
Latine. In quibus Evangelica Historia ex quatuor Evangelistis ita in unum 
est contexta, ut nullius verbum ullum omissum, nihil alienum immixtum, 
nullius ordo turbatus, nihil non suo loco positum. Omnia vero litteris et 
notis ita distincta sint, ut quid cujusque evangelistee proprium, quid cum 
aliis et cum quibus commune sit, primo statim adspectu deprehendere queas: 
item Elenchus Harmonize: Adnotationum liber unus. Basile, 1537, folio; 
Greece et Latine, Basilea, 1567, folio; Latine, Lutetiz Parisiorum ex 
Officina Roberti Stephani, 1545. 12mo. 

Osiander’s Harmony is not of very frequent occurrence. It is highly estimated by 
Walchius, though Michaelis rather harshly observes, that he undesignedly renders the 
Gospel history not only suspicious, but incredible, by adopting the principle that the evan- 
gelists constantly wrote in chronological order, and that the same transactions and dis- 
courses took place twice or thrice in the life of Christ. He acknowledges, however, that 
Osiander did not go so far as his successors, and that he sometimes deviates from his general 
principle. 

4. Cornelii JANsENII, Gandavensis, Concordia Evangelica, in qua, pre- 

terquam quod suo loco ponitur, quae evangelistee non servato recensent 
ordine, etiam nullius verbum aliquod omittitur. Litteris autem omnia sic 
distinguuntur, ut quid cujusque proprium, quid cum aliis et cum quibus 
commune, etiam ad singulas dictiones mox deprehendatur. Lovanii, 1549, 
8vo. Antverpize, 1558. 12mo. 
_ Jansenius partially followed Osiander. He subsequently wrote a commentary on his 
Harmony, which was published together with it at Louvain, in 1571. The number of 
editions through which this work passed (thirteen others are enumerated by Walchius, 
between the years 1577 and 1624) sufficiently attest the favourable opinion entertained of 
its value. Walchius extols Jansenius’s learning, ingenuity, and modesty. , 


5. Martini Caemniti Harmonia Quatuor Evangeliorum, quam ab 
eodem feliciter inchoatam Polycarpus Lyserus et Joannes Gerhardus, is 
quidem continuavit, hic perfecit. Hamburgi, 1704, folio. | 


The best edition of a most valuable Harmony. Chemnitz compiled only the two first 
books, and part of a third, which were published after his death at Frankfort, in 1593, by 
Polycarp Lyser; who wrote the remainder of the third book, and added the fourth and 
part of the fifth book. These were published at different times at Leipsic and Frankfort 
between the years 1604 and 1611: and on Lyser’s death, Gerhard completed the under- 
taking, with learning and industry not inferior to those of his predecessors. The entire 


(1) 2 


132 _ Harmonies of the Four Gospels. (Part I. Ch. I. 


work, with the several continuations, was first published at Geneva, in 1628. This elaborate 
work is not only a harmony but a Jearned commentary on the four Gospels. 


6. The Harmony of the Four Evangelists, and their text methodised, 
according to the order and series of times in which the several things by 
them mentioned were transacted. By Samuel Crapocx, B.D. London, 
1668, folio; and again in 1684 and 16865. 


This work was revised by the learned Dr. Tillotson, afterwards archbishop of Canterbury, 
by whom it was preserved from destruction during the memorable fire of London, in 1666. 
(Chalmers’s Biog. Dict. vol. x. p. 447.) In the seventeenth century it was deservedly 
held in the highest estimation; though it is now superseded by later and more critical 
works. Mr. Cradock has drawn up the Gospel history in an explanatory paraphrase, in 
English, which is followed by the text of the evangelists. In the margin he has given short 
but useful notes in Latin, which are very judiciously extracted from Grotius, Drs. Lightfoot 
and Hammond, and other critics. The book is by no means dear; which, to students (who 
may not be able to procure recent and more expensive harmonies) is a great advantage. 
This harmonist did not adopt the principle of Osiander. 


7. Bernardi Lamy Historia, sive Concordia Evangelistarum. Parisiis, 
1689, 12mo.— Commentarius in Harmoniam sive Concordiam Quatuor 
Evangelistarum. Parisiis, 1699. In two volumes, 4to. 


Lamy’s Commentary is held in much higher estimation than his Harmony. It is justly 
characterised by Michaelis as a learned work. The chronological and geographical appa- 
ratus is peculiarly valuable. 


8. Joannis CLEricr Harmonia Evangelica, cui subjecta est historia Christi 
ex quatuor evangeliis concinnata. Accesserunt tres Dissertationes, de annis 


Christi, deque concordia et auctoritate evangeliorum. Amstelodami, 1699, 
folio. 


All critics unite in commendation of Le Clere’s Harmony. He has arranged the history 
of the four evangelists, according to chronological order, in columns parallel to each other, 
in Greek and Latin; and under the text he has given a Latin paraphrase, the design of 
which is to remove apparent contradictions. Le Clerc promised to publish Annotations on 
his Harmony, which have never appeared. A Latin edition of it was printed at Altorf in 


1700, in 4to.; and an English translation of it is said by Walchius to have been published 
at London in the same year, also in 4to. 


9. Nicolai TorINArp1 Harmonia Greco-Latina. Parisiis, 1707, folio. 


M. Toinard drew up this Harmony for his own private use, of which only five or six 
copies were taken for the use of his friends, After his decease, they published it (as he had 
desired they would) at the time and place above mentioned. It has long been held in the 
highest estimation, for the care and diligence which its author bestowed, in order to settle 
the several circumstances mentioned by the different evangelists. Bishop Marsh pronounces 
it to be of particular use to those who wish to examine the verbal agreement of the evan- 


gelists; as M. Toinard has not only placed in adjacent columns the parallel passages, but 
has also parallelised even single words. 


10. Jo. Reinhardi Rus, Harmonia Evangelistarum, ita adornata, ut, in- 
vestigata seduld textus coherentia, nullus versus, sive trajiciatur, sive 
pretereatur sine brevi ac succincta, explicatione, que justi commentarii loco 
esse queat. Jena, 1727-1730. 4 vols. 12mo. 

Walchius pronounces this to be an elaborate and learned work. This harmonist follows 


the plan of those who vindicate the chronological order of the history related by each 


evangelist. ‘The text of the sacred writers is also explained in the copious notes of M. Rus, 
Walchii Bibliotheca, vol. iv. p.881. 


11. In the year 1739 and 1740, Dr. DopprinGe published the first and 
second volumes of his Family Expositor, of which an account will be found in 
a subsequent part of this Appendix. They are noticed here, because they 
contain a harmony of the four Gospels, which is acknowledged to be 


executed with great judgment, independently of the very valuable exposition 
and notes that accompany it. 


12. The Evangelical History and Harmony. By Matthew PirKx1neron, 
LL.B. London, 1747, folio. 


This harmonist professes not to adhere to any of the schemes laid down by his predeces- 


Sect. IL.] Harmonies of the Four Gospels. 133 


sors for arranging the evangelical history. It is not disposed in columns, like the works 
of Le Clerc, Toinard, and others ; but the text is exhibited in such a manner as to relate 
the various discourses and facts recorded by the sacred writers in their identical words, and 
in the fullest manner possible, yet so as to avoid tautology. The history is divided into 
chapters, and these are subdivided into sections of moderate length. Two Chronological 
Dissertations are prefixed :—1. On the time of Herod’s death, of the birth of Jesus Christ, 
the duration of his ministry, and the year of his crucifixion, &c., &c. : —2. On the time and 
place of the adoration of the wise men. Notes are subjoined for the elucidation of particular 
passages. The work is executed with great care, and may frequently be purchased at a low 
price. 


13. The Harmony of the Four Gospels ; in which the natural order of 
each is preserved, with a paraphrase and notes. By J. Macxnicur, D.D. 
Ato. 2 vols. 1756; 2d edit. 1763; 3d edit. 8vo. 2 vols. Edinburgh, 1804. 


Dr. Macknight closely adheres to the principle of Osiander; but his paraphrase and 
commentary contain so much useful information, that his Harmony has long been regarded 
as a standard book among divines; it is in the lists of Bishops Watson and Tomline. The 
preliminary disquisitions greatly enhance its value. Dr. Macknight’s work was translated 
into Latin by Professor Ruckersfelder, and published in 3 vols. 8vo. at Bremen and 
Deventer, 1772. Bishop Marsh says, that whoever makes use of this harmony should 
compare with it Dr. Lardner’s observations on it, which were first published in 1764, and 
are reprinted in the eleventh volume of the octavo edition, and in the fifth volume of the 
quarto edition of his works. . 


14. An Harmony of the Gospels, in which the original text is disposed 
after Le Clerc’s general manner, with such various readings at the foot of 
the page as have received Wetstein’s sanction in his folio edition of the Greek 
Testament. Observations are subjoined, tending to settle the time and 
place of every transaction, to establish the series of facts, and to reconcile 
- seeming inconsistences. By William Newcome, D.D., Bishop of Ossory 
(afterwards Archbishop of Armagh). London, 1778, folio. 


15. An English Harmony of the Four Evangelists, generally disposed 
after the manner of the Greek of William Newcome, Archbishop of 
Armagh; with a Map of Palestine divided according to the twelve tribes, 
Explanatory Notes, and Indexes. [By William Puitiirs.] London, 1802. 8vo. 


The Greek Harmony of Archbishop Newcome has long been held in the highest esti- 
mation; but its bulk and price necessarily place it beyond the reach of many biblical 
students. In publishing this Harmony, the compiler (a member of the Society of Friends) 
has rendered to English readers the same service which that learned prelate had 
conferred on biblical scholars by his larger Greek work.  ‘ Several trifling alterations 
have been adopted in the text, and it is hoped, generally to advantage.” (Preface, p. v.) 
The harmony fills four hundred and thirty-four pages; and the “ Notes and Illustrations” 
comprise thirty-six pages: though brief, they are judiciously selected from the critical and 
philological labours of Beausobre and L’Enfant, Calmet, Grotius, tie Rev. Drs. Ham- 
mond, Harwood, Shaw, Doddridge, from the Harmony of the late eminent physician, 
Dr. Robert Willan, and various other sources. The volume concludes with an index to the 
Parables delivered by Jesus Christ, and a Table for finding any passage of the Gospels 
in this Harmony. Altogether, “the form in which this work is printed is extremely 
convenient; so much so, that they, who can use the Greek, may be glad to consult the 
English octavo rather than the unwieldy folio of the Archbishop,” (British Critic, (O. S.) 
vol. xxii, p. 437.) 


15*. An English Harmony of the Four Evangelists, disposed after the 
manner of the Greek of William Newcome, Archbishop of Armagh ; with 
Explanatory Notes, and Indexes, and a new map of Palestine, divided into 
Tetrarchies, and showing the Travels of our Lord Jesus Christ. London: 
M.DCCC.XXVII. 8vo. 


Though apparently a new work, this is a mere reprint of the preceding Harmony, with 
the omission in the title-page of the word “ generally,” (which the original compiler had 
properly inserted, as Archbishop Newcome’s method was only generally followed), and 
with the variation, which the reader will be able to distinguish, from the lines above printed 
in Italics. The date of the original work is in Arabic figures; in the volume under consi- 
deration it is in Roman small capital letters. The few errata which the original compiler 
had noticed are here corrected: but the following note, which he had prefixed to his table of 
contents, viz. ‘* The title prefixed to each section is designed to mark the general order at first 
view, and not faithfully to exhibit its contents,” is omitted: and the table of contents, which in 


(r)*8 


134 Harmonies of the Four Gospels. (Part. I. Ch. II. 


the original work fills seven pages in columns, is here printed in long lines, in four pages. 
The thirty-six pages of ‘notes and illustrations” are here compressed into thirty-three ; 
and the “ Table for finding any passage of the Gospels in this Harmony,” which fills five 
pages in the original edition, is here compressed into four pages. The Map is the only new 
article: it exhibits Palestine, divided into tetrarchies, and, by means of a red line, shows the 
travels of Jesus Christ. In one corner of it is a ground plan of the temple at Jerusalem. 
The volume is very neatly printed. 


16. A Harmony of the Evangelists in Greek; to which are prefixed 
Critical Dissertations in English. By Joseph Prizstitey, LL.D. London, 
1778. Ato. 


17. A Harmony of the Evangelists in English; with Critical Disser- 
tations, an occasional Paraphrase, and Notes for the use of the unlearned. 
By Joseph Prizstiey, LL.D. London, 1780. 4to. 


The same method of arrangement is followed in both these harmonies. . Dr. Priestley 
adopted the opinion of some antient writers, that the ministry of Jesus Christ lasted only 
one year, or a year and a few months. For an account of these two publications see the 
Monthly Review (old series), vol. Ivili. pp. 89-94., and vol. Ixiv. pp. 81-90. 161-173. 


18. Synopsis Evangeliorum Matthei, Marci, et Luce, una cum iis 


Joannis Pericopis, que historiam passionis et resurrectionis historiam com-. 


plectuntur. Textum recensuit, et selectam lectionis varietatem adjecit 
J.J.Grisespacu. Hale, 1776. 8vo. Editio secunda, emendatior et auctior. 
Hale Saxonum, 1797. 8vo. Editio quarta, 1822. 8vo. 


The chief purport of this Synopsis, Bishop Marsh remarks, is, not to give a chronological 
series of events, but to represent in parallel columns all those sections which are common 
to the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke; the Gospel of John (except the last part) 
being omitted, because the rest of it has so very little matter in common with the other 
three. In order to make as few transpositions as possible, Mark’s order is generally 
retained, because it is the same with that of Luke, as far as relates to the facts which are 
common to all three. Those parts which each evangelist has peculiar to himself, are 
inserted in intermediate sections. The learned translator of Michaelis pronounces the dis- 
position of the whole work to be very commodious ; and adds, that he knows of no harmony, 
which affords so much assistance in the investigation of the origin of the three first Gospels. In 
1812, an English Synopsis of the three first Gospels, including the four last chapters of St. 
John’s Gospel, was published in 8vo., on the plan of Griesbach’s work, with some variations, 
by the Rev. Charles Dunster, who has made the narrative of St. Luke the standard to which 
the other Gospels are adapted. Valuable as Griesbach’s Synopsis confessedly is, some of 
his transpositions have been deemed arbitrary, and some important passages were omitted by 
him. ‘To obviate these defects, MM. De Wette and Lucke have compiled a new Synopsis 
from Griesbach’s third edition, so as to exhibit the entire passages of the Gospels with their 
parallels: at the foot of each page they have given the principal various lections from 
Griesbach’s critical edition of the New Testament; and they have supplied brief notices of 
the arguments or contents of each section. ‘The title of this very useful publication is, 


19. Synopsis Evangeliorum Mattheei, Marci, et Luca, cum Parallelis 
Joannis Pericopis. Ex recensione Griesbachii, cum selecta Lectionum 
varietate. Concinnaverunt, et breves Argumentorum Notationes adjecerunt 
Guil. Mart. Leber. De Werte, et Frid. Lucker. Berolini, 1818. 4to. 


20. Diatessaron, sive integra Historia Domini nostri Jesu Christi, Greecé- 
Ex quatuor Evangeliis inter se collatis, ipsisque Evangelistarum verbis apté 
et ordinaté dispositis confecta. Subjungitur Evangeliorum brevis Har- 
monia. Edidit J. Wuirr, 8. T. P. Ling. Arab. Prof. Versionis Syriace 


Philoxenianz Noy. Test. Interpres. Oxonii, é Typographeo Clarendoniano, 
1799. small 8vo. 


A Diatessaron is the result and summary of a Harmony. In the latter the whole text of 
the four evangelists is given, only so arranged in columns that their parallelisms and differ- 
ences may be exactly seen: whereas, in a diatessaron, one continued narrative is selected from 
the four, avoiding all repetitions of the same or similar words. Professor White founded 
his beautifully and correctly printed volume on the excellent Harmony of Archbishop 
Newcome, except in the part relating to the resurrection of Jesus Christ, in which he has 
followed the arrangement of facts proposed by Mr. West and Dr. Townson, in their works 
on this subject, which are noticed in pp. 138, 139. infra. The time and place in which each 
event happened, are judiciously noticed in the margins: a map of Palestine is prefixed ; 
and a very useful, though concise, Evangeliorum Harmonia, which is added at the end, 
connects the whole with peculiar clearness, In 1802, Dr. White’s work was translated 


TS 


> 


Sect. II.] Harmonies of the Four Gospels. 136 


into Latin by the Rev. T. Thirlwall, who retained the chief part of the professor’s title, and 
adopted principally the Latin version of Castellio ; although, where the editor regarded his 
phrases as forced and affected (as they sometimes are), he has had recourse to the versions 
of Beza, Tremellius, and the Vulgate. This publication may be of use to those, who, in 
reading the Geeek, are occasionally induced to consult a translation; Mr. Thirlwall also 
published, in 1803, an English Diatessaron ; or, History of our Lord Jesus Christ, compiled 
from the four Gospels according to the authorised Version, 8vo., and12mo. Some brief notes, 
and a concise but useful introduction are annexed, together with a map of Palestine. 


21 Diatessaron; or, the Gospel History, from the Text of the Four 
Evangelists, ina connected Series. With Notes critical and explanatory, 
by Robert THomson. Edinburgh and London, 1808, 8vo. 


22. The United Gospel; or, Ministry of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ, combined from the Narrations of the Four Evangelists. By R. and 
M. Wittan. London, 1806. 8vo. 


This is the third edition of a very useful Diatessaron, for such the work in effect is. The 
first impression appeared in 1782, and the second in 1786, under the name of the late 
eminent physician Dr. Robert Willan. It professes to exhibit the events of the Gospel 
history in a connected chain or order of succession: and, by combining the accounts of 
each evangelist, to relate in their own words every incident, with all its circumstances, at 
full length. The notes which accompany the work are judiciously selected; they relate 
chiefly to the manners, customs, opinions, and expressions, proverbial or allegorical, 


among the eastern nations with which the generality of readers cannot be familiarly 
acquainted. 


23. A Synopsis of the Four Evangelists; or, a regular History of the 
conception, birth, doctrine, miracles, death, resurrection, and ascension of 


Jesus Christ, in THe words of the Evangelists. By Charles THomson. 8vo. 
Philadelphia, 1815. 


The author of this Harmony, whose translation of the Old Testament from the Septuagint 
Version is noticed in a subsequent page of this Appendix, considering the Gospels as memoirs 
of remarkable things said and done by Jesus Christ, has here arranged them according to the 
dates, places and circumstances, which he found expressly mentioned in the several Gospels, 
He has employed a literal translation of the very words of the evangelists, without any 
omission or addition, excepting that he has inserted explanations of peculiar phrases and 
technical terms between brackets [ ]. It is very respectably executed ; and at the end 
there are fifty pages of notes, chiefly explanatory of the manners and customs of the Jews. | 


24. An Harmony of the Four Gospels; or, a series of the Narratives of 
the Evangelists, so collected and disposed, as to bring the whole into one 


regular relation; with Notes, selected from various authors. By John 
CHAMBERS. London, 1813. 8vo. 


25. A Chronological History of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, from 
the compounded texts of the Four Holy Evangelists ; or, the English Dia- 
tessaron ; with amap of the Holy Land, explanatory Notes, and Illustrations, 
from late oriental travellers and rabbinical writers, &c. &c. By the Rev. 
R. Warner. Bath and London, 1819. 8vo. 


26. Concordance de Quatre Evangélistes, suivant Ordre de Michaelis. 
Paris, 1828. 12mo. 


This, it is believed, is the only detached harmony of the Gospels extant in the French language: 
it is drawn up agreeably to the order of Michaelis in his harmony or table of contents to 
the four evangelists, which forms part of his introduction to the New Testament. (Vol. iii. 
pp- 49-83 of Bishop Marsh’s English translation; or vol. iii. pp. 58-93 of M. Chene- 
viére’s French translation.) The total absence of a table of contents, or even of the sum- 
maries of the contents given to each section by Michaelis, greatly lessens the utility of this 
volume as a book of reference to the French reader. 


27. The Monotessaron ; or, the Gospel History, according to the Four 


Evangelists, harmonised and chronologically arranged, in a new Translation 


from the Text of Griesbach. By the Rev. John 8S. THomprson. Baltimore, 
1829. 8vo. 


28. Synopsis Evangeliorum Matthei, Marci et Luce, cum Joannis Peri- 
copis Parallelis. Textum ex ordine Griesbachii dispertitum, cum varia 


Scriptura selecta, edidit Mauritius Rozpicrer. Halis Saxonum, 1829. 8vo. 


(1) 4 


ee 


136 Harmonies of the Four Gospels. [Part I. Ch. I. 


A commodious synopsis of the first three Gospels. The order of Dr. Griesbach (see 
No. 18. p. 134.) is followed in the disposition of the text: but the synopsis itself is divided 
into six parts, after the plan cf De Wette and Liicke. The summaries of contents pre- 
fixed to each section are principally taken from Dr. Knappe’s critical edition, Great pains 
have been bestowed on the punctuation of this work, the typographical execution of which is 
very neat. 


29. Quatuor Evangeliorum Tabule Synoptice. Juxta rationes temporis 
quoad fieri potuit composuit, annotationibusque ex perpetua sectionum 
singularum collatione instruxit, Henricus Nicholaus CLAusEN. Haunie, 
1829. 8vo. 

No part of the Greek text is printed in this work, in which the author has taken singular 
pains in adjusting the order of events, from a minute and laborious collation of the parallel 
passages in the four evangelists. 


30. Harmonia Evangelica; sive, Quatuor Evangelia Graecé, pro temporis 
et rerum serie in partes quinque distributa. Edidit Edvardus GREswELL, 
A.M. Oxonii, 1830. 8vo. 


30*. Dissertations upon the Principles and Arrangement of a Harmony 
of the Gospels. By the Rev. Edward GreswetL, M.A. Oxford, 1830. 
3 vols. 8vo. Supplementary Dissertations. Oxford, 1834. 8vo. Second 
edition, Oxford, 1837. 5 vols. 8vo. 

The fundamental principles of Mr. Greswell’s Harmony are, 1. That the three last 
Gospels are regular compositions; 2. That St. Matthew’s Gospel is partly regular and 
partly irregular ; 3. That each of the Gospels was written in the order in which it stands ; 
4. That the Gospels last written, in every instance, were supplemental to the prior Gospels. 
“‘ His Harmony forms but a portion of the valuable critical apparatus, which he has con- 
structed for the benefit of the critical student; and, taken together with the Dissertations, 
it will enable the reader to make himself master of the whole range of inquiry relating to 
the chronology of the New Testament, and the structure and composition of the Gospels.” 
(Eclectic Review for June, 1833, vol. ix., third series, p. 313. 


31. A Harmony of the Four Gospels in the English authorised version, 
arranged according to Greswell’s ‘“ Harmonia Evangelica” in Greek, with 
references to his Dissertations on the same. By R. Mimpriss. London, 
1833. 8vo. 


A necessary companion to Mr. Greswell’s elaborate works. 


32. A Harmony of the Four Gospels, founded on the arrangement of 
the Harmonia Evangelica by the Rev. Edward Greswell. With the Practical 
Reflections of Dr. Doddridge. By the Rey. E. Bickersteru. London, 
1832. 12mo. 


33. The Four Gospels, exhibited as one continued Narrative, by an 
arrangement of their contents in parallel columns, according to the due 
order of events recorded. By the Rev. C. Currey, B.A. London. [1834.] 
Ato. 


The advantages which this unassuming but neatly executed volume possesses, are stated to be 
the following :—1. It exhibits at one view the whole history of Jesus Christ, which must 
otherwise be collected from four separate sources ; 2. It distinguishes the particular portions 
contributed by each evangelist towards making up the whole history; 3. It brings under 
comparison the variety in statement, which the evangelists adopt, in recording the same 
transactions, without the trouble of turning continually from gospel to gospel, or the delay 
of transcribing parallel passages for the convenience of juxta-position. 


34. A Harmony of the Gospels in Greek, in the general order of Le 
Clerc and Newcome, with Newcome’s Notes; printed from the text and 
with the various readings of Knappe. The whole revised, and the Greek 
text newly arranged. By Edward Ropinson, D.D. Andover [ Massa- 
chusetts ] 1834. 8vo. 


In this beautifully printed volume, the general order of Le Clere and Archbishop 
Newcome (No. 14. p, 133.) is followed in the divisions, as being upon the whole judicious, 
and also as being familiar to the great body of theologians. In the special arrangement of 
the text of the evangelists, the principle adopted is that of Roediger, in his Synopsis of the 
first a Gospels. (No. 28 p.135.) The whole of Archbishop Newcome’s notes is 
retained, 


Sect. IL] Harmonies of the Four Gospels. 13% 


35. Synopsis Quatuor Evangeliorum Greco-Latina. Exhibet Textum 
Complutensem cum variis ex collectione Roberti Stephani, Chr. Fr. Matthaei, 
Jo. Jac. Griesbach, J.M. Aug. Scholz, ac C. Lachmann, lectionibus, et 
Vulgatam Versionem Latinam, subjunctamque Harmoniam Latinam. Edidit 
J. A. RorERMUNDT. Passavil, 1835. 8vo. 


36. A Harmony ; or, Synoptical Arrangement of the Gospels, founded 
upon the most antient opinion respecting the duration of our Saviour’s 
Ministry, and exhibiting the succession of events in close accordance with 
the order of the two Apostolical Evangelists; with Dissertations, Notes, 
and Tables. By Lant Carpenter, LL.D. Bristol, 1835. 8vo. 


This English Harmony was printed solely for the subscribers to its publication. The 
text is, for the most part a new and close translation of the original Greek: the concise 
notes are such as the narration or the rendering required. The learned author adopts the 
view entertained by the eminent critic, Dr. Bentley, viz.: That our Saviour’s Ministry 
continued something beyond two passovers, that_is one whole year and part of two others, 
From Bentley this opinion was communicated to Bishop Hare, and by him to Mr. Mann, 
master of the Charter- House, who not only defended it in his Essay on the true-years of the 
Birth and Death of Christ (London, 1733. 8vo. and in Latin, in 1742, 8vo.) but also con- 
structed a Chronolegical Arrangement of the Gospel-History upon this principle ; upon 
which Dr. Priestley formed his Greek and English Harmonies, of which a notice is given 
in No. 17. p. 134. The same opinion appears to have been adopted by the late learned 
Regius Divinity Professor, Dr. Burton, of Oxford, in his Lectures on the Ecclesiastical 
History of the First Century (p.19.); Dr. Carpenter has prefixed to his Harmony four 
elaborate Dissertations: 1. On the Duration of our Saviour’s Ministry; 2. On the 
structure of the first three Gospels in relation to the succession of events in our Lord’s 
ministry ; 3. On the Political and Geographical state of Palestine at the period of our 
Lord’s ministry, giving a descriptive survey of the districts in which he resided or journeyed ; 
and 4. On the succession of events recorded in the Gospels, giving an outline view of our 
Saviour’s ministry. These dissertations, with a selection of notes from the Appendix to the 
Harmony, anda tabular view of the Synoptical arrangement, were subsequently published 
in a separate volume, intituled “ Dissertations on the Duration of our Saviour’s Ministry, 
and the Chronological Arrangement of the Gospel-Records.’? London, 1836, 8vo. The 
third dissertation is particularly valuable and instructive. 


37. A Greek Harmony of the Gospels, with Notes for the use of Students 
at the Universities. By the Rev. R. Coapman, B.A. London, 1836. 4to. 

“This is a remarkably handsome quarto volume... . - . Mr. Chapman takes 
Mills’s text ; allots four passovers and therefore three years to our Lord’s ministry; difters 
from some of Mr. Greswell’s positions,” (see a notice of his Harmony, in No. 30. p. 136), 
“and gives reasons from Newcome and Townsend ; and, as to the resurrection, follows 
West. He has arranged a work, which is very convenient for ascertaining the verbal 
parallelisms without trouble. The notes show a degree of attention and industry, highly 
creditable to the author.” (British Magazine, July 1836. p. 59.) 

38. A Harmony of the Gospels, being a Comparative View of the 
different statements of the Four Evangelists; showing where they agree, 
where they vary, and where any are silent. ‘To which are added the Mar- 
ginal References illustrating the text, with Indexes and Tables. [By 
William Bennina.}| London, 1836. 12mo. 


39. The Four Gospels, arranged in a series of Tabular Parallels, on a new 
principle. [By the Rev. CHOLMONDELEY, M.A.] London, 1836. 
royal 8vo. 

In this arrangement, when two or more evangelists speak on the same subject matter, 
their individual testimonies are always completed in the same page. In like manner where 
similar discourses took place at different periods, they are placed in juxta-position, as well 
as in context; but with indications, which prevent the narrative from being disturbed. 
These tabular parallels are printed with singular neatness. 

40. The Gospel Harmonised, with Notes and Reflections, explanatory, 
experimental, and practical, chiefly by Adam Clarke, LL.D.; arranged from 
the best authorities. By Samuel Dunn. London, 1836. 8vo. 


41. A Harmony of the Gospels, arranged for daily reading through the 
year, according to Greswell’s Harmonia Evangelica ; with other information 
calculated to render profitable the reading of the New Testament, By the 
Rey. Joshua Fawcert, A.B. London, 1836. 12mo. 





138 Harmonies of the Four Gospels. [Part I. Ch. II. 


42, Diatessaron; or, the History of our Lord Jesus Christ, compiled 
from the Four Gospels, according to the authorised version. Oxford, 
1837. 8vo. 


The method adopted by Professor White in his Greek Diatessaron (No. 20. p.134. supra), 
is generally followed in this beautifully printed work ; which is ascribed to the Rev. J. D. 
Macsrive, D. C. L. and Principal of Magdalen Hall, Oxford. The text and punctuation 
are strictly those of the authorised version: references are given in the margin, on one side, 
to the place from which each passage is taken; and, on the opposite side, Dr. Blayney’s 
references to the Old Testament, and to the Acts and Epistles, are collected from all the 
four Gospels. Various readings are given at the foot of the page from the most esteemed 
paraphrases. 


43. Lectures explanatory of the Diatessaron; or, the History of our Lord 
_and Saviour Jesus Christ, collected from the Four Gospels in the form of a 
continuous Narrative. [By the Rev. J. D. Macsripg, D.C.L.] Oxford, 
1835. 8vo. 


These Lectures are designed for students, who have neither leisure nor opportunity to 
consult many commentaries: ‘the remarks are more frequently explanatory than devotional.” 
They are derived from the best and most approved commentators, and are most valuable 
helps to the student, who may peruse either the Greek Diatessaron of Professor White, or 
the English Diatessaron, noticed in the preceding paragraph. 


** In giving the foregoing account of the principal Harmonies which lave been 
published, the Author has endeavoured fairly to describe the plan and objects of each. To 
discuss the comparative merits of the chronological arrangements of different Harmonies 
would require a volume. 


SECTION III. 


HARMONIES OF PARTICULAR PARTS OF THE FOUR GOSPELS. 


1. A Harmony and Exposition of our blessed Lord’s last Prophecy; in 
which the Difficulties that have hitherto perplexed Commentators, are 
satisfactorily explained. By John Fannin, A.B. Dublin, 1832. 8vo. 


The principal design of this publication is to prove that the details, which are given in 
Matt. xxiv. 15—22., Mark xiii. ; 14—20., and Luke xxi. 20—24., refer to two events, differ- 
ent, distinct, and distant from each other; the one, the destruction of Jerusalem by the 
Romans,—an event long past; the other still future, and likely to occur about the restora- 
tion of the Jews. Mr. Fannin considers that Luke’s account refers to the destruction of 
Jerusalem by Titus, while those of Matthew and Mark refer to the second advent of 
Christ: and he has devoted twenty-three pages to prove that the abomination of desolation, 
spoken of by the two latter evangelists, is Popery. 


2. Observations on the History of the Evidences of the Resurrection of 
Jesus Christ. By Gilbert West, Esq. London, 1747. 8vo. 


The multiplied editions of this most valuable treatise, which places the history of the 
resurrection on impregnable ground, sufficiently attest its value, and the high estimation 
in which it is deservedly held. Mr. West had for a time listened to the blandishments of 
infidelity ; and the treatise in question was written in consequence of the inquiries which 
he conscientiously instituted into the evidences of Christianity, of which he lived and died 
a bright ornament. His work is noticed here, on account of the luminous and satisfactory 
manner in which he has harmonised the several accounts of the evangelical history of the 
resurrection. 


3. A Harmony of the Four Gospels, so far as relates to our Saviour’s 
Resurrection, with a Commentary and Notes. By Bichard Parry. London, 
1765. 4to. 


4, A Discourse on the Evangelical History, from the Interment to the As- 
cension of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. By the late Rev. Thomas 
Townson, D.D., Archdeacon of Richmond. Oxford and London,1793. 8vo. 


In this very judicious work (which was edited, after the learned author’s decease, by 
Dr. John Loveday), the harmony of the four evangelical accounts of the resurrection is 
exhibited in four parallel columns, with a collateral paraphrase, the order of which is 
illustrated and confirmed by various observations. Dr. Townson professes to tread nearly 
in the footsteps of Mr. West, whose réasonings he enforces by new considerations; and 
he has illustrated his accounts by a new arrangement, and by the introduction of some 
explanatory particulars. He “accurately discriminates the respective particulars of the 


Sect. IV.] Harmonies of the Acts of the Apostles, &c. 139 


three days of our Saviour’s crucifixion and resurrection, minutely considers every circum- 
stance in the different relations, reconciles apparent inconsistencies, accounts for particular 
omissions, and furnishes a clear and consistent history, confirmed by considerations and 
representations, in which much learning is displayed, without any parade.” (British 
Critic, O. S., vol. i. p. 73.) These ** Observations”? of Dr. Townson are also extant in 
the second volume of the collective edition of his works, published at London, in 1810, in 
two volumes 8vo. 


5. An Harmony of the Gospels, from the Resurrection to the Ascension of 
our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ ; in which the English Narrations of the 
Four Evangelists are orderly exhibited in appropriate columns. Observa- 
tions are subjoined tending to investigate the true evangelical sense, reconcile 
seeming discrepancies, and defend the order of the facts laid down in the 
Harmony. By Thomas Cranrietp, A.B. Dublin, 1795, folio. 


This publication was originally an academical exercise, undertaken in pursuance of a 
theological subject, given by the late Rev. Dr. Graves, to the gentlemen attending his divinity 
class. The author professes to follow Dr. Townson’s scheme, with some few variations. His 
work was published with a recommendatory character given by the Drs. Graves and Barrett 
(at that time the Divinity Lecturers in the University of Dublin); who state that, in their 
opinion, ‘it contains much accurate research, and much useful information ; and, therefore,” 
that they ‘shall not hesitate to recommend it to the attention of the students in divinity 
attending their lectures.” 


6. The Burial and Resurrection of Jesus Christ, according to the Four 
Evangelists. From the German of John David Michaelis. By Sir George 
Duckett, Bart. London, 1827. 12mo. 


‘< If any person should be desirous of seeing all that the very spirit of subtlety and mischief 
can produce against the fact of the Resurrection, we should recommend them by all means to 
peruse the little work of Michaelis on this subject, which has recently been translated into 
English. This celebrated critic has there considered almost every cavil, with which the wit 
or malice of the adversaries has been able to assail the evidence of this great event. And 
we may safely venture to predict that every intelligent and honest examiner of these objec- 
tions will pronounce, with Michaelis, that the whole is ‘a contest between the accuracy of the 
Gospels and the imagination of the unbeliever ;’ and that, with very few exceptions, the 
cavils are so stupid and frivolous, as to make their authors worthy of sound flagellation; or 
so shamefully disingenuous, as righteously to entitle them to the honours of the pillory. In 
referring our readers to this treatise, it may be necessary to apprise them by way of caution, 
that, on the subject of inspiration, the laxity of the author's notions is somewhat greater than 
would be approved by the Anglican School of Divinity. So faras relates to mere matters of 
fact, he is much disposed to place the evangelists (or at all events those two of them who were 
not apostles) precisely on the footing of so many ordinary mortal witnesses. He contends, 
however, quite irresistibly, that their testimony, even so considered, is abundantly sufficient to 
place the resurrection of Christ beyond the reach of doubt.” (British Critic and Theological 
Review, vol. v. pp. 331, 332.) 


SECTION IV. 


HARMONIES OF THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES AND OF THE APOSTOLIC 
EPISTLES. 


1. Tue Apostolical History, containing the Acts, Labours, Travels, Ser- 
mons, Discourses, Miracles, Successes, and Sufferings, of the Holy Apostles, 
from Christ’s Ascension to the Destruction of Jerusalem. Also a Narration 
of the particular times and occasions upon which the Apostolical Epistles 
were written, together with a brief analytical Paraphrase of them. By 
Samuel Crapock, B.D. London, 1672. folio. 


This author, an eminent non-conformist divine, also wrote “‘ A plain and brief Exposition 
of the Revelation,” now superseded by later and better works ; “* The Old Testament His- 
tory methodised,” folio, now also superseded by the valuable work of Mr. Townsend, noticed 
in pp.129,130. supra; and the *“* Harmony of the Four Evangelists,” likewise noticed in page 
132.  Cradock’s three volumes are very valuable: the two last on the New Testament 
are much better than the first on the Old. His extracts in the margin, from Hammond, 
Lightfoot, and Grotius, are very judicious ; and I think, on the whole, I never read any one 
author, that assisted me more in what relates to the New Testament.” (Dr. Doddridge.) 
The book is by no means dear, which to students is a great advantage. 


2. A History of the First Planting of Christianity, taken from the Acts 
of the Apostles and their Epistles. Together with the remarkable Facts 


140 Harmonies of the Acts of the Apostles, §c. [Part I. Ch. II. Sect. IV. 


of the Jewish and Romish History, within this period. By George BENson, 
D.D. London, 1735; Second and best edition, 1756. 3 vols. 4to. 


Though this work does not profess to be a harmony of the Acts of the Apostles and of 
their Epistles, it may justly be considered as one. _ Besides illustrating the history of the Acts 
throughout, and most of the Epistles, by a view of the history of the times, the occasions of the 
several Epistles, and the state of the churches to which they were addressed, the learned author 
has incorporated a paraphrastic abstract of those Epistles in the order of time when they were 
written; and has also established the truth of the Christian religion on a number of facts, the 
most public, important, and incontestable. It is indeed a most valuable help to the study of 
the Epistles ; but it is to be regretted that its scarcity renders it accessible to few. 


3. The Life of the Apostle Paul, as related in Scripture; but in which his 
Epistles are inserted in that part of the History to which they are supposed 
respectively to belong; with select Notes, critical and explanatory, and 
relating to persons and places, and a Map of the countries in which the 
Apostle travelled. By Joseph Gurney Bevan. London, 1807. 8vo. 


The narrative of St. Paul’s life is studiously related in the very words of Scripture, hay- 
ing only such additional matter as is necessary to introduce or connect the several parts. 
Attention, however, has been paid to the task of selecting, from different parts of the New 
Testament, such passages as belong to the regular chain of the history. The notes are prin- 
cipally selected from the best critics and commentators, and those which are geographical are 
the most conspicuous, and stamp a real value on the work ; which, though designed for 
young persons of his own religious communion (The Society of Friends), may be studied 
with advantage by those of every other class of Christians, especially such as have not many 
commentators within their reach, ‘‘ without danger of finding any thing introduced which 
can give the smallest bias towards any principle that is not really and truly Christian.” 
(British Critic, O. S., vol. xxxiii. p. 477.) 


4. A Harmony of the Epistles of the Holy Apostles, to which is added a Sum- 
mary of the Entire. By the Rev. Peter Roperts, M.A. Cambridge, 1800. 4to. 


This Harmony of the Apostolic Epistles differs, in its form and structure, from the three 
publications last noticed. It ‘“‘ consists of two columns, in the first of which a kind of con- 
tinued Epistle is formed, principally, but not entirely, from the Epistle to the Romans ; 
which the author considers as intended more particularly for a delineation of the scheme of 
Christianity, as to the speculative part.” This continued text or clue is printed in a narrow 
column and a large letter, which gives room for the introduction of all the parallel passages 
in the second column, which is much broader, and printed in a closer form and smaller type. 
The whole is digested under four principal divisions. 1. Introductory address. 2. Doc- 
trinal instruction. 3. Practical precepts. 4. Conclusion. In this way the whole substance 
of the Apostolical Epistles is arranged ; and any particular passages are found by means of 
a table at the end of the book. Subjoined to this Harmony is the ‘‘ Summary of the Epis- 
tles ; in which the view of the contents is designed to be completely conyeyed, according to 
the author’s system.” This part is followed by a very useful selection of notes. ‘ Mr. 
Roberts deserves the highest commendation for his zeal and diligence in thus illustrating the 
Kpistles, and for the attention and acuteness manifested in digesting their very various con- 
tents.” (British Critic, O. S., vol. xx. pp. 419—421) 


5. Harmonia Paulina: being an arrangement, in the words of the Apostle, 
of the complete Scheme of Christian Faith and Practice, contained in the 
several Epistles of St. Paul. By the Rev. Henry Latuam, M.A. London, 
1837. 8vo. 


This very valuable work (the title of which fully expresses its design) is an attempt to 
compile a full system of Christian Faith and Practice by an arrangement of St. Paul’s 
Epistles in a continuous context ; the object being to sum up, and exhibit in one view the 
perfect Christian character, in the same words in which St. Paul has from time to time 
exhibited its detached features.’ (Introd. p. 1.) In the prosecution of this design, the 
author has judiciously thrown into an Appendix all those parts of the several epistles, which, 
being addressed exclusively to a particular church or individual, are not contained in the 
Harmony. He has then condensed together several passages of St. Paul’s Epistles, which 
are related to each other, so as to form sixteen continuous discourses in as many chapters ; 
which treat on our Christian calling; on faith; on faith in God the Father; faith in God 
the Son, —the atonement of his death, and our justification through his merits only, — bis 
resurrection, ascension, and return to judgment; faith in God the Holy Ghost, and our 
sanctification by him alone; on our duty to God; the social duties ; the personal duties of 
the believer ; Christian love or charity; Christian hope; the Church of Christ and its two 
Sacraments; the corruption of its doctrines and discipline; and the intention of the Jewish 
Dispensation. The passages from the Pauline Epistles are given in the words of the authorised 
version ; and to the whole the author has prefixed a well-written introduction explanatory of 
the plan of his work, 


[Part I. Ch. III. Sect.1.] Apoeryphal Books and Writings. 141 


CHAPTER III. 


APOCRYPHAL BOOKS AND WRITINGS. 


SECTION I.. 
APOCRYPHAL BOOKS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 


Tue Apocryphal Books’, attached to the Old Testament, are to be found 
in the various Polyglott editions of the Bible, and also in most of the larger 
editions of the Septuagint Version. Dr. Masch (Bibl. Sacr. part i. pp. 427— 
436.) has described the various editions of the Apocryphal Books, as well 
collectively, as of particular Books. The following are the principal and 
more easily procurable editions, including some which have appeared sub- 
sequently to the date of his publication : — 


1. Libri Veteris Testamenti Apocryphi omnes, Greece, ad Exemplar Vati- 
canum emendatissime expressi. [Cura Ludolphi LeuspEeni1] Francofurti ad 
Meenum, 1694. 8vo. 


2. Libri Apocryphi, Greece. Introductionem premisit Georgius Johannes 
Henkius. Hale, 1711. 8vo. 


The Introduction was subsequently printed in a separate form, in 4to. 


3. Libri Veteris Testamenti Apocryphi. Textum Greecum recognovit, et 
variarum Lectionum Delectum adjecit, Joannes Christianus Gulielmus 
Avcusti. Lipsiz, 1804. 8vo. 


4. The Books of the Apocrypha, with Critical and Historical Observations 
prefixed to each Book :. also, two Introductory Discourses; the first explain- 
ing the Distinctions between Canonical and Apocryphal Writings, estimating 
the Value of the latter, and ascertaining the time when they were introduced 
as Ecclesiastical Books into the Service of the Church; the second illus- 
trating the intimate connection between the Old and New Testament in 
religious and moral views, in matters of faith and practice, in style, com- 
position, and allusion; with a Sketch of the History of the Jews from the 
cessation of Prophecy in Malachi, to the final dissolution of their State under 
the Emperor Vespasian, A.D. 70. By Charles Witson, D.D. Edinburgh, 
1801. 8vo. 


5. The Five Books of Maccabees in English. With Notes and Illustra- 
tions. By Henry Corton, D.C.L. Oxford, 1832. 8vo. 


Of the Apocryphal books which bear the name of the Maccabees, some account will be 
found in vol. iv. pp. 247—249. Dr. Cotton has collected them together in this beautifully 
printed volume, and has, for the first time, given an English translation of what are called the 
fourth and fifth books ; and he has successfully adapted the style and language of his version 
to those of the preceding books, as closely as was consistent with a careful adherence to 
the original. The whole is illustrated with very numerous notes, a valuable critical Intro- 
duction, Genealogical Tables of the Families of the Maccabees and of Herod, together with 
a Chronological Table, and a copious Index. This work is a necessary supplement to every 
edition of our authorised English Version of the Bible. 


6. Sapientia Jesu filii Sirachi, Grace. Textum ad fidem Codd. et Ver- 
sionum emendavit et illustravit Joh. Guil. Linpg. Gedani, 1795. 8vo. 


7. Liber Jesu, Siracide Greece: ad fidem Codicum et Versionum emen- 
datus, et perpetua adnotatione illustratus, a Car. Gottl, BRETSCHNEIDER. 
Ratisbon, 1806. 8vo. 


‘¢ This work is, without contradiction, the best that has appeared on the Book of Eccle- 
siasticus ; and the Commentary is an excellent critique.” (Classical Journal, vol. v. p. 4.) 
It “deserves to be introduced into the library of every theological scholar. The Greek 
text has, undoubtedly, been very much corrupted. .... . Dr. Bretschneider has spared 
no labour in his valuable collection of readings from the Vatican and Alexandrian MSS., 
from that manuscript on which the text of the Complutensian Polyglott was founded, and from 
various other sources. Much interesting matter will be found in his elaborate Prolegomena, 
and in the five dissertations at the close of the volume. His perpetual annotations on the 
text afford evidence of great critical ability and theological information, but perhaps exhibit 





142 Apocryphal Books and Writings. 


[Part I. Ch. Til: . 


a little of that tedious prolixity which is not uncommon in the German school.”’ (Chris- 


tian Remembrancer, vol. ix. p. 263.) 


8. Liber Ecclesiasticus. The Book of the Church; or, Ecclesiasticus: 


translated from the Latin Vulgate. 
royal Svo. 


By Luke Howarp. London, 1827. 


«It isa miserable attempt at an English version of Ecclesiasticus, from the Latin trans- 
lation of the Vulgate.”” (Christ. Rememb. vol. ix. p. 263.) In pp. 266—272. there is an 


analysis, with specimens of this publication. 
9a The Book of Jasher. With 
Testimonies and Notes explan- 


atory of the Text. 


To which is Prefixed Various Read- 
ings. 


Translated into English from the 
Hebrew, by Alcuin, of Britain, 
who went a Pilgrimage into the 


Holy Land. 


This Book is twice mentioned in Holy 
Scripture, viz. in Josh. x. 13., and in 
2 Sam.i. 18. ;in both which Places it is 
appealed to as a Work of Credit and 
Reputation, and as such was at that 
Time had in great Esteem. 


Printed in the Year MDCCLI. 
4to. 


96. The Book of Jasher. With 
Testimonies and Notes, Critical 
and Historical, explanatory of the 
Text. 


To which is prefixed Various Read- 
ings, and a Preliminary Disser- 
tation, proving the Authenticity of 
the Work. 


Translated into English from the 
Hebrew, by Flaccus Albinus Al- 
cuinus of Britain, Abbot of Can- 
terbury. Who went a Pilgrimage 
into the Holy Land, and Persia, 
where he discovered this volume, in 
the City of Gazna. 

“Is not this written im the Book of 
“ Jasher?” Joshua x. 13. 

“ Behold it is written in the Book of 
 Jasher.” 2 Sam.1. 18. 


Bristol: Printed for the Editor!, by 
Philip Rose, 20. Broadmead. 
MDCCCXXIX. Ato. 


Of the literary forgery contained in the volume or rather pamphlet printed in the year 
1751 (9 a), the following account is given by Mr. Rowe-Mores, a diligent topographer 
and antiquary of the eighteenth century, in his ‘* Dissertation upon English Typographical 
Founders and Founderies,” published in 1778 (page 65.). ‘In the year 1751, Mr. Ilive pub- 
lished ‘a pretended translation of the Book of Jasher, said to have been made by one Alcuin of 
‘« Britain. The account given of the translation is full of glaring absurdities: but of the 
‘¢publication this we can say, from the information of the Only-One who is capable of 
“‘ informing us, because the business was a secret between the Two: Mr. Ilive in the night- 
‘time had constantly an Hebrew Bible before him (sed qu. de hoc), and cases in his closet. 
“ He produced the copy for Jasher, and it was composed in private, and the forms worked 
‘off in the night-time in a private press-room by these two, after the men of the Printing 
‘* House had left their work.” 

Jacob Ilive, the person here mentioned, was a type-founder and printer, who carried on 
business in London between the years 1730 and 1763, in which last year he died. ‘* Being 
“not perfectly sound in his mind, he produced some strange works. In 1733, he published 
‘‘an Oration, intended to prove the plurality of worlds, and asserting that this earth is hell, . 
‘“‘ that the souls of men are apostate angels, and that the fire to punish those confined to this 
“world at the day of judgment will be immaterial.......... In this strange performance 
“the author unveils his deistical principles, and takes no small liberty with the sacred Scrip- 
‘tures, and especially with the character of Moses. Emboldened by this first adventure, 
‘‘he determined to become the public teacher of infidelity. For this purpose he hired the 
“use of Carpenters’ Hall, where for some time he delivered his orations, which consisted 
*‘chiefly of scraps from Tindal and other similar writers.” (Chalmers’s Biographical 
Dictionary, vol. xix. p. 228.) 

In November 1751 he published “The Book of Jasher,”’ of which the following account 
was given in the Monthly Review for December in the same year (vol. v. p. 250.) :—The 
*‘ publisher, in order to give a sanction to this pretended Book of Jasher, refers to the 
‘mention made to such a book in Josh. x. 13., and 2 Sam. i. 18. 1n both which places, says 
‘he, it is appealed to as a work of credit and reputation, and as such was at that time had 





1 In a prospectus for a second edition of this reprint, which was cireulated in London in 


1833, the editor announced himself as ‘*the Reverend C. R. Bond, formerly of Em. Col. 
Cantab.” 


Sect. I.] The Book of Jasher. 143 


“in great esteem. But the work now published does not in the least appear to be that 
‘‘ book referred to in the Scriptures; but a palpable piece of contrivance, intended to impose 
‘¢on the credulous and the ignorant, to sap the credit of the books of Moses, and to blacken 

‘the character of Moses himself, Hence it is no wonder that the editor or author has had 

‘the precaution to conceal his name. He has trumped up an idle story of the means, by 

‘¢ which the MS. fell into his hands, which he relates in a prefatory epistle to a nameless 

‘earl. He has also prefixed a history of Alcuin’s pilgrimage to the Holy Land, of the 

‘¢manner of his procuring a sight of the Book of Jasher, and the means by which he 

“ obtained permission to translate it into English. But the whole is so full of blunders, 

‘‘ inconsistencies, and absurdities, that we think it beneath any further notice.”’ 

With this quotation from the Monthly Review, in addition to the contemporary evidence 
above given, the author would have dismissed the pretended Book of Jasher, had it not come 
to his knowledge that very many individuals have been induced to purchase the reprint of 
this forgery, executed at Bristol in 1829 1(9b.), of which an account is given in pages 
145-147. infra, under the idea of its being the genuine long lost Book of Jasher. In the 
hope of preventing future unwary purchasers from being similarly misled, he now subjoins a 
few specimens of the falsehoods, anachronisms, and contradictions of the Holy Scriptures, 
which characterise this nocturnal production of the non-sane infidel author, Jacob Ilive. 

1. The assertion, in the title-page, that Alcuin of Britain ‘‘ went a pilgrimage into the 
“Holy Land and Persia, where he discovered this volume in the city of Gazna,” is 
contrary to historical fact. Alcuin neither visited the Holy Land nor travelled into Persia : 
to which we may add, that there is a geographical falsehood in stating Gazna to be in 
Persia: there is a city of that name in Caubul. Alcuin was born in Yorkshire about the 
middle of the eighth century, and was educated at York, where probably he embraced the 
monastic profession. It is not known what preferments he held before he left England ; 
though some accounts state that he was a deacon of the church at York, and others, that 
he was abbot of Canterbury. His earlier years were wholly spent in England ; and having ~ 
been sent on an embassy from Offa king of Mercia to the emperor Charlemagne (who 
formed so high an opinion of his acquirements and character as to become his pupil), he 
was induced, by the emperor’s intreaties, to settle in France. In that country, accordingly, 
with the exception of one short visit to England, he spent the remainder (the chief part) of 
his life, having rendered essential services to the cause of religion and learning, and there 
he died, a. p. 804, in the abbey of St. Martin, at Tours, without ever quitting Europe. (Cave, 
Scriptorum Ecclesiasticorum Historia Literaria, pp. 420, 421. Colonize, 1720. Chal- 
mers’s Biographical Dictionary ; article, Alcuin. ) 

2. All the genuine writings of Alcuin are printed in Latin, as well as some doubtful and 
spurious pieces which have been ascribed to him. 2 If he had composed any treatise in 
any other language, it would doubtless have been written in the then vernacular language 
of England, that is, the Anglo-Saxon ; fragments of which language have come down 
to our time in some portions of the Anglo-Saxon version of the Scriptures, executed in 
the eighth century. Whereas the wHoLt of this pretended Book of Jasher is in MODERN 
Eneutsu, and not a few passages of it are verbatim the same as our present authorised 
English version of the Bible, which was first published in 1611, only eight hundred and 
seven years after Alcuin’s death; and what is not copied from our English Bible, is a lame 
and studied imitation of its style and diction, both to conceal the fraud and to allure 
readers. 

8. In “the translator’s preface” (p. iv.) Alcuin is made to say,—‘‘1 took unto me two 
*‘companions, who learned with me, in the University of Oxford, all those languages 
“ which the people of the East speak.” But the University of Oxford, according to the 
earliest date which has been stated by its historians, was not founded by King Alfred 
before the year 886; that is to say, only eighty-two years artER Alcuin’s decease ! 

4, * The Words of Alcuin, which are read before the book of Jasher,” are further convicted 
of falsehood by the anachronisms they contain. 

[i.] In p. v. mention is made of “the paper on which it is wrote” only three, hundred 
years before the art of making cotton-paper was introduced into Europe (the use of 
which did not become general until the thirteenth century), and considerably more 
than three hundred years before paper, made from linen rags, was in use. 





1 In the prospectus for a second edition of the reprint above alluded to, it is stated that 
“the first edition has been honoured with the autographs of NEARLY ONE THOUSAND of 
“the most literary characters as subscribers ; among whom are many PreLates and other 
“ Dienirarigs, as well as most of the public Establishments of the country.” 

2 The best and most complete collection of Alcuin’s works was published at Ratisbon, 
in 1777, in two large volumes, folio; it was edited by M. Frobenius (or Froben), abbot of 
Saint Emmeran, near that city, who has carefully distinguished the doubtful and spurious 
pieces from Alcuin’s genuine writings, all of which are in Latin. It is, perhaps, scarcely 
necessary to state, that there is not a single word or allusion to the Book of Jasher, as being 
translated by him. 


° 














144 Apocryphal Books and Writings. 


[Part I. Ch. UL 


fii.] In p. vi. he mentions stationers upwards of four centuries before bookselling was 
known. Stationers were not heard of, in Europe, before the middle of the thirteenth 
century. (Ducange, Glossarium, voce Stationarit, vol. vi. col. 716.) And the Com- 
pany of Stationers, who were the first booksellers in London, was not incorporated 
until May, 1557, in the third and fourth year of the reign of Philip and Mary ; that 

is, only seven hundred and fifty-three years AFTER Aleuin's death. 
5. The book itself is replete with falsehoods, and with contradictions of the Pentateuch and 
the Book of Joshua. ‘The restricted limits necessarily allotted to this article will only 


allow the specification of a few examples. 
The books of Moses and of JosHua 


Gen. xxii. 2, 11—13. And He [God] 
said, Take now thy son, thine only son 
Isaac, whom thou lovest, and get thee into 
the land of Moriah ; and offer him there for 


-a burnt-offering upon one of the mountains 


which I will tell thee of.... And the angel of 
the Lorp called unto him [Abraham] out 
of heaven....And he said, Lay not thine 
hand upon the lad, neither do thou any 
thing unto him....And Abraham lifted up 
his eyes, and looked, and, behold, behind him 
aram caught in a thicket by his horns: and 
Abraham went and took the ram, and offered 
him up for a burnt-offering in the stead of 
his son. 

Exod. ii. 1—5. relates the birth and ex- 
posure of Moses in an ark of bulrushes on 
the banks of the river Nile, and the discovery 
of him by Pharaoh’s daugbter :— 

5—8. And when she [ Pharaoh’s daugh- 
ter] saw the ark among the flags, she sent her 
maid to fetch it. And when she had opened 
it, she saw the child: and, behold, the babe 
wept. And she had compassion on him, and 
said, This is one of the Hebrew’s children. 
Then said his sister to Pharaoh’s daughter, 
Shall I go and call to thee a nurse of the 
Hebrew women, that she may nurse the 
child for thee? And Pharaoh’s daughter 
said unto her, Go. And the maid went and 
called the child’s mother. And Pharaoh’s 
daughter said, Take this child away, and 
nurse it for me, and I will give thee thy 
wages. And the woman took the child, and 
nursed it. 

Exod. i, 22. And Pharaoh charged all his 
people, saying, Every son that is born ye 
shall cast into the river. 

Concerning the particular subjects of 
Moses’s education the book of Exodus is 
silent. 

Numb. xxxil. 11, 12. Surely none of the 
men that came up out of Egypt, from 
twenty years old and upwards, shall see the 
land which I swear unto Abraham, unto 
Isaac, and unto Jacob, because they have 
not wholly followed me; save Caleb the son 
of Jephunneh, the Kenezite, and Joshua 
the son of Nun. 


Josh ii. relates the mission of the two 
men whom Joshua sent to explore the 
land of Canaan, and who “went and came 
into an harlot’s house, named Rahab, and 
lodged there ;” together with their covenant 
with her, who was a Canaanitess, 

Josh. iii. 14—16. It came to pass.... 
As they that bare the ark were come unto 


are contradicted by 


JASHER. 


Cuar. iii. 19—21. And when Isaac was 
twenty and five years old, Abraham heard 
a voice saying, Take thy son, and slay him, 
and offer him up a burnt-offering in the 
land wherein he was born. And Sarah 
spake unto Abraham, and said, The holy 
voice hath not so spoken: for remember 
thou the words of that voice which said 
unto thee, I will make of thee a great 
nation. And Abraham repented him of 
the evil he purposed to do unto his son: his 
only son Isaac. 


v. 9—12. And Jochebed the mother of 
Moses, with Miriam his sister, came unto 
Pharaoh’s daughter: and Jochebed said 
Behold here the son of thy hand maid! 
And Pharaoh’s daughter said What wist 
ye? And they said, Thy father hath 
commanded that this infant be slain: yea, 
and that all the Hebrew males as soon as 
they are born be slain also. And Pharaoh’s 
daughter said, Give unto me the child. And 
they did so. And she said, This shall be 


my son. 


iii. 18. And it came to pass, that the 
wrath of Pharaoh was turned away from 
slaying the males of the Hebrews. 

iii, 14. And the child Moses grew and in- 
creased in stature: and was learned in all 
the magic of the Egyptians. 

xxxv. 3, 4. It is affirmed that, after the 
death of Moses, Joshua,and Caleb, the peo- 
ple were without a leader, and that Phinehas 
and the elders of Israel ‘named Jasher the 
son of Caleb, by Azuba, seeing he is an up- 
right man. And moreover this we know, 
that he hath seen all the wonders wrought in 
Egypt, in the wilderness: even all the 
mighty works that have been done.” 

xxvil. 8. Rahab is styled “one of the 
princesses of Jericho ;” and in y. 8. she is 
represented as saying, ‘I also am the daugh- 
ter of un Israelite by a woman of Midian.”. 


xxviii. 10. And the wood whereon the 
children of Israel passed over Jordan stayed . 


Sect. I.] 


Jordan, and the feet of the priests that bare 
the ark were dipped in the brim of the water, 
(for Jordan overfloweth all his banks all the 
time of harvest, ) that the waters which came 
down from above, stood, and rose up upon 
an heap, very far from the city Adam, that 
is beside Zaretan: and those that came down 
towards the sea of the plain, even the salt 
sea, failed, and were cut off; and the people 
passed over right against Jericho. 

Josh, vi. 17. 20, 21. 24, 25. And the 
city shall be accursed, even it, and all that are 
therein, to the Lorp. ... The people went 
up into the city, every man straight before him, 
and they took the city. And they utterly 
destroyed all that wus in the city, both man 
and woman, young and old, and ox, and 
sheep, and ass, with the edge of the sword, 
--.. And they burnt the city with fire, and 
all that was therein. .. . And Joshua saved 
Rahab the harlot alive, and her father’s 
household, and all that she had. 

Josh. vii. relates the circumstances of 
Achan’s secreting a Babylonish garment, two 
hundred shekels of silver, and a wedge of 
gold of fifty shekels’ weight, contrary to 
the divine command; for which crime he 
and all he had were destroyed in the valley 
of Achor. 


llive’s forgery was published in 1751 for two shillings and sixpence. 


The Book of Jasher. 


145 


upon the face of the waters six days and six 
nights. 


xxvill, 15, 16. 18. Then Rahab sent 
unto Joshua, saying, Let me intreat with 
thee for my nation that they may live. And 
Joshua answered and said, As many as save 
themselves by flight may live: but whoso- 
eyer shall be found in Jericho shall surely 
die the death... . And the people of Jeri- 
cho fled from the city every one to the 
mountains. 


xxviii. 202—25. Achan is represented as 
charging Joshua with having “taken from 
the congregation all the gold, all the silver, 
and all the brass: even all the spoil of the 
city of Jericho, and given it to the tribe of 
Levi.” For which crime he atone was 
stoned. 


For the publication 


(9 6.) printed at Bristol in 1829 the modest charge of ten shillings was originally made, 


which was subsequently increased to onE pounn sterling. 


now to give some account. 


Of this publication the author is 


Though published apparently for the first time in 1829, there is every reason for conclud- 
ing that this iz an unacknowledged reprint of Ilive’s forgery, with some unimportant vari- 
ations (which will be pointed out in the course of the present article), and for the following 


reasons :--—— 


1. The Tirte Pace, with the exception of the few sentences printed in italics in page 142., 


is the same as in Ilive’s forgery. 
oO 


The two titles are there printed in columns, in order 


that the reader may the more readily compare them: he will observe that the editor of the 
Bristol publication in 1829 expressly says that the pseudo-book of Jasher is “ Translated 


‘sinto Enauisy from the Hebrew.” 


this is altered into — “ Translated into ANato-Saxon from the Hebrew !” 


In his proposals for a new edition already alluded to, 


Query, by 


whom was this pretended Anglo-Saxon version translated into modern English ? 


to 


. The “ ApvertiseMent,”’ if not colourably altered, is evidently taken from Ilive’s pre- 


liminary letter to a nameless earl; as will be evident to any one who compares the 


following extracts. t 


9 a. The Boox or JAsHEerR. 1751. 


**'To the Right Honourable the Earl 
Sof * * * * * * 


“ My Lord, The following translation of the 
“« Book of Jasher fell into my hands thirty years 
“ago” [that is, in 1721] ‘ by meer accident. 
“I was travelling in the North of England, 
“to see the country.” Ilive then proceeds 
to give a false account of his purchasing 
the manuscript at an auction of ‘‘ the goods 
“and books of an old gentleman lately de- 
‘‘ ceased, who was upwards of one hundred 
“years of age.” 

“‘ Among the papers” (Ilive continues), 
‘“my Lord, I found the following translation 
‘of the Book of Jasher, which I last summer 
** communicated to your Lordship on a rumour 
“of a new translation of the Bible. JI own 
“that till then 7 lay by me quite unregarded. 

VOL, II, APP. 


9 b. Tue Boox or JAsHER. 1829. 


The following translation of “ The Book of 
‘¢ Jasher’’ was discovered by a gentleman in a 
Journey through the North of England in 
1721. 


“Itlay by hiti for several years, until, 
“in 1750, there was a rumour of a new 
*‘ translation of the Bible, when he laid it be- 


“fore a noble Earl. On perusal he highly 


(x) 





146 Apocryphal Books and Writings. 


“ Your Lordship upon perusal was pleased to 
‘‘ approve of it, and to advise its publication 
“as A WORK OF GREAT SINCERITY, PLAINNESS, 
“anp TRuTH. Your Lordship’s remark I 
‘must not omit, ‘ That it was your opinion, 
*<¢ the Book of Jasher ought to have been printed 
‘‘¢In THE BIBLE BEFORE THAT OF JOSHUA.’ ” 


“ By A WRITING ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE 
** MANUSCRIPT IT SHOULD SEEM, THAT THIS 
“TRANSLATION WAS LAID BEFORE OUR FIRST 
‘SREFORMERS, BECAUSE IT sAys: ‘I HAVE 
“¢reAD THE Book or JASHER TWICE OVER, 
66 snp I MUCH APPROVE OF IT, AS A PIECE OF 
‘66 GREAT ANTIQUITY AND CURIOSITY, BUT I 
** CANNOT ASSENT THAT IT SHOULD BE MADE 
‘664 PART OF THE CANON OF SCRIPTURE. 


[Part I. Ch. III. 


‘approved of it, AS A WORK OF GREAT SIN- 
‘¢ CERITY, PLAINNESS, AND TRUTH. His Lord- 
“ ship's opinion was that it should have been 


“placed IN THE BistE BEFORE the Book or 


“ JosHua.” 


He further adds :— 

‘“‘ By A WRITING ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE 
‘MANUSCRIPT, IT SHOULD SEEM, THAT THIS 
‘TRANSLATION WAS LAID BEFORE OUR FIRST 
“REFORMERS, BECAUSE IT sAYs: ‘I HAVE 
‘6¢ READ THE Book or JASHER TWICE OVER; 
‘6S anp I MUCH APPROVE OF IT, AS A PIECE 
“© OF GREAT ANTIQUITY AND CURIOSITY, BUT 
**¢]T CANNOT ASSErT, THAT IT SHOULD BE 





“¢ ¢ Signed ‘WICKLIFFE.’ 
6¢ € MADE A PART OF THE CANON OF SCRIPTURE. 

‘Iam your Lordship’s most humble and “ « Signed ‘ Wickuirre.’”’ 

“obedient Servant the Editor.” 

The editor of 1829 proceeds to state, that ‘* Since 1751” [the reader will bear in mind that 
this is the identical date of Llive’s forgery] ‘‘the manuscript } has been preserved with 
“‘ oreat care by a gentleman, who lived to a very advanced age, and died some time since, 
“On the event of his death, a friend to whom he had presented it gave it to the present 
‘¢ editor, who, conceiving that so valuable a piece of antiquity should not be lost to men 
‘‘of literature and biblical students, has committed it to the press, not doubting but that 
“the attention of the learned will be attracted to so singular a volume.” The editor of 
1829 further adds, that ‘‘he cannot assert any thing from his own knowledge beyond 
“ Alcuin’s account; but that carries with it such an air of probability and truth, that 
“he does not doubt its authenticity.” — “ Nothing” (he affirms in his “ Preliminary 
Dissertation on the Antiquity and Authenticity of the Book of Jasher’”’) “can be pro- 
‘duced to invalidate this authentic statement, and consequently it merits our credence.” 
(p. v.) Again, “As a book of record, it appears to have truth without mixture of error 
“‘for its peculiar object and design.” (p. vi.) And in the concluding paragraph of his 
“* Testimonies and Notes concerning the Book of Jasher’”’ (p. 9. col. 2.) he expresses himself 
in the following terms: -— “ Thus, then, it appears, that as far as such a work can be 
‘authenticated, this possesses every proof of being a transcript of the original manuscript ; 
‘and consequently, that it is worthy to be preserved as a collateral evidence of the facts 
‘detailed more fully in the writings of Moses, the Book of Joshua, and the Book of 
“ Judges.”” A reference to the positive historical evidence of Mr. Rowe-Mores above 
given, and also to the internal evidence furnished by the anachronisms, falsehoods, and 
contradictions, in Llive’s forgery (see pp. 143—145.), all which are tobe found verbatim, lite- 
ratim, et punctuatim, in the edition of 1829, must convince the reader that this publication 
is neither “ authentic,” nor does it ‘merit ” any “ credence” whatever; and that, with the 
exception of such passages as are copied from our authorised translation of the Bible, it 
is a worthless tissue of ‘* error” and falsehood, without the slightest “mixture of”? “ truth.” 
In the Dublin Christian Examiner, or Church of Ireland Magazine, for June, 1831 (vol. xi. 
pp. 426—429), there is an able exposure of this edition of 1829, containing five or six 
instances of falsehoods and contradictions, different from those above given in pp. 187—140., 
to which we refer the reader who may be desirous of further evidence, and also to the 
British Critic for January 1834, pp. 127—153. 

‘¢Some account of this volume” (says the editor of 1829) “may be found in Alcuin’s 
‘¢works, published in one volume fol. in the year 1600, in Paris.” Now, whatis the fact ? 
The rixsr edition of Alcuin’s collected works was published at Paris by André Duchesne 
(Andreas Quercetanus) only seventeen years arrer the date assigned by the Bristol Editor, 
viz. in 1617, in three parts, forming one volume folio; and in this collection of Alcuin’s 
works no Book or JASHER IS TO BE FOUND. As Duchesne’s editio princeps is not of very 
common occurrence, the reader, who may be desirous of seeing a list of the pieces actually 
written by Alcuin, is referred to Dupin’s Bibliotheque des Auteurs Ecclésiastiques, 
tom. vi. pp. 120—123. 4to. 1692, and to Dr. Cave’s Historia Literaria, pp. 420, 421. ; 
each of whom has given a catalogue of Alcuin’s works from Duchesne’s edition, and 
they are both totally silent concerning the pretended Book of Jasher. 

3. Although the concluding paragraph of “the Translator’s Preface” in the edition of 
1751 is omitted in the reprint of 1829, the editor of the latter must have been acquainted 





| Inthe prospectus of 1833 above referred to, for “‘manuscript” the word “ copy” is sub- 
stituted, —a general term, which is equally applicable to printed matter as to manuscript. 


The Editor of the Bristol reprint never exhibited his pretended manuscript to the critical 
examination of the learned. 


Sect. I.] 


The Book of Jasher. 


147 


with it, as the subjoined verbal coincidences are too minute and specific to be merely 


accidental. 


9a. Itive’s Boox or Jasuer, 1751, 
(p- vi.) 

‘‘Some years after my arrival I related 
‘*this adventure to several, and showed them 
** the work, who advised me not to suffer a 
*‘copy of it to fall into the hands of the 
‘*stationers (1), lest I should incur the dis- 
‘* pleasure of the purple. Being now crown 
“orp and infirm, I have ter ir among 
“(OTHER papers TO A CLERGYMAN IN YORK- 
‘¢ SHIRE.” 


9b. Boox or JAsHER, 1829. (p. v.) 


‘“‘ It appears he” {Jasher] ‘ never made it 
‘public, beyond the circle of his friends, 
‘and when Grown op he err it, with his 
‘CoTHER manuscripts, To a friend, a priest 


6¢in YORKSHIRE.” 


4. The “Various Readings,” which follow ‘the words of Alcuin,” are verbatim the same 
in both publications, except that, in the Bristol edition of 1829, “ desart ’? — the supposed 
various reading in chap. xii. 18.— is printed desert. 

5. The pseudo-book of Jasher itself is next in order ; and it corncipEs with Ilive’s fabrica- 
tion printed in 1751], with most marvellous exactness, both as to certain GRAMMATICAL 
BLUNDERS, and also as to the MatreR which the two publications severally contain. 


[i] Grammaricat BiunpeErs. 


In the title-pages of both publications we have, “ To which IS prefixed Various Read- 


“ings” for are prefixed. 


Compare page 142. supra. 


In Jasher, chap. vii. 7. we read, * Thus haru said our fathers,” for have said; xiv. 11. 
“ Thou judgetu the people,” for thou judgesr ; xxvii. 15. “ Whom thou knoweru not,” 
for knowest not; and in the margin, “ Whom thou dotu not worship,” for dost not ; 
and in xxxvi. 11. * Thou hata spoken,” for Thou hast spoken. 


fii.) Wir REGARD TO THE ConTENTS. 


The Book of Jasher, in Ilive’s forgery of 1751, fills exactly sixty pages ; in the Bristol 
edition of 1829 it makes sixty-two pages and a HALF, the excess being caused by the 
addition between brackets of seventeen verses from Gen. xxii. $—20. in ch. iil., and 
of twenty-eight verses in ch. xi. from Exod. xiv. 23—31. and xv. 1—19, of our 


authorised version. 


Except as occasionally affected by these additions, the same 


quantity of matter is comprised in each column, the summaries of chapters, and the 
head lines or summaries at the top of each page, the pretended chronology, marginal 
readings, and punctuation, are all PRECISELY THE SAME, the spelling only of a very 
few words being modernised, as ether for ether, encrease and encreased for increase 
and increased ; and in the “ Testimonies and Notes,” Phinehas for Phineas. 


The following are the only additional material variations between the two publications, 
which, after a careful collation, the author has been able to detect. 


9a. Itive’s Boox or Jasner, 1751. 
Ch, i. 17. Cain conceived and bare Enoch 
20. Seth conceived and bare Enos 
tts taieLamech.. ¢ 4; 
bare Noah 
v. 9. ye 
xxiii, 8. doeru 
13. nor 
xxxv. 28. Debora 
xxXvi. 11. thou commandeth 


-. » conceived and 


9b. Boox or JasueEr, 1829, 
Ch. i. 17. Cain begat Enoch 
20. Seth begat Enos. 


ii, 1. Lamech begat Noah. 
v. 9. you. 
Xxili. 8. doest. - 


13. or 
xxxv. 28, Deborah. 
XXXvi. 11. thou commandest 


The variations in the edition of 1829 are suck as might be made by any careful compositor, 
and cannot (we conceive) in any degree affect the identity of the two publications. 
6. The “ Testimonies and Notes” appended to both publications are for the most part the 


same, and profess to bear the names of Hur, Phinehas, Othniel, Jazer, Jezer, Zadock, 
and Tobias. On the miraculous passage of the Israelites over the Red Sea, the editor of 
the Bristol impression of the Book of Jasher has inserted a note, chiefly taken from 
Dr. Hales’s Analysis of Chronology, vindicating that miracle against the sceptical objec- 
tions of Michaelis. The notes on ch. i. of Ilive’s edition in 1751 are omitted; as also 
are the two concluding notes on ch. xviii., and the whole of those on ch. xix. and following 
to the end: in which “ chapters,’’ says the editor of 1829, “‘ nothing occurs but what fully 
‘accords with the statements of Moses.”’ (Testimonies, p. 9.) If, however, the reader will 
turn back to pp. 144,145. he will find only rivE passages which vo directlyCONTRA DICT 
“ the statements of Moses,’’ besides four more which equally contradict the book of Joshua, 
The result, then, of the preceding examination is, that the pretended Book of Jasher is a 
gross and shameless tirerary ForceRry, which has no claim whatever to “credence,” and 





1 On the anachronism in this word, see the remark 4, [il.] in page 144, supra. 


(K) 2 


148 Apoeryphal Books of the Old Testament. [Part I. Ch. Il. 


which is utterly destitute of authenticity. Respecting the Book of Jasher mentioned in 
Josh. x. 13. and 2 Sam. i. 18., see Vol. I. pp. 111, 112. and Vol. [V. p. 39. There is 
extant a rabbinical-Hebrew Book of Jasher, printed at Venice in 1625, which is an expla- 
nation of the histories comprised in the Pentateuch and Book of Joshua. Bartolocci, in his 
Bibliotheca Rabbinica, states that it contains some curious but many fabulous things ; and 
particularly, that this book was discovered at the time of the destruction of the temple at 
Jerusalem in a certain place, in which an old man was shut up, in whose possession a great 
number of Hebrew books were found, and among them the Book of Jasher; which was first 
carried into Spain, and preserved at Seville, whence finally it was taken to Naples, where it 
was first published. (Vol. iii. p. 935.) Bartolocci also mentions (in p. 868.) a treatise on 
the Jewish Laws, composed by rabbi Tham, aud called Sepher Jasher, or the Book of Jasher, 
which was printed at Cracow in 1617. 


10. Codex Pseudepigraphus Veteris Testamenti, collectus, castigatus, 
Testimoniisque, Censuris, et Animadversionibus, illustratus. Accedit Jo- 
sephi veteris Christiani scriptoris Hypomnesticon: cum versione ac notis 
Johannis Alberti Fasricit. Hamburgi et Lipsia, 1713-23. 2 vols. in 
3 tomis 8vo. Editio secunda, Hamburgi, 1741. 2 tomis 8vo. 


Besides the books commonly termed apocryphal, which have been deservedly rejected 
from the canon of Scripture, there are numerous spurious productions extant, the earliest 
of which (the pretended Book of Enoch) could not have been written till shortly before the 
commencement of the Christian ewra; but by far the greatest part of them were forged 
between the second and fourth centuries. The industrious bibliographer, John Albert 
Fabricius, collected fragments and notices of all (or nearly all) these productions, which 
he has discussed in the two hundred and forty chapters of which his Coder Pseudepigraphus 
Veteris Testamenti consists. The bare enumeration of these forgeries would extend this 
article to an undue length: but there are three apocryphal productions, bearing the names of 
Enoch, Isaiah, and Ezra, which have been rescued from utter oblivion by the Rev. Dr. 
Laurence (now Archbishop of Cashel), and which are of sufficient importance to claim a 
distinct notice. 


11. The Book of Enoch the Prophet: an Apocryphal Production sup- 
posed to have been lost for ages; but discovered at the close of the last 
century in Abyssinia, now first translated from an Ethiopic MS. in the 
Bodleian Library. By Richard Laurence, LL.D., Archbishop of Cashel. 
Oxford, 1821. Second edition, corrected and enlarged, 1833. Third 
edition, 1838, 8vo. 


The apocryphal Book of Enoch, in the last and preceding century, proved a prolific 
subject for critical speculation and theological discussion. The circumstance of its having 
been quoted by an inspired writer of the New Testament 1, augmented the despair of 
recovering a supposed treasure which had been Jong lost. It was known until the eighth 
century of the Christian era, after which it seems to have sunk into complete oblivion. 
A considerable fragment of it, however, was discovered by Julius Cesar Scaliger, in the 
Chronographia of Georgius Syncellus; a work which had not then been printed. He 
extracted the whole of this fragment, which he published in his notes to the Chronicle of 
Eusebius.2 Still, however, as it did not contain the passage quoted by St. Jude, doubts 
were entertained, whether the apostle really referred to the same production as was cited 
by Syncellus, or derived his information respecting the prophecy of Enoch from some other 
source. Since the discovery of Scaliger, much has been written, but very little if any 
additional information has been obtained upon this subject. The fullest account of the 
‘opinions entertained by the Fathers, and the quotations which they made from this celebrated 
apocryphal production, before it was lost, as well as what has since been conjectured 
respecting it by modern critics, are to be found in the Codex Pseudepigraphus of Fabricius 3 
above mentioned, who has also printed at length the Greek fragment of it preserved by 

Syncellus. But though the Greek copy of this book (itself perhaps nothing more than 
a mere translation from some Hebrew or Chaldee original) seems to have been irretrievably 
lost ; yet an idea prevailed, so early as the commencement of the seventeenth century, 
that an Ethiopic version of it still existed in Abyssinia. Finally, researches were 
made for it by the distinguished Ethiopic scholar Ludolph; and every idea that the book 
was extant in an Ethiopic version was altogether abandoned from that time until 
towards the close of the last century, when our enterprising countryman, Mr. Bruce, not 
only proved its existence, but brought with him from Abyssinia three manuscript copies of it, 





1 Jude, ver. 14, 15. 
2 Pp. 404, 405. edit. Amst. 1658, 


3 Vol. i. pp. 160—224. In pp. 222, 3, Fabricius mentions twenty different authors who 
have more or less alluded to this book. 


Sect. I.] Apocryphal Books of the Old Testament. 149 


one of which he presented to the Royal Library at Paris, another to the Bodleian Library at 
Oxford, and the third he reserved for himself.1 From the Bodleian MS. Archbp. Laurence 
has made his translation, to which he has prefixed an elaborate preliminary dissertation on 
the history, &c. of this apocryphal production, to which we are principally indebted for the 
present outline of its history and contents. The subjectofthe apocryphal Book of Enoch is, 
a series of visions respecting the fallen angels, their posterity, the giants which occasioned the 
deluge, the mysteries of heaven, the place of the final judgment of men and angels, and 
various parts of the universe seen by Enoch. The language is the purest Ethiopic, and its 
style is evidently copied after that of the book of Daniel. In an appendix, Dr. Laurence 
has printed a Latin version of many chapters, executed by the learned Baron Sylvestre de 
Sacy from the Paris manuscript. 

_ Although neither the Jewish nor the Christian church ever admitted the Book of Enoch 
into the canon, it was regarded by a learned but, in some respects, fanciful writer, of the 
second century, Tertullian?, both as an inspired composition, and also as the genuine 
production of him whose name it bears; but his opinion is contradicted by the uniform 
judgment of the Jewish and of the Christian church (the Abyssinian church alone excepted), 
among whose canonical books it was never enumerated. Dr. Laurence has proved, by 
internal evidence, that the production in question was the composition of some unknown 
Jew, under the borrowed name of Enoch; that it must have originally been extant in 
Hebrew, though such original is now lost ; and he has further argued that it was written 
before the rise of Christianity, by a Jew, who did not reside in Palestine, and most probably 
in the earlier part of Herod’s reign, about thirty years before the birth of Christ. But 
the learned prelate’s arguments have been controverted at great length in a critique in 
the Christian Observer (vol. xxx. pp. 417—426.; 496—503.), the author of which has 
endeavoured to show, from internal evidence, that this apocryphal book was not and could 
not have been written earlier than the middle of the second century of the Christian Azra. 
The additions in the second impression consist, 1. of Greek Extracts (accompanied with 
a Latin version) from the Book of Enoch given by Syncellus in his Chronographia, and 2. 
of a synopsis of the contents of the work. 


12. Enoch Restitutus; or, an Attempt to separate from the Books of 
Enoch the Book quoted by St. Jude. By the Rev. E. Murray. Dublin 
and London, 1836. 8vo. 


The object of this work is to prove, first, “‘ that there is internal evidence of a more antient 
book in combination with the apocryphal Books of Enoch. The more antient book, Mr. 
Murray thinks, was written in Hebrew, as he endeavours to show: and he afterwards 
collects the internal evidence to the point of the existence of an antient book. Of the books 
which are combined with it, Mr. Murray agrees with Archbishop Laurence, in attributing 
one (that which contains the Jewish History) to an early period ofthe reign of Herod : and 
he thinks that which relates to astronomy probably to be the more antient, The varieties 
of style in various parts of the whole composition betray different tongues ; and the ob- 
scurity of some of the fables in the historical one show that it cannot be earlier than the 
date assigned. In that which he conceives to be the antient book, there is no trace of 
rabbinical interpretation, such as might be expected, at all events, after the second century; 
the coincidence of its pages with those of Scripture is remarkably characterised by a want 
of previous knowledge of those passages which have similar meaning, The whole work 
displays much learning, research, and diligent inquiry.” (British Magazine, July, 1836, p. 57.) 


13. Ascensio Isaize Vatis, Opusculum Pseudepigraphum, multis abhinc 
seculis, ut videtur, deperditum, nunc autem apud /Ethiopas conipertum, et 
cum versione Latina Anglicanaque publici juris factum. A Ricardo 
Laurence, LL.D., Hebraicee Lingue Professore Regio, &c. Oxonii et 
Londini, 1819. 8vo. 


This volume contains a pretended history of the prophet Isaiah’s ascension through the 
firmament and six heavens into the seventh; together with some pseudo-prophecies, and a 
relation of the prophet’s martyrdom. With a view to ascertain the date of this composition, 
as no satisfactory external evidence is furnished by the early writers who have incidentally 
mentioned it, Dr. Laurence has instituted a minute investigation of the internal testimony, 
furnished by the production itself. The result of this examination, which is conducted with 
singular acuteness and felicity, is that the ascension of Isaiah must have been composed 

towards the close of the year 68 or in the beginning of the year 69. From the circumstance 





1 A short summary of the contents of the Apocryphal Book of Enoch is given in a note 
to vol. ii pp. 424—426, of the octavo edition of Mr. Bruce's Travels, by the editor, Mr. 


Murray. 
2 Tertulliani Opera, pp. 95.150, 151. The passages are given at length by Dr. Lau- 


rence. Prel. Diss. pp. xv—xvii. 
(x) 3 





150 Apocryphal Books of the New Testament. [Part I. Ch, III. 


of an anonymous author having used in the Ethiopic the unusual Greek word aetopa for 
the roof of a house, while in the Hebrew and in all the versions the word signifies a net, 
(that is, a lattice placed in the flat roof to light the apartment beneath, see 2 Kingsi, 2.) — 
the learned editor concludes that this production must have been writtenin Greek. It ap- 
pears, however, that this Greek word was in use in Egypt in the second century, whence in 
all probability it crept into the Ethiopic language about that period. A Jew writing in 
Greek, would have used that word which his own Scriptures and the Septuagint had 
previously adopted in 2 Kingsi. 2. A translator would have used the first term that sug- 
gested itself. From the prevalence of the oriental orthography of particular words, as well as 
from the Hebrew Scriptures being quoted instead of the Greek version, in a passage where 
they differ, it seems more probable that the Ascensio Isaie was originally written in He- 
brew, the native tongue of the writer. (See Antijacobin Review for July 1819, vol. lvi. 
pp. 430, 431.) 


14. Primi Ezre Libri, qui apud Vulgatam appellatur quartus, Versio 
/Ethiopica, nunc primum in medio prolata, et Latine Angliceque reddita a 
Ricardo Laurence, LL.D. &c. &c. Oxonie, 1820. 8vo. 


The first book of Ezra or Esdras, as it is termed in the Ethiopic Version, forms the second 
book of Esdras in the Apocrypha usually annexed to the larger editions of the English 
Bible. <A notice of its contents will be found in Vol. IV. Part I. pp. 239,240. Dr. (now 
Archbishop) Laurence has the honour of being the first editor of the Ethiopic Version. 
The Latin Version, which accompanies it, is partly original, and in part taken from the 
Latin Vulgate, where this could be employed. ‘0 the Ethiopic Version are subjoined a 
collation of it with the Latin Vulgate, and a new English translation : the voluime termi- 
nates with an elaborate critical disquisition on the author of this book, the time when he pro- 
bably lived, the character and value of the Ethiopic, Arabic, and Latin versions, and the 
use to be made of the book in a theological point of view. 


SECTION II. 


APOCRYPHAL BOOKS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 


1. Coprex Apocryphus Novi Testamenti, collectus, castigatus, testimoniis- 
que, censuris, et animadversionibus illustratus, a Joanne Alberto Fasricto. 
Partes I. et II. Hamburgi, 1703, 2 vols. 8vo.; 1719, 2 vols. 8vo. Pars III. 
Harmburgi, 1743. 8vo. 


A curious collection of apocryphal pieces, which is not very often to be met with com- 
plete. The learned Mr. Jones made great use of it, and, in fact, translated the greater part 
of it in his elaborate work on the Canon of the New Testament, which is noticed in 
page 152. of this Appendix. 


2. Auctarium Codicis Apocryphi N. T. Fabriciani, continens plura inedita, 
alia ad fidem cod. MSS. emendatius expressa. Congessit, disposuit, edidit, 
Andreas Bircn. Fasciculus primus. Havnie, 1804. 8vo. 


3. Acta S. Thome Apostoli. Ex Codd. Paris. primum edidit, et adnota- 
tionibus illustravit Joannes Carolus TuiLo. Lipsiew, 1823. 8vo. 


4. Acta Apostolorum Petri et Pauli, Greece ex Codd. Parisiensibus, et 
Latiné ex Codd. Guelpherbytanis. Nunc’ primtim edita, et annotationibus 
illustrata, a Joanne Carolo Tutto. Particule I. I. Hale Saxonum, 
1838. 8vo. 


5. Codex Apocryphus Novi Testamentie Libris editis et manuscriptis, 
maxime Gallicanis, Germanicis, et Italicis, collectus, recensitus, notisque et 
prolegomenis illustratus, operd et studio Joannis Caroli Tuito. Tomus I. 
Lipsiz, 1832. 8vo. 


This work, when finished, will be the most complete collection of the Apocryphal Books 
of the New Testament. The very copious prolegomena, which are prefixed to the first 
volume, treat on the collections, editions, and versions of the Apocryphal Gospels. These 
are succeeded by the History of Joseph the Carpenter, in Arabic and Latin; the Gospel of 
the Saviour’s Infancy, also in Arabic and Latin; the Protevangelion of James, and the Gos- 
pel of Thomas the Israelite, in Greek and Latin ; the Gospel of the nativity of Mary, and 
the History of the nativity of Mary and of the Saviour, in Latin; the Gospel of Marcion, col- 
lected by Dr. Augustus Hahn, from antient documents, in Greek ; the Gospel of Nicodemus, 


Sect. II.] Apocryphal Books of the New Testament. 151 


in Greek and Latin; a narrative of the apprehension and death of Pilate, in Greek ; a col- 
lation of the manuscript of the mutilated and altered Gospel of John (which is preserved 
in the archives of the Templars of St. John of Jerusalem at Paris), with Griesbach’s Text. 
So numerous are the alterations, &c. in this Gospel, that Dr. Thilo considers it altogether as 
an apocryphal writing, and has therefore given it a place in his collection of the Apocryphal 
Books of the New Testament. The volume closes with an Apocryphal Book of the Apostle 
John, in Latin, which abounds with Gnostic notions; various readings and notes are placed, 
throughout, at the foot of each page: and, besides the general prolegomena, there is much 
curious prefatory matter relative to several of the pieces here printed. Dr. Thilo has 
discharged his arduous duties as editor, with equal industry and ability. 


6. The Apocryphal New Testament: being all the Gospels, Epistles, and 
other pieces now extant, attributed in the first four centuries to Jesus Christ, 
his Apostles, and their Companions, and not included in the New Testament 
by its Compilers. ‘Translated and collected into one volume, with Prefaces 
and Tables, and various Notes and References. [By William Howne.] 
London, 1820. Second Edition, 182]. Svo. 


See an Analysis of this publication, with remarks, in Vol. I. Appendix, No. I. Sect. II 
pp. 461. et seq. 


(x) 4 


152 Sacred Philology. . [Part II- 


PART II. 
Sacred Philology ; 


Or, the Criticism and Interpretation of the Scriptures. 


CHAPTER I. 


TREATISES ON THE CANON OF SCRIPTURE, AND ON APOCRYPHAL BOOKS, 
1. A SCHOLASTICAL HISTORY of the Canon of the Holy Scripture ; 


or, the certain and indubitable Books thereof, as they are received in the 
Church of England. By John Costin, D.D., Bishop of Durham, London, 
1657. 4to. Second Edit. 1672. 4to. 


2. Dissertation Préliminaire, ou Prolégoménes sur la Bible. Par Louis 
Ellies pu Pin. Amsterdam, 1701. 2 tomes, 4to. 


3. A Complete History of the Canon and Writers of the Books of the 
Old and New Testament. By L. E. pu Pin. Done into English from the 
French original. London, 1699, 1700. 2 vols. folio. 


4, Traité Historique du Canon des Livres de la Sainte Ecriture, depuis 
leur premier publication jusqu’au Concile du Trent. Par Jean Martianay. 
Paris, 1703. 12mo. 


5. Bibliotheca Sacra: sive Diatribe de Librorum Novi Testamenti Canone. 
Qua prime Sacrorum N. T. Librorum Collectionis Historiam ex antiqui- 
tatibus ecclesiasticis depromit, atque Canonem nunc vulgo receptum con- 
tinere vetustissimam et genuinam illorum Recensionem ostendit, Johannes 
Ens. Amsteleedami, 1710. 12mo. 


6. Gerardi van MArstricut Commentatio de Canone Scripture eccle- 
siastico, secundum seriem szeculorum post Christum natum. Breme, 1722. 
8vo. Jen, 8vo. 


7. A New and Full Method of settling the Canonical Authority of the 
New Testament. By the Rev. Jeremiah Jones. Oxford, 1798. 3 vols. 8vo. 


The first edition of this elaborate work appeared in 1726, two years after the death of 
its learned author (a dissenting minister), who died at the early age of 31. He had pre- 
viously published ‘* A Vindication of the former part of St. Matthew’s Gospel, from Mr. 
Whiston’s Charge of Dislocations ;”’ in which he successfully proved that our present Greek 
copies of that Gospel are in the same order in which they were originally written by the 
evangelist. ‘¢ In drawing up these works he took care to consult and examine the originals, 
instead of satisfying himself with the quotations of other learned men. They remain as 
monuments of his learning, ingenuity, and indefatigable industry, and would have done 
credit to the assiduity and ability of a literary man of sixty. They were become very 
scarce, and bore a high price, when, with the liberality and zeal which reflects honour on 
them, the conductors of the Clarendon Press republished them at Oxford. Mr. Jones, 
observes Dr Maltby, has brought together, with uncommon diligence, the external evidence 
for the authenticity and genuineness of the canonical books ; and he has, with equal ability 
and fairness, stated his reasons for deciding against the authority of the apocryphal.” 
(Chalmers’s Biographical Dictionary, vol. xix. p. 95.) 


8. The Credibility of the Gospel History; or, the Facts occasionally 
mentioned in the New ‘Testament, confirmed by Passages of Antient 
Authors, who were contemporary with our Saviour, or his Apostles, or 
lived near their time. By Nathaniel LArpnrer, D.D. London, Part I. 
1727. 2 vols. 8vo. Part II. 1733-1755. 12 vols. 8vo. Also in the 8vo. 
Edition of his Collective Works, vols. 1 to 5: and in vols. 1 and 2 of the 
4to Edition. 


The publication of Dr. Lardner’s Credibility was received with every mark of respect 


Ch. I.] Treatises on the Canon of Scripture. 153 


and gratitude, both by members of the Church of England and Dissenters, and its reputation 
gradually extended into foreign countries. How deeply the present work is indebted 
to his laborious and accurate investigations our multiplied references will amply attest. 
“It is indeed an invaluable performance, and hath rendered the most essential service to 
the cause of Christianity. Whoever peruses this work, will find it replete with admirable 
instruction, sound learning, and just and candid criticism.” (Dr. Kippis’s Life of Dr. 
Lardner, Works, vol. v. p. vi. 4to. edit.) The Abbé Labouderie, in his historical notice of 
father Colonia (see below), justly pronounces the Credibility to be a magnificent apology 
for Christianity, and a chef-d’ceuvre of learning and criticism. 


9. A Supplement to- the Second Part of the Credibility of the Gospel 
History, containing a History of the Apostles and Evangelists, Writers of 
the New Testament, with Remarks and Observations upon every Book of 
the New Testament. By Nathaniel Larpner, D.D. London, 1756, 1757. 
3 vols. 8vo. 

This history forms the sixth volume of the 8vo. (the third volume of the 4to.) edition of 
Dr. Lardner’s Works, and also the second volume of Bishop Watson’s Collection of Tracts: 


it “is an admirable introduction to the New Testament,’’—and ‘‘a storehouse of literary 
information, collected with equal industry and fidelity.” (Bishop Marsh. ) 


10. Horze Pauline ; or, the Truth of the Scripture History of St. Paul 
evinced by a comparison of the Epistles, which bear his name, with the 
Acts of the Apostles. By William Patey, D.D. London, 1790. 8vo. and 
numerous subsequent editions in 8vo. 12mo. and 18mo. 


11. The Veracity of the Five Books of Moses argued from the undesigned 
coincidences to be found in them when compared in their several parts. 
By the Rev. J. J. BLunt, B.D. London, 1830. 8vo. 


12. The Veracity of the Historical Books of the Old Testament, from the 
conclusion of the Pentateuch to the opening of the Prophets, argued from 
the undesigned coincidences to be found in them, when compared in their 
several parts; being a continuation of the Argument for the Veracity of 
the Five Books of Moses. By the Rev. J. J. Bhunt, B.D. London, 1832, 
Svo. 


13. The Veracity of the Gospels and Acts of the Apostles, argued from 
the undesigned coincidences to be found in them, when compared, J]. With 
each other, and, 2. With Josephus. By the Rev. J. J. Bhunt, B.D. Lon- 
don, 1828. 8vo. 


In each of these three works, Mr. Blunt has with singular ability newly applied and 
illustrated the principle laid down by Dr. Paley, in his masterly treatise entitled “ Horz 
Pauline.” The ingenuity of many of Mr. B.’s sections might stand in competition with 
any of his predecessor’s master-piece; and the clearness and liveliness of the language are 
such, that his works cannot be too earnestly recommended to biblical students. 


14. La Religion Chrétienne, autorisée par le Témoignage des Anciens 
Auteurs Paiens. Par le Pére Dominique de Cotonia. Lyon, 1718. 
2 tomes 12mo.—Seconde Edition, revue et précédée d’une Notice Historique 
par M.l’Abbé Labouderie. Paris, 1826. 8vo. 


This treatise, though published nine years before Dr. Lardner commenced his admirable 
work on the Credibility of the Gospel History, does not appear to have been known to him, 
The subjects discussed by Colonia are comprised in the third volume of the octavo edition 
of Dr. Lardner’s works, from page 594 to the end, and in the fourth volume, from page 3 
to page 430 of the quarto edition published at London in 1815. Father Colonia has 
collected together numerous important facts, which he has illustrated with many valuable 
remarks, though he has not always followed strict chronological order in the arrangement 
of his materials. His chapter on Mohammed is full of errors and ridiculous declamations. 
Notwithstanding all its defects, his work may be read with pleasure, even after a perusal of 
Dr. Lardner’s volumes on the Credibility of the Gospel History ; the whole of which the 
Abbé Labouderie has announced his intention of translating into French. 


15. Historia Canonis Sacrique Texttis Novi Foederis, 4 Joanne Millio 
in Prolegomenis ad Novum Testamentum tradita, cum Adnotationibus 
Danielis SALTHENII. Regiomonti, 1733. 8vo. 


EE ————— EE 


154 _ Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. I. 


16. Ferdinandi Stoscu Tractatus Theologicus de Epistolis Apostolorum 
Idiographis; quo Apostolis, non per Amanuensis sed sua manti Epistolas 
suas scripsisse, luculenter demonstratur. Guelpherbyti, 1751. 8vo. 


17. Ferdinandi Sroscu AITOSTOAIKON OAOKAHPON ; hoc est, Trac- 
tatus Theologicus de Epistolis Apostolorum non deperditis ; quo nullam ex 
Epistolis ab Apostolis Jesu Christi exaratis periisse demonstratur. Gro- 
ninge, 1753. 8vo. 


18. Eberhardi Henrici Danielis Sroscu Commentatio Historico-Critica 
de Librorum Novi Testamenti Canone. Premissa est Dissertatio de Cura 
Veteris Ecclesiz circa Libros Novi Testamenti. Francofurti ad Viadrum. 
1755. 8vo. 


19. Christiani Friderici Scumrprr Historia Antiqua et Vindcatio Veteris 
Novique Testamenti, libris duobus comprehensi. Lipsie, 1775. 8vo. 

An excellent treatise, in which the Canon of Scripture is most satisfactorily vindicated 
from the rash criticisms and assertions of Oeder, Semler, and other modern German 
theologians. 

20. Observationes ad Illustrationem Doctrine de Canone Veteris Testa- 
menti. Auctore Claudio Frees HoRNEMANN. Havnie, 1775. 8vo. 


21. Lectures on the Canon of the Old Testament ; comprehending a 
Dissertation on the Septuagint Version. By John Biair, L.L.D. London, 
1785. 4to. 


22. The Canon of the Old and New Testaments ascertained; or, the 
Bible complete without the Apocrypha and Unwritten Traditions, By 
Archibald ALEXANDER, Professor of Didactic and Polemical Theology, in 
the Theological Seminary at Princeton, New Jersey. Princeton, 1826, 12mo. 
London, 1828. 12mo. 


Professor Alexander published this very useful volume, on the Canon of Scripture, as a 
Supplement to a Treatise on the Evidences of the Christian Religion, which has been very 
favourably received in North America. His Treatise on the Canon is avowedly compiled 
from the previous labours of the most eminent critics, especially Bishop Cosins’s Scholastical 
History of the Canon of the Old Testament, and the ample collections of the impartial and 
indefatigable Dr. Lardner, and the learned Jeremiah Jones, whose works are noticed in the 
preceding page. The first part of Dr. Alexander’s treatise discusses the Canon of the Old 
Testament; in the second part are considered the Canon of the New Testament, and the 
reasons for which the Apocryphal books are deservedly rejected from the Sacred Canon, To 
divines and students (especially in North America) who may not have access to numerous 
and more costly works, this treatise is a very useful and acceptable present. ‘The London 
reprint is very neatly executed, 


23. Censura Apocryphorum V.'T. adversum Pontificios, imprimis Ro- 
bertum Bellarminum: qud4, tum Divina et Canonica Sacre Scripture 
Autoritas asseritur, solidissimee tum varie Questiones, &c. (imprimis que 
est de Duratione Monarchie Persice, et de 70 hebdomadis Danielis,) 
expediuntur accuratissime; Prelectionibus 250 posthumis in Academia 
Oxoniensi tractata, 4 Johanne RartnoLpo, Anglo, Academiz Oxon. Prof. 
Theol. Oppenhemii, 1611. 2 vols. 4to. 


This elaborate work is now rare. Dr. Rainoldes was termed by Antony 4 Wood, the 
Oxford antiquary and biographer, ‘a living library and a third university.”” He was one 
of the greatest Hebrew scholars of his age (if not the greatest); and it was at his instance 
that King James I. assented to the proposal of a new Translation of the Bible. In the 
Hampton Court Conference, as well as in this work, Dr. R. strenuously opposed the 
reading of apocryphal lessons in the public service of the Church, 


24. Wertstenu (Joh. Rod.) Dissertatio Philologico-Theologica de His- 
toria Susanne. Basile, 1691. 4to. 


25. Gottlieb WeRNSpDoRFII Commentatio de Fide Historica Librorum 
Maccabeorum. Wratislavie, 1747. 4to. 


26. De Secundo Libro Maccabeorum Dissertatio. Scripsit C. BERTHEAU, 
Gottinge, 1829, 8vo. 


Ch. II. Sect. I1.] Introductions to the Study of the Scriptures. 155 


27. An Epistolary Discourse concerning the Books of Ezra, genuine and 
spurious: but more particularly the second apocryphal Book under that 
name, and the Variations of the Arabic Copy from the Latin. Together with 
a new Version of the Fifth Book of Esdras, &c. By Francis “Lee, M.D. 
London, 1722. 8vo. 


28. An Essay concerning the Books commonly called Apocrypha and a 
public Reading of them in the Church. London, 1740. 8vo. 


29. A Statement submitted to the members of the British and Foreign 
Bible Society, on the impropriety of circulating the Apocryphal Books 
indiscriminately intermingled with the Inspired Writings. By George 
Cornelius GoruAm, B.D. London, 1825. 8vo. 


Though this tract was occasioned by a local controversy, the consideration of which does 
not fall within the design of this work, it is deserving of a place in the student’s library, 
on account of the various and interesting information which it contains relative to the 
literary History of the Apocrypha. The second edition is the best. 


30. Two Letters addressed to the Rev. G. C. Gorham on some points 
of his Statement on the Apocryphal Books, and on some of the alleged 
Doctrines of the Romish Church. By Leander Von Ess, D. D. With a 
Reply by G. C. Goruam, B.D. London, 1826. 8vo. 


These letters of Dr. von Ess were designed as a reply to the preceding publication: and 
his objections are answered by Mr. Gorham with singular ability, patience of research, and 
with a spirit of Christian candour, of which there unhappily are but few instances in con- 
troversial discussions. Mr. G. has clearly established the three following facts; viz. 
1. That in the antient form of the Bible, from the fourth century till the Reformation, the 
Inspired and the Apocryphal Writings, though intermingled, were invariably distinguished 
from each other by the prefaces or notices of interpolation connected with each book. 
2. That, subsequently to the Reformation, a new form was introduced, and these scripture 
barriers were removed: at first cautiously and rarely; then, after the decree of the Council 
of Trent, more freely and frequently ; and at last, under papal sanction, boldly and almost 
universally ; and, 3. That this change of form was intended to advance the ‘credit of the 
Apocryphal Books, and to obtain for them the estimation of inspired Writings by removing 
these impediments to the acknowledgment of their canonicity. 


31. An Inquiry into the Truth and Use of the Book of Enoch, as to its 
Prophecies, Visions, and Accounts of Fallen Angels. By John Overton. 
London, 1822. 8vo. : 


4 


CHAPTER II. 


INTRODUCTIONS TO THE STUDY OF THE SCRIPTURES. 


SECTION I. 
GENERAL INTRODUCTIONS TO THE ENTIRE BIBLE. 


1. DISSERTATIONS, qui peuvent servir de Prolégoménes de 1’Ecri- 
ture Sainte, revues, corrigées, considerablement augmentées et mises dans 
un ordre méthodique. Par Augustin CaLMet. Paris, 1720. 3 tomes 4to. 


This publication contains the various Dissertations, prefixed by the learned father Calmet 
to the different books of Scripture, and published in his commentary, with numerous cor- 
rections and additions. Eighteen new Dissertations have been added; and the whole has 
been arranged in a new and commodious order, in order to render these disquisitions what 
the author designed they should be, — Prolegomena to the Bible. Many important topics 
are here treated at considerable length. Vol. I. contains the Dissertations relating to the 
scriptures generally, and to the History, Discipline, Customs, and Opinions of the Jews. 
Vol. II. comprises Prefaces to the several books of the Old Testament, both canonical and 
apocryphal. Vol. III. contains similar prefaces to the different books of the New Testa- 
ment, and thirty-one Dissertations on various subjects. 


2, Antiquities, Sacred and Profane; or, a Collection of Critical Dissert- 
ations on the Old and New Testament, translated from the French of Dom 
Augustin Calmet, by N. Tinpar. Vol. I. London, 1727. 4to. 


This work was never completed. It originally appeared in numbers, and comprises 


SS Ss SEI 


156 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. Il. 


select dissertations on the Poetry and Music of the Hebrews, their History and Chronology, 
Money and Coins, &c. &c., translated from the preceding French work of Calmet. 

3. Aug. Herm. Francxir Manuductio ad Lectionem Scripture Sacre. 
Hale, 1693; 1704, &c. 8vo. various editions. 

This well-known and very useful little work was translated into English by Mr. Jacques, 
and entitled “*« A Guide to the Reading and Study of the Holy Scriptures.” London, 1813. 
8vo., afterwards reprinted in 12mo. 

4. Introduzione alla Sacra Scrittura, che comprende le Prenozioni piu 
importante relative ai Testi Originali e alle loro versioni, del Professore 
G. Bernardo De-Rosst. Parma, 1817. 8vo. 


5. Prolegomena in Scripturam Sacram. Auctore Car. Frid. HouBIGANT. 
Parisiis, 1746. 4to, 


6. Sebaldi Ravii Exercitationes Philologice in C. F. Hubigantii Prolego- 
mena in Scripturam Sacram. Lugduni Batavorum, 1785. 4to. 


« The principles of Houbigant, who carried his conjectures beyond all bounds, have been 
very ably combated” in this work. (Bp. Marsh.) 


7. Johannis Henrici Danielis Motprnuawerti Introductio in omnes 
Libros Canonicos, cum Veteris, tum Novi Foederis, ut et eos qui Apocryphi 
dicuntur, cum Appendice, que tradit Acta Apostoli Pauli chronologice 
digesta. 8vo. Regiomonti, 1744. 

Few treatises, professing to be Introductions to the Bible, are more useful than this work 
of Professor Moldenhawer’s. Having briefly shown the canonical authority of the Bible, 


and noticed its various divisions, he treats of each book in its order, showing its author, time 


of writing, argument, scope, chronology, and division. He carefully points out those 


passages which are more particularly worthy of consideration, or more difficult ; and under 
each book of the Old Testament he specifies the types and prophecies of Jesus Christ, and 
the citations from each book in the New Testament. ‘The author has derived much assist- 
ance from the labours of Moldenhawer in the fourth volume of this work. 


8. A Scripture Help, designed to assist in reading the Bible profitably, 
by the Rev. Edward BickrerstetH. London, 1806. 12mo., and numerous 
subsequent editions in 12mo. and vo. 

This work is professedly a practical introduction to the reading of the Scriptures. The 
sale of 30,000 copies of the large editions, and of more than 130,000 copies of the 12mo, 
and 18mo. abridgments, sufficiently attest the high estimation in which this manual is 
deservedly held. It has been translated and published in the French and modern Greek 
languages. 

9. The Biblical Companion ; or, an Introduction to the Reading and Study 
of the Holy Scripture. By William Carpenter. London, 1836, im- 
perial 8vo. 


10. The Sacred Interpreter ; or, a Practical Introduction towards a bene- 
ficial reading and thorough understanding of the Holy Bible. By David 
Cottyer. 8vo. 2 vols. London, 1746. Carlisle, 2 vols. 8vo. 1796. Oxford, 
1815. 2 vols. 8vo. 

“The author of this work lived in the former part of the last century ; it not only went 
through several editions in England, but, in 1750, was translated into German. It is 
calculated for readers in general, and it is a good popular preparation for the study of the 
Holy Scriptures.” (Bishop Marsh.) 

11. Motives to the Study of Biblical Literature, in a course of Intro- 
ductory Lectures. By William Goopuucu. London, 1838. 


12. A General Introduction to the Study of the Hebrew Scriptures, with 
a Critical History of the Greek and Latin Versions of the Samaritan Penta- 
teuch, and of the Chaldee Paraphrases. By the Rev. George Hamit- 
TON, M. A. 8vo. Dublin, 1814. 


The origin and antiquity of the Hebrew language and characters, vowel points, various 
readings, and the question relative to the integrity of the present text, together with an 
account of the rabbinical notes on the Old Testament, are the topics principally discussed in 
this small volume ; and to these succeeds a notice of the different versions and paraphrases 
mentioned in the title. Its general execution is highly creditable to the author's industry 


Sect. I.] Introductions to the Study of the Old Testament. 157 


and judgment; and we cheerfully recommend it to that class of students for whose use it 
was chiefly designed.” (Eclectic Review, (N. S.) vol. i. p. 503.) 


13. A Compendious Introduction to the Study of the Bible. By Thomas 
Hartwell Horne, B.D. Illustrated with Maps and other Engravings. 
First and Second Editions. London, 1827. 12mo. Boston (Massachusetts), 
1827, 12mo. Third Edition, London, 1829. Fourth Edition, 1833. Fifth 
Edition, 1836. 12mo. 


This little manual (which has been introduced into King’s College, London) is an 
analysis or abridgment of the present work, undertaken by the author in consequence of 
requests long since communicated to him, and frequently repeated, that he would prepare 
such an epitome, as an assistant to the studies of those who may already possess the present 
larger Introduction. At the same time this abridgment has been so arranged as to form a 
comprehensive Guide to the study of the Bible, adapted to General Readers. In preparing 
this Manual for the press, the order of the present larger Introduction has generally been 
followed: the Parts and Books, into which it is divided, corresponding with the volumes 
and parts of volumes in this work. Those bibliographical, critical, and other details, only 
have been omitted, which either would not admit of abridgment, or which would be unin- 
teresting to the generality of English readers. A series of Examination Questions (for 
which repeated applications had been made) was added in the fifth edition, for the use of 
schools and young persons. The repeated and unprincipled attempts made to pirate the 
present larger Introduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures, 
will perhaps justify the author in the estimation of candid readers for thus describing his 
own publication. 

The North-American reprint is very clearly executed. 


14. Herméneutique Sacrée ; ou, Introduction a1’Ecriture Sainte en géné- 
ral, et en particulier a chacun des Livres de |’Ancien et du Nouveau Testa- 
ment, 4 l’Usage des Séminaires ; par J. Hermann Janssens. ‘Traduit du 
Latin par J. J. Pacaud. Paris, 1828. 2 tomes 8vo. 


This is a translation of a Latin treatise, published by Professor Janssens at Liege in 1818. 
It consists of five parts or chapters; in the first of which, the author endeavours to establish 
the canonical authority of all the books enumerated as sacred in the canon of the assembly or 
Council of Trent, The second chapter treats on their divinity and inspiration ; the third, on 
their authenticity ; the fourth, on the substantial integrity of the original text, its authority, 
and the use to be made of it, as well as on antient versions of the Bible, and particularly on 
the Vulgate. The fifth and last chapter contains general and particular rules for the under- 
standing and interpretation of the Scriptures; and, in a short appendix, there is given an 
outline of the geography of Palestine, and the divisions of time, festivals, sacrifices, weights 
and measures of the Hebrews. This work is intended for members of the Romish church, to 
whose dogmas the author bows most submissively. The original Latin edition called forth 
some very severe anonymous strictures, entitled “ Amandi d Sancta Cruce, Diec. Leod. Pres- 
bytert Animadversiones Critice in Hermeneuticam Sacram, Mosaci, 1820:” in this publication, 
(which is said to have been written by M. Waltrin, a curate in the diocese of Liege) 
the errors of M. Janssens on some topics, and his deficiencies in others, are pointed out. 
Although the French translator professes to have availed himself of these critical remarks, in 
order to explain or correct the original work, in some instances, yet he has left others unno- 
ticed. It was to be expected, that M. Janssens would maintain, at all hazards, the genuine- 
ness of the disputed clause in 1 John v. 7.; but it will scarcely be credited that he should 
rely on the Codex Ravianus, (which has been demonstrated, by actual collation, to be a mere 
transcript of the Greek Testament printed in the Complutensian Polyglott, and of Stepbens’s 
third edition,) and that he has cited the English manuscript, (Manuscrit d’ Angleterre, the 
Codex Britannicus cited by Erasmus,) and that of Dublin, as two separate authorities ! 
whereas they are but one and the same manuscript, now generally known under the 
appellation of the Codex Montfortianus, which was not written till the close of the fifteenth 
century. The most useful part is the third chapter, in which the objections of Deists, 
and of the modern German neologian critics, Eck and Paulus, are examined in detail, and 
refuted. 


15. Apparatus Biblicus; or, an Introduction to the Holy Scriptures in 
three books. 1. Of the original and antiquity of the Jews. 2. Of the canon 
authors, original texts, versions, editions and interpretations of Scripture. 
3. Of the false gods, &c. mentioned in the Scriptures. From the French of 
Pére Lamy. With Engravings. London, 1728. 2 vols. 8vo. 2d. edit. 


16. Clavis Bibliorum. The Key of the Bible, unlocking the richest 
Treasures of the Holy Scriptures. Whereby the Order, Names, Times, 
Penmen, Occasion, Scope, and Principal Parts, containing the Subject 





158 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. II, 


Matter of the Books of the Old and New Testament, are familiarly and 
briefly opened: for the help of the weakest capacity in the understanding of 
the whole Bible. Wherein the Scripture Songs, dispersed here and there in 
the Old and New Testament, are metrically translated out of the Hebrew, 
and analytically explained. By Francis Rosperts, D.D. ‘Third Edition. 
London, 1665. folio. 4 


The popularity of this work, which contains a comprehensive digest of the most valuable 
observations of the earlier biblical critics, caused it to pass through several editions between 
the middle and latter part of the seventeenth century, principally in folio; though copies are 
sometimes to be met with in two volumes 8vo. The fourth volume of this work is indebted 
to Dr. Roberts’s Clavis Bibliorum for many useful remarks. His analyses of the different 
books of the Old and New Testament are, however, sometimes tediously minute. The 
third edition contains, for the first time, a metrical version of the Psalms, made immediately 
from the Hebrew, together with an analytical exposition of every Psalm, and a general 
preface to the whole book of Psalms. 


17. Introduction to the Criticism and Interpretation of the Bible. By 
C. E. Stowe, Professor of Biblical Literature, in Lane Seminary, Cincinnati. 
[Ohio.] Vol. I. Cincinnati, 1835. 8vo. 


The object of this work is to give a clear statement of the principles and facts most 
necessary to be known, preparatory to the critical study of the Scriptures, The 
subjects discussed are, Divine Revelation, the language in which it is given, and its 
peculiarities in respect to interpretation; the genuineness of the Pentateuch, with a 
vindication of it from objections; the origin and early progress of alphabetic writing ; 
the authenticity and character of the Gospels; the genuineness and interpretation of the 
Apocalypse ; Hebrew and Pagan Prophets contrasted ; the doctrine, scriptural idea, and 
proof of inspiration; and miracles. A second volume was announced, which, if yet 
published in America, has not yet reached this country. It was to contain “a history of 
the Old and New Testaments, a brief account of the principal manuscripts and critical 
editions, and a particular introduction to each of the remaining books of the Bible, similar 
to those given in the first volume to the Pentateuch, the Gospel, and the Apocalypse.” 
In the arrangement of topics the author has endeavoured to adopt that method, by which. 
the discussion of each preceding subject wiil throw most light on the succeeding, and the 
greatest clearness will be secured with the least repetition. 


SECTION II. 


INTRODUCTIONS TO THE STUDY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT, IN PARTICULAR 
INCLUDING THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS. 


1. InrRopucTIO ad Libros Canonicos Veteris Testamenti omnes, praeecognita 
Critica et Historica ac Auctoritatis vindicias exponens. Adornata studio 
D. J. Gottlob Carpzovul. Lipsie, 1731; Yd edit. 1741. 4to. 


The reader will here find very learned disquisitions upon every book of the Old Testament, 
and a catalogue of the most approved writers on most of them. ‘* Carpzovy was a man of 
profound erudition and indefatigable industry. His work contains the principal materials, 
which have been afforded by his predecessors, perspicuously arranged, and augmented by his 
own valuable observations.” (Bp. Marsh.) The third part was translated from the Latin 
into English, with additional notes, by Moses Marcus, a converted Jew, and published at 
London in 1729, in Svo. 


2. J.G. Ercunorn Einleitung ins Alte Testament.—Introduction to the 
Old Testament, by J.G. Eichhorn. Leipzig, 1823-24. 4 vols. 8vo. Best 
Edition. 


Professor Eichhorn succeeded the celebrated Michaelis in the Divinity Chair at Gottingen. 
His works are considered clussical on the subject of Biblical Criticism. Proposals were 
issued, many years since, by the Rev. Dr. Lloyd, at that time Regius Professor of Hebrew 
at the University of Cambridge, for publishing by subscription a translation from the Ger- 
man of Professor Lichhorn’s Introduction to the Study of the Old Testament. But the 
translation never appeared, Of this work the reader will find a copious analysis in the 
Monthly Review (N. S.) vol. xxiii. pp. 481-497. Eichhorn was one of those German 
Critics, who reject the inspiration of Moses; and he advocated the untenable opinion that the 
great Jewish Legislator compiled his primeval history from distinct sagas or traditional 
documents. 


Sect. II.] Introductions to the Study of the New Testament. 159 


3. Introductio in Libros Sacros Veteris Foederis in Compendium redacta 
a Johanne JAHN. Vienne, 1804. 8vo. ; 

_ A most valuable treatise, to which the author of this work has been largely indebted, as his 
frequent reference to it will abundantly show. By a decree of pope Pius VII. dated, August 
26. 1822, this introduction of Jahn was put into the Index Expurgatorius, and prohibited to 
be read; as also were his Enchiridion Hermeneutice Generalis Vet. et Nov. Foederis, and 
his Archeologia Biblica; both which treatises are noticed in a subsequent page of this 
Appendix. 

4, Introduction to the Old Testament, translated from the Latin and 
German Works of John Jahn, Doctor of Philosophy and Theology; and 
Professor of Oriental Languages, &c. in the University of Vienna. By Samuel 
H. Turner, D.D. Professor of Biblical Learning and the Interpretation of 
Scripture in the General Theological Seminary of the Protestant Episcopal 
Church in the United States of America, and the Rev. William R. Wurrt- 
TINGHAM. New York, 1827. 8vo. 

This truly valuable work contains ‘an entire translation of the preceding treatise, with 


various improvements from the larger German work of Jahn, sometimes translated in full, 
and sometimes abridged, and from other works of approved character. 


5. Introductio in Libros Canonicos Veteris Foederis, usibus academicis 
accommodata a Fouerio ACKERMANN. Vienne, 1825. 8vo. 


Though published ostensibly as a new work, this treatise is in fact nothing more than an 
expurgated edition of Jahn’s Introduction. Professor Ackermann states that he has changed 
the text of Jahn in very many chapters, but has retained his order and his words wherever he 
could. The editor introduces this work to the notice of his readers by a profession of his 
profound submission to the Romish church. 


6. A Key to the Old Testament and the Apocrypha; or, an account of 
their several books, their contents and authors, and of the times when they 
were respectively written. By Robert Gray, D.D., afterwards Bishop of 
Bristol. London, 1790. 8vo. New edition, 1829. 8vo. 


The very numerous editions which have been printed of this valuable work, attest 
the estimation in which it is deservedly held. It was undertaken in imitation of Bp. 
Percy’s well-known and often-printed ‘“‘ Key to the New Testament; ” but it is a much 
more elaborate performance. Dr. Gray has diligently consulted, and brought together a 
great mass of information from the writings of the fathers, the antient ecclesiastical historians, 
and other original authorities which are not accessible to the generality of students. Bp. 
Mant and Dr. D’Oyly have liberably availed themselves of Dr. G’s researches in their 
commentary on the Holy Scriptures. ‘The edition of 1829 is corrected and greatly enlarged 
and improved. 


7. Introduction 4 la Lecture des Livres Saints, 4 l’Usage des Hommes 
religieux et éclairés, par J. E. CeELLERIER, fils. Genéve, 1832, 8vo. 


The first sketch of this work was a small essay or discourse, accompanied with notes and 
illustrations, on the authenticity and divine origin of the Old Testament; this was published 
in 1826. The substance of the proofs and illustrations in that publication are retained in 
the present volume, which the author has divided into three parts, viz. Part I. On the 
authenticity, integrity, credibility, and divine origin of the Pentateuch; Part II. On the 
books posterior to the Pentateuch, including the Prophets, the Hagiographa, and the Apo- 
cryphal Books; Part III. Observations on the Old Testament and its interpretation. An 
Appendix, of proofs and illustrations, terminates this work, in which the author has evinced 
much diligence and research ; but it must not be concealed, that its value is greatly diminished 
by his evident leaning towards the bold and unhallowed speculations of the continental 
neologian critics. M. Cellérier’s work is reviewed at considerable length, and with great 
severity, in the first number of MM. Haeverninck’s and Steiger’s Mélanges de Théologie 
Reformée, published at Geneva, in 1833, in 8vo. 


8. Joh. Gottfr. ErcoHorn Einleitung in die Apocryphischen Schriften 
des Alten Testaments. Leipzig, 1795. 8vo. 

9. Geo. Joannis Henxu Introductio ad Libros Apocryphos Veteris Tes- 
tamenti. Hale, 1718. 4to. 

10. Notice sur les Livres Apocryphes de I’Ancien Testament. Par C.E.F. 
Movu.inig. Genéve, 1828, 8vo. 








160 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. II. 


SECTION IIL. 
INTRODUCTIONS TO THE STUDY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT, IN PARTICULAR. 


1. An Introduction to the Reading of the New Testament, by MM. 
BeausosBReE and L’ENFANT. Cambridge, 1779, 1788, 1806, 1816, 1819, 
Svo. 

This was originally a preface to the French version of the New Testament published by 
MM. Beausobre and I’Enfant at Amsterdam in 1718. It has been several times printed, 


and is also to be found in the third volume of the Theological Tracts collected by Bishop 
Watson. 


2. Commentatio Critica ad Libros N. T. in genere; cum preefatione 
J. Gottlob Carpzovir. Accurante J. W. Rumpeo. Lipsiz, 1757. 4to. 
2d edit. 


Critical questions of great variety and importance are here briefly but satisfactorily dis- 
cussed by a reference to the writers of the greatest credit who have treated on each of them. 


3. Jo. Gottfr. Ercunorn Einleitung ins Neue Testament.—Introduction 
to the New Testament. Leipzig, 1804-15. 3 vols. 8vo. 


The first volume of this work is analysed in the Critical Review, Series III. vol. x. for 
1807, pp- 449—465. 


4. An Introduction to the Writings of the New Testament, by Dr. John 
Leonard Hue, Professor of Theology in the University of Freyburgh, in 
Brisgau, &c. Translated from the original German, by the Rev. Daniel 
Guilford Wait, LL.D. London, 1827. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Professor Hug (who is in communion with the church of Rome) may be considered as 
the principal and most learned writer of that class, which has opposed itself to the scepticism 
and fanciful theories of some modern German Divines. His Introduction has long been 
held in the highest estimation on the Continent for the variety and importance of his critical 
researches on the New Testament. Dr. Wait has added numerous notes, chiefly derived 
from Jewish and Oriental Antiquities ; and he has occasionally corrected the erroneous state- 
ments of Hug relative to some of the antient versions. Some parts of his work, however, 
evidently show that he was not sufficiently acquainted with the German language. To the first 
volume he has prefixed a copious preface, containing an epitome of Dr. Bertholdt’s Introduc- 
tion to the New Testament, in which many important topics of sacred criticism are discussed. 


4* An Introduction to the Writings of the New Testament, by Dr. 
J. L. Hue. Translated from the German, by D. Fosdick, Jun.; with Notes 
by Professor Stuart. Andover [Massachusetts], 1837. 8vo. 


An excellent translation, which in every respect is preferable to that of Dr. Wait. 


5. An Introduction to the New Testament, by John David MicHaer tis, 
late Professor in the University of Gottingen. ‘Translated from the fourth 
edition of the German, by Herbert Marsu, D.D. 8vo.6 vols. Cambridge, 
1802. 3d edit. 1818. 


The first edition of Michaelis’s inestimable work was published in Germany, in 1750, and 
translated into English in 1761, 4to. ; its value is very materially enhanced by the notes of 
Bishop Marsh (which extend to part of the work only), who has further added a Dissertation 
on the Origin and Composition of the three first Gospels. The Rev. Dr. Randolph (who 
was subsequently Bishop of T.ondon), in 1802, published anonymously some severe 
«‘ Remarks” on the ‘ Dissertation,’’ by way of caution to students in divinity. To these 
remarks Dr. Marsh replied in some “ Letters,’ which were published in the same year, in 
8vo. See an ample critique on Bishop Marsh’s work, in the British Critic, (O. S.) vol. iii. 
p- 601—608., and vol. iv. pp. 46—54. 170—176. 


6. Introduction au Nouveau Testament, par J. D. Michaelis; quatrime 
édition, traduite sur la troisieme de Herbert Marsh, évéque de Peterborough, 
avec une partie de ses notes, et des notes nouvelles, par J. J. CHENEVIERE, 
pasteur et professeur en théologie 4 Gentve. 4 tomes, 8vo. Geneve, 
1822. 


7. Essai d’une Introduction Critique au Nouveau Testament, par J. E. 
CELLERIER, fils. Genéve, 1823. 8vo. 


Ch, III. Sect. I.] Treatises on Sacred Criticism, §c. 161 


Partly a translation, and partly an analysis of Professor Hug’s German Introduction to 
the writings of the New Testament. ' 


8. Georgii Pritit Introductio ad Lectionem Novi Testamenti, in qua 
que ad rem criticam, historiam, chronologiam, et geographiam pertinent, 
breviter et perspicué exponuntur. Ist edit. Lipsiew, 1704. 12mo.; 4th edit. 
by Hoffman, in 1737, 8vo. and reprinted, with corrections, in a large octavo 
volume, in 1764. 

*‘ The service rendered by Carpzov to the Old Testament was performed by Pritius for 
the New. The improvements of his editor, Hoffman, on the original, are so considerable, 


that whoever purchases the Introduction of Pritius (and it deserves to be purchased by every 
student in divinity) must be careful in regard to the date of the title-page.” (Bishop Marsh. ) 


9. An Introduction to the Study and Knowledge of the New Testament. 
By Edward Harwoop, D.D. London, 1767—1771. 2 vols. 8vo. 

The learned author designed a third volume, which was to embrace the chief critical ques- 
tions respecting the New Testament. This work “contains a collection of dissertations, 
relative partly to the characters of the sacred writers, partly to the Jewish history and 
customs, and to such part of heathen antiquities as have reference to the New Testament. 
As these dissertations display great erudition, and contain much information illustrative of 
the New Testament, Dr. Harwood’s Introduction is certainly to be recommended to the 
Theological Student.”” (Bishop Marsh.) Another experienced divinity tutor (the late Rev. 
Dr. Williams) has also justly remarked, that this work may be read with advantage, making 
allowance for the author’s theological sentiments (Christian Preacher, p. 417.), which were 
Arian. The writer of these pages has derived many useful illustrations fram Dr. Harwood’s 
labours, in the third volume of this work. The value of Dr. H.’s Introduction would not 
have been diminished, if he had acknowledged his obligations to the preceding work of 
Pritius, to which he has been very considerably indebted. 


10. A Key to the New Testament, giving an Account of the several 
Books, their Contents, their Authors, and of the Times, Places, and Occa- 
sions, on which they were respectively written. [By Thomas Percy, D.D, 
Bishop of Dromore.] Third and best Edition. London, 1779. 12mo. 


The multiplied editions of this valuable little manual attest the high esteem in which it is 
deservedly held, as a guide for younger students. . 


11. Isagoge Historico-Critica in libros Novi Foederis sacros. Scripsit 
Henricus Augustus Scott. Jene, 1830. 8vo. 


12. Antonii Brocu Chronotaxis Scriptorum Divi Pauli. Flensburgi et 
Lipsiz, 1782. 8vo. 


CHAPTER III. 


TREATISES ON THE SACRED TEXT, ITS STYLE, IDIOM, AND VERSIONS. 


SECTION I. 


TREATISES ON SACRED CRITICISM GENERALLY, AND ON THE STYLE AND 
IDIOM OF THE SCRIPTURES. 


1. PENTATEUCHI Hebreo-Samaritani Prestantia in illustrando et 
emendando Textu Masorethico ostensa. Auctore Alexio 4 S. AQUILINO. 
Heidelbergee, 1784. 8vo. 


2. The Sacred Classics Defended and Illustrated, by Anthony BLack- 
wALL. London, 1727-31, 2 vols. 8vo. 

Blackwall was a strenuous advocate for the purity of the Greek style of the New Testa- 
ment, which he vindicates in his first volume. The second volume, which is the most 
valuable, contains many excellent observations on the division of the New Testament into 
chapters and verses, and also on various readings. This work was translated into Latin by 
Christopher Woll, and published at Leipsic, in 1736. 4to. 


3. De Paronomasia, finitimisque ei Figuris Paulo Apostolo frequentatis, 
Dissertatio Rhetorico-Exegetica. Scripsit Julius Fridericus Borrcuer. 
Lipsia, 1824. 8vo. 7 | 

VOL. TI. APP, (L) 





162 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch, IIT. 


4. Jo. Theoph. Bustav Dissertatio Historico-Critico-Exegetica de Lingua 
Originali Evangelii secundum Mattheum. Vratislavize, 1826. 8vo. 


5. Hore Biblicee; being a connected Series of Miscellaneous Notes on 
the original text, early Versions, and printed Editions of the Old and 
New Testament. By Charles Buriter, Esq. Oxford and London, 1799. 
Svo. 


The first edition of this judicious manual of Biblical Criticism was privately printed in 
1797, for the author’s friends, It has since been repeatedly printed in royal 8vo. with an 
additional volume, treating on the books accounted sacred by the Mohammedans, Hindoos, 
Parsees, Chinese, and Scandinavians. In 1810 M. Boulard published a French translation 
of this work from the edition printed at Oxford, in 1799. 


6. Popular Lectures on Biblical Criticism and Interpretation. By William 
CARPENTER. London, 1829. 8vo. 


7. Joh. Gottlob CAarpzovit Critica Sacra Veteris Testamenti. Lipsie, 
1738. 4to. 

This elaborate work consists of three parts, treating, 1. On the Divine Origin, ‘Authen- 
ticity, Divisions, and original Language of the Old Testament, the Masora, Keri, and 
Ketib, and the principal MSS. and Editions of the Hebrew Scriptures; —2. On the 
different Versions of the Old Testament, antient and modern; and, 3. A Vindication of the 
Hebrew Scriptures against the rude attacks of Mr. Whiston, in his Essay towards restoring 
the true Text of the Old Testament. Carpzov adheres to the high notions which in his 
time continued to prevail concerning the integrity of the Hebrew Text: but (Bp. Marsh 
remarks) “if proper allowance be made on this account, it will be found to be a very useful 
work, and replete with information on the subject of Hebrew criticism.” (Lectures on 
Divinity, part ii. p. 133.) 

8. An Elementary Course of Lectures on the Criticism, Interpretation, 
and Leading Doctrines of the Bible, delivered at Bristol College, in the 
years 1832-33. By W.D. ConyBeare, M.A. London, 1834. 18mo. Second 
Edition, enlarged. 1836. 12mo. 


9. An Inquiry into the Books of the New Testament. By John Cook, D.D. 
London, 1821. 8vo. 


For an analysis of this masterly treatise on Sacred Criticism, see the Eclectic Review, 
(N. S.) vol. xvii. pp. 310—324. 


10. J. A. Daruit Opuscula ad Interpretationem et Crisin Veteris Testa- 
menti. Edidit E. F. C. Rosenmuller. Lipsiz, 1796. 8vo. 


11. Compendio di Critica Sacra, dei Difetti e delle Emendazioni del 
Sacro Testo, e Piano d’una Nuova Edizione del Dottore G. Bernardo De- 
Rossi. Parma, 1811. 


In this little tract, Professor De Rossi has given a very concise but interesting sketch of 
the state of the Text of the Hebrew Scriptures, from the earliest period to our own time ; 
and he has subjoined an outline of his plan for a new edition of the Hebrew Bible, with 
select various readings. 


12. Epwarps (Thome) Due Dissertationes: In priore quarum probatur> 
Variantes Lectiones et Menda, que in Sacram Scripturam irrepserunt, non 
labefactare ejus Auctoritatem, in rebus que ad fidem et mores pertinent; 
In posteriore vero, Praedestinationem Paulinam ad Gentilium vocationem 
totam spectare. Cantabrigiz, 1768. 8vo. 

13. Fasricy (Gabriel) Des Titres Primitifs de la Révélation ; ou Consi- 
dérations Critiques sur la Purété et I’Intégrité du Texte Original des Livres 
Saints de |’Ancien Testament. Rome, 1772. 2 parts 8vo. 


This work contains much curious learning, urged with a considerable degree of ingenuity 
in favour of the Masoretic system. 


14, Nicolai Futrert Miscellenea Sacra, cum Apologia contra V. Cl. 
Johannem Drusium. Lugd. Bat. 1622. 8vo. edit. opt. Also in the last 
volume of the Critici Sacri. 


Sect. T.] Treatises on Sacred Criticism, &c. 163 


15. Institutes of Biblical Criticism, or Heads of the Course of Lectures 
on that subject, read in the University and King’s College of Aberdeen. 
By Alexander Gerarp, D.D. Edinburgh, 1808. 8vo. 


“ Of general and elementary treatises,’ on sacred criticism, ‘there is none which is more 
to be recommended, either for perspicuity or correctness, than the Institutes of Bibiical 
Criticism, published by Dr. Gerard, Professor of Divinity at Aberdeen.” (Bp. Marsh.) 


16. Gulielmi Gesen1r1t de Pentateuchi Samaritani Origine, Indole, et 
Auctoritate, Commentatio Philologico-critica. Hale, 1815. 4to. 


In the North- American Review, vol. xxii. pp. 274—-317. there is an elaborate digest from 
the pen of the Rev. Professor Stuart, drawn up from this dissertation and from other 
philological works of Professor Gesenius, of almost every thing that is known concerning 
the Samaritans and the Samaritan Pentateuch. This very valuable disquisition is reprinted 
in the Andover Biblical Repository for 1832, pp. 681—724. 


17. Gulielmi Gesrenir Anecdota Oxoniensia, Tomus Primus.  Lipsie, 
1822. 4to. 


This volume comprises twofasciculi, the first of which contains the Samaritan Psalms, 
with an Arabic version and notes: in the second fasciculus, there is a dissertation on Syriac 
Lexicons, with specimens of the hitherto inedited lexicons of Bar Ali and Bar Bahluli. 


18. Salomonis Giassit Philologia Sacra ; qua totius 8. 8. Veteris et Novi 
Testamenti Scriptures tum Stylus et Litteratura, tum Sensts et Genuine 
Interpretationis Ratio et Doctrina, libris quinque expenditur ac traditur. 
Lipsiz, 1725, 4to. Best edition. 


An “inestimable and immortal work, than which none can be more useful for the 
interpretation of Scripture, as it throws an uncommon degree of light upon the language and 
phraseology of the inspired writers.” (Mosheim’s Eccl. Hist. vol. v. p. 296.) The first 
edition was printed at Jena in 1623, and was followed by several others at the same place, 
in 1643, 1663, and 1668; at Frankfort, in 1653; at Leipsic, in 1691, 1705, 1713, and at 
Amsterdam in 1711, all in quarto. The first and second books treat on the style and 
meaning of the sacred writers; the third and fourth on Sacred Grammar, and the jifth on 
Sacred Rhetoric. To the edition of 1705 and the subsequent impressions is annexed a 
treatise, by Glassius, on Sacred Logic, first published by Olearius at Jena, in 1704. A new 
edition of this work was published in 8vo. at Leipsic, in 1776, 1795, 1797, by the Professors 
Dathe and Bauer, intitled Salomonis Glassii Philologia Sacra his Temporibus accommodata. 
The first volume, in two parts, edited by Dathe, contains the treatises de Grammutica et 
Rhetorica Sacra, which are materially improved without debasing Glassius’s pious. and 
learned expositions of Scripture by his own speculations. The second volume, edited by 
Prof. Bauer of Altorf, contains the Critica Sacra. Glassius had adopted Buxtorf’s high 
notions concerning the integrity of the Hebrew Text, which are properly modified in Bauer’s 
revision of the work. The third volume contains Glassius’s second book, which treats on 
the interpretation of Scripture: as it is frequently to be met with in a detached form, it is 
noticed in a subsequent page of this Appendix, among the works on that branch of sacred 
philology. 


19. Thése Critique sur la Langue Originale de |’Evangile selon Saint 
Matthieu, soutenu devant la Faculté Protestante de Montauban. Par 
Charles GrAwITz. e Paris, 1827. 8vo. 


In this small tract, the author ingeniously contends for the Hebrew original of St. 
Matthew’s Gospel. 


20. Humphredi Hopy de Bibliorum Textibus Originalibus, Versionibus 
Grecis, et Latina Vulgata Libri Quatuor. Oxonii, 1704. folio. 


“‘ This is the classical work on the Septuagint.” :(Bp. Marsh.) The first book contains 
Dr. Hody’s dissertation, with improvements, against Aristeas’s History, which he bad before 
published, in 1685, in opposition to Isaac Vossius'’s Dissertationes de Septuaginta Interpre- 
tibus, eorumque Tralatione et Chronologid : in which the latter ascribed more authority to the 
Greek Version than to the Original itself. In the second book, the author treats of the true 
authors of the Septuagint Version, — of the time when, and the reasons why, it was under- 
taken —and of the manner in which it was performed, The third book contains a history 
of the original Hebrew text of the Septuagint, and of the Vulgate Latin Version, showing 
the authority of each in different ages, and that the Hebrew Text has always been most 
esteemed and valued. In the fourth and last bock, he gives an account of the Greek Ver- 
sions of Symmachus, Aquila, and Theodotion, and of Origen’s Hexapla, and other antient 
editions: to which are subjoined, lists of the books of the Bible at different times, which 
exhibit a concise, but full and clear view of the canon of Scripture. 


(z) 2 





164 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. III. 


21. The Connexion between the Sacred Writings and the Literature of 
Jewish and Heathen Authors, particularly that of the Classical Ages, illus- 
trated; principally with a view to evidence in confirmation of the truth of 
Revealed Religion. By Robert Gray, D.D. [afterwards Bishop of Bristol.] 
London, 1819, in two volumes, 8vo. 


The first edition of this valuable work, which is indispensably necessary to the biblical 
student who cannot command access to all the classic authors, appeared in one volume 8yvo. 
in 1817. A multitude of passages of Scripture is illustrated, and their truth confirmed. 
Classical literature is here shown to be the handmaid of sacred literature, in a style and 
manner which cannot fail to instruct and gratify the reader. Independently of the main 
object of these volumes,—the illustration of the Scriptures,;—Bp. Gray’s general criticisms 
on the classic writers are such as must commend them to the student. ‘ The remarks ” 
(it is truly said by an eminent critic of the present day) “‘ are every where just, always im- 
pressed with a candid and sincere conviction of the blessing for which our gratitude to God 
is so eminently due, for his revealed word, whose various excellencies rise in value upon 
every view, which the scholar or divine can take, of what have been the best efforts of the 
human mind, in the best days which preceded the publication of the Gospel. There is no 
one portion of these volumes that is not highly valuable on this account. The praise is 
given which is due to the happiest fruits of human genius; but a strict eye is evermore pre- 
served for the balance of preponderation, where the Word of Truth, enhanced by divine 
authority, bears the scale down, and furnishes the great thing wanting to the sage and the 
teacher of the heathen world. Their noblest sentiments, and their obliquities and deviations 
into error, are alike brought to this test, and referred to this sure standard. ‘The concurrent 
lines of precept or instruction, on this comparative survey, are such as establish a sufficient 
ground of evidence that all moral goodness, and all sound wisdom, are derived from one 
source and origin, and find their sanction in the will of Him, of whose perfections and of 
whose glory they are the manifest transcripts.”’ British Critic (New Series) vol. xiii. p. 316., 
in which journal the reader will find a copious and just analysis of Bp. Gray’s volumes, 


21.* Josiah and Cyrus, the two great objects of Divine Notice in the 
Scheme of Revelation. With illustrations and confirmations of the truth of 
Sacred History, and of the Accomplishment of Prophecy with respect to 
those Sovereigns, drawn from the Accounts of a Modern Traveller. By 
Robert Gray, D.D. Bishop of Bristol. London, 1833. 12mo. 


22. Bibliotheca Criticze Sacre, circa omnes fere Sacrorum Librorum dif- 
ficultates, ex Patrum Veterum traditione et probatiorum interpretum collecta. 
Ab uno ordinis Carmelitarum Discalceatorum Religioso. (IF. Cherubino a 
S. Josep.) Lovanii, 1704. 4 vols. folio. 


In this very prolix, but elaborate work, every possible question relative to Scripture criti- 
cism is discussed and illustrated, from the writings of the fathers and most eminent divines, 
principally of the church of Rome. The last volume contains prefaces to the different books 
of the Old and New Testament, exhibiting the time when they were written, their language, 
authors, and respective authority, together with copious synopses of the contents of each 
book. 


23. Commentatio, qua Lingua Aramaic Usus ad judicanda et interpre- 
tanda Evangelia Canonica novis exemplis defenditur. Auctore Chr. KAIsrr, 
Erlange, 1823. 4to. 


24. The state of the Printed Hebrew Text of the Old Testament 
considered. By Benjamin Kennicorr, M.A. Oxford, 1753-1759. 2 vols. 


8vo. 


These dissertations preceded Dr. Kennicott’s celebrated collation of Hebrew MSS., 
and his edition of the Hebrew Bible, which is noticed in p. 7. supra. The first disser- 
tation, in two parts, contains a comparison of 1 Chron. xi. with 2 Sam. v. and xxiii., and 
observations on seventy Hebrew MSS., with an extract of mistakes and various readings. 
In the second, the Samaritan copy of the Pentateuch is vindicated ; the printed copies of 
the Chaldee Paraphrase are proved to be corrupted ; the sentiments of the Jews on the 
Hebrew text are ascertained; an account is given of all the Hebrew MSS. known to be 
extant; and also a particular catalogue of one hundred Hebrew MSS. preserved in the 
public libraries at Oxford, Cambridge, and the British Museum. Dr. Kennicott’s first 
dissertation was translated into Latin by M. Teller, in 2 vols. 8vo. Lipsix, 1756. 


25. Benj. Kennicorr1 Dissertatio Generalis in Vetus Testamentum 
Hebraicum. Curavit P. J. Bruns.  Brunsvici, 1783. 8vo. 


Sect. Fi] Treatises on Sacred Criticism, &c. 165 


A neat reprint of Dr. Kennicott’s Dissertatio Generalis, annexed to vol. ii. of his 
edition of the Hebrew Bible, noticed in p. 7. supra. 


26. Ignatii KoEGLER Notitia S. S. Bibliorum Judzorum in Imperio Sinensi. 
Editio altera. Edidit C. Th. de Murr. Hale, 1806. 8vo. 


27. Joannis Lanican S. Th. D. et in Academia Ticinensi Professoris, 
Institutionum Biblicarum Pars prima. Pavia, (1794:) 8vo. 

The second part of this work has never appeared ; nor has the writer of these pages been 
able to obtain the sight even of a copy of the first portion. He was informed by Mr. Butler, 
the learned author of the ‘“‘ Hore Biblice,” noticed in p. 162., that it was suppressed in 
Italy. A short Analysis of the first part is given in the Monthly Review (N. S.) vol. xxii. 
pp. 552—554.; where it is said (p. 555.) that “ this volume contains a large portion of 
text matter, well arranged, and accompanied with many learned notes, selected from the 
best critics of the present age, together with a considerable number of just remarks from 
the author’s own pen.” 

28. Joannis LeuspEen11 Philologus Ebrzeus, continens Queestiones Ebraicas 
que circa Vetus Testamentum Ebraeum fere moveri solent. Ultrajecti, 
1656, 1672, 1695. 4to. Amsteledami, 1686. 4to. 


29, Joannis Leuspentr Philologus Ebraeo-Mixtus, una cum spicilegio 
philologico, continente decem questionum et positionum preecipué Philo- 
logico-Ebraicarum et Judaicarum centurias. Ultrajecti, 1663, 1682, 1699, 
Ato. 


Besides discussing critical questions, this volume of the laborious philologer Leusden 
treats very copiously on Jewish rites and antiquities. 


30. Johannis Leuspenit Philologus Ebreeo-Grecus generalis, continens 
queestiones Ebrzeo-Greecas, que circa Novum Testamentum fere moveri 
solent. Ultrajecti, 1670, 1685, 1695. 4to. 

Various questions relative to the original language of the New Testament, its editions, 


versions, divisions, &c. are concisely illustrated in this volume. All the three preceding 
volumes of Leusden are valuable, and may frequently be obtained at a low price. 


31. Johannis Leuspentr de Dialectis N.T., singulatim de ejus Hebraismis, 
Libellus singularis iterum editus ab Joh. Frider. Fischero. Accessit Joh. 
Vorstii Commentariolus de Adagiis N. T. Hebraicis. Lipsiee, 1792. 8vo. 

This publication contains a reprint of Leudsen’s. critical disquisitions on the Hebraisms 
of the New Testament. They are enriched with very numerous philological observations of 
the learned John Frederick Fischer, who first published them in a detached form, in 8vo. 
in 1754. 

32. Ant. Aug. Hen. LichTensTEIN Paralipomena Critica circa Textum 
Veteris Testamenti Codicum Hebraicorum. Helmstadii, 1799. 4to. 


33. MotkenpuuR (Marcellini) Problema Criticum: Sacra Scriptura 
Novi Testamenti in quo idiomate originaliter ab Apostolis edita fuit ? Pader- 
borne, 1822. 8vo. 


34. Binterim (A.J.), Propempticum ad problema criticum, Sacra 
Scriptura Novi Testamenti in quo idiomate originaliter ab apostolis edita 
fuerit? A Doctore Marco Molkenbuhr nuper propositum. Moguntie, 
1822. 8vo. 

The object of Molkenbuhr’s tract is, to revive the absurd and Jong since exploded hy- 
pothesis, announeed in the former part of the last century by father Hardouin, viz. That 
the Greek Testament was a translation from the Latin Vulgate. Molkenbuhr has been 
most satisfactorily refuted by Binterim, and with equal learning and ability. 


35. Morini (Joannis) Exercitationes Biblicee, de Hebreei Graecique Tex- 
ttis Sinceritate, germana LXXII. Interpretum Translatione dignoscenda, 
illius cum Vulgata conciliatione, et juxta Judeos divina integritate, totiusque 
Rabbinice Antiquitatis et operis Masorethici era, explicatione et censura. 
Parisiis, 1633. 4to. 


36. Morini (Joannis) Exercitationes Ecclesiastice in utramque Samari- 
tanorum Pentateuchum. Parisiis, 1631. 4to. 


37, Simeonis de Murs Assertio Veritatis Hebraice adversus Exercita- 


(4) 3 





166 Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. III- 


tiones Ecclesiasticas in utrumque Samaritanorum Pentateuchum Joannis 
Morini. Parisiis, 1631. 12mo. 


38. Hortincert (Joannis Henrici) Exercitationes Anti-Moriniane, de 
Pentateucho Samaritano, ejusque av@evria. ‘Tiguri, 1644. 


For an account of the controversy between Morin and his antagonists, on the integrity 
of the Hebrew Text, &c. see Wolfius’s Bibliotheca Hebraica, Part II. pp. 25. 270., and 
Part IV. p. 7. 


39. Brevis Expositio Critices Veteris Foederis, auctore Hermanno Mun- 
TINGHE. Ediderunt B. Nieuwold et C. H. van Herwerden. Groninge, 
1827. 8vo. 


An elegantly-written compendium of the most valuable observations of the most distin- 
guished critics who have treated on the Old Testament. ‘Though it is a posthumous pub- 
lication, the editors state, that the author composed it some years before his death. It 
consists of four chapters, in which are discussed the original language of the Old 
Testament, the History of the Sacred Text, the origin of various readings, together with 
the several classes into which they may be divided, the critical aids for determining various 
readings, and the best rules to be employed in settling them, and in correcting the sacred 
text. 


40. The Veracity of the Evangelists Demonstrated by a comparative View 
of their Histories. By the Rev. Robert Nares, A.M. London, 1815. 
Second Edition, 1818. 12mo. 


41. An Inquiry into the Integrity of the Greek Vulgate, or Received 
Text of the New Testament; in which the Greek Manuscripts are newly 
classed; the Integrity of the Authorised Text vindicated; and the Various 
Readings traced to their Origin. By the Rev. Frederick Notan, LL.D. 
London, 1815. 8vo. 


*¢ We trust that this volume will command the attention of every scholar throughout the 
kingdom ; and that it will find its way into the foreign universities, and be thoroughly 
scrutinized by the learned in them. ‘To the Biblical Inquirer, it will present not only a 
new and wide field of most curious and happy research, but a mine of the most valuable in- 
formation: to the classical inquirer it will be a most interesting work, as it involves so many 
points, both with respect to manuscripts and editions, which to him must be highly im- 
portant. Of a volume, which displays so much labour in investigation, so much originality 
in deduction, and so much sound principle in design, we can in common justice say no 
less, than that, whatever be the issue of the controversy which it has, we think very season- 
ably, revived, it reflects honour on the age and nation in which it was produced.” (British 


Critic, N.S. Vol. V. p. 24.) 


41.* Supplement to an Inquiry into the Integrity of the Greek Vulgate, 
or Received Text of the New Testament; containing the Vindication of 


the Principles employed in its Defence. By the Rev. Fred. Noran, LL.D. 
London, 1830. 8vo. 


42. Critica Sacra; or a short Introduction to Hebrew Criticism. [By the 
Rey. Dr. Henry Owren.] London, 1774. 8vo. 


This little tract is not of common occurrence. Dr. Owen was a learned and sober critic, 
but no advocate for the absolute inerrancy and integrity of the Hebrew text. His book was 
violently attacked by Mr. Raphael Baruh in his Critica Sacra Examined. (London, 1775. 
8vo.) Dr. Owen rejoined in a learned tract entitled, Supplement to Critica Sacra; in 
which the principles of that treatise are fully confirmed, and the objections of Mr. Raphael 
Baruh are clearly answered. London, 1775. 8vo. 


43. PALHOROMAICA, or Historical and Philological Disquisitions: in- 
quiring, whether the Hellenistic Style is not Latin Greek? Whether the 
many new words in the Elzevir edition of the Greek Testament are not 
formed from the Latin? And whether the Hypothesis, that the Greek Text 
of many manuscripts of the New Testament is a translation or re-translation 
from the Latin, seems not to elucidate numerous passages, to account for the 
different recensions, and to explain many phenomena hitherto inexplicable 


to the Biblical Critics? [By John Biacx.] London, 1823. 8vo. 


SectsTs] if a0 Treatises on Sacred Criticism, &c. 167 


The absurd reasoningsand mischievous tendency of this paradoxical publication (whichis no- 
ticed here to put the unwary student on his guard against it) are exposed with equal learning 
and ability in areview inserted in the British Critic for January, February, and April, 1823, 
which is now known to have been written by the Rt. Rev. Dr. C. J. Blomfield, Bishop of 
London ; in the Rev. J.J. Conybeare’s ‘‘ Examination of certain Arguments ” contained in 
it (Oxford, 1823. 8vo.) ; in the Rev. W. G. Broughton’s [now Bishopof Australia] ‘¢ Exa- 
mination of the Hypothesis advanced in a recent publication, entitled ‘ Paleoromaica’ ”’ 
(London, 1823. 8vo.) 1; andin Bishop Burgess’s Postscript to the second edition of his 
Vindication of 1 John v. 7. from the objections of Mr. Griesbach” (London, 1823.) 
“ The publication entitled Paleoromaica,” (this distinguished prelate has most justly said) 
“is a work of very extensive reading and research; and abounds with valuable quotations. 
But the materials are as destitute of selection, as his” [the anonymous author’s] “strictures 
are of simplicity and candour.”” (Postscript, p. 196.) ‘The hypothesis, which the author 
of Palzoromaica endeavours to maintain, is briefly this: — That the received text of the 
Greek Testament is a servile translation from a Latin original long since lost, and that 
this translation was made by a writer imperfectly acquainted with one or possibly with both 
of the languages in question. In support of this hypothesis, the anonymous writer has 
recourse to two sorts of proof, direct and indirect. 

1. The direct proof he finds in the many and obvious Latinisms which he asserts to exist 
in almost every page of the Greek Text; but, besides these, the anonymous writer has 
collected many others, which he has arranged under several heads or classes, which the na- 
ture of the subject and the limits of the present notice forbid us to detail. The reader is 
therefore necessarily referred to pp. 29—51. of Mr. Conybeare’s examination, in which the 
anonymous writer’s errors are completely exposed. 

2. The indirect proofs that the New Testament is a servile translation of a lost Latin ori- 
ginal are two fold: first, the existence of certain analogous cases of translation from the 
Latin, and particularly the Aldine edition of the Greek Simplicius; and, secondly, the cer-. 
tainty that the Latin rather than the Greek was the prevalent language of Palestine and its 
neighbourhood, in the age of the evangelists and apostles. 

(1.) Bishop Burgess (Postscript, pp. 186. ef seq.) and Mr. Conybeare (Examination, 
pp. 7—16.) have demonstrated that the case of the Aldine Simplicius is utterly inapplicable 
to the purpose for which itis adduced: and to their learned publications the reader is ne- 
cessarily referred. It must suffice here to remark, that the case of this Simplicius is very 
different from that of a book, like the New Testament, which was in the custody of the 
whole Christian church,—a book in which every part of the church took a deep in- 
terest, and of which every separate congregation had its copy or copies. When the Aldine 
Greek version of the barbarous Latin translation, made by W. de Moorbeka in the thir- 
teenth century, was published, the Greek original was unknown, and continued to be un- 
known, until it was discovered a few years since by M. Peyron: whereas the Greek Text 
of the New Testament was never lost or missing. 

(2.) In full disproof of the alleged certainty of the prevalence of the Latin language, in 
Palestine and its vicinity, during the apostolic age, it will be sufficient to refer to Part I. 
Chap. I. Sect. II. of the present volume, which contains some evidences of the general pre- 
valence of the Greek Language that have escaped the researches of Bishop Burgess and of 
Mr, Conybeare: and also to the fact, that the Old Syriac Version of the New Testament 
made in the close of the first, or at the beginning of the second century, contains many Greek 
words untranslated ;—an incontestable proof this, of the previous existence of a Greek original. 
For the following additional evidences of theexistence of the Greek original of the New Testa- 
ment we are indebted to that learned prelate. <‘ If,” says he, “ from the prevalence of the 
Greek language at the time of the Apostles, we extend our view to the state of the Christian 
church in its earliest period, we shall find increasing probabilities of a Greek original. 
All the Gentile churches established by the Apostles in the East were Greek churches ; 
namely, those of Antioch, Ephesus, Galatia, Corinth, Philippi, Thessalonica,” &c. 
Again: ‘* The first bishops of the Church of Rome were either Greek writers or natives of 
Greece. — According to Tertullian, Clemens, the fellow-labourer of St. Paul, was the first 
bishop of Rome, whose Greek Epistle to the Corinthians is still extant. But whether 
Clemens or Linus was the first bishop of Rome, they were both Greek writers, though pro. 
bably natives of Italy. Anencletus was a Greek, and so were the greater part of his suc- 
cessors to the middle of the second century. The bishops of Jerusalem, after the ex- 
pulsion of the Jews by Adrian, were Greeks. From this state of the government of the 
primitive church by Greek ministers, — Greeks by birth, or in their writings, —arises a 
high probability, that the Christian Scriptures were in Greek. 





1 In reply to the Bp. of St. David’s and Messrs, Conybeare and Broughton, the author 
of Palezoromaica in 1824 published a “ supplement,” containing many ingenious but de- 
sultory observations, which however do nothing towards supporting his untenable hypothesis. 
This publication drew forth an able “reply” from Dr, Broughton, to whom the author of 
Paleoromaica rejoined ; and his rejoinder was satisfactorily refuted by Dr. B. in a second 


reply. 
(1) 4 





a 


\ 


¥ 





168 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. If. 


‘‘ The works” also “of the earliest fathers in the church, the contemporaries and imme- 
diate successors of the Apostles, were written in Greek. They are altogether silent, as to 
any Latin original of the New Testament. They say nothing, indeed, of a Greek original by 
name. But their frequent mention of radaia avtituTa, without any distinction of name, can 
mean only Greek originals, 

‘“‘ But if we have in the Greek fathers no mention of a Greek original, we have the most 
express testimony of Jerome and Augustine, that the New Testament (with the exception of 
the Gospel of Saint Matthew, which some of the fathers supposed to have been written by its 
author in Hebrew), was originally composed in Greek. Jerome said, that the Greek original 
of the New Testament ‘ was a thing not to be doubted.’” 

“Of all the [Latin] MSS. of the New Testament which had been seen by Jerome (and 
they must have been very numerous), the author of Palzoromaica observes, that ‘ the whole, 
perhaps, of the Gospels and Epistles might be versions from the Greek.’ Surely this is no 
immaterial evidence, that Greek was the original text; and this will be more evident, if we 
retrace the history of the Greek text upwards from the time of Jerome. The Greek edition 
nearest his time was that of Athanasius. Before him, and early in the same century, Euse- 
bius published an edition by the command of Constantine. In the third century, there were 
not less than three Greek editions by Origen, Hesychius, and Lucianus. In the second 
century, about the year 170, appeared the Diatessaron of Tatian, containing not the whole 
of the New Testament, but a harmony of the four Gospels. And in the same century we 
have an express appeal of Tertullian to the authenticum Gracum of St. Paul, which, whether 
it means the autograph of the Apostle, or an authentic copy of it, is, of itself, a decisive 
proof of a Greek original. Again, in the same century, before either Tertullian or Tatian, 
we have, A. p. 127, the Apostolicon of Marcion, which, though not an authenticum Grecum, 
was Grecum. 

“To the evidence from the Greek editions of the New Testament in the second, third, 
and fourth centuries, and Tertullian’s testimony, we may add the language of those Greek 
ecclesiastical writings which were not admitted into the sacred canon, but were, for the most 
part, of primitive antiquity ;—I mean the Apostles’ Creed, the Letter of Abgarus to Christ, 
and the Answer to it; the Liturgies of St. James, St. John, and St. Peter; the Epistle of 
St. Paul to the Laodiceans; the Apostolical Constitutions, &c. .These would never have 
been written in Greek, if the apostolical writings had not been published in the same lan- 
guage.” (Postscript to Vindication of 1 John v. 7. pp. 182—185.) 

Lastly, the language and style of the New Testament are such as afford indisputable proof 
of its authenticity as an antient volume, and, consequently, that it was originally written in 
Greek. On this topic compare Volume I. pp. 89—92. 

On all these grounds, we conclude with the learned writers already cited, that Greek was 
and is the original language of the New Testament, and, consequently, that there is no evi- 
dence whatever to support the hypothesis that it is a translation from a lost Latin original. 


44, Augusti PreirFrert Critica Sacra, de Sacri Codicis partitione, edition- 
ibus variis, linguis originalibus et illibata puritate fontium; necnon ejusdem 
translatione in linguas totius universi, de Masora et Kabbala, Talmude et 
Alcorano. Dresde, 1670, 1688, 1702, 1721. 8vo. Lipsie, 1712. 8vo. 
Altorfii, 1751. 8vo. Also in the second volume of the collective edition of 
his Philological Works, published at Utrecht in 1704. 4to. 


45. Recherches Critiques et Historiques sur le Texte Grec des Evangiles. 
Par Albert Ritiiet. Genéve, 1832. 8vo. 


46. La Fionda di David; ossia, l’Antichita ed Autorita dei Punti Vocali 
nel Testo Ebreo, dimostrata e difesa per Ippolito RoseLiini. Bologna, 
1823. 8vo. Risposta del medesimo al sign. Abate Luigi Chiarini, respetto 
all’ Antichita ed autorita dei Punti Vocali. Bologna, 1824. 8vo. 

These two publications defend the antiquity and authority of the Masoretic Vowel Points, 


against the objections of Masclef, Houbigant, and other Hebraists. (Journal des Savans pour 
1825, p. 384.) 


47. De la Littérature des Hébreux, ou des Livres Saints considerés sous 
le Rapport des Beautés Littéraires. Par J.B.SatGcues. Paris, 1825. 8vo. 


48. Joannis Nepomuceni Scu2&FeER Institutiones Scripturisticee usui audi- 
torum suorum accommodata. Pars prima, Moguntie, 1790. Pars secunda, 
Moguntiz, 1792. 8vo. 


49. A. B. Seirznert Commentatio Philologica de Parenthesi in Libris 
Sacris Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Lipsiwe, 1773. 12mo. 


50, A. B. Spirzners Vindicie Originis et Auctoritatis Divine Puncto- 


Sect. I.] : Treatises on Sacred Criticism, &c. | 169 


rum Vocalium et Accentuum in libris sacris Veteris Testamenti. Lipsiz, 
1791. 8vo. 


51. Histoire Critique du Vieux Testament. Par le Pére Simon. Paris, 
1678. 4to. Amsterdam, 1680. Rotterdam, 1685. 4to. Best edition. 


The first edition was suppressed by the influence of the Jesuit le Tellier ; it is very inferior 
to the subsequent impressions. 


52. Histoire Critique du Texte du Nouveau Testament ; ot l’on établit la 
Vérité des Actes, sur lesquels la Religion Chrétienne est fondée. Par le 
Pére Simon. Rotterdam, 1689. 4:to. 


53. Histoire Critique des Versions du Nouveau Testament, od l’on fait 
connoitre quel a été l’usage de la lecture des Livres Sacrés dans les princi- 
pales églises du monde. Par le Pére Stmon. Rotterdam, 1690. 4to. 


54. Nouvelles Dissertations sur le Texte et les Versions du Nouveau 
Testament. Par le Pére Simon. Rotterdam, 1695. 4to. 


All the works of father Simon are characterised by great learning and research. ‘ The 
criticism of the Bible being at that time less understood than at present, the researches which 
were instituted by Simon soon involved him in controversy, as well with Protestant as with 
Romish writers, particularly with the latter; to whom he gave great offence by the pre- 
ference which he showed to the Hebrew and Greek texts of the Bible above that which is 
regarded as the oracle of the church of Rome,—the Latin Vulgate. “ Though I would not 
be answerable for every opinion (says Bp. Marsh) advanced by Simon, I may venture to 
assert that it contains very valuable information in regard to the criticism both of the He- 
brew Bible and of the Greek Testament.” (Lectures, parti. p. 52.) Walchius has given an 
account of the various authors who attacked Simon, in his Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, 
vol. iv. pp. 250—259. The Histoire Critique du Vieux Testament was translated into 
English “by a person of quality,” and published at London in 1682. 4to. The translation 
abounds with gallicisms in every page. 


55. Johannis Srmonis Analysis ex Explicatio Lectionum Masorethicarum 
Kethiban et Karjan Vulgo dictarum, ea forma, qua illee in sacro textu extant, 
ordine alphabetico digesta. Editio tertia. Hale, 1823. 8vo. 


56. Vorsti1 (Johannis) De Hebraismis Novi Testamenti Commentarius, 
Edidit notisque instruxit Johannes Fridericus Fischerus. Lipsiz, 1778. 8vo. 


-57. An Examination of the Antient Orthography of the Jews, and the 
Original State of the Text of the Hebrew Bible. Part I. An Inquiry 
into the Origin of Alphabetical Writing. By the Rev. T. Watt, D.D. 
London, 1835, royal 8vo. 


The design of this. elaborate treatise is to shew that Alphabetic writing was a divine 
revelation, given for a most worthy purpose. For an outline of the facts and arguments by 
which he has established his point, see the British Magazine for January, 1836, pp. 64, 65. 


58. Briani WaxLToni in Biblia Polyglotta Prolegomena. Preefatus est 
J. A. Dathe, Prof. Ling. Heb. Ord. Lipsize, 1777. 8vo. 


59. Briani Waltoni, S. T. P. in Biblia Polyglotta Prolegomena Specialia 
-recognovit, Dathianisque et variorum Notis suas immiscuit Franciscus 
WrancHam, A.M. 8. R.S. Clevelandiz Archidiaconus. Cantabrigie, 
typis ac sumptibus academicis, 1828. 2 tomis 8vo. 


Upwards of one hundred and seventy years have elapsed since the publication of Bishop Wal- 
ton’s special Prolegomena to his Polyglott Bible ; the variety, accuracy, and extent of the in- 
formation contained in which have concurred to give it a high place among standard critical 
works on the sacred text. In the long interval that has elapsed since the first appearance of 
that work, many topics have been controverted, and much additional light has been thrown 
on all the subjects discussed in Bishop Walton’s Prolegomena by the researches of various 
learned men. As Professor Dathe’s octavo edition had become extremely scarce, Mr. Arch- 
deacon Wrangham has conferred no small obligation on biblical students by presenting to 
them a new edition of the Prolegomena. It is executed on the following plan: — The text 
of Walton has been accurately printed, and the punctuation amended and improved, and errors 
in numbers have been carefully corrected. ‘The observations which Dathe had collected in 
the preface to his edition, not in the best possible order, are here inserted in the notes, under 
the topics to which they referred ; and with them Mr. Wrangham has inserted very numerous 
observations of his own, explaining, confirming, er correcting the text of Walton, which are 


i 
P 

Ah 
) 


! 





170 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. III. 


derived from the best critical sources, both antient and modern, besides references to the best 
writers who have treated on sacred critisism. Many critical canons of Wetstein, Houbigant, 
and other editors of the Holy Scriptures, the rarity and high price of whose works place 
them beyond the reach of ordinary students, are here inserted ; and where particular subjects 
required a more copious discussion, Mr. Wrangham has treated them at length at the end of 
each chapter, in excursus, after the plan adopted by Heyne in his admirable edition of 
Virgil. Among the subjects thus copiously illustrated we may enumerate the disquisitions 
on the Square Samaritan Characters, the Antiquity of the Vowel Points, the Matres Lec- 
tionis ») 77x, the principal Manuscripts of the New Testament, particularly the Codex Alex- 
andrinus, Various Readings, the Septuagint Version, Antient and Modern Latin Versions 
of the Scriptures, the Samaritans and the Samaritan Pentateuch, the Chaldee Paraphrases 
and their Uses, Editions of the Syriac Versions, the agreement between the Hebrew and 
Arabic dialects, and the Persic Versions. 

Fac-similes of eight of the MSS. of chief note are prefixed; and in the course of the 
work there are inserted alphabets of the principal modern languages; viz. Hebrew and 
Chaldee, with the rabbinical letters, the Samaritan, Syriac, with the Nestorian and antient 
Estrangelo letters, Arabic, Persic, Ethiopic, Armenian, Coptic or Egyptian, Illyrian, Dal- 
matian, Georgian, and Gothic : together with a specimen of Chinese characters, and tables 
of the dates of the principal modern versions of the Scriptures. 

The work is beautifully executed at the expense, and press, of the University of Cam- 
bridge, by whose munificence Mr. Archdeacon Wrangham is enabled to offer to critical stu- 
dents of the Scriptures the results of his learned researches at a price, for which they could 
not otherwise be afforded, There are a few copies on large paper, which are a chef-d’ceuvre 
of typographical skill. 


60. WetTsTENII (Johannis Jacobi) Prolegomena ad Testamenti Greci 
editionem accuratissimam, e vetustissimis codicibus denuo procurandam: in. 
quibus agitur de codicibus manuscriptis Novi Testamenti, Scriptoribus qui 
Novo Testamento usi sunt, versionibus veteribus, editionibus prioribus, et 
claris interpretibus; et proponuntur animadversiones et cautiones, ad examen 
variarum lectionum Novi Testamenti. Amsteledami, 1730. 4to. 


61. Casparis Wyssir Dialectologia Sacra, in qua quicquid per universum 
Novi Testamenti contextum in apostolicé et voce et phrasi, a communi 
lingua et grammatice analogia discrepat, methodo congrua disponitur, ac- 
curate definitur, et omnium Sacri Contextis exemplorum inductione il- 
lustratur Tiguri, 1650. 4to. 

‘* The peculiarities of the New Testament diction, in general, are arranged in this book 
under the following heads, viz. Dialectus Attica, Ionica, Dorica, AXolica, Beeotica, Poetica, 
et Hebraica. Thisis very inconvenient ; inasmuch as, in this way, many things of a like 
kind will be separated, and often treated of in four different places. Moreover, the author 
shows, that his knowledge of Greek did not extend beyond what was common at his time ; 
as the mention of a poetic dialect evinces, and as an examination of what he calls the Attic 
will render still more evident. But as a collection of examples, which in many parts is 
perfectly complete, the book is very useful. In reference, also, to the Hebraisms of the 
New Testament, the author showed a moderation which deserved to be imitated by his con- 
temporaries.” (Winer’s Greek Grammar of the New Test. p. 13.) 


62. A Vindication of the Authenticity of the Narratives contained in the 
first Two Chapters of the Gospels of St. Matthew and St. Luke, being an 
Investigation of Objections urged by the Unitarian Editors of the Im- 
proved Version of the New ‘Testament, with an Appendix containing 
Strictures on the Variations between the first and fourth Editions of that 
Work. By a Layman. [John Bevans.] London, 1822. 8vo. 

In this very elaborate work, the authenticity of Matt. i. and ii. and Luke i. and ii. are 
most satisfactorily vindicated from the objections of the Editors of the Unitarian Version of 


the New Testament; whose disingenuous alterations in successive editions of that work are 
exposed in the Appendix. 


SECTION II. 


TREATISES ON HEBREW POETRY. 


J]. Exercitatio in Dialectum Poeticam Divinorum Carminum Veteris 


Testamenti. Auctore Geo. Joh. Lud. VoceLr. Helmstadii, 1764. 4to. 


> 


Sect. III. ] Treatises on Hebrew Poetry. 171 


2. De Sacra Poési Hebreorum Prelectiones Academice. Auctore Ro- 
berto Lowrn, nuper Episcopo Londinensi. Oxonii. 1821. 8vo. 

The first edition of Bishop Lowth’s Lectures appeared in 1753. That of 1821 may be 
considered as the best, as it includes, besides the additional observations of Prof. Michaelis, 
the further remarks of Rosenmmiiller, (whose edition appeared at Leipsic in 1815,) Richter, 


and Weiske. Bp. Lowth’s Lectures are reprinted in the thirty-first volume of Ugolioi’s 
Thesaurus Antiquitatum. 


3. Lectures on the Sacred Poetry of the Hebrews: translated from the 
Latin of the Rt. Rev. Robert Lowth, D.D. Bishop of London, by G. Gre- 
Gory. ‘To which are added the principal Notes of Professor Michaelis, and 
Notes by the Translator and others. London, 1787. 2 vols. 8vo. 1816. 
2 vols. 8vo. second edition. 


4. Lectures on the Sacred Poetry of the Hebrews, by Robert Lowth, 
D.D. Bishop of London. Translated from the original Latin, with Notes, by 
Calvin E. Stowr, A.M. Andover [Massachusetts], 1829. 8vo. 

“In 1815 Rosenmiller prepared a new edition of Lowth’s work, to which he added many 
notes of his own, and corrected the errors into which Michaelis had fallen. Besides these 
writers, Sir Wm. Jones, Eichhorn, Gesenius, De Wette, and some others, since the time of 
Michaelis, contributed not a little to the elucidation of this subject. From all these authors, 
the American Editor of this work has enriched it with valuable selections. He has also 
added a number of notes,.which are entirely original. He has displayed in the execution of 
his task much sound judgment and research. All the notes he has selected are of sterling 
value: and those which are the result of his own investigation exhibit originality and re- 
search,” (North American Review, October, 1830. vol. xxxiz p. 375.) 


5. Sacred Literature ; comprising a Review of the Principles of Composi- 
tion laid down by the late Robert Lowth, D.D. Lord Bishop of London, in 
his Preelections and Isaiah, and an application of the principles so reviewed 
to the illustration of the New Testament ; ina series of Critical Observations 
on the style and structure of that Sacred Volume. By the Rt. Rev. John 
JeBB, D.D. Bishop of Limerick. London, 1820.8vo. Second Edition, cor- 
rected. 1828. 8vo. 

An analysis of the system developed in this admirable work has already been given in 
Vol. IT. pp. 498—515. 

6. Tactica Sacra: an Attempt to develope, and to exhibit to the eye, by 
Tabular Arrangements, a general Rule of Composition prevailing in the 
Holy Scriptures. By Thomas Boys, A.M. London, 1824. 4to. 

An ingenious attempt to extend to the epistolary writings of the New Testament the 
principles of composition so ably illustrated by Bishop Jebb. The work consists of two 
parts; the first contains the necessary explanations; and the second comprises four of the 


epistles arranged at length in Greek and English examples. For specimens of this work, 
with appropriate Observations, see the British Review, vol. xxii. pp. 176—185. 


7. J.G. Eicouorn Commentationes de Prophetica Poési. Lipsiz, 1823- 
Ato. 


8. An Essay on Hebrew Poetry, Antient and Modern. By Philip Sarcut, 
LL.D. London, 1824. 8vo. 


9. The Spirit of Hebrew Poetry. By J.G. Herper. Translated from 
the German, By James Marsn, Burlington [New Jersey], 1833. 2 vols. 
12mo. 


SECTION III. 


TREATISES ON THE QUOTATIONS FROM THE OLD TESTAMENT IN 
THE NEW. 


1. Joannts Drustt Parallela Sacra: hoc est, Locorum Veteris Testamenti 
cum lis que in Novo citantur conjuncta iouT evs) Ebraice et Grece, 
cum Notis. Franeckere, 1616. 4to. 


2, BiBdoc KaradAayne, in quo secundum veterum Theologorum Hebreorum 





172 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. III. 


Formulas allegandi, et Modos interpretandi, conciliantur Loca ex V. in N. T. 
allegata. Auctore Guilielmo Surenuusio. Amsteledami, 1713. 4to. 


This elaborate Work is divided into four Books. The first treats on the formulz of citing 
the Old Testament in the New; the second, on the modes of quotation; the third, on the 
methods of interpretation adopted by the sacred writers; and the fourth on the mode of 
explaining and reconciling the seeming contradictions occurring in the genealogies. Many 
very difficult passages are here happily illustrated. 


3. Immanuelis Horrmanni Demonstratio Evangelica per ipsum Scrip- 
turarum consensum, in oraculis ex Vet. Testamento in Novo Allegatis de- 
clarata. Edidit, observationibus illustravit, Vitam Auctoris, et Commen- 
tationem Historico-Theologicam de recta ratione Allegata ista interpretand1, 
premisit Tob. Godofredus Hegelmaier. Tubinge. 1773-79-81, in three 
volumes, 4:to. 


In this very elaborate work, every quotation from the Old Testament in the New is printed 
at full length, first as cited by the Evangelists and Apostles, then in the original Hebrew, 
and thirdly in the words of the Septuagint Greek Version. The learned author then 
examines it both critically and hermeneutically, and shows the perfect harmony subsisting 
between the Old and New Testaments. Hoffmann’s Demonstratio Evangelica is extremely 
scarce, and very little known in this country. 


4. The Prophecies and other Texts cited in the New Testament, com- 
pared with the Hebrew original, and with the Septuagint version. To 
which are added Notes by Thomas Ranpoteu, D.D. Oxford, 1782. 4to. | 


This valuable and beautifully-printed tract is now rarely to be met with, and only to be 
procured at seven or eight times its original price. The most material of this excellent 
critic’s observations are inserted in the notes to our chapter on the Quotations from the Old 
Testament in the New, in the former part of this Volume. 


5. The Modes of Quotation, used by the Evangelical Writers, explained 
and vindicated by the Rev. Dr. Henry Owen. London, 1789. 4to. 


The design of this elaborate work is, 1. To compare the quotations of the Evangelists with 
each other, and with the passages referred to in the Old Testament, in order to ascertain the 
real differences: —2. To account for such differences; and to reconcile the Evangelists with 
the Prophets, and with each other: —and, 3. To show the just application of such quotations, 
and that they fully prove the points which they were brought to establish. 


6. A Collation of the Quotations from the Old Testament in the New, 
with the Septuagint. [By the Rev. Thomas Scorr.] 8vo. 


This important Collation is inserted in the ninth and tenth volumes of the Christian 
Observer for the years 1810 and 1811; where it is simply designated by the initials of the 
venerable and learned author’s name. Many of his valuable critical Observations will 
be found in the notes to Part I. Chap. IV. Sect. I. of this Volume. 


7. Passages cited from the Old Testament by the writers of the New 
Testament, compared with the Original Hebrew and the Septuagint Ver- 
sion. Arranged by the Junior Class in the Theological Seminary, Andover, 
and published at their request under the superintendence of M. Stuart, 
Associate Professor of Sacred Literature. Andover, Massachusetts, 1827. 
4to. 


In this beautifully-printed pamphlet the quotations are arranged in a different order from 
that adopted in Part I. Chap. IV. Sect. I. of this Volume. There, we have printed the 
Hebrew, Septuagint, and Greek texts of the New Testament in three parallel columns, with 
English versions of each. In the Anglo-American tract, the quotations are given in three 
columns, thus: Septuagint, Hebrew text, and passages from the New Testament. The 
Hebrew texts are taken, with points, from Michaelis’s edition, printed in 1720; those from 
the Septuagint version are from Mr. Valpy’s edition after the Vatican exemplar; and those 
from the New Testament are from Dr. Knappe’s second edition. The formule of quotation 
are included in brackets, in order that the eye may readily seize them. The tract concludes 
with “an Index of Passages, in which the writers of the New Testament have referred to the 
Old, without formally quoting it.” this is stated to be selected from Dr. Knappe’s Recensus 
Locorum, &c. appended to his edition of the New Testament. ‘There are no notes to 
account for seeming discrepancies in the quotations, nor are there any hints of suggestions 
to enable students to classify them, 


Sect. IV. §1.] ‘Treatises on Manuscripts. 173 


SECTION IV. 


TREATISES ON MANUSCRIPTS AND ON VARIOUS READINGS.—COLLATIONS 
OF MANUSCRIPTS AND COLLECTIONS OF VARIOUS READINGS. 


§ 1. TREATISES ON MANUSCRIPTS. 


1. DE Usu Paleographize Hebraice ad explicanda Biblia Sacra, Dissertatio. 
Scripsit Jo. Joach. BELLERMANN. Hale et Erfordia, 1804. 


2. TycusEen (O.G.) Tentamen de variis Codicum Hebraicorum Veteris 
Testamenti manuscriptorum generibus a Judeis et non-Judeis descriptis, 
eorumque in classes certas distributione, et antiquitatis et bonitatis charac- 
teribus. Rostochii, 1772. 8vo. 


3. Caroli Godofredi Worpir Notitia Codicis Alexandrini, cum Variis ejus 
Lectionibus omnibus. Recudendum curavit, Notasque adjecit Gottlieb 
Leberecht Spohn. Lipsiz, 1790. 8vo. 


4. J. L. Hua de Antiquitate Vaticani Codicis Commentatio. Friburg. 
1810. 4to. 


5. De Antiquissimo Turicensis Bibliothecze Graco Psalmorum Libro, in 
Membrana Purpuref titulis aureis ac litteris argenteis exarato, Epistola: ad 
Angelum Mariam Card. Quirinum scripta a Joanne Jacobo BREITINGERO. 
Turici, 1748. 4to. 


6. H. C. Hwitp Libellus Criticus de Indole MS. Greeci Novi Testamenti 
Vindobonensis Lambecii 34. Accessit Textus Latinus ante-Hieronymianus 
e Codice Laudiano. Havnie, 1785. 8vo. 


Extracts from this manuscript are given in Alter’s edition of the Greek Testament, vol. ii. 
pp. 415—558. in which volume Professor Alter also gave extracts from various MSS, in the 
imperial library at Vienna. 


7. Henr. Phil. Conr. Henxe Codicis Uffenbachiani, qui Epistole ad He- 
bros fragmenta continet, Recensus Criticus. Helmstadii, 1800. 4to. 


This dissertation is also reprinted in Pott’s and Ruperti’s Sylioge Commentationum Theo- 
logicarum, vol.ii. p. 1—32. 


8. Commentatio Critica, sistens duorum Codicum MStorum Biblia He- 
braica continentium, qui Regiomonti Borussorum asservantur, preestantis- 
simorum Notitiam ; cum precipuarum Variantium Lectionum ex utroque 
codice excerptarum Sylloge.  Auctore Theod. Christ. LinteEnTHAL. Regio- 
monti et Lipsiz, 1770. 8vo. 


9. Friderici Mtnrert, Episcopi Selandiz, Notitia Codicis Greeci Evan- 
gelium Johannis variatum continentis. Hauniz, 1828. 8vo. 3 


‘‘ This little tract of Bishop Miinter deserves a place in the library of every critical divine. 
The manuscript, of which it gives an account, cannot however be of any importance except 
in the point of view under which the bishop has brought it forward. On questions of minute 
criticism its testimony is evidently of no value. Every one knows, that certain heretics 
mangled the Gospel of St. Matthew, while Marcion dismembered St. Luke’s; but St. 
Mark’s and St. John’s Gospels were supposed hitherto to have escaped a mutilation of the 
same wilful nature. The manuscript, however, of which this little tract contains the colla- 
tion, appears to exhibit a conception deliberately made, to bring the latter down to a stand- 
ard of certain opinions. It is now in the library of a Johannite convent “ [the Templars of 
St. John of Jerusalem]” at Paris, and appears to be a copy of some more antient MS., 
which is said to exist at present in a monastery on mount Athos; although its very existence, 
or at any rate its present abode, is rather problematical. The original manuscript is assigned 
to the latter part of the twelfth century; but bishop Munter adjudges both it and the Paris 
copy of it to the end of the thirteenth. It contains all the writings of the evangelist St. 
John, but its chief variations from the established copies are confined to the gospel. The 
gospel is divided into sections, each of which is called an évayyeAwv. They correspond 
nearly with our chapters. The bishop’s first notion was, that it might be a corruption of 
some of the Gnostic sects. On closer examination, however, and comparing it with what 
Clemens Alexandrinus, Origen, and other ecclesiastical writers have related of these sects, it 
does not appear to agree with any of their particular corruptions, It is not, however, free 





174 Sacred Philology. (Part II. Ch. Tf. 


from impure Greek, barbarisms, and Latinisms. It is, evidently, also accommodated to 
some peculiar opinions. The deductions drawn by the bishop, as to the doctrines of those 
who concocted this perversion of St. John, are the following : — that they acknowledged the 
Trinity and the orthodox doctrine as to the procession of the Holy Spirit; that they recog- 
nised the divine mission of our Saviour, but attributed his wisdom and his power to his in- 
struction in some Egyptian temple; that they placed all our Saviour’s merit on his divine 

. doctrine, and by no means recognised the efficacy of his death as a sacrifice ; that they de- 
scribed the miracles, with the omission of all that makes them miraculous; that they eject 
almost all actual prophecies, all that relates to Jewish customs, and almost all that has any 
tendency to magnify St. Peter, and they have a curious addendum at xvii. 26. which ascribes 
a kind of supremacy to St. John.” (Foreign Quarterly Review, vol. iv. pp. 312, 313.) In 
all the topics here enumerated, Dr. Miinter has adduced numerous proofs in his collation of 
the manuscript with the received Greek text of the New Testament. A collation of this 
manuscript with Griesbach’s edition of the Greek Testament is given by Dr. Thilo in the 
first volume of his Codex Apocryphus Novi Testamenti, noticed in p. 150. supra. 


10. Codicis Manuscripti N. T. Greeci Raviani in Bibliotheca Regia Bero- 
linensi Publica asservati Examen, quo ostenditur, alteram ejus partem ma- 
jorem ex Editione Complutensi, alteram minorem ex Editione Rob. Stephani 
tertia esse descriptam, instituit Georgius Gottlieb PaprpeLBAUM. Appendix 
exhibet, I. Addenda ad Wetstenii Collectionem Lectionum Varr. Editionis 
Complutensis. II. Epistolam ad Geo. Travis Rev. Anglum jam 1785 
scriptam, at nondum editam. Berolini, 1796, 8vo. 


11. Codicem Manuscriptum Novi Testamenti Gracum, Evangeliorum 
quatuor partem dimidiam majorem continentem, in Bibliotheca Regia Bero- 
linensi publica asservatum, descripsit, contulit, animadversiones adjecit G. 
Th. PAPPELBAUM. Berolini, 1824. 8vo. 


12. A Catalogue of the Ethiopic Biblical Manuscripts in the Royal Library 
of Paris, and in the Library of the British and Foreign Bible Society ; also 
some account of those in the Vatican library at Rome, with Remarks and 
Extracts. To which are added Specimens of Versions of the New Testa- 
ment in the modern languages of Abyssinia, and a Grammatical Analysis of 
a Chapter in the Amharic Dialect ; with fac-similes of an Ethiopic and an 
Amharic Manuscript. By Thomas Pell Piatt, B.A. Fellow of Trinity 
College, Cambridge. London, 1823. 4to. 


A beautifully-executed work, which is of considerable interest to Ethiopic and other ori- 
ental scholars. 


13. Programma Theologicum, Notitiam continens de antiquissimo Codice 
Manuscripto Latinam quatuor Evangeliorum Versionem complectente, et in 
Bibliotheca Academiz Ingolstadiensis adservato. Descripsit Codicem, Va- 
riantes ejusdem a Vulgata Lectiones inde a Marc. xu. 21. usque ad finem 
ghujus Evangelii excerpsit,' et criticé recensuit Sebastianus SEEMILLER. 
Ingolstadii, 1784. 4to. 


14. Dissertatio in aureum ac pervetustum SS. Evangeliorum Codicem 
MS. Monasterii S. Emmerani, Ratisbone. Auctore P. Colomanno SANFTL. 
[ Ratisbone ], 1786. 4to. 


15. Josephi Friderici Scuettinert Descriptio Codicis Manuscripti He- 
breeo-Biblici, qui Stutgardiz in Bibliotheca Illustris Consistorii Wirtem- 
bergici asservatur, cum Variarum Lectionum ex eo notatarum Collectione. 
Praemissa est Dissertatio de justo hodierni Studii, quod in excutiendis 
Codicibus Vet. Testamenti MSS. collocatur, Pretio et Moderamine. Stut- 
gardiz, 1775. 8vo. 


16. Curee Critice in Historiam Textus Evangeliorum, Commentationibus 
duabus Bibliothece Regiz Parisiensis Codices N. T. complures, speciatim 
vero Cyprium, describentibus, exhibite a Joh. M. Augustino Scuoxz, Theo- 
logiz Doctore. Heidelberge, 1820. 4to. 

This publication consists of two Dissertations, the first of which contains the results of 


Dr. Scholz’s researches (during a residence of two years) among forty-eight Manuscripts in 
the Royal Library at Paris, seventeen of which were entirely collated by him, with the great- 


sect. IV. § 2.] Treatises on Various feadings. 175 


est care. Nine of them had never before been collated by any individual. Dr. Scholz fur- 
ther announces in this dissertation his first theory of recensions, of which an abstract has 
been already given in Volume, II. p. 58. note. The second Dissertation comprises a 
minute account of the Codex Cyprius, a manuscript of the four Gospels, of which he has 
for the first time given the entire collation. 


17. Biblische Kritische Reise in Frankreich, der Schweitz, Italien, Pa- 
lastina, und im Archipel, in den Jahren 1818, 1819, 1820,1821, nebst einer 
Geschichte des Textes des N. T. von Dr. Joh. Mart. Augustin SCHOLZ. 
Leipzig und Sorau, 1823. 8vo. 


This work is comparatively little known in England. It contains an account of Dr. 
Scholz’s “* Biblico-Critical Travels in France, Switzerland, Italy, Palestine, and the Archi- 
pelago, between the years 1818 and 1821.” He has briefly described the manuscripts which 
came under his observation, and has extracted the most interesting various readings. He 
has also given a plate of fac-similes of ten of the most remarkable Manuscripts. Many 
of his various readings are inserted by Dr. Schulz in his third edition of Griesbach’s Greek 
Testament ; and also by M. Dermout in the first part of his Collectanea Critica in Novum 
Testamentum. The most important part of Dr. Scholz’s treatise is his Outlines towards a 
History of the Text of the New ‘Testament, containing his second theory of recensions of 
MSS., an abstract of which has been given in Volume II. pp. 58—64. 


18. Natalitia Friderici Guilielmi III. Regis [Borussie] ....... rite 
celebranda Academie Viadrine Vratislaviensis nomine indicit D. Davides 
ScuuLz. Disputatur de Codice 1V. Evangeliorum Bibliothece Rhedi- 
gerianz, in quo Vetus Latina Versio continetur. Vratislaviee, 1814. 4to. 


An inaccurate account of the Codex Rhedigerianus having appeared in the year 1763 from 
the pen of J. E. Scheibel, Dr. Schulz was induced to examine the manuscript with minute 
attention; he has investigated its external appearance, critical value, and age, at considerable 
length, and has inserted its most valuable various readings in his third edition of Griesbach’s 
Greek Testament. 


19. Descriptio Codicis Manuscripti, qui Versionem Pentateuchi Arabici 
continet, asservati in Bibliotheca Universitatis Vratislaviensis ac nondum 
editi, cum speciminibus Versionis Arabica. Auctore G. A. THzINER. 
Vratislavie, 1823. 4to. 


The manuscript described in this dissertation formerly belonged to the Convent of Au- 
gustinians at Sagan: whence it was removed to the University of Breslau, together with 
some other oriental manuscripts. A note, at the end, indicates the date of this MS. to be 
the year 1290. It is supposed to have been written in Egypt by a Christian Copt. (Jour- 
nal de la Littérature Etrangére, 1823. p. 248.) 


§ 2. TREATISES ON VARIOUS READINGS. 


1. Ludovici Cappetii Critica Sacra; sive de Variis, quee in Sacris 
Veteris Testamenti libris occurrunt, Lectionibus Libri sex. Parisiis, 1650. 
folio. Halx, 1775—1786. 3 vols. 8vo. 


In this work Cappel attacked the notion, which at that time obtained generally among 
biblical critics, of the absolute integrity of the Hebrew text. So much were the French Pro- 
testants displeased at it, that they prevented it from being printed either at Sedan, Geneva, or 
Leyden. At length Father Morinus and some other learned men in communion with the 
church of Rome, obtained permission for its publication at Paris. It is now admitted that 
Cappel has fully proved his point. He was however severely attacked by Arnold Boott, in 
his Epistola De Textus Hebraici Veteris Testamenti Certitudine et Authentia, 4to. Parisiis, 
1650, and especially by the younger Buxtorf, who in 1623 printed his Anti- Critica, seu Vin- 
dicie Veritatis Ebraice adversus Ludovici Capelli Criticam, quam vocat Sacram, §c. Basile, 
4to.; in which Buxtorf most strenuously advocates the authority and absolute integrity of 
the Hebrew text. This standard work, which cost its learned author thirty-six years’ labour, 
exhibits in six books the various readings, which result, 1. From a juxta-position of different 
parts of the Old Testament; 2. From a collation of the parallel passages of the Old and 
New Testament; 3. From collations of the Masora, Samaritan Version, and most antient 
printed editions of the Hebrew Scriptures; 4. From a collation of the Septuagint with the 
Hebrew Text; 5. From collations of the Hebrew text with the Chaldee Paraphrase, and the 
Greek versions of Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodotion; with the Latin Vulgate; and with 
the Masoretic and Rabbinical commentators; 6. The sixth and concluding book treats on the 


176 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IIL. 


errors which are to be attributed to transcribers, and on the readings derived from conjectural 
criticism. The best edition of Cappel’s work is the 8vo. one above noticed; it contains his 
various defences of himself against his bitter antagonists, and was superintended by MM. 
Vogel and Scharfenberg, who have inserted numerous valuable notes, in which the argu- 
ments and statements of Cappel are occasionally examined, corrected, or refuted. 


2. Adami RECHENBERGIT Dissertatio Critica de Variantibus Novi Testa- 
menti Lectionibus Grecis. Lipsia, 1690. 4to. 


3. Joannis CLrericr Ars Critica. Svo. Londini, 1698. 


The two first sections of the third part of this very valuable critical work treat on the 
origin and correction of false readings, both in profane and particularly in the sacred 
writers. 


4. Christoph. Matt. Prarriz Dissertatio Critica de Genuinis Librorum 
Novi Testamenti Lectionibus. Amstelodami, 1709. 8vo. 


5. J. H. ab Exswicu Dissertatio de Recentiorum in Novum Feedus 
Critice. Viteberge, 1711. 


6. J. W. Batertr Dissertatio de Variarum Lectionum Novi Testamenti 
usu et abusu. Altdorf, 1712. 


7. J. L. Frey Commentarius de Variis Lectionibus Novi Testamenti. 
Basil. 1713. 


8. Chr. Lupertr Dissertatio de Causis Variantium Lectionum Scripture 
Lipsie, 1730. 


9. Antonii Drigssenrr Divina Auctoritas Codicis Novi Testamenti, vin- 
dicata a strepitu Variantium Lectionum. Groening, 1733. 4to. 


10. J. A. Ostanprr Oratio de Originibus Variantium Lectionum Novi 
Testamenti. ‘Tubingen, 1739. 4to. 


11. J. A. Osianpri Disputatio de Preecipuis Lectionibus Variis Novi 
Testamenti. Tubingen, 1747. 4to. 


12. J. C. Kremm Principia Criticee Sacree Novi Testamenti. Tubingen, 
1746. 4to. 


13. Jo. Geo. RicutTeR Exercitatio de Arte Critica Scripturze Interprete. 
Ludg. 1750. 4to. 


14. C. B. Micuaz tis Tractatio Critica de Variis Lectionibus Novi Tes- 
tamenti caute colligendis et dijudicandis, in qua cum de illarum causis tum 
de cautelis agitur, simulque de codicibus, versionibus antiquis, et Patribus, 
partim curiosa, partim, utilia, asseruntur. Hale, 1749. 4to. 

This treatise was the foundation on which J. D. Michaelis built his ‘admirable chapter” 
on the various readings of the New Testament, as Bishop Marsh most truly terms it. This 


chapter forms by far the largest portion of the first volume of his Introduction to the New 
Testament. The Latin treatise of his father is of extreme rarity. 


15. Jo. Jac. Werstenii Libelli ad Crisin atque Interpretationem Novi 
Testamenti. Adjecta est Recensio Introductionis Bengelii ad Crisin Novi 
Testamenti, atque Glocestrii Ridley Dissertatio de Syriacarum Novi 
Foederis Indole atque Usu. Illustravit Joh. Salomo Semler. Hala Magde- 
burgice, 1766. 8vo. 


The first 109 pages of this volume contain Wetstein’s Animadversiones et Cautiones ad 
Examen Variarum Lectionum Novi Testamenti Necessarie, which were first printed in the 
second volume of his edition of the Greek Testament, pp. 859—874. They have been con- 
sulted for our observations on various readings. Wetstein’s rules for judging of various 
readings are given with great clearness and precision; and the whole yolume is ‘a publi- 
cation which should be in the hands of every critic.” (Bishop Marsh. ) 


Sect. IV. § 3.] Collations of Manuscripts. 177 


oS. COLLATIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS AND COLLECTIONS OF VARIOUS 
READINGS. 


** Of the earlier collections of Various Readings, an account may be seen in Le Long’s 
Bibliotheca Sacra, vol. i. pp. 460—472. ) 


1. Collatio Codicis Cottoniani Geneseos cum Editione Romana a viro 
clarissimo Joanne Ernesto GraBe olim facta; nunc demum summa cura 
edita ab Henrico Owen. Londini, 1778. 8vo. 


2. A Collation of an Indian copy of the Pentateuch, with preliminary 
remarks, containing an exact description of the manuscript, and a notice of 
some others, Hebrew and Syriac, collected by the Rev. C. Buchanan, D. D. 
in the year 1806, and now deposited in the Public Library, Cambridge. 
Also a collation and description of a manuscript roll of the book of Esther, 
and the Megillah of Ahasuerus, from the Hebrew copy, originally extant in 
brazen tablets at Goa; with an English Translation. By Thomas Yeates. 
Cambridge, 1812. 4to. 


An account of the manuscript, which Mr. Yeates has collated in this learned and valuable 
publication, is given in Vol. LI. pp. 87—89. For an analysis of his work, see the Christian 
Observer for the year 1812, pp. 172—174. 


3. Variz Lectiones Veteris Testamenti, ex immensa MSS. editorumque 
Codicum congerie hauste, et ad Samaritanum Textum, ad vetustissimas 
Versiones, ad accuratiores Sacre Criticee Fontes ac Leges examinate : a Jo. 
Bern. DE Rossr. Parme, 1784.87. 4 tomis 4to. Ejusdem Scholia Critica 
in Vetus Testamentum, seu Supplementum ad Varias Sacri Texttis Lectiones. 
Parme, 1799. 4to. 


This collection of various readings to the Hebrew Scriptures may be considered as an 
indispensably necessary supplement to Dr. Kennicott’s critical edition described in pp. 7, 8. 
supra. The total number of manuscripts and printed editions collated for Professor 
De Rossi’s elaborate work amounted to 1100, viz. maANuscrirts collated in his own 
library 691, and in foreign libraries 154; PRINTED EDITIONS in his own library 333, and in 
foreign libraries 42 ; some of which were totally unknown before, and others very imperfectly 
known. He also consulted several Chaldee, Syriac, Arabic, and Latin manuscripts, together 
with a considerable number of rabbinical commentaries. Vol. I. contains the Prolegomena 
of De Rossi, and the various readings of the books of Genesis, Exodus, and Leviticus. 
Vol. II. contains those of the books of Numbers, Deuteronomy, Joshua, Judges, Samuel, 
and Kings. Vol. I1I..comprehends Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, the twelve minor prophets, 
with the Song of Solomon, Ruth, Lamentations, Ecclesiastes,and Esther: and in Vol. IV. 
are the various readings of the books of Psalms, Proverbs, Job, Daniel, Ezra, Neheiniah, and 
Chronicles. The supplemental volume of Scholia Critica, published at Parma in 1799, 
contains the results of M. De Rossi’s further collations. His Prolegomena are a treasure of 
biblical criticism. The critical labours of this eminent philologer ascertain (as Dr. Ken- 
nicott’s valuable and judicious labours had before done), instead of invalidating, the integrity 
of the sacred text, in matters of the greatest importance; as all the manuscripts, notwith- 
standing the diversity of their dates, and of the places Where they were transcribed, agree 
with respect to that which constitutes the proper essence and substance of divine revelation, . 
viz. its doctrines, moral precepts, and historical relations. MM. De Rossi charges the variations 
not merely on the copyists, but on the ignerance and temerity of the critics, who have in all 
ages been too ambitious of dictating to their authors: and who, instead of correcting the 
pretended errors of others, frequently substitute in their place real errors of their own. 


4. Codex Criticus of the Hebrew Bible, wherein van der Hooght’s Text 
is corrected from the Hebrew Manuscripts collated by Kennicott and De 
Rossi, and from the Antient Versions ; being an Attempt to form a Standard 
Text of the Old Testament. To which is prefixed an Essay on the Nature 
and Necessity of such an Undertaking. By the Rev. George Hamirton, 
M. A. London, 1821. 8vo. 

Much as has been accomplished by the learned researches of Dr. Kennicott, Professor 
De Rossi, and other distinguished Biblical Critics, a standard text of the Books of the 
Old Testament is still a desideratum in Sacred Literature, which Mr. Hamilton’s work 
is an able and successful attempt to supply. In his Codex Criticus, “the text of van 
der Hooght is adopted as the basis, being that to which both Kennicott and De Rossi 
' have referred their collations. Every deviation from this text is marked by hollow letters, 


VOL. II. APP. (1) 





178 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. Il. 


and the word or words, as they stand in van der Hooght, are exhibited in the outer 
margin, so that the entire of his text is printed. The inferior margin contains such various 
readings as were deemed worthy of notice, though not entitled toa place in the text ; 
readings probably true being marked (+), and those possibly true ({). In the text each 
variation is preceded by a numerical figure, and followed by two inverted:commas (‘) to 

mark how far it extends: the figure refers to a corresponding one in the outer margin, 
if it be prefixed to a correction, in which case the margin exhibits the rejected reading, 
or to one in the inferior margin, if it be but a various reading. In every case there is also 
a corresponding number in the notes, which expresses the authorities by which the reading 
is supported, or on which-the various reading rests. This plan is in accordance with that 
of Griesbach’s revision.’’ (Eclectic Review, N. S. vol. xviii. pp. 319, 320.) “ On the 
value and utility of the publication before us, it is unnecessary for us to expatiate. The 
purity of the text of the Bible is a subject which possesses the highest importance. This 
Codex Criticus presents in a condensed and commodious, and, what is of no small consi- 
deration, cheap form, the results of Kennicott’s and De Rossi’s labours in sacred cri- 
ticism.”’ (Ibid. p. 324.) 

5. C. A. Bope Pseudo-Critica Millio-Bengeliana, qua allegationes pro 
Variis Novi Testamenti Lectionibus refutantur. Hale, 1767. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Dr. Mill, in his critical edition of the Greek Testament, not being sufficiently acquainted 
with the Oriental versions, had recourse to the Latin translations of them in Bishop 
Walton’s Polyglott, for the various readings of those versions. Consequently he erred 
whenever these were incorrect. Similar mistakes were committed by Bengel from the same 
cause. The design of Professor Bode is to correct the defects and mistakes of those emi- 
nent critics. Bode is considered by his countrymen as a man of most extensive learning, 
but totally destitute of elegance as a writer. 

6. Joannis Alberti BeENGELI£ Apparatus Criticus ad Novum Testamen- 
tum, criseos sacre compendium, limam, supplementum, ac fructum exhi- 
bens. Cura Philippi Davidis Burkii. Tubinge, 1763. 4to. 

The first impression of this work appeared in Bengel’s edition of the Greek Testament, 
published at Tubingen, in 1734, 4to. It was materially enlarged and corrected by 
Burk. Much as has been done by Jater critics, the researches of Bengel and his col- 
lection of Various Readings are not superseded by their learned labours. 

7. Jo. Jac. Grizspacuit Symbole Criticze, ad supplendas et corrigendas 
Variarum N. T. Lectionum collectiones. Accedit multorum N. T. Codicum 
Grecorum Descriptio, et Examen. Hale, 1785-93. 2 tomis 8vo. 


8. Criseos Griesbachianze in Novum Testamentum Synopsis. Edidit 
Josephus Wuire, 8. T. P. Oxonil. 1811. 8vo. 

This small volume is exactly conformable in its design to the beautiful edition of the 
New Testament published by Dr. White in 1808, and noticed in p. 26. supra. It 
“‘ contains all the variations of any consequence, which can be considered as established, 
or even rendered probable, by the investigation of Griesbach. The chief part of these 
readings was given in the margin of that edition, distinguished by the Origenian marks. 
Here the value of each reading or proposed alteration is stated in words at length, and 
therefore cannot be misapprehended. This book may therefore be considered as a kind of 
supplement to that edition, or illustration of it.” (British Critic, (O. S.) vol. xxxviii. p. 395.) 


9. Remarks upon the Systematic Classification of Manuscripts, adopted 
by Griesbach in his edition of the New Testament. By Richard Lav- 
RENCE, LL.D. Oxford and London, 1814. 8vo. 

For a full analysis of this elaborate Treatise of Dr. (now Archbishop) Laurence, see the 
British Critic, (N. 5S.) vol. i. pp. 173—192. 296—315. 401—428., and the Eclectic 
Review, (N. S.) vol. iv. pp. 1—22. 173—189. 

10. Johannis Sauperti Varie Lectiones Textis Greci Evangelii 
S. Mattheei, ex plurimis impressis ac manuscriptis Codicibus collect ; et 
cum Versionibus partim antiquissimis, partim prestantissimis, nec non 
Patrum veteris Ecclesie Greecorum Latinorumque Commentariis collate ; 
premissa Epicrisi de Origine, Auctoritate, et Usu Variarum Novi Testa 
menti Lectionum Greecarum in genere. Helmestadii, 1672. 4to. 


1]. Oede epavepwOn ev capi. Or, a Critical Dissertation upon 1 Tim. iii. 
16. wherein Rules are laid down to distinguish, in various readings, which is 
genuine ; an account is given of above a hundred Greek Manuscripts of St. 
Paul’s Epistles (many of them not heretofore collated); the writings of the 


Sect LV.egic.| Collations of Manuscripts. 179 


Greek and Latin Fathers, and the antient Versions are examined; and the 
common reading of that Text, ‘Gop was manifest in the Flesh, is prov’d to 
be the true One. Being the substance of eight Sermons preach’d at the 
Lady Moyer’s Lecture, in the years Lich and 1738. By JoHn BERRIMAN, 
M.A. London, 1741. 8vo. : 


12. Examen Variarum Lectionum Joannis Millii §.T.P. in Novum Tes- 
tamentum. Opera et studio Danielis Wuirsy, S.T.P. In vol. ii. of Dr. 
Whitby’s Commentary on the New Testament, folio and quarto. 


This vehement attack on Dr. Mill’s Collection of Various Readings, in his critical 
edition of the New Testament, was first published in 1710, and afterwards annexed to 
Dr. Whitby’s Commentary. ‘ His chief object was, to defend the readings of the printed » 
text, and to show that Mill was mistaken in frequently preferring other readings. But, 
how frequently soever Mill has been guilty of an error in judgment, in the choice of this 
or that particular reading, yet the value of the collection itself remains unaltered. Whitby, 
though a good commentator, was a bad critic’’ (Michaelis’s Introd. to the New Test. 
vol. ii. p. 460.) In the following page he severely censures Whitby’s Examen. 


13. Critical Remarks upon the Epistles, as they were published from 
several authentic copies, by John Bebelius, at Basil, in 1531. By Benjamin 
Dawney, York, 1735. 8vo. 


This tract is not of very common occurrence. ‘The common reading is placed first, to 
which is subjoined the text of Bebelius, from his edition of the New Testament printed at 
Basil, in 1531, together which such authorities as favour it. These authorities (which are 
nearly forty in number) consist of Manuscripts, Quotations of the New Testament in the 
writings of the Fathers, and printed copies; and are taken from Dr. Mill’s critical edition 
of the Greek Testament, and other sources. 


14. Jacobi AmMEersFoorpDT Dissertatio Philologica de Variis Lectionibus 
Holmesianis locorum quorumdam Pentateuchi Mosaici. Lugd. Bat. 1815. 4to. 


A Collection of Various Readings for the New Testament made from 
ancient Greek Manuscripts. (In the third volume of Dr. A. Clarke’s Com- 
mentary on the New Testament.) London, 1817. 4to. 


The manuscript, from which this collection of various readings is printed, formerly be- 
longed to the Rev. Dr. Mangey, a distinguished divine in the early part of the eighteenth 
century: but it is ot in his handwriting. Dr. Clarke has minutely described the water- 
marks of the paper on which the collection is written, but he is ignorant by whom it was 
made; nor does he know what MSS. have thus been collated, since no description of them 
appears. He states that the collector of these various readings was greatly attached to 
the Latin Version, as in almost every case he has preferred those readings which agree with 
the Vulgate. Many of the readings thus preferred are those which were adopted by 
Griesbach, and received into the Greek Text of his edition of the New Testament. Dr. 
Clarke is of opinion that this collection of various readings might have been made, either 
in England or in Holland, about one hundred years since, in Aa: reign of King George I. 
It commences with Matt. xxiv. 2., and ends with Rey. xxii. 7. 


16. Collectanea Critica in Novum Testamentum. Auctore Jacobo Der- 
mouT, Theol. Doct. Pars Prior. Lugduni Batavorum, 1825. 8vo. 


This volume contains acollection of various readings (now published for the first time) 
from the Codex Gronovianus 131, a neatly written MS. of the four Gospels, and the Codex 
Meermannianus, containing the four Gospels, Acts, and Epistles, with some chasms: both 
these MSS. arein the University Library at Boe: He has also collated two other MSS. 
in the same library, the readings of which had been imperfectly g given by Wetstein, viz. the 
Codex Petavii 1., containing the Acts and Epistles entire, and the Codex Scaligeri, which 
contains various passages of the New Testament. These four MSS. were collated with the 
Textus Receptus: and-to the readings thus obtained, Dr. Dermout has added numerous 
lections from Scholz’s Biblico-Critical Travels, and from the Codex Berolinensis, a MS. of 
the eleventh century, containing fragments of the Gospels, published by Pappelbaum. All 
these readings are disposed in the order of the several Books and Chapters of the New 
Testament by Dr. Dermout, who promised two other portions of his Collectanea Critica, 
which, however, have not yet been published. They were announced to contain accurate 
descriptions of the manuscripts consulted by him, together with commentaries on select 
passages of the New Testament, which have been or still are the subject of discussion 
among the learned. 

(m) 2 


180 Sacred Philology. (Part IL. Ch. If. 


17. An Historical Account of two notable Corruptions of Scripture, in a 
Letter to a Friend, by Sir Isaac Newron. London, 1830. 8vo. 


A very imperfect copy of this tract, wanting both the beginning and the end, and erro- 
neous in many places, was published at London in the year 1754, under the title of “ Two 
letters fom Sir Isaac Newton to M. Le Clere.” But in the author’s manuscript, which 
was printed for the first time entire in the fifth volume of Sir Isaac Newton’s Works, the 
whole is one continued discourse. ‘Lhe texts in question are the disputed clauses in 1 Tim. iii. 
16. and 1 John y. 7.: the title page above given is prefixed to ‘*‘ Newton’s Letter,” by its 
modern Socinian editors. The copy in the possession of the author of this work was labelled 
‘¢Sir Isaac Newton on two Corruptions of Scripture.” Other copies (it appears from page 3. 
of Dr. Henderson’s learned tract, noticed in the ensuing article) were exposed to sale at the 
modern Socinian Depository, where this tract was published, and labelled SIR ISAAC 
NEWTON on Trinitarian Corruptions of Scripture.” This conduct called forth the fol- 
lowing just but severe strictures from the pen of the Rev. Dr. Henderson. ‘* They” [the 
terms of the Jabel in question] ‘‘are obviously designed to answer a two-fold purpose. 
First, they are intended to imbue the public mind with the belief that Trinitarians, in order 
to support their system, scruple not to falsify the records of divine truth ; and that this 
falsification is not contined to a few sclitary instances, but has been practised to some con- 
siderable extent. Had there been no such design, why not candidly state the whole head 
and front of their offending, as alleged in Sir Isaac’s impeachment ? Why, instead of 
announcing ‘two corruptions,’ or, if deemed preferable, ‘two notable corruptions of Scrip- 
ture,’ is it given indefinitely, as if scores or even hundreds of passages had suffered from 
the fraudulent hand of Trinitarian corruption? Secondly, the celebrated name of Sir Isaac 
Newton is put forth to support with its high sanction the cause of anti- Trinitarianism ; and 
superficial thinkers, or such as may not possess the means of determining what were the 
real sentiments of the ‘first of philosophers,’ will naturally suppose that he espoused that 
cause, and that a system of opinions, which commanded the approval of so mighty a mind, 
cannot but be true.” (Ibid. ) 


18. The Great Mystery of Godliness incontrovertible: or, Sir Isaac 
Newton and the Socinian foiled in the Attempt to prove a Corruption in 
the Text, 1 Tim, ii. 16. Qcoc épavepwOn év capxi, containing a Review of 
the Charges brought against the Passage; an Examination of the Various 
Readings ; and a Confirmation of that in the received Text on Principles 
of General and Biblical Criticism. By E. Henperson, [D. D.1 London, 
1830. 8vo. 


The genuineness of the controverted clause in 1 Tim. iii. 16. is established beyond doubt 
in this ably executed and impartial treatise; which his Grace the present Archbishop of 
Canterbury (Dr. Howley) is stated in the Andover Biblical Repository (vol. i. p. 777.) to 
have characterised as ‘a valuable specimen of critical ability, successfully exerted in the 
investigation and discovery of truth.’’ In an appendix, Dr. Henderson has given a list of 
works, in which the genuineness of the disputed clause is discussed. It ought to be added, 
that his treatise was not originally intended for publication; but was printed in order to 
meet the exigency occasioned by an attempt, on the part of the modern Socinians, to per- 
suade the public that Sir Isaac Newton had proved a corruption of the passage in 1 Tim. 
iii. 16. Dr. Henderson’s treatise is reprinted in the second volume of the Andover Biblical 
Repository, with some additional observations by the Rev. Professor Stuart. ;' 


19. Lucubratio Critica in Acta Apostolorum, Epistolas Catholicas, et 
Paulinas. In qua de classibus Librorum manu scriptorum Questio insti- 
tuitur; Descriptio et Varia Lectio VII. Codicum Marcianorum exhibetur ; 
atque Observationes ad plurima loca cum apostoli tum evangeliorum dijudi- 
canda et emendanda proponuntur, a Guil. Frid. Rink. Basilee, 1830. 8vo. 


§ 4. TREATISES ON THE GENUINENESS OF THE DISPUTED CLAUSES 1N 
1 JOHN v. 7, 8. 


*,* As a copious statement of the evidence for and against the genuineness of the disputed 
clauses, in this memorable passage of the New Testament, is given in Vol. LV. pp. 449, 
et seq. those publications or parts of publications enumerated in the following Bib- 
liographical List, which maintain the spurtousness of the clauses in question, are 
printed in Italics, in order that this section may not be unnecessarily protracted. For 
particulars respecting the line of argument advocated by most of their respective authors, 
the reader is referred to article 46. p. 184. infra. 


1, Adnotationes Millii, aucte et correcta ex Prolegomenis suis, Wet- 





Sect. IV. § 4.] Genaineness of the disputed Clauses in 1 John v.7,8. 181 


stenii, Bengelii, et Sabaterii ad 1 Joann. V.’7, una cum duabus epistolis 

Richardi Bentleii, et Observationibus Joannis Seldeni, Christophori Matthiee 

Pfathi, Joannis Francisci Buddei, et Christiani Friderici Schmidii de- 
eodem loco. Collecta et edite a Thoma Burcess, §.T.P. Episcopo 

Menevensi [postea Sarisburiensi ]. Mariduni [Caermarthen] 1822. 8vo. 

_ With the exception of Wetstein’s note on 1 John V. 7, which impugns the genuineness of the 
disputed clause, all the pieces in this volume are from the pens of the most strenuous of its 
early vindicators. An appendix contains the shorter observations of J. G. Pritius, Frederick 
Lampe, J. F. Buddeus, John Laurence Mosheim, Bishop Fell, Pool’s Compendium of the 
Annotations of Gerhard and Hammond, Kiittner’s Abridgment of Griesbach’s Disquisition 
on this clause; and the concluding remarks of the learned editor on Dr. Mill’s opinion 
concerning the old italic version, and on Bengel’s interpretation of the eighth verse and his 
trausposition of the seventh and eighth verses. 


2. Dissertatio, in qua Integritas et avOevria istius celeberrimi loci 1 Epist. 
Joannis cap. Y. v. 7. a suppositionis nota vindicatur. Authore Thoma SmitH, 
S. T. P. {In his Miscellanea, pp. 121—150.] Londini, 1690. 8vo. 


3. Critique du Passage de l Epistre I de S. Jean, chap. V. v.77. Par. 
Richard Simon. [In his Histoire Critique du Texte du Nouveau Testament, 
Part. I. ch. xviii. pp. 203—218.] Rotterdam, 1689. 4to. 


4. Defensio superioris Dissertationis contra exceptiones D. Simonii. 
Authore Thoma Smiru. [ Miscellanea, pp. 151—173.] Londini, 1690. 8vo. 


5. Historia Dicti Jchannei de Sanctissima Trinitate, 1 Joh. cap. V. vers. 7. 
per multa secula omissi, seculo V. restituti, et exeunte seculo XVI. in ver- 
sionem vernaculam [i. e. Germanicam D. Lutheri] recepti, una cum Apologia 
B. Lutheri, autore Friderico Ernesto Krerrnero. Francofurti et Lipsia, 
1713. 4to. 


This publication was caused by Simon’s attack on the disputed clause, in behalf of which 
the weakest assertions and conjectures are here brought forward as irrefragable arguments. 


6. A Full Enquiry into the original Authority of that Text, 1 JohnV. 7. 
containing an Account of Dr. Mill’s Evidences from Antiquity for and against 
its being genuine. With an Examination of his Judgment thereupon. (By 
Thomas EmMuyn.] London, 1715; 1719. 8vo. 


7. A Critical Dissertation upon the seventh Verse of the fifth Chapter of 
St. John’s First Epistle. Wherein the authenticness of this text is fully 
proved against the objections of Mr. Simon and the modern Arians. By 
David Martin. Translated from the French [which was published in 
1717], by Samuel Jess, M.D. London, 1719. 8vo. 


8. An Answer to Mr. Martin's Critical Dissertation on 1 John V. 7. 
showing the insufficiency of his proofs and the errors of his suppositions ; by 
which he attempts to support the authority of that text from supposed MSS. 
By Thomas Emuyyx. London, 1718. 8vo. 


9. An Examination of Mr. Emlyn’s Answer to the Dissertation. By 
David Martin. ‘Translated from the French. London, 1719. 8vo. 


10. A Reply to Mr. Martin's Examination of the Answer to his Dissertation. 
By Thomas Emuyn. London, 1720. 8vo. 


11. The genuineness of 1 John V. 7. demonstrated by Proofs which are 
beyond all exceptions. By David Martin. London, 1722. Svo. 


12. A Vindication of that celebrated Text, 1 John Vv. Tre from being 
spurious ; and an Explication of it upon the supposition of its being genuine. 
In four Sermons, by Benjamin CALAmY, D.D. London, 1722. 


13. Dissertation sur le Fameux Passage de Ja premitre Epitre de Saint 
Jean, chapitre V. v.7. Par Augustin Catmet. Commentaire Littéral, tom. ix. 
pp. 744—752. Paris, 1726, folio; also in tom. xxiii. pp. 536—551. of the 
Bible De Vence. 8vo. Paris, 1824. 


(m) 3 


182 Sacred Philology. (Part If. Ch. IT. 


14. The Doctrine of the Trinity as it is contained in the Scriptures, ex~ 
plained and confirmed, and Objections answered:.. .. in eighteen Sermons 
preached at Nottingham. By the Rev. James Stross, A.M. London, 1734. 
Second Edition, revised and corrected. London, 1815. 8vo. 

The first sermon contains a vindication of the disputed clause. In the second edition 


some few obsolete words have been expunged, and others more plain and intelligible have 
been substituted. 


15. Joannes Salomonis SemieriVindicie plurium preecipuarum Lectionum 
Novi Testamenti, adversus Whistonum atgque ab eo latas leges criticas. 
Hale, 1751. 8vo. . 

Michaelis characterises this treatise as a profoundly learned and moderate vindication of 
the disputed clause. Semler, however, soon afterwards, altered his opinion, and wrote what 
Michaelis pronounces to be “the most important work on this subject.” (Introd. to New 
Test. vol. iv. p. 413.) 


16. Two Letters from Sir Isaac Newton to Mr. Le Clerc, upon the reading 
of the Greek Text 1 John V.7., and 1 Tim. iii. 16. London, 1754. 8vo. 


See a notice of this publication, p. 180. supra. 


17. Dissertation concerning the genuineness of 1 John V. 7, 8. By George 
Benson, D.D. [In his Paraphrase and Notes on the seven Catholic Epistles, 
pp- 631—646. Second edition. ] London, 1756. 4to. 


18. Letters to Edward Gibbon, Esq. in defence of theAuthenticity of the 
seventh verse of the first Epistle of St. John. By George Travis, M. A., 
Archdeacon of Chester, third and best edition. London, 1794. 8vo. 


19. Letters to Mr. Archdeacon Travis, in Answer to his Defence of the 
Three Heavenly Witnesses, 1 John V. 7. By Richard Porson, M.A. 
London, 1'790. 8vo. 


20. Dissertation on 1 John V.7. By John David Micwarris. [in vol. 
iv. pp. 412—441. of his Introduction to the New Testament, translated from 
the German, by Herbert Marsh, D.D.] 


20. * Letters to Mr. Archdeacon Travis, in Vindication of one of his Notes 
to Michaelis's Introduction .......... With an Appendix, containing a 
Review of Mr. Travis’s Collection of the Greek MSS. which he examined in 
Paris ; an Extract from Mr. Pappelbaum’s Treatise on the Berlin MS. ; and 
an Essay on the Origin and Object of the Velesian Readings. By Herbert 
Marsu, [now D.D.and Bishop of Peterborough.] Leipzig, 1795. 8vo. 


A volume of extreme rarity. 


21. Concerning the genuineness of 1 John V. 7. By John Hey, D.D. 
[In Vol. II. pp. 280—291. of his Lectures in Divinity.] Cambridge, 1796. 
Svo. 

This little essay will amply repay the trouble of perusal from the candid spirit in which it 
is drawn up. ‘The learned author appears to have cherished the hope that future MSS. 


might be discovered, containing the disputed passage. Subsequent researches of other 
critics have shown that such a hope must now be abandoned. 


22. Diatribe in Locum | Joann. V.7, 8. Auctore Joanne Jacobo GRIESBACH. 
[ At the end of Vol. II. of Dr. Griesbach’s Critical Edition of the New Tes- 
tament.] Hale, 1806; Londini, 1810, Editio Nova, 1818, 8ve. 


23. A short Historical Outline of the Disputes respecting the Authenticity 
of the Verse of the Three Heavenly Witnesses, or | John, Chap. V. ver. 7. 
By Charles Buriter, Esq. [Appendix IJ. to his Hore Biblice, or in his 
Miscellaneous Works, vol. i. pp. 365—407.] London, 8vo. 


24. Observations on the Text of the Three Divine Witnesses. By Adam 
CrarKeE, LL.D. [At the end of his Commentary on the first Epistle of 
John, and also in his Succession of Sacred Literature, published at London, 
in 1807. 12mo. ] 


EO Se ge lt 





Sre- 


Se ee ee 


eS ee 


Sect. IV. §4.] Genuineness of the disputed Clauses in 1 John v.'7, 8. 183 


25. The Question concerning the Authenticity y of John V. 7. briefly ex- 
amined. | By the Rev. Joseph Jowett, LL.D. Professor of Civil Law. in the 
University of Cambridge.] In the sixth volume of the Christian Observer 
for the year 1807. 8vo. 


A masterly and temperate discussion of the whole of the evidence which had been ad- 
duced for and against the genuineness of the disputed clause, previously to the year 1807. 


26. Note on 1 John V.7. By T. F. Mrppreton, D.D. [afterwards 
Bishop of Calcutta.] In pp.633—653. of his Doctrine of the Greek Article. 
London, 1808. 8vo. 


27. The Critique on the Eclectic Review [of the English Version of the 
New Testament, published by the modern Socinians] on 1 John VY. 7, confuted 
by Martyn’s. Examination of Emlyn’s Answer; to which is added an Ap- 
pendix, containing Remarks on Mr. Porson’s Letters to Archdeacon Travis. 
By J. Poarez. London, 1809. 8vo. 


28. Observations: on 1 John V. 7. by Frederick Noran, LL.D.—In his 
“‘ Inquiry into the Integrity of the Greek Vulgate,” pp. 293—305. 540—564. 
London, 1815: 8vo. 


29. Three Letters addressed to the Rev. Frederick Nolan, on his erroneous 
Criticisms and Mis-statements in the Christian Remembrancer, relative to the 
Text of the Heavenly Witnesses. ... . By the Rev. John Oxtrr. York, 1825. 
Svo. 


30. Extensive Controversy about the celebrated Text, 1 John V. 7. By 
the Rev. William Hates, D.D. In vol. ii. pp. 133—226. of his Treatise on 
“Faith in the Holy Trinity.” London, 1818. 8vo. 

31. Annotatio ad 1 Epistolam Joannis cap. V. ver..7,8. Auctore Joanne 
Nepomuceno Atzser. In vol. ili. pp. 353—369 of his Institutiones Herme- 
neutice Novi Testamenti. Pestini,; 1818. 8vo. 


32. A Vindication of 1 John V. 7. from the Objections of M. Griesbach, 
in which a new View is given of the external evidence, with Greek Autho- 
rities for the Authenticity of the Verse, not hitherto adduced in its Defence. 
By Thomas Burcess, D.D., Bishop of St. David's [afterwards of Salisbury. ] 
London, 1821. 8vo. 


33. Review of the “Vindication” Se. in the Quarterly Review for March, 
1822. [Attributed to the Rev. Dr. Turton, Regius Divinity Professor in 
the University of Cambridge.] London, 1822. 8vo. 


$4. A Vindication of 1 John V.7.&c. Second Edition: to which is added 
a Preface in reply to the Quarterly Review, and a Postscript in answer to a 
recent publication entitled “ Paleoromaica.” By Thomas Burgess, D.D., 
Bishop of St. David’s. London, 1823. 8vo. 


35. Observations on 1 John V.'7. by Herbert Marsu, D.D., Bishop of 
Peterborough. In part vi. pp. 13—30. of his Lectures in Divinity. Cam- 
bridge, 1822. 8vo. 


36. A Selection of Tracts and Observations on 1 John V.7. Part the First, 
consisting of Bishop Barlow’s Letter to Mr. Hunt; Bishop Smallbrooke’s 
Letter to Dr. Bentley; Two anonymous Letters to Dr. Bentley, with Dr. 
Bentley's Answer; an Extract from Martin’s Examination of Emlyn’s 
Answer relative to that Letter; together with Notes of Hammond and 
Whitby on the controverted Verse; and Dr. Adam Clarke’s Account of the 
Montfort Manuscript. [With a Preface by the Editor, Thomas Burcgss, 
D.D., Bishop of St. David’s.] London, 1824. 8vo. 


37. Three Letters addressed to the Editor of the Quarterly Review, in 
which is demonstrated the Genuineness of the Three Heavenly Witnesses, 


1 John V.7. By Ben David [John Jones, LL.D.] London, 1825. Svo. 


38. A Letter to the Clergy of the Diocese of St. David’s on a Passage of 
(m) 4 


184 Sacred Philology. [Part If. Ch. IIL. 


the Second Symbolum Antiochenum of the Fourth Century, as an evidence 
of the authenticity of 1 John V.7.. By Thomas Burecgss, D.D.,; Bishop of 
St. David’s. London, 1825. 8vo. 


39. Review of the two preceding Articles in the Quarterly Review for 
December, 1825. London, 8vo. [Attributed to the Rev. Dr. Turton. ] 


4). A Vindication of the Literary Character of Professor Porson from the 
Animadversions of the Rt. Rev. Thomas Burgess, D.D., Lord Bishop of 
Salisbury, in various publications on 1 John V.7. By Crito Cantabriguensis. 
[ The Rev. Thomas Turton, D.D., Dean of Peterborough.| Cambridge, 
1827. 8vo. 


41. A Specimen of an intended publication, which was to have been 
entitled A Vindication of them that have the rule over us, for their not 
having cut out the Disputed Passage, | John V.7, 8. from the authorised 
Version. Being an Examination of the first six pages of Professor Porson’s 
IVth. Letter to Archdeacon Travis, of the MSS. used by R. Stephens. By 
Francis Huysue. London, 1827. 8vo. 


This “ Examination” was published after notice had been given in the Literary Journals 
that the ‘ Vindication’ of Professor Porson’s character was in the press, and before that 
work actually appeared. ‘“ Crito Cantabrigiensis,” therefore, devoted pp. 388—404. toa 
refutation of Mr. H's. tract. 


42. Two Letters, respectfully addressed to the Lord Bishop of Salisbury, in 
Defence of certain Positions of the Author, relative to 1 John V.7.; in which 
also the recent arguments of his Lordship are shown to be groundless surmises 
and evident Mistakes. By the Rev. John Oxirr. London, 1828. 8vo. 


43. A Letter to the Rev. Thomas Beynon, Archdeacon of Cardigan, in 
Reply to a Vindication of the Literary Character of Professor Porson, 
by Crito Cantabrigiensis: and in further proof of the Authenticity of 
1 John V. 7. By Thomas Bureess, D.D., Bishop of Salisbury. Salisbury, 
1829. 8vo. 


44. New Criticisms on the celebrated Text, 1 John V.7. A Synodical 
Lecture, by Francis Anthony Knitrex, Counsellor to the Consistory, and 
General Superintendent of the Grand Duchy of Brunswick Linenbourg. 
Published at Brunswick in 1785. ‘Translated from the original German, by 
William Alleyn Evanson, M.A. London, 1829. 8vo. 


The original German work of Knittel, which bas long been scarce upon the continent, is 
thus characterised by Michaelis : —‘* This is a valuable work, and much useful information 
may be derived fromit: but in the proof of the principal point the author has totally failed.” 
(Introd. to the New Testament, vol. iv. p. 413.) This opinion has been confirmed in the 
following terms by a modern biblical critic : — 


‘« Knittel’s ‘ New Criticisms’ are laboured and ingenious, written in a very declamatory 
style, and calculated by their plausibility to produce on the minds of novices in the contro- 
versy an impression in favour of the passage which he has taken under bis protection. They 
are always wanting in the simplicity, which an accomplished scholar will be concerned to 
maintain in the conduct of an important argument, and are not less deficient in the substan- 
tial proofs, and clear and strong presumptions which command our assent. With the ap- 
pearance and pretension of a methodical arrangement of his materials, uhere is but little of 
it in the discussions which follow ; and we close the work without having acquired any dis- 
tinct apprehensions of the subject on which we have been engaged.” (Eclectic Review, 
Third Series, vol. iii. p. 181.) 


45. Remarks upon Mr. Evanson’s Preface to his Translation of Knittel’s 
New Criticisms on 1 John V.7. By Clemens Anglicanus [The Rev. Thomas 
Turton, D.D.] London, 1829. 8vo. 


46. Memoir of the Controversy respecting the Heaven’y Witnesses, 1 John 
V.7., including critical Notices of the Principal Writers on both sides of the 
Question. By Criticus [the late Rev. William Orme, M.A.] London, 
1830. 12mo. 


This work must have cost its author no small labour ; although it does not pretend to ex- 
hibit a full and complete history of the controversy, yet not a single publication of any note 





Sect. V. § 1.] Treatises on Versions of the Scriptures. 185 


is omitted. Numerous smaller notices relative to various other minor authors, who have 
treated directly or incidentally on the subject, are interspersed ; and as many of the works 
given in the preceding bibliographical list are now become rare and with difficulty to be 
procured, the reader who is desirous of investigating the history of this memorable contro- 
versy, will be gratified with the candid spirit and diligent research which pervade every page 
of Mr. Orme’s able and well-written Memoir. 


47. An Introduction to the Controversy on the disputed verse of St. John, 
as revived by Mr. Gibbon: to which is added Christian Theocracy ; for the 
doctrine of the Trinity and the Ministration of the Holy Spirit, the leading 
and pervading Doctrine of the New Testament, in] a Second Letter to 
Mrs. Joanna Baillie. By the Bishop of Salisbury [Thomas Burezss, D.D.] 
Salisbury, 1835. 8vo. 


The design of the ‘‘ Introduction,” (which was first privately printed in 1833), is * to re- 
call the attention of the readers to that state of the inquiry into the authenticity of the dis- 
puted verse of St. John, in which it was, prior to the publication of Archdeacon Travis’s and 
Mr. Porson’s Letters, when it was revived by Mr. Gibbon’s celebrated note to the thirty- 
seventh chapter of his History.” The following are the subjects discussed by the learned 
prelate. “ Mr. Gibbon, an enemy to Christianity, and morally incapable of impartiality on 
any question relative to its scriptures and doctrines ; — his falsifications of authorities re- 
specting the great doctrines of Christianity ; — incorrectness of his general positions respect- 
ing the controverted verse ; — incorrectness of his particular objections to the verse.” 


48. Two Letters on some parts of the Controversy concerning 1 John 
V. 7.; containing also an Enquiry into the Origin of the first Latin Version 
of Scripture, commonly called the Italic. By Nicholas Wiseman, D.D 
Rome, 1835. 8vo. 

These letters were first published in this country, in the third volume of the [Roman—] 
Catholic Magazine. On the authority of a manuscript of the Latin Bible preserved in the 
monastery of Santa Croce in Jerusalem. which he thinks as old as the seventh century, Dr. W. 
argues in favour of the genuineness of the disputed clause in ] John V. 7, 8. The reader 
will find some acute strictures on his theory ‘in the Appendix to Dr. Wright’s translation of 
Seiler’s Biblical Hermeneutics, pp. 633—650. 


49. Dr. Wiseman on 1 John V.7, 8. By the Rev. Francis Huysue. [In 
the British Magazine, vol. v. pp.’702—707.] London, 1834. 8vo. 7 

The Rev. Author of this communication is also the writer of numerous papers bearing 
on the authenticity of 1 John V. 7, 8., which are printed in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and 
seventh volumes of the British Magazine, under the title of “ A Vindication of the early 
Parisian Press.” 

50. Martini Augustini Scnoiz. Diatribe brevis in locum 1 Joannis 
V.7,8. [In Vol. If. pp. 132, 133. of his Critical Edition of the New Testa- 
ment.] Lipsiz, 1836. 4to. 

51. Three Letters to the Rev. Dr. Scholz, Editor of a new Edition of the 
Greek Testament, Lips. 1836, on the Contents of his Note on 1 John V. 7. 
By the Bishop of Salisbury [Thomas Burerss, D.D.] Southampton, 
1837. 8vo. 


‘These letters have not been published for sale: they were printed for private distribution 
only a few weeks before the decease of their learned and venerable author, who advocated 
the genuineness of the disputed clause in opposition to the evidence against it, which had 


’ been adduced by Dr. Scholz. 





SECTION V. 


TREATISES ON VERSIONS OF THE SCRIPTURES. 
§ l. TREATISES ON ANTIENT VERSIONS. 


1. Novi Testamenti Versiones Syriac, Simplex, Philoxeniana et Hieroso- 
lymitana, denuo examinate, et ad fidem Codicum Manuscriptorum Biblio- 
thecarum, Vaticane, Angelice, Assemanianz, Medicez, Regi, aliarumque ; 
novis Observationibus atque Tabulis cre incisis illustrate a Jacobo Georgio 
Christiano ADLER. MHafnie, 1789. 4to. 


186 Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. III. 


2, G. H. Bernstetn de Versione Novi Testamenti Syriacad Heracleensi 
Commentatio. Lipsiz, 1822. 4to. 


3. Veteris Interpretis cum Bez aliisque Recentioribus Collatio. Auctore 
Joanne Bots. Londini, 1655. 4to. 
In this work, which is now of extreme rarity, the author has successfully shown that, in 


many places, the modern translators had unduly depreciated the Vulgate, and unnecessarily 
departed from it. 


4, Dissertatio Theologico-Critica de Vi, quam antiquissime Versiones quee 
extant Latine in Crisin Evangeliorum IV habeant, exhibita a M. C. A. 
BreyTHER. Merseburgi, 1824. 8vo. 


5. De Nomine, Auctore, Emendatoribus, et Authentid Vulgate Disser- 
tatio. Auctore Josepho Brunati. Vienne, 1827. 8vo. 


6. De Prophetarum Minorum Versionis Syriace, quam Peschito dicunt, 
Indole, Dissertationes Philogico-Critice. Dissertatio I. Scripsit Carolus 
Augustus CREDNER. Gottingee, 1827. 8vo. 


7. J. A. Dorn De Psalterio /Ethiopico Commentatio. Lipsie, 1825. 4to. 


8. J. F. Fiscuert Prolusiones de Versionibus Grecis Librorum Veteris 
Testamenti. Lipsiz, 1772. 8vo. 


9. Jo. Ernest. Graxpit Epistola ad clarissimum virum, Jo. Millium; qua 
ostenditur Libri Judicum Genuinam LXX. Interpretum Versionem eam esse, 
quam MS. Cod. Alexandrinus exhibet; Romanam autem Editionem, quoad 
dictum librum, ab illa prorsus diversam, atque eandem cum Hesychian& 
esse. Subnexa sunt tria Nove réy 6 Editionis Specimina. Oxonii, 1705. 4to. 


In this tract, which is not of common occurrence, Dr. Grabe announced and also gaye 
specimens of the critical edition of the Septuagint, which is described in p. 45. supra. 


10. Joh. Ernest. Grasit Dissertatio de variis Vitiis Septuaginta Inter- 
pretum Versioni ante B. Origenis zevum illatis, et remediis ab ipso in Hex- 
aplari ejusdem Versionis Editione adhibitis, deque hujus editionis reliquiis 
tam manuscriptis quam prelo excusis. Oxonii, 1710. 4to. ~ 


A rare and valuable tract. 


11. De Pentateuchi Versionis Syriacee, quam Peschito vocant, Indole, 
Commentatio Critico-Exegetica. Scripsit Ludovicus Hrrzer.  Lipsia, 
1825. 8vo. 


12. Bellum Papale; sive, Concordia Discors Sixti Quinti, et Clementis 
Octavi, circa Hieronymianam Editionem. Auctore Thoma James. Lon- 
dini, 1606, 4to. Londini, 1678. 8vo. 


13. Commentatio Critica de Ephreemo Syro, S. S. interprete ; qua simul 
Versionis Syriac, quam Peschito vocant, Lectiones varie ex Ephremi 
commentariis collectaee exhibentur. Scripsit Ceasar 4 Lencerxe. Hale, 
1828. Ato. 


14. [Letters on] Alcuine’s Bible, in the British Museum. By Sir 
Frederick Mappen, Knt. London, 1836. 8vo. 


The manuscripts of the Latin Vulgate Version, which are preserved in the royal and 
national libraries of Europe, are so numerous, that any complete description of them is 
scarcely tobeexpected. These letters of Sir F. Madden, who is principal keeper of the MSS. 
in the British Museum, were first printed in the Gentleman’s Magazine for October, No- 
vember, and December, 1836; and they demand a notice in this place on account of the 
erudite bibliographical description which they contain of one of the oldest manuscripts of the 
Latin Vulgate Version whichis extant. Whether the MS. in question was actually the 
autograph of Alcuine, of whose critical recension of the Vulgate Version a brief notice is 
given in Vol. IT. p. 236.) is reasonably disputed. Sir F. Madden is inclined to regard 
it, together with a MS. in the Royal Library at Paris (N°. 1.) and another in the Library 
of the Canons at Zurich, as the labour of the students in the school established by Alcuine, 
in the monastery at Tours, but superintended by Alcuine himself, Consequently, it must 


| 


4 
: 





a ee ee 9 oe ee ran 


Sect. Vi $12] Treatises on Antient Versions of the Scriptures. 187 


have been written towards the close of the eighth century. - In a critical point of view, it is 
an important evidence against the authenticity of the disputed clause in 1. John. V. 7, 8., 
which is wanting in this manuscript, as itis in all the most antient MSS. of the Vulgate 
version, containing the entire New Testament. Sir F. Madden is of opinion that the 
manuscript in the British Museum has superior claims to be considered as the copy 
presented by Alcuine to the emperor Charlemagne. It was purchased by the trustees of the 
British Museum for the sum of seven hundred and fifty pounds. 


15. Remarques sur la Version Italique de S. Matthieu, qu’on a découvert 
dans des fort anciens Manuscrits. Par Jean Martianay. Paris, 1695. 8vo. 


16. Joan. Davidis Micuarrtis Cure in Versionem Syriacam Actuum 
Apostolicorum. Cum Consectariis Criticis de indole, cognationibus, et usu 
Versionis Syriacee Tabularum Novi Foederis. Gottinge, 1755. 4to. 


17. De Origine Versionis Septuaginta Interpretum: Auctore S. T. 
MuEcKE, correctore Lycei Soraviensis. Zullichovie, 1788. 8vo. 
Bp. Marsh pronounces this to be “avery useful work, as it represents both concisely and 


perspicuously the several topics which suggest themselves for consideration on the origin of 
the Septuagint version.” (Lectures, part iii. p. 123.) 


18. Friderici Munrer Commentatio de Indole Versionis Novi Testamenti 
Sahidice. Accedit Fragmentum Epistole Pauli ad Timotheum, ex mem- 
brano Sahidico Manuscripto Borgiano, Velitris. Hafniz, 1789. 4to. 


19. An Enquiry into the present State of the Septuagint Version of the 
Old Testament. By Henry Owen, D.D. London, 1769. 8vo. 

All Dr. Henry Owen’s works are characterised by sound criticism and laborious research. 
Bp. Marsh, who says that he is an excellent critic, observes that his Historical and Critical 


Account of the Septuagint Version “ should be read by every man who wishes to be ac- 
quainted with the history of that version.” 


20. A Brief Account, Historical and Critical, of the Septuagint Version of 
the Old Testament. To which is added a Dissertation on the comparative 
Excellency of the Hebrew and Samaritan Pentateuch. By Dr. Henry 
OweEn, F.R.S., &c. London, 1787. 8vo. 

“‘ The learned author of this piece has bestowed very laudable pains upon his subject, 
and brought into a very small compass many just remarks, and much useful information ; 


which will not fail to be highly acceptable to those who are engaged in the study of the 
Scriptures.” (Month. Rev. (O. 8.) vol. Ixxvill. p. 226.) 


21. Lectiones Alexandrine et Hebraic, sive de emendando textu Veteris 
Testamenti Graeci Septuaginta Interpretum et inde Hebraico. Scripsit Jo. 
Theophilus PLuscuxe. Bonne, 1837. 8vo. 


22. De Psalterii Syriaci Mediolanensis, 4 Cajetano Bugati editi peculiari 
indole, ejusdemque usu critico in emendando textu Psalterii Greeci Septua- 
ginta Interpretum. Scripsit Jo. Theophilus PLuscuxe. Bonne, 1835. 8vo. 


23. F. V. Reinnarpi Dissertatio de Versionis Alexandrine authoritate 
et usu in constituenda Librorum Hebraicorum Lectione genuind. Vitem- 


berge, 1777. 4to. 


24. De Syriacarum Novi Feederis Versionum Indole atque Usu Dissertatio. 
Philoxenianam cum Simplice, e duobus pervetustis Codd. MSS. ab Amida 
transmissis, conferente Glocestrio RipLrey. Londini, 1761. 4to. 

This very scarce tract is reprinted at the end of Semler’s edition of Wetstein’s Libelli ad 


Crisin atque Interpretationem Novi Testamenti, (8vo. Hale, 1776), pp. 247—339..from 
a copy then in the library of the celebrated Michaelis. 


25. De Origine et Indole Arabicee Librorum Veteris Testamenti His- 
toricorum Interpretationis Libri II. Scripsit Aimilius RorpicEr. Passim 
adjecta sunt Scholia Tanchumi Arabici, aliaque anecdota. Halis Saxonum, 
1829. 4to. 

The design of this publication is, to show that the Arabic Version was not made from 
the Septuagint ; but that the greater part of it was executed from the Syriac Version ; viz. 
the books of Judges, Ruth, Samuel, 1 Kings i. to xi. 2 Kings xii. 17—xxv. and Nehemiah 
ix. 28. to xiii.; that 1 Kings xii. to 2 Kings xii. 16. was made from the Hebrew; that 


188 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. III. 


Nehemiah i. to ix. 27., though made from the Hebrew, has, in several places, been interpo- 
lated from the Syriac. M. Roediger is of opinion that the author of the Arabic Version was 
a Christian who lived in the thirteenth century. 


96. Ern. Frid. Car. RoseNMULLER de Versione Pentateuchi Persica 
Commentatio. Lipsia, 1513. 4to. 


This academical disquisition treats on the author and editions of the Persic Version, and 
on its sources and character, A critical examination of various passages is annexed. 


27. Animadversiones, quibus Fragmenta Versionum Grecarum V. T. 
a Bern. Montefalconio collecta, illustrantur a Jo. Gottfr. ScHARFENBERG. 
Lipsia, 1776. 8vo. 


28. Joh. Frid. Scuteusnert Opuscula Critica ad Versiones Grecas 
Veteris Testamenti pertinentia. Lipsia, 1812. 8vo. 


The first part of this volume contains observations on the authority and use of the Greek 
fathers in settling the genuine reading of the Greek Versions of the Old Testament. The 
second part comprises observations and conjectural emendations on those versions, 


29. Descriptio codicis manuscripti, qui versionem Pentateuchi Arabici 
continet, asservati in Bibliotheca Universitatis Vratislaviensis, ac nondum 
editi, cum  speciminibus Versionis Arabice. Auctore J. A. THEINER. 
Wratislavie, 1823. 4to. 


The manuscript described in this dissertation formerly belonged to an Augustinian 
Convent at Sagan ; whence, with other Oriental manuscripts, it was transferred to the uni- 
versity livrary at Breslau. A note in the end states that it was written A.D, 1290, pro- 
bably in Egypt, and by a Christian Copt. (Journal Général de la Littérature Etrangére. 
Paris, 1823, p. 248.) ; 


30. Th. E. Toerrer de Pentateuchi Interpretationis Alexandrine Indole 
Critica atque Hermeneutica Commentatio. Halis Saxonum, 1830. 


31. Ussrerit (Jacobi, Armachensis Archiepiscopi) de Graeeca Septuaginta 
Interpretum Versione Syntagma. -Londini, 1665. 4to. 


“‘ It is divided into nine chapters, and relates to the origin of the version according to the 
account of Aristeas (then supposed to be genuine), to the time when and the place where it 
was written, to the alterations which were gradually made in its text, to the corrections of 
Origen, to the modern editions, and other subjects with which these are immediately con- 
nected. This is a work of great merit: it displays much original inquiry ; and may be 
regarded as the ground-work of later publications on the Septuagint.” (Bp. Marsh’s Lec- 
tures, partii. p. 121.) 


32. G. B. Winer de Onkeloso ejusque Paraphrasi Chaldaica Dissertatio. 
Lipsiz, 1820. 4to. 


33. Horee Syriacee, seu Commentationes et Anecdota Res vel Litteras 
Syriacas spectantia: auctore Nicolao WisemMAN, 8.T.D. Tomus I. Rome, 
1828. 8vo. 


This profoundly learned volume comprises collections for the Literary History of the 
Syriac Versions of the Old Testament, and particularly of the Peschito or Old Syriac 
Version, drawn for the most part from original sources. These are followed by details of 
great value respecting the Karkaphensian Recension of the Syriac Version, which is here 
for the first time described. To the whole is prefixed an elaborate attempt to uphold the Romish 
gloss on Matt. xxvi. 26 , respecting transubstantiation, purporting to be drawn from Syriac 
sources, and containing a collection of words for a supplement to the Syriac Lexicons extant. 
Dr. Wiseman’s Syriac quotations have been subjected to a minute and critical examination 
by Professor Lee in his prolegomenato Mr. Bagster’s edition of the Polyglott Bible, p. 29. 
of the folio edition, or pp. 41, 42. of the quarto edition. Among the Syriac writers whom 
Dr. W. has quoted, as maintaining transubstantiation, is Dionysius Barsalibzeus or Barsa- 
libi (Hore Syriace, p. 57.): but he wrote the treatise cited by Dr. W. acarnst the Franks 
or Papists towards the close of the twelfth century. (Assemanni’s Bibliotheca Orientalis, 
vol. ii. pp. 156, 157. &c.) In pp. 57. and 58. of the Hore Syriac, according to Barsa- 
libi and Maruthas, the bread and wine are called the body and blood of Christ; but the 
bread is Never said to be changed into the flesh of Christ, which, Prof. Lee remarks, is 
of great im»ortance. And Barsalibi himself elsewhere teaches, that these expressions are 
taken my:tically; which Dr. Wiseman rorcor to show. In p.191., he says, (as Pro- 
fessor Lee translates him), “ Panem, inguit, oculo anime contemplamur,” et (p. 159.) “ facitque 








Sect. V. §2.] Treatises on Modern Versions of the Scriptures. 189 


eum corpus Divino et MystIco Mopo.” That is, “We contemplate, he says, the bread with 
the eye of the soul:” and in p.159., ‘* and he makes it his body in a vivine and MysticaL 
MANNER.” Dr, Wiseman having quoted (Hor. Syr. p. 59.) a passage from an Arabic 
translation from the Syriac of some very antient canons of the Syrian church (made in the 
three hundred and eighty-second year of the Mohammedan era of the Hegira, a. p. 1004), 
in order to show that transubstantiation was held by that church ; — Professor Lee charges 
Dr. Wiseman with having MisTRANSLATED the passage in question, which ought to be 
rendered thus, ‘ He,” (that is, Jesus Christ) “ gave it’’ (his body) “ to us for the remission 
of sins, after that he had assimiiated it to himself: yea, he said, ‘This is my body :’ but did 
not say, ‘This is like to my body.’ —‘ Illud nobis dedit ..... . . in remissionem pec- 
catorum, postquam id sibimet assimilaverat: imo dixit, ‘ Hoc est corpus meum,’ at Non 
dixit, ‘ Simile est corpori meo.’” ‘That is, that the sacrament ought to be received with 
faith, as my body itself, but not as any likeness of it, which, indeed, would be idolatry. 
The authorities, therefore, which Dr. Wiseman professes to quote in support of the Romisb 
tenet of transubstantiation, do not afford him any support whatever. Further, as Dr. Wise- 
man has professed a wish for some philological illustrations in behalf of the Protestant or 
True mode of interpreting Matt. xxvi. 26., Dr. Lee preceeds to gratify his wish ; and 
accordingly cites one passage from the Old Syriac Version of 1 Kings xxii. 11. ; another 
from the Arabic poem, Hamasa, and from an Arabic scholiast on it; and another from the 
Persian poet, Saadi: all which anunbANrLY conrirmMthe Protestant mode of interpretation. 
Professor Lee has given the original passages in these Oriental languages, accompanied 
with a Latin translation; which the limits necessarily prescribed to this notice compel us to 
omit. And, finally, he concludes with observing, that there are not wanting Syriac authors, 
of considerable repute, who testify that the Lord’s Supper is a mystical and rational re- 
presentation of the unbloody sacrifice. For this statement, Dr. Lee refers to Assemanni’s 
Bibliotheca Orientalis, tom. i. pp. 479-—483., where the elements are called mysteries. 





§ 2. TREATISES ON MODERN VERSIONS OF THE SCRIPTURES. 


1. A History of the Translations which have been made of the Scriptures, 
from the earliest to the present age, throughout Europe, Asia, Africa and 
America. By Herspert Marsu, D.D. [Bishop of Peterborough.] London, 
1812. 8vo. 


2. An Historical Sketch of the Translation and Circulation of the Scriptures, 
from the earliest period to the present time. By the Rev. W. A. Tuomson, 
and the Rev. W. Orme. Perth, 1815. 8vo. 


1. An Historical Account of the several English Translations of the 
Bible, and the Opposition they met with from the Church of Rome. By 
Anthony Jounson. London, 1730. 8vo. Also in the third volume of 
Bishop Watson’s Collection of Theological Tracts. 


2. A Letter, showing why our English Bibles differ so much from the 
Septuagint; though both are translated from the Hebrew original. [By 
Thomas Brett, LL.D.] London, 1743. 8vo. 


A second edition was published in 1760, entitled a Dissertation, instead of a Letter, 
It has been reprinted by Bishop Watson, Tracts, vol. iii. 


3. A History of the principal Translations of the Bible. By John Lewis, 
M.A. London, 1739. 8vo. 

The first edition of this valuable work, to which all succeeding writers on the history of 
the English Versions of the Scriptures are indebted, was prefixed to Mr. Lewis’s folio edi- 


tion of the venerable John Wickliffe’s English version of the New Testament. It was re- 
printed in 1818, at London, with some unimportant additions, in one volume, 8vo. 


4. An Historical View of the English Biblical Translations; the expedience 
of revising by authority our present Translation, and the Means of executing 
such a Revision. By William Newcome, D.D., Bishop of Waterford. 
Dublin, 1792. 8vo. 


5. A List of Editions of the Bible, and Parts thereof in English, from the 


190 Sacred Philology. [Part I]. Ch. III. 


years MDV. to MDCCCXX. With an appendix, containing Specimens of 
Tranelatioris and Bibliographical Descriptions. By the Rev. Henry Corton, 
D.C. L. Oxford, at the Clarendon Press, 1821. 8vo. 


Though the author of this unassuming but very interesting ‘‘List” modestly terms it 
‘an Appendix” to the latter part of Lewis’ s work, it will be found a very useful publi- 
cation to those who may not be possessed of Lewis’s History. It is evidently the result 
of deep research, and is drawn up with great care. The notes, which are not numerous, 
are strictly bibliographical, and contain much valuable information for the collectors of rare 
books; while considerable additional interest is imparted to the work by the specimens 
of early translations which will be found in the appendix. 


6. Dangerous Errors in several late printed Bibles, to the great scandal 
and corruption of sacred and true Religion. Discovered by William 
Kitpurn. Printed at Finsbury, anno 1659. 8vo. 


This very curious tract points out numerous “ pernicious, erroneous, and corrupt Erratas, 
Escapes, and Faults in several Impressicns of the Holy Bible and Testament, within 
these late years” [during the great rebellion] “ commonly vended and dispersed, to the 
great scandal of religion, but more particularly in the impressions of Henry Hills and John 
Field, Printers.” A copy is in the Library of the British Museum. 


7. The Existing Monopoly, an inadequate protection of the Authorised 
Version of the Scriptures. Tour Letters to the Right Hon. and Right Rev. 
the Lord Bishop of London; with Specimens of the intentional and other 
departures from the authorised standard. To which is added a Postscript, 
containing the Complaints of a London Committee of Ministers on the 
subject ; the Reply of the Universities ; and a Report on the importance of 
the Alterations made. By Thomas Curis. London, 1833. 8vo. 


8. Mr. Curtis’s Misrepresentations Exposed. By Edward CarpweELt, 
D.D. Oxford, 1833. 8vo. 


9. The Text of the English Bible Considered. By Thomas Turron, 
D.D., Regius Professor of Divinity in the University of Cambridge, and 
Dean of Peterborough. Cambridge and London, 1833. Svo. Second 
Edition, corrected and enlarged, 1834. 8vo. . 


The reader will find a full account of Mr. Curtis’s misrepresentations, and an abstract of 
the refutation of them by the Rey. Drs. Cardwell and Turton, in the British Critic for 
July, 1833, pp. 1—26. There is also an impartial article on this subject in the Eclectic 
Review for June, 1833 (third series, Vol. ix. pp. 509—533.) It may suffice here to state, 
generally, that Mr. Curtis has altogether failed in his attacks upon our present authorised 
version, and upon the editions of it printed by the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. 
It is proper to add, that the sub-committee of Dissenting Ministers, who were appointed by 
the “ London Committee,” mentioned in Mr. Curtis’s title-page, caused an advertisement 
to be inserted in the Times newspaper, of March 26. 1833, in which they. stated that Mr. 
Curtis had acted without their concurrence, and that they did not consider themselves re- 
sponsible for any statements already made by him, or which he might thereafter make. His 
pamphlet “seemed to announce some very great, serious, alarming, and crying evil, calling 
for immediate and decisive remedy. We apprehend, however, that every unprejudiced 
reader will feel that these evils have been exceedingly exaggerated ; and that no case what- 
ever, as far, at least, as it affects our universities, has been established.” (Christian Guar- 
dian, March, 1833, p. 107.) 


10.. Reasons why a new Translation of the Bible should not be published, 
without a previous statement and examination of all the material Passages 
which may be supposed to be misinterpreted. [By Thomas Buracess, D.D., 
afterwards Bishop of Salisbury.] Durham, 1816. 8vo. 


1]. Reasons in favour of a New Translation of the Holy Scriptures. By 
Sir James Bland Burces, Bart. London, 1819. 8vo. 


12. A Vindication of our authorised Translation and Translators of the 
Bible, and of preceding English Versions authoritatively commended to the 
Notice of those Translators, &c. By the Rev. H. J. Topp, M.A. London, 
1819. 8vo. 


Sect. V. § 2.) Treatises on Modern Versions of the Scriptures. 191 


13. An Authentic Account of our authorised Translation of the Bible. By 
the Rev. Henry John Topp, M.A. London, 1835. 8vo. 


14. An Historical and Critical Inquiry into the Interpretation of the 
Hebrew Scriptures, with Remarks on Mr. Bellamy’s new Translation. By 
J. W. Wuitrraker, M.A. London, 1819. 8vo. Supplement, 1820. 8vo. 


15. Vindiciz Hebraice; or a Defence of the Hebrew Scriptures, occasioned 
by the recent strictures and innovations of J. Bellamy, and in confutation of 
his attacks on all preceding Translations, and on the Established Version in 
particular. By Hyman Hurwitz. London, 1820. 8vo. 

This author is a learned Jewish Teacher; who, while he has exposed Mr. Bellamy’s 
misinterpretations with great learning, has rendered to British Christians an incalculable 
service, by showing the general excellence of our authorised English Version ; and has also, 
perhaps unwittingly, silenced the Jewish objector, who used to deny the validity of the 
Old Testament as cited from that version. 

16. A Letter to the Rt. Rev. Herbert [Marsu, ] Lord Bishop of Peter- 
borough, on the Independence of the authorized Version of the Bible. By 
Henry Watrter, B.D. London, 1823. 8vo. 

17. Hints for an improved Translation of the New Testament. By 
James SCHOLEFIELD, M.A. Regius Professor of Greek in the University of 
Cambridge. Cambridge and London, 1832. 8vo. Second Edition, with 
Additions, 1836. 8vo. 

“In every part of these notes we observe a judicious treatment of the subjects brought 
under discussion ; and there is scarcely an emendation proposed, to which we should be 
prepared to hazard an objection.” (Eclectic Review, for April, 1833. Third Series, vol.ix. 
p- 317.) Very many passages are happily elucidated in this unassuming but truly learned 
publication. 

18. Observations upon the Expediency of revising the present English 
Version of the four Gospels, and of the Acts of the Apostles. By John 
Symonps, LL.D. Professor of Modern History in the University of 
Cambridge, 1789. 4to. 

18*. Observations on the Expediency of revising the present English 
Version of the Epistles in the New Testament. By John Symonps, LL.D. 
1794. Ato, 


The same method of classification is pursued in both these publications. ‘‘ Of the observ- 
ations themselves it must be said, that many are just and useful; but many also are minute 
and over-refined.”’ (British Critic, O. S. vol. iii. p. 332.) 

19. The Errata of the Protestant Bible: or the Truth of the English 
Translation examined. By Thomas Warp. Dublin, 1807. 4to. 


20. An Analysis of Ward’s Errata of the Protestant Bible. By Richard 
Ryan, D.D. Dublin, 1808. 8vo. 


21. An Answer to Ward’s Errata of the Protestant Bible. By Richard 
Grier, D.D. Dublin, 1812. 4to. 


22. Observations on the present State of the Roman Catholic English 
Bible, addressed to the Roman Catholic Archbishop of Dublin; showing 
that it has never been edited on any uniform plan; that the principles 
adopted by the Rhemish Translators have been abandoned; and that the 
Censures of Ward’s Errata are as applicable to it, as to the Protestant Bible. 
By the Rev. George Hamiztton, A.M. Dublin, 1826. 8vo. 


23. A Second Letter to the most Rev. Dr. Murray, on the present State 
of the English Roman Catholic Bible, contrasting the Notes recently pub- 
lished by him, with those to which he gave his sanction before the Committee 
of the House of Commons. By the Rev. George Hamitton, A.M. Dublin, 
1826. 8vo. 


Ward’s Errata of the Protestant Bible, which contain a vehement attack upon our present 
authorised version, were first published anonymously in the reign of James Il, and were 
reprinted in the former part of the eighteenth century. This book, after sleeping in oblivion 


192 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. UE 


for many years, was reprinted at Dublin in 1807, and extensively circulated under the 
patronage of the Romish clergy in Ireland. This called forth the two very able and satis- 
factory replies of the Rev. Drs. Grier and Ryan. 

In consequence of the Biblical Discussions which were held in Ireland, Mr. Hamiltor 
was induced to collate five editions, besides the New Testament printed at Rheims in 1582, 
which have been circulated under the authority of the Romish archbishops of Dublin. ‘The 
result is, that there is not one standard copy extant; what, however, is most gratifying to 
us as Protestants is, that Dr. Murray’s edition, printed in 1825, contains several corrections 
of the Anglo-Romish translation From our autTHoRIsED Protestant Version, which identical 
passages had been denounced by Ward as heretical mistranslations ! Mr. Hamilton’s second 
pamphlet exposes the variations which occur in the notes of five several editions, printed 
between the years 1748 and 1826; and further shows that the Irish branch of the self-styled 
infallible Church has no fixed standard whatever, either in the Bibles printed for adults, or 
in the elementary Catechisms prepared for the use of children, 


24. A Brief History of the Versions of the Bible of the Anglo-Roman 
Churches. Dublin, 1830. 18mo. 


This little volume pretends to no originality of information. It contains the substance of 
two lectures delivered by a clergyman in Ireland to his parishioners: and it is particularly 
valuable as presenting in a’small compass much important information respecting the 
alterations, additions, omissions, and variations, which have been made by the Popish bishops 
in the Anglo- Romish versions of the Bible. 


925. An Historical Account of the British or Welsh Versions and Editions 
of the Bible. By Thomas Lteweittyn, LL.D. London, 1768. 8vo. 


A tract not of very frequent occurrence. In an Appendix, the author has printed the 
dedication, which the translators prefixed to the first impressions of the Welsh Bible. 


26. A Dissertation on Hans Mikkelsen’s (or the first Danish) Transla- 
tion of the New Testament. By Ebenezer Henperson, [D.D.] Copen- 
hagen, 1813. 4to. 


27. Biblical Researches and Travels in Russia, &c. &c. By Ebenezer 
Henperson, [D.D.} London, 1826. 8vo. 


This very interesting volume of Travels has a claim to be noticed in this place, on account 
of the numerous and important details which Dr. Henderson has communicated respecting 
the antient and modern Russian Versions and editions of the Holy Scriptures, and to which 
we have been largely indebted. Dr. H. has, in the course of his lengthened tour through 
the southern provinces of Russia, collected many very valuable elucidations of Scripture 
manners and customs. Independently of these circumstances, which necessarily arrest the 
attention of Bible students, his volume contains much valuable statistical information 
relative to the countries through which he travelled. 


28. Christiani Andr, Teusert Tractatus Philologico-Exegeticus de Utili-: 


tate Lingua Anglicane in Explicatione S. Scripture, ex Pericopis vulgo 
Epistolicis Vernaculze Versionis cum Anglicana et Fontibus collatis demon- 
strata. Lipsiz, 1733. 12mo. 


The design of this publication is to show the utility of the English Language, and also, 
by actual collation, the importance of our authorised English Version of the Bible for cor- 
recting the German translation. M. Teuber has adduced several instances in which the latter 
may be improved from our version. 


29. Memoir of a French Translation of the New Testament, in which 
the Mass and Purgatory are found in the Sacred Text; together with 


Bishop Kidder’s Reflections on the same: accompanied by Notes. By 
Henry Corron, LL.D. London, 1827. 8vo. 


In 1690, Dr. Kidder, afterwards Bishop of Bath and Wells, introduced to the notice 
of the English public a French Translation of the New Testament, which had been printed 
at Bourdeaux in 1686; and he exposed the numerous falsifications of the sacred original 
which the translators had made, in order to uphold the erroneous tenets and superstitious 
practices of the church of Rome. Bp. Kidder’s pamphlet having become extremely rare, 
Dr. Cotton has rendered a valuable service to the Protestant cause by reprinting it with 
some corrective notes; and he has prefixed an interesting bibliographical memoir on the 
Bourdeaux New Testament. 


Ch. IV. Sect. I. §1.] Treatises on the Original Languages of Scripture. 193 


*,* Many interesting details, relative to the History of Modern Versions 
of the Scriptures, will be found in Dr. Townley’s ‘ Illustrations of Biblical 
Literature,’ and ‘Introduction to the Literary ‘History of the Bible,’ 
a notice of which will be found in page 2, supra. 





oes pees ee 


CHAPTER IV. 


TREATISES ON THE ORIGINAL LANGUAGES OF SCRIPTURE, AND 
GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS THEREOF. 


SECTION I. 


TREATISES, ETC. ON THE HEBREW LANGUAGE. 


§ 1. TREATISES ON THE STUDY OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE, AND ON THE. 
VOWEL POINTS. 


1. Linguee Hebraice Studium Juventuti Academica commendatum, 
Oratione Oxonii habita in schola Linguarum, a Georgio Juss, S. T. P. 
Linguee Hebraic Professore. Oxonii, 1781. 4to. 


2. Dissertations on the Importance and best Method of Studying the 
Original Languages of the Bible, by Jahn, and others; translated from the 
Originals, and accompanied with Notes, by M. Stuart, Associate Professor 
of Sacred Literature in the Theological Seminary at Andover. — Andover 
(Massachussetts), 1821. 8vo. 


These dissertations are three in number, and are translated from the Latin of Jahn and 
Wyttenbach, and from the German of Gesenius: they comprise many important observations 


on the study of languages, the value of which is greatly enhanced by the original and instruc- 
tive notes of the translator. 


3. Johannis Buxtorrit Tiberias, sive Commentarius Masorethicus; quo 
primum explicatur quid Masora sit; tum Historia Masoretharum ex He- 
breorum Annalibus excutitur; secundo clavis Masore traditur; denique 
Analytica Masore explicatio in primum caput Geneseos proponitur. Basilez 
Rauracorum, 1620. 4to. 


4, Ludovici Cappeiyt, Filii, «Arcanum Punctationis revelatum, sive de 
Punctorum Vocalium et Accentuum apud Hebreos vera et germana anti- 


quitate Diatriba, in lucem edita a Thoma Erpenio. Lugduni Batavorum, 
1624. 4to. 


These two works almost exhaust the controversy respecting the vowel points of the 
Hebrew Language. Buxtorf maintains, and Capellus opposes them, both with equal 
learning and ingenuity. 


5. Jacobi ALTine11 Fundamenta Punctationis Lingue Sancte ; accedit 
ejusdem Synopsis Institutionum Chaldzarum et Syrarum. Francofurti ad 
Meenum, 1730. 8vo. 

This is usually considered as the best edition: the treatise first appeared in 1692. It is 


considered by critics as indispensable to those who would penetrate the arcana of the Ma- 
soretic Punctuation. 


6. Josephi Doprowsky de antiquis Hebrzeorum Characteribus Dissertatio. 
Prage, 1783. 8vo. 

«« This tract contains, in a short compass, a perspicuous statement of all the arguments 
both for and against the antiquity of the Hebrew Letters; and the conclusion, which the 
author deduces, is, that not the Hebrew but the Samaritan was the antient alphabet of the 
Jews.” (Bp. Marsh’s Divinity Lectures, part. ii. p. 135.) 

7. A. B. Spirzneri Vindicie Originis et Auctoritatis Divine Puncto- 
rum Vocalium et Accentuum in libris sacris Veteris Testamenti. Lipsie, 
1791. 8vo. 

VOL. II. APP. (x) 


194: Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


In this treatise the author strenuously advocates the divine origin and authenticity of the 
yowel points. 


8. An Essay on the Antiquity and Utility of the Hebrew Vowel Points. 
By John Moncrierr. Glasgow, 1833. 8vo. 


9. A Treatise on Hebrew Accents. By Aaron Pick. London, 1837. 8vo. 


§ 2. HEBREW GRAMMARS, AND OTHER TREATISES ON THE HEBREW 
LANGUAGE, WITH POINTS. 


[i.] In the English Language. 


1. An Easy Entrance into the Sacred Language, containing the neces- 
sary rules of Hebrew Grammar in English; with the Original Text of 
several chapters, select verses, and useful histories, translated verbatim and 
analysed. Likewise some select pieces of Hebrew Poetry. By the Rev. 
Cornelius BaAyLry. London, 1782. 8vo. 

This “* Grammar may be very useful. Its rules, though concise, are perspicuous; the 
analysis and the examples illustrate their principles, and tend to facilitate the study of the 
Hebrew.” (Monthly Review (O. S.) vol. Ixviii. p. 190.) This Grammar has lately been 
reprinted. 


2. The Scholar’s Instructor; an Hebrew Grammar, by Israel Lyons. 
Cambridge, 1735; 1757, 2d edition; 1810, 3d edition; 1829, 4th edition, 
Svo. 


3. Hebrew Grammar, with the principal rules compiled from some of the 
most considerable Hebrew Grammars. By Thomas Yeates. London, 
1812. 8vo. and various subsequent editions. 


These two Grammars have long been in use in different academies, as well as in the 
universities; and are recommended by their brevity. Mr. Yeates’s Grammar is an im- 
provement of one composed by Dr. Ashworth, and printed at Cambridge in 1763. 


4. A Hebrew Grammar for the use of the Students of the University of 
Dublin. By the Rev. Gerald Firzceratp, D.D., Hebrew Professor in 
[the] said University. Dublin, 1799. 8vo. 


«¢ A plain, easy, and useful introduction to the Hebrew Tongue, in English, for the use 
of students in our universities, and particularly in the university of Dublin.” (Monthly 
Review, (N. S.) vol. xxxiv. p. 151.) The author has pursued an intermediate method be- 
tween adopting all the Masoretic notes and rejecting them altogether: viz. by retaining the 
vowel points and such of the accents as are most distinguishable and useful, and omitting 
all the other accents (the number of which is considerable) which he deems wholly unne- 
cessary in the present state of the Hebrew language. 


5. A Hebrew Grammar in the English Language, by Joseph Samuel 
C. F. Frey. London, 1813. 8vo. A -new edition, with corrections and 
additions, by George Downes, A.M. London, 1823. 8vo. 


“‘ The directions for the formation of verbs, through all their voices, modes, and tenses, are 
minutely given; and this part of the Grammar manifests the author’s critical acquaintance 
with the language which he professes to teach. — ‘Though we would not recommend this as 
superseding the use of other Grammars, especially to the classical scholar, but would rather 
advise it to be compared with the best of those which are written in Latin, yet we must 
remark that Mr. Frey’s mode of teaching the Hebrew is very masterly; that it is singularly 
calculated to facilitate the student’s intimate knowledge of that language ; and that it makes 
us acquainted with the process adopted by the Rabbis in their education of Jewish youth, 
The Hebrew Psalter, or Book of Psalms, is subjoined to this Grammar, which considerably 
augments its value.” (Monthly Review, (N.S.) vol. Iviii. p. 55.) The edition super— 
intended by Mr. Downes contains a glossary of the first six psalms, a compendium of 
Chaldee Grammar, and other important additions, 


6. Elements of Hebrew Grammar. In two parts. By J. F. Gyzes, M.A. 
London, 1814. 8vo. 


The difficulties which opposed his own progress in the Hebrew language originally sug- 


a ee 





i 


Sect. I. § 2.] | Hebrew Grammars with Points. 195 


gested to Mr. Gyles the plan of the present Grammar, which is characterised by simplicity 
of manner, and clearness of illustration. His second part, which treats on the structure 
and idioms of the language, contains a good selection of rules and examples, principally 
from the first volume of Dathe’s edition of Glassius’s Philologia Sacra, one of the most 
elaborate systems of Hebrew Grammar perhaps that is extant, and which is indispensably 
necessary to the biblical student, who is desirous of fully investigating the language. 


7. A Hebrew Grammar, with a copious Syntax and Praxis. By Moses 
Stuart, Professor of Sacred Literature in the Theological Seminary at 
Andover. Andover (Massachussetts), 1821. Second Edition, 1824. 
Third edition, 1829. Fourth edition, 1831. Reprinted at Oxford, 1831. 
Fifth edition, Andover, 1835. 8vo. 


' Professor Stuart has, with great industry, examined the copious Hebrew Grammars of the 
great Oriental scholars, among the Germans, ard has chiefly followed the latest and best, 
viz. that of Professor Gesenius ; whose German Grammar of the Hebrew tongue is on the 
continent considered as the completesé system of Hebrew Grammar extant. In regard to 
the plan of the work, he does not profess to be a mere translator of Gesenius, whose . 
Grammar is too large for common use ; but he has adopted the general method of this writer 
as his model, deviating, however, from that eminent Hebraist, where Professor Stuart con- 
ceives that he has good reason for differing from him, and making seme improvements upon 
his grammar. (North American Review, (N. 8S.) vol. iv. pp. 473-477.) The Oxford 
edition, which was undertaken at the special recommendation of the Rev. Dr. Pusey, Re- 


. gius Hebrew Professor, is a reprint of Mr. Stuart’s fourth Americau edition. In preparing 


\ 


it for press, Mr. S. rewrote nearly the whole work, and some parts of it were written seven 
or eight times over. It has been materially compressed ; and various additions, suggested by 
his long experience as a teacher of Hebrew Language and Literature, enhance the value of 
his grammar. In the fifth American edition, in addition to various minute improvements, 
a synoptical view of all the conjugations of the Hebrew verbs is added at the close of the 
paradigms; which, besides being inserted in the grammar, accompanies each copy on a 
broad sheet, that can be pasted on paper and hung up in the study, so as to meet the eye 
readily. 


8. A Hebrew Chrestomathy. By Moses Sruarr. Andover, 1829, 30. 
2 parts. 8vo. Third Edition, Oxford, (reprinted) 1834. 8vo. 


This volume consists, 1. Of a Selection of verbs and nouns of the various classes; 2. Of 
Easy Sentences for beginners; and 3. Of large select portions of the Hebrew Scriptures, in 
prose and poetry. Copious practical notes are appended to the several parts, with correct 
and convenient references to the grammar. 


9. A Course of Hebrew Study. By Moses Stuart. Andover, 1830. 
2 vols. 8vo. 


10. Observations on the Idiom of the Hebrew Language respecting the 
Powers peculiar to the different Tenses of Verbs, and the Communication of 
Power from governing Verbs to Subordinates connected with them. By 
Philip Gert, M.A. London, 1821. 8vo. 


11. An Easy Method of acquiring Hebrew with the points, according 
to the Antient Practice. By an experienced Teacher. [ Mr. 
BorRENSTEIN |] London, 1822. a folio sheet. 





_« This ‘easy method’ is comprised in a very neatly and distinctly printed table, including 
three lessons ; the first, containing the alphabet, with the collateral addition of the Rabbini- 
cal, German, and Hebrew characters; the second, the vowel-points with a few useful rules ; 
the third, a sort of Praxis on the Letters and Points. A useful chart is thus provided for 
constant reference.” (Eclectic Review, (N. S.) vol. xvii. p. 463.) 


12. Nugze Hebraice: or an Inquiry into the Elementary Principles of the 
Structure of the Hebrew Language. By a Member of the Royal Irish 
Academy. London, 1825. 4to. 


13. A-Comprehensive Hebrew Grammar: wherein the principles of the 
Language are simply and briefly explained. By George Jonrs, A.M. 
Dublin, 1826. 8vo. 


This Grammar has been especially composed for the use of the students at the University 
of Dublin. It has been the author’s endeavour to embody in clear and concise rules every 
thing essential to the radical understanding of the language. ‘In this design Mr. Jones 
has certainly succeeded ; his work contains a summary of all that is valuable in the Thesau- 


(x) 2 


196 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch.1V. 


rus Grammaticus of Buxtorf, presented in a manner well calculated to meet the difficulties 
generally felt by beginners. The last chapter, which is devoted to Syntax, contains a collec- 
tion of useful remarks on the idioms of the language; the conversive yau is explained on 
the principles. of Mr. Gell” [see No. 10. p. 195. suprd@]; and the work concludes with a 
brief statement of the theory of Hebrew poetry, as laid down by Bishops Lowth and Jebb. 
OAR ee ‘On the whole, we cheerfully recommend this work, as calculated to teach 
the principles of the Hebrew Language.” (Christ. Examiner, or Church of Ireland Maga- 
zine, February, 1827.) 


14. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language, comprised in a series of 
Lectures, compiled from the best Authorities, and augmented with much 
original matter, drawn principally from Oriental Sources ; designed for the 
use of Students in the Universities. By the Rev. Samuel Ler, D.D., Pro- 
fessor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge. London,1827. Second 
edition, corrected, 1831. 8vo. 


The following are the principal circumstances in which this grammar is stated to differ 
from every preceding work of the same kind; viz.—1. In the manner in which the system 
of vowel points is developed ; and, 2. In the mode in which the nouns and verbs are ex- 
hibited, so as to avoid that perplexity which is presented to learners in many Hebrew gram- 
mars. In the syntax, the character of the language is investigated according to the analogy 
discoverable within itself; and the conclusions to which the author arrives are confirmed by. 
appeals to the Arabian grammarians. The enallages of gender and number, which have 
caused so much perplexity to students in the grammars that have been formed after the sys- 
tem of the celebrated Buxtorf, are here set aside: and principles are laid down, by which it 
is shown that, according to the genius of the Shemitic dialects, those rules are groundless, 
which make it necessary to call in these anomalies to our aid. To the syntax is appended a 
short essay on the use of the Hebrew accents, showing in what way they are to be under- 
stood as a commentary on the bearing of the context. The whole is divided into twenty 
lectures. 


15. An Analysis of the History of Joseph, upon the Principles of Pro- 
fessor Lee’s Hebrew Grammar. By Alfred Otxivant, M.A. London, 
1828. Second edition, 1833. 8vo. 


16. Essentials of Hebrew Grammar, with points, arranged agreeably to 
the plan of Gesenius, for the use of Students. By the Rev. J. Crocker, 
M.A. Cambridge and London, 1829. 8vo. Also on a folio sheet. 


17. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language, with Points ; together with a 
short Sketch of the Chaldee Grammar. By Selig Newman, Professor of the 
Hebrew Language. London, 1827. 8vo. 


18. The Elements of Hebrew Grammar, with a Praxis .on the Book of 
Jonah, By William Thomas Puitipers, B.D. Bristol and London, 1830. 
Second edition, 1838. 8vo. 


‘‘ This is a very well-printed volume. The author has adopted in this work the plan ofa gram- 
mar published many years ago by Dr. Bennet.” [No. 2. p.197.] “ Every section is numbered, 
and a praxis upon a portion of the Bible is added, from which continual references are made to 
the preceding rules. ‘The advantage to be derived from this method is, that the most necessary 
rules are the most frequently referred to, and consequently make an impression on the me- 
mory in proportion to their importance; and as the learner is not obliged, in the first in- 
stance, to make himself master of all the rules, there can be no reason for limiting their 
number, or omitting any thing which may be essential to his future progress. The first part 
of this grammar explains the elements; the second, the etymology; the third contains the 
syntax.” (Journal of Education, July, 1833. p. 97.) 


19. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language, in two parts: I. Orthography, 
&c.; Il. The Etymology and Syntax. By Hyman Hurwirz. London, 
1831. 8vo. 


20. An Easy Introduction to the Hebrew Language, on the Principles of 
Pestalozzi. By Parens [Mr. ——— Synce.] London, 1831. 


This Grammar is divided into three parts, containing, I. A Teacher’s Assistant for de- 
veloping the elements of Hebrew, with a praxis; II. A short Hebrew Grammar, with and 
without points: and, III. The Hebrew Roots, arranged in twenty-four tables. “ Mr. 
Synge does not intend, in this excellent elementary work, to provide for every possible case, 
and thus to encumber the outset with what ought to belong to a more advanced stage. He 
only provides for grammatical facts of frequent occurrence, leaying it to more elaborate 


a sme ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 


Sect. I. $2.3 Hebrew Grammars with Points. 197 


works to furnish the explanation of insulated cases.” (Journal of Education, July, 1833. 
p- 100.) 


21. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language. By Edward Hincxs, D.D. 
Belfast,1832. 8vo. 


This Grammar “ contains less learning than that of Stuart, but seems more intelligible for 
abeginner.” (Journal of Education, July, 1833. p. 94.) 


22. A Practical Introduction to Hebrew: with an Appendix, containing 
Observations on the Spanish and Portuguese Pronunciation of the Language. 
By 8. G. Waker. London, 1833. 8vo. 

«Mr. Walker’s pamphlet is rather a strange one. The preface contains a quantity of very 
ill-judged matter about Free Masonry. The account of the pronunciation and the nouns is 
very good; but what relates to the verbs is so meagre, that it does not afford, by any means, 
sufficient direction to a learner. There is a very fair praxis on the first psalm.” (British 
Magazine, May, 1833. p. 586.) 


23. Hebrew Aids: being, I. A Digest of the Principles of the Hebrew 
Grammar. II. Paradigms of Verbs. In two Charts. London, 1833. 


These charts are little more than a digest from Professor Gesenius of Halle, Professor 
Stuart of Andover, and other modern and antient grammarians and Hebrew scholars. 


24. A Manual Hebrew Grammar for the use of Beginners. By J. Seixas. 
Andover (Massachussetts), 1833. 8vo. Second edition enlarged, 1834, 8vo. 

This Grammar is designed so exclusively for the author’s pupils, or for such persons as 
may learn Hebrew from them, as to be of no use to any student out of the American 
Union. ‘The author acknowledges his obligations to Professor Stuart’s admirable Hebrew 
Grammar: in 1834, Mr. Seixas published, on the same plan, the first rudiments of Chaldee 
Grammar, - 


25. An Klementary Hebrew Grammar: to which is added a Selection of 
Hebrew Sentences, with a Lexicon and References: to the Grammar. By 
the Rev. Arthur Wiiiis, M.A. London, 1834. 8ve.. 


26. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language: with a brief Chrestomathy for 
the use of beginners. By George Busu, Professor of Hebrew and Oriental 
Literature in the New York City University. New York, 1835. 18mo. 


27. Hebrew Grammar, designed for the Use of Schools and Students 
in the Universities. By Christopher Leo. Cambridge and London, 1836. 
Svo. : 

28. A Critical Grammar of the Hebrew Language. By Isaac Norp- 
HEIMER, Professor of Arabic, Syriac, and other Oriental Languages, and 
acting Professor of Hebrew in the University of the City of New York. 
New York, 1838. 2 vols. 8vo. | 

The most elaborate and philosophical Hebrew Grammar in the English Language. 
Vol, I. in two books, treats en Orthoépy and Orthography, and on Etymology. Vol. II. 
contains the Syntax and a grammatical Analysis of select portions of the Scriptures of 


progressive difficulty, including those portions which are usually read in the Collegiate 
Institutions of America. The typographical execution is singularly neat and correct. 


[ii] In the Latin, French, and German Languages. 


1. Joannis Buxrorrrit Thesaurus Grammaticus Lingue Sancte Hebrez. 
Basileze, 1615. 8vo. 

This manual is chiefly taken from the Hebrew Grammar of the Hebrew Language by 
the celebrated rabbi David Kimchi, and may be considered as the standard of Rabbinical 
Grammars. 

2. Thome Bennet, S.T.P. Grammatica Hebreea cum uberrima praxt 
in usum tironum, qui linguam Hebreeam absque preceptoris viva voce 

idque in brevissimo temporis compendio) ediscere cupiunt. Londini, 
1726. 8yvo. 
(x) 3 


198 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. 1V. 


3. Alberti ScuuLTENS, Institutiones ad Fundamenta Linguze Hebree. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1731. 4to. 


4, Institutiones ad Fundamenta Lingue Hebree, edidit Nich. Guil. 


Scuroeper. Editio Tertia. Groninge, 1810. Svo. Edit. nova. Glasgue, . 


1824. 8vo. 


5. Grammatica Linguz Hebreee ; cum notis, et variis queestionibus philo- 
logicis, in quibus preecipué disseritur de natura et indole Lingue Hebree. 
Jacobo Rospertson, A.M. Ling. Orient. Professore in Academia Edinbur- 
gena, auctore. Edinburgi, 1758. 8vo. 

This Hebrew Grammar, which has always been held in the highest estimation, contains 
the most useful and necessary of those principles and rudiments, which are laid down in the 


elaborate works of Professor Schultens and Schroeder, It is therefore more full and complete 
than either. 


6. Grammatica Hebreeo-Harmonica cum Arabica et Arama, methodo 
logico-mathematica, etc. ex Altingio, Buxtorfio, Beveridgio, Buchero, Chap- 
pelovvio, Dantzio, Erpenio, Gerhardi, Haszeo, Koolhasio, Martini, Michaelis, 
Pfeiffero, Schickardo, Schultens, Simonis, Vriemotio, contracta et emendata; 
Charta Lusoria, analytice delineata, et directorio elucidata. Auctore J. G. 
Kas. Amsteladami, 1758. 8vo. 


> Mr. John William Kals was for many years scholar, and afterwards assistant to the cele- 

brated Professor Albert Schultens; and for some time taught Hebrew at Oxford. His 

work consists of three parts. 1. A Hebrew Grammar, compiled from the labours of pre- 

ceding writers on this branch of sacred philology; 2. .4 Harmonic Grammar of the Arabic 

a Syriac Languages ; 3, An Analysis of the chief prophecies and promises concerning the 
essiah, 


7. Gottlob Christiani Storr Observationes ad Analogiam et Syntaxin 
Hebraicam pertinentes. Tubing, 1779. 12mo. 


A very acute and accurate work: though defective in arrangement, it contains a mass of 
important observations on the genius and idiom of the sacred language. Much as it has 
been resorted to by modern Grammarians, it may still be considered as a valuable and almost 
indispensable help to the student who is desirous of becoming thoroughly acquainted with 
the Hebrew Language. 


8. Christ. Theod. WALTHERI Ellipses Hebraice, sive de Vocibus que in 
Codice Hebraico per Ellipsin supprimuntur....Denuo edidit et Observa- 
tiones Novas adjecit Joh. Christ. Frid. Schulz. Hale, 1782. 12mo. 


This work is on the plan of Lambert Bos’s well-known and justly esteemed treatise en- 
titled «¢ Ellipses Greece: ”’ it renders to the student the same valuable help for the Hebrew 
Language which Bos has afforded to students of the Greek Language. 


9. Janua Hebreeee Lingue Veteris Testamenti, auctore Christiano Ret- 
nEccIO. Ex recensione I. F. Rehkopf. Lipsiz, 1788. 8vo. 


10. Grammatica Linguz Hebraice. Auctore Joanne JAHN. Vienne, 
1809. 8vo. - 


The manner in which the verbs are treated is said not to be so perspicuous as in some other 
grammars ; but a learned friend informs the author of the present work, that every other part 
is excellent; the syntax, in particular, is admirable; and upon the whole this Grammar of 
Jahn is among the best which can be consulted by those who have made some progress in the 
study of the Hebrew language. 


11. De Radicum Linguz Hebraice Natura nominali Commentatio Gram- 
matica ; quam Lectionibus suis preemisit J. Th. PLUscuxke. Phil. D. Theologize 
Prof. Extr. Lipsia, 1817. 8vo. 

The design of this tract is, to prove that many of the words, hitherto considered in the 
dictionaries as radical verbs, are in fact only words derived from nouns ; and, 2. That even 
verbs, to which no root can be assigned, are rather to be regarded as nouns than as verbs. 


(Mélanges de Religion et de Critique Sacrée, publiées 4 Nissmes, tom. i. Gazette Littéraire, 
p. 24.) 


12. Elémens de la Grammaire Hébraique, par J. E. CeLiertirr, fils, Pas- 
teur et Professeur de Langues Orientales, Critique, et Antiquité Sacrée, a 








Sect. I. § 2.] Hebrew Grammars with Points. 199 


l Académie de Geneve. Suivis des Principes de la Syntaxe Hébraique, tra- 
duits librement de |’Allemand de Wilhelm Gesenius. Genéve, 1820. 8vo. 


To those who wish to study Hebrew with points, through the medium of the French lan- 
guage, this beautifully-printed volume will be peculiarly acceptable. That part of it which 
relates to the syntax is particularly valuable, as it presents in a small compass the results of 
the researches made by Professor Gesenius (noticed in page 195. No. 7.), whose prolixities 

‘he has abridged, while he has rendered clear what was left obscure, and has explained what 
jhe professor had stated with too much brevity. 


13. Institutiones Linguee Hebreee, concinnate per Joannem Nep. ALBER, 
S. Scripture Vet. Test. et Linguze Hebraee Professorem. Bude, 1826. 8vo. 


It appears from the author’s preface, that this is a new edition of a Hebrew Grammar, 
published by him in 1800. It is composed entirely after the system of the Masorites. At 
the end there is a very useful grammatical praxis of ninety-five pages upon several chapters 
taken from various parts of the Old Testament, to which is annexed a concise Lexicon of 
the Hebrew Roots. 


14. Narratio de Josepho e Sacro Codice desumpta. Textum Hebraicum, 
punctis appositis Masoreticis, ad Analysin revocavit, notisque philologicis 
instruxit Stephanus Reay. Oxonii, e Typographeo Clarendoniano, 1822. 
8vo. 


15. Linguee Hebraice Liter, Accentus, Pronomina, Conjugationes, De- 
clinationes, Nomina numeralia, et Particule. Jenz, 1822. folio. 


16. Jac. Chr. LinpsBere, Chrestomathia Hebraica historici argumenti, 
e libris Exodo, Numeris, et Deuteronomio, decerpta; przefatiuncula de 
accentibus Hebraicis et de nominibus derivatis preemissAa. Havnie, 1822. 
Svo. 


17. Nouvelle Grammaire Hébraique Raisonnée et Comparée. Par M. 
[Philippe] Sarcui. Paris, 1828, 8vo. 


This grammar consists of six chapters, the first of which ‘treats of pronunciation: the 
rules of this part of the grammar are given with clearness and precision; and the author 
has omitted nothing that is necessary, nor-has he mentioned any thing superfluous. The 
second chapter is very large, containing 190 pages, treating of lexicology: the matter con- 
tained in this chapter is developed with great superiority of talent, The third chapter treats 
of syntax, and contains many new and luminous ideas, which mark a consummate Hebraist. 
The fourth chapter treats of prosody: in this chapter the author has banished from his work 
a fantastical vocabulary imagined in the fifteenth century, which no one will regret but the 
lovers of routine, full of a blind respect to superannuated doctrines. The fifth chapter 
contains rules on orthography, letters, and vowel-points, &c.: this chapter contains new 
ideas on the point denominated daguesch (dagesh), which corresponds in general with the 
teshdid of the Arabs. Thematology forms the subject of the sixth chapter, which contains 
some excellent observations on servile and radical letters. The volume is terminated by an 
appendix on the Hebrew name of the Divinity, called ineffable by the Israelites, which they 
dare not pronounce. This dissertation proves the great erudition of the author.’? (Classical 
Journal, December, 1828. p. 332.) 


18. Compendium Grammatice Hebraice. Oeceniponti, 1829. 8vo. 


19. Principes de Grammaire Hébraique et Chaldaique. Par J. B. GLAIRE. 
Paris, 1832. 8vo. 


This grammar is divided into three parts, which treat, 1. On the Elements of Hebrew 
Writing; 2. On the different parts of speech, the conjugation of verbs, &c.; and, 3. On the 
syntax of the Hebrew language. As the syntax of the Chaldee language is nearly the same 
as that of the Hebrew, M. Glaire has confined his observations on it to the two first parts, 
or the elements and grammar of the Chaldee Janguage. As this grammar is strictly ele- 
mentary, the author has studiously avoided all those scientific and controverted questions, 
which belong to literary criticism, and which would only perplex beginners. This work is 
clearly and methodically written ; the principles are perspicuously and concisely stated, and 
in an order which is calculated to assist the memory. At the end of this grammar is a sup- 
plement, in which M. Glaire has explained the principal critical signs used in manuscripts 
and editions of the Hebrew Bible. (Journal des Savans, Juin, 1832, p.379.) 


20. Grammatica Hebreea: auctore Tacone Roorpa. Lugduni Batavo- 
rum, 1831-34, 2 vols. 8vo. 


The first volume treats on the elements and simple words of the Hebrew language. 


(N) 4 


200 Sacred Philology. (Part II. Ch.1V. 


The syntax is copiously discussed in the second volume. Those obseryations, which, on 
a first perusal of this grammar, may be passed over by the student, are printed in smaller 


type. 


21. Grammatik der Hebraischen Sprache des A. T. in vollstandiger 
Kiirze, neu bearbeitet von Georg Heinrich August EwALp. Leipzig, 1832. 
Third Edition, 1838. 8vo. 


This is an abridgment, or rather a condensation (with considerable improvements), of 
Professor Ewald’s larger Hebrew grammar. ‘ An ingenious novelty occurs in every page. 
In scientific arrangement and the explanation of anomalies, he is perhaps unrivalled. Many 
facts, which are faithfully and clearly stated singulatim by Gesenius, are exhibited by Ewald 
in a chain of philological relations, which at once removes the appearance of capriciousness 
from each, and helps the memory to retain them all.” (Philadelphia Biblical Repertory for 
1832, vol. iv. N.S. p.575.)—“ Its great merit appears to consist in the fulness with which the 
analytic part of grammar is treated, and in the ability with which the difficult question of the 
Hebrew tenses is discussed.”” (British Magazine, March 1836, p. 306.) 


21*. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language of the Old Testament, by 
Geo. Henry Aug. Ewald. Translated from the last Edition and enriched 
with later additions and improvements of the author by John NicHo.son, 
A.B. [Gottingen: printed.] London, 1836. 8vo. 


“Tt is a valuable stock of Hebrew Criticism in our language.” (British Magazine, March, 
1836. p. 307. 


22. Josephi Mutier Hebraice Lingue Elementa. Wratislavie, 1833. 8vo. 


23. Nouvelle Méthode pour apprendre la Langue Hebraique. Par M. 
Franck. Paris, 1834. 8vo. 


24. Hebraisches Elementarbuch von D. Wilhelm Gesenius. Halle, 1834. 
2 vols. 8vo. Eleventh Edition. 


The numerous editions through which this work has passed, attest the high estimation in 
which it is held in Germany. ‘Vol. I.:treats on the principles of Hebrew Grammar ; and 
Vol. II. contains extracts from various parts of the Old Testament, with notes. 


25. Grammaire Hebraique, precédée d’un Précis Historique sur la Langue 
Hebraique. Par'S. PRetswerK. Geneve et Paris, 1838. 8vo. 


Mons. Preiswerk is professor of Hebrew at the Theological School of Geneva; who, 
having been very successful in imparting a knowledge of that language, has published 
by special request the system of Grammar adopted by him. He professes to have derived 
most aid from the Grammar of Rod. Stier, which to minuteness of detail adds the 
greatest precision and the most logical order. His work comprises within a short compass 
the necessary elements of Hebrew Grammar. Part J. treats on the Hebrew Letters and 
Vowel Points; Part II. on verbs, nouns, pronouns, and particles; and Part III. on Syntax. 
Copious paradigms are given of the Verb and Noun. ‘To the whole is prefixed a concise 
historical sketch of the Shemitic Languages in general, and of the Hebrew Language in par- 
ticular, including a special notice of the labours of the Masorites. 


*,* Many important observations on Hebrew Grammar will be found in Glassius’s 
Philologia Sacra, noticed in No. 18. p.163. suprd: from which, as well as from other 
sources, Dr. Gerard has digested much valuable information in his Institutes of Biblical 
Criticism, pp. 40—51. 290—377. 





§ 3. HEBREW GRAMMARS without POINTS. 


1. Francisci Mascirer Grammatica Hebraica a punctis aliisque inventis 
Masorethicis libera. Accesserunt tres Grammatice, Chaldaica, Syriaca, et 
Samaritana ejusdem instituti. Parisiis, 1731, 2 vols. 8vo. 

Of all the writers of Hebrew Grammar without points, Masclef has enjoyed the highest 
reputation. A late eminent divine and professor of the university of Cambridge has said of 
his work, “ I know none more to be recommended ; as it gives rules for the Chaldee, Syriac, 
and Samaritan, as well as for what is commonly called Hebrew. (Dr. Hey’s Norrisian Lec- 





: 





] 
: 


EE a es 


it es 


Sect. I. § 3.) Hebrew Grammars with Points. 201 


tures in Divinity, vol. i. p. 23.)—As Masclef’s work is now extremely scarce and dear, 
Professor Hey recommends, 


2. Elements of Hebrew Grammar; to which is prefixed a Dissertation on 
the two modes of reading, with or without points. By Charles Wixson, Pro- 
fessor of Hebrew at the University of Saint Andrews. London, 1782. Fourth 
edition, 1810. 8vo. 


See an analysis of this work in the Monthly Review, (O.S.) vol. lxviii. pp. 422—497. 


3. The Hebrew Guide; or an English Hebrew Grammar without points, 
to which is added, a view of the Chaldaic, and, for the further satisfaction of 
the inquisitive, a brief Introduction to the Knowledge of Hebrew Punctuation. 

By Peter Petir, M.A. London, 1752. 4to. 


Though this Grammar contains nothing very extraordinary, besides what may be found in 
other productions of the same nature, yet it may be of considerable and peculiar use to learners. 
The author follows the plan of Masclef’s Grammar, above noticed ; but has reduced his work 
into a narrower compass, and has added a small praxis, consisting of short sentences, to illus- 
strate the use of the several conjugations. For the sake of the more inquisitive scholar, who 
has acquired a competent knowledge of the Hebrew language, without points, Mr. Petit has 
subjoined a brief Introduction to the Knowledge of Hebrew Punctuation; which he does 
not give as a complete system, but as a collection of as many substantials of the doctrine, as 
are generally retained even by those who would be thought adepts in that part of learning. 
(Monthly Review, (O.S.) vol. vii. p. 234.) 


4. A Methodical Hebrew Grammar without points: adapted to the use of 
learners, and even of those who have not the benefit of a master. To which 
is subjoined the Hebrew Grammar at one view. By John Parkuurst, M.A. 
Svo. 


This is admitted by all competent judges to be the shortest and most compendious Hebrew 
Grammar without points extant in the English language. It is prefixed to the learned 
author’s Hebrew and English Lexicon, which is noticed in p. 208. infra. 


5. A New and Easy Introduction to the Hebrew Language, upon the plan 
of Grammar in general, designed to encourage and promote the study cf that 
language, by facilitating the acquirement of its principles upon a plan, which 
in no work of the kind has been hitherto adopted. “By the Rev. James 
William Newton, M.A. London, 1806. 12mo. ; 


«‘ The study of the Hebrew language has been attended with considerable difficulties, from 
the circumstance of there being no Grammar of that language constructed upon the model 
of grammar in general. In the present work this impediment has been removed, and the 
learner will find that, in acquiring a new language, he has to contend with none of those 
embarrassments that proceed from encountering a system of grammar entirely new to him ; 
which to those who have been at the trouble of learning the grammar of several languages, 
is an obstacle which is not frequently to be surmounted.....The work is conducted with a 
simplicity and perspicuity which afford every assistance to those who may be disposed to 
become acquainted with the rudiments of the Hebrew tongue.” British Critic, (O.S.) 
vol. xxvii. p. 441. 


6. A Hebrew Primer. To which are prefixed the opinions of Melancthon, 
Luther, and others, on the Utility, Necessity, and Easiness of the Study of 
the Hebrew Language. Durham and London, 1808. 12mo. 


7. Hebrew Elements: or a Practical Introduction to the Reading of the 
Hebrew Scriptures. London, 1807. 8vo. 


Both these publications are by the late Rt. Rey. Thomas Burerss, D.D., Bishop of 
Salisbury ; and together with his engraved Copies of Hebrew letters and words, form the 
simplest and clearest introduction to the reading of Hebrew without points, which perhaps 


has ever been published. , ; 3 
A new edition of the two preceding articles, neatly printed in one volume, 12mo. issued 


from the university press, Glasgow, in 1823. 


8. Extracts from the Books of the Old Testament; to which are prefixed 
Sketches of Hebrew and Chaldee Grammar, for the Use of Students in the 
University of Edinburgh. [By the Rev. Dr. Brunron.] Edinburgh, 1814. 8vo. 


202 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


9. An Easy Introduction to the knowledge of the Hebrew Language with- 
out the points. By James P. Witson, D.D. 1818. 8vo. 


This grammar appeared in North America in 1818. We have not been able to obtain a 
sight of it, or to ascertain the place where it was printed. 


10. An Introduction to Hebrew Grammar; in which the Genius of the 
Language is explained by a new and simple principle of Analysis, applied to 
the Improvements of the latest and most improved Grammarians ; and par- 
ticularly intended to reduce the Irregularities of the inflected parts of speech 
to the common analogy of the Language, and to explain the peculiarities of 
the construction by assimilating it to the Idiom of the English. By the 
Rey. Frederick Notan, LL.D, London, 1821. 12mo. 


11. A Hebrew Dictionary and Grammar without points; together with a 
complete List of such Chaldee Words as occur in the Old Testament, and a 
brief Sketch of Chaldee Grammar. By James ANDREw, LL.D. London, 
1823. 8vo. 


12. Elements of Hebrew Grammar and Extracts from the Hebrew Bible. 
By David Scot. Edinburgh, 1834. 


In 1826 the same author published at Edinburgh in 8vo. ‘*A Key tothe Hebrew Pentateuch,” 
and in 1828 “ A Key to the Books of Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and Song of Solomon ;” 
in which all the Hebrew words occurring in these books are explained, analysed, and traced 
to their roots, chiefly in the Hebrew itself, but occasionally also in its kindred dialects ; with 
preliminary dissertations and copious indexes. 


13. Three Tracts on the Syntax and Pronunciation of the Hebrew Tongue, 
with an Appendix, addressed to the Hebrew Nation. By Granville SHarp. 
London, 1804. 8vo. 


Many very important rules and observations are comprised in these valuable tracts ; of 
which a copious analysis appeared in the Christian Observer for the year 1804, p. 415. 





§ 4, HEBREW GRAMMARS with AND without POINTS. 


1. A Plain and Complete Grammar of the Hebrew Language, with and 
without points. By Anselm Bayty, LL.D. London, 1774. 8vo. 


2. Principia Hebraica; comprising a Grammatical Analysis of 564 verses, 
selected from the Hebrew Psalms, in which are found nearly all the radical 
words in common use occurring in the Hebrew Scriptures. To which is 
prefixed a concise Hebrew Grammar, adapted to the Analysis, and so arranged 
as to illustrate the principles of the Language, both with and without points. 
By T[homas] K[eEyworrn], and D{avid] J[ones]. London, 1817. 8vo. 


In this very useful work, the Serviles are printed in hollow characters —the root and 
radical sense are pointed out —~those rules of grammar are referred to, which account for the 
form of each word—and a literal version in English is interlined with the Hebrew Text. 

« The authors have unitedly produced an introduction to the reading of the Hebrew Bible, 
of distinguished excellence and utility. Nothing so complete of the kind was ever before 
put into the hands of the English scholar, who is here provided with a guide to Hebrew 
reading worthy of his confidence. In awarding the high praise to which the Authors have 
an unquestionable claim, we cannot omit the commendation due to their unassuming man- 
ner: their learning is never used for the purpose of display, but is invariably employed 
to promote the solid improvement of those persons who may choose to avail themselves 
of the means here provided for their correct instruction in the knowledge of Hebrew. 
They have furnished the student with every admissible facility for his initiation and progress 
in the Hebrew language. The work is very judiciously constructed for the use of the two 
different classes of Hebrew readers, the Punctists and the Anti-punctists; it is, however, 
particularly adapted for the latter.” (Eclectic Review, Nov. 1818.) 


3. The Analytical Part of Principia Hebraica. By Thomas Keyworru, 
London, 1825. 8vo. 


This publication is a much improved impression of part of the preceding work, separate 





~~. 


Sect. I. § 5.) ~~ Chaldee Grammars. 203 


from the grammar which originally accompanied it. ‘In this new edition, which contains 
a compendium and a key, the entire Hebrew Text, of which the Analysis is explanatory, is 
printed by itself without remark, and is distributed into lessons, comprising examples of 
nouns and verbs, the usage of servile letters and points, which are explained in the corre- 
sponding portions of the Analytical Part. These short lessons are followed by a selection 
of upwards of two hundred words, intended to familiarise the learner with the pronunciation 
and forms of words; and the remaining part of the compendium includes three hundred 
verses from the Psalms arranged in classes, and forming a series of connected subjects. The 
second or analytical part of the work is a complete and very minute explanation of the words, 
vowels, and various forms and modifications contained in the compendium ; the whole of the 
text is here reprinted, the serviles in hollow character, and the places of the dropped radicals 
supplied by small letters, accompanied by a literal interlineary version. The whole work 
may be used with any grammar, and will be found a most valuable assistant to every student 
of the Hebrew language, who will tind in its pages the means of satisfying himself in respect 
to almost every difficulty which may occur to a learner.” (Eclectic Review, (N. S.) 
vol. xxv. p. 439.) 


4. Rudiments of the Hebrew Language, with and without points. By 
James Nosie, A.M. Glasgow, 1832. 8vo. 


For an analysis of this Grammar see the Journal of Education for July, 1833. pp. 75—80. 


*,* So great a number of Hebrew Grammars (considerably more than 
s1x hundred, we believe, ) has been published by distinguished Hebraists at 
different times, that it is difficult to determine which is preferably to be 
adopted. An experienced tutor will be the best guide, in this case, to the 
Hebrew student. In the preceding pages, therefore, those only have been 
specified which have some pretensions to notice for their utility and simplicity 
of method. 


§ 5. CHALDEE GRAMMARS. 


1. A short Chaldee Grammar, without points, designed for the use of 
those who already understand Hebrew. [By the Rev. J. PaARKHUuRsT, 
M.A. ] 


This is subjoined to Mr. P.’s Grammar, which is prefixed to his Hebrew Lexicon. A 
Compendium of Chaldee Grammar is given in the second volume of Masclef’s Grammatica 
Hebraica. 


2. J. D. MicHaExtis Grammatica Chaldaica. Gottinge, 1771. 8vo. 


3. An Introduction to Chaldee Grammar; in which the Genius of the 
language is explained by a new and simple Principle of Analysis. By the 
Rev. Frederick Notan. London, 1821. 12mo. 


4. Elements of the Chaldee Language; intended as a Supplement to the 
Hebrew Grammar, and as a General Introduction to the Arameean Dialects. 
By the Rev. W. Harris, LL.D. London, 1822. 8vo. 


5. De Chaldaismi Biblici Origine et Auctoritate Critica Commentatio. 
wae Ludovicus Hircerius. Lipsiz, 1830. 4to. 


6. A Manual of the Chaldee Language ; containing a Chaldee Grammar, 
chiefly from the German of Prefessor G. B. Winer; a Chrestomathy, con- 
sisting of selections from the Targums, and including the whole of the Biblical 
Chaldee, with Notes; and a Vocabulary, adapted to the Chrestomathy. 
With an Appendix on the Rabbinical character and style. By Elias 
Riaas, M.A. Boston [Massachussetts]. 1832. Svo. 


This beautifully printed volume leaves nothing to be desired by the student of Chaldee 
Literature. The plan and execution of the work throughout has received the high commend- 
ation of Professor Stuart, of Andover, who further says :—‘‘ The Grammar is brief, but 
quite copious enough for the student who is well versedin Hebrew. In the text, notes, and 
lexicon of the Chrestomathy, will be found all that is needful in an introduction to the 
Chaldee Language.” (Pref. p. v.) 


20 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


7. Grammaire Chaldaique, tant pour le Chaldéen de la Bible, que pour 
celui des Thargoumim, par G. B. Winer. Traduit de Allemand par Aug. 
Fallet. Genéve et Paris, 1836. 4to. 


§ 6. GRAMMAR OF THE SAMARITAN LANGUAGE. 


1. Institutiones Lingue Samaritane, ex antiquissimis monumentis erute 
et digeste, integris paradigmatum tabulis indicibusque adornate, Quibus 
accedit Chrestomathia Samaritana, maximam Geneseos partem et selecta 
reliquorum Pentateuchi librorum capita complectens, notis criticis exegeticis 
illustrata et Glossario locupletata, a Friderico Utemanno. Lipsie, 1837. 
Svo. 


A well digested introduction contains a compendious account of the Samaritans and their 
religioustenets. ‘This is followed by a Treatise on the Grammar of the Samaritan Language, 
to which are annexed the principal part of the Book of Genesis, together with select extracts 
from the remaining Books of the Pentateuch, a copious Glossary, and exegetical notes. It is 
the most copious and comprehensive Grammar of the Samaritan Language, which is extant. 


SECTION II. 


HEBREW AND CHALDEE LEXICONS. 


§ 1. HEBREW, LATIN, AND ENGLISH LEXICONS with POINTS. 


1. Davidis Kimcuit Radicum Liber: sive Hebreeum Bibliorum Lexicon. 
Textu denuo recognito, interpunctione distincto, Bibliorum locis ad capitum 
et versuum numerum, et Rabbinorum ad tractatum et paginarum titulum 
accurate citatis, Elia Levitee additamentis uncorum signo separatis, variis 
lectionibus additis, vocibus Arabicis et Romanis in genuinam Scripturam 
restitutis, denique glossario Grammaticorum Vocabulorum adjecto, ediderunt 
F. S. Lesrecut, et Jo. H. R. BiesentHau. Pars I. Berolini, 1837. 4to. 


2. Joannis Buxtorrrit Lexicon Hebraicum et Chaldaicum.  Basilez, 
1634, 1645, 1675, 1720, or 1735. 8vo. Glasguee, 1824. 8vo. 


3. Joannis BuxrorrFrit Lexicon Chaldaicum, Talmudicum et Rabbinicum. 
Basileze, 1639. folio. 


4, Petri Guarini Lexicon Hebraicum et Chaldeo-Biblicum. Parisiis, 
1746. 2 vols. 4to. 


5. Christiani Srocxir Clavis Linguze Sancte Veteris Testamenti. Jen, 
1739, 1743, 1753. (best edit.) 8vo. 


6. Lexicon et Commentarius Sermonis Hebraici et Chaldaici, post J. 
Cocceium et J. H. Maium, longe quam antehac correctius et emendatius 
edidit Joh. Ch. Fried. Scuuyz. Lipsie, 1777. 2 vols. Svo. 

Cocceius’s Hebrew and Chaldee Dictionary was very highly esteemed in the former 
part of the last century. Dr. Schulz, in preparing his edition for the press, omitted all the 
superfluous Dutch and German words ; and, in determining the signification of each He- 
brew word, previously consulted the equivalent term in the Arabic and other Oriental 
languages. He also restored to their true places several scattered roots, together with their 
derivatives. The work is neatly and correctly printed ; and may frequently be obtained at 
a reasonable price. 


7. Lexicon Hebraicum et Chaldeo-Biblicum, ordine alphabetico tam pri- 
migenia quam derivata Veteris Testamenti Hebraica et Chaldaica, et Latinas 
eorumdem Interpretationes ex Johannis Buxtorfii aliorumque eruditissimorum 
Virorum operibus excerptas, exhibens. Digessit, multisque auxit atque il- 
lustravit Josephus Monra.pr, Rome in Collegio Germanico Controversiarum 
Fidei et Hebraeze Lingue Professor. Rome, 1789. 4 tomis, 8vo. 





Sect. II. § 1.] Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicons. 205 


8. Johannis Stmonts Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum ordine 
etymologico digestum: post J. Gothofr. Eichhornii curas denuo recensuit, 
emendavit, auxit Dr. Geo. Ben. WinER. Editio quarta. Lipsiz, 1826. 8vo. 


Dr. Winer has so greatly altered, corrected, and improved this Lexicon, that it may 
be regarded as a new work, rather than a new edition of Simonis’s Hebrew Lexicon. 


9. The smaller Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon of Professor Simonis, trans- 
lated and improved from his second edition (published at Halle in 1766). 
By Charles Sracer, M.A. London, 1832. 12mo. 


10. Philipp. Ulric. Moser Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum, in 
quo omnium Texttis Sacri Vet. Test. Vocabulorum Hebraicorum et Chal- 
daicorum significatio explicatur, cum Indice Latino copiosissimo. Preefatus 
est D. Gottlob Christian Storr. Ulme, 1795. 8vo. 


11. Joannis DinporFi1 Novum Lexicon Lingue Hebraico-Chaldaice. 
Lipsiz, 1802. 2 vols. 8vo. 


12. Lexicon Hebraicum et Chaldaicum Manuale, in Codicem sacrum 
Veteris Testamenti, cura Everardi Scneipir et Joannis GROENEWOED. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1805-10. 2 vols. 8vo. 


13. A Hebrew, Latin, and English Dictionary ; containing, 1. All the He- 
brew and Chaldee words used in the Old Testament, including the proper 
names, arranged under one alphabet, with the derivatives referred to their 
proper roots, and the signification in Latin and English, according to the 
best authorities. 2. The principal words in the Latin and English languages, 
with those which correspond to them in Hebrew. By Joseph Samuel C. F. 
Frey. London, 1816. 2 vols. Svo. 


A book of more promise than performance, and now entirely superseded by the va- 
luable Lexicons of Gesenius, which are noticed below. 


14. E. F. C. RosenMuLveERI Vocabularium Veteris Testamenti Hebrzeo- 
Chaldaicum. Hale (Librarid Orphanotrophei), 1822. 8vo. 


15. A Hebrew Lexicon to the Books of the Old Testament; including 
the Geographical Names and Chaldaic Words in Daniel, Ezra, &c. By D. 
Wilhelm Gesenius, Doctor and Professor of Theology at the University of 
Halle. Translated from the German by Christopher Leo, Teacher of He- 
brew and German in the University of Cambridge, and late Professor of Ger- 
man at the Royal Military College, Sandhurst. Cambridge, at the University 
Press, 1825-28. In two vols. royal 4to. 


This very beautifully printed work is a valuable translation of the first edition of Pro- 
fessor Gesenius’s Hebrew and German Lexicon which was published at Leipzig in 1810— 
12, in two thick octavo volumes, alphabetically arranged. <‘ The intrinsic value of a cri- 
tical lexicon consists chiefly in the views of lexicography held by the author. The leading 
trait of Gesenius, in this respect, is judgment He makesa sober and temperate use of the 
various means for determining the signification of a Hebrew word. His reasoning from 
grammatical analogy, from the usage of the Hebrew language, from the context, from thé 
kindred dialects, and from the antient versions, spontaneously commends itself to the un- 
derstanding. It is not sufficient to say that he has rejected all mystical derivations. 
He has also avoided the error, nearly as dangerous, into which some modern lexicogra- 
phers have run, in their extravagant use of Arabic derivations, in disregard of the fact, that 
the Hebrew is a distinct dialect, and as such has its peculiarities. But although Gesenius 
has restricted himself in this particular; yet his accurate knowledge of the oriental lan- 
guages, especially of their constructions and inflections, sheds a constant and powerful light 
on Hebrew criticism. Much, too, depends on the arrangement of the various significations. 
Here Gesenius has been very successful in seizing hold of the primary physical acceptation of 
a word. This he has placed first ; and the other significations in the order in which they 
might be supposed to be derived from the primary. Lach signification and each construc. 
tion is supported by pertinent citations ; which, when attended with any peculiar difficulty, 
are written out and accompanied with a literal translation.” The different shadesof mean. 
ing, it is truly observed in the preface, can never be set in a clearer light than by citing the 
passage which presents the word in its most distinguished situation, with relation to other 
words. ‘Such a view of the different meanings of a word is the best commentary on all 


206 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


the passages cited. Where the “different significations of a root appear to have no logical 
connexion, they are distinguished by Roman numerals; in other cases only by Arabic nu- 
merals. Gesenius has introduced into his lexicon many things which other lexicographers 
either wholly or partially omit ; as (1) A full account of the construction of verbs with 
different prepositions and particles. This is the more necessary, as the Hebrews have no 
composite verbs, but vary the signification of the verb by means of the preposition following, 
as in other languages by the preposition in composition. (2) A full explanation of phrases 
and idioms, —a very important part of a good lexicon. (3) A notice of poetical words and 
inflections, with the corresponding prosaic expression. (4) A notice of the peculiarities of 
the more modern Hebrew, in distinction from the more antient. (5) An account of those 
words which are defective in some of their forms, which are therefore borrowed from some 
other word, like the anomalous verbs in Greek. Gesenius first attended to this class of words 
inthe Hebrew.” In preparing his translation for the press, Professor Leo not confined himself 
to merely rendering the Hebrew and German into the English language, but made various im- 
provements. First, he hasretained the original preface of Gesenius, in which reasonsare assigned 
for retaining an old expression, or adopting a new one. Further, in order to afford beginners 
an opportunity of becoming more readily acquainted with the various forms of the con- 
jugations of the verbs, he has added to each root of them the number of conjugations in 
which it occurs in the Bible. He has also verified all the citations of the Hebrew Scrip- 
tures with Van der Hooght’s edition, and has thus tacitly corrected many errors which had 
escaped the critical eye of Gesenius. In this respect the translation has an advantage over 
the original. Lastly, Mr. Leo, having compared Gesenius’s German abridgment of his 
lexicon with his own translation, and discovered several additions and improvements, he 
has interwoven them in his work ; and has subjoined an appendix, containing an alphabet 
of such anomalous words as present more than ordinary difficulty to students. 


16. Gulielmi Grsentt Thesaurus Philologico-Criticus Linguzee Hebreez et 
Chaldee Veteris Testamenti. Editio altera secundum radices digesta, priore 
Germanica longe auctior et emendatior. Pars I. Lipsie, 1827. Pars I. 
1834. 4to.; also on large paper in folio. 


Professor Gesenius, after making preparations, for several years, for a full and complete 
Thesaurus of the Hebrew Language, in Hebrew and Latin, printed the first portion of it so 
long since as the year 1827; but proceeded no further with this work. But in the mean 
time he has brought out two manual editions in German and Hebrew, which are the basis 
of Mr. Gibbs’s Hebrew and English Lexicon noticed in N°. 19. The following are the 
leading characteristics of this Thesaurus: —(1.) Being intended for scholars, and not for 
beginners, the work is arranged in etymological order, while the Manuals are in alphabet- 
ical order. (2.) All the proper names are included and illustrated. (3.) In quoting a 
passage in which a word is found, in general all such passages are given, unless where the 
number is great, and the citation of them would be unimportant. (4.) When the author 
differs from the received opinions or sometimes from himself, the reasons are given at length, 
in order to avoid the charge of rashness. (5.) In the citation of authorities, reference is 
more frequently had to the older interpreters, and every where, as much as possible, to the 
ultimate sources. (Andover Biblical Repository, vol. i. p. 188.) The portion already 
published comprises the first three letters of the alphabet; the work is to be completed in 
three more parts or numbers. There are copies on thick folio paper, the typographical - 
execution of which is truly beautiful. 


17. Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum in Veteris Testament! 
libros. Latiné elaboravit, multisque modis retractavit et auxit Guil. GEsE- 
nius. Lipsize, 1833, 8vo. 

The third edition of Gesenius’s Hebrew and German Lexicon is the basis of this work, 
which has been greatly enlarged and improved. It is formed upon the plan of the Thesaurus 
described in No. 16. ; 

18. A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, including the 
Biblical Chaldee. Translated from the Latin of William Gesenius. By 
Edward Roxprinson, D.D. Boston, 1836. 8vo. 

A faithfully executed translation of the preceding work, with the correction of the oc- 
casional errors, which are incidental even to the most laboured of human productions. In 
order that the reader may fully appreciate its utility, the observations on the value of 
Gesenius’s lexicographical labours in pp. 205, 206. must be borne in mind. 

19. A Hebrew and English Lexicon to the Old Testament, including the 
Biblical Chaldee, from the German Works of Prof. W. Gesenius. By 
Josiah W. Gisss, A.M. Andover (North America), 1824. royal 8vo. 
London, 1827. 8vo. Second edition, 1832, 8vo. 


This is, strictly speaking, a new Hebrew and English Lexicon. Its basis is the German 





Sect. II. § 1.] Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicons. | 207 


abridgment or smaller lexicon of Prof. Gesenius, which was published at Leipzic, in 1815, 
in 8vo. ; but Mr, Gibbs has throughout consulted the Thesaurus or larger lexicon, and has 
also made some corrections from Gesenius’s later philological works, especially his (German) 
Commentary on the Prophecy of Isaiah, which was published in 1820-21. Still further 
to improve his Lexicon, Mr. Gibbs has not only corrected many errors and oversights which 
had crept into the original works of Gesenius, but has also commodiously broken the 
articles into paragraphs; making each signification of a word to commence a new paragraph ; 
and he has, in addition, mentioned under each noun, which is found inflected in the Old 
Testament, the declension to which it belongs, as given in Prof, Stuart’s Hebrew Grammar, 
which is noticed in p. 195. No. 7, 

The first London reprint was edited by the Rev. Lancelot Sharpe, M.A., who omitted 
the references to Prof. Stuart’s Grammar, in order to render it more generally useful. 
Further, to ensure greater correctness, the Hebrew words were printed from the second 
edition of Gesenius’s ‘ Neues Hebraisches Handworterburch,” which appeared at Leipsic, in 
1825. The second London edition was superintended by the Rev. Dr. Henderson. Both 
reprints are very neatly executed. 


20. A Manual Hebrew and English Lexicon, including the Biblical Chal- 
dee, abridged with the latest Improvements from the Works of Professor W. 
Gesenius, and designed particularly for the Use of Students. By Josiah W. 
Gisss, A.M. Andover [ Massachussetts ], 1828, 8vo. Second Edition, revised 
and enlarged, New Haven, 1832, 8vo. Reprinted at London, 1833, 8vo. 


This manual Lexicon is intended to embrace, in a condensed form, all the results of the 
preceding larger Hebrew and English Lexicon. It is specially designed for the use of students 
in the higher schools and colleges, and for all in the first stages of their study. All suppo- 
sititious meanings, resting only on inference and analogy, are excluded, as well as the quoting 
and commenting on passages of the Bible. Phrases and idioms are introduced only 
sparingly ; and the more difficult and anomalous forms are omitted. Professor Gibbs has 
announced his intention of supplying this last defect by an alphabetical vocabulary of diffi- 
cult and anomalous forms, accompanied with a full analysis. The second edition was very 
carefully revised and corrected throughout, and the definitions of many words were improved. 
This Manual is quite sufficient for all common purposes of the Hebrew student. The study 
of the Hebrew language is much facilitated by this work. ‘ So cheap and manageable a 
Lexicon will be reckoned a great acquisition by all students, and especially by those who 
have used Gesenius’s or Stuart’s grammar, as it contains references to them in the declension 
of nouns.”’ (British Magazine, May, 1833, p. 586.) ‘The London reprint is very neatly 
executed. 


21. Lexicon Hebrzo-Chaldaicum, in quo omnes voces Hebreee et Chaldee 
Linguee, que in Veteris Testamenti libris occurrunt, exhibentur, adjectis 
ubique genuinis significationibus Latinis. Accurante Chr. ReEtneccio. 
Iterum editum, emendatum, auctum per J. Fr. Renxopr, denuo edidit, emen- 
davit, auxit, atque in ordinem redegit alphabeticum, A. Ph. L. SaverweiIn, 
Hannovere,1828. 8vo. 


92. Lexicon Manuale Hebraico-Latinum et Chaldzeo-Biblicum : auctore 
J.E. Srapuier. Landishuti, 1831. 8vo. 


93. Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum: auctore J. B. GLAIRE. 
Paris, 1831. 8vo. 


94, Lexicon Hebraicum et Chaldaicum in Libros Veteris Testamenti, 
ordine etymologico compositum. Edidit Ernestus Fridericus Lroroxp. 
Lipsize, 1832. 12mo. 


This manual lexicon is compiled expressly for the use of schools, and those who are com- 
mencing their studies in Hebrew literature. It is concise, yet comprehensive ; it is very 
neatly printed, and is the cheapest Hebrew Lexicon which has issued from the press. 


25. A Hebrew and English Lexicon, containing all the Words of the Old 
Testament, with the Chaldee Words in Daniel, Ezra, and the Targums, and 
also the Talmudical and Rabbinical Words derived from them. By Selig 
NewMan. London, 1834. 8vo. 


26. A complete Hebrew and English Critical and Pronouncing Dictionary 
on a new and improved plan.. .... By W. L. Roy. New York, 1837. 
large 8vo. or small folio. 


This dictionary ‘appears to have been undertaken on no settled principle whatever ; while 


208 Sacred. Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


its entire execution betrays a degree of carelessness unpardonable in a work of the kind, and, 
what is of still greater consequence, an almost total ignorance, not only of the Shemitish 
languages in general, but even of the first principles of Hebrew Grammar. In short the 
book, instead of being an acquisition to oriental philology, will prove, if not cast at once into 
its merited obscurity, a reproach to the literary character of the country which produced it.” 
(American Biblical Repository, April, 1838. p.490.) See also a copious analysis, with a similar 
condemnation of this work, in the North American Review for April 1838, pp. 487-532. 


7. Thesauri Lingue Hebraice, e Mischna augendi, Particula I. II. IIT. 
Auctore Ant. Theod. Hartmann. Rostochii, 1825-26. 4:to. 

(5, While this sheet was passing through the press, it was announced that the Rev. Dr. 
Ler, Professor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge, had nearly ready for pub- 
lication an original Hebrew and English Lexicon, on which he has been engaged during 
the last twelve years. 


*,* Those who are commencing their Hebrew studies with the book of Genesis, will 
find Leusden’s Clavis Hebraica Veteris Testamenti (Utrecht, 1683, 4to.) and Robertson’s 
Clavis Pentateuchi (Edinburgh, 1770, Norvici, 1824, 8vo.) to be very useful manuals, as 
Bythner’s Lyra Davidis, or the English Translation, noticed in page 10, supra, and Messrs. 
Keyworth and Jones’s Principia Hebraica (noticed in p. 202.), are to those who begin with 
the book of Psalms. J. F. Scurorprr’s Nova Scriptorum Veteris Testamenti Janua (Lipsie, 
1834-35, in 3 vols. 8vo.) is a useful grammatical analysis of, or rather commentary on the 
whole of the Old Testament, with perpetual references to the grammars of Gesenius and 
Ewald. Of J. H. Mersner’s Nova Veteris Testamenti Clavis, only two volumes have ap- 
peared, (Lipsize, 1809, 8vo.): itis executed on the plan of Leusden’s or Robertson’s works, 
but does not go through the Old Testament. Its value is enhanced by the addition of the 
significations of Hebrew words from the Septuagint version ; the differences of which from 
the Hebrew are often examined and accounted for with much critical acumen. 


§ 2. ENGLISH AND HEBREW LEXICONS with POINTS. 


1. An English and Hebrew Lexicon. To which is annexed a List of 
English and Hebrew Words, the expressions and meanings of which appear to 
be the same in both languages. By Selig Newman. London, 1832. 8vo. 


2. An English and Hebrew Lexicon. To which is added a Selection of 
Proper Names occurring in Scripture and in the Rabbinical writings. By 
Michael Josrpus. London, 1832. 8vo. 


‘“‘ This book is one of a kind, which we did not possess in this country before. Other 
Lexicons contain only the Hebrew words, and the English or Latin...... Asahelp to He- 
brew composition, it must be highly valued.’”’ (British Magazine, vol. vi. p. 311.) See also 
the Congregational. Magazine, March, 1835, p. 182. ° 


§ 3. HEBREW AND ENGLISH LEXICON without POINTS. 


An Hebrew and English Lexicon without Points; in which the Hebrew 
and Chaldee Words of the Old Testament are explained in their leading and 
derived Senses; the Derivative Words are ranged under their respective 
Primitives, and the Meanings assigned to each, authorised by References to 


Passages of Scripture, and frequently illustrated and confirmed by Citations. 


from various Authors. By John Parkuurst, M.A. London, 1792. 4to. 
Other editions in royal 8vo. 


The first edition of this work (the value of which is sufficiently attested by the repeated 
impressions it has undergone) appeared in 1762; the second in 1778; and the third in 
1792; allin quarto. The third is reputed to be the best edition, as being the last which 
was corrected by the learned author himself, who closed a long life of study and of piety 
in 1797. But the later genuine London editions, in royal 8vo., being printed under the 


critical eye of Mr. Parkhurst’s accomplished daughter, are more easy of purchase, and 


justly claim a place in the library of every student. The Hebrew and Chaldee Grammars 
above noticed are prefixed to this Lexicon. 





a a ee er 





| 
; 


3 


- 


GR ES OR ES Se ee ee 


; 





Sect. HI. § 1.] Grammars and Lexicons for the Greek Testament. 209 


SECTION IIL. 


GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS FOR THE GREEK TESTAMENT, AND FOR THE 
SEPTUAGINT VERSION. 


§ 1. GRAMMARS AND OTHER TREATISES ON THE LANGUAGE OF THE NEW 
TESTAMENT. 


1. A Plain and Easy Greek Grammar, adapted to the use of Learners, 
and of those who understand no other Language than English. By John 
ParkuurstT, M.A. 4to. and 8vo. 


This Grammar is prefixed to the learned author’s Greek and English Lexicon; which is 
noticed in p. 214. infra. . 


2. De Vera Natura atque Indole Orationis Graece Novi Testamenti. Auc- 
tore Henrico Puanck. Gottinge, 1810. [Also in the first volume of 
Rosenmiiller’s Commentationes Theologice. | 


“ The little tract of Professor Planck first opened the way fully to a correct estimate of 
the character of the style of the New Testament ; and unfolded those philological principles 
of which the works of Wabl and Winer were intended to exhibit the practical application. 
Though of small dimensions, it is full of large views; and has. exerted a wider influence 
in the critical world than all the ponderous tomes produced during the centuries of the Attic 
Controversy ”’ respecting the style of the New Testament. (North American Review, for 
July, 1826, vol. xxiii. p. 106.) Two English translations of this treatise have appeared ; 
one, in the first volume of the Andover Biblical Repository, the other, in the second 
volume of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


3, Grammatik des Neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, als’ sichere Grund- 
lage der Neutestamentlichen Exegese, bearbeitet von Dr. Georg Benedict 
Winer. Dritte Auflage, Leipzig, 1830. 


The first edition of this most valuable grammar appeared at Leipsic in 1822, and was 

translated into English at Andover (Massachussetts) in 1825. [See the next article.] In 
1826 the author published a second edition, which was soon followed by a second volume of 
excursus on some of the more important topics of the work. In 1830 the present (or 
third) edition was published, in which the former volumes are united, and the subjects are 
reduced to their proper order. Upon the elementary materials collected by Planck, and 
augmented by his own long-continued researches, Dr. Winer has erected a grammatical 
system of the later Greek as exhibited in the New Testament, including the deviations as 
to form and flexions of words, but having regard chiefly to the syntax, or at least to the 
use of words in connection, as well as to the structure of sentences. “ In this,” third 
edition, “the author has also given the further results of his continued studies ; and especially 
those flowing from an attentive and systematic perusal of all the later Greek writers. It 
is not too much to say, that the labours of Planck and Winer have produced an entire re- 
volution of opinion in regard to the language of the New Testament; and have placed the 
character of it in a light so strong and definite, that its general features can be no longer 
mistaken or perverted.” (Andover Biblical Repository, vol. is p. 640.) 


4. A Greek Grammar of the New Testament translated from the German 
of George Benedict Winer, Professor of Theology at Erlangen. By Moses 
Stuart and Edward Robinson. Andover, 1825. Large 8vo. 


This is an ably executed translation of the first edition of the preceding work ; it is how- 
ever now completely superseded by the following work of Professor Stuart. 


5. A Grammar of the New Testament Dialect By Moses Sruarrt, Pro- 
fessor of Sacred Literature in the Theological Seminary, Andover. 
Andover, 1834. 8vo. London, 1838. 8vo. 


A Grammar of the dialect peculiar to the New Testament is necessary to all who would 
critically study its original language: and this work of Professor Stuart will supply the 
student with every information which he can desire on this subject. After a short account 
of the Greek dialects and of the controversy respecting the character of the New Testament 
Greek, the author treats, in the two first parts, on letters and their forms, and on grammatical 
forms and flexions. The remainder of the volume is occupied with the syntax ; considerable 
space is appropriated to the Greek article. This portion of Professor Stuart’s work was 
reprinted at Edinburgh, and forms the tenth volume of the Biblical Cabinet. The results of 
the investigations of Winer, Passow, Buttmann, and other distinguished Greek grammarians, 
are here given, together with those of the author himself. 


VOL. Il. APP. (0) 


210 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


The London reprint is beautifully and accurately executed ; the quotations from the Greek 
Testament and from the classic authors have all been verified; and various typographical 
errors have been carefully corrected. The writer of these pages can recommend this grammar 
to all biblical students. 


6. Grammatica Lingue Grace qui N. T. Scriptores usi sunt, composita 
a Joanne Carolo Guilelmo Aur. Halis Saxonum, 1829. 8vo. 


A valuable grammar of the Greek Language of the New Testament. The author pro- 
fesses to have availed himself of the labours of Winer, so far as they had been published. 


7. De Modorum Usu in Novo Testamento: Questionis Grammaticze 
Pars prima, Indicativi Usum explicans. Scripsit Carolus Henricus Adelbert 
Lipstus. Lipsiz, 1827. 8vo. 


8. Remarks. on the Uses of the Definitive Article in the Greek Text of 
the New Testament: containing many new Proofs of the Divinity of Christ, 
from Passages which are wrongly translated in the common English Version. 
By Granville Saarpr. Second Edition. Durham and London, 1803. 12mo. 


9. Six Letters to Granville Sharp, Esq. respecting his Remarks on 
the Uses of the Definitive Article in the Greek Text of the New Tes- 
tament. By Christopher WorpswortH [now D.D.]. London, 1802. 8vo. 


10. The Doctrine of the Greek Article applied to the Criticism and II- 
lustration of the New Testament. By T. F. Mtpp.Leron, D.D. [late Bishop 
of Calcutta.] London, 1808. Second Edition, Cambridge and London, 
1828. Third Edition, London, 1833. 8vo. 


The value of Bishop Middleton’s treatise has been too long and too well known, to require 
any additional testimony to its merits in this place. The opposers of the doctrine of our 
Saviour’s supreme divinity cavilled at, but could not fairly refute, the convincing philological 
proofs accumulated by Bp. M. The second impression was very carefully edited by the 
Rey. James Scuorerieip, A.M. Regius Professor of Greek in the University of Cam- 
brdge, and the third by the Rev. Hugh James Rosr, B.D., who added many valuable 
remarks and illustrations. An Abstract of the Doctrine of the Greek Article, chiefly derived 
from Bishop Middleton’s treatise, is prefixed to the first volume of Mr. Valpy’s edition of 
the Greek Testament with English notes, printed in 1831. 


11. Joannis vAN Voorst Animadversiones de Usu Verborum cum Pre- 
positionibus compositorum. Pars. I. Lugduni Batavorum, 1818. Pars II. 
1822. 8vo. 


It is an important philological question, whether the prepositions, which the sacred writers 
of the New Testament have prefixed to the verbs employed by them, are useless (as Prof. 
Fischer asserted), or are designed to determine, strengthen, or restrain the sense of a word, 
and whether in consequence they ought to be taken specially into consideration. M. van 
Voorst establishes this last opinion; and inthe second part of his disquisition he has happily 
illustrated the force and meaning of several words occurring in the New Testament. (Mé- 
langes de Religion, tom. vi. pp. 242, 243. Nismes, 1822.) 


12. Christiani Abrahami Want Commentatio de Particule Ec et Preeposi- 
tionis Ec apud N. T. Scriptores Usu et Potestate. Lipsiz, 1827. 8vo. 


13. Joh. Aug. Henr. Trrrmawnnr de Synonymis in Novo Testamento Liber 
Primus. Adjecta sunt alia ejusdem argumenti, Lipsize, 1829.—Ejusdem, 
Liber secundus, Post mortem auctoris edidit, alia opuscula exegetici 
argumenti adjecit, Guilielmus Becher, A.M. Lipsie, 1832. 8vo. 


13*. Remarks on the Synonyms of the New Testament by John Henry 
Tittmann, D.D. Translated by the Rev. Edward Craig, M.A. Edinburgh, 
1833-34. 2 vols. small 8vo. 


The object of Dr. Tittmann was, to investigate the comparative force of those words in 
the New Testament, which appear to be synonymous, that is, which range under a common 
genus, as having one generic idea in common ; but each of which have, in addition, a specific 
difference of meaning. Of these he has given an extensive list, which will be of great ser- 
vice to future lexicographers of the New Testament; and the present work consists of 
enlarged observations upon some of these synonyms. They exhibit the result of deep eru- 
dition. The work is well translated, and is enriched with some valuable notes by the author 
of the translation, which forms part of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 





Sect. III. § 2.] Lexicons to the Greek Testament. 211 


§ 2. GLOSSARIES AND LEXICONS TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. 


Numerous Lexicons to the Greek Testament have been published at 
different times, a list of which is given by Schleusner, at the end of the 
preface to his Lexicon; and the defects of which are considered by J. F. 
Fiscuer in his “ Prolusiones de vitiis Lexicorum Novi Testamenti, Lipsiz, 
1791,” 8vo. The causes why the lexicography of the New Testament, until 
of late years, has not been studied in proportion to its importance, together 
with a statement of the requisites of a good Lexicon, are specified by 
J. Brocuner in his “ Idea Lexicographiz Novi Testamenti. Haunia, 1832,” 
8vo. ‘The following are those most deserving of attention : — 


1. Glossarium Greecum in Sacros Novi Feederis Libros, ex MSS. primus 
edidit, notisque inlustravit Joannes ALBertI. Lugd. Bat. 1735. 8vo. 


2. Gloss Sacre Hrsycuit, Greece. Ex universo illius Opere in Usum 
Interpretationis Libr. Sacr. excerpsit, emendavit, notisque illustravit Jo. 
Chr. Gottlieb Ernesti. Accesserunt Glossze Greece in Psalmos, ex Catalogo 
Manuscriptorum Bibliotheca Taurinensis denuo editz. Lipsiz, 1785. 8vo. 


3. Surp# et PHavorini Gloss Sacree Grace, cum spicilegio Gloss. SS. 
Hesychii et Etymologici Magni: congessit, emendavit, et notis illustravit, 
J.C. G. Ernesti. Lipsiew, 1786. 8vo. 


Schleusner has extracted the most valuable matter from these works, and inserted it in his 
well-known and excellent Greek Lexicon to the New Testament. 


4. Critica Sacra: containing Observations on all the Radices of the Hebrew 
Words of the Old, and the Greek of the New Testament. By Edward Leiacu, 
Esq. London, 1662. folio, with Supplement. 


This work was first published in 1639 and 1646, in 4to. The folio impression of 1662 
is the best English edition. The Critica Sacra was translated into Latin and printed at 
Amsterdam, with additional observations by John Heeser, 1696, in folio. Mr. Leigh was 
one of the most learned men of his time, and enjoyed the friendship of Archbishop Usher. 
His work isa very valuable help to the understanding of the original languages of the sacred 
writings ; and as it may frequently be obtained at a low price, it may be substituted for 
either of the following works, which a student may not perhaps be able to purchase. ‘The 
Critica Sacra not only gives the literal sense of every word in the Old and New Testaments, 
but enriches almost every definition with philological and theological notes, drawn from the 
publications of the best grammarians and critics then extant. -To this work most succeed- 
ing lexicographers on the Old and New Testament have been greatly indebted. 


5. Joannis Knoxixiit Vocabularium Biblicum Novi Testamenti, ita secun- 
dum seriem capitum atque versuum adornatum, ut in lectione sacrorum 
Novi ‘Testamenti Greci Librorum usum prebere possit extemporalem. 
Editio nova, auctior et emendatior, additis subinde preter Analysin Gram- 
maticum Vocumque Themata Locorum difficiliorum explicationibus. Lipsia, 
1777. 8vo. 


6. Novum Lexicon Greeco-Latinum in Novum Testamentum congessit et 
variis observationibus philologicis illustravit Johannes Friedericus ScHLEuS- 
NER. Lipsiwe, 1819. 4 parts in 2 vols. 8vo. Glasgue, 1824. 4to. and also 
in 2 vols. 8vo. 


This is the fourth and best edition of an invaluable work: the first appeared at Leipsic in 
1791; the second in 1801; and the third in 1808. An elegant reprint of this Lexicon was 
executed at the University press, Edinburgh, in 1814, in two vols. 8vo.: the German quo- 
tations introduced by Schleusner are in this edition translated into English by the editors, 
Messrs. Smith, Strauchon, and Dickenson. Another reprint of this Lexicon issued from 
the Glasgow press in 1817, also in two volumes 8vo. The fourth Leipsic edition contains 
many additional words and new observations which are interspersed through the work. The 
Preface contains a severe philippic against the two reprints just noticed. The Glasgow edi- 
tions of 1824 are elegantly printed both in one volume 4to. and in two vols. 8vo, 1 


7. Lexicon Greco-Latinum in Novum Testamentum. Congessit Joh. 
Frieder. Schleusner; in compendium redegit Joannes Carry, LL.D, Lon- 
dini, 1826. 8vo. | 

(0) 2 


212 Sacred Philology. [Part die Chere 


«“ The main principle of this volume is, that it contains all Schleusner’s Lexicographical 
interpretations, together with his Scripture references, and this without abridgment; while 
nothing is sacrificed but what, in a majority of instances, may be advantageously dispensed 
with... .. Dr. Carey’s name is a guarantee for correct impression.” (Eclectic Review, 
vol. xxvi. N. S. p. 180.) This manual Lexicon is very neatly printed. 


8. Christiani Scnoretcentr Novum Lexicon Greeco-Latinum in Novum 
Testamentum : post J. T. Krebsium recensuit, et variis observationibus, phi- 
lologicis et criticis, locupletavit G. L.Sponn. Lipsiz, 1790. 8vo.! 


The first edition of Schoetgenius’s Lexicon was published at Leipsic, in 1746: Kreb’s 
corrected and enlarged edition appeared also at Leipsic, in 1765, both in 8vo. Previously 
to the appearance of Schleusner’s work, Spohn’s third edition was justly considered as the 
best Greek and Latin Lexicon to the New Testament, for which it may be substituted by 
those who cannot afford to purchase Schleusner’s volumes. 


9. A Greek and English Manual Lexicon to the New Testament, with 
Examples of all the irregular and more difficult Inflections. By J. H. Bass. 
London, 1820; second edition, 1829. 18mo. 


This little volume is confessedly a manual Lexicon for young students of the Greek Tes- 
tament. Its author has carefully abridged the more diffuse explanations of other Lexicons ; 
but it is noticed here, principally because it contains nearly fifty articles commonly omitted 
in other Lexicons of the New Testament, and which are supplied from the fourth edition of 
Schleusner above noticed. The second edition is much enlarged, and so materially improved, 
that it may almost be regarded as a new work. The definitions have been amplified ; refer- 
ences are made to passages in which words are usedin peculiar acceptations ; and examples 
are quoted of unusual combinations of language. While every thing has been retained 
which adapted this Lexicon to the wants of the mere learner, the author has aimed to accom- 
modate it also (as far as its limits would permit) to the use of those whose perusal of the 
sacred volume is more critical and discriminating. 


10. A New Greek and English Lexicon to the New Testament ; in which 
the Quantity of all the doubtful Vowels is carefully marked, and Genealogical 
Tables connected with the Sacred History are annexed, By the Rey. 
Henry Laine, LL.D. London, 1821. 8vo. 


“Tt is a convenient work for all who wish to read the New Testament in the Original 
without making any further progress in the language.” (British Review, vol. xxii. 
pp. 409, 410.) 


11. Clavis Philologica Novi Testamenti, auctore Christophoro Abrahamo 
Want. Lipsie, 1822. 2 tomis, 8vo. Editio secunda, auctior et emendatior. 
Lipsiz, 1829. 2 tomis, 8vo. 


This truly valuable Greek and Latin Lexicon to the New Testament is expressly designed 
for those who cannot afford to purchase Schleusner’s Lexicon. It is founded on the philo- 
logical principles first developed by Professor Planck, in his elaborate dissertation ‘* De Veré 
Naturd atque Indole Orationis Grece Novi Testamenti,” noticed in page 209, supra. “ It 
was the object of the author to bring into a moderate compass the results of the latest and 
most extended investigations into both the philology and interpretation of the sacred volume ; 
so that they might be made universally accessible, and be adapted to the daily convenience, 
and habitual use, of every student. The work was intended to embrace simply the results, 
without the processes, of investigation ; with references to authorities sufficient to verify those 
results, should the student wish to prosecute his inquiries further. That such is the plan 
best suited to the purpose which the author had in view, there can be little doubt; nor can 
we hesitate tosay, that he has successfully accomplished that purpose. The object of a 
lexicon is not a commentary, — not the exhibition of a system of theology: itis designed 





1 Indispensable as the Lexicons of Schleusner and Spohn are to biblical students, the 
author cannot omit the following salutary advice of Bishop Jebb: — “I would,” he says, 
“ earnestly exhort those biblical students, who may happen to use (as, with proper caution, all 
advanced students, will find it their advantage to use) the Lexicons of Spohn and Schleusner 
for the New Testament, and those of Schleusner and Bretschneider for the Septuagint and 
Apocrypha, to be particularly on their guard against alleged identity of meaning, in words 
whose ordinary signification is any thing but synonymous. In such cases, let the cited pas- 
sages be carefully examined; and I venture to affirm, that, instead of synonymous, there 
will almost universally be found an important variation of meaning between the related 
members: commonly a progress in the sense, but always such a variation, as will quite 
‘supersede the necessity of resorting to an unusual, much less an unprecedented, acceptation of 
the terms employed.” Bp. Jebb’s Sacred Literature, p, 51. 





Sect. IIT. § 2.j Lexicons to the Greek Testament. 213 


simply as an instrument in the hands of the student, by which he is to aid himself in ascer- 
taining the sense of a writer, and making out practically, if not formally, a commentary for 
himself. To do this fully, he must of course go back to the same sources of information 
from which the Lexicon itself was drawn. In a work of this kind, moreover, a great deal 
of the merit must necessarily depend on the power which the writer: may possess of con- 
densing his thoughts, and expressing them in terms at once concise and perspicuous. In 
this respect, we think that a high rank must be assigned to Wahl; and that he is far removed 
both from the diffuseness of Parkhurst, and from that prolixity and unnecessary copiousness 
for which Schleusner is distinguished.” (North American Review for July, 1826, vol. xxiii. 
pp. 106, 107.) In the first volume of the Andover Biblical Repository (pp. 554—568.), 
there is an elaborate comparative criticism, by Professor Tholuck, of Halle, on the respective 
merits of Wahl’s Lexicon and of that by Dr. Bretschneider, No. 15. infrd. 


12. Clavis Novi Testamenti Philologica usibus Scholarum et Juvenum 
Theologiz studiosorum accommodata. Auctore Christophoro Abrahamo 
Wau. Editio Minor. Lipsiz, 1831. 4to. 


_ This abridgment of Dr. Wahl’s second edition of his larger Lexicon fills 343 closely 
printed pages in large 4to. Professor Tholuck, of Halle, states that it ‘“‘is very well done, 
although, viewed in the light of a truly Christian theology, it leaves much to be desired. 
The Spirit of God moves not upon the waters.” (Andover Biblical Repository, for 1832, 
vol. ii. p. 208.) 


13. Greek and English Lexicon to the New Testament, from the Clavis 
Philologica of Christ. Abraham Waut. By Edward Roxsinson, A.M., 
[now D.D.] Andover [Massachussetts ], 1825. royal 8vo. 


Though modestly announced as a translation from Wahl’s Clavis, this beautifully and 
correctly printed work is, in fact, a new Lexicon to the New Testament, composed with 
great care and accuracy. The texts cited by Wahl were all verified and corrected ; and not 
a few of the references to classic authors were corrected, where Mr. Robinson could have 
access to the editions consulted by Wahl. Many of the definitions also were framed de novo 
from the New Testament, rather than from the very general Latin definitions either of Wahl 
or Schleusner; and where any important remark or illustration could be derived from 
Schleusner or from other sources, Mr. R. has carefully introduced it. This work having 
been some. years out of print, the learned author in 1836 published the new and very 
important Lexicon which is noticed in the following paragraph. 


14. A Greek and English Lexicon to the New Testament. By Edward 
Rozinson, D.D. Boston, 1836. royal 8vo. London, 1837. 8vo. Edinburgh, 
1837. 8vo. 


This truly valuable Lexicon contains the results of the learned author’s researches, as well 
as those of all preceding lexicographers of the New Testament: the following is a brief 
outline of the plan which he has adopted in the arrangement of his materials. ‘The etymology 
of each word is given, so far as it appertains to the Greek and Hebrew, and occasionally to 
the Latin. To each word is assigned its primary signification, whether found in the New 
Testament or not; and then the author deduces from it all the significations which occur in 
the New Testament. Inthis portion of the work he has bestowed much attention, in bringing 
out to view the force of the prepositions in composition. Further, the different forms and 
inflections of words are exhibited, so far as seemed proper in a lexicon; and the usage of 
the writers of the New Testament is, in all cases, illustrated by references to the Septuagint, 
and the other Greek versions, as well as to the writings of Philo and Josephus, and to the 
writers in the common or later idiom of the Greek language. So far as the limits of a 
lexicon permit, attention has been given to the interpretation of difficult passages; and in 
each article a reference is given to every passage of the New Testament where every word is 
found; thus rendering the Lexicon, to a very considerable extent, a concordance to the New 
Testament. 

The London edition was superintended by the Rev. Dr. Bloomfield; and the Edinburgh 
edition by the learned Hellenist, Mr. Solomon Negris, aided by the Rey. Mr. Duncan. 
Both editors profess to have corrected numerous errata, which had unavoidably crept into the 
original work: and the additions which they have made (sometimes correcting, at others 
modifying the author’s statements) are printed between brackets. The British reprints are 
as cheap as they are beautifully executed: and Dr. Robinson’s work may justly be regarded 
as the most comprehensive Lexicon to the New Testament which has ever been published. 


15. Lexicon Manuale Greeco- Latinum in Libros Novi Testamenti, auctore 
Carolo Gottlieb BrerscuneiperR. Lipsie, 1824; Editio Secunda, auctior 
et emendatior, Lipsia, 1829. 2 tomis, 8vo.! 





1 See the note in p. 212. 


(0) 3 


214 Sacred Philology. | [Part Il. Ch. 1V. 


This manual lexicon exhibits a less strict adherence to the philological principles developed. 
by Planck and Wahl, above noticed. The illustrations are drawn more frequently from the 
Septuagint and the apocryphal books, and also from the apocryphal gospels published by 
Fabricius, with which the author is intimately acquainted ; and it is this circumstance which 
imparts the chief value to Dr. Bretschneider’s work. 


16. A Greek and English Lexicon to the New Testament: in which 
the Words and Phrases occurring in these Sacred Books are distinctly ex- 
plained, and the Meanings assigned to cach, authorised by References to 
Passages of Scripture, and frequently illustrated and confirmed by Citations 
from the Old Testament and from the Greek Writers. To this Work is 
prefixed a plain and easy Greek Grammar, adapted to the use of learners, 
. and those who understand no other language than English. By John 
Parxuurst, M.A. A new edition, comprising the more valuable parts of 
the Works of some later Writers. By Hugh James Rosr, B.D. London, 
1829. royal 8vo. 


The first edition of this well-known Lexicon to the Greek Testament appeared in 1769, 
the second in 1794, both in quarto; the third in royal octavo, with the learned author’s last 
corrections, and with large additions, in 1798. These have been retained in the numerous 
impressions which have subsequently appeared. In the course of the thirty years which have 
elapsed since the publication of Mr. Parkburst’s third and last edition, sacred philology has 
received great accessions ; and, a new edition being required, the proprietors of this work 
confided it to the Rev. Hugh James Rose, B.D., who has conferred a high obligation on 
biblical students by the able manner in which he has revised, enlarged, and improved the 
work. 

His very numerous additions are inclosed within square brackets [ ]; and, by enlarging 
the pages (which exceed the number in the former editions by more than two hundred), by 
omitting altogether the most fanciful etymologies of Parkhurst, as well as by throwing 
much less important matter into notes, and entirely re-writing many articles, Mr. Rose has 
added at least one third of new matter to this work. 


17. A Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament, translated from the 
Greek-Latin Lexicon of John Dawson, A.B., and considerably enlarged: to 
which is prefixed, an Outline of Greek Grammar, for the use of Biblical 
Students who have not received a Classical Education. By W.C.'Taytor, 
A.M. London, 1831. 8vo. 


§ 3. Lexicons To THE SEPTUAGINT VERSION. 


1. Jo. Christiani Brzx Novus Thesaurus Philologicus; sive Lexicon in 
LXX. et alios Interpretes et Scriptores Apocryphos Veteris Testamenti. 
Ex Autoris MScto edidit ac prefatus est E. H. Mutzenbecher. Hage 
Comitum, 1779-80. 3 tomis 8vo. 


Lexici in Interpretes Gracos V. T. maxime Scriptores Apocryphos 
Spicilegium I. et II. Post Bielium congessit et edidit Jo. Fried. 
Scuieusner. Lipsie, 1784-86. | 

Lexici in Interpretes Gracos V. T. maxime Scriptores Apocryphos 
Spicilegia. Post Bielium et Schleusnerum congessit et edidit C. G. 
BRETSCHNEIDER. Lipsie, 1805. 8vo. 


2. Novus Thesaurus Philologico-Criticus, sive Lexicon in LXX. et reliquos 
Interpretes Graecos, ac Scriptores Apocryphos Veteris Testamenti; post 
Bielium et alios viros doctos congessit et edidit Johannes Friedericus 
ScHLEUSNER. Lipsiz, 1820, 1821; in 5 parts or vols. S8yo. Glasguee et 
Londini, 1822. In three thick volumes, 8vo. 


On the basis of Biel’s Lexicon and his continuators, Schleusner has produced a Lexicon 
for the Septuagint Greek version, which, for philological research, is surpassed only by his 
Lexicon for the New Testament. 

The edition, which in 1822 issued from the University Press at Glasgow, reflects great 
credit on the printers, Messrs. A. and J. M. Duncan, as well as on the publisher (Mr. R. 
Priestley), at whose expense it was undertaken: it is very beautifully executed. In this 








Sect. IV. § 1.] Grammars and Lexicons of the Cognate Languages. 215 


edition, many typographical errors, particularly in the Greek and Hebrew quotations, have 
been corrected ; and the references to the chapters and verses, which in the foreign edition, 
are said to be very inaccurate, have been carefully amended. Professor Schleusner’s German 
explanations of particular words uniformly have English translations attached to them ; and 
to the third volume there is appended an index of all the Hebrew words occurring in the 
work, together with a collation of verses and chapters, as set out respectively in the editions 
of the Greek Septuagint superintended by Wechel and Bos. The former of these will in a 
great measure supply the want of a Hebrew Lexicon. This Appendix, which fills nearly 
three hundred pages, is not to be found in the Leipsic edition. 


3. E. G. A. Bocket Nove Clavis in Grzecos Interpretes Veteris Testa- 
menti, Scriptoresque Apocryphos, ita adornatz ut etiam Lexici in Novi 
Foederis Libros usum prabere possit, atque Editionis LXX. Interpretum 
Hexaplaris, Specimina, 4to. Lipsiz, 1820. 

This work was never completed. In the fourth volume cf the Commentationes Theo- 
logice (pp. 195—263.), edited by MM. Velthusen, Kuinoel, and Ruperti, there is a 
specimen of a Clavis Reliquiarum Versionum Gracarum V. T, by John Frederick Fischer : 
it contains only the letter A. Both these intended publications are superseded by Schleus- 
ner’s elaborate Lexicon to the Septuagint just noticed. 


4. A Greek and English Lexicon, originally a Scripture Lexicon, and 
now adapted to the Classics, with a Greek Grammar prefixed. By Greville 
Ewinc. Glasgow and London, 1827. 8vo. 

The third edition, greatly improved, of a truly valuable Lexicon; the first edition ap- 
peared at Glasgow in 1801, and the second in 1812. ‘+ From its size, cheapness, and 
laudable brevity (in most respects), this book is capable of becoming generally useful.” 
(British Critic and Theological Review, vol. iii. p. 326.) The Grammar is sold separately : 
besides being a general introduction to the study of the Greek Language, it contains many 
valuable observations on the style of the Septuagint and New Testament. 


SECTION IV. 
GRAMMARS AND LEXICGNS OF THE COGNATE OR KINDRED LANGUAGES. 


: § 1. GENERAL TREATISES AND POLYGLOTT GRAMMARS OF THE COGNATE 
LANGUAGES. 


1. Introductio ad Lectionem Linguarum Orientalium : 


Hebraice. Syriace. /Ethiopice. 
Chaldaicz. Arabicee. Armene. 
Samaritanee. Persice. Copte. 


‘Consilium de earum studio feliciter instituendo, et de Libris quos in hunc 
finem sibi comparare debent studiosi......Per Brianum Wanton, S.T.D. 
Londini, 1655. 12mo. 


“ This little tract,” says Dr. Adam Clarke, * is really well written, and must have been 
very useful at the time it was published. It does not contain grammars of the different 
languages mentioned in the title, but only the different alphabets, and directions how to read 
them. Atthe end of his exposition of the alphabet of each language is a specimen in the 
proper character, each line of which is included between ¢wo others; the first of which is 
a literal Latin version of the original, and the second, the letters of the original expressed by 
italics. Short as these examples are, they are of great utility to a learner.”  (Bibliogr. 
Dict. vol. ii. p. 11.) As the copy in the Library of H. R. H. the Duke of Sussex is de- 
signated as editio secunda, priori emendatior, 1655, it should seem that two editions of this 
treatise were printed in the same year. (Bibl. Sussex. vol.i. partii. p. 74.) 


9. Briani WALTONI Dissertatio, in qua de Linguis Orientalibus, Hebraica, 
Chaldaica, Samaritana, Syriaca, Arabica, Persica, Armena, et Copta; et de 
Textuum et Versionum, que in Complutensibus, Regiis, Parisiensibus, et 
Anglicanis Polyglottis Bibliis, habentur, antiquitate, authoritate, et usu, 
breviter disseritur. Accessit Johannis Wouweri Syntagma de Greca et 
Latina Bibliorum Interpretatione. Daventric, 1658. 12mo. 


(0) 4 


216 Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. 1V- 


This dissertation is sometimes, erroneously, confounded with the preceding work, but it 
“is entirely of a different character. It displays, like all the other productions of “the 
learned author, much sound knowledge and learning.” (Bibl. Sussex. vol. i. part ii. 


Pp. 74.) 

3. Joh. Henrici Horrincert Grammatica quatuor Linguarum, Hebraice, 
Chaldaice, Syriace, et Arabice. Accedit Technologia Linguz Arabice 
Theologico-historica. Heidelberge, 1659. 4to. 


4. Stephani Morini Oratio Inauguralis de Linguarum Orientalium ad 
intelligentiam Sacre Scripture utilitate. Lugduni Batavorum, 1686. 8vo. 


5. Simonis Ocxierr Introductio ad Linguas Orientales. Cantabrigia, 
1706. 12mo. 


6. Gulielmi Gesenrr et J. A. HorrMANNI Rudimenta Orientalia: seu 
Tabulz Verborum, Nominum, et Pronominum, Hebr. et Chald. Syr. Samar. 
Rabbin. /Ethiop. cum brevi Institutione Grammatica. Pars I. Dialectos 
Arameas cum Hebrza complectens. Lipsiz, 1825. 4to. 


7. Elements of Chaldee, Syriac, Samaritan, and Rabbinical Grammar. 
By John G. Patrrey, D.D. Boston [Massachussetts], 1835. 8vo. 


§ 2. POLYGLOTT LEXICONS OF THE KINDRED LANGUAGES. 


1. Lexicon Heptaglotton, Hebraicum, Chaldaicum, Syriacum, Samaritanum, 
Ethiopicum, Arabicum, conjunctim ; et Persicum separatim. In quo omnes 
voces Hebrece, Chaldew, Syre, Samaritan, Ethiopic, Arabica, et Persice, 
tam Manuscriptis, quam impressis libris, cum primis autem in Bibliis Poly- 
glottis, adjectis hinc inde Armenis, Turcicis, Indis, Japonicis, &c. ordine 
Alphabetico, sub singulis Radicibus digeste, continentur, &c. Cui accessit 
brevis et harmonica (quantum fieri potuit) Grammatice omnium preeceden- 
tium Linguarum Delineatio. Authore Edmundo Caste ..o, S. T. D. Regie 
M.4 sacris: Lingue Arabice apud Cantabrigienses Professore, &c. Londini, 
imprimebat Thomas Roycroft, LL. Orientalium Typographus Regius, 1669. 
2 vols. folio. 


This work, which forms the companion to Bp. Walton’s Polyglott Bible noticed in pp. 
34—36. of this Appendix, is perhaps the greatest and most perfect undertaking of the kind 
hitherto performed by human industry and learning. ‘Dr. Castell expended ‘both his for- 
tune and his life in this immense undertaking. It is true he had help from several learned 
men. Dr. Murray lent him assistance in the Arabic; Mr. (afterwards Bishop) Beveridge, 
inthe Syriac ; and) Dr. Wanslecb, in the A’thiopic. But the person to whom he was most 
indebted was the celebrated Dr. Lightfoot, aman who, for the amiableness of his dispo- 
sition, the purity of his manners, and the extent and depth of his literary knowledge, had, 
even in that age of profound learning, no superior, and since no equal, So implicitly did 
Dr. Castell depend on his judgment, that when. he began that work, in 1657, le wrote to him 
for direction and advice, promising either to proceed i in or suppress it, as he should deter- 
mine. Dr. Lightfoot not only helped on this immortal work by his counsels, corrections, 
&c., but he also contributed money, and procured subscriptions, so that Dr. Castell acknow- 
ledged there was no man in the three kingdoms to whom he owed so much. When Dr. 
Castell sent him his Lexicon, he acknowledged that it owed a great part of its perfection to 
his learning and industry, and thought his name should occupy a distinguished place in the 
title-page. The Persic Lexicon is the fruit of the joint labour of himself and Golius. 
This part of Dr. Castell’s work has been undervalued by such as either did not or could 
not consult it; but it is an excellent work; andto it even Meninski and Richardson are 
indebted for a multitude of articles. _ Its chief fault is want of distinct arrangement ; the 
words are sadly intermixed, and many Persian words are printed with Hebrew types, pro- 
bably because they had but few Persian characters. Dr. Castell laboured at this work for 
seventeen years, during which time he maintained in his own house, at his own cost, seven 
Englislimen and seven foreigners, as writers, all of whom died before the work was finished. 
The names of those respectable literary drudges I have not been able to find. Besides the 
12,0001. of Lis own property, which this great man expended on this work, he was obliged 
to borrow 18002. more; and not being able to make up this money, he was constrained to 





Sect. IV. § 3.] Syriac Grammars and Lexicons. 217 


make application to King Charles II. and entreat him, ne carcer esset premium tot laborum 
et sumptuum — that a prison might not be the reward of so many labours and so much ex- 
pense. This produced a letter from the king, in 1660, to all the archbishops, bishops, dukes, 
lords, and nobles of the realm, recommending the work, and earnestly soliciting pecuniary 
assistance in behalf of its distressed and embarrassed author; which was followed, three 
years after, by one from the Archbishop of Canterbury, directed to all the clergy, on the 
same behalf; and, afterwards, by ancther from twenty-nine English and Irish prelates, 
earnestly entreating the public not to permit this great man to sink under his labours, and 
the pecuniary embarrassments, brought on him by a work, which he had undertaken for the 
honour of God, the, promotion of religion and learning, and consequently the good of 
mankind. Is it not strange, that when the king and the clergy laid this so much to heart, 
and recommended it so warmly, the author’s embarrassments should still continue ? The 
reason seems to have been this—the nation was impoverished, and the exchequer itself 
emptied, by the late civil wars. 

“« At the end of the third page of his Preface, he makes the following complaint, which 
no scholar can read without pain of heart : — ¢ Socios quidem habui in hoc opere, sed perexi- 
guo tempore mecum in illo commorantes, nescio an dicam, immensitate laboris plane ex- 
territos. Per plures annos, jam etate provectus, et una cum patrimonio satis competenti, 
exhaustis etiam animi viribus, oculis caligantibus, corporis variis in hoc opere confractis, et 
dislocatis membris, relictus sum solus, sine amanuensi, aut vel correctore ullo.’ He died 
in 1685. Some copies of this Lexicon have in the title, * Londini, Scott, 1686 ;’ but this 
proves nothing more than a re-impression of the title; for there never was a second edition 
of the work.” (Clarke’s Bibliographical Dictionary, vo]. i. pp. 268-—-270.) For other 
interesting particulars concerning this distinguished but ill-requited scholar, see Chalmers’s 
Biographical Dictionary, vol. viii. pp. 398—400. 


2. V. ScuinpLeRi Lexicon Pentaglotton, Hebraicum, Chaldaicum, Syria- 
cum, Talmudico-Rabbinicum, et Arabicum. MHanovie, 1612. folio. 


§ 3. SYRIAC GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS. 


* * Professor Hoffmann has given a Catalogue of all the Syriac Grammars and Lexicons ex- 
tant, up to the year 1823, both antient and modern, interspersed with bibliographical and critical 
remarks, The modern grammarians are fifty-four in number ; and the lexicographers, sixteen. 
(Grammat. Syriac. pp. 36—59.) Those only ure here noticed which are most easily procurable, 
and, in his judgment, most deserving of attention, 


1. Theophili Philippi Christiani Kaiser Commentarius, quo Linguze 
Aramaice Usus ad judicanda et interpretanda plura Novi Testamenti loca, 
ea maximé que parallela sunt, novis exemplis defenditur. Norimberge, 
1831. 8vo. 


2. Caroli Scuaar Opus Aramzeum, complectens Grammaticam Chaldaicam 
et Syriacam, Selecta ex Targumim, cum versione Latina, necnon Lexicon 
Chaldaicum, &c. Lugduni Batavorum, 1686. 12mo. 


The Syriac letters are expressed in Hebrew characters, and the work affords more assist- 
ance to the Chaldee than to the Syriac student. (Hoffmanni Gram. Syr. p. 52.) 


3. Christ. Benedicti Micuaexis Syriasmus; id est, Grammatica Lingue 
Syriacee, cum fundamentis necessariis, tum paradigmatibus plenioribus, tum 
denique ubere syntaxi, et idiomatibus linguze, instructa. Hale Magde- 
burgice, 1741. 4to. 

_ This Grammar, Proff. Hoffmann states, was compiled by the elder Michaelis with singular 
industry and learning from the Syriac Version of the Old and New Testaments; and is 


better arranged, as well as better furnished with examples, than any other previous grammar 
of the Syriac language. (Hoffmanni Gram. Syr. p. 53.) 


4. J. D. MicHarLis Grammatica Syriaca. Hale, 1784. 4to. 
This is nearly a reprint of the preceding work, with a few additions and alterations. 


5. Joannis JAuN Elementa Aramaice, seu Chaldzo-Syriace Lingue. 
Latiné reddita, et nonnullis accessionibus aucta, ab Andr. Fr. OBERLEITNER. 
Vienne, 1820. 8vo. 


Professor Jabn’s Grammar of the Arameean Language was first published, in German, 


218 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV. 


in the year 1793. Animperial edict having enacted that the Latin language should exclu- 
sively be used in all schools and academies within the Austrian dominions, Dr. Oberleitner 
translated Jahn’s treatise into Latin, and made various important additions. This grammar 
is perspicuously written, and very neatly printed, 


6. A Syriac Grammar, principally adapted to the New Testament in that 
Language. By Thomas Yeates. London, 1821. 8vo. 


7. The Elements of Syriac Grammar. By the Rev. G. Puituips, M.A. 
London, 1837. 8vo. 


8. An Introduction to the Syriac Language; in which the Genius of the 
Language is explained by a new and simple Principle of Analysis. By the 
Rev. Frederick Notan, LL.D. London, 1821. 12mo. 


9. Andree Theophili HorrmManni Grammatice Syriace Libri III. cum 
tribus Tabulis varia Scripturee Aramaice genera exhibentibus. 4to. Hale, 
1827, 

This is the most copious as well as the most elaborate treatise on Syriac Grammar which 
is extant. Proff. Hoffmann has availed himself of every previous accessible help. The 
prolegomena contain a history of the Syrians, as well as of their language, together with a 
review of the labours of his predecessors in this department of sacred literature, and the 
history and mode of writing which has obtained at different times. The first of the three 
books into which this Grammar is divided treats on the elements or characters of the Syriac 
Janguage; in the second are discussed the different parts of speech; and the third is appro- 
priated to the syntax, which is illustrated with a great number of examples. The notes, 
which are very numerous, refer to the best authorities antient and modern, on every topic of 
Syriac Grammar ; and the work concludes with a copious Index. 


10. Joannis AGRELLII Supplementa Syntaxeos Syriac. Preefatus est 
J.G. L. KoseGarten. Gryphiswaldiz, 1834. 8vo. 


11. Martini Trostit Lexicon Syriacum ex inductione omnium exem- 
plorum N. T. Syriaci adornatum; adjecta singulorum vocabulorum signifi- 
catione Latina et Germanica, cum Indice triplici. Cothenis Anhaltinorum, 
1623. 4:to. | 

Although the pronouns and particles are wanting in this. Lexicon (as they are in all the 


older lexicons which preceded it), yet Trostius has done much in accurately investigating the 
genuine meaning of every word. (Hoffmanni Gramm. Syr. p. 57.) 


12. AXgidii GurBrrit Lexicon Syriacum, continens omnes N. T. Syriaci 
dictiones et particulas. Hamburgi, 1667. 12mo. 


13. Aigidii Gutbirii Lexicon Syriacum, omnes Novi Testamenti Syriaci 
Dictiones et Particulas complectens. Denuo edidit, emendavit, in ordinem 
redegit E. HenpERson, Ph.D. Londini, 1836. 24mo. 


14. Caroli ScHaar Lexicon Syriacum Concordantiale, omnes Novi Tes- 
tamenti Syriaci voces, et ad harum illustrationem multas alias Syriacas, 
et linguarum affinium dictiones complectens, cum necessariis indicibus, 
Syriaco et Latino, ut et catalogo nominum propriorum et Gentilium N. T. 
Syr. Lugduni Batavorum, 1709. 4to. _ 

This Lexicon fully answers the professicn made in the title-page ; and the reader of the 
Syriac New Testament, who may consult it, will rarely be disappointed. (Hoffmanni Gram. 
Syr. p. 59.) The work was published as a companion to the beautiful edition of the Syriac 
Testament printed at Leyden in-the same year. In his preface, Schaaf makes honourable 
mention of the previous labours of Trostius, Gutbirius, and especially of the Syriac 
Lexicon contained in the Heptaglott Lexicon of our learned countryman Edmund 
Castell. ! 


15. Lexicon Syriacum ab Antonio ZANOLINI collectum, voces omnes que 
in N. T. translatione Syriaca inveniuntur complectens. Accedit ejusdem 
auctoris Disputatio de Lingua Syriaca, Versionibus Syriacis et de Maronitis, 
quibus preecipue nunc Lingua Syriaca in usu est. Patavii, 1742. 4to. 





1 Castell’s Syriac Lexicon was reprinted at Gottingen in 1788, in two parts, forming one 
volume small 4to. 





Sect. IV. § 4.] Arabic Grammars and Lexicons. 219 


This work was composed by Dr. Zanolini for the use of the students in the seminary at 
Padua, where he was professor of Oriental languages. Dr. Z. has not specified what au- 
thorities he consulted. Prof. Hoffmann states that he does not appear to have made any use 
of Schaaff’s Lexicon. (Gramm. Syr. p. 59.) 





§ 4. ARABIC GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS. 


1. Philippi GuapaGno ti Breves Arabice Lingue Institutiones. Rome, 
1642. 4to. 


2. Thome Errentt Grammatica Arabica. Cum fabulis Lokmani, et ex- 
cerptis anthologiz veterum Arabiz poetarum, Arabice et Latine. Interprete 
Alberto Schultens. Lugduni Batavorum, 1748, 1767. 4to. 


The first edition of Erpenius’s Arabic Grammar*appeared in 1636, in 4to. Those of 
1748 and 1767 are considered the best. 


3. Thome Erpentt Rudimenta Lingue Arabice. Florilegium senten- 
tiarum et Clavem dialectorum adjecit Albertus Schultens. Lugduni Bata- 
vorum, 1770. 4to. Best edition. 


4. A Grammar of the Arabic Language, in which the Rules are illustrated 
by Authorities from the best Writers. By John Ricuarpson. London, 
1776. 4to. 


5. Grammaire Arabe, par Silvestre de Sacy. Paris, 1810. 2 tomes, 8vo. 
Seconde Edition, corrigée et augmentée. Paris, 1831. 2 tomes, 8vo. 


«An immortal work, which consigns to obscurity, by its superior lustre, all previous 
works of the same nature: and which has thrown more light upon the forms of words, the 
idiom, and the syntax of the Shemitish languages, than has been cast before for many cen- 
turies. By this work, which contains 462 pages of Syntax, Gesenius has been substantially 
aided in the compilation of his Hebrew Grammar ; and a multitude of things pertaining to 
the grammar and idiom of the Hebrew (though they may be learned by the diligent student 
without the aid of this work, so as to be useful to him), are seen, without a knowledge of 
De Sacy’s Arabic Syntax, only as through a glass, darkly. De Sacy has placed them in 
the meridian sun. That a work, which was not designed to have the most remote bearing 
upon the Hebrew Scriptures, should be thus made to contribute in a signal manner to their 
illustration, ought surely*to be a matter of gratitude to the Great Disposer of events, who 
can overrule the designs of men to the accomplishment of his own purposes.” (Stuart’s 
Dissertations on studying the original Languages of the Bible, p. 84.) The second volume 
of the second edition is enlarged by the addition of nearly fifty pages, on the subject of the 
Prosody and Versification of the Arabs. This dissertation was announced for sale, apart 
from the work, for the accommodation of purchasers of the first edition. 


6. Institutiones Grammatice Arabice, auctore Antonio ARYDA. Vindo- | 
bone, 1813. 4to. 


7. Institutiones ad Fundamenta Lingue Arabice : accedunt Sententiz et 
Narrationes Arabic, una cum Glossario Arabico-Latino. Auctore Ern. Frid. 
Car. RosenMULLERO, Theol. Doct. et in Academia Lipsiensi Prof. ordinario. 
Lipsiz, 1818. 4to. ry 


Of the very numerous grammars of the Arabic language which have been published in 
the Latin language, this of Professor Rosenmiiller is considered the best. The author has 
made great use of Sacy’s Grammaire Arabe ; and the Chrestomathy, or selection of passages 
from Arabic writers, enhances the value of his publication. 

8. J. A. Vutiters Grammatice Arabice Elementa et Formarum Doctrina, 
per Tabulas descripta. In usum prelectionum. Bonne, 1832, 4to. 

9. Geo. Henrici Aug. Ewatp Grammatica Critica Lingue Arabice, cum 
brevi metrorum doctrina. Lipsie, 1831-33, 2 vols. 8vo. 

10. Grammatica Arabica, conscripta a T[acone] Roorpa. Adjuncta 
est brevis Chrestomathia, edita et lexico explanata a P .Cool. Lugduni 
Batavorum, 1835. 8vo. 

11. Antonii Giccem Thesaurus Lingue Arabic ; seu Lexicon Arabicum 
Latinum. Mediolani, 1632. 4 vols. folio. : 


220 Sacred Philology. (Part II. Ch. 1V. 


This is a very valuable work, though greatly inferior in point of correctness to the following 
Lexicon of Golius. —, ‘ 


12. Jacobi Goxi1 Lexicon Arabico-Latinum, contextum ex probatioribus 
orientis Lexicographis. Accedit Index Latinus copiosissimus, qui Lexici 
Latino-Arabici vicem explere possit. Lugduni Batavorum, 1653. folio. 


13. Georgii Wilhelmi Freyracit Lexicon Arabico-Latinum, presertim 
ex Djeuhari Firuzabadique et aliorum Arabum operibus, adhibitis Golii 
quoque et aliorum libris, confectum. Accedit vocum Latinarum Index 
copiosissimus. Halis Saxonum, 1830-37. 4 vols. 4to. 


This is an invaluable work, and has been edited with the utmost care. The learned author 
published an abridgment of it, intituled 


14. Lexicon Arabico-Latinum, ex opere suo majore excerptum, edidit 
G. W. Freytac. Halis Saxonum, 1837. 4to. 


> 
15. Jacobi Scuemmir Glossarium Arabico-Latinum Manuale. Lugduni 
Batavorum, 1769. 4to. 


16 Johannis JAuN Lexicon Arabico-Latinum, Chrestomathize Arabicze 
accommodatum, et Chrestomathia Arabica. Vindobone, 1802. 2 vols. S8vo. 


For a full account of Arabic Grammars and Lexicons, the reader is referred to Schnur- 
rer’s Bibliotheca Arabica, in which their dates, &c. are particularly specified. 





§ 5. EGYPTIAN GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS. 


1. Lexicon /Egyptiaco-Latinum, ex veteribus illius Lingue monumentis 
summo studio collectum a Maturino Veyssiere La Croze. Edentibus 
Christiano Scholtz et Carolo Godofredo Woipr. Oxonii e Typographeo 
Clarendoniano, 1775. 4to. 


2. Christiani Scholtz Grammatica Aigyptiaca utriusque dialecti: quam 
breviavit, illustravit, edidit Carolus Godofredus Wo1pe. Oxonii e Typo- 
grapheo Clarendoniano, 1778. 4to. 


These publications are not of common occurrence, and have acquired additional value 
since various fragments of the antient Coptic and Sahidic versions of the New Testament have 
been published. Previously to the seventeenth century, Egyptian literature was bat slightly 
regarded in Europe, and might possibly have been still disregarded, if the celebrated oriental 
traveller Bartolomeo De la Valle had not brought to Rome, from Egypt, among other cu- 
riosities, some Coptic or Egyptian manuscripts, of which he gave the perusal to Athanasius 
Kircher, a voluminous but very indifferent writer in regard to solidity and fidelity. Kircher, 
however, has the merit of being the first who published a book, relating to the Egyptian 
language, under the title Lingua Algyptiaca Restituta (Rome, 1643. 4to.), whieh was, in 
fact, nothing but the manuscript dictionary or vocabulary of Dela Valle. ‘Theodore Pe- 
treeus, who had been in Egypt in the same century, enriched Europe with several valuable 
manuscripts; and he, well understanding the Egyptian tongue, would have proved a restorer 
of Egyptian literature, had he met with proper encouragement; but he could nowhere find 
it, not even in London, where he printed the first psalm as a specimen of the Egyptian 
language. Happily his manuscripts were sold to the elector of Brandenburg, and placed in 
his library at Berlin. Dr. Wilkins, a German, and La Croze, a Frenchman, distinguished 
themselves in the beginning of the eighteenth century, by their cultivation of the Egyptian 
tongue. ‘The former met with encouragement and preferment in England ; and printed at 
Oxford, in 1716, the Egyptian New Testament in the Coptic or Lower Egyptian dialect. 
He also printed the Pentateuch, at London, in 1731. But being unacquainted with the 
Sahidic or Upper Egyptian dialect, he mistook the Sahidic or Thebaidic manuscripts in the 
Bodleian Library, for faulty Coptic ones. La Croze, being librarian to the king of Prussia 
at Berlin, and haying free access to the Egyptian manuscripts of Petrus in that library, 
compiled from these and some other manuscripts a valuable dictionary, which he finished in 
1722. He was much assisted in this undertaking by Dr. Jablonski, a learned professor at 
Frankfort, who collected several materials for him in the Bodleian Library, and in that of the 
king of France, at Paris. Dr. Jablonski gave La Croze the first hint that, beside the 
Coptic dialect, there was another of Upper Egypt, which is now commonly called the Sahidic 
or Thebaidic dialect. He sent him likewise a transcript of a manuscript of this kind (No 





Sect. IV. § 5.] Ethiopie Grammar and Lexicons. 221 


393. Huntington, in the Bodleian Library), De Mystertis Literarum Grecarum, from which 
La Croze took Collectionem vocum quarundam Sahidicarum, which is annexed to his Dictionary. 
Jablonski, who on his travels had copied several Egyptian manuscripts, communicated them 
to his brother-in-law, Mr. Scholtz, chaplain in ordinary to the King of Prussia; who being 
furnished with the manuscripts at Berlin, and the Dictionary of La Croze, wrote, in 1750, 
an Egyptian Grammar cf both dialects, in two vols. 4to. Several learned men wished that 
both the Dictionary and the Grammar might be published, but they could not find a printer 
furnished with Egyptian types, or who would hazard the undertaking ; till, at last, the uni- 
versity of Oxford, on a noble principle of public spirit, determined to take the business in 
‘hand. When the Dictionary was printing, Dr. Woide was desired to make some additions 
to it; but this not being proposed to him till more than half the work was printed off, he 
could extend his remarks to three letters only; and, to render the undertaking more useful, 
he added an index. It was intended to print the Grammar of Mr. Scholtz, in two 4to. vols. 
immediately after the Dictionary, but it being found two voluminous, Dr. Woide very properly 
abridged it; and the work, so far from losing by his abridgment, has gained very considerably; 
for Dr. W. has carefully examined, corrected, and improved the Grammar, by means of 
manuscripts unknown to Mr. Scholtz, of which he gives an account in the preface prefixed 
to the Grammar. ‘The Sahidic part, which is nowsto be found in this Grammar, was entirely 
supplied by Dr. Woide. Two circumstances must particularly recommend this Grammar ; 
first, that the rules laid down are illustrated and supported by examples, quoted from the 
above-mentioned manuscripts; secondly, that it exhibits both dialects, to one of which we 
have hitherto been entire strangers. (Monthly Review, (O. S.) vol. lx. p. 1., Nichols’s 
Anecdotes of Bowyer, vol. ix. p. 9—11.) 


3. Pauli Ernesti JABLonsktt Collectio et Explicatio Vocum A‘gyptia- 
carum, quarum mentio apud Scriptores Veteres occurrit. Apud Jablonski 
Opuscula, Tom.I. Lugduni Batavorum, 1804. 8vo. 


Jablonski was one of the most eminent scholars in Egyptian literature, in the eighteenth 
century. Besides various disquisitions which are collected in his Opuscula (of which an 
account will be found in a subsequent part of this Appendix), he laboured for many years 
at an Egyptian Glossary, in which he collected in alphabetical order, and explained, by the 
aid of the Coptic Dialect, ail the Egyptian words dispersed in the writings of Greek and 
Latin authors, and also in the Hebrew text of the Old Testament. (The latter are about 
fifty in number.) On his death, corrected copies of many of his dissertations and some of 
his MSS. were sent to the celebrated critic Ruhnkenius, at Leyden; where, after various 
impediments, they were at length published by Prof. Te Water, in four volumes, 8vo., 
_ between the years 1804 and 1813. 

This Egyptian Glossary, which forms the entire first volume of Jablonski’s Opuscula, is 
pronounced by M. Quatremére (the most competent judge in Europe of such subjects) to 
be the completest work in this department of literature, and to evince the most profound 
erudition ; though, in some instances, he seems to have been rather too desirous of displaying 
his Coptic learning, and has hazarded many improbable etymologies. Important as this 
Glossary is initself, its value is greatly enhanced by the editorial labours of Prof. Te Water ; 
who, in addition to a preface containing many interesting details respecting Jablonski’s life 
and writings, and especially concerning the Glossary, has contributed numerous very learned 
notes, together with a supplement containing such Egyptian words as had escaped the re- 
searches of Jablonski. (Quatremére, Recherches sur la Langue et Littérature de |’Egypte, 
pp- 87, 88.) 


4. Fr. A. Guil. Spoun de Lingua et Literis Veterum /Xgyptiorum. Acce- 
dunt Grammatica atque Glossarium /Egyptiacum. Edidit et absolvit G. 
Seyffarth. Lipsie, 1825. 4 to. 


5. A compendious Grammar of the Egyptian Language, as contained in 
the Coptic and Sahidic Dialects; with Observations on the Bashmuric : 
together with Alphabets and Numerals in the Hieroglyphic and Enchorial 
Characters; and a few explanatory Observations. By the Rev. Henry 
Tatram, M.A. With an Appendix consisting of the Rudiments of a 
Dictionary of the antient Egyptian Language, in the Enchorial Character. 
By Thomas Younec, M.D. London, 1830. 8vo. 


6. Lexicon /Egyptiaco-Latinum, ex veteribus Linguze Aigyptiace monu- 
mentis, ab Henrico Tarram, M.A. Oxonii, 1835. 8vo. . 


7. Lexicon Lingue Coptice, Studio Amadei Peyron. Taurini, 18365. 4to. 


This is the most copious Lexicon of the Coptic Language, which is extant. | Besides 
availing himself of all the printed Grammars, Lexicons, &c. in that language, the learned 


222 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. IV.] 


author has derived very many words from seven Coptic papyri, which are preserved in the 
magnificent Egyptian Museum of the King of Sardinia, 





§ 6. ETHIOPIC GRAMMAR AND LEXICONS. 


1. Jobi Lupotpur Grammatica Lingue Amharice (vel Ethiopice ), quee 
vernacula est Hebessinorum. Francofurti ad Mcenum, 1698, folio; 1702s 
folio. Best edition. 


2. Jobi Lupoitpui Lexicon Amharico-Latinum. Francofurti ad Moenum, 
1698. folio. 


This is commonly bound up with the first edition of Ludolph’s Amharic Grammar. 


3. Jobi Lupotput Lexicon Athiopico-Latinum. Francofurti ad Moenum, 
1698. folio. 


§ 7. PERSIAN GRAMMARS AND LEXICONS. 


1. Ludovici pz Diev Rudimenta Lingue Persice: accedunt duo priora 
capita Geneseos ex Persica translatione Jacobi Tawusi. Lugduni Batavo- 
rum, 1639. 4to. ; 


2. Angeli a S. Josep Gazophylacium Lingus Persarum. Amstelodami, 
1684. folio. 


3. A Grammar of the Persian Language. By Sir William Jones. Lon- 
don, 1809. 4to. Seventh edition. 


The first edition of this Grammar appeared in 1775, in 4to. ; in that of 1809 the ortho- 
graphy is adapted to the mode of spelling adopted by Dr. Wilkins in his improved edition 
of Richardson's Persian Dictionary. Sir W. Jones’s Grammar forms the fifth volume of 
the octavo edition of his works. 


4. Francisci de Dompay Grammatica Linguz Persice; accedunt dialogi, 
historia, sententiz, et narrationes Persice. Vienne, 1804. 4to. 


5. A Grammar of the Persian Language. By M. Lumspen, LL.D. 
London, 1811. 2 vols. Small folio. 


6. Francisci WILKEN Institutiones ad Fundamenta Lingue Persarum, cum 
Chrestomathia et Auctario ad Chrestomathiam. Lipsiz, 1805; two parts, 
forming 1 vol. 8vo. 


7. A Dictionary, Persian, Arabic, and English; with a Dissertation on 
the Languages, Literature, and Manners of Eastern Nations. By John 
Ricuarpson, Esq. F.S.A. Revised and improved by Charles Wilkins, 
LL.D. F.R.S. A new Edition considerably enlarged by Francis Jounson 
[of the East India College, Hertford]. London, 1829. royal 4to. 


The first edition of this great and elaborate work appeared at Oxford and London in 1777, 
in one large folio volume. A new edition was published at London in the years 1806 and 
1810, in two volumes, royal 4to: it was edited by Dr. Wilkins, who revised it throughout, 
corrected the orthography of every word, and enlarged it to a great extent, upwards of 
twenty thousand words, which his long residence in India and profound knowledge of the 
Persian language peculiarly qualified him to make. A new fount of Persian types was 
cast under the immediate inspection of Dr. W., which was again used for the third edition, 
superintended by Mr. Johnson, assistant professor of the Arabic, Persian, and Hindoostanee 
languages at the East India College, Hertford. The dictionary (as originally compiled by 
Mr. Richardson) being little else than a limited translation from Meninski’s Thesaurus 
Linguarum Orientalium, Turcice, Arabice, Persice, and being moreover chiefly intended for 
the use of Persian Students, in preparing it for the press it became necessary to institute a 
rigid comparison between both works, The result was, the correction of numerous errors 
in translation, and the insertion of many thousand Arabic words, which Mr. R. had pur- 
posely omitted because their occurrence in Persian authors was deemed improbable. 





[Part II. Ch. V.]  Zveatises on the Interpretation of Scripture. 993 


Numerous improvements have been made in the grammatical disposition of the words. 
Besides the careful revision of Mr. Johnson, each sheet of this most beautifully executed 
work, had the advantage of being inspected by Dr. Wilkins before it was finally printed off. 
As the bulk and price of Dr. Wilkins’s edition rendered it accessible to comparatively few 
students of Persian, Mr. Hepkins compiled from it an abridgment, entitled a Vocabulary, 
Persian, Arabic, and English, which was printed at London in 1810, in 8vo. 


8. Outlines of Persian Grammar, with Extracts. Edinburgh, 1822. 8vo. 


These outlines were originally published for the use of Students in the University of 
Edinburgh. The author’s “view has evidently been, to simplify, as much as possible, the 
elements of the language. No extraneous matter has been introduced for a shew merely of 
erudition ; when, in reality, it can be of use for nothing, but to distract and impede the 
learner.” (Edinburgh Christian Instructor for May, 1822. p.329.) 


The reader who is desirous of further information respecting elementary 
works on Oriental Literature, is referred to Professor Lee’s Sylloge 
Librorum Orientalium, quibus Linguarum Biblicarum Studiosi maximo cum 
Sructu uti queant. (Cantabrigiz, 1821. 8vo.) In this manual, Prof. Lee 
has particularly specified those treatises which are most worthy of the 
student’s attention. 





CHAPTER V. 


COMMENTATORS, INTERPRETERS, AND PARAPHRASTS ON THE 
SCRIPTURES, 


A. comptete History of Commentators would require a volume of no 
ordinary dimensions. ‘The present list is therefore necessarily restricted to 
an account of the Principal Commentaries and Critical Works illustrating 
the Holy Scriptures. The reader, who may be desirous of presecuting this 
subject more at length, will find much interesting information in the elaborate 
works of Rosenmiller, Dorscheus, and Simon, noticed below. Father Simon’s 
Histoire Critique du Vieux Testament (pp.416—466. 4to. 1680) also con- 
tains many valuable strictures on the Expositors of the Old Testament. 
The merits and demerits of commentators are likewise discussed in Walchius’s 
Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, vol.iv. pp.369—931.; in Ernesti’s Institutio 
Interpretis Novi Testamenti, part ili. cap.ix. pp.278—311.; in Morus’s 
Acroases Academice, vol.ii. pp.204—340.; by Mr. Orme in his Bibliotheca 
Biblica (Edinburgh, 1824. 8vo.); by Rambach, in his Institutiones Her- 
meneutice, pp.663—726.; by Professor Keil, in his Elementa Hermeneutices 
Novi Testamenti (8vo. Leipsic, 1811), p.159. et seg.; and by Professor Beck, 
in his Monogrammata Hermeneutices Librorum Novi Feederis (8vo. Lipsiz, 
1803), part i. p.168. et seg. 

1. Jo. Georg. RoseENMULLERI Historia Interpretationis Librorum Sacrorum 
in Ecclesia Christiana; ab Apostolorum etate ad Literarum Instaurationem. 
Hildburghuse et Lipsiz, 1795-1814, 5 parts 8vo. 


2. Joh. Georg. Dorscuer Biblia Numerata, seu Index Specialis in Vetus 
Testamentum ad singula omnium Librorum Capita, et Commata. Francofurti, 
1674. 2 vols. folio. 


This work contains a list of commentators (four hundred and ninety-one in number), with 
references to their several books, chapters, and pages, in which they have illustrated any book, 
chapter, or verse, and even every word, which has been the subject of controversy. The 
word ‘‘Elohim,” for instance, has not fewer than sixty references. An edition of the Biblia 
Enumerata, was published at Frankfort, in 1694, with numerous additions, by J. Gramm, 
son-in-law of the original author. (Biogr. Universelle, tom. xi. p. 598. ) 

3. Histoire Critique des Principaux Commentateurs du Nouveau Testa- 

x 


ment, depuis le Commencement du Christianisme jusques 4 notre Tems. 
Par Richard Simon. Rotterdam, 1693. 4to. 


224 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. V. 


SECTION I. 
ON THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE. 
§ 1. GENERAL TREATISES ON THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE. 


1. Asicutit (Jo. Georg.) Ars distincté Legendi et Interpretandi Scrip- 
turam Sacram Veteris Testamenti. Lipsie, 1710. 8vo. 


2. Hermeneutica Biblica Generalis, Usibus Academicis accommodata ab 
Antonio ARIGLER. Vienne, 1813. 8vo. 


A learned epitome of the general principles of interpretation. This author, as well as 
Jahn, was a Romanist professor, at Vienna; and the works of both have been prohibited 
within the dominions of the emperor of Austria. 


3. Benner (Joh. Herm.) Sylloge Thesium, Hermeneuticee Sacre inser- 
vientium. Francofurti et Giesse, 1753. 12mo. 


4. Joh. Benedicti CArpzov Prime Linea Hermeneutice et Philologiz 
Sacre cum Veteris, tum Novi Testamenti, brevibus aphorismis comprehense. 
Helmstadii, 1790. 8vo. 


5. CHLADENII (Martini) Institutiones Exegetice. Witteberge, 1725. 8vo. 


6. DanuaAuert (Joh. Conradi) Hermeneutica Sacra, sive Methodus 
exponendarum Sacrarum Literarum. Argentorati, 1684. 8vo. 


7. Sinopsi della Ermeneutica Sacra, o dell’ Arte di ben interpretare la 
Sacra Scrittura, del Professore G. Bernardo Dre Rossi. Parma, 1819. 8vo. 


8. Ernesti (Jo. Aug.) Institutio Interpretis Novi Testamenti. 8vo. Lipsiz, 
1761, 1809. 8vo. 


The edition of 1809 is generally considered as the best of Ernesti’s admirable little ma- 
nual; but the prefatory remarks and some of the notes of Dr. Ammon must be read with 
great caution, as they are too frequently destitute of those primary and indispensable charac- 
teristics of a good interpreter, sobriety and discretion. Two volumes of Supplementary Re- 
marks, by Professor Morus, intitled “ Acroases super Hermeneutica Novi Testamenti,’’ were 
published at Leipsic between 1795 and 1797, in 8vo.; they relate only to part of Ernesti’s 
volume, and they contain much valuable matter respecting the criticism and interpretation 
of the New Testament. An accurate English Translation of the whole of Ernesti’s 
Institutio, with valuable corrective notes, by the Rev. C.H. Trrrot, M. A., was published at 
Edinburgh in 1832-33, in two volumes small 8vo. forming part of the Edinburgh “ Biblical 
Cabinet.” 


9. Elements of Interpretation, translated from the Latin of J. A. Ernesti, 
accompanied with Notes. By Moses Stuart, Professor of Sacred Literature 
in the Theological Seminary at Andover. 12mo. Andover (Massachussetts), 
1822. London, 1827. 12mo. 


A translation of part of the preceding treatise. The work of Ernesti, in passing through 
the hands of its translator, has undergone some alterations. ~Some things have been omitted ; 
notes have been added where the subject appeared to require further elucidation ; and copious 
extracts are translated from Morus’s Acroases, as well as from Beck’s Monogrammata 
Hermeneutices Novi Testamenti, and Keil’s Elementa Hermeneutices Novi Testamenti, 
noticed below. The London reprint was edited by the Rev. Dr. Henderson, who has in- 
creased the utility of this little manual by adding some valuable observations, the result of 
his own reading. 


10. An Examination of the Principles of Biblical Interpretation of Ernesti, 
Ammon, Stuart, and other Philologists. By Alexander Carson, A.M. 
Edinburgh, 1836. 12mo. 


11. Matthie Fracrr Illyrici Clavis Scripture Sacre, seu de Sermone 
Sacrarum Literarum. Jene, 1674. folio. 


This work was one of the best of the early Protestant treatises on the Interpretation of 
Scripture. Various editions of it were printed at Basle between the years 1567 and 1629: 
it was also printed at Leipsic, in 1695, and at Erfurt, in 1719; but Walchius states the 
Jena edition of 1674 to be the best. The “ Clavis” of Flacius consists of two parts. 
The first is in the form cf a Dictionary, in which all the words and forms of expression, 





Sects I /§ 17] Treatises on the Interpretation of Scripture. 295 


occurring in the Bible, are explained. The second contains numerous rules of interpre- 
tation, and a series of tracts on the style of Scripture difficulties, and on the mode of sur- 
mounting them, &c. 


12. Francxit (Aug. Herm.) Preelectiones Hermeneutice ad viam dextre 
indagandi et exponendi Sensum Scripture Sacre... . Adjecta est in fine 
Brevis et Luculenta Scripturam Sacram cum fructu legendi Institutio. 
Hale, 1717. 8vo. 

13. Francxu (Aug.Herm.) Commentatio de Scopo Librorum Veteris et 
Novi Testamenti. Hale, 1724. 8vo. ; 


14, Franck (Aug.Herm.) Christus 8. Scripturze Nucleus. Accedunt 
tres Meditationes cognati Argumenti. Ex Germanico in Latinum Sermonem 
vertit Henricus Grischovius. Hale, 1724. 8vo. 


15. Franzit (Wolfgangi) Tractatus Theologicus novus et perspicuus de 
Interpretatione Sacrarum Literarum. Wittebergz, 1619. 4to. 1708. 8vo. 


(best edition.) 


16. Grassit (Salomonis) Philologia Sacra, his temporibus accommodata. 
Post primum volumen Dathii in luacem emissum, nunc continuata, et in novi 
plane operis formam redacta a Georg. Laurent. Bauero. Tomi secundi, 
sectio posterior. —- Hermeneutica Sacra. Lipsiz, 1797. 8vo. | 

This volume, as already noticed in page 163, isa corrected edition of that part of Glass’s 
Philologia Sacra which relates to the interpretation of the Scriptures. It is sometimes to be 
met with as a distinct work, with a separate title-page: and such in effect it is, the alterations 
and additions being so numerous as to render it a new publication. It is unquestionably of 
great value, and has furnished the writer of these pages with many important observations 
and explanations of Scripture; but it is at the same time so strongly characterised by that 
licentiousness of interpretation which so eminently marks many of the modern divines of 
Germany, that the student cannot be put too much on his guard with respect to Professor 
Bauer’s volume, 


17. Enchiridion Hermeneutice Generalis Tabularum Veteris et Novi 
Feederis. Authore Johanne Jaun. Vienne, 1812. 8vo. 


18. Appendix Hermeneutice, seu Exercitationes Exegetice. Auctore 
Johanne JAHN. FasciculilI. Vaticinia de Messia. Vienne, 1813-15. 8vo. 


19. Institutiones Hermeneutice Scripturze Sacre Veteris Testamenti, quas 
Joannes Nepomucenus ALBER, juxta Systema Theologie novissime pre- 
scriptum concinnatas, tertium edidit. Pestini [Pest, in Hungary], 18927. 
3 tomis 8vo. 

The first edition of this work was published in 1807. In consequence of the system of 
theology which is taught in the University of Vienna having been introduced into that of 
Pest, Professor Alber re-modelled and revised his work, in order to render it comformable 
to that system. The first volume contains a summary of Biblical Archzology ; the second, 
an introduction tothe several books of the Old Testament; and the third, the principles of 
interpretation, and an exegetical elucidation of varieus difficult passages of the Old Tes- 
tameng, 


20. Institutiones Hermeneutic Scripture Sacre Novi Testamenti, quas 
Joannes Nep. ALBER, juxta Systema Theologie novissime prescriptum con- 
cinnatas, edidit. Pestini, 1818. 3 tomis 8vo. 

The first volume contains general rules of interpretation, 4 gerieral introduction to the 
writings of the New Testament, and an apology for them ; the second and third volumes 
comprise a special introduction to the various books, and an exegetical exposition of the 


the most difficult and important passages. 
Throughout both this and the preceding work, Professor Alber evinces himself to be an 


able and vehement adversary of the modern school of German neologists. 


21. Thoma Hunt de Usu Dialectorum, ac precipué Arabice, in 
Hebraico Codice interpretando, Oratio. Oxonii, 1748. 4to. 


22. Monogrammata Hermeneutices Librorum Novi Feederis: Scripsit 
Christianus Daniel Beckrus. Pars Prima. Hermeneutice N. T. tiniversa. 
Lipsiew, 1803. 8vo. 

VOL. II. APP. (P) 


226 Sacred Philology. [Part II, Ch. V. 


This work was never completed. An English Translation of it, so far as it has been 
published, is given in the first volume of Dr. Hodge’s “ Biblical Repertory,” Princeton 
(New Jersey), 1825. 8vo. 


93. Keitit (Car. Aug. Theoph.) Elementa Hermeneutices Novi Testa- 
menti, Latine reddita a Christ. Aug. Godefr. Emmerling. Lipsiz, 1811. 8vo. 


24. Hierolexicon, sive Sacrum Dictionarium Variorum Sacre Scripture 
Sensuum, cum Locorum, in quibus hos patiuntur, Annotatione. Opera et 
studio Francisci Philippi L’ALovetre. Lutetiz Parisiorum, 1694. 8vo. 


A book not of common occurrence. It consists, in fact, of three parts. In the first, are 
delivered rules for interpreting the Bible ; the second contains a summary of the contents of 
the several books of Scripture, in Latin hexameter verses ; and the last part of the volume 
contains an alphabetical index of the various senses of Scripture, with references to passages 
which, in the author’s judgment, admit of those senses. Some of his interpretations are 
rather fanciful. 


25. Lanai (Joachimi) Hermeneutica Sacra, exhibens primim Genuine 
Interpretationis Leges de Sensu Litterali et Emphatico investigando; deinde 
Idiomata Sermonis Mosaici, Davidici, et Prophetici, necnon Apostolici et 
Apocalyptici; cum uberiori ipsius Praxeos Exegeticee appendice. Hale, 
1733. 8vo. 


26. Six Sermons on the Study of the Holy Scriptures, their Nature, 
Interpretation, and some of their most Important Doctrines, preached bef 
the University of Cambridge in the years 1827-8. To which are annexed, 
two Dissertations; the first, on the Reasonableness of the Orthodox Views 
of Christianity as opposed to the Rationalism of Germany ; the second, on 
the Interpretation of Prophecy generally, with an Original Exposition of the 
Book of Revelation, showing that the whole of that remarkable Prophecy 
has long ago been fulfilled. By the Rev. Samuel Ler, B.D. [now D.D.] 
Regius Professor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge. London, 
1830. 8vo. 


"97. LorsciER (Val. Ern.) Breviarium Theologie Exegetice, Legitimam 
Scripture Sacre Interpretationem tradens. Witteberge, 1719. 8vo. 


28. MonsreRGER (Josephi Juliani, in Universitate Vindobonensi P. O.) 


Institutiones Hermeneutice V. IT.  Preelectionibus Academicis accommo- 
date. Lovanii, 1787. 2 vols. 8vo. 


29. Institutio Interpretis Veteris Testamenti, auctore Joanne Henrico 
PareAu, Litterarum Orientalium Professore in Academia Rheno-Trajectina. 
Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1822. 8vo. 


29*. Principles of Interpretation of the Old Testament; translated from 
the Institutio Interpretis Veteris Testamenti of John Henry Pareau, by 
Patrick Forbes, D.D. Edinburgh, 1835-38. 2 vols. 12mo. 


This work also forms Vols. X XI. and XXIV. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. It 
is a very useful compendium of the principles of sacred hermeneutics, applied to the Old 
Testament. The translation is faithful and accurate. 


30. Disputatio de Mythica Sacri Codicis Interpretatione. Auctore 
Joanne Henrico PArEAu. Editio altera, additamento et indicibus aucta. 
Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1824. Svo, 


This treatise contains a masterly investigation and refutation of the notion advocated by 
the modern school of German neologists. It was originally a prize essay, published in 1814 
in the transactions of the Teylerian Society, with a Dutch translation. In this new edition 
the learned author has revised and corrected his treatise, and has enlarged it with valuable 
additions at the end, and with a copious index. 


31, Preirrert (Augusti) Hermeneutica Sacra, sive Tractatio luculenta 
de Interpretatione Sacrarum Literarum. Dresd, 1684, 8vo. Lipsia, 1690. 
4to.; also in the second volume of the collective edition of his philological 
works, 





Sect. I. §1.] Treatises on the Laterpretation of Scripture. 227 


32. PretrFERI (Joach. Ehrenfrid.) Institutiones Hermeneutice Sacre, 
veterum atque recentiorum et propria queedam preecepta complexa. Erlang, 
1771. 8vo. 


33. Introduction to Sacred Philology and Interpretation, by Dr. G. J. 
Pianck. Translated from the Original German, and enlarged with Notes, 
by Samuel H. Turner, D.D. New York, 1834. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1834. 
12mo. 


The translator’s notes are valuable and instructive. This treatise also forms the seventh 
volume of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


34, De Usu Philonis in Interpretatione Novi Testamenti..  Scripsit 
Gulielmus Scuerrer. Marburgi, 1831. 8vo. 


35. The Literal Interpretation of Scripture exposed. By T. Pell Piatt, 
Esq. London, 1831. 8vo. 


“This pamphlet is little more than an attack on some expositions contained in the excel- 
lent volume of Sermons on the Divine Authority and Perpetuity of the Lord’s Day, 
published by the Rev. Daniel Wilson [D.D., now Bishop of Calcutta], and an Encomium 
on the Modes of Interpretation adopted by certain Divines, and a recommendation of the 
soi-disant Students of Prophecy, as those who have called men back to the literal Inter- 
pretation of Scripture.” — (Congregational Magazine, May, 1831, vol. xiv. p. 314.) 


36. RampBacait (Johannis Jacobi) Institutiones Hermeneutice Sacre, 
variis observationibus copiosissimisque exemplis biblicis illustrate. Cum 
preefatione Jo. Francisci Buddei. Jen, 1723. 8vo. 


37. The Elements of Biblical Interpretation: or an Exposition of the 
Laws by which the Scriptures are capable of being correctly interpreted ; 
together with an Analysis of the Rationalistic and Mystic Modes of inter- 
preting them. By Leicester A. Sawyer, A.M. Newhaven [Connecticut], 
1836. 12mo. 


38. SEEMILLERI (Sebastiani) Institutiones ad Interpretationem Sanctz 
Scripture, seu Hermeneutica Sacra. Augsburgi, 1771. 8vo. 


39. Biblical Hermeneutics: or the Art of Scripture Interpretation. 
From the German of George Frederick SezLer, D.D. With Notes, Stric- 
tures and Supplements from the Dutch of J. Heringa, D.D. ‘Translated 
from the Originals by the Rev. William Wright, LL.D. London, 1835. 8vo. 


40. Semierr (Jo. Sal.) Apparatus ad Liberalem Veteris Testamenti 
Interpretationem, Hala Magdeburgice, 1773. S8vo. 


41, Semuert (Jo. Sal.) Apparatus ad Liberalem Novi Testamenti Inter- 
pretationem. Illustrationis exempla multa ex epistola ad Romanos petita 
sunt. Hale Magdeburgice, 1767. 8vo. 


<‘ Liberal, indeed, with a vengeance ; if it be deemed liberality to give up all material 
points to those who-impugn the authenticity of the sacred books.” — Such is the severe but 
just censure of Bp. Blomfield (Diss. on the Tradit. Knowl. of a Promised Redeemer, 
p- 123.) on the first of these works of Semler, which is equally applicable to the second. — 
On the value of this heterodox German critic’s labours, see Conybeare’s Bampton Lectures 
for 1824, pp. 277—279. 


42. Turretinr (Joan. Alphonsi) De Sacre Scripture Interpretande 
methodo, Tractatus_ bipartitus. Trajecti Thuriorum, 1728. small S8vo. 
Francofurti ad Viadrum, 1776. 8vo. Also in Vol. II. of the quarto edition 
of his collective works, with the author’s last corrections. 

The edition of 1776 is considered to be the best; it professes to be “ restitutus et auctus,” 
by William Abraham Teller, some of whose remarks are certainly valuable ; but others 


convey doctrinal interpretations which Turretini (or Turretin as he is most usually termed) 
held in utter abhorrence. The edition of 1728 is therefore to be preferred, when his col- 


lective works cannot be consulted. 


43. Hermeneutica Biblica Generalis juxta Formam Studii Theologici in 
(Pr) 2 


IGS Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Imperio Austriaco prescriptam, edita 2 Casparo UNTmRKircHER. ini- 
ponti, 1831. 8vo. 

The basis of this work is Arigler’s Hermeneutica Biblica, No. 2. p. 223., supra, with 
which the editor has made very free, altering some things, omitting others, and adding 
many more, in order to adapt it to the modern standard of Romish orthodoxy established in 
the Austrian dominions. 


44, An Inquiry into the General Principles of Scripture Interpretation, in 
Eight Sermons preached before the University of Oxford in the Year 1814, 
as the Lecture founded by the late Rev. John Bampton, M.A. By the 
Rev. William VanmiLpeRT, D.D. [afterwards Bishop of Durham.] Oxford, 
1815. 8vo. 


45. Dissertatio de SS. Scripturarum Interpretatione, secundum Patrum 
commentarios. Auctore Daniele Warrsy. Londini, 1714. 8vo. 


46. G. B. Winer Oratio de Emendanda Interpretatione Novi Testamenti. 
Lipsiz, 1823. 8vo. 


§ 2. TREATISES ON THE INTERPRETATION OF THE FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE, 
AND ON THE SPIRITUAL AND TYPICAL INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE. 


1. RampBacuit (Johannis Jacobi) Commentatio Hermeneutica de Sensts 
Mystici Criteriis, ex genuinis principiis deducta, necessariisque cautelis 
circumscripta. Jenz, 1728; 1731. 8vo. 

2. The Bampton Lectures for the year 1824. Being an Attempt to trace 
the History, and to ascertain the Limits of the Secondary and Spiritual 
Interpretation of Scripture. By J. J. Conypeare, M.A. Oxford, 1824. 
8vo. Price 10s. 6d. 


3. A Course of Lectures on the Figurative Language of Holy Scripture, 
and the Interpretation of it from the Scripture itself. To which are added, 
four Lectures on the Relation between the Old and New Testaments, as it 
is set forth in the Epistle to the Hebrews. By the Rev. William Jonzs, 
M.A. London, 1786. 8vo. and various subsequent editions. 

These valuable and pious lectures were delivered in the learned author’s parish church of 


Nayland, in Suffolk: they are also to be found in the fourth volume of Mr. Jones’s Theo- 
logical, Philosophical, and Miscellaneous Works. 


4. On the Historical Types contained in the Old Testament. Twenty 
Discourses preached before the University of Cambridge in the Year 1826, 
at the Lecture founded by the Rev. John Hulse. By the Rev. Temple 
CuHEVALLIER, M.A. Cambridge, 1826. 8vo. 


The subject chosen is important and interesting, and has been illustrated with ability and 
judgment. (British Critic, October 1827. p. 442.) 


5. The Nature and Use of a Type. By George Lavineron, [D.D. and 
afterwards Bishop of Exeter.] London, 1724. 8vo. 


6. A Brief View of the Figures, and Explication of the Metaphors con- 
‘tained in Scripture. By the late Rev. John Brown. Edinburgh, 1803. 
12mo. Also in the first volume of the author’s collected smaller works. 


7. A Key to open the Scripture Metaphors and Types; to which are 
prefixed Arguments to prove the Divine Authority of the Holy Scriptures. 
By Benjamin Kracu. London, 1779. folio. 


This is usually considered as the best edition: the work was first published towards the 
close of the seventeenth century. Many of his interpretations are very fanciful. The 
Introduction was translated from Glassius’s Treatise de Typis et Metaphoris, in his 
Philologia Sacra. 


8. A Treatise on the Nature and Use of the Tropes of the Holy Scripture. 
By J. Woop. Bristol, 1831. 12mo. 








Sect. I. § 3.] Wreatises on the Interpretaiion of Scripture Parables, &c. 229 


This little volume is extracted principally from the introduction to the preceding work of 
Keach. 


9. Moyse Devoilé, ou |’Explication des Types et Figures du Vieux Tes- 
tament. Par Jacob Girarp. Généve, 1670. 8vo. 


10. Moses and Aaron; or, the Types and Shadows of our Saviour in the 
Old Testament opened and explained. By T. Taytor, D.D. London, 
1653. 4to. 

This book was repeatedly printed in the course of the seventeenth century; a circumstance 
that marks the estimation in which it was held. It was also translated into Latin, and 
several times printed in Germany. It contains many fanciful analogies; a remark which is 
applicable to the two following works, Nos. il and 12. 


il. The Figures or Types of the Old Testament, by which Christ and 
the Heavenly Things of the Gospel were preached and shadowed to the 
People of God of Old; explained and improved in sundry Sermons. By 
Samuel Matner. Dublin, 1673. 4:to. 


11.* The Gospel of the Old Testament: an Explanation of the Types 
and Figures, by which Christ was exhibited under the Legal Dispensation. 
Re-written from the work of Samuel Mather. By [Mrs. Caroline Witson 
(late Fry)] the Author of the “Listener,” &c. London, 1833. 2 vols. 
i2mo. 


12. Grace and Truth; or, the Glory-and Fulness of the Redeemer 
displayed in an Attempt to explain the most Remarkable of the Types, 
Figures, and Allegories of the Old Testament. By William Mac Ewen. 
Edinburgh, 1763. 12mo. and various subsequent editions. 


13. A Popular Inquiry into the Doctrine of Scripture Types. By John 
Witson. Edinburgh, 1823. 8vo. 


14. De Symbolis ac Typis Scripture Sacre Dissertatio. Auctore S. 
RupeLpacu. Haunie, 1824. S8vo. 

The author does not stop to copy his predecessors ; he endeavours to give a solid -found- 
ation to hjs discussion. After fixing the general nature of a Symbol and Type, and 
determining the meaning of the figurative diction of the Scriptures, and the relation sub- 
sisting in this respect between the Old and New Testament, he proceeds to apply it to the 
interpretation of the Symbols and Types. He allows those prophetic images only to be real 
Types, which have been fulfilled in the life, passion, and death of Christ, and in the ulterior 
state of the Church; and requires that such fulfilment be indicated in express terms in the 
New Testament. (Revue Encyclopédique, Novembre, 1826. p. 410.) 


15. The Character ond Offices of Christ illustrated by a Comparison with 
the Typical Characters of the Old Testament. In a Series of Discourses 
by John Cromsiz, A.M. London, 1827. 8vo. 


16. Typical Instruction considered and illustrated, and shewn to be suited 
to all, but particularly to the early ages of the church. By John Perrs, 
A.M. London, 1828. 8vo. 


17. A Key to the Symbolical Language of Scripture, by which numerous 
passages are explained and illustrated. By Thomas Wemyss. Edinburgh 
and London, 1835. 8vo. 


§ 3. TREATISES ON THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE PARABLES, 
PROVERBS, AND PROMISES. 


1. G. A. Van Limburg Brouwer de Parabolis» Jesu Christi. Lugduni 
Batavorum, 1825. 8vo. 


2. Wesselii Scnoitren Diatribe de Parabolis Jesu Christi. Delphis 
Batavorum, 1827. 8vo. 
_ The order pursued in each of these treatises is similar, but the mode of discussing the 
particular topics is somewhat different. Each consists of two parts, in the first of which are 
considered the nature of a parable, and the different classes into which the parables of Jesus 


(r) 3 


230 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Christ may be divided. The second part discusses the interpretation of parables; and each 
treatise contains many ingenious remarks peculiar to itself. 


38. De Parabolis Jesu Christi Indole Poetica Commentatio. Auctore 
A. H. A. Scuuttze. Gottingee, 1827. 4to. 


4. De Parabolarum Natura, Interpretatione, Usu. Juvenibus_potissi- 
mum Theologice cultoribus aperuit Augustus Fridericus Uncer. Lipsie, 
1828. 8vo. 


5. Martini Detri Adagialia Veteris ac Novi Testamenti. Lugduni, 
1614-18. 2 tomis 4to. 


6. Joannis Drustr Adagia Hebraica. Apud Crit. Sacr. tom. viii. folio. 


7. Andree Scuorri Adagialia Sacra Novi Testamenti Greaeco-Latina, 
selecta atque exposita. Antverpia, 1629. 4to. 


8. Joannis Vorsti Diatribe de Adagiis Novi Testamenti. In Crenii 
Opusculorum Fasciculo III. Roterodami. 18mo. Also in Fischer’s second 
edition of Leusden, de Dialectis Nov. Test. pp. 168—252. 


9. The Wells of Salvation opened; or, a Treatise discovering the Nature, 
Preciousness, and Usefulness of Gospel Promises, and Rules for the Appli- 
cation of them. By William Spurstowe, London, 1655. 8vo. Reprinted 
at London, 1814. 12mo. 


10. Gospel Mysteries Revealed: or an Exposition of all the Parables and 
many express Similitudes, contained in the four Evangelists. By Benjamin 
Keacu. London, 1701. folio. 1815, 4 vols. 8vo. 


Many of the Parables are spiritualised almost to absurdity. The work, however, con- 
tains good materials, which persons of sober judgment may employ to advantage. 


§ 4, TREATISES ON THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE PROPHECIES. 


1. A Dictionary of the Writers on the Prophecies, with the Titles and 
occasional descriptions of their works. Also an Appendix containing Lists 
of Commentators, Annotators, &c. on the Holy Scriptures. London, 1835. 
Svo. 


2. The Use and Intent of Prophecy, in the several Ages of the World. 
To which are added four Dissertations. 1. The Authority of the Second 
Epistle of Peter; 2. The Sense of the Antients before Christ, upon the 
Circumstances and Consequences of the Fall; 3. The Blessing of Judah, 
Gen. xlix.; 4. Christ’s Entry into Jerusalem. By Thomas Suervock, D.D. 
Bishop of London. Fourth edition. London, 1744. 8vo. 


3. Campegii Virrincz Typus Doctrine Prophetic. Franeckere, 1708. 
Svo. 

4, Aug. Herm. Francxir Introductio ad Lectionem Prophetarum, 
I. Generalis, II. Specialis ad Lectionem Jonze, que in reliquis exemplo esse 


possit; Utraque directa ad comparandam ¢ prophetis agnitionem Jesu 
Christi. Hale, 1724. Svo. 


5. Christiani Augusti Crusi1 Hypomnemata ad Theologiam Propheticam. 
Lipsize, 1764-7 1-78. 3 parts. 8vo. * 

A work very little known in this country. The first part or volume comprises a general 
introduction to the study of Prophecy: the other two volumes contain illustrations of the 
principal predictions in the Old Testament, from the Book of Genesis to the Prophecies of 
Isaiah, inclusive. A copy of this work is in the library of the University of Cambridge. 

6. Hermanni Venema Preelectiones de Methodo Propheticaé, seu de 
Argumento Prophetiarum Veteris et Novi Testamenti ac utriusque periodis. 
Quibus accedunt Sermones Academici quatuor. Leovardie, 1775. 4to. 


7. The Divine Origin of Prophecy illustrated and defended, in a Course 








4 
: 


———— ———— 


o_o r= 


a 


Sect. I. § 4,] Treatises on the Scripture Prophecies. 231 


of Eight Sermons, preached before the University of Oxford, at the Lecture 
founded by the Rev. John Bampton, M.A. By George Ricuarps, [D.D.] 
Oxford, 1800. 8vo. . 


8. A Key to the Language of Prophecy, with References to Texts of the 
Old and New Testaments. By the Rev. William Jones, M.A. In Vol. XI. 
of his Theological, Philosophical, and Miscellaneous Works. 


' Se The Fulfilling of the Scriptures. By Robert Freminc. London, 1726. 
olio. 


10. Dissertations on the Prophecies which have been remarkably fulfilled, 
and at this Time are fulfilling in the World. By Thomas Newron, D.D. 
Bishop of Bristol. London, 1759 or 1766, 3 vols. 8vo. Various subsequent 
editions in 2 vols. 8vo. and 12mo.; also in one volume, 8vo. 


11. History the Interpreter of Prophecy. By the Rev. Henry Kertt, 
B.D. Oxford, 1799, 3 vols. 12mo. and various subsequent editions in 2 vols. 
Svo. 


12. A Key to the Prophecies: or, a Concise View of the Predictions con- 
tained in the Old and New Testaments. By the Rev. David Simpson, M.A. 
Macclesfield, 1795; and numerous subsequent editions. : 


A valuable compendium of the fulfilment of prophecy, worthy the attention of students 
who may not be able to procure larger or more expensive works on this subject. 


13. Lectures on Scripture Prophecy. By William Bengo Cottyer, D.D. 
London, 1811. 8vo. 


14. A Manual of Prophecy; or, a Short Comparative View of Prophecies 
contained in the Holy Scriptures, and the events by which they were ful- 
filled. In which are introduced several new Observations on several of them, 
and particularly on difficult Passages in Isaiah and Daniel. By the Rev. 
Peter Roperts, A.M. London, 1818. 


15. A Dissertation on the Prophecies that have been fiulfilled, are now 

- fulfilling, or will hereafter be fulfilled, relative to the great Period of 1260 

Years; the Papal and Mohammedan Apostacies; the Reign of Antichrist ; 

and the Restoration of the Jews. By George Stanley Fazer, B.D. Fifth 
Edition. London, 1814-18. 3 vols. 8vo. 


16. The Sacred Calendar of Prophecy. By George Stanley Fazer, B.D. 
London, 1830. 3 vols. 8vo. 


This work, (the learned author has announced) is designed to supersede entirely the pre- 
ceding treatise. Mr. Faber has endeavoured to combine together the various prophecies 
both of the Old and New Testament, which treat of the grand double period of seven 
times ; a period coinciding with those times of the Gentiles, which are styled, by Mr. Mede 
“the Sacred Calendar of Prophecy.’’ In the present more extensive work, the author has 

_rectified various errors in his preceding publications on prophecy. For an analysis of it, 
see the British Critic for April, 1833. vol. vii. pp. 328—343. 


17. Evidence of the Truth of the Christian Religion, derived from the 
literal Fulfilment of Prophecy ; particularly as illustrated by the History of 
the Jews, and by the Discoveries of recent Travellers. By the Rev. Alexander 
Kerry, D.D. Sixth edition, enlarged. Edinburgh, 1832. 12mo. Also ahand- 
some edition in 8vo. 


The design of this treatise is to givea general and concise sketch of such of the prophecies 
as have been distinctly foretold and clearly fulfilled, and as may be deemed sufficient to 
illustrate the truth of Christianity. Very many illustrations are derived from the discoveries 
of recent voyagers and travellers. The subjects discussed are, Prophecies concerning Jesus 
Christ and the Christian Religion, —the Destruction of Jerusalem, — the Jews, —the land 
of Judzxa and the circumjacent countries,—and predictions relative to the Macedonian, 
Tyrian, Egyptian, and Roman Empires, the subversion of the Jewish State, &c.,-— long- 
continued spiritual tyranny of the papacy, and the Turkish empire. This beautifully printed 
volume contains a large mass of valuable information, condensed into a comparatively small 
compass, and at a moderate price. The multiplied editions, which have been required within 


(Pp) 4 


239 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


a very few years, sufficiently attest the high estimation in which Mr. Keith’s work is de- 
seryedly held. 


18. The Signs of the Times, as denoted by the Fulfilment of Historical 
Predictions, traced down from the Babylonish Captivity to the present Time. 
By Alexander Keitu, D.D. Edinburgh, 1832. 2 vols. 12mo., and various 
subsequent editions. 


The portions of prophecy illustrated in this work are, Daniel’s Visions of the great 
Images and of the Four Beasts, interpreted kingdoms, and of the Ram and He-Goat, and 
his literal prophecy of the things noted in the Scripture of Truth. These are followed by 
an original exposition of the prophecies contained in the Apocalypse. In many parts of 
his work, Dr. Keith has with great felicity applied the history of the infidel Gibbon to the 
fulfilment of prophecy. ‘‘ Among the expounders of prophecy, we are inclined to assign 
Mr, [Dr.] Keith a high place. It is perfectly true that in some of his views we are unable 
to go along with him, and dissent from some of his conclusions. But it is refreshing to 
meet with a writer, who treats such a subject ina cautious and reverent manner. ‘There is 
no presumptuous attempting to penetrate into what is hidden, no rash anticipation of future 
history, no arrogant assumption of the prophetic character, and no impious denunciation of 
vengeance on those who acquiesce not in his views, or deny his divine mission. He writes 
every where in the very best spirit, and if he does not always command our convictions, 
he uniformly secures our respect.” (Edinburgh Christian Instructor, Sept. 1832. p. 638.) 


19. The Scheme and Completion of Prophecy, wherein its Design and 
Use, together with its Sense and Application as the grand fundamental Proof 
of Religion, specially adapted to all Periods of the World, and all Stages of 
the Church, are considered and explained ; together with an Inquiry into the 
Shekinah and Cherubim in the Holy of Holies, and the Visions of the Pro- 
phets. By the Rev. John Wuirtey,D.D. London, 1830. 8vo. 


20. Elements of Prophetical Interpretation. By J. W. Brooxs, M.A. 
London, 1837. 12mo. 


21. A Practical Guide to the Prophecies, with reference to their Interpre- 
tation and Fulfilment, and to personal Edification. By the Rev. Edward 
BicKERSTETH. London, 1837. 12mo. 


22. Principles of interpreting the Prophecies briefly illustrated: with 
notes. By Henry Jones. Andover [Massachussetts] and New York. 
1837. 12mo. 


23. The Testimony of History to the Divine Inspiration of the Holy 
Scriptures: ora Comparison between the Prophecies and their Fulfilment in 
twelve Lectures. By the Rev. W. J. BurLter, M.A. London, 1838. 12mo. 


24. Les Caractéres du Messie vérifiés en Jesus de Nazareth. [Par M. 
CLeMENCE.| Rouen, 1776. 2 tomes 8vo. 
‘“‘ The author determines the characteristical marks of the Messiah with precision and 


accuracy ; points out in consequence of these characters (which are drawn from the clearest 
predictions) the prophecies that, taken in a literal sense, regard the Messiah; and, by a 


comparison of these prophecies with the events, sets the divine mission of Christ in the most . 


striking light. Thereis a great deal of good erudition and sound judgment in this work,” 
(Monthly Review, O. S. vol. lvi. p. 218.) which is now both scarce and dear. 


25. Prophéties concernant Jesus Christ et l’Eglise, éparses dans les Livres 
Saints, avec des Explications et Notes. [Par M. le Président AciEr. ] 
Paris, 1819. 8vo. 


A concise and valuable little manual of Scripture Prophecies relative to Jesus Christ. 


Warburtonian Lectures on Prophecy. 


*,* These Lectures were founded by Dr. William Warburton, Bishop of 
Gloucester, (each course consisting of twelve Sermons, to be preached in 
Lincoln’s Inn chapel,) for the purpose of proving “the truth of Revealed 
Religion in general, and of the Christian in particular, from the completion 
of the Prophecies of the Old and New Testament, which relate to the Christian 





— 


Sect.I. §4.] Warburtonian Lectures on Prophecy. 233 


Church, and especially to the apostacy of Papal Rome.” The following 
portions of these Lectures are all that have been published. | 


Besides illustrating the completion of the prophecies, in conformity with 
the founder’s design, most of the lecturers have treated, in a greater or less 
degree, upon the Symbolical Language of Scripture Prophecy. 


1. An Introduction to the Study of the Prophecies concerning the Christian 
Church, and in particular concerning the Church of Papal Rome. By Richard 
Hurp, D.D. {afterwards Bishop of Worcester.] London, 1772. 8vo. 


This elegantly written and learned volume has long been known and duly appreciated 
by the public. The subject of Prophecy is here opened in the most masterly and instruc- 
tive manner by Bishop Hurd; who “ discussed, in the first place, the true idea of prophecy, 
and the general argument deducible from it; then specified some prophecies of primary 
importance, and more particularly those which relate to the rise of Antichrist. In relation 
to this subject, he combated the prejudices most generally entertained against the doctrine ; 
he considered and explained the prophetic style; and after opening the style and method 
of the Apocalypse, and the prophetic characters of Antichrist, he concluded by pointing 
out distinctly the-uses of the whole inquiry.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xxvii. pp. 652, 
653.) 


2. Twelve Sermons on the Prophecies concerning the Christian Church ; 
and, in particular, concerning the Church of Papal Rome. By Samuel 
Haruirax, D.D. [afterwards Bishop of Gloucester. ] London, 1776. 8vo. 


“* Bishop Hallifax paid his primary attention to the Prophecies of Daniel, and next to those 
of Saint Paul concerning the man of sin; and he concluded by establishing the canen and 
authority of the Apocalypse, and by giving a clear and able view of its visions. His two 
concluding discourses contain a history of the corruptions of Popery, and a just and luminous 
vindication of the Reformation.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xxvii. p. 653.) 


3. Twelve Discourses on the Prophecies, concerning the first Establish- 
ment and subsequent History of Christianity. By Lewis Bacor, LL.D. 
[afterwards Bishop of Norwich.] London, 1780. 8vo. 


‘¢ Bishop. Bagot opened his Lectures by preliminary observations on the nature and value 
of the evidence drawn from prophecies ; including some pointed remarks on Lord Monboddo 
and Mr.Gibbon. The subjects of his subsequent discourses were, the promise of a second 
dispensation under the first; the progressive nature of the kingdom of God; the distinctive 
character of the Messiah, and the nature of his kingdom ; the time limited by the prophets, 
and the proofs of its fulfilment; the conformity of the life of Christ and of his kingdom to 
the predictions ; the prophecies concerning the latter times; and the general recapitulation of 
the whole subject.” (British Critic, vol. xxvii. p. 653.) 


4. Discourses on Prophecy. By East Apruorp, D.D. London, 1786. 
2 vols. 8vo. 


«‘ Dr. Apthorp began by giving the history of Prophecy. He.then carefully laid down 
the canons of interpretation: after which he proceeded to the prophecies relating to the birth, 
time, and theological character of the Messiah. The prophecies of the death of Christ are 
next distinctly handled, and those which relate to his earthly kingdom. Finally, he traces 
the characters of Antichrist, gives a view of the mystic Tyre, and concludes by the pro- 
phecies which he considers as announcing the Reformation, Though some of this author’s 
applications will to most readers appear harsh, and some questionable, yet his books display 
altogether much knowledge of the subject, much learning, andno small share of ingenuity.” 
(British Critic, O. S. vol. xxvii. p. 653.) 


5. A Connected and Chronological View of the Prophecies relating to 
the Christian Church. By Robert Nares, A.M. Archdeacon of Stafford. 
London, 1805. 8vo. 


These Lectures are divided into two parts, viz. I. The Prophecies which relate to our 
Saviour asthe Author and perpetual Head of the Christian Church ; and, II. Those which 
foretell the fate of his disciples, whether adverse or prosperous, from the time of his depar- 
ture from them to that of his last most solemn advent. 


6. Twelve Lectures on the subject of the Prophecies relating to the 
Christian Church. By Edward Pearson, D.D. London, 1811. 8vo. 
The design of Prophecy, — the progress of Christianity as predicted in the Scriptures, — 


the state of the Christian Church as supposed to be predicted in the apostolic epistles, — the 
corruptions of the Christian faith as predicted by Daniel, and the various fortunes of the 


234 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V5 


Christian Church, from her first foundation to the end of the world, as foretold in the 
Apocalypse, — are the subjects discussed in these lectures: a cop: /us analysis of which 1s 
given in the British Critic, O. S. vol. xl. pp. 238—248. 467—479. 


7. Twelve Lectures on the Prophecies relating to the Christian Church, 
and especially to the Apostasy of Papal Rome. By Philip ALLwoon, B.D. 
London, 1815. 2 vols. 8vo. P 


The first six of these Lectures discuss the predictions relative to Jesus Christ; and the 
remaining Lectures are devoted to an exposition of the Apocalypse, particularly with refer- 
ence to the apostasy of the Romish Church. See an analysis of them in the British Critic, 
N.S, vol. ix. pp. 45—65. 


8. Discourses on Prophecy, in which are considered its Structure, Use, 
and Inspiration: being the Substance of Twelve Sermons preached by John 
Davison, B.D. London, 1824. 8vo. 


The first of these Discourses is employed in treating of the Christian Evidences in general, 
and the connexion of Prophecy with the rest; and the second, in considering the contents 
of the prophetic volume as distinguished from its predictions. The four next discuss the 
structure of prophecy and the cause of its dispensation: and in the six last, its inspiration 
and divine prescience are examined. ‘ The subject.of the work is one of very general 
importance, and which will excite an interest with every reader of Scripture. More espe- 
cially must value attach to every part of the inquiry, from the admirable practical tendency, 
which is every where given to it; so that, while the student is carried forward by the jnterest 
of critical research, and his understanding enlightened by the wide and clear views opened 
to him, his piety will not fail to be warmed, his faith strengthened, and his best affections 
exalted and improved.” (British Critic, N.S, vol. xxii. p. 389.) 


9. The Chronological Prophecies, as constituting a connected System, in 
which the principal events of the Divine Dispensations are determined by 
the precise revelation of their dates. Demonstrated ina Series of Lectures. 
By Frederick Notan, LL.D. London, 1837. 8vo. 


*,* Besides the preceding valuable Lectures, the subject of Prophecy is discussed at con- 
siderable length in the great Collection of the Boyle Lectures, published in 1739, in 
3 vols. folio. 


SECTION IL. 


JEWISH WRITERS AND COMMENTATORS, AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE 
SCRIPTURES DERIVED FROM JEWISH SOURCES. 


§ 1. JEWISH WRITERS AND COMMENTATORS. 


1. PatLonis JuDmI, que reperiri potuerunt, omnia. Textum cum MSS. 
contulit; quamplurima e codd. Vaticano, Mediceo, et Bodleiano, scriptori- 
bus item vetustis, necnon catenis Greecis ineditis, adjecit ; interpretationem- 
que emendavit; universa notis et observationibus illustravit Thomas 
MancGey, 8.T.P. Canonicus Dunelmensis. Londini, 1742. 2 tomis folio. 


This is a noble edition, equally creditable to the editor, the Rev. Dr. Mangey, and to the 
printer, the celebrated William Bowyer. Dr. M. revised the works of Philo, which he col- 
lated with thirteen manuscripts, and corrected the Latin version of them, which had been 
made by Sigismond Gelenius, Morelli, and others. The different treatises are arranged in 
amuch better order than that which appears in preceding editions, and many obscure and 
difficult passages are excellently corrected and illustrated. 


2. Puttonis Jup#1 Opera omnia, Greece et Latiné, ad editionem Th. 
Mangey, collatis aliquot MSS. Edenda curavit Aug. Frider. Pre1rrer. 
8vo. Vols. 1L—V. Erlangee, 1785—1792. 


The text of Dr. Mangey is adopted in this valuable edition, which has never been com- 
pleted, in consequence of the death of the learned editor, whose critical materials for the 
sixth and concluding volume are reported to be still preserved. Tfeiffer collated three 
Bavarian manuscripts, and retained only such of Mangey’s notes as contain either some new 
information, or some emendation of the text; to which he added observations of his own, 
chiefly settling the various lections. 








ie at a i i 


Sect. II. § 1.] Jewish Writers and Commentators. 235 


3. Puttonis Jupz#1 Opera omnia, Greece. Textum ad fidem optimarum 
editionum edidit Carolus Ernestus Ricurer. Lipsiz, 1828-29. 8 tomis 
12mo. 


The most complete edition of the works of Philo. In preparing it for the press, the 
editor followed the text of Dr. Mangey’s edition (No. 1.), with which he collated Pfeiffer’s 
edition (No. 2.), and another, printed at Paris in 1640. To the previously published 
treatises of Philo, M. Richter has added two others, viz. 1. De festo Cophini, and 2. De 
Parentibus colendis, which were discovered by Signor Mai in the Medicean Library at Flo- 
rence, and published for the first time at Milan, in 1818, with a Latin version and notes. 
The last volume contains copious indexes of matters, and of the texts of Scripture explained 
by Philo. 


3.* Queestiones Philonee. I. De Fontibus et Auctoritate Theologiz Phi- 
lonis. Queestionis prime Particula prima. II. De Adyw Philonis. Questio 
altera. Scripsit C.G. L. Grossmann. Lipsiz, 1829. 4to. 


4, Flavii Josepui Opera, que reperiri potuerunt, omnia. Ad codices fere 
omnes, cum impressos tum manuscriptos, diligenter recensuit, nova versione 
donavit, et notis illustravit Johannes Hudsonus. Oxonii, e Theatro Shel- 
doniano, 1720. 2 vols. folio. 


Those distinguished bibliographers, Fabricius, Harwood, Harles, and Oberthiir, are 
unanimous in their commendations of this elegant and most valuable edition. The learned 
editor, Dr. Hudson, died the year before its publication, but, fortunately, not till he had 
acquired almost every thing requisite for a perfect edition of his author. ‘* He seems to 
have consulted every known manuscript and edition. The correctness of the Greek text, 
the judgment displayed in the annotations, the utility of the indexes, and the consummate 
knowledge which is evinced of the history and antiquities of the time, render this work 
deserving of every thing said in commendation of it. Copies on large paper are very rare 
and dear, as well as magnificent.” (Dibdin on the Classics, vol. ii. p. 11.) 


5. Flavii JosEpuI, que reperiri potuerunt, Opera omnia, Greece et Latine, 
ex nova versione, et cum notis Joannis Hudsoni. Accedunt Note Edwardi 
Bernardi, Jacobi Gronovii, Fr. Combefisii, Ezechielis Spanhemii, Adriani 
Relandi, et aliorum, tam editz quam inedite. Post recensionem Joannis 
Hudsoni denuo recognita, et notis ac indicibus illustrata, studio et labore 
Sigeberti Havercampi. Amstelodami, 1726. 2 vols. folio. 


This is usually considered the editio optima, because it contains much more than Dr. 
Hudson’s edition. The Greek text is very carelessly printed, especially that of Josephus’s 
seven books on the wars of the Jews with the Romans. Havercamp collated two manu- 
scripts in the library of the university of Leyden; and, besides the annotations mentioned 
in the title, he added some observations by Vossius and Cocceius, which he found in the 
margin of the editio princeps, printed at Basil, in 1644, folio. The typographical execution 
of Havercamp’s edition is very beautiful. 


6. Flavii Josepui Opera, Greecé et Latine, excusa ad editionem Lugduno- 
Batavam Sigeberti Havercampi cum Oxoniensi Joannis Hudsoni collatam. 
Curavit Franciscus Oberthur. Lipsize, 1782—1785. Vols. I.—III. 8vo. 


This very valuable edition, which has never been completed, comprises only the Greek 
text of Josephus. The succeeding volumes were to contain the critical and philological 
observations of the editor, who has prefixed to the first volume an excellent critical notice 
of all the preceding editions of Josephus. ‘* The venerable Oberthiir is allowed to have 
taken more painsin ascertaining the correct text of his author, in collating every known 
MS., in examining every previous edition, and in availing himself of the labours of his 
predecessors, than have yet been shewn by any editor of Josephus.” It is therefore deeply 
to be regretted that sucha valuable edition as the present should have been discontinued by 
an editor so fully competent to finish the arduous task which he has begun. (Dibdin on 
the Classics, vol. ii. p. 13. 3d. edition. ) 


7, Flavii Josepur Judai Opera omnia [Greece]. Textum edidit Carol. 
Ernest. Ricuter. Lipsise, 1826. 6 tomis 12mo. 


A very neatly printed edition: it forms the first portion, as the works of Philo form the 
second part, of a Bibliotheca Patrum, which is to be edited by M. Richter. 

Several English translations of Josephus have been published by Court, L’Estrange, and 
others ; but the best is that of Mr. Whiston, folio, London, 1737, after Havercamp’s edi- 
tion ; to which are prefixed a good map of Palestine, and seven dissertations by the trans- 
lator, who has also added many valuable notes, correcting and illustrating the Jewish his- 
torian. Whiston’s translation has been repeatedly printed in various sizes. 


236 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V, 


8. Flavii Joseput de Bello Judaico Libri Septem. Ad fidem Codicum 
emendavit, Variis Lectionibus instruxit, et notis partim aliorum partim 
suis illustravit, Edvardus CARDWELL, 8.T.P. Grace et Latine. Oxonii 
e Typographeo Academico, 1837. 2 vols. 8vo. 

A beautifully and accurately printed edition of Josephus’s History of the Jewish war, for 
which Biblical students are much indebted to the learned principal of St. Alban’s Hall. 
The various readings of six hitherto uncollated MSS. are given, three of which are in the 
Laurentian Library at Florence, of the eleventh, twelfth, and fourteenth centuries ; two, of 
the tenth and twelfth centuries, arein the Royal Library at Paris; and one, of the twelfth 
century, is in the Library of Sir Tho. Phillips, Bart., which was formerly in the pos- 
session of the Earl of Guildford. The Latin Version is that of Sigismond Gelenius, pub- 
lished at Geneva in 1635. 

9. Mischna: sive Totius Hebreorum Juris, Rituum, Antiquitatum ac 
Legum Oralium, Systema: cum clarissimorum Rabbinorum Maimonidis et 
Bartenoree Commentariis integris Hebraice et Latine. Notis illustravit Gul. 
SURENHUSIUS. Amstelodami, 1698. 6 tomis folio. 

“ This is a very beautiful and correct work, necessary to the library of every biblical 
critic and divine. He who has it, need be solicitous for nothing more on this subject.” 
(Dr. A. Clark’s Succession of Sacred Literature, p. 56. ) 


10. Talmud Babylonicum Integrum, Hebraice. Berolini et Francofurti’ 
1715. 12 tomis folio. 


11. Talmud Hierosolymitanum, Hebraice. Amstelodami, 1710. folio.. 


A few only of the Jewish Rabbins have illustrated every individual book 
of the Old Testament: those only are here specified which are held in 
the highest estimation by the Jews. ! 


12. Rassrt Sotomon JArcuiI, Ben Isaac, usually cited as Rascur from 
the contraction of his names, was a native of Troyes in Champagne: he 
wrote commentaries on the entire Bible, as well as the chief part of the 
Talmud, and from his extensive learning is accounted one of the most 
eminent Jewish expositors. His style, however, is so exceedingly obscure 
as to require an ample comment to make it intelligible. He died a. p. 
1180. Many of his commentaries have been printed in Hebrew, and some 
have been translated into Latin by Christians; as that on Esther by Philip 
Daquin, that on Joel by Genebrard, and those on Obadiah, Jonah, and 
Zephaniah, by Pontac. 


13. Rabbi ABRAHAM ABEN EzRA was a native of Spain, and flourished 
in the twelfth century; his Commentaries on the Scriptures, written in an 
elegant style, are much esteemed both by Jews and Christians. 


14. Rabbi Davip Kimcnr was also a native of Spain, and flourished 
towards the close of the twelfth century ; he wrote Commentaries on the 
Old Testament, which are highly valued, particularly that on the pro- 
phet Isaiah. 


15. Rabbi Levi Ben Gersuom, a Spanish Jew, was contemporary with 
Kimchi: his Commentaries on the Scripture, especially on the Pentateuch, 
are much esteemed. He accounted for the miracles from natural causes. 


16. Rabbi AARon Ben Exvinu was an eminent Jewish teacher, who flou- 
rished in the fourteenth century. He left a commentary on the Pentateuch. 





1 In this account of the Jewish Expositors, we have chiefly followed Carpzoy, in his Jn- 
troductio ad Libros Canonicos Veteris Testamenti, p. 35. et seq., and De Rossi’s scarce work, 
intitled Bibliotheca Judaica Antichristiana, qua editi et inediti Judeorum Libri recensentur. 
Royal 8vo, Parma, 1800. Wolfius has also treated on the Jewish Commentators in his 
Bibliotheca Hebrea, tom. ii. p. 368. et passim. For an account of the Chaldee Paraphrases, 
see Vol. IJ. of the Introduction to the Study of the Scriptures, pp. 10S—203, 





ee ee ee 


Sect. II. § 1.] Jewish Writers and Commentators. 237 


17. Rabbi IsAac ABARBENEL, or ABRAVANEL (as he is sometimes 
called), a Portuguese Jew, flourished in the fifteenth century, and wrote 
Commentaries on the Pentateuch, the whole of the Prophets, and some 
other books of Scripture: notwithstanding his inveterate enmity against 
Christianity, his writings are much valued by Christians, and are highly 
extolled by the Jews. 


18. Rabbi Soromon ABENMELECH, a native of Spain, flourished in the 
sixteenth century, and wrote Scholia on the whole of the Old Testament, in 
which he has interspersed the best of Kimchi’s Grammatical Observations. 

The Commentaries of these Rabbins are inserted in the Biblia Rabbinica, published by 


Bomberg at Venice, in 4 vols. folio, 1518, and again in 1525 and 1526, and in Buxtorf’s 
edition, printed at Basle, 1618,in 4 vols. folio. 


19. Rabbi Moses Ben Marmoy, usually called Maimonides, though not 
a Commentator on the whole of the Old Testament, ought not to be omitted, 
"on account of his Moreh Nevochim, or Yeacher of the Perplexed, a valuable 
work, that explains difficult phrases, passages, parables, and allegories. The 
best edition of this work is that of Basil, 1629, 4to. An English Translation 
of this Treatise was published in 1827 by the Rev. Dr. Townley, intitled 
‘‘ The Reasons of the Laws of Moses.” Dr. 'T. has enriched his translation 
with a life of Maimonides, and with numerous valuable notes and disserta- 
tions. The Porta Mosis of Maimonides was edited by Pococke (in Arabic 
and Latin) at Oxford, 1645, 4to. and his treatises, De Jure Pauperis, &c. 
(Heb. and Lat.) by Prideaux, Oxford, 1679; and De Sacrificiis, 4to. 
London, 1683. 


Several parts of the works of the above-mentioned Rabbins have been 
printed in a separate form ; viz. :— 


1. AARon the Karaite. — Libri Corone Legis, id est, Commentarii Karai- 
tici inediti, ab Aarone ben Elihu seculo decimo quarto conscripti, Particulam 
ex duobus codicibus manuscriptis, altero Jenensi, altero Lugdunensi, edidit, 
in Latinum transtulit, atque illustravit J.G. L. Kosegarten. Jenze, 1823. 4to. 


2. ABARBENEL.—Commentarius in Pentateuchum, cura Henrici Van 
Bashuisen. Hanovere, 1710. folio. 

Ejusdem, Commentarius in Prophetas priores, cura Augusti Pfeiffer. Lip- 
size, 1686. folio. 


Ejusdem, Commentarius in Hoseam, Latine, cum notis Fr. ab Husen. 
Lugd. Bat. 1686. 


Ejusdem, Commentarius in Nahum, cura J. D. Sprecheri. Helmstadii, 
1703. 4:to. 


3. ABENMELECH.-— Ex Michlal Jophi seu Commentario R. Salom. Aben- 
melech in Veteris Testamenti Libros, una cum spicilegio R. Jac. Abendane, 
Particula, complectens prophetiam Jonze. Heb. et Lat. edente Ernest. Christ. 
Fabricio. Gottingen, 1792. 8vo. 


4, JARcHI. — R. Sal. Jarchii Commentarius in omnes Veteris Testamenti 
Libros, versus et illustratus a Jo. Frid. Breithaupto, 3 vols. 4to. Gothe, 
1713. 


5. Kimcut. — R. Davidis Kimchii Commentarii in Jesaiam Prophetam, 
quos ex Hebreo in Latinum idioma vertebat, notulisque illustrabat, Caesar 
Malamineus. Florentia, 1774. 4to. 

Besides various confutations of Jewish errors, which are interspersed throughout the 


work, the translator has inserted a dissertation on Isaiah vii. 15., which (he proves) was 
fulfilled in the miraculous birth of our Redeemer of a Virgin. 


6. Rabbi David Kimchi’s Commentary upon the Prophecies of Zachariah, 
translated from the Hebrew. With Notes and Observations on the passages 
relating to the Messiah. By the Rev. A. Mc. Caut, A.M. [now D.D. ] 
London, 1837. 8vo. 


238 Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


‘Kimchi left a commentary on most of the books of Seripture, which, though written 
six hundred years ago, will bear a comparison with any that has appeared, even in the nine- 
teenth century. .... To the reader of the English Bible Kimchi is also of value, as he will 
find the translation generally confirmed, and see how very little that Rabbi would have 
altered.” (Introd. p. viii.) For this specimen of Kimchi’s commentary Bible students are 
greatly indebted to the Rev. Dr. Mc. Caul; who is well known to be one of the most pro- 
foundly learned men in Talmudical and Rabbinical literature, that can be found in 
England or in Europe. The value of this volume is greatly enhanced by the important 
critical and controversial observations with which he has enriched it. 


7. MALACHIAS, cum Commentariis Aben Ezre, Jarchii et Kimchii dis- 
putationibus. Cura Sam. Bohl. Rostochii, 1637. 4to. 


8. Hoseas, illustratus Chaldaica Versione et philologicis celebrium Rabbi- 
norum Raschi, Aben Ezre, et Kimchii Commentariis. Helmstadii, 1702. 4to. 
Reprinted at Gottingen, 1780. 


9. Joe, et OBADIAH, cum Paraphrasi Chaldaica, Masora, et Commentariis 
trium Rabbinorum. Heb. et Lat. cura Jo. Lruspen. Utrecht, 1657. 4to. 


10. Jonannis Mercert Commentarii in Vates quinque priores, quibus 
adjuncti sunt R. Sal. Jarchii, Aben Ezre, et Dav. Kimchii Commentarii, ab 
ipso Latinitate donati. Editio altera, cura G. C. Burklini. Gissee, 1695. 


11. J.B. Carezovu Collegium Rabbinico-Biblicum in libellum Ruth. Heb. 
et Lat. Lipsiz, 1703. 4to. 

This work contains the Hebrew text of the book of Ruth, the Targum, the great and 
little Masora, and four Rabbinical Commentaries, together with Latin versions, and copious 
notes by the editor, J. B. Carpzov. Calmet states, that this book will be found of great 
service to those who are learning Hebrew, and will also serve as an introduction to the read- 
ing of the rabbinical writers. 


§ 2. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, DERIVED FROM JEWISH 
SOURCES. 


1. Georgii Johannis Henxrr Dissertatio de Usu Librorum Apocryphorum 
Veteris Testamenti in Novo Testamento. Hale, 1711. 4to. 


2. Christ. Theophili Kurnoet Observationes ad Novum Testamentum ex 
Libris Apocryphis Veteris Testamenti. Lipsia, 1794. 8vo. 


3. Joh. Benedicti Carpzovir Exercitationes in S. Pauli Epistolam ad 
Hebraeos ex Philone Alexandrino. Preefixa sunt Philoniana Prolegomena, 
in quibus de non adeo contemnenda Philonis eruditione Hebraica, de conve- 
nientia stili Philonis cum illo D. Pauli in Epistola ad Hebreeos, et de aliis 
nonnullis varii argumenti exponitur. Helmstadii, 1750. 8vo. 


4, J. B. Carpzovi Stricture Theologice in Epistolam Pauli ad Romanos. 
Adspersi subinde sunt Flores Philoniani. Helmstadii, 1758. 8vo. 


This is the second and best edition of Carpzov’s Observations on St. Paul’s Epistle to the 
Pomans; they originally appeared in detached portions, at Helmstadt, in quarto, between 
the years 1752 and 1756. 


5. Christophori Frederici Lozsnert Observationes ad Novum Testamen- 
tum e Philone Alexandrino. 8vo. Lipsia, 1777. 

This work was preceded by a quarto tract of Loesner’s, intitled Lectionum Philonianarum 
Specimen, published at Leipsic, in 1758. The force and meaning of words are particularly 
illustrated, together with points of antiquity and readings of Philo’s text. The light thrown 
upon the New Testament, by the writings of Philo, is admirably elucidated by Loesner ; to 
complete whose work there should be added Adami Frid. Kuunut Spicilegium Loesneri 
Observationum ad N. T. e Philone Alexandrino. Sorau, 1783, 4to.; 2ded. Pforte, 1785, 
8vo. The second is the best edition. 


6. Jo. Baptiste Orrit Spicilegium, sive Excerpta € Flavio Josepho ad 


Novi Testamenti Illustrationem. Curd Sigeberti Havercampi. Lug. Bat. 
1741. 8vo. 








Sect. II. § 2.] . Christian Commentators, &c. 939 


7. Jo. Tobie Kressiz Observationes in Novum Testamentum e Flavio 
Josepho. Lipsie, 1755. 8vo. 


Both these works are necessary to the Biblical Student, as Krebs has illustrated a great 
number of passages in the New Testament, from Josephus, which are not noticed in Ott’s 
Spicilegium. In pp. 527—612. of the latter publication, there is a curious collection of 
Sixty-eight articles, omitted by Josephus, of which he could not have been ignorant; and to 
this is annexed an interesting dissertation of C. Bos, on the genuineness of the celebrated pas- 
sage concerning Jesus Christ. 


8. Mellificitum Hebraicum, sive Observationes ex Hebrworum Antiquiorum 
monumentis desumpte, unde plurima cum Veteris, tum Novi Testamenti, 
loca explicantur vel illustrantur. Autore Christophoro CarrwricuTo. In 
the eighth volume of the Critici Sacri, pp. 1271—1426. 


To our learned countryman Cartwright belongs the honour of being the first who applied 
the more antient writings of the Jews to the illustration of the Bible. He was followed in 
the same path of literature by Drusius, whose Preterita sive Annotationes in Totum Jesu 
Christi Testamentum (4to, Franequere, 1612) contain many valuable illustrations of the 
New Testament. Some additions were subsequently made to his work by Balthasar Scheidius, 
whose Praterita Preteritorum are included in the publication of Meuschen, noticed in No. 
11. infra. 


9. The Works of the Rev. John Licutroot, D.D. Master of Catharine 
Hall, Cambridge. Edited by the Rev. J. R. Pitman, A.M. London, 1822— 
25, 13 vols. 8vo. 


The writings of Dr. Lightfoot are an invaluable treasure to the Biblical Student. By 
his deep researches into the Rabbinical writings, he has done more to illustrate the phrase- 
ology of the Holy Scriptures, and to explain the various customs, &c. therein alluded to, 
particularly in the New Testament, than any other author before or since. Two editions of 
this learned Divine’s works were published previously to that now under consideration, viz. 
1. The English edition of Dr. G. Bright, in two folio volumes, London, 1684; and 2. A 
Latin Edition, published at Rotterdam, in 2 vols. folio, 1686, intitled Joannis Lightfooti 
Opera Omnia, and again at Franeker in three folio volumes, which were superintended by 
the celebrated critic, Leusden. These foreign editions are taken from the English one, the 
English parts being translated into Latin: the third volume in Leusden’s edition is com- 
posed chiefly of several pieces, which Lightfoot had left unfinished, but which were too 
valuable to be altogether omitted. They were communicated by Mr. Strype, who in 1700 
published “Some genuine Remains of the late pious and learned John Lightfoot, D.D.”’ in 8vo. 
In preparing his edition, Mr. Pitman has adopted for his basis the London edition of 1684, 
and Strype’s supplemental volume, incorporating the additional matter in Leusden’s edition : 
and, by indefatigable researches, he has succeeded in recovering some pieces of Lightfoot’s 
which were never before published. New Indexes and other facilities of reference are 
given in the concluding volume of this edition. It is but justice to add that they are neatly 
and correctly printed, and from their reasonable price, demand a place in every biblical library. 
In order to complete Dr. Lightfoot’s Hore Hebraice et Talmudice, or Hebrew and Talmu- 
dical E'xercitations on the New Testament, which proceed no further than the first Epistle toe 
the Corinthians, Christian Scuorrcenivus published 


10. Horee Hebraice et Talmudice in Universum Novum Testamentum, 
quibus Hore Jo. Lightfooti in libris historicis supplentur, epistole et apoca- 
lypsis eodem modo illustrantur. Dresde, 1733. 2 tomis, 4to. 


In this elaborate work, Schoetgenius passes over the same books on which Dr. Lightfoot _ 
has treated, as a supplement, without touching the topics already produced in the English 
work; and then continues the latter to the end of the New Testament. Copies, in good 
condition, generally sell from two to three guineas. 


11. Novum Testamentum ex Talmude et Antiquitatibus Hebreorum illus- 
tratum, a Johanne Gerhardo MruscueEnio. Lipsia, 1736. 4to. 
In this work are inserted various treatises by Danzius, Rhenferd, Scheidius, and others, 


who have applied themselves to the illustration of the New Testament from the Jewish 
“ writings, 





240 Sacred Philology. [ Part If. ‘Ch. V- 


SECTION III. 


CHRISTIAN COMMENTATORS, INTERPRETERS, AND PARAPHRASTS ON THE 
SCRIPTURES. 


§ 1. COMMENTARIES BY THE FATHERS, AND OTHER DIVINES OF THE 
CHRISTIAN CHURCH, PREVIOUSLY TO THE REFORMATION. 


The following are the principal commentators on the sacred writings, who 
are to be found among the Primitive FATHERS OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH: 
but, in consulting their writings, the best editions only should be referred to, 
especially those by Protestants; as the editions superintended by divines of 
the Romish Church are not only frequently corrupted, but spurious writings 
are also often ascribed to the fathers, in order to support the anti-scriptural 
dogmas of that section of the universal church.! 


[1.] Greek Fathers. 


ORIGENIs in Scripturas Sacras Commentaria, quecunque Greece: reperiri 
potuerunt. Edidit, partim Latiné vertit, et universa notis et observationibus 
illustravit Petrus Daniel Huetius. Rothomagi, 1668. 2 tomis, folio. 


Oricen flourished in the latter part of the second and through the first half of.the third 
century ; and was distinguished not more by his learning than by his piety and. eloquence. 
He wrote Commentaries on the Old and New Testaments, the greater part of which is now 
lost: the best separate edition of what has been preserved is this of Huet. He also wrote 
Scholia or short notes explanatory of difficult passages of Scripture, in which he chiefly 
attended to the literal sense. Of these Scholia some extracts only are preserved in the col- 
lection made by Gregory Nazianzen and Basil the Great, entitled Philocalia, and published 
at Paris, in 1618, 4to. His Homilies, in which he addressed himself to the capacities of the 
people, as well as his numerous other works, both practical and controversial, our limits per- 
mit us not to detail; and his critical labours on the sacred writings are noticed in another 
part of this work.2. In the Commentaries above mentioned, Origen gave full scope to his 
learning and imagination, in what appeared to him to be the historical, literal, mystical, and 
moral sense of the Bible.  Origen’s grand fault is that of allegorising the Scriptures too 
much; and this method of interpretation he adopted from the Alexandrian philosophers, in 
the hope of establishing an union between Heathen philosophy and Christian doctrine. His 
fundamental canon of criticism was, that, wherever the literal sense of Scripture was not 
obvious, or not clearly consistent with Azs peculiar tenets, the words were to be understood in 
a Spiritual and mystical sense ; a rule by which he could easily incorporate any fancies, whe- 
ther original or borrowed, with the Christian creed. Mosheim has justly charactised this 
father as one of the most eminent of the writers of the third century, who distinguished them- 
selves by their learned and pious productions; and as ‘‘a man of vast and uncommon abilities, 
the greatest luminary of the Christian world that this age exhibited to view. Had the just- 
ness of his judgment been equal to the immensity of his genius, the fervour of his piety, his 
indefatigable patience, his extensive erudition, and his other eminent and superior talents, all 
encomiums must have fallen short of his merit. Yet, such as he was, his virtues and his 
labours deserve the admiration of all ages; and his name will be transmitted with honour 
through the annals of time, as long as learning and genius shall be esteemed among men.”’4+— 
The expository writings of Origen are to be found in the collective editions of his works; 
the most complete is the edition published by M. de la Rue, in four vols. folio, Paris, 
1733-59 ; reprinted by M. Oberthur at Wurceburg, in 15 vols. 8vo. 1780 and following 
years. 





% | 


+ See numerous proofs of this remark in James’s Treatise of the Corruption of Scripture 
Councils and Fathers by the prelates, &c. of the church of Rome, for maintenance of popery, 
pp. 1—271. London, 1688. 8vo. 

2 See Vol. II. Part I. pp. 211—214. 

3 Jahn’s Enchiridion Hermeneutice Generalis, pp. 163, 164. A further account of 
Origen’s expository labours may be seen in Ernesti’s Institutio Interpretis Novi Testamenti, 
pp, 286, 287., and in Morus’s Acroases super Hermeneutica Novi Foederis, tom. ii. 
pp. 230—236.; in Rosenmiuller’s Historia Interpretationis Librorum Sacrorum, tom. iii. 
pp. 17—156., and Simon’s Hist. Crit. du Vieux Test. liv. iii. ch. ix. pp. 439—442. 

* Mosheim’s Eccl. Hist. vol. i. p. 270, edit. 1806. On the merits of Origen as an in- 
terpreter of Holy Writ, see Conybeare’s Bampton Lectures for 1824, pp. 131—143, 


SecteliTs $12]. . Christian Commentators, &c. 241 


2. Joannis CuRYSOSTOMI Sermones tres in Genesin;—Quatuor Homiliz 
in Psalmos ;— Expositio perpetua in Novum Jesu Christi Testamentum ; 
folio. In the various editions of his collective works. 


Joun Curysostom, who flourished in the fourth century, was a pupil of Diodorus of 
Tarsus, who had himself been a disciple of Origen’s. He wrote homilies on the greater 
part of the Old Testament, and on the whole of the New Testament, with the exception of 
the Catholic epistles. His homilies on the New Testament are every way preferable to those 
on the Old. Ernesti is of opinion, that none of the productions of the fathers are equal to 
those of Chrysostom on St. Paul’s Epistles; and that all subsequent Greek commentators 
on them have exclusively followed him. On the historical books, his commentary on St. 
Matthew is incomparably the best and most copious, and is particularly worthy of being 
perused. Chrysostom’s manner of expounding is this: he first takes a verse of Scripture, 
which he explains ; and then investigates and elucidates the meaning of particular words, 
pointing out the scope of the sacred author, whose style and genius he examines, and render- 
ing all Hebraisms by equivalent intelligible Greek expressions. He throughout adheres to 
the literal sense, which he maintained to be the true one. The homilies are found in the 
beautiful Editio Princeps of his works published by Sir Henry Saville, in 8 vols. folio, Eton, 
1612; and in Montfaucon’s edition, which is the best, published at Paris in 13 vols. folio, 
1718-1738. An admirable French translation of a selection from Chrysostom’s Homilies, 
and other works, was printed by Auger, at Paris, 1785, in 4 vols. 8vo. In 1807, Matthie 
published 52 of his homilies at Moscow, in 8vo. with various readings, a commentary and 
index. 


3. THEopoRETI, Episcopi Cyrensis, Explanationes in Pauli Epistolas 
omnes. Inter Opera, Parisiis, 1608, 2 tomis folio. Parisiis, 1642, 4 tomis 
folio. Hale, 1769-74. 5 tomis 8vo. 


Tueovoret, Bishop of Cyrus, or Cyropolis, in Syria, wrote in the fifth century: though 
he chiefly follows Chrysostom in his commentary on St. Paul’s Epistles, he has added many 
new and striking observations of his own, and has successfully vindicated many passages 
against the Arians, and other sectaries of his time. The critical merits of Theodoret as an 
expositor of Scripture were investigated by F. C. Richterin a treatise intitled De Theodoreto 
Epistolarum Paulinarum Interprete Commentarius Historico-Exegeticus. Lipsia, 1822. 8vo. 


4. Nonni Panopolitee Metaphrasis Evangelii Joannei. Recensuit, Lec- 
tionumque varietate instruxit Franciscus Passovius. Accessit Evangelium 
Joannis. Defuncto Passovio editionem curavit Nicolaus Bachius. Lipsie, 
1833. 8vo. 


Nownvs, of Panopolis in Egypt, lived in the early part of the fifteenth century. His 
paraphrase on St. John’s Gospel, which is written in Greek verse, contains some various 
readings which have been noticed by Mill, Bengel, Wetstein, Griesbach, and Scholz, in their 
several critical editions of the Greek Testament. Passow’s edition of Nonnus is the best 
that has ever been published. 


[il.] Latin Fathers. 


1. HizrronymMI Questiones Hebraic in Genesin ;— Ejusdem Commen- 
tarii in Ecclesiasten ; duse in Canticum Canticorum Homiliz, ex Greco 
Origenis ;—Commentarii in Iesaiam;—Homiliz novem in Visiones Isaiz, 
ex Greco Origenis;—-Commentarius in Jeremiam ;— Commentarii in Eze- 
chielem Libri XIV.;— Commentarius in Danielem. Homiliz Origenis 
XXVIII., Explanationes in Jeremiam et Ezechielem continentes ;—- Com- 
mentarii in XII. Prophetas Minores ;— Commentarii in Matthaum Libri IV.; 
—Commentarii in Pauli Epistolas ad Galatas, Ephesios, Titum, et Phile- 
monem, folio. In the different editions of his works. 

Jxrome, of all the Latin fathers, has rendered the most important services to the Christian 
world, by his elaborate Commentary on the Scriptures, and his prefaces to the different books. 
His commentary on the Prophets is reckoned the best part of his works. The principal 
editions of this eminently learned father’s works are those of Paris, 1693-1706, in five vols. 
folio, and of Verona, 1734-1742, in eleven vols. folio. 





1 Several editions of Chrysostom’s Homilies are enumerated by Harles, in his Brevior 
Notitia Literatures Greece, pp. 739-741.; to which work, as well as to those of Ernesti 
and Morus, above referred to, we are chiefly indebted for the following notices of the Com- 
mentaries of the Greek fathers, 

VOL. II, APP. (Q) 


242 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


2. Hirarit Commentarius in Psalmos et in Evangelium Matthei, folio, 
in the various editions of his works. 


Hirary, Bishop of Poitiers, in the fourth century, wrote Commentaries on the Psalms, 
and on the Gospel of St. Matthew, which consist more of what he borrowed from Origen 
than of the results of his own studies: and on this account Morus is of opinion, that little 
assistance can be derived from consulting them. This author must not be confounded with 
Hilary, surnamed the Deacon, from the office which he filled in the Church at Rome in the 
middle of the fourth century: and who wrote a Commentary on St, Paul’s Epistles, which 
is printed in the second volume of the Benedictine edition of Ambrose’s works ( Paris, 1686—- 
1690, 2 vols. folio), to whom they are erroneously ascribed. 


3. Aurelii AucustTin1t Commentarii tam in Vetus quam in Novum Tes- 
tamentum, ex omnibus ejusdem lucubrationibus collecti. Studio et labore 
Joannis Gastii. Venetiis, 1543. 2 vols. 4to. 


Avaustine, the celebrated Bishop of Hippo in Africa, in the fourth century, wrote 
several Treatises on the Scriptures, and particularly Commentaries on the Psalms, neither of 
which are now held in much estimation, notwithstanding the high rank he holds in eccle- 
siastical history. His piety, indefatigable application, sublime genius, unwearied pursuit of 
truth, and the acuteness of his wit, are universally allowed. ‘* It is however certain,” says 
Mosheim, ‘ that the accuracy and solidity of hisjudgment were by no means proportionable 
to the eminent talents now mentioned; and that upon many occasions, he was more guided 
by the violent impulse of a warm imagination, than by the cool dictates of reason and pru- 
dence. Hence that ambiguity which appears in his writings, and which has sometimes 
rendered the most attentive readers uncertain with respect to his real sentiments ; and hence 
also the just complaints which many have made of the contradictions that are so frequent in 
his works, and of the levity and precipitation with which he set himself to write upon a 
variety of subjects, before he had examined them with a sufficient degree of attention and 
diligence.”! Jahn has remarked that the genius of Augustine resembled that of Origen 
rather than that of Jerome, to both of whom he was greatly inferior in learning, being 
totally ignorant of Hebrew, and but moderately versed in Greek.2 His Treatises on the 
Scriptures form the third, and his Commentaries on the Psalms the fourth volume of the 
Benedictine edition of his works. He accommodates the Scriptures more frequently to his 
own ideas than he accommodates these to the former, and is perpetually hunting out mys- 
teries, especially in numbers.3 Such was the authority in which the writings of Augustine 
were held, that his expositions continued to be followed by all Latin interpreters from his 
time until the Reformation ; who have selected expositions not only from his professedly 
biblical labours, but also from his other practical and controversial writings. Among the 
principal compilations of this kind is the Gloss, or short interpretation of Strabo, which is 
mentioned in page 244. No. 1. 


[il] Later Divines of the Greek and Latin Churches. 


Of the Doctors, or Divines of the Greek and Latin Churches, who 
flourished between the sixth and fourteenth centuries, the following are 
reputed to be the most judicious commentators. 





Greek Writers. 


1. TuropuyLacti Archiepiscopi Bulgariz Enarrationes, sive Commentarii 
in IV. Evangelia, Greece, Rome, 1542. folio; Greece et Latine, Parisiis, 
1631. folio. — Ejusdem Explicationes in Acta Apostolorum, Greece et 
Latine, Colonize, 1567. folio.— Ejusdem Commentarii in D. Pauli Epistolas, 
Greece et Latine, Londini, 1636. folio.— Ejusdem Commentarii in Epistolas 
et in aliquot Prophetas Minores, Latine, Parisiis, 1542. folio. 

Tueropnytacr, metropolitan of Bulgaria, flourished in the 11th century: his Scholia on 
the principal books of Scripture are chiefly abridged from Chrysostom. ‘Those on the Gos- 
pels, Acts, and St. Paul’s Epistles, are particularly valuable. Professor Stuart, character- 


ising the Greek Commentators on the Epistle to the Hebrews, observes that ‘* Theophylact is 
by far the most agreeable, especially for beginners in the study of Greek Commentary. He 





1 Mosheim’s Ecclesiastical History, vol. i. p. 363. 
2 Jahn, Enchiridion Hermeneuticz Generalis, p. 167. 
3 Rambachii Instit. Herm. p. 679. 


Sect. III. § 1.] Christian Commentators, Sc. 243 


comprises all that is valuable in Chrysostom, and, for the most part, nearly in Chrysostom’s 
words; while at the same time he has given to the whole more ease, simplicity, and com- 
pactness. Seldom does he venture upon any new opinion of his own; and when he does, 
it is with great deference to his predecessors.” (Commentary on the Hebrews, vol. i. p. 345.) 
The best edition of his works is that published at Venice, 1754-1763, in 4 vols. folio. 


2. Gicument1 Commentaria in Acta Apostolorum, in omnes Pauli Epis- 
tolas, et in Epistolas Catholicas omnes. Accesserunt Aretha, Cappadocize 
Episcopi, Explanationes in Apocalypsin. Grace et Latine, cura Fred. 
Morelli. Parisiis, 1631. 2 tomis folio. 


QEcumeEntus, Bishop of Tricca in Thessaly, towards the close of the tenth century, wrote 
Commentaries on the Acts of the Apostles, and the whole of the Epistles. His work is a 
judicious compilation from Origen, Chrysostom, Eusebius, and others. It is worthy of 
observation, that the controverted clause in St. John’s First Epistle (1 John v. 7.) was not 
known to this writer. The best edition is that of Paris, 1631, in two vols. folio. 


3. Very similar to the works of Theophylact and Qicumenius above 
noticed, are the CATEN#&, or Commentaries on the Scriptures, consisting 
of separate passages or interpretations of the fathers, reduced to the order 
of chapters and verses of the books ; they are denominated Catenz, because 
as a chain is composed of several links connected together, so these com- 
pilations consist of numerous different passages, or the sentences and 
expositions of different writers, so connected together as to form one con- 
tinued work. 


The earliest compiler of a Catena was Procopius of Gaza, whose entire work on the 
Scriptures has never been printed ; though particular portions have been published, as his 
Catena on the Octateuch, or eight first books, in Latin, Tiguri (Zurich), 1555, folio: on 
the two Books of Kings and Chronicles, Gr. Lat. 4to. Lug. Bat. 1620; a specimen of his 
Catena on the Heptateuch, or seven first books, and on the Song of Solomon, edited by 
Ernesti, Leipsic, 1785, 4to.; on Isaiah, edited by Courtier, folio, Paris, 1580. Procopius 
was followed by Olympiodorus, who is supposed to have flourished in the seventh century’; 
his Catena on the Book of Job was published at Venice in 1587, 4to. A Catena on Job, 
Psalms, Matthew, and John, was printed by Plantin at Antwerp, in Greek and Latin, in 
seven vols. folio, 1630, and following years. One of the most valuable works of this kind 
is the Catena of Nicephorus on the Octateuch, the two books of Samuel, and the two books 
of Kings; it is a compilation from fifty-one writers, and was published in Greek, in two vols. 
folio, at Leipsic, 1792. Possin and Corderius published a Catena in Greek and Latin, 
on the four Evangelists, in 1628, 1630, 1646, and 1647, at Antwerp and Thoulouse, in 
four large folio volumes; and a Greek Catena of Victor, a presbyter of Antioch, and 
other fathers, on the Gospel of St. Mark, was edited by Matthzi, at Moscow, 1775, in 
2 vols. 8vo.1 


4. Eutuymit Zigabeni Monachi Commentarii in Psalmos, Greece et Latine; 
apud Theophylacti Operum Tom.IV. Venetiis, 1763. folio. 


Euthymii Zigabeni Commentarius in quatuor Evangelia, Greece et Latine. 
Textum Graecum nunquam antea editum ad fidem duorum Codicum Mem- 
branaceorum Bibliothecarum S. 8. Synodi Mosquensis auctoris etate scrip- 
torum, diligenter recensuit, et repetita Versione Latina Joannis Hentenii 
suisque adjectis animadversionibus edidit Christianus Frider. Mattheel. 
Lipsiz, 1792. 3 tomis 8vo. 


Evuruymius Zicanenus, a monk of Constantinople, in the early part of the twelfth cen- 
tury, wrote commentaries on different parts of the Bible, the whole of which have not been 
printed. His principal work is a commentary on the four Gospels, published by Matthei 
at Leipsic, in 1792, in 3 vols. 8vo. The hitherto inedited Greek text is diligently revised 
from two MSS. in the library of the Holy Synod at Moscow, written in the time of tbe 
author. Vol. I. contains the prefaces and Gospel of St. Matthew; Vol. II. the Gospels 
of St. Mark and St. Luke; Vol. III. the Gospel of St. John, with Hentenius’s Latin 





1 Morus (tom. ii. p. 253.) has enumerated several catenz on particular parts of the New 
Testament. The best account of these compilations isto be found in Ittigius’s Tractatus de 
Catenis Patrum, Leipsic, 1707, 8vo.; and in Noesselt’s Observationes de Catenis Patrum 
Grecorum in Novum Testamentum, Hale, 1762, 4to. See also Walchii Bibliotheca 
Theologica, vol. iv. pp. 3888—291. 

(a) 2 


24-4 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Version of the whole of Euthymius’s Commentary, his Critical Remarks, and those of the 
learned editor. Euthymius’s Commentary on the Psalms was published with the works of 
Theophylact. 





Latin Writers. 


1. Biblia Sacra cum Glossa Ordinaria a Walafrido Strazo; et Postilla 
Nicolai Lyrant, necnon additionibus Pauli Burgensis aie, et Matthize 
Doringi replicis. Duaci, 1617. 6 tomis folio. 


Watarripus Srrazo or Srrasus, who flourished in the ninth century, composed a work 
on the whole Bible, which was called Glossa Ordinaria or marginalis; because the entire 
margin, at the top and bottom, as well as on each side of the page, was filled with anno- 
tations. His work is, in fact, a catena or collection of comments from all the Latin fathers 
who preceded him, and particularly from Augustine and Rabanus Maurus, whose pupil 
Strabo was, and who wrote a voluminous catena on the Gospel of St. Matthew, and St. 
Paul’s Epistles, besides an entire comment on the Bible, which is still in manuscript. 
Strabo endeavours to show the literal, historical, and moral sense of the Scriptures, but not 
always with success. For many years the labours of Strabo continued to be received as the 
sole authorised interpretation of the Bible. The best edition of his work is that of Antwerp, 
1634, folio. } 

Nicuotas pe Lyra or Lyranus, so called from the place of his nativity, Lire, a small 
town in Normandy, is reputed to have been a Jew by descent, but having embraced Chris- 
tianity, he entered into the religious society of Friars Minors at Verneuil. He flourished 
towards the beginning of the fourteenth century ; and deservedly holds a distinguished rank 
among commentators, his explanations of the Scriptures being far superior to the manner 
and spirit of the age in which he flourished. His compendious expositions of the Bible were 
called postills, from his manner of placing them, viz. first exhibiting the sacred text, and 
post illa (after the words of the text) offering his own explication. They were repeatedly 
printed in the latter part of the fifteenth and in the early part of the sixteenth century ; and 
(as in the edition above noticed) were sometimes printed in conjunction with the gloss of 
Strabo. In his postills, Lyra shows a greater acquaintance with the literal sense of Scrip- 
ture than any preceding commentator, and has availed himself of his intimate knowledge 
of Hebrew to select the best comments of the most learned Rabbins, particularly Jarchi. 
Being, however, less intimately acquainted with Greek than with Hebrew, he is less happy 
in his expositions of the New Testament than in those of the Old. His notes are allowed 
to be very judicious, and he principally attends to the literal sense, with which, however, 
he occasionally intermingles the subtilties of the schoolmen. ‘ It is no inconsiderable 
praise that, by the general soundness and justness of his expositions, he attracted the admi- 
ration, and contributed probably in some measure to the instruction of Luther and of his 
great coadjutors in the work of reformation.’’ The best edition of Lyra’s commentary is 
that of Antwerp, 1634, in 6 vols. folio; it is also found in the Biblia Maxima, edited by 
Father dela Haye, in 19 vols. folio. Lyra was also the author of Moralia, or Moral Com- 
mentaries upon the Scriptures, 2 


2. Thome Aguinartis, Doctoris Angelici, Commentaria in quosdam 
libros Veteris et Novi Testamenti; scilicet, in Job; Prima Quinguagena 
Davidis; Canticum Canticorum ; Gehiarie Jeremiam, et Lamentationes ; 
in Evangelia secundum Matthzum et Joannem; Catena Aurea in quatuor 
Evangelia; ex dictis Patrum connexa; Commentaria in omnes D. Pauli 
Apostoli Epistolas ; folio, inter operum Tomos x11-xvi. Venetiis, 1593-4, 
besides numerous editions of detached portions in various sizes. 


Tuomas Aquinas, a celebrated scholastic doctor of the thirteenth century, compiled a 
Catena on the four Gospels, from upwards of eighty Greek and Latin Fathers, whose 
words he chiefly gives, rather than their meaning, and quotes the Greek fathers from Latin 
versions of their works. His comment long held a distinguished place in the Western 
church. ‘ 


1 Much curious information relative to the Biblia Glossata, or Glosses on the Scriptures, 
is contained in Masch’s edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, partii. vol. iii. cap. ii. 
sect. lil, p. 353. et seq. 

2 Masch’s edition of Le Long’s Bibliotheca Sacra, partii. vol. iii. p. 357-362. Conybeare’s 
Bampton Lectures for 1824, pp. 210-215. Lyra’s commentaries were attacked by Paul, 
bishop of Burgos (Paulus Burgensis), a converted Jew, and were defended by Matthias 
Doring. Ibid. pp. 863, 364, Walchii Bibliotheca Theologica, vol. iy. pp. 396, 397. 


Sect. III. § 2.] Scholia on the entire Bible. | 245 


There were however a few, though but few, interpreters of better note, 
who flourished during the period now under consideration, and who followed 
a better mode of interpretation. We shall briefly enumerate them. 


3. Brp# Expositio in Libros Historicos Veteris Testamenti, in librum 
Tobie, Jobum, Parabolas Salomonis, et Cantica Canticorum: Expositio in 
Novum Testamentum, Retractationes et Quastiones in Acta Apostolorum, 
folio. In his works. 


The venerable Bene, who lived in the eighth century, composed a Catena on nearly the 
whole of the New Testament, from the writings of the fathers, in which he interspersed but 
few remarks of his own. Deeply versed in Greek literature, he has the peculiar praise of 
drawing from original sources. 


4, ALCUIN, the countryman and contemporary of Bede, compiled a com- 
mentary on some parts of the Scriptures, in which he made selections from 
Jerome, Chrysostom, Augustine, Bede, and other writers; not always with 
the best judgment. His biblical labours are contained in the editions of his 
collected works, printed at Paris in 1617, and at Ratisbon in 1777 in two 
volumes folio. 





§ 2. SCHOLIA ON THE ENTIRE BIBLE, CR THE GREATER PART THEREOF. 


1. Joannis MArrtAnz Scholia in Vetus et Novum Testamentum. Paris, 
1620. folio. 


2. Huconts Grotiri Annotationes ad Vetus et Novum Testamentum. 


The Scholia on the Old Testament were first published at Paris, in 1644: and those on 
the New Testament at the same place, in three volumes, in 1641, 1646, and 1650. ‘They 
are also to be found in the fourth volume of his Opera Theologica ( Basil, 1732, folio), as 
well asin the Critict Sacri, and in Calovius’s Biblia Illustrata. They were republished 
in 4to., with numerous corrections by Vogel, vol.i. Hale, 1775; vol. ii. and vol. ili. were 
published in 1776 by Doederlein, who, in 1779, published an Auctarium, also in 4to., 
which was separately sold under the title of Seholia in Libros Poeticos Veteris Testament 
An edition of them was published by Mr. Moody, in two vols. 4to. London, 1727; and his 
Scholia on the New Testament were reprinted at Erlang in 1755 and following years, in 
4to. In 1830, a very neat edition of the Scholia on the New Testament appeared at 
Groningen, in 8 vols. 8vo., the anonymous editor of which professes that he carefully cor- 
rected the numerous errors which had crept into preceding impressions. We have been thus 
minute in stating the editions of Grotius’s Scholia, on account of their intrinsic value. 
Father Calmet has criticised many parts of them with great severity, particularly his pre- 
face to an explanation of the Canticles. ‘* Grotius,’’ says Dr. Doddridge, ‘ has done 
more to illustrate the Scriptures, by what is generally called profane learning, than perhaps 
almost all the other commentators put together; nevertheless he too often gives up pro- 
phecies which, in their original sense, relate to the Messiah. His notes on some texts are 
large and learned dissertations, which might have profitably been published by themselves.”’ 
‘‘ His learning,” says an eminent biblical critic of the present day, ‘“‘ was very extensive ; 
his erudition profound; and his moderation on subjects of controversy highly praiseworthy. 
No man possessed a more extensive and accurate knowledge of the Greek and Latin 
writers; and no man more successfully applied them to the illustration of the sacred 
writings. He is, perhaps justly, suspected of Socinian sentiments; and is, in general, so 
intent upon the literal meaning of the Scriptures, as to lose sight of the spiritual.” (Dr. A. 
Clark.!) On the New Testament, Grotius is particularly valuable for understanding 
the history and Hebraisms. The character of Grotius as a commentator is both fairly and 
ably estimated by Mr. Conybeare in his Bampton Lectures for 1824. pp. 259-263. 


3. Diopatrt (John) Annotations on the Bible, translated from the 
Italian. London, 1664. folio. 


Diodati was an eminent Italian divine and reformer in the early part of the 17th cen- 
tury ; his annotationsare properly Scholia, rather practical than critical, but containing many 





1 The references above, as well as in the following pages, to Drs. Doddridge and Adam 
Clarke, are to the “‘ Lectures on Preaching” of the former, inserted in the fifth volume of 
his detached Works, printed at Leeds, 1804, p. 471. et seq., and to the ‘* General Preface” 
of the latter, prefixed to vol. i, of his Commentary on the Bible, which is noticed in a sub- 


sequent page. 
(2) 3 


246 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V, 


useful hints ; a considerable portion of them was introduced into the ‘* Assembly’s Anno- 
tations,” noticed in p. 254. No. 5. 


4. Jo. Christ. Frid. ScuuuLziu et Geo. Laur. BAvert Scholia in Vetus Tes- 
tamentum. Norimberge, 1783-1797. 10 vols. 8vo. 


The three first volumes only of these learned Scholia were ostensibly written by Professor 
Schulze 1, who states in his preface, that, in imitation of Rosenmuller’s Scholia on the New 
Testament, he undertook similar short notes on the Old Testament. For this purpose, he 
has made extracts from the best philological and critical Scholia, chiefly from German 
works which are not readily accessible to or intelligible by foreigners ; this is no small ad- 
vantage ; and, independently of it, Schulze has added numerous critical notes of his own, 
besides the contributions of his learned friends. (Maty’s Review, vol. v. pp. 406-412.) 
On the death of Schulze, Professor Bauer continued the work, and published the remain- 
ing seven volumes on the same ptan. 


5. Ernest. Frid. Car. RosENMULLERI Scholia in Vetus Testamentum. 
Lipsie, 1795-1826. 18 vols. 8vo. Editio Nova, auctior, vols. 1-23. 1823-35. 


The Scholia of the younger Rosenmuller have long enjoyed a high reputation on the 
Continent. When he began to publish the first edition of his work, he was a neologian 
of the lowest class. In the new edition, he has given up many of these offensive tenets. 
He now admits the Pentateuch to be the composition of Moses, and finds predictions con- 
cerning the Messiah almost as often as one could desire; although some few of the psalms 
he still considers as not referring to the Messiah. But now and then the wary reader will 
plainly see that, as to any belief in inspiration, he is still as much a rationalist as ever he 
was. . The student will find in most of his works very important treasures, if he knows 
how to makea right use of them. (Andover Biblical Repository for Jan. 1832, pp. 213- 
215.) The new edition of Rosenmuller’s larger Scholia appeared at Leipzic in the fol- 
lowing order : — 


Parts I. and II., comprising the Pentateuch. Vol. I. Genesis, 1821; Vol. II. Exo- 
dus, 1822; Vol. III. Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy. 

Part III. Isaiah, 3 vels. 8vo. 1818-1829-1833. 

Part IV. The Book of Psalms, 3 vols. 1821-1823. 

Part V. The Book of Job. 1824. 

Part VI. Ezekiel, 2 vols. 8vo. 1826. 

Part VII. The Minor Prophets; Vol. I. Hosea and Joel, 1827; Vol. II. Amos, 
Obadiah, and Jonah. 1827; Vol. III. Nahum, Micah, and Habakkuk; Vol. IV. 
Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi. 

Part VIII. Jeremiah, 2 vols. 1826-27, 

Part IX. The Writings of Solomon, Vols. I. and II. 1829. 

Part X. Daniel, 1833. 

Part XI. The Historical Books. Vol. I. Joshua. 1832.; Vol. II. Judges, 1835. 


6. Ern. Frid. Car. Rosenmtizert Scholia in V.T. in Compendium 
redacta [a Joanne Christophoro Lecuner]. Vols. I.—VI. Lipsia, 1828- 
1836. 8vo. 


“In a brief preface to the first volume, the author states that he had frequently been 
solicited to publish an abridged edition of his copious original work, which amounts to 
[upwards of] twenty volumes; and several others are yet tobe added, in order to complete 
his design. he price of this is so high, even in Germany, that many who wish for the 
work, are unable to purchase it. Principally with a view to accommodate persons of this 
class, the author has undertaken to publish a compendium of his original work. This 
labour he performs in the main by proxy. The gentleman who actually executes the task, 
is named John Christopher Sigismund Lrcuner, and is evening preacher at St. Paul’s 
church in Leipzic. The professor speaks of him as ‘vir clarissimus, in sacrarum literarum 
dextre versatus.” His commission is, to select from the larger commentary whatever per- 
tains to the explanation of the meaning and forms of words in which there is any difficulty ; 








| Jahn affirms that they were not written by Schulze himself, but by Schider under his 
name; and he further adds, that, in general, on difficult passages, an antient and a modern 
interpretation is given, and the decision between them is left to the reader’s judgment. (Jahn, 
Enchiridion Hermeneutic Generalis, p.- 173.) Whether Schoder or Schulze wrote the 
first three volumes, is not material now to know: useful as the work unquestionably is, the 
reader should be informed that the author has adop'ed the hypothesis of many German 
divines, that Moses was a clever mythologue, who compiled his history from certain mythi or 
traditional narratives! This hypothesis is also adopted by Dathe; and it was embraced 


by the late Dr. Geddes in his version of the Bible. See it examined, and (we trust satis- 
factorily) refuted, in Vol. 1V. pp.6—8. ; 


Sect. III. § 2.] Scholia on the entire Bible. 24:7 


also, whatever is requisite in order to give a correct understanding of facts and events 
antient rites, the names of persons and places, and other things of a similar nature. In, 
passages of special difficulty, some account of the views of other critics is given. Various 
readings that are important, are also noticed. The commission being executed, the whole 
is reviewed by Rosenmiuller himself; corrections are made of his former opinions where he 
deems them necessary ; now and then new matter is added ; and a reference is made to im- 
portant works on various subjects pertaining to sacred criticism, which have been published 
since the last edition of the larger Commentary. Such is the plan of the Compendium; a 
work which, in many respects, will be welcome to all the friends of sacred literature. 
Mr. Lechner appears to have executed his task with great diligence and care. He remains 
true to his orignal throughout, so far as I have been able to make the comparison. ‘The 
slight differences, that now and then occur between the abridgment and the original, I pre- 
sume, are to be attributed to the author himself, and not to the writer of the Compend.” 
(Professor Stuart, in the Andover Biblical Repository for 1832, vol. ii. p. 211.) 

The volumes hitherto published contain the following Books of the Old Testament, viz. 
Vol. I. the Pentateuch; Vol. II. Isaiah; Vol. IIT. the Psalms; Vol. IV. the book of 
Job; Vol. V- the book of Ezekiel. Besides the abridgment of Rosenmiiller’s Scholia, this 
volume comprises a literal Latin translation of the fortieth, forty-first, and forty-second 
chapters of Ezekiel’s Prophecies (illustrated by three engravings representing the plan of 
the temple as described by Ezekiel, ) executed by Julius Frederick Boettcher, who has en- 
deavoured to elucidate that very difficult portion of the prophet’s writings. Vol. VI. con- 
tains the minor Prophets. 


7. J. G. RosenMULLERI Scholia in Novum Testamentum. Edit. Nova, 
Norimberge, 1801-1808. Editio sexta, 1827 et annis sequentibus. 5 vols. 
Svo. 


These Scholia on the New Testament are written by the father of the author of the pre- 
ceding Scholia. His work is characterised by Professor Stuart as ‘‘a very neat specimen of 
the second order of commentary, that is, an explanation of words and phrases. He is almost 
every where a local investigator; and scarcely ever does he take a stand, from which he looks 
out and surveys the whole field in which he is labouring. His philology, in the main, is 
safe, and worthy of credit: but he is one of those commentators who are more successful in 
explaining easy than difficult things. Where you most need aid, you find yourself often 
deserted..... . The student must not expect to find in Résennuiler those high and com- 
manding mee which such a man as Calvin was capable of taking. The developement of 
ratiocination, design, and great object, are not his province. <A secondary, but a pleasant, 
and generally accurate annotator on the philology of particular passages and expressions, he 


will find in him...... Much of Rosenmuller’s commentary is like the production of the poet, 
whom Horace introduces : — Trecentos in hora versus ———— stans pede in uno. It might be 


written, and doubtless was written, off-hand. It is none the worse for this, so far*as it 
respects the beginner in the study of exegesis. But he must not expect to obtain from it 
the higher and ultimate ends of commentary of the first order ; to meet and to solve for- 
midable difficulties; to throw strong light on the general course of thought and reasoning ; 
to compare with other writers, and educe a harmonious sentiment from the whole ; to render 
prominent the great doctrines which are urged....... His book was designed, as it seems to 
me, for tyros; and, as such, it remains, for philological tyros, still a very valuable book.” 
(Andover Biblical Repository for January, 1833, vol. iii. p. 153.) The sixth edition was 
revised and edited by John Christopher Sigismund Lecuner. 


8. Rreeves.—The Holy Bible, containing the Old Testament and the 
New, translated out of the Original Tongues, and with the former trans- 
lations diligently compared and revised. London, printed for John REEvss, 
}isq., one of the Patentees of the office of King’s Printer. 9 vols. royal 4to. 
9 vols. royal 8vo. 9 or 10 vols. crown 8vo. 


Although the beautiful editions of the Bible here noticed do not profess to be commen- 
taries, yet, as they are accompanied by short explanatory and philological Scholia, it would 
be injustice towards Mr. Reeves’s splendid and public-spirited efforts to render the Scrip- 
tures attractive to the higher classes, were we to pass them in silence. On this account Mr. 
Reeves’s editions may justly claim a place in the present list of Scholia on the Bible. His 
Scholia are selected from the labours of Bishop Patrick, Lowth, Whitby, and others; and 
his mode of printing the text is admirable. The historical parts, which are in prose, are 
printed in continuous paragraphs; and the poetical parts are divided into verses. Each 
book is divided into sections, conformable to the natural divisions of the several subjects ; 
and, to facilitate reference, the chapters and verses are distinctly pointed out in the margin. 
There is a learned preface to all the editions. In our analysis of the different books of 
Scripture, particularly of the Old Testament, we have frequently adopted Mr. Reeves’s 
sectional divisions, which are for the most part very judiciously made. It may be proper to 
add, that the printing of Mr. Reeves’s editions was executed by Messrs. Bulmer & Co., and 


(Q) 4 


248 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


by Mr. Bensley, and may safely challenge competition with the most beautiful specimens of 
British typography. There are some copies extant in four volumes, 8yo., without the 
Scholia. 





§ 3. THE PRINCIPAL COMMENTATORS ON THE SCRIPTURES GENERALLY 
SINCE THE REFORMATION. 


(i. |] Foreign Commentators on the whole Bible. 


1. The illustrious reformer, Martin Luruer, wrote Commentaries on 
most of the books of Scripture. A collection of them was published at 
Wittenberg, in four volumes folio, 1549; and an octavo edition of them 
appeared at Erlang in 1829 and following years. All the writings of this 
great man are deservedly held in the highest estimation in Germany, espe- 
cially his Commentaries on Genesis, and on St. Paul’s Epistles to the 
Romans and Galatians. His Commentary on the Galatians is best known in 
this country by a translation, which was first printed in 1580 in 4to. and 
subsequently in folio, 8vo. and in two vols. 12mo. In 1821, was published, 
in 8vo. a translation of Luther’s “« Commentary on the Psalms called Psalms 
of Degrees; in which, among many other valuable Discourses on Individual, 
Household, and Civil Affairs, the Scriptural Doctrine respecting the divinely 
instituted and honourable Estate of Matrimony is explained and defended 
against the Popish Perversion of enforced Celibacy, Monastic Vows, Orders, 
&c. &c, To which is prefixed, An Historical Account of the Monastic Life, 
particularly of the Monasteries of England.” 

2. The biblical writings of Joun Catvin, another illustrious reformer, 
consist of Commentaries, Homilies, and Lectures on almost the whole of the 
Scriptures: they are to be found in the folio edition of his works, printed at 
Amsterdam, in 1671, in nine volumes. His Harmony of the four last Books 
of the Pentateuch has been much and deservedly admired for its ingenuity. 
The history contained in them forms a distinct part. The rest is comprised 
under the following divisions:—1. Those passages which assert the excel- 
lence of the Law, by way of preface;—2. The Ten Commandments, under 
each of which are comprehended all those parts of the law which relate to 
the same subject, and this forms the great body of the harmony ;—3. The 
Sum of the Law, containing those passages which enjoin love to God, and love 
to our neighbour ;—4. The Use of the Law; and, lastly, its Sanctions of 
promises and threats. ‘The Commentaries and other expository writings of 
this great man have always been deservedly celebrated and admired: though 
it has been the fashion with some modern divines to depreciate them, on 
account of those peculiar dogmas which Calvin deduced from the Sacred 
Writings. “Calvin’s Commentaries,” says the learned Matthew Poole, in 
the preface to the “Synopsis Criticorum Sacrorum,” noticed below, “ abound 
in solid discussions of theological subjects, and in practical improvements of 
them. Subsequent writers have borrowed most of their materials from 
Calvin; and his interpretations adorn the books even of those who repay 
their obligation by reproaching their master.” The great critic Scaliger said 
that no commentator had better hit the sense of the prophets than Calvin ; 
and another eminent critic of our own time (Rosenmiiller) has remarked, 
that although Calvin was not deeply versed in Hebrew, yet as he possessed 
an acute and subtle genius, his interpretations of Isaiah in particular, 
contain many things which are exceedingly useful for understanding the 
prophet’s meaning. Nothing, indeed, can more satisfactorily evince the 
high estimation to which the commentaries of Calvin are still entitled from 
the biblical student, than the following eulogium of one of the most learned 
prelates that ever adorned the Anglican Church—Bishop Horstey. “I 
hold,” says he, ‘ the memory of Calvin in high veneration; his works have 
a place in my library ; and in the study of the Holy Scriptures, he is one of 


Sect. III. § 3.] Foreign Commentators on the whole Bible. 249 


the Commentators whom I most frequently consult.” To this testimony 
may be added that of another accomplished scholar lately deceased, the 
Rev. J. J. ConyBeEARE. ‘The Commentaries of Calvin, he says, “though in 
the exercise of our Christian liberty we may freely question and dissent 
from many points, both of doctrine and discipline, maintained by their illus- 
trious author, are yet never to be perused without admiration or instruction.” ! 
The writer of these pages has not often had occasion to refer to the writings 
of Calvin in the prosecution of this work; yet he has never consulted them 
but with advantage and with pleasure. 


3. VicTORINUS STRIGELIUS was nearly contemporary with Luther and 
Calvin, and wrote arguments and notes to the whole of the Bible, which 
were published at different times between the years 1565 and 1586, and in 
various sizes.2, They are much admired for their exactness, particularly 
his ‘Yzopynuara on the New Testament, which are noticed in a subsequent 


page. 
4, Lupovicr pE Dieu Critica Sacra, sive Animadversiones in Loca 
quedam difficiliora Veteris et Novi Testamenti. Amstelodami, 1693, folio, 


A work of acknowledged character: ‘“‘ Perhaps no man ever possessed a more consum- 
mate knowledge of the Oriental languages than de Dieu, nor employed his knowledge to 
more useful purposes.” (Bibliog. Dict. vol. iil p. 123. ) 


5. SEBASTIANI ScHMIpDIL Commentarii in Genesin, Josuam, Ruth, Reges, 
Samuelem, Jobum, Psalmos, Ecclesiasten, Iesaiam, Jeremiam, Hoseam, 
Evangelium Johannis, et Epistolas Pauli ad Romanos, Galatas, et Hebreos. 
Argentorati, 1687, et annis sequentibus. 4to. 


Sebastian Schmidt was at least the most laborious and voluminous commentator of his 
age (the seventeenth century.) Mosheim’s Eccles. Hist. vol. v. p. 296. 


6. Critic: SAcri: sive Annotata doctissimorum Virorum in Vetus ac 
Novum Testamentum; quibus accedunt Tractatus varii, Theolegico-Philo- 
logici, 9 tomis in 12 voluminibus. Amstelodami, 1698, folio. 


This great work, first published at London in 1660, in 9 vols. folio, under the direction 
of Bishop Pearson, John Pearson, Anthony Scattergood, and Francis Gouldman, is con- 
siderably augmented in the above second and best edition. The notes of Grotius, Vatablus, 
and Drusius, Munster, Castalio, Clarius, Junius, and Tremellius, are to be found in this 
collection, besides a multitude of commentators on particular books, and numerous valuable 
disquisitions on particular subjects, which are enumerated by Dr. A. Clarke in the general 
preface to his Commentary, vol. i. p. xiii. Of this great work an admirable abridgment 
has been published under the title of, 


7. Matruzi1 Poxrr Synopsis criticorum aliorumque SS. Interpretum. 
London, 1669-1674, 5 vols. folio. Utrecht, 5 vols. folio, 1684; also Frank- 
fort, 1712, 5 vols. folio, and 1694, 5 vols. large 4to. 


On this most elaborate work the learned author spent ten years ; it consolidates with great 
skill and conciseness all the Critici Sacri of the London edition into one continued com- 
ment, besides many valuable additions from other authors of note, Hammond, &c. and his 
own corrections and decisions in several places, It has many advantages over the Critici 
Sacri, not only in point of size, but also in its admirable arrangement and concentration of 
evidence, and in the author’s remarks; and it furnishes a most complete material index to 
the Critici Sacri. (Dr. Hales’s Analysis of Chronology, vol. ii. preface, p. xviii.) Of the 
various editions above noticed, that edited at Utrecht by Professor Leusden, is by far the 
best and most correct. The folio Frankfort edition is not worth purchasing, on account of 
its incorrectnéss, The 4to. edition, which is somewhat better, is nevertheless very inaccu- 
rate: it is badly printed, and sells at a very low price. 








1 Conybeare’s Bampton Lectures for 1824, p. 237. Inthe Andover Biblical Repository 
for 1832 (vol. ii. pp. 541-568.), there is an elaborate essay on the merits of Calvin as an 
interpreter, translated from the German professor Tholuck, of Halle ; under whose auspices 
(aided by funds furnished by some friends to sacred ibargturald in England) a new, very neat, 
and cheap edition of Calvin’s Commentary on the New ‘Testament was published in small 
8vo. volumes, between the years 1831 and 1834. 

2 Masch has given the titles and dates of their respective publications; 3 vol. ili. pp. 424— 
A27. 


250 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


8. Biblia Sacra Vulgate Editionis, Sixti V. et Clementis VIII. Pont. Max. 
auctoritate recognita, una cum selectis Annotationibus ex optimis quibusque 
Interpretibus excerptis, Prolegomenis, novis Tabulis Chronologicis, His- 
toricis, et Geographicis illustrata, Indiceque Epistolarum et Evangeliorum 
aucta. Auctore J. B. pu HAmen. Parisiis, 1706. 2 tomis folio. 


The Prolegomena treat briefly on the canon and inspiration of the Holy Scriptures, and 
on their transmission to our times, incorrupt; on the authority and various editions of the 
Hebrew text and antient Versions; and on the exposition of the Bible, including its style, 
figurative language, and spiritual sense. A short Chronological and Geographical Appendix 
is subjoined, in which the weights, measures, and money of the Hebrews are discussed. 


9. La Sainte Brsie, expliquée par Davin Martin. Amsterdam, 
1707. 2 vols. folio. 


M. Martin revised the Geneva version of the French Bible, and corrected it so materially, 
that it is frequently considered asa new translation. The short notes, which he has annexed, 
contain much good sense, learning, and piety. 


10. JoANNIS Crericrt Translatio Librorum Veteris Testamenti, cum 
ejusdem Paraphrasi perpetua, Commentario Philologico, Dissertationibus 
Criticis, Tabulisque Chronologicis et Geographicis, folio, 4 vols. Amstelo- 
dami, 1708, 1710, 1713.— Ejusdem Translatio ex Anglicd Lingua Henrici 
Hammondi Paraphrasis et Adnotationum in Novum Testamentum, Animad- 
versionibus suis illustrata. Francofurti, 1714. 2 vols. folio. 


Le Clere’s Translation and Commentary are highly commended by Bishop Watson: of 
Dr. Hammond’s Paraphrase and Notes on the New Testament, some account is given below. 
Many of Le Clerc’s observations throw great light on the Scriptures; in others he has 
indulged his own fancy, and, what is most to be regretted, has completely frittered away the 
meaning of the Prophecies concerning our Saviour. He considers miracles as effects of 
nature. His commentaries on the Prophets and on the Hagiographa are greatly inferior to 
those on the Pentateuch. John Justus von Einem published a volume of Animadversiones 
ad Joannis Clerici Commentarios, at Magdeburg, 1735, 8vo. 


11. OsTERVALD (Jean-Frederic) La Sainte Bible, avec les Argumens et 
Réflexions.. Neufchatel, 1772, folio. 


M. Ostervald was an eminent divine of the French Protestant church. The French text 
of the Bible is that of the Geneva Version, revised and corrected by himself; whence it is 
often considered as a new version. Ostervald’s arguments and reflections are very valuable, 
and have been liberally consulted by later commentators. A detached translation of them, 
in three vols. 8vo., was published by Mr. Chamberlayne in the early part of the eighteenth 
century, at the request and under the patronage of the Society for promoting Christian 
Knowledge : the later editions of this translation are in two volumes 8vo. 


12. Joannis Coccert Commentarii in Sacras Scripturas, in ejus Operibus. 
Amstelodami, 10 vols. folio. 


The commentaries of Cocceius are also extant in quarto and folio, under different dates 
as they were published. It is the fault of this learned man, that he has in the Old Testa- 
ment spiritualised every thing to the utmost ; his commentaries, however, particularly on the 
New ‘Testament, abound with valuable illustrations, and will amply repay the trouble of 
perusal. Heis ‘ a commentator from whom a judicious expositor may derive much as- 
sistance. Often fanciful, and even fanatical, he is learned, pious, and far more discerning in 
the true scope of prophecy than many who succeeded him.” (Dr. Apthorpe’s Disc. on 
Prophecy, vol. i. p. 106.) 

13. CatmMeT.— Commentaire Littéral sur tous les Livres de |’ Ancien 
et du Nouveau Testament, par Augustin CauMer. Paris, 1719-1726, 
8 tomes in 9 vols. folio. 

It contains the Latin text of the Vulgate, and a French version in collateral columns, with 
the notes at the bottom of each page. It has avast apparatus of prefaces and dissertations, 
in which immense learning, good sense, sound judgment, and deep piety are invariably dis- 
played. ‘* This is without exception the best comment on the Sacred Writings ever pub- 
lisbed, either by Catholics or Protestants.” (Dr. A. Clarke.) Walchius (Bibl. Theol. 
vol. iv. p. 433.) has pronounced an equally strong but well-deserved eulogium “on this 
valuable work, to which we have been largely indebted in the course of these volumes. 


14, La Sainte Bible de Vence, en Latin et en Francais, avec des Notes 
Littéraires, Critiques et Historiques, des Prefaces, et Dissertations, tirées du 


~ S 


Sect. III. § 3.] Foreign Commentators on the whole Bible. 251 


Commentaire de Dom Calmet, Abbé de Senones, de l’Abbé de Vence, et 
des autres auteurs les plus célébres, pour faciliter l’intelligence de ]’Ecriture 
Sainte; enrichie d’un Atlas et de Cartes Géographiques. Cinquiéme 
édition, soigneusement révue et augmentée d’un grand nombre de Notes 
par M. Dracu, Rabbin converti, et enrichie de nouvelles Dissertations. 
Paris, 1827-1834. 27 tomes 8vo. Avec Atlas. 


This was, originally, a reprint of the Bible publishedin Latin and Frenchby L. E. Ron- 
DET, first in 1748 in fourteen volumes quarto, and, a second time, between the years 1767 
and 1774. The date of the third edition we have not been able to ascertain. The French 
translation, with the exception of a few corrections, is that of father Carriéres. Besides the 
Latin Vulgate and French version, this work contains prefaces to the several books, notes, 
and dissertations, chiefly taken from Calmet, but abridged in some places, and in others 
altered or enlarged: most of the alterations are pointed out. There are also notes, and 
several dissertations from the Abbé pe Vence, and the fathers Houbigant and Carriéres, 
with many additions by Rondet; though these last are not very distinctly specified. The 
critical and historical dissertations, which are one hundred and seventy in number, treat on 
various passages of Scripture and biblical subjects. There are seven large indexes relative 
to Scripture chronology and geography, to the Hebrew, Chaldee, Syriac, and Greek names, 
and in general to the contents of the text, prefaces, dissertations, notes,&c. The Atlas con- 
tains thirty-eight maps and engravings. There is an edition of this Bible printed at Nismes, 
in seventeen volumes 8vo. (Peignot. Manuel du Bibliophile, tom. ii. p. 134. Month. Rev. 
O. S. vol. lii. p. 344.) The fourth edition was published at Paris in 1820-1824, in twenty- 
five volumes 8vo. 

The superintendence of the fifth edition was confided to M. Dracu, formerly a Jewish 
rabbi, who embraced Christianity in the form professed by the Romish church. This edition 
was intended, at first, to be a mere reprint of the Bible de Vence, revised and accompanied 
with additional notes. But, with the seventh volume, the editor entirely changed the plan 
which he had adopted at the commencement of the undertaking, and instead of revising the 
French version of father Carriéres, he has so altered the latter in the seventh, and following 
volumes, as to render ita new translation. M,. Brunet states that these alterations, which were 
made in order to please the then dominant party in the Romish Church in France, were by 
no means satisfactory to divines. (Supplément au Manuel du Libraire, tom. i. p. 152.) 
Besides the correction of typographical errors, this edition contains the following among 
other improvements; viz. 1. New Dissertations relative to alleged difficulties drawn from 
geology, astronomy, chronology, the zodiac of Dendera, &c. &c. by various distinguished 
scholars, especially the Abbé Halma;—2. References to the best authors who have refuted, 
in detail, the objections of modern infidels;—3. Numerous notes by M. Drach;—4. A 
new and corrected Atlas, on thirty-seven plates, consisting of maps and other engravings, to 
illustrate the Scripture History;—and, 5. A notice of the best works treating on the 
Bible generally, and on each book in particular. And as M. Drach in his notes often 
refers to his ‘‘ Letters d’un Rabbin Converti aux Israelites ses Fréres,” (Paris, 1825~ 
1827, 8vo.) it will be desirable to add these letters to the work itself. An Italian translation 
of M. Drach’s edition of the Bible de Vence was published at Milan in 1830 and following 
years. 


15. CHatis.— La Sainte Bible, avec un Commentaire Littéral, et des 
Notes choisies, tirées de divers Auteurs Anglois, &c., par Charles Cuats. 
Hague, 1743-1790. 7 vols. 4to. 


Besides a French translation, which in general is judicious, this learned and elaborate 
work contains a valuable comment on the Old Testament as far as the end of the historical 
books. The seventh volume was posthumous, and was edited by the late Rev. Dr. Mac- 
laine. ‘* It is much to be regretted that the learned and pious author did not complete the 
whole. What he has published, however, at long intervals, is excellent. His notes are 
chiefly taken, as he professes, from the best English commentators, to whom he gives a 
decided preference above the foreign, Houbigant, Calmet, &c.; all of whom he appears 
to have carefully studied. Itmay therefore be justly considered as a considerable and 
valuable improvement upon his predecessors, of every description, as far as it goes.” (Dr, 
Hales. ) 


16. Hovsicgant. — Caroli Francisci HousiGgAnTi11 Note Critice in Uni- 
versos Veteris Testamenti Libros, cum Hebraice, tum Grece scriptos. 
Cum integris ejusdem Prolegomenis. Francofurti ad Moenum, 1777. 2 
tomis 4to. 

A neat reprint of the Prolegomena and notes annexed by Houbigant to his Critical 
Edition and Version of the Old Testament, which has already been noticed in p. 7. supra. 


17. Jo. Aug. Datuu Libri Veteris Testamenti, ex Recensione Textis 


252 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch.¥, 


Hebrei et Versionum Antiquarum, Latine versi, notis philologicis et criticis 
illustrati. Hale, 1773-1789. 6 vols. 8vo. 


This work is in high repute on the Continent: see a notice of Dathe’s Latin version in 
p- 65. supra. The difficult and obscure passages are illustrated by notes placed at 
the bottom of the page. After M. Dathe’s decease, Rosenmuller edited a collection of 
his Opuscula ad Crisin et Interpretationem Veteris Testamenti spectantia, 8vo. Lipsiw, 1795. 
These should be added to the above work, as they contain critical disquisitions on some 
antient versions, &c. 


18. Interpretatio Sacree Scripturee per omnes Veteris et Novi Testamenti 
Libros, ab Joanne Nep. ALBeEr, Clerico Regulari e Scholis Piis, 8. Theo- 
logiz Doctore, Linguarum Orientalium et Sacre Scripture in Archie- 
piscopali Lyceo Professore. Pesthini [ Pesth, in Hungary ], 1801-1804. 16 
large vols. 8vo. 


Though published upwards of thirty years since, this exposition was unknown in Eng- 
land until the year 1827, when afew copies were imported. Professor Alber dedicated it 
to the clergy of the Romish church in Hungary, for whose use he undertook its compilation, 
There are three maps, and to each volume there is a list of numerous errata, besides a 
copious supplementary list in the last volume, all of which ought to be corrected before the 
work can be consulted. To the first volume are prefixed about fifty pages of preliminary 
observations on the various aids for the interpretation of Scripture, which are not character- 
ised either by novelty or depth of information. The following is the method pursued by 
the author, At the beginning of each book are placed a short preface, treating on its 
author, and asynopsis of its contents. The text of the Latin Vulgate is then inserted: and 
where any passage occurs which appears to be either difficult or obscure, he endeavours to 
elucidate it, —more in the way of exposition than of concise critical annotations. Dr. Alber 
professes to have consulted the various exegetical labours, both of Protestants and Roman- 
ists ; and that he has eneavoured to state the various points of difference between them 
without asperity and with Christian candour. In this endeavour, truth requires it to be 
stated, that the author has succeeded. Wherever an occasion presents itself, he fails not to 
impugn and to refute the notions of the antisupernaturalist divines of Germany, as well as 
of the enemies of divine revelation. The profoundest reverence to the opinions of the 
fathers of the Christian church, and to the doctrinal decisions and decrees of the Romish 
church, pervades this exposition. 


19. Libri Sacri Antiqui Feederis ex Sermone Hebreo in Latinum trans- 
lati; notatione brevi precipuze Lectionum et Interpretationum diversitatis 
addita. Auctoribus D. Henrico Augusto Scuorr et Julio Friederico W1InzER. 
Volumen primum. Altonz et Lipsiz, 1816, 8vo. 


This volume comprises the Pentateuch only. With a few exceptions, the version is said 
to be close; and the annotations, which are very brief, are strictly confined to the indication 
of the principal various lections, and of the different interpretations proposed by eminent 
biblical critics. The three first books were translated by Dr. Schott, and the last two by 
M. Winzer. ‘This work has not been continued. 


20. Commentarius Grammaticus, in Vetus Testamentum in usum maxime 
Gymnasiorum et Academiarum adornatus. Scripsit Franc. Jos. Valent. 
Dominicus Maurer. Fasciculi I—III. Lipsie, 1832-1836, Svo. 


This is strictly a grammatical commentary, the author of which has a strong leaning in 
favour of those neologian interpretations which explain the Messianic Prophesies of any one 
rather than the Messiah himself. That portion, which contains the prophesy of Isaiah, was 
published by itself in 1836. Dr. Maurer has so perpetually referred his readers to the 
valuable Hebrew Grammars of Gesenius and Ewald (expressly in order that they may 
familiarise themselves with them), that his work is of comparatively little use, except to 
those who may happen to passess those Grammars. 


21. La Sainte Bible, en Latin et en Francois, suivie d’un Dictionnaire 
Etymologique, Géographique, et Archéologique. Paris, 1828-1834. 13 tomes 
Svo. 


The principal recommendation of this beautifully printed but costly edition of the French 
Version of the Scriptures, is the Etymological, Geographical, and Archeological Dic- 
tionary, which was announced as being compiled by M. Barbier du Bocage, under whose 
direction an Atlas, possessing more than ordinary claims to attention on account of its 
accuracy, was to be designed and engraved: but no such atlas was published, in con- 
sequence of his death. The version is that of De Sacy, which is printed in columns, 
and below it is given in smaller characters the Latin Vulgate. The first volume 
contains a Dissertation on the Authenticity of the Books of the Old Testament: and to 


Sect. III. §3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. G53 


each book of Scripture is prefixed a short preface explanatory of its contents. The work is 
adorned with sixty-four engravings, executed by the most distinguished French artists, after 
the designs of Devéria. Ihe thirteenth volume contains the Chronology of the Bible, toge- 
ther with an index of the matters contained in the Scriptures, an explanatory Dictionary of 
the Hebrew, Chaldee, Syriac, and Greek names occurring therein, and an archzological and 
philological Dictionary of the Bible. This last is for the most part derived from Calmet’s 
well-known Dictionary: those articles, which are not designated by his name, have been 
compiled from the most recent authorities. 


22. La Bible. Traduction Nouvelle, avec l'Hebreu en regard, accompagné 
des Points-Voyelles et des Accens Toniques, avec des notes philologiques, 
géographiques et littéraires, et les principales Variantes de la Version des 
Septante et du Texte Samaritain. Par S.Canen. Vols. I—X. Paris, 
1831-38. 8vo. 


The author of this translation is a Jew, wlio of course has given Jewish interpretations 
to those predictions which relate to the Messiah. Many of the notes are very useful, but many 
also are tainted with German neologism. The translation is very close; and, the Hebrew 
text being placed opposite, it is an excellent aid to the grammatical study of the Old Testa- 
ment, ‘The ten volumes, which have been published, comprise the Pentateuch and historical 
books, as far as the second book of Chronicles and the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah. 
The typographical execution of the work is very neat. 


23. La Sainte Bible en Latin et en Francais accompagnée de Préfaces, 
de Dissertations, de Notes explicatives et de Reflections Morales tirées en 
rartie de Dom Calmet, l’Abbé de Vence, Menochius, Carriéres, de Sacy, et 
autres Auteurs, par M.l’Abbé J. B. Giarre. Paris, 1835-1838. 3 tomes 
4to. avec Atlas. 





[il.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 


1, Tart Rerormer’s Birstz.— The Holy Bible, containing the Old and 
New Testaments, according to the Authorized Version, with short Notes 
by several learned and pious Reformers, as printed by Royal Authority at 
the time of the Reformation, with additional Notes and Dissertations. 
London, 1810, 4to. 


The notes on the Old Testament in this edition are reprinted from those appended to the 
English version of the Bible, published at Geneva by Coverdale, Sampson, and other re- 
formers, who fled to that city during the reignof Queen Mary: whence their translation 
is generally known by the appellation of the Geneva Bible. An account of it. is given 
in p. 75. suprd. The annotations on the New Testament are translated from the Latin 
of Theodore Beza. Although in this edition the orthography is modernised, and the style 
has in some few instances been improved, the editor (the Rev. Thomas Wessrer, B.D.) 
states that the utmost caution has been observed, that no alteration should be made in the 
sentiments of the reformers, whose ‘ notes and illustrations” the late eminent Bishop Hors- 
ley, (no mean judge of biblical literature) has pronounced to be ‘ very edifying, except that 
in many points they savour too much of Calvinism.” The notes on the Apocalypse are 
selected by the editor from various commentators: he has also occasionally supplied argu- 
ments to the different books of the Old and New Testaments: his dissertations on which, 
though concise, are sufficiently comprehensive for those readers who have not leisure to con- 
sult more expensive commentaries. A few useful maps and tables accompany the work, 
which is further ornamented with some neatly. executed vignette engravings. 


2. Haut (Bishop).— Contemplations on the Old and New Testaments. 
London, 1808. 2 vols. 8vo. 


These have been reprinted at various times and in different forms; the edition now no- 
ticed was published by the Rey. Josiah Prarr, B.D., and is very correctly printed. Bishop 
Hall’s Contemplations ‘ are incomparably valuable for language, criticism, and devotion.” 
(Dr. Doddridge.) The Bishop also wrote a ‘¢ Paraphrastic Exposition of hard Texts,” 
which forms the 3d and 4th vols. of Mr. Pratt’s edition of his whole works. These ex- 
pository notes Dr. D. pronounces to be “ very valuable, especially for showing the spirit 
and force of many expressions that occur.’’ They do not, however, contain much learned 
criticism. Most of them, if not all, are inserted in the valuable Commentary of Bp. Mant 
and Dr. D’Oyly, noticed below. 


3. Mayrer.— A Commentary upon the Bible; wherein the Divers Trans- 


254 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


lations and Expositions, Literall and Mysticall, of the most famous Com- 
mentators, both ancient and modern, are propounded and examined, by John 
Mayer. London, 1653. 5 vols. folio. 


4. Annotations upon the Old and New Testament. By John Trapp. 
London, 1654-62. 5 vols. folio. 


This work contains many judicious observations, collected from various sources: but 
they are for the most part expressed in uncouth language. It is very scarce and dear, and 
is seldom to be found complete, the several volumes of which it consists having been pub- 
lished at different times: viz. the Annotations on the Minor Prophets in 1654; on the New 
Testament, in 1656; on Ezra, Nehemiah, Job, and the Psalms, in 1657; on the books of 
Proverbs to Daniel inclusive, in 1660; and on the Pentateuch to the second book of Chro- 
nicles inclusive, in 1662. 


5. Annotations upon all the Books of the Old and New Testament: this 
third, above the first and second editions, so enlarged, as they make an 
entire Commentary on the Sacred Scripture; the like never before published 
in English. Wherein the text is explained, doubts resolved, Scriptures 
paralleled, and various readings observed ; by the labour of certain learned 
divines thereunto appointed, and therein employed, as is expressed in the 
preface. London, 1657. 2 vols. folio. 

This valuable work, (for valuable and learned it is, considering the time when it was com- 
posed) is usually called the ‘* Assempty’s Annotations;’’ from the circumstance of its 
having been composed by members of the Assembly of Divines who sat at Westminster 


during the great rebellion. The reader will find an account of its authors in Dr, Calamy’s 
Life of Mr. Baxter, p. 86. et seq. 


6. PooLte.— Annotations upon the Holy Bible, wherein the sacred text is 
inserted, and various readings annexed; together with the parallel Scriptures. 
The more difficult terms are explained; seeming contradictions reconciled ; 
doubts resolved, and the whole text opened. By the Rev. Matthew Poo Le. 
London, 1683. 2 vols. folio. Edinburgh, 1803. 4 vols. 4to. 


The Annotations are mingled with the text, and are allowed to be very judicious ; the 
author (who was an eminent non-conformist divine) wrote them only as far as the 58th 
chapter of Isaiah; the remainder of the notes was compiled after the same manner, by se- 
veral eminent dissenting ministers. 


7. CLARKE, — The Old and New Testament, with Annotations and paral- 
lel Scriptures. By Samuel Crarker, A.M. London, 1690, folio. 


The selection of parallel texts is admirable; and the notes, though very brief, are 
written with great judgment. The work was commended in very high terms by Drs. Owen 
and Bates, as well as by Mr. Baxter and Mr. Howe. “ It has been an excellent fund for 
some modern commentators, who have published a great part of it with very little altera- 
tion.” (Chalmers’s Biog. Dict. vol. ix. p. 403.) This work, notwithstanding the learned 
author was a non-conformist, is inserted in the list of books recommended by Bishop 
Cleaver to the attention of the younger clergy. It is very scarce and dear. The purchaser 
must be careful that he be not misled by another Bible published also in one vol. folio, in 
1811, in the name of S. Clarke, in numbers; and which is a very indifferent compilation by 
some anonymous editor from various commentators, all of whom lived long after the time 
of Mr. Clarke. 


8. The Rev. Dr. Edward We tts published a Help for the Right Under- 
standing of the Scripture, in various parts, between the years 1709 and 1728. 
As this useful work is not often to be met with complete, the following biblio- 
graphical notice of it is copied from the Rev. Dr. Cotton’s List of Editions 
of the Bible and of parts thereof. (Appendix, pp. 163-165.) 


Wells's Paraphrase of the Old Testament. 


. 


“Scriptures : being the book of Genesis explained after the following method : viz. 
“The common English Translation rendered more agreeable to the original. A 
“paraphrase. Annotations.” Oxford, printed at the Theatre, 1724. “A preface to 


Part I. The Title, “An Help to the more easy and clear understanding of the Holy 


Sect. III. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 255 


“the reader,” 5 pages. ‘The general preface,” xv pages. “A discourse of the year, 
“&c. in use among the Jews,” p. 1-91. “A Chronological Account,” &c. 23 pages, 
not numbered. Additional notes, 6 pages, not numbered... The text, p. 1-277. A 
synopsis to the Pentateuch, 2 pages. 

Part II. Title, “ An Help,” &c. as before: containing Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, 
and Deuteronomy, printed 1725. “A preface to the reader,” p.i-xi. Errata, 1 leaf, 
not numbered. Exodus, p.1—-149. Leviticus, p. 1-86. Numbers and Deuteronomy, 
p. 1-236. 

Part III. Title, “An Help,” &c. containing Joshua, Judges, and Ruth: printed 
1725. A preface to the reader, 11 pages. Joshua, p.1-84. Synopsis, 1 leaf, not 
numbered. Judges and Ruth, p. 1-102. 

Part IV. “An Help,” &c. containing two books of Samuel, and two of Kings, 
printed 1726. Preface, p.i-vi. Samuel to ] Kings, chapter i. p. 1-182. Errata, 1 
leaf, not numbered. 1 Kings, chapter ii. &c. p. 1-148. 

Part V. “ An Help,” &c. containing Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, and Esther : 
printed 1727. Preface to the Reader, p.i-v. Chronicles, p. 1-136. Ezra, Nehemiah, 
and Esther, p.1-80. a continuation of Jewish history, p.81-109. Chronological 
tables, 2 pages. 

Part VI. “ An Help,” &c. containing Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and Canticles : 
printed 1727. Preface to the reader, 2 pages. Job to Psalm lx. p. 1-160. Psalm 
Ixi-cl. p.1-115. Preface to Proverbs, &c. 4 pages, unnumbered. Proverbs, &c. 
p. 1-116. 

Part VII. “An Help,” &c. containing Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Lamentations: printed 
1728. A general discourse, p.i-xvi Isaiah, p.1-162. Jeremiah and Lamentations, 

1-168; 
: Part VIII. “An Help,” &c. containing Ezechiel: printed 1728. The Text of 
Ezechiel, p. 1-178. 

Part IX. “ An Help,” &c. containing Daniel: printed 1716. Dedication, 4 pages, 
not numbered. General preface, with a table, p.1-10. Discourse, with four tables, 
p. 11-44. Daniel, p. 1-134. Synopsis, 1 leaf. Various readings, p. 137-170. N.B. 
This edition of Daniel was published with the New Testament: a second was 
printed 1728. 

Part X. “An Help,” &c. containing the twelve Minor Prophets: printed 1723. 
General preface, p.i-v. Preface to Hosea, p.i-vi. Hosea to Obadiah, p. 1-121. 
Jonah to Zephaniah, p.1-88. Haggai to the end, p.l1-77. N.B. A second edition 
was published in 1729, containing a preface, 2 pages. Text, p. 1-244. 


Paraphrase of the New Testament. 


Part I. “An Help,” &c. containing the Gospels and Acts. Oxford, at the Theatre, 
1718. General preface, p.i-iv. Two discourses, p.v—xx. Chronological tables, 
p.xxi-xxxy. The contents of St. Matthew and St. Mark, 5 pages, not numbered. 
Then follows a second title, “ An Help,” &c. containing the Gospels of St. Matthew 
and St. Mark, dated 1717. The text, p.3-411. 

Part II. “An Help,” &c. containing St. Luke and the Acts: dated 1719, Adver- 
tisement, &c. 6 pages. St. Luke, p.1-225. Acts, p. 1-209. 

Part III. “An Help,” &c. containing St. John’s Gospel: dated 1719. Advertise- 
ment, &c. 4 pages. Text, p. 1-195. 

Part IV. A treatise on the harmony of the four Gospels, with a table. Preface, 
2 pages. The treatise, p. 1-83. | } 

Part V. “ The second part of an Help,” &c. containing the Epistle to the Romans : 
dated 1711. Preface, 2 pages. Procemial discourse, p. 1-24. Text, p.1-125. A 
second edition was published in 1715, with a title professing the part to contain all 
St. Paul’s Epistles. General preface, synopsis, and list of books written by Dr. 
Wells, 6 pages, not numbered. Advertisement, &c. 2 pages. Procemial discourse, 
p- 1-20. Text, p. 21-145. ; y 

Part VI. “An Help,” &c. containing the Epistles to the Corinthians: printed 
1714, Errata, 1 leaf. Text, p.1-171. 

Part VII. “An Help,” &c. containing the Epistles to the Ephesians, Philippians, 
Colossians, Timothy, Titus, and Philemon: printed 1715. The text, p. 1-173. 

Part VIII. ‘A specimen of an Help,” &c. being the Epistles to the Thessalonians 
and Galatians : printed 1709. Dedication, 2 pages. Preface, 5 pages. Text, p.1—76. 
N.B. In 1716 was published a second edition ; the contents and pages the same. 

Part IX. “An Help,” &c. containing the Epistle to the Hebrews: printed 1713. 
Preface, 2 pages. Text, p. 1-95. 


256 Sacred Philology. [Part II?!) Chev. 


Part X. “An Help,” &c. being the Catholic Epistles: printed 1715. Advertise- 
ment, &c. 2 pages. Text, p.1—149. 

Part XI. “An Help,” &c. being the Revelation of St. John: printed 1717. De- 
dication, 2 pages. Preface, 3 pages. Table and Explanation. Text, p. 1-184. 


9. Parrick, Lowry, Wuitsy, and ARNALD’s Commentary on the Bible. 
London, 1727-1760. 7 vols. folio. London, 1809. 8 vols. 4to. 1821. 
7 vols. 4to. 


Bishop Parricx wrote the commentary on the historical and poetical books of the Old Tes- 
tament, in 2 vols.; Mr. W. Lowrn (father of Bishop Lowth) that on the Prophets, (in one 
vol.; Dr. Wuirsy that on the New Testament, in 2 vols.; and Mr. Arnartp the commentary 
on the Apocryphal books, The four volumes of Patrick, Lowth, and Arnald, are justly 
valued, as containing one of the best commentaries on the Old Testament and Apocrypha 
which we have in the English language. As Dr, Whitby’s work on the New Testament is 
very frequently found separate from the above commentators, the reader will find some 
account of it, infrd, in the list of commentators on the New Testament. 


10. Henry.— An Exposition of the Old and New Testament, by the Rev. 
Matthew Henry, folio, 5 vols. 4to. 6 vols. various Editions; also in 6 vols. 
4to. London, 1827. 3 vols. imperial 8vo. London, 1828. 


More than a century has elapsed since this Exposition was first published. It is chiefly 
practical ; yet, without any parade of learning, it frequently contains good explanations of 
difficult passages. The numerous editions through which it has passed sufficiently attest 
the great estimation in which it has been held. It is perhaps the only commentary, ‘‘so 
large, that deserves to be entirely and attentively read through. The remarkable passages 
should be marked: there is much to be learned in this work in a speculative, and still more 
in a practical way.” (Dr. Doddridge.) The London quarto edition of 1811 was superin- 
tended by the Rev. Messrs. Burder and Hughes, and is very correct. The text of this 
impression has been followed in the beautifully printed edition of 1827, to which is prefixed 
an Introductory Essay by the Rev. Edward Bickersteth. ‘The imperial octavo edition is 
also beautifully printed: to the first volume is prefixed a Life of the Author, by Mr. J. B. 
Williams. 


11. Girt.— An Exposition of the Old and New Testaments, in which 
the sense of the sacred text is given; doctrinal and practical truths are set 
in a plain and easy light; difficult passages explained; seeming contra- 
dictions reconciled; and whatever is material in the various readings, and 
the several Oriental versions, is observed. The whole illustrated by notes 
from the most antient Jewish writings. By John Giitx, D.D. London, 
1748-1763. 9 vols. folio. London, 1809. 9 vols. 4to. 


In rabbinical literature Dr. Gill had no equal, and he has hence been enabled to illustrate 
many important passages of Scripture. But he has often spiritualised his text to absurdity. 
«<The massy volumes of Dr. Gill might almost form a class of their own, as they comprehend 
every method of interpretation; and sometimes, by giving to the same passage too great a 
variety of meanings, they leave the weak reader to doubt whether that book can have any 
certain meaning, which an ingenious expositor can interpret, or rather torture, in so many 
different ways.” An occasional reference to this learned work is all, perhaps, that can be 
recommended. 


12. Purver.—A New and Literal Translation of all the Books of the 
Old and New Testaments, with Notes critical and explanatcry. By Antony 
Purver. London, 1764. 2 vols. folio. 


The author of this translation was a member of the Society of Friends or Quakers; who, 
under very considerable disadvantages, acquired a competent knowledge of the Hebrew and 
other Oriental languages, and also of the Greek. His work was published at the expense 
of Dr. J. Fothergill. Although it contains many improved renderings and useful notes, it 
‘has never been highly valued, and is much less literal and much less simple than the habits 
of the man, and those of the religious community to which he belonged, might authorise one 
to expect.”’ (Dr. A. Clarke.) See a further account in the Monthly Review, (O. S.) 
vol. xxxii. pp. 194—205. 


13. WrsLey.— Notes on the Old and New Testaments, by the Rev. J. 
Wes.ey, M.A. Bristol, 1764. 4 vols. 4to. 


In consequence of the author being obliged to retrench his notes, in order to comprise 
the work within the prescribed limits of four volumes, “the notes on the Old Testament 
are allowed on all hands to be meagre and unsatisfactory. The notes on the New Testament, 
which have gone through several editions, are of a widely different description ; though 


Sect. III. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 257 


short, they are always judicious, accurate, spiritual, terse, and impressive, and possess the 
happy and rare quality of leading the reader immediately to God and his own heart.” (Dr. 
A. Clarke.) The Rev. Dr. Hales pronounces these notes to be “¢ commendable for their 
conciseness, and acutely pointed to the hearts and consciences of his readerg;’’ and he 
mentions the notes on the Apocalypse, which are chiefly abridged from the critical and 
expository writings of Bengel, as being the most valuable part of Mr. Wesley’s work. 
(Analysis of Chronology, vol. ii. pp. 1287, 1288.) The text is inserted in continuous 
paragraphs, the verses being thrown into the margin, and it contains several happy cor- 
aoe of the received version, which are frequently cited by Mr. Granville Sharp and 
r. Hales. 


14. The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments, according 
to the present authorised English Version, with Notes, critical, explanatory, 
and practical ; all the marginal readings of the most approved printed copies 
of the Scriptures, with such others as appear to be countenanced by the 
Hebrew and Greek originals; a copious collection of references to parallel 
texts ; summaries of the contents of each book and chapter, and the date of 
_ every transaction and event recorded in the Sacred Oracles, agreeably to 
the calculation of the most correct chronologers. By the Rev. Joseph 
Benson. London, 1811-1818. 5 vols. 4to. Various subsequent editions, 
also in five volumes quarto. 


An elaborate and very useful commentary on the Sacred Scriptures, which (independently 
of its practical tendency) possesses the merit of compressing into a comparatively small com- 
pass the substance of what the piety and learning of former ages have advanced, in order to 
facilitate the study of the Bible. Its learned author was particularly distinguished for his 
critical and exact acquaintance with the Greek Testament. 


15. Crupen.— The Complete Family Bible: or a Spiritual Exposition of 
the Old and New Testament; wherein each chapter is summed up in its 
context, and the sacred text inserted at large, with Notes, spiritual, prac- 
tical, and explanatory. By the Rev. Mr. Crupen. London, 1770. 2 vols. 
folio. 


The compiler of this indifferently executed commentary is not to be confounded with 
Mr. Alexander Cruden, author of the well-known Concordance to the Holy Scriptures. It 
appears to have been originally published in numbers, which circumstance may account for 
the paucity of copies now to be met with. ; 


16. Dopp.— A Commentary on the Books of the Old and.New Tes- 
taments, in which are inserted the Notes and Collections of John Locke, 
Esq., Daniel Waterland, D.D., and the Right Hon, Edward Earl of Claren- 
don, and other learned persons, with practical improvements. By W.Dopp, 
LL.D. London, 1770. 3 vols. folio. 


The name of John Locke, in the title page of this commentary, is a misnomer. The 
greater part of the notes were written by the friend and contemporary of Locke, the Rev. 
and truly learned Dr. Cudworth; whose manuscripts being sold by Lord Marsham in 1762 
to Mr. R. Davis, a bookseller in Piccadilly (who concluded that they were the MSS. of 
Locke), ‘‘it became an object of consideration with him, as a tradesman, how to convert 
them to the bestadvantage. They contained, among other things, sundry notes on Scripture. 
About the same time a number of manuscript scriptural notes, by Dr. Waterland, came 
into the hands of the booksellers. The business therefore was, by the aid of such celebrated 
names, as Mr. Locke and Dr. Waterland, to fabricate a new Bible with annotations. Ata 
consultation it was suggested that, though these names were very important, it would be 
necessary to the complete success of the design, to join with them some popular living 
character. Dr. Dodd was then in the height of his reputation as a preacher, and accordingly 
he was fixed upon to carry on the undertaking. This was the origin of Dr. Dodd’s Bible.” 
(Biographia Britannica by Kippis, article Cudworth, vol. iv. p. 549.) Besides the manu- 
script collections of Cudworth and Waterland, in the compilation of this work, Dr. Dodd 
availed himself liberally of the labours of Calmet, Chais, and Houbigant, as well as of the 
most eminent commentators of our own country. The purchaser should see that vol. i. 
contains a Dissertation on the Pentateuch, and vol. iii. another on the Inspiration of the New 
Testament; which are not unfrequently wanting, especially the first, probably from the work 
being originally published in numbers. Dr. Dodd’s Commentary was reprinted a few years 
since by the Rev. Dr. Coke, with several retrenchments and some unimportant additions, in 
six handsome quarto volumes. London, 1801-3. 


VOL. II, APP, (R) 


258 Sacred Philology: [Part II. Ch. V. 


17. Goapsy.— An illustration of the Holy Scriptures by Notes and Expli- 
cations on the Oldand New Testaments. Sherborne, [1759-1764.] 3vols. folio. 


The publication of this work commenced in the year 1759, and it has been frequently 
reprinted. It was edited by Mr. Goanny of Sherborne; “it contains many judicious 
notes :” but, ‘¢ while it seems to be orthodox, is written entirely on the Arian hypothesis.” 
(Dr. A. Clarke.) The false and erroneous interpretations contained in this work were 
forcibly and ably exposed by the Rey. Walter Sellon, in his “*‘ Remarks upon certain passages 
in a work entitled an Illustration of the Holy Scriptures.” London, 1765. 12mo, 


18. Haweis.— The Evangelical Expositor; or a Commentary on the 
Holy Bible, wherein the Sacred Text is inserted at large, the sense explained, 
and different passages elucidated, with practical observations, &c. By T. 
Hawetrs, LL.B. M.D. London, 1765. 2 vols. folio. Glasgow, 3 vols. 4to. 
various editions. 


19. WiLson (Bishop).— The Holy Bible ; containing the Books of the 
Old and New Testaments, carefully printed from the first edition (compared 
with others) of the present translation; with notes by Thomas Wixson, D.D. 
Bishop of Sodor and Man, and various renderings, collected from other 
translations, by the Rev. Clement Crutwell, editor. London, 1785. 3 vols. 
Ato. 


This edition contains a translation of the apocryphal third book of Maccabees, which had 
not appeared in any English Bibles since Becke’s edition of 1551. The text and marginal 
references are printed with equal beauty and correctness. ‘‘ The editor has greatly increased 
the value of this edition by inserting in the margin different renderings of the same passage, 
from all the translations he could procure. He also prefixed a particular account of the 
several English translations of the Bible, and of their authors. The bishop’s notes are only 
to be considered as brief hints either for the explanation or the practical improvement of 
particular passages. As illustrations of the text, their value is inconsiderable. (Monthly 
Review, O. S. vol. Ixxiv. p. 297.) 


20. YoncE.— A Practical and Explanatory Commentary on the Holy 
Bible, taking the whole in one point of view, from the Creation to the End 
of the world. By I. Yonee. London, 1787. 4to. 


“The point of view in which the Scriptures are here considered, is their reference to the 
redemption of the world by Jesus Christ ; which great event is traced through the historical 
and prophetical writings of the Old Testament, and the narrative and epistolary records of 
the New, to show that the whole has one leading object and design. This work is rather 
intended as a practical help to the meditations of the pious Christian, than as a critical eluci- 
dation of the sacred writings.”” (Monthly Review, O. 8. vol. lxxviii. p. 173.) 


21. Scort.— The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments ; 
with original notes, practical observations, and copious marginal references. 
By Thomas Scort, Rector of Aston Sandford. London, 1822, 6 vols. 4to. 
Fifth and best edition, with the author’s last corrections. Also in 1830, in 
three vols. imperial 8vo. 


The first edition of this work (the constant and increasing sale of which proves the high 
estimation in which it is deservedly held), begun in 1788, and published in numbers, con~ 
sisted of five thousand copies; the second, in 1805, of two thousand ; the third, in 1810, of 
two thousand ; the fourth, in 1812, of three thousand ; and the fifth and latest edition, com- 
pleted and published in 1822, is stereotyped, — the largest work ever submitted to that process. 
Besides these, eight other editions, consisting all together of twenty-five thousand two 
hundred and fifty copies, were printed in the United States of America from 1808 to 1819; 
where the local and temporary prejudices, from which the writer could not escape in his own 
country, haying less force, its value seems to have been at once acknowledged. — On the 
last edition of this Commentary its learned author was engaged at the time of his death, and 
bestowed the utmost pains upon its revision, so as to render it as accurate as possible. More 
particularly, 1. As sundry small variations have, during the lapse of two centuries, crept 
into our common Bibles, considerable pains have been taken, by the collation of different 
editions, to exhibit an accurate copy of the sacred text according to the authorised version. 
— 92. Not only have the marginal references throughout been revised with the utmost care, 
but it will be found that the Author has inserted, in the notes, and practical observations, 
frequent references to other parts of his Commentary. To this improvement he attached 
considerable importance: and its value will, no doubt, be felt by those readers who may 
bestow sufficient pains upon the subject to enter into his design, The student may be 


Sect. III. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. s 259 


advantageously referred to the book of Proverbs for a specimen of this addition to the work. 
— 3. But the most important improvement which it has received, consists in the copious 
critical remarks which have been introduced. Many of these occur in the Old Testament, 
in all which the original words in Hebrew characters, pointed, have been substituted for the 
English letters, by which they had been before expressed, wherever any thing of the kind 
occurred. In the New Testament these remarks are numerous. Here also new authorities 
are adduced in support of the criticisms which had been previously made, particularly from 
Schleusner, to whose valuable Lexicon of the Greek Testament the author was indebted 
for much assistance. The critical remarks, it is also to be observed, are now uniformly 
carried to the end of the note, instead of being interspersed in the body of it. —4. Mr. 
Scott had finished the actual revision of this great work nearly to the end of the Second 
Epistle to Timothy. The last passage to which he put his hand, was that striking de- 
claration of St. Paul (2 Tim. iii. 1, 2.) so applicable to the present times. Although 
several alterations (and some of them of considerable importance) have been made in the 
fifth edition, subsequent to the verse just named; yet these have. not been introduced 
without authority, but are taken, according to the author’s directions, from a copy of the 
fourth edition, which he read over soon after its publication, making such corrections as 
occurred. The critical remarks also, contained in the former edition, have been, to the 
close, arranged, as nearly as possible; according to the plan adopted in the preceding parts 
of the work. ‘ 
“‘ The capital excellency of this valuable and immense undertaking, perhaps, consists 1n 
following, more closely than any other, the fair and adequate meaning of every part of 
Scripture, without regard to the niceties of human systems: it is, in every sense of the ex- 
pression, a scriptural comment. It has likewise a further and a strong recommendation in 
its originality, Every part of it is thought out by the author for himself, not borrowed 
from others. The later editions, indeed, are enriched with brief and valuable quotations 
from several writers of credit—but the substance of the work is entirely his own. It 1s 
not a compilation, it is an original production, in which you have the deliberate judgment of 
a masculine and independent mind on all the parts of Holy Scripture. Every student will 
understand the value of such a work. Further, it is the comment of our age, presenting 
many of the last lights which history casts on the interpretation of prophecy, giving several 
of the remarks which sound criticism has accumulated from the different branches of sacred 
literature, obviating the chief objections which modern annotators have advanced against 
some of the distinguishing doctrines of the Gospel, and adapting the instructions of Scripture 
to the peculiar circumstances of the times in which we live. I may observe, also, that the 
faults of method and style, which considerably detract from the merit of some of his other 
writings, are less apparent here, where he had only to follow the order of thought in the 
sacred book itself; whilst all his powers and attainments have their full scope. It was the 
very undertaking which required, less than any other, the qualifications which he did not 
possess, and demanded, more than any other, those in which he excelled. It required ma- 
tured knowledge of Scripture, skill as a textuary, sterling honesty, a firm grasp of truth, 
unfeigned submission of mind to every part of the inspired records, a holy temper of heart, 
unparalleled diligence, and perseverance: and these were the very characteristics of the man. 
When to these particulars it is added that he lived to superintend four editions, each en- 
riched with much new and important matter, and had been engaged above three years in a 
new one, in which, for the fifth time he had nearly completed a most laborious revision of 
the whole work, we must at least allow the extent and importance of the author’s exertions. 
Accordingly, the success of the work has been rapidly and steadily increasing from the first, 
not only in our own country, but wherever the English language is known. It will soon 
be in the hands of most careful students of the holy volume, whether, in the first instance, 
they agree with the author’s chief sentiments or not. Nor is the time distant, when, the 
passing controversies of the day having been forgotten, this prodigious work will generally 
be confessed, in the Protestant Churches, to be one of the most sound and instructive com- 
mentaries produced in our own or any other age.” — (The Bishop cf Calcutta’s Sermons, 
occasioned by the death of the Rev. Thomas Scott, pp. 33—35. 98. 3d edition.) To the 
preceding just character of this elaborate commentary, the writer of these pages (who does 
not view all topics precisely in the same point of view with its late learned author) deems it 
an act of bare justice to state, that he has never consulted it in vain on difficult passages of 
the Scriptures. While occupied in considering the various objections of modern infidels, he 
for his own satisfaction thought out every answer (if he may be allowed the expression) for 
himself: referring only to commentaries in questions of more than ordinary difficulty. And 
in every instance — especially on the Pentateuch —he found, in Mr. Scott’s commentary, 
brief but solid refutations of alleged contradictions, which he could find in no other similar 
work extant in the English Language. The edition in imperial 8vo. was superintended by 
the Rev. Messrs. Josiah Pratt (Sen. and Jun.), upon the following plan:— The Practical 
Observations, as found in the stereotyped Quarto Editions, are divided according to the 
portions of the Text to which they belong; and are printed, not, as in those editions, at the 
foot of the page, but immediately after the portions of the text to which they severally belong. 
Head lines of Contents are prefixed to the respective columns. ‘The Marginal References and 
Renderings are omitted ; such excepted as appear to be of considerable importance, and these 


(rR) 2 


260 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V- 


are interwoven with the Notes; various passages more strictly philological, and involving 
Hebrew or Greek criticism, are likewise omitted. Some remarks in the Notes, of a more 
practical nature, have been removed, and introduced, in their proper places, into the Practical 
Observations, The high estimation in which this commentary is held in France, caused it 
to be translated into French. ‘Three portions have appeared, comprising the Gospel of St. 
Matthew, the Acts of the Apostles, and the Epistle of St. Paul to the Romans. 


22. Macrar.— A revised Translation and Interpretation of the Sacred 
Scriptures, after the Eastern manner, from concurrent authorities of critics, 
interpreters, and commentators, copies, and versions; shewing that the 
inspired writings contain the seeds of the valuable sciences, being the source 
whence the antient philosophers derived them, also the most antient histories 
and greatest antiquities, and are the most entertaining as well as instructing 
to both the curious and serious. [By David Macraz.] Glasgow, 1799. 
8vo. Second Edition, 1815. 4to.; also in 3 vols. 8vo. | 


We have transcribed the long title of this work, in which the author has certainly suc- 
ceeded in introducing very many approved renderings; but in which he has also marred 
exceedingly that venerable simplicity and dignity which are so eminently conspicuous in the 
authorised version. His explanations of different passages are included in short paraphrases, 
comprehended between parentheses. No sober student or critic, however, can approve of 
the manner in which the author has attempted to elucidate “* Solomon’s Allegoric Song” 
(as he terms it), ‘on the mutual love of Christ and his church, written twenty years after his 
Egyptian nuptials.’’ As this work is very little known, we transcribe the first seven verses 
of the twelfth chapter of Ecclesiastes, containing Solomon’s admirable portraiture of old age, 
by way of specimen :— 

«<1, Remember thy Creator in the days of youth, before the days of affliction come, and 
the years of old age approach, when thou shalt say, I have no pleasure in them. 2. Before 
the sun, and the light, and the moon, and the stars, become dark to thee, and the cloude 
return after rain, 07 one trouble come upon another. 3. When (the arms) the keepers of the 
(corporeal) house shall shake, and the strong ones (the limbs) be feeble, and (the teeth) ths 
grinders shall cease, as being few (and unfit for use); and they that look out at the windows 
(the optic nerves of the eyes) become dim; 4. And the doors be shut in the streets (the lips 
fall in, the teeth being gone), and the sounding of the grinding (in eating) be low; and they 
shall rise up at the sound of the bird (sleep being diminished, and easily broken); and all 
the daughters of music (the accents of the voice, and acuteness of the ear) fail. 5. They 
shall also be afraid of (ascending) the place which is high (being weak and breathless) ; and 
fears (of stumbling) shall be in the way ; and (gray hairs like) the almond tree’s leaves shall 
flourish; and the grasshopper shall be a burden (small matters being troublesome, as being 
crooked and fretful); and the desire of enjoyment shall fail; for man goeth to his long home, 
and the mourners go about the streets. 6. Before the silver cord (the marrow of the back 
bone, with its root and branches) be contracted ; or the golden vial (the brain’s membranes) 
be cracked, or the pitcher be broken at the fountain (the cavities and conveyers of the blood 
from the heart), or the wheel be broken at the cistern (the returners of it from the lungs, 
liver, head, hands, and feet); the double, yea, quadruple, circulation (galal and ruts), being 
repeated, be interrupted and cease. 7. Then shall the dust return to the earth as it was; 
and the spirit shall return to God who gave it.” 


23. ButKLey.— Notes on the Bible, by the late Rev. Charles ButKiey, 
published from the author’s manuscript by Joshua Toutmin, D.D. London, 
1802. 3 vols. 8vo. 


«« These notes are not so much of a philological as of an explanatory nature. They are 
filled with what the author considers parallel passages in the Greek and Roman classics, in 
which the same moral precepts and sentiments occur. Sometimes the coincidence appears 
to be striking; at other times, the correspondence is far from marked. There is a great 
mass of quotation, which would seem to answer no valuable purpose, unless to produce the 
belief, that a book nearly as good as the Bible might be compiled from the writings of the 
poets and philosophers of Greece and Rome.” (Orme’s Bibliotheca Biblica, p. 64.) 


24, PriesTLeEY (Dr.) — Notes on all the Books of Scripture, for the use 
of the Pulpit and of Private Families, by Joseph PriestLey, LL.D. F.R.S. 
Northumberland, (N. Am.) 1803. 4 vols. 8vo. | . 


These notes are well worthy of being consulted by the advanced biblical student; for 
though the author “keeps his own creed” [modern socinianism] “continually in view 
especially when considering those texts which other religious people adduce in favour of 
theirs, yet his work contains many invaluable notes and observations, particularly on the phi- 


Sect. Ill. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 261 


losophy, natural history, geography, and chronology of the Scriptures: and to these subjects 
few men in Europe were better qualified to do justice.” (Dr. A. Clarke, Commentary on 
the Bible, vol. i. p. xi.) 


25. Trimmer (Mrs.)—A Help to the Unlearned in the Study of the 
Holy Scriptures; being an attempt to explain the Bible in a familiar way, 
adapted to common apprehensions, and according to the opinions of approved 
Commentators. By Mrs. TRimmER. London, 1805. 8vo. Also in 2 vols, 
12mo. 


The benevolent authoress of this work was well known by her unwearied assiduity in 
promoting the welfare of the rising generation. Novelty of information she did not pretend 
to offer ; but without approving of every sentiment asserted in her work, it is but just to say, 
that it is a most useful help to the unlearned, and that the object announced in her preface 
has been fully accomplished ; viz. —'To render “ the study of the Bible easy and profitable 
to those who have but little leisure, or who may not be able to understand expositions of 
Scripture, in which more learning is displayed. ‘The endeavour of the compiler has been 
to explain what is difficult, as far as is necessary for Christians in general to understand it ; 
and to direct the attention of the Bible student to such passages and texts as require parti- 
cular consideration, in order to produce a rational faith, and a right practice, founded imme- 
diately upon the word of God.” 


26. Burper.— The Scripture Expositor; a new Commentary, Critical 
and Practical, on the Holy Bible. By the Rev. Samuel Burper, A.M. 
London, 1809. 2 vols. in 4 parts, 4to. 


One prominent object of this work, which is both critical and practical, is, to illustrate the 
Scriptures by the assistance of Eastern customs. The author is advantageously known by 
his Oriental Customs and Oriental Literature, which publications are noticed in the subse- 
quent part of this Appendix. 


27. FawceTt.— The Devotional Family Bible; containing the Old and 
New Testaments, with copious notes and illustrations, partly original, and 
partly selected from the most approved Commentators, both antient and 
modern. With a devotional exercise or aspiration at the close of every 
chapter, by way of improvement. By John Fawcerr, D.D. London, 1811. 
2 vols. royal 4to. 


This work is wholly designed for family use; but the marginal renderings and parallel 
texts have been entirely omitted. The absence of these is inexcusable in any edition of the 
Bible above the size of a duodecimo volume. 


28. HewLett.— The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testa- 
ment, with the Apocrypha, with critical, philological, and explanatory Notes. 
By the Rev. John Hewrerr, B.D. London, 1812. 3 vols. 4to. 


The typographical execution of this variorum edition of the Scriptures is singularly correct 
and beautiful; the parallel texts and marginal renderings are put at the foot of the text, 
and above the notes, which are selected with great industry. To the first volume are 
prefixed very copious prolegomena, containing every requisite information relative to the 
authenticity and inspiration of the Scriptures; the formation of the sacred Canon, MSS. 
and editions of the Bible, sects, &c., with a variety of useful tables; and to the third volume 
is prefixed a compendious history of the Jews, from their restoration to Judza, to the 
destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans; the whole forming a connection between the history 
of the Old and New Testament ; and the work is terminated by three useful indexes. There 
are, however, some discrepancies in the notes, which are stated and animadverted upon in 
an ably conducted critical jonrnal. (See British Critic, New Series, vol. ii. pp. 339. et seq. ) 
Several of Mr. Hewlett’s notes are elaborate critical disquisitions on important topics. 
Copies of this work may be purchased with maps, and numerous well-executed engravings, 
after pictures by the most celebrated painters. In 1816, an edition of the notes, &c. was 
published without the text, entitled «‘ Commentaries and Disquisitions on the Holy Scrip- 
tures,” in 5 vols. 8vo., which may frequently be obtained at a very low price. 


29. D’Oviy and Mant.— The Holy Bible according to the Authorised 
Version, with Notes explanatory and practical; taken principally from the 
most eminent writers of the United Church of England and Ireland; to- 
gether with appropriate introductions, tables, indexes, maps, and plans, 
prepared and arranged by the Rev. G. D’Oyty, B.D. (now D.D.), and the 
Rev. Richard Mant, D.D. (now Bishop of Down and Connor). Oxford 


(Rr) 3 


262 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. Vz 


and London, 1814. 3 vols. 4to., and various subsequent editions printed at 
Cambridge and Oxford. New York, 1818-20. 2 vols. 4tc. 


This work, which is published under the sanction of the venerable Society for Promoting 
Christian Knowledge, professes to communicate only the results of the critical inquiries of 
learned men, without giving a detailed exposition of the inquiries themselves. These 
results, however, are selected with great judgment, so that the reader who may consult them 
on difficult passages will rarely be disappointed. Of the labour attending this publication 
some idea may be formed, when it is stated that the works of upwards of one hundred and 
sixty authors have been consulted for it, amounting to several hundred volumes. On the 
fundamental articles of Christian verity, —the Deity and atonement of Jesus Christ, and the 
personality and offices of the Holy Spirit, —this work may be pronounced to be a library 
of divinity. The maps and engravings, though only outlines, are executed with much 
spirit. An index of matters is subjoined. There is a useful concordance in 4to. edited 
by the Rev. T. W. Bellamy, B.D., which is usually bound up with this commentary: 
and in the year 1818, the Rey. Dr. Wilson published another index, which is much 
more complete than that annexed to the work; and the student, who can meet with it, will 
do well to purchase it. The reprint at New York, which is very neatly executed in two large 
quarto volumes, was edited by the Rt. Rev. John Henry Hobart, D.D., Bishop of the 
Protestant Episcopal Church in the State of New York; who has greatly enhanced the 
value of this work by numerous additional notes, selected from the writings of upwards 
of thirty of the most eminent divines (not noticed by Drs. Mantand D’Oyly), whose names 
are a sufficient pledge for the orthodoxy of the annotations taken from their writings. 
Among the authors thus consulted are Bishops Brown, Law, Leng, Mant, Middleton, and 
Van Mildert, of the Anglican Church; Bp. Gleig, of the Scottish Episcopal Church ; and 
Bps. Seabury and White, of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the United States of 
America; Archdeacons, Pott and Daubeny, Rey. Drs. Nott, Rennell, William Sherlock, 
Spry, Wordsworth, A. Clarke, Scott, Allestree and Bisse, &c. &c. Many other notes are 
likewise selected from several of the authors cited by Bp. Mant and Dr. D’Oyly. Bp. 
Hobart’s additional notes are two-fold 1. Critical and Explanatory; and, 2. Practical. 
The latter are most numerous, and are calculated greatly to increase the value of this Com- 
mentary asa Famity Breve. 


29*, The Plain Reader’s Help in the Study of the Holy Scriptures; con- 
sisting of Notes, explanatory and illustrative, chiefly selected or abridged 
from the Family Bible, published by the Society for promoting Christian 
Knowledge. By the Rev. William Thomas Brrer, M.A. Coventry, 1821-22. 
In two parts forming one volume in small quarto. 


Although the greater part of the present volume is extracted or abridged from the preceding 
work, the editor has not confined himself exclusively to it. He has given some notes, which, 
though they do not occur in the Family Bible, are yet extracted from the same authors to 
whom Bp. Mant and Dr. D’Oyly had recourse in their compilation. Besides these, the 
editor has occasionally added a few notes of his own; and he has further availed himself of 
such notes in Sir John Bailey’s edition of the book of Common Prayer, as suited his purpose. 
The editor’s aim has been, to comprise within the space of a cheap and moderately sized 
volume a collection of notes on the Holy Scriptures, adapted to the capacity of ordinary 
readers, and designed for the benefit of such as have it not in their power to procure or con- 
sult larger works. This cheap and. unpretending work, which is very little known, is neatly 
printed on two sorts of paper, in order to accommodate every class of purchasers. 


30. CLARKE (Dr. A.) —The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New 
Testaments: the Text carefully printed from the most correct copies of the 
present authorised translation, including the marginal readings and parallel 
texts; with a Commentary, and Critical Notes, designed as a help to a better 
understanding of the Sacred Writings. By Adam Crarke, LL.D. F.A.S. 
London, 1810-1826. 8 vols. 4to. A new edition, revised and improved, 
1833-34, in five volumes, royal 8vo. also in quarto. 


The commentary on the New Testament fills three volumes of this elaborate work; the 
remainder is devoted to the elucidation of the Old Testament. In this commentary, Dr. 
Clarke states, that the whole of the text has been collated with the Hebrew and Greek origi- 
nals, and all the antient versions: ‘the most difficult words are analysed and explained ; 
the most important readings in the collections of Kennicott and De Rossi on the Old Testament, 
and in those of Mill, Wetstein, and Griesbach, on the New, are noticed ; the date of every trans- 
action, as far as it has been ascertained by the best chronologers, is marked; the peculiar 
customs of the Jews, and neighbouring nations, so frequently alluded to by the prophets, 
evangelists, and apostles, are explained from the best Asiatic authorities; the great doctrines 
of the Law and Gospel of God are defined, illustrated, and defended; and the whole is 
applied to the important purposes of practical Christianity.” The work concludes with a 


Sect. III. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 263 


copious index, and a selection of important various Readings of the New Testament, from 
fen antient MSS, The literary world in general, and biblical students in particular, are 
greatly indebted to Dr.Clarke for the light he has thrown on many very difficult passages. 
The royal 8vo. edition was revised throughout, and prepared by the learned author for the 
press, before his decease. It is a cheap and very beautifully printed work. 


31. TuHomson.— The Old Covenant, commonly called the Old Testament, 
translated from the Septuagint. — The New Covenant, commonly called the 
New Testament, translated from the Greek. By Charles Tuomson, late 
Secretary to the Congress of the United States, Philadelphia, 1808. 
4 vols. 8vo, 

This translation is, upon the whole, faithfully executed, though that of the Old Testament, 
being a version of a version, can hardly afford much assistance to the biblical student. The 
translation of the New Testament is much improved in the punctuation, and also in the 
arrangement of the objections and replies that occasion such frequent transitions in St. Paul’s 
Epistles. The notes which accompany this work are very brief, but satisfactory as far as they 
go. Very few copies of Mr. Thomson’s work have reached England; and even in America, 
it has become very scarce and dear. 


32. Bernamy.— The Holy Bible, newly translated from the original 
Hebrew, with Notes critical and explanatory. By John Betramy. London, 
1818-34. 4:to. 


Six parts of this new translation have been published, viz., from Genesis to the Book of 
Job. The arrogant claims of the author and his extravagancies of interpretation have been 
exposed in the Quarterly Review, vols. xix. pp. 250-280. and xxiii. pp. 290-325.; in the 
Eclectic Review, vol.x. N.S. pp. 1-20. 130-150. 280-299.; in the Antijacobin Review, 
vol. liv. pp. 97-103. 193-207. 305-316.; in Mr. Whittaker’s Historical and Critical Inquiry 
into the Interpretation of the Hebrew Scriptures, and Supplement to it, 8vo., Cambridge, 
1819, 1820; in Professor Lee’s Letter to Mr. Bellamy, Cambridge, 1821; and last, though 
not least in value, in Mr. Hyman Hurwitz’s “ Vindicie Hebraice,” London, 1821, 8vo. 


33. BootHroyp.— A new Family Bible, and improved Version, from 
corrected Texts of the Originals, with Notes critical and explanatory ; and 
short Practical Reflections on each Chapter. By the Rev. B. BoorHroyp, 
D.D. Pontefract and London, 1818. 1821. 1823. 3 vols. 4to. A new 
edition revised. . London, 1835, royal 8vo. 


The Rey. Dr. Boothroyd has long been advantageously known as the editor of the critical 
edition of the -Hebrew Bible with philological notes, of which we have given an account in 
page 9. of this Appendix. His improved English Version of the Bible will be found a 
valuable help to the critical understanding of the Sacred Scriptures. Where any reading, 
in the original, is supported by the authority of antient MSS. and Versions, Dr. B. has 
availed himself of it, and has inserted it in the text; always apprising his readers of such 
changes, which (as we have had occasion to remark in our chapter on various readings) are 
not unfrequently real improvements. The Historical Books are printed in continuous para- 
graphs, the Poetical Books being printed in single lines. The first two volumes contain the 
Old Testament; the third, the New Testament. ‘The numbers of the different verses are 
judiciously thrown into the margin; and the notes, which are placed at the foot of each page, 
possess the rare merit of condensing much important critical and explanatory matter in com- 
paratively a small compass. To the whole Dr. B. has prefixed a well-executed abridgment 
of Michaelis’s Commentaries on the Law of Moses. ‘The octavo edition has been carefully 
corrected throughout: the practical reflections which were in the first edition are omitted. 
In its present greatly improved state, this work contains a great mass of most important 
and critical results within a comparatively short compass: it is both a cheap and a beautifully 


printed velume. 


34. Witttams. — The Cottage Bible and Family Expositor ; containing 
the Authorised Translation of the Old and New Testaments, with Practical 
Reflections and short Explanatory Notes, calculated to elucidate difficult and 
obscure Passages. By Thomas Witirams. London, 1825-27. 3 vols. 8vo. 
and various subsequent editions. 


The unassuming but cheap and useful commentary on the Holy Scriptures, though pro- 
fessedly designed for persons and families in the humbler walks of Jife, is not unworthy the 
attention of students of a higher class, who may not be able to purchase more bulky or more 
expensive commentaries ; and on this account it is here noticed. The work is dedicated by 
permission to the (late) learned and venerable Bishop of Salisbury, Dr. Burgess. ‘The first volume 
contains the whole of the Historical Books, and also the Book of Job; thesecond volume com- 


(R) 4 


264 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


prises the rest of the Old Testament. The New Testament forms the third volume. The follow- 
ing is the plan of publication. The authorised Version is neatly and clearly printed. Long 
chapters are broken into paragraphs of a suitable length, regulated by the subject-matter of 
them ; and the Genealogies, Enumerations of the Tribes, and certain Ceremonial Laws of 
the Jews, which are not suitable for reading in families or schools, are printed in a smaller 
type, and are so distinguished that they may be omitted in reading without difficulty or con- 
fusion. A few words, which are not in strict accordance with modern European ideas of 
propriety, are exchanged for others; and to each chapter is given a concise practical expo- 
sition, compiled from various sources, together with brief critical notes (in which are inter- 
woven the principal marginal renderings and references) on difficult and obscure passages, 
especially such as have been alleged to be contradictory. The editor has carefully indicated 
the sources whence he has drawn his annotations; —a practice which, it were to be wished, 
had been followed by the anonymous compilers of some commentaries now circulating 
in numbers, as also in volumes, who have contrived to comprehend the most valuable remarks 
of others without any acknowledgment of the authors to whose labours they are indebted. 
Mr. Williams has also paid a laudable attention to those passages against which objections 
have been taken by modern sceptics; for which portion of his work he was well qualified by 
his former very useful publications in reply to the cavils and objections of Paine and other 
infidels of the last century. A concise introduction is prefixed, vindicating the divine 
authority of the Holy Scriptures, and the learning and fidelity of the translators of our 
authorised English Version, and also pointing out the sources of Scripture difficulties, together 
with the means of their removal. 


35. Devotional Comments: being a Series of Scriptural Expositions, with 
a Prayer annexed to each subject. By Mrs. Stevens. Knaresborough and 
London, 1823-31. 20 vols. 8vo. 


36. The Comprehensive Bible ; containing the Old and New Testaments, 
according to the authorised Version, with the various readings and marginal 
notes usually printed therewith: a general introduction, containing disqui- 
sitions on the genuineness, authenticity, and inspiration of the Holy Scriptures, 
—various divisions and marks of distinction in the sacred writings, —antient 
versions, — coins, weights, and measures,—various sects among the Jews: 
introductions and concluding remarks to each book: the parallel passages 
contained in the Rev. J. Scott’s Commentary, Canne’s Bible, Rev. J. Brown’s 
Self-Interpreting Bible, Dr. A. Clarke’s Commentary, and the English Version 
of the Polyglott Bible, [noticed in p. 39. of this Appendix] systematically 
arranged ; philological and explanatory notes. With chronological and other 
indexes. [By William GreenFieLp.] London, 1827. crown 4to., demy 4to., 
and royal 4to. 


37. A Commentary on the Holy Bible, from Henry and Scott. With 
occasional observations and notes from other writers. [By George Stokes. ] 
1831-35. 6 vols. royal 12mo. or crown 8vo. without the text; also with the 
text and marginal references, 1835-36. in 6 vols. royal 8vo. 


The object of this work is, to provide a commentary on the Holy Scriptures, compact in 
size and moderate in price, which may be useful to those whose opportunities for reading, 
or whose means of purchasing, render such a publication desirable ; while the contents are 
suited for Christians of every station, rank, and denomination. ‘The valuable Commen- 
taries of Henry and Scott have principally supplied the materials for the present publication. 
The most important observations are condensed and blended together, so as to form a con- 
tinuous exposition. The editions used, are Henry’s Exposition, edited by the Rev. 
Messrs. Burder and Hughes; and the first edition of Scott’s Commentary. Numerous 
extracts from other authors (one hundred in number) have been inserted, where they ap- 
peared needful, and explanatory notes upon some passages have been added, most of which 
are designed to meet the misrepresentations of infidels. Due acknowledgment is made to 
the authors from whom the additional paragraphs are taken. ‘This commentary, which is 
published at the expense of the Religious Tract Society, is beautifully and correctly printed 
with a new type. As the text is not inserted in the small paper copies, they may be used 
with any edition of the authorised English Version of the Bible: but, in size, they are 
principally adapted to the beautifully printed Oxford ruby bible in small 8yo. published in 
1827. ‘The royal 8vo. copies, with the text inserted, are handsome library books. 


38. The Christian Expositor; or, Practical Guide to the Study of the 
Holy Scriptures, intended for the use of General Readers. By the Rev. 
George Hotpgen, A.M. London, 1834-30, 2 vols. 12mo. 


Sect. HI. § 3.] British Commentators on the whole Bible. 265 


Although many expositions of the Bible, of great and deserved celebrity, are happily 
extant in our language, a commentary sufficiently short to be read by those who have not 
leisure to consult learned and extensive works, yet sufficiently comprehensive to serve as a 
guide to the study of the Holy Scriptures, for general readers, is adesideratum. To supply 
this deficiency is the object of the present beautifully printed, cheap, and truly valuable 
work; which, though ‘ intended for the use of general readers,’ comprises so much and 
such various information in a condensed form, expressed in neat and perspicuous language, 
that not only general readers, but also critical students, may gladly, profitably, and safely 
avail themselves of Mr. Holden’s labours, without any apprehension of having imposed 
upon them, the neologian interpretations of modern German critics and commentators. 
Every page indicates Mr. Holden’s intimate acquaintance with all the best exegetical 
works on the Holy Scriptures, both British and Foreign. Vol. I. appeared in 1834, 
Vol. II., containing the New Testament, was published as a separate work in 1830. See 
a notice of it in § 6. No. 46. p. 306. infra. 


38*, A Commentary on the Old and New Testament, in which the Sacred 
Text is illustrated with copious Notes, theological, historical, and critical ; 
with improvements and reflections at the end of each chapter. By the Rev. 
Joseph SurciirFe, A.M. London, 1834—35. Second Edition, carefully cor- 
rected. 1838-39. 2 vols. Imperial 8vo. 


The text of our authorised translation is not given in this Commentary, which is equally 
adapted for the family and the study, and embodies the result of the author’s labours for 
about forty years. During that period he states that he carefully studied the original Scrip- 
tures with versions, and the comments of the fathers, Chrysostom, Theophylact, and Jerome, _ 
and the more recent critical works of Beza, Cappel, Calvin, Cameron, Drusius, Estius, 
Grotius, Lightfoot, Marlorat, Menochius, Tirinus, Vatablus and others, who have applied 
their profound learning to the elucidation of the Sacred Volume. To English Com- 
mentators, the author’s references are very few, ‘lest he should be a plagiarist from others, 
which” (he truly observes) “ real industry has no need to be.” Many valuable elucidations 
of difficult passages will be found in this work, which are passed over in larger commentaries. 
The reflections at the end of each chapter are characterized by simplicity of diction combined 
with earnest piety. Four well executed maps and a good general index add to the value 
of this unassuming commentary. 


39. 'The Comprehensive Commentary of the Holy Bible; containing the 
Text according to the authorized Version; Scott’s marginal references ; 
Henry’s Commentary condensed but given substantially ; the practical 
observations of Dr. Scott, with extensive Critical and Philological Notes 
from Scott, Doddridge, Clarke, Poole, Patrick, Lowth, Burder, Harmer, 
Calmet, Stuart, the Rosenmiullers, Kuinoel, Bloomfield, and many others. 
Edited by the Rev. William Jenxs, D.D. assisted by the Rev. L. J. Hoadley, 
and J. W. Jenks, M.A. Brattleboro, Vermont, 1334-38. 5 vols. imperial 8vo. 

This compilation exhibits a condensation of all that is valuable in the deservedly esteemed. 
commentaries of Henry and Scott on the entire Bible, and of Doddridge on the New Tes- 


tament. The notes are compiled from the various critics enumerated in the title page ; and, 
in general, the selection is made with judgment. 


40. The Condensed Commentary and Family Exposition of the Holy 
Bible: containing the best criticisms of the most valuable Biblical Writers, 
with practical reflections, and marginal references ; chronology, indexes, &c. 
&c. By the Rev. Ingram Coppin, M.A. London, 1837. Imperial 8vo. 
and royal 4to. 


This work corresponds with its title page; it is literally a condensed commentary, de- 
rived from the best accessible sources. The notes are selected, with much brevity, but 
very judiciously, and are partly critical and explanatory, the others are practical. ‘The re- 
sults of the researches of nearly two hundred writers, British and Foreign, are here given in 
a very small compass. The typographical execution is singularly distinct and beautiful. 


41. The Pictorial Bible; being the Old and New Testaments according 
to the authorised Version ; illustrated with many hundred wood-cuts, 
representing the Historical Events after celebrated Pictures; the Landscape 
Scenes from original drawings or from authentic engravings; and the 
subjects of Natural History, Costume, and Antiquities, from the best 
sources. ‘To which are added, Original Notes, chiefly explanatory of the 


266 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Engravings and of such Passages connected with the History, Geography, 
Natural History, and Antiquities of the Sacred Scriptures, as require 
observation. London, 1836-38. 4 vols. super royal 8vo.; also in 4 vols. 4to, 

The title of this work fully expresses its design. The Old Testament fills the first three 


volumes, and the New Testament the fourth. ‘The typographical execution, especially of 
the quarto copies, is very beautiful. 


§ 4. PRINCIPAL COMMENTATORS ON THE OLD TESTAMENT, AND ON 
DETACHED BOOKS THEREOF. 


[i.] Commentators on the Old Testament. 


1. Ricuarpson (Bishop).— Choice Observations and Explanations 
upon the Old Testament, containing in them many remarkable matters, 
either not taken notice of, or mistaken by most: which are additionals to 
the large annotations made by some of the Assembly of Divines: to which 
are added some further and larger observations on the whole book of 
Genesis. By John Ricuarpson, Bishop of Ardagh. London, 1665, 
folio. 

Bishop Richardson has been characterised by his contemporaries as a man of profound 
learning, well versed in the Scriptures, and of exact knowledge in sacred chronology. His 
Harmony of the Four Gospels, in which he led the way to a more accurate arrangement of 
the narratives of the four Evangelists, is printed in Archbishop Usher’s Annals. Bishop 


Richardson’s Annotations were published after bis death: as they sell at a low price, they 
are not unworthy of the student’s attention. 


2, Pyte.— A Paraphrase with short and Useful Notes on the Books of 
the Old Testament. By the Rev. Thomas Pye, M.A. London, 1717- 
1725. 4 vols. 8vo. 


These volumes extend to all the historical books of the Old Testament. Dr. Doddridge 
calls it “an elegant and judicious contraction”? of Bishop Patrick’s work, noticed in p. 256, 
supra; and adds, that it is ‘‘ vastly to be preferred to his Paraphrase on the Epistles,” 
which is mentioned in p. 307. No. 2. infra. 


3. Marcuant.—- An Exposition of the Books of the Old Testament, 
extracted from the Writings of the best Authors, antient and modern. By 
John Marcuant. London, 1745. folio. 


4, Orton. — A short and plain Exposition of the Old Testament, with 
devotional and practical Reflections, for the use of families, subjoined to each 
chapter, somewhat in the manner of Dr. Doddridge’s Family Expositor. 
By the late Rev. Job Orton. 6 vols. 8vo. 1788-1791; second edition. 
London, 1822. 6 vols. S8vo. 


The work was published after the author’s death by Mr. Gentleman of Kidderminster : 
it contains notes chiefly collected from modern expositors, of which ‘¢ it cannot be said that 
they are eminently critical ; but they often convey valuable instruction, and the reflections 
are admirably adapted to promote the purposes of serious religion.” (Biographia Britan- 
nica, 2d edit. vol. v. p.311. See also Month. Rev. O. S. vol. Ixxix. p. 329.) To form a 
complete comment on the Scriptures, Mr. Orton’s paraphrase may be joined with Mr. Palmer's 
abridgment of Dr. Doddridge, noticed in page 302. infra. 


5. Gepprs. — The Holy Bible, or the Books accounted sacred, otherwise 
called the Books of the Old and New Covenants, faithfully translated from 
the corrected Texts of the Originals, with various readings, explanatory 
notes, and critical remarks. By Alexander Gepprs, LL.D. 4to. London, 
vol. i. 1792. vol. ii. 1797. Critical Remarks on the Hebrew Scriptures, 4to. 
London, 1800. vol. i. on the Pentateuch. 

The two volumes of Dr. Geddes’s version include the historical books from Genesis to 
Chronicles, and the book of Ruth. Of the doctor’s heterodox commentaries and version, 
the reader may see an ample examination and refutation in the 4th, 14th, 19th, and 20th 
volumes of the British Critic, old series. Some learned and able animadversions on 
Dr. Geddes’s Critical Remarks on the Hebrew Scriptures were published at London in 


Sect. III. § 4..] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 267 


1803, in 8vo. : they were reprinted from the British Critic for the year 1802. Thelearned 
doctor’s work is here noticed, lest the author should be charged with designedly omitting it. 


~ 





[u.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 
ON THE PENTATEUCH. 


1. Horee Mosaice: or a Dissertation on the Credibility and Theology of 
the Pentateuch. By George Stanley Faser, B.D. Second Edition. Lon- 
don, 1818. 2 vols. 8vo. 

This elaborate Treatise contains the substance of the eight Bampton Lectures delivered 
by Mr. Faber before the University of Oxford, and published in 1801. <« Those who 
have not the means or leisure to consult the very valuable works of Mr. Bryant, Mr. Maurice, 
and Sir W. Jones, in this line, will find in these volumes many of the most striking facts 
brought together, and so arranged as jointly to corroborate and confirm the events recorded 
in the Pentatench. The references to other authors are numerous; nor are these confined 
solely to the antients. Additional notes and illustrations are to be found at the end of each 
volume.” (Brit. Crit. vol. xix. O. S. pp. 382. 388.) The second edition, published in 
1818, is very materially enlarged and greatly improved by its learned author. 


2. Principles for the Proper Understanding of the Mosaic Writings stated 
and applied. By the Rev. J.J. BLunr, B.D. London, 1833. 8vo. 


2.* The Character of Moses established for Veracity as an Historian, 
recording Events from the Creation to the Deluge. By the Rev. Joseph 
Townsenpb, M.A. Vol. I. London, 1813: Vol. II. Bath, 1815, 4to. 


For an analysis of this work, see the Quarterly Review, vol. xiv. pp. 96—112. and the 
Eclectic Review, O. S. vol. x. pp. 32—49. 


3. The Laws of Moses viewed in connexion with the History and 
Character of the Jews, with a defence of the Book of Joshua against Pro- 
fessor Leo, of Berlin: being the Hulsian Lecture for 1833. ‘To which is 
added an Appendix, containing Remarks on the Arrangement of the His- 
torical Scriptures adopted by Gesenius, De Wette, and others. By Henry 
John Ross, B.D. London and Cambridge, 1834. 8vo. 

For an analysis of this most able vindication of the Pentateuch and Book of Joshua from 
the attacks of German Neologians, see the British Critic, No. xxxiv. for April 1835, pp. 
310-332. 

3.* Annotations upon the Five Books of Moses, the Book of Psalms, and 
the Song of Songs or Canticles. By Henry Arnswortu. London, 1639, 
folio. 

This work “is a good book, full of very valuable Jewish learning ; and his translation is 


in many places to be preferred to our own, especially on the Psalms.” (Dr. Doddridge. ) 
It was translated into Dutch in 1690, and is highly esteemed on the Continent. 


4. A Commentary on the Five Books of Moses, with a Dissertation con- 
cerning the Author or Writer of the said Books, and a general argument to 
each of them. Ry Richard Krpper, Bishop of Bath and Wells. London, 
1694. 2 vols. 8vo. 


A learned and valuable work, though now not often to be met with. 


5. Johannis Marcxi in preecipuas quasdam partes Pentateuchi Commen- 
tarius: seu ultimorum Jacobi, reliquorum Bilhami, et novissimorum Mosis, 
qu leguntur Genes. xlvii. 9. Numer. xxii—xxiv. et Deut. XXIX—XXXil. 
Analysis Exegetica. Lugd. Bat. 1713. 4to. 

6. A Critical and Practical Exposition of the Pentateuch ; with Notes; 
theological, moral, critical, philosophical, and historical. To which are 
subjoined two Dissertations: — 1. On the Mosaic history of the creation, 
and 2. On the destruction of the seven nations of Canaan. London, 1748. 


folio. 


268 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


This Exposition is complied with considerable industry from the labours of the best inter- 
preters, antient and modern. It was originally published in numbers, and was designed to 
nave been a complete commentary on the entire Bible: but not meeting with sufficient en- 
couragement, the author (a Mr. Jameson) proceeded no further than the Pentateuch. It is 
not of common occurrence. 


7. A New and Literal Translation, from the original Hebrew, of the 
Pentateuch of Moses, and of the Historical Books of the Old Testament to 
the end of the second book of Kings; with Notes critical and explanatory. 
By the late Rev. Julius Bate. London, 1773. 4to. 


‘«‘ It is most certainly a new translation, and so very literal, as to be really unintelligible 
to a plain English reader.” (Monthly Rey. O. S. vol. i. p. 106.) 


8. The Pentateuch, or the Five Books of Moses illustrated ; being an 
Explication of the Phraseology incorporated with the text, for the Use of 
Families and Schools. By the Rev. S.CLapHam. London, 1818. 12mo. 

«< As a substitute for expensive commentaries on the Bible, and as the means of providing 
in many interesting respects for the instruction and edification of those persons who may 
not have leisure to procure more copious volumes, the present work will be acceptable. 
The plan of it is judicious, and the execution is on the whole respectable, and must have 
cost the editor no inconsiderable expense and labour.” (Eclectic Review, N. S. vol. xiii. 


p- 74.) 


_ 9. An Analytical Exposition of the whole First Book of Moses, called 
Genesis, and of xxiil. Chapters of his Second Book, called Exodus. Wherein 
the various readings are observed; the original text explained; doubts 
resolved ; Scriptures paralleled; the Scripture Chronology from the Creation 
of the World to the giving of the Law at Mount Sinai cleared ; and the 
whole illustrated by doctrines collected from the text. Delivered in a 
Morning Exercise on the Lord's Day. By George Huacues, B.D., late 
Minister of the Gospel in Plymouth. (Plymouth) 1672. folio. 


A very elaborate and curious work ; it is not of common occurrence. 


10. The Hebrew Text of the Parallel Prophecies of Jacob and Moses, 
relating to the Twelve Tribes, with a translation and notes, and the various 
lections of near forty MSS., &c. &c. By D. Dure tz, D.D., Principal of 
Hertford College. Oxford, 1764. 4to. 


GENESIS. 


11. Joannis Mercert Commentarius in Genesin. Geneve, 1598. folio. 


12. Hexapla in Genesin: that is, a Sixfold Commentary upon Genesis, 
wherein six severall Translations are compared, where they differ, with the 
Originall Hebrew, and Pagnine and Montanus’ Interlinearie Interpretation. 
Together with a sixfold use of every chapter, shewing, 1. The method or 
Argument; 2. The Divers Readings; 3. The Explanation of Difficult 
Questions, and Doubtfull Places; 4. The Places of Doctrine; 5. Places 
of Confutation; 6. Morall Observations. By Andrew Witter. London, 
1608. folio. 


13. A Few and New Observations upon the Book of Genesis; also a 
Handful of Gleanings out of the Book of Exodus. By John Liagurroor, 
D.D. Works, vol. i. p.698. Lond. 1684. folio. 


14. A Specimen of an Universal View of all the Eminent Writers on the 
Holy Scriptures: being a Collection of the Dissertations, Explications, and 
Opinions of learned Men, in all ages, concerning the difficult Passages and 
obscure Texts of the Bible; and of whatever is to be met with in profane 
authors which may contribute to the better understanding of them. By the 
Rev. Jonathan Smepiey, Dean of Clogher. 1728. folio. 


This Specimen contains only the first chapter of Genesis; the work which it announces 
never having been published. The author proposed, 1. To exhibit at length the words of 
the inspired authors; 2. To quote the chief commentators in Pool’s Synopsis, on every 


Sect. II. §4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 269 


subject, as they are ranged by him; 3, To set down the judgment of antient historians, 
philosophers, poets, &c.; and to reserve the last place for moderns, especially English and 
French Divines. A copy of this specimen is in the library of the British Museum. 


15. A New English Translation, from the original Hebrew, of the Three 
First Chapters of Genesis, with marginal illustrations, and notes critical and 
explanatory. By Abraham Dawson, M.A. London, 1763. 4to. 


16. A Fourth and Fifth Chapter of Genesis, translated from the original 
Hebrew. By Abraham Dawson, M.A. London, 1772. 4to. | 


17. The Sixth, and Eleven following Chapters of Genesis, translated 
As the original Hebrew, &c. &c. By Abraham Dawson, M.A. London, 
1786. Ato. 


For an account of these publications, see the Monthly Review, Old Series, vol. xxix. 
pp. 293-299.; vol. xlvii. pp. 1-7. ; and vol. lxxvii. pp. 140-147. 


18. Annotations upon Genesis, with Observations doctrinal and practical. 
By the Rev. Thomas Harwoop. London, 1789. 8vo. 


This is a compilation from various authors, ‘ which, if not a brilliant, may in some degree 
be considered as a useful performance.” (Monthly Rev. New Series, vol. iv. p. 106.) 


19. Sacred Literature, or Remarks on the Book of Genesis, collected and 
arranged to promote the knowledge and evince the excellency of the Scrip- 
tures. By James Franxs, A.M. London, 1802. 8vo. 

This work is nearly similar in design and execution to the preceding; it consists prin- 
cipally of extracts from other books. The author “ has contented himself with forming 
the arrangement, which is clear and good, and inserting short passages to serve for con- 
nexion and elucidation. The volume begins with general remarks on the Scriptures, and 
then proceeds through the book of Genesis in the order of the chapters; containing in the 
whole three hundred and fifteen remarks upon that book, illustrative of the matter contained 
in it, and collected from the best authors of all descriptions.” (Brit. Crit. O. S. vol. xxi. 
pp. 680, 681.) 


20. The Book of Genesis with Explanatory and Practical Observations. 
By the Rev. R. W. Sizruorp, B.D. London, 1835. Imperial 8vo. 


20*. Hermanni Venema Dissertationes Selectze ad Sacram Scripturam 
Veteris et Novi Testamenti: quarum Tom. I. Pars. I. continet Dissertationes 
quinque ad Librum Geneseos: Pars II. continet Commentarium ad Gen. 
xlix. 1-27. Leovardie, 1747-50. 4:to. 


21. Critical and Explanatory Notes on Genesis, Exodus, Isaiah, Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, Daniel, and the Minor Prophets ; together with some Dissertations 
on several difficult Passages of Scripture, &c. &c. By the Rev. Henry 
Dimockx. Gloucester, 1804. 4to. 


22. A Dissertation on the Fall of Man; in which the Literal Sense of 
the Mosaic Account of that Event is asserted and vindicated. By the Rev. 
George Hotpen, M.A. London, 1823. 8vo. 

The Scripture History of the Fall of Man has met with many strenuous adversaries, who 

have endeavoured to explain it away in various ways; while it is utterly rejected by many 
of those who have rejected the doctrine of the atonement. In the fourth volume of this 
work (Chap. I. Sect. II. pp. 6—8.), the literal sense of the first three chapters of Genesis 
is briefly vindicated ; but it has been reserved for Mr. Holden to consider the subject most 
fully and distinctly. All the efforts of perverted criticism to reduce the Mosaic History of 
the Fall of Man to allegory, fable, or mythos, are here examined in detail; and the objec- 
tions of its adversaries to the literal sense of that history are minutely and satisfactorily 
refuted. 


23. Two Dissertations: —1. On the Tree of Life in Paradise, with some 
Observations on the Fall of Man. 2 Onthe Oblations of Cain and Abel. 
By Benjamin Kennicott, M.A. Oxford, 1747. 8vo. 


24, An Essay towards a Vindication of the vulgar Exposition of the 
Mosaic History of the Fall of Man. By John Witty. London, 1705. 8vo. 


270 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


25. The Historical Sense of the Mosaic Account of the Fall, proved and 
vindicated. By William WortTHINGTON. London, 1751. 8vo. 


96. The Defence of the Veracity of Moses, in his Records of the Cre- 
ation and General Deluge; illustrated by Observations in the Caverns of 
the Peak of Derby. By Philobiblos [Thomas Ropp]. London, 1820. 8vo. 


27. SrAuEeLIN (J. J.) Animadversiones queedam in Jacobi Vaticinium, 
Genes. cap. xLix. Basile, 1827. 4to. 


28. Brief Observations upon some of the first Chapters of the Book of 
Genesis. London, 1827. 8vo. 


29. Libri Geneseos secundum Fontes rite dignoscendos Adumbratio 
nova. In usum Prelectionum scripsit Dr. C. P. W. GramBeErg, Lipsiz, 
1828. 8vo. 


This writer adopts the hypothesis of some modern German critics, that the book of Ge- 
nesis is a compilation by a third person from two primary documents, which he designates 
by the terms “ Jehovista” and ‘ Elohista,” from the appellations of Jehovah and Elohim 
given to the Almighty. He adopts the untenable notion that the history of the creation and 
Fall of Man is a philosophical and poetical mythos, or fable. 


30. T. P. C. Karser Commentarius in priora Geneseos Capita, qua- 


tenus universes populorum mythologiz claves exhibent. Norimberge, 
1829. 8vo. 


31. The Mosaic History of the Creation of the World, illustrated by 
Discoveries and Experiments derived from the present State of Science, by 
Thomas Woop. London, 1818. 8vo. 


This is an elaborate illustration of the first chapter of Genesis. Science is here rendered 


the handmaid of Revelation. To the work is prefixed a view of the cosmogony of the 
ancients, which exhibits very considerable research. The religious improvements are both 


natural and scriptural: the doctrine of the Trinity is here scripturally defended, and its 
authorities are clearly adduced. 


31.* The Antient Principles of the True and Sacred Philosophy, as lately 
explained by John Hutchinson, Esq. Originally published in Latin by A. 
S. Catcott. Translated with Notes, and a Preliminary Dissertation on the 
Character and Writings of Moses. By Alexander Maxweti. London, 
1822. 8vo. 


32. An Essay on the Book of Genesis; being an attempt to reconcile the 
Incongruities in the Mosaical Account of the Creation of the World. 
Dublin, 1830. 12mo. 


33. The Worship of the Serpent traced throughout the world, and its 
Traditions referred to the Events in Paradise; proving the Temptation and 
Fall of Man by the Instrumentality of a Serpent Tempter. By the Rev. 
John Bathurst Deane, M.A. London, 1830. 8vo. Second Edition, 1833, 8vo. 


33.* A Genealogical, Chronological, Historical and Topographical Ex- 
position of the Tenth Chapter of Genesis: being a View of the Posterity of 
Shem, Ham, and Japheth. Compiled from the most authentic sources. By 
William Parkin. Vol. I. Sheffield, 1837. 12mo. 


This work is designed to be completed in two volumes, The first contains the settle- 
ments of the Descendants of Japheth and Shem, with a supplementary account of Ishmael 
and his descendants, the Arabs. ‘The second yolume is to contain the settlements of the 
Descendants of Ham. 


EXODUS. 


34, Hexapla in Exodum: that is, a sixfold Commentary upon the Book 
of Exodus, according to the Method propounded in Hexapla upon Genesis. 
By Andrew Witxet. London, 1608. folio. 





Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 271 


35. Exodus ; a corrected Translation, with notes, critical and explanatory. 
By William Hopkins, B.A. London, 1784. 4to. | 

The translator has, in general, executed his task with fidelity ; and ** where it could be 
done with propriety (or where the readings of the Samaritan copy would permit) «he has 
adopted,’ he says, ‘ the English vulgar translation, in order to prevent any prejudices that 
might be infused into the minds of the common people by uncharitable bigots.’ In the 
notes we meet with little that can gratify the taste of curious and critical readers ; and his 
severe reflections on the articles and liturgy of the Church of England might well haye been 
spared in a work of this nature.” (Monthly Rey. O. S. vol. Ixxii. p.412,) 


JOSHUA AND THE OTHER HISTORICAL BOOKS, 


36. Josum Imperatoris Historia, illustrata atque explicata ab Andrea 
Masio. Antwerp, 1574, folio; and also in the Critici Sacri. 

A work of very considerable value, on account of its containing the readings of the Syriac 
Hexaplar version, the manuscript of which Masius possessed. This manuscript is said to 
have been written in the year 606, and is the only one that preserves the readings of Joshua, 
as given by Origen. 

37. C. H. van HerwerpeEn 'Disputatio de Libro Josue, sive de diversis 
ex quibus constat Josue Liber monumentis, deque state qua eorum vixerunt 
auctores. Groninge, 1828. 8vo. 


38. De Cantico Debore Jud. V. Scripsit Christianus H. KarKar. 
Othiniz, 1833. Svo. 

39. Historia Ruru, ex Ebreo Latiné conversa et Commentario explicata. 
Ejusdem Historie Translatio Greeca ad Exemplar Complutense, et Notze in 
eandem. Opera ac Studio Joannis Drusir. Amsterdami, 1632. 4to. 

40. A Comment on Ruth by T[homas] F[ utter], B.D. London, 1654. 
8vo. 

41. John Henr. Micuartis, Chr. Ben. Micuartris, et Joh. Jac. 
RamBacuil, Note Uberiores in HaGiocrapua. Hale, 1735-1751. 3 vels. 
Ato. 

Of this work, the Elder Michaelis wrote the annotations on the first book of Chronicles, 
the Psalms, book of Job, and Song of Solomon; C. B. Michaelis was the author of those 


on Proverbs, the Lamentations of Jeremiah, and the Prophet Daniel; and the notes on the 
second book of Chronicles, Ruth, Esther, Nehemiah, and Ecclesiastes, were written by 


Rambach. 

42. J. G. Dauter, de Librorum PARALIPOMENORUM auctoritate atque 
fide historica. 8vo. Lipsiz, 1819. 

43, Grey (Richard) The Last Words of David, divided according to the 
Metre, with Notes critical and explanatory. London, 1749. 4to. 

44, Commentatio ad Elegiam Davidis in Saulum et Jonathanem. Auctore 
Antonio Henrico PArEav. Groningz, 1829. 4to. 


This dissertation consists of three parts. In the first is given a critical examination of 
David’s exquisitely beautiful elegy on the death of Saul and of Jonathan; in the second 
we have an exegetical interpretation of it; and the third contains an ingenious comparison 
of it with the other elegiac productions of the Hebrew Sacred Poets, and with those of 
other Oriental poets and of the Greeks. The result of this collation establishes more satis- 
factorily the infinite superiority of David’s elegy over every similar composition, sacred or 


profane. 
45. A. G. F. Scutrmer, Observationes Exegetico-Criticee in Librum 
Espra&. Vratislavie, 1820. 4to. 


ON THE POETICAL BOOKS GENERALLY. 


46. The Annotations of Micuaxxis above noticed, in No. 41. 


47, A Paraphrase on the Books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, and Ecclesiastes, 
with notes, critical, historical, and practical. By Lawrence HoLpen, 1764. 
4. vols. 8vo. 


272 Sacred Philology. - [ Part. II. Ch. V. 


« To what class of readers this performance will be useful or agreeable, we really know 
not; but this we verily believe, that persons of taste, learning, or judgment, will find very 
little in it to engage their attention.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xxxi. p. 73.) The 
public opinion seems to have been in unison with that of the Monthly Reviewers; the book 
has never been popular, and it is to be purchased at a very low price, on which account, 
this notice is inserted as a caution to the student who may be inexperienced in the real value 
of books. 


48. Critical Remarks on the Books of Job, Proverbs, Psalms, Ecclesiastes, 
and Canticles. By D. Durett, D.D. London, 1772. 4to. 


See an analysis of this work in the Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xlvii. pp. 119—129. 


49, Joh. Chr. DoEDERLEIN Scholia fn TAbros Veteris Testamenti Poeticos. 
Hale, 1779. Ato. 


50. The Poetical Parts of the Old Testament newly translated from the 
Hebrew, with notes critical and Explanatory. By William Green, M.A. 
London, 1781. 4to. 


For an account of this work, see the Monthly Review, O. S, vol. Ixviii. pp. 1-8. 


JOB. 


51. Friderici SpAnHEMII, Filii, Historia Jobi. Geneve, 1670. 4to. Also 
in the second volume of the folio edition of his collective works published 
at Leyden, in 1701-3, in 3 volumes, folio. 


52. A Translation of the Book of Job, with annotations, arguments, and 
dialogues on each chapter, is given in the second tome or part of the cele- 
brated Hugh BrouGurTon’s works, pp. 246-294. 


53. An'Exposition, with Practical Observations on the Book of Job. By 
Joseph Caryi. London, 1676. 2 vols. folio. 

This work was originally published in six volumes 4to. at different times. I have never 
had an opportunity of examining it; but Walch eulogizes it in very high terms. (Biblioth. 


Theol. vol,iv. p. 487.) It is now very little read or even consulted, few readers being able 
to wade through two large folio volumes. 


54. Francisci VAvassoris Jobus, brevi Commentario et Metaphrasi Po- 
etica illustratus. Paris, 1679. 8vo. 


55. Dissertationes in Librum Jobi. Autore Samuele WesLey. Londini, 
1736. folio. 


This volume contains fifty-three elaborate Dissertations, which embrace almost every cri- 
tical question or difficulty that is to be found in the book of Job. The learned author col- 
lated all the copies which he could procure, both of the original Hebrew, and also of the 
Greek and other versions. 


56. Liber Jobi, cum nova versione et commentario perpetuo. Edidit 
Albertus ScuuLtTEens. Lug. Bat. 1737. 2 vols. 4to. 


Of this learned and elaborate work, an abridgment was printed at Halle, in 1773, by 
Prof. Vogel, entitled Alberti Schultensii Commentarius in Jobum, in compendium redactus, 
cum observationibus criticis et exegeticis. 2 vols. 8vo. 


57. Liber Jobi in versiculos metrice divisus, cum Versione Latina Alberti 
Schultens, Notisque ex ejus Commentario excerpsit atque adnotationes suas 
adjecit Ricardus Grey. Londini, 1742. 


A learned and valuable work. Mr. [afterwards Bp.] Warburton having attacked Dr. Grey, 
the latter defended himself in ‘* An Answer to Mr. Warburton’s Remarks so far as they 
concern the Preface to a late edition of the Book of Job.” London, 1744, 8vo. 


58. Some Observations tending to illustrate the Book of Job, and parti- 
cularly Job xix. 25. By the Rev. Charles Cosrarp, M.A. London, 1747. 
Svo. 


59. A Dissertation on the Book of Job, its Nature, Argument, Age, 


Sect. III. § 4..] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 273 


and Author. Wherein the celebrated Text, ch. xix. 25. is occasionally con- 
sidered and discussed. To which is prefixed an Introductory Discourse, 
with a short Analysis of the whole Book. By John Garnert, B.D. [after- 
wards Bishop of Clogher.] London, 1751. Second Edition, 1754. 4to. 


0. Observationes Miscellanee in Librum Jobi. [Auctore D. R. BouL- 
ee Amstelodami, 1758. 8vo. : 


This work is an attack on the labours of Professor Schultens, whose system of explaining 
Hebrew words and idioms, chiefly by the aid of the Arabic, is here severely criticised. 


* 61. Elihu, or an Inquiry into the principal Scope and Design of the Book 
of Job. By Walter Hopces, D.D. London, 1750, 4to. 
This work is written on the Hutchinsonian system, and is designed to shew that Elihu 


was no other personage than the Son of God himself! See Monthly Rey. (O. S.) vol. ii. 
pp. 219-225, 347-352. 


62. A Commentary on the Book of Job, in which are inserted the Hebrew 
text and English translation, &c. By Leonard CuappEtow, B.D., Arabic 
Professor in the University of Cambridge. 1752. 2 vols. 4to. 

See an account of this work in the Monthly Review (O. S.), vol. vii. pp. 197-205. 


63. An Essay towards a New English Version of the Book of Job, from 
the original Hebrew, with a Commentary, and some account of his Life. 
By Edward Heatu, Esq. London, 1756. 4to. 


‘«‘ It is but justice to this new Essay upon Job, to observe, that the translation is in many 
places very different from that in common use; and that, in the notes, there are many ob- 
servations entirely new— all of them ingenious, and many of them true.’’ (Month. Rev. 
O.S. vol. xiv. p. 156.) 


64. A Critical Dissertation on the Book of Job. By Charles PETERs, 
A.M. Second.edition. London, 1757. 8vo. 

The first edition of this work appeared in 1751. (See Month. Rey. O. S. vol. iv. 
pp. 401-409.) In it, the author particularly considers Bishop Warburton’s account of the 
Book of Job, vindicates its antiquity, and shews that the antient Jews did believe in a future 
state. 


65. The Book of Job in English verse, translated from the original 
Hebrew; with remarks, historical, critical, and explanatory. By T. Scorr. 
London, 1773. 8vo. 

A close and exact translation, as far as a metrical version canbe. The notes display much 
research and good sense. 

66. An Improved Version attempted of the Book of Job, with a pre- 
liminary Dissertation and Notes, critical, historical, and explanatory. By 
Charles Garpen, D.D. London, 1796. 8vo. 


A book of great pretensions, but indifferent execution. See an analysis of it in the 
British Critic, O. S. vol. ix. pp. 168-175. 

67. Jo. Jac. Reiske Conjecturze in Jobum et Preverbia, cum ejusdem 
oratione de studio Arabicee Linguee. Lipsiz, 1779. 8vo. 


68. Jobi antiquissimi Carminis Hebraici Natura atque Virtutes. Scripsit 
Carolus David Incren. Lipsiz, 1789. 8vo. 


69. Animadversiones in Librum Job; scripsit Jac. Christ. Rud. Eckrr- 
MANN. Lubece, 1779. 8vo. 


“0. Joannis Henrici PARrEAU Commentatio de Immortalitatis ac Vite 
Future Notitiis ab antiquissimo Jobi scriptore in suos usus adhibitis. 
Accedit Sermo Jobi de Sapientia mortuis magis cognita quam vivis; sive 
Jobeidis caput xxv. philologice et criticé illustratum. Dayentrie. 


1807. 8vo. 


71. The Book of Job, metrically arranged according to the Masora, and 
VOL. Il. APP. (s) 


274 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch.V. 


newly translated into English ; with Notes critical and explanatory, accom- 
panied, on the opposite page, by the authorised English version. By the 
Right Rey. Joseph Srock, D.D. Bishop of Killala. Bath, 1805. 4to. 

This translation was executed in the short space of six weeks. Many of the author’s 
opinions, and conjectural emendations, were severely criticised by Archbishop Magee, who 
has shewn that his objections to the antiquity of the Book of Job were unfounded, (On 
the Atonement, vol. i. pp. 354-422. 

72. The Book of Job, translated from the Hebrew, by the late Miss 
Elizabeth Smiru: with a preface and annotations, by the Rev. T. Randolph, 
D.D. London, 1810. 8vo. 

This was a posthumous publication of an amiable and accomplished young lady. —‘* Con- 
sidering the age of Miss Smith, and the circumstances under which she studied the Hebrew 
language, her translation of the Book of Job may certainly be deemed a very surprising 
work ; and had it not been characterised in the extravagant terms of commendation with 
which Dr. Randolph has introduced it to the public, it might have borne generally a more 
favourable report than it will gain from that scrutiny which his eulogium seems to challenge. 
— It was evidently left in an unfinished state; and the editor felt himself bound in honour 
not to make the smallest correction. We have it, therefore, just as Miss Smith wrote it ; 
and we receive it as a monument of her industry and genius, though we cannot regard it as 
having effected much towards the elucidation of the Book of Job.”’ (Month. Rev. N. S. 
vol. Ixv. p. 152. See also a similar critique in the Eclectic Review, vol. vi, part ii. p.780. ) 


73. The Book of Job, literally translated from the original Hebrew, and 
restored to its natural arrangement, with Notes critical and illustrative, and 
an Introductory Dissertation on its scene, scope, language, author, and 
object. By John Mason Goon, M.D. F.R.S. &c. London, 1812. 8vo. 

«¢ On the whole, we regard this work as a valuable accession to our stock of sacred litera- 
ture; and we can recommend it with confidence to the biblical student, as containing a 
great mass of useful information and yaluable criticism.”’ (Christian Observer, vol. xii. 
pe 306.) 

74. Henr. MippeLtporrr Cure Hexaplares in Jobum, e Codice Syriaco- 
Hexaplari Ambrosiano Mediolanensi. 4to. Vratislaviee, 1817. 


75. Le Livre de Job, nouvellement traduit d’aprés le texte original non 
ponctué et les anciennes versions, notamment |’Arabe et la Syriaque; par 
J. Louis Bripex, Professeur de Langues Orientales, et de l’interprétation 
des Livres Saints, dans l’Académie de Lausanne. Paris, 1818. 8vo. 


76. The Book of Job, translated from the Hebrew by George Hunt. 
Bath, 1825. 8vo. 


77. Le Livre de Job, traduit en Vers Francais, avec le Texte de la Vul- 
gate en regard; suivi de Notes Explicatives, ainsi que de Variantes, tirées 
des plus célébres Interprétes de la Bible. Par B. M. F. Levavasseor. 
Paris, 1826. 8vo. 


’ 78. A New Translation and Exposition of the very antient Book of Job; 
with Notes, explanatory and philological. By the Rev. John Fry, B.A. 
London, 1827. 8vo. 


79. An Amended Version of the Book of Job, with an Introduction, and 
Notes chiefly explanatory. By George R. Noyes. Cambridge [North 
America], 1827. 8vo. 


«* Mr. Noyes, in the present translation, has aimed at combining the fruits of the labours 
of the learned in sacred literature, as far as they relate or can be applied to the book of Job. 
He has presented the public with a version of this highly interesting portion of Scripture, 
the basis of which is laid in the former received” [our authorised] ‘ translation ; but into 
which have been incorporated, with a judicious selection, the most important suggestions of 
the critics, lexicographers, and divines, which have been made since the received version of 
the Bible was promulgated. . .. To the general ability, fidelity, good sense, and good taste, 
with which he has executed his task, we bear willing and ample testimony.” (United States’ 
Review and Literary Gazette, vol. ii. p. 243.) , 


80. The Book of Job, in the words of the Authorized Version, arranged 


and pointed in general conformity with the Masoretical Text. Dublin, 
1828, 8vo. 





Sect. III. §4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testument. 275 


‘“‘ The principal feature in this work is, the adoption of what the editor calls the half-pause 
in each line of every verse, which he has marked by a dot, placed like the Greek colon, at 
the top of the last letter of the word to which it is affixed. In the determination of this 
pause he has been directed by the Masoretical punctuation, which not only divides the 
respective verses into couplets or triplets, but every line into two distinct parts. The editor 
has not followed Bishop Lowth and others in printing each line separately, but has retained 
the usual form of the verse, as in the authorised version, and as established by the Masorets. 
The words also of the English Translation have been retained throughout, except where a 
slight alteration was rendered necessary by the change in their collocation, in which the 
order of the Hebrew is followed as closely as the difference of language will permit. By 
this means the majestic simplicity of the original is materially preserved ; and, in many in- 
stances, the sense of a passage more accurately developed.’’ (Christian Remembrancer, 
vol. x. pp. 492, 493.) 


81. A New Version of the Book of Job; with Expository Notes, and an 
Introduction on the spirit, composition, and author of the Book by Dr. 
Friedrich Wilhelm Carl Umpretir, Prof. of Theology in Heidelberg. ‘Trans- 
lated from the German by the Rev. John Hamilton Grey, M.A. Edin- 
burgh, 1836-37. 2vols. 12mo. [also forming vols.xvr. and xrx. of the Edin- 
burgh Biblical Cabinet. ] 


82. The Book of the Patriarch Job, translated from the Original Hebrew, 
as nearly as possible in the terms and style of the authorised English Version. 
To which is prefixed an Introduction on the History, Times, Country, 
Friends, &c. of the Patriarch: with some strictures on the Views of Bishop 
Warburton, and of the rationalists of Germany, on the same subject. And 
to which is appended a Commentary, critical and exegetical. By Samuel 
Ler, D.D. London, 1837. 8vo. 


83. Conjectures concerning the Identity of the Patriarch Job, his Family, 
the Time when he lived, and the Locality of the land of Uz. By the 
Rev. Samuel Lysons, B.A. Oxford and London, 1832. 8vo. 


84. J. G. SrickeL Commentatio Historico-philologico-critica in Jobi 
locum celeberrimum, cap. XIX. 25-27. de Gdele. Jene, 1832. 8vo. 


PSALMS. 


85. Grecorit BARHEBRAI Scholia in Psalmum quintum et decimum 
octavum, e Codicis Bibliothecze Bodleianze Apographo Bernsteniano edidit, 
interpretatus est, et annotationibus prolegomenisque instruxit Joannes Theo- 
philus Guilielmus Henricus Ruope. Vratislavie, 1832. 8vo. 


86. A Manual of the Book of Psalms: or the Subject-Contents of all the 
Psalms, by Martin Luruer. ‘Translated into English [from the German ] 
by the Rev. Henry Cole. London, 1837. 8vo. 


87. Annotations upon the Book of Psalms. By Henry Ainsworru. 
See p. 267., No. 3*. supra. 


88. Marci MARINI, Brixiani, Annotationes Literales in Psalmos, Nova 
Versione ab ipsomet illustratos. Edita: opera et studio Joannis Aloysii Min- 
garelli. Bononiz, 1748-50. 2 vols. 4to. 


A learned and useful work, the author of which died in 1594. To his profound know- 
ledge of Hebrew literature, the younger Buxtorf, Le Long, Turretini, and other eminent 
philologists of the seventeenth century, have borne ample testimony. These Annotations 
are strictly literal ; and to them is prefixed the original Hebrew Text of the Psalms, toge- 
ther with the Vulgate Latin Version, and a new translation of them by Marco Marini. 


89. A brief Explication of the Psalms. By David Dickson, Professor 
of Divinity in the College of Edinburgh. London, 1653-54. 3 vols. 8vo. 
Glasgow and London, 1834. 12 vols. 12mo. 


This work was very popular during the latter part of the seventeenth century. The 
Glasgow reprint is very neatly executed, and is enlarged with a memoir of the author, by 
the Rev. Robert Wodrow. 

(s) 2 


276 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


90. Paraphrases and Annotations upon the Book of Psalms. By Henry 
Hammonp, D.D. London, 1659, folio. 


Dr. Hammond’s notes are exceedingly valuable, and contain many learned observations 
that had escaped preceding commentators on the Book of Psalms. They are also to be 
found in the fourth volume of his collected works, published at London in 1684, in folio. 


91. David’s Harp Strung and Tuned: or an Easie Analysis of the whole 
Book of Psalms, cast into such a method, that the Summe of every Psalm 
may be quickly collected and remembered. With a devout Meditation or 
Prayer at the end of every Psalm, framed for the most part out of the words 
of the Psalm, and fitted for several Occasions. By William [NicuoLson], 
Bishop of Gloucester. London, 1662. folio. 


In this work every verse of the Psalms is divided and subdivided with great minuteness ; 
it is wholly practical and explanatory. In his explications, the Rt. Rev. Author steers be- 
tween the two extremes of iiteral and spiritual interpretation. The prayers at the end of 
each Psalm are expressed nearly in the very words of the inspired authors. Though the 
quaint and scholastic mode which obtains in this work is somewhat repulsive, it may never- 
theless be consulted with advantage by those who cannot command other and more critical 
commentaries ; especially as the book may be occasionally met with at a low price. Dr. 
A. Clarke has inserted Bp. Nicholson’s Analysis in his commentary on the Psalms, omitting 
his prayers. 

92. Martini Gerert Commentarius in Psalmos Davidis, fontium Ebreeorum 
mentem, et vim vocum phrasiumque sacrarum sensumque adeo genuinum, 
adductis copiose locis parallelis, collatis etiam (ubi opus) versionibus inter- 
pretumque sententiis, et enodatis difficultatibus, cum cura eruens. Lipsie, 
1681; 1697; Amstelodami, 1685; Dresdz, 1709. folio. 

Geier was an eminently learned divine of the Lutheran church, and Professor of Hebrew 
at Leipsic, where the substance of his commentary on the Psalms was delivered in lectures 


to the students. It is very little known in this country; but on the continent it is very 
highly esteemed for its erudition and piety. (Walchius, vol. iv. p. 495.) 


93. The Book of Psalms, with the argument of each psalm, and a pre- 
face giving some general rules for the interpretation of this sacred book. 
By a Divine of the Church of England. [Peter Atirx, D.D.] London, 
1701. 8vo. 


94. An Essay towards a New English Version of the Book of Psalms, 
from the original Hebrew. By Z. Mupce. London, 1744. 4to. 


The learned author of this work, which is now of rare occurrence, professes to give a 
plain literal version, without offering to deviate into any affected ornaments. The transi- 
tions of persons and scenes, which are frequent in the Psalms, are carefully indicated ; and 
_the numerous, though brief, notes are designed partly to point out the critical meaning of 
each psalm, and partly to account to the reader for the changes made in the version. Some 
of these notes, however, are more ingenious than solid. How highly Mr. Mudge was es- 
teemed by Dr, Johnson, may be seen, in the character of him drawn by the latter, in Bos- 
well’s Life of Dr, Johnson, vol. iv. pp. 80-84. 


95. A new English Translation of the Psalms, from the original Hebrew, 
reduced to Metre by the late Bishop Hare ; with Notes critical and ex- 
planatory; Illustrations of many passages drawn from the classics; and a 
preliminary Dissertation, in which the truth and certainty of that learned 
prelate’s happy discovery is stated and proved at large. By Thomas 
Epwarps, A.M. London, 1755. 8vo. 

The design of this learned work was “ to make Bishop Hare’s discovery of the Hebrew 
metre better known ; to show its truth and certainty ; and to prove that, by a judicious ap- 
plication of it, great ‘light may be thrown upon the poetical parts of the Holy Scriptures.”’ 
(Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xii. pp- 485-487.) Mr. Edwards was of opinion that Dr. 
Hare’s hypothesis was rejected by many persons, partly from an overhasty determination, 
and partly from too scrupulous a veneration for the Hebrew text. Of Dr. Hare’s system, a 
short account is given. 


96. The Psalter, in its original form; or the Book of Psalms reduced to 
lines, in an easy and familiar style, and a kind of blank verse of unequal 
measures, answering for the most part to the original lines, with arguments 


Sect. III. § 4..] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 277 


pointing out the general design of each Psalm, and notes, accounting for 
some passages in the translation ; opening and explaining also, in some places, 


the prophetical views, &c. [By the Rev. George Fenwick, B.D.] London, 
1759. 8vo. 


The object of this publication is, to show that the Psalms were written in the spirit of 
prophecy, with a special and direct reference to Christ and his church, in the different ages 
and periods of the Christian dispensation. Writing on this hypothesis, Mr. Fenwick is 
often fanciful in his interpretations. He has, however, many happy renderings, 


97. Phil. Davidis Burxit Gnomon Psalmorum. Stutgardiz, 1760. 2 vols. 
Ato. 


This work “ is written in a pure strain of piety, but rather too much in a technical form.” 


(Dr. Clarke.) 


98. A New Translation of the Psalms from the Hebrew Original, with 
Notes critical and explanatory ; to which is added a Dissertation on the last 
prophetic words of Noah. By William Green, M.A. 1762. 8vo. 


This work contains ‘ some judicious alterations in the version, and valuable criticisms in 
the notes ; which throw considerable light on many obscure passages in the Psalms, and 
will cause those excellent compositions, which have been the admiration and delight of pious 
minds through so many ages, to be read with still more pleasure and advantage.” But 
** the language of the translation, though correct, hath neither that force nor harmony 

which we find in the common version in our Bibles.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. yxviii. 
Se Decor.) 

99. Hermanni Venema Commentarius ad Psalmos: quo singulorum 
Argumentum, Tempus et Hypothesis explicandi studiose inquiritur, eorum- 
que Partes continué Paraphrasi et selectis Observationibus illustrantur. 
Leovardie, 1762-67. 6 tomis 4to. 

** Through its great scarcity, the work is little known in Great Britain. What was said 
by David of Goliah’s sword, may be justly said of Venema’s Commentary on the Book of 


Psalms — There is none like it.” (Dr. Clarke.) It is held in the highest esteem abroad, 
particularly in Holland. 


100. Francisci VATABLI Annotationes in Psalmos, subjunctis Hugonis 
Grotii Notis, quibus Observationes suas adspersit G. J. L. Vogel. Hale, 
1767. 8vo. 


101. Annotations on the Psalms. By James Merricx, M.A. Reading, 
1768. 4to. 

This volume is adapted to Mr. Merrick’s Poetical Version of the Psalms, published in 
1765, in 4to. and justly considered as the best English poetical translation extant, In the 
compilation of these notes he was assisted by Bishop Lowth (then Bishop of Oxford) and 
Archbishop Secker. ‘‘ A large part of them relate to the readings of the antient versions, 
and propose the conjectural emendations of various writers. Many of them abound with 
passages, principally from the Greek authors, which justify the modes of expression used 
by the Psalmist; and for this part of his design Mr. Merrick was admirably qualified, by 
his extensive and uncommon acquaintance with Grecian literature. Some of the notes, 
which are the most curious and entertaining, are those which treat upon the plants, trees, and 
animals mentioned in the Psalms.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xl. p. 374.) 


102. Mosis AMyra.pr Paraphrasis in Psalmos Davidis, una cum Annota- 
tionibus et Argumentis. Editio altera, emendatior et auctior, nova Preefatione 
Jac. Cremeri. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1672. 4to. 


103. A Commentary on the Book of Psalms ; in which the literal or 
historical sense, as they relate to King David and the People of Israel, is 
illustrated; and their application to the Messiah, to the church, and to 
individuals as members thereof, is pointed out. By George Horne, D.D. 
{late Bishop of Norwich]. 4to. 2 vols. Oxford, 1771; also in one and two 
volumes, 8vo.; 12mo. $vols.; and 18mo. 2vols. They also form vols. ii. 
and iii. of the collective edition of his works in 6 vols. 8vo. 


The variety and number of the editions of this learned and pious work sufficiently attest 
the very high estimation in which it is held: the critics of the day, however, when it first 
appeared, were of opinion that Bishop Horne applied too many of the Psalms to the 
Messiah. A judicious “ Selection’’ from this work was published by Mr. Lindley Murray, 


(s) 3 


278 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


in 12mo. 1812, comprising the most striking, pathetic, and instructive parts of the com- 
mentary. 


104. Davidis aliorumque Poetarum Hebreeorum Carminum Libri quinque, 
e Codd. MSS. et Antiquis Versionibus recensuit et Commentariis illustravit 
Jo. Aug. SrArK. 8vo. vol.i. pars. 1. et 2. Regiomonti, 1776. 


These two parts contain only an introduction to the Psalms; the work was never con- 
tinued, 


105. A new Literal Version of the Book of Psalms, with a Preface and 
Notes. By the Rev. Stephen Street, M.A. London, 1790. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The author’s object in this work is to give a close literal translation of the Psalms. In 
several instances, the Monthly Reviewers state that this version ‘is an improvement of 
those which have preceded it; that in some the alterations are doubtful, and that in many 
others they are unnecessary, if not mistaken; yet that a// are worthy of attention, and may 
open the way to further amendments. We consider this work as a useful addition to this 
branch of learning. The author may, perhaps, be too ready in advancing conjectures ; but 
he always gives notice when he does it, and he never dogmatically affirms.”” (Monthly 
Review, N.S. vol. viii. p. 50.) 


106. Notes on the Books of Psalms and Proverbs. By the Rev.H.Drimock. 
Gloucester, 1791. 4to. 


107. J. F. Stance Anticritica in Locos Psalmorum varios. Lipsiz et 
Hale, 1791-1795. 2 vols. 8vo. 


108. A New and Liberal Version of the Psalms into Modern Language, 
according to the Liturgy Translation, with copious Notes and Illustrations, 
partly original, and partly selected from the best Commentators, calculated 
to render the Book of Psalms intelligible to every capacity. By the Rev. 
W. Wake. Bath, 1793. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The alterations in this version are by no means such as to render it intelligible to every 
capacity. ‘ This fault pervades the book, which in other respects is well executed. The 
arguments in general are well drawn up, and the notes appear to be judicious. The trans- 
lation of the Psalms contained in the liturgy is by many considered to be the best, though 
the most antient. At all events, as it is used so much, it ought to be duly explained. This 
book will, we doubt not, be well received among persons of some education. (British 
Critic, O.S. vol. iv. p. 311.) 


109. An Attempt to render the Daily Reading of the Psalms more intel- 
ligible to the Unlearned, with a Paraphrase selected from the best Com- 
mentators, and illustrated with occasional Notes. By F.'T. Travety, A.M. 
Oxford, 1794. 8vo. 


The design of the work is “ to make the daily reading of the Psalms more easy and 
pleasant to those serious and unlearned Christians who make it a point of conscience to 
attend the public worship of God, and are desirous of joining in his praises with understand- 
ing.’ (Preface, p. xi.) “ Mr. Travell appears to have studied carefully, and explained 
judiciously, the scope of the several psalms, and the sense of their distinct parts. A plain 
Christian, who takes up this book with the best of all purposes, that of being made better by 
it, can hardly fail of success.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. vi. pp. 625. 627, 628.) 


110. Psalmi, ex recensione Texttis Hebrei et Versionum Antiquarum 
Latine versi, notisque criticis et philologicis illustrati [a N. M. Beruin]. 
Upsalize, 1805. 8vo. 


This is one of the most useful Latin versions of the Psalms that has appeared in modern 
times ; it is faithfully executed, without being servilely literal. The notes, though brief, are 
sufficiently explicit, and are designed to explain obscure passages; to elucidate, by a short 
paraphrase, peculiar expressions that could not be rendered in the text by a single word ; to 
point out the principal various readings worthy of note; to state briefly the arguments for 
the renderings of particular words, concerning which interpreters are by no means agreed, 
with references to philological works in which those arguments are more copiously dis- 
cussed ; and to suggest probable meanings to words of doubtful interpretation, which are 
submitted to the reader’s judgment. 


111. A New Translation of the Book of Psalms from the Original Hebrew, 


with various Readings and Notes. By the late Alexander Gepprs, LL.D. 
London, 1807. 8vo. 





Sect III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 279 


This is a posthumous publication of Dr. Geddes, edited by Dr. Disney and Charles 
Butler, Esq. The doctor’s version extends only to the eleventh verse of Psalm cxyiii.; the 
rest is added from an interleaved copy of Bishop Wilson’s Bible, corrected by Dr, G., 
who professes to have confined himself to the direct and literal meaning of the inspired 
authors, leaving secondary applications to professed commentators. ‘ Though many things 
have displeased us in the perusal of this work, we are not prepared to say that the learned 
editors should have altogether withheld this new version from the public. Dr. Geddes was 
undoubtedly a considerable scholar, and his lucubrations may be turned by other scholars to 
good account, though they cannot be implicitly adopted.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xxxiii. 
p. 358.) 


112. Psaumes nouvellement traduits sur lHébreu, et mis en leur ordre 
naturel, avec des Explications et Notes Critiques. [Par le Président AcIeER.] 
Paris, 1809. 2 tomes 8vo. 


113. An entire New Version of the Book of Psalms; in which an attempt 
is made to accommodate them to the worship of the Christian Church, with 
original Prefaces, and Notes critical and explanatory. By the Rev. Wm. 
GoopE, M.A. London, 1811. 2 vols. 8vo. 


A useful help to the.devotional understanding of the Psalms, which are here translated 
into English verse, and in various metres. 


114. The Book of Psalms, translated from the Hebrew, with Notes 
explanatory and critical. By Samuel Horsey, LL.D., late Lord Bishop 
of St. Asaph. London, 1815. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This was a posthumous work of Bishop Horsley, many of whose applications of the 
psalms to the Messiah are fanciful. For a copious critique on it, see the British Review, 
vol, xi. pp. 1-25. 


115. Lyra Davidis ; or, a New Translation and Exposition of the Psalms. 
By the Rev. John Fry, B.A. London, 1819. 8vo. 


This work is avowedly grounded on the principles adopted in the posthumous work of 
the late Bishop Horsley ; viz. that these sacred oracles have for the most part an immediate 
reference to Christ, and to the events of his first and second advent. Of course it is subject 
to the same defects which characterise all those interpreters of the Book of Psalms who ex- 
pound them wholly of the Messiah. 


115*. Les Psaumes de David, traduits par M. Darcaup. Paris, 1838. 
Svo. 

This is a faithful and elegant version of the Psalms, the author of which (a member of the 
Romish communion) has not confined himself to a mere translation of the Latin Vulgate 
version, but he has consulted the Hebrew Text, besides availing himself of several previous 
modern translations. In some of his interpretations of the Messianic Psalms, he coincides 
with Bishop Horsley. 


116. Practical Reflections on the Psalms. To which is added a Prayer 
adapted to each Psalm. By Mrs.Suenrirre. London, 1821. 2 vols. 12mo. 


117. The Book of Psalms in an English Metrical Version founded on the 
Basis of the English Bible Translation, and compared with the original 
Hebrew; with Notes critical and illustrative. By Richard Manr, D.D. 
Bishop of Down and Connor. London, 1824, 8vo. 


The notes of Bishop Mant are always interesting, and are particularly valuable for 
pointing out the poetical beauties of the psalms. His work is much less known than it 
deserves. 


118. A Key to the Book of Psalms. By the Rev. Thomas Boys, M.A. 
London, 1825. 8vo. 


An ingenious application of Bp. Jebb’s System of Poetical Parallelisms to the Inter- 
pretation of the Book of Psalms. “ If we have not felt ourselves at liberty to award to 
Mr. Boys’s labours the full measure of value which he claims for them, still we cannot but 
consider them as well employed; and we may safely recommend the present work to the 
attention of every biblical student, as deserving of a careful examination, and as entitling 
the author to his thanks for the curious and interesting discussions which it comprises.’’ 
(Eclectic Review, N. S. vol. xxvi. p. 25.) 


(s) 4 


280 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


119. A Literal Translation of the Psalms of David, solely upon the 
Authority of the Rev. J. Parkuurst, M.A. London, 1825. 8vo. 


120. A Practical Illustration of the Book of Psalms. By the Author of 
the Family Commentary on the New Testament. [Mrs. THOMSON. } 
York, 1826. 2 vols. 12mo. | 


121. Psalms according to the Authorized Version ; with Prefatory Titles, 
and Tabular Index of Scriptural References, from the Port Royal Authors, 
marking the Circumstances and Chronologic Order of their Composition. 
To which is added an Essay upon the Psalms, and their Spiritual Applica- 
tion. By Mary Ann ScHIMMELPENNINCK. London, 1825. 12mo. 


122. The Psalter; or Psalms of David according to the Version of the 
Book of Common Prayer: illustrated, explained, and adapted to general 
use, in public and private worship: with Preliminary Dissertations and ac- 
companying Notes. By the Rev. Richard Warner. London, 1828. 8vo. 


123. A New Translation of the Book of Psalms from the Original Hebrew, 
with explanatory Notes. By William Frencu, D.D. and George SKINNER, 
M.A. Cambridge and London, 1830. 8vo. 


The text, taken for their standard by the translators, is that of Vander Hooght ; from which, 
utterly disregarding all conjectural emendations, they have rarely departed without the 
authority of manuscripts. Their aim has been to produce an accurate and faithful version : 
and in no case have they intentionally departed from the literal meaning of the text, 
further than the difference between the English and the Hebrew idioms seemed absolutely 
to require. The notes, though concise, are judicious, and strictly explanatory of the Psalms 
of David. 


124. A New Translation of the Book of Psalms, with an Introduction. By 
George R. Noyes. Boston [Massachussetts], 1831. 12mo. 


In this publication ‘* Mr. Noyes has admitted no unnecessary changes. The language of 
our authorised version, which in many of the best psalms has become, by its beauty and ex- 
pressiveness, the favourite language of devotion, is retained, whenever a true interpretation 
will admit. The translator has been too faithful to his work, to multiply corrections merely 
for the sake of correction.” (Christian Register, Boston, 1831.) The Introduction is 
chiefly derived from Rosenmuller’s elaborate preface to his Commentary on the Book of 
Psalms. 





125. An Explanation of the Psalms as read in the Liturgy of the Church. 
By the Rev. James Strape, M.A. London, 1832. 12mo. 


126. A Plain and Familiar Explanation of the most difficult Passages in 
the Book of Psalms, interwoven with the Text. By the Rev. J. A. Gower. 
London, 1831. 12mo. 


127. The Book of Psalms: a New Translation, with Notes explanatory 
and critical. By William Watrorp. London, 1837. 8vo. 


This volume contains a version of the entire book of Psalms, formed on the basis of the 
authorised version ; from which the translator has deviated only where it appeared to be ne- 
cessary, in order to render the Hebrew text accurately. To each psalm is prefixed a con- 
cise introduction; and a few explanatory notes are subjoined; the more critical remarks 
being placed at the end of the volume, together with an Appendix, containing brief disser- 
tations on the most difficult topics of inquiry relating to the interpretation of the Book of 
Psalms. Many difficult or obscure passages are here happily elucidated. 


128. A Commentary on the Book of Psalms, on a plan embracing the 
Hebrew Text, with a new literal version. By George Busu, Professor of 
Hebrew and Oriental Literature in the New York City University. New 
York, 1838. 8vo. 


This work will be very useful to Biblical Students, who commence their Hebrew Studies 
with the Book of Psalms. “ In the literal version appended to the original text, the words 
of the established translation have been always retained, wherever they appeared to be the 
most suitable ; no departures being made from it with a view to greater elegance or eu- 
phony. ‘The notes are designed principally to elucidate the force, import, and pertinency, 
of the words and phrases of the original, by the citation of parallel instances, and to throw 
light upon the images and allusions of the sacred writers by reference to the customs, man- 
nes, laws, geography, &c. of the east.” (Andover Biblical Repository, vol. v. p. 239.) 








Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 281 


129. A Commentary on the Second Psalm. By John Hitprop, M.A. 
London, 1742. 8vo. . 


130. Specimen Academicum inaugurale, exhibens Commentarium in 
Psalmum XVI. Quam... ... publico examini submittit Marius Antonius 
Gisbertus VorsTMAN. Hagee Comitum, 1829. 4to. 


131. Commentatio Critica de Psalmi duodevigesimi duplice exemplo. 
Scripsit Czesar 4 LENGERKeE. Regimontii Prussorum, 1834, 4to. 


132. Hasster (C. D.) Commentatio Critica de Psalmis Maccabaicis 
quos ferunt. Particulal. Ulme, 1827. 4to. 


133. Psalmi Quindecem Hammaaloth, philologicé et criticé illustrati; a 
Theodoro Adriano CLarisseE, Theol. Doct. Lugduni Batavorum, 1819. 8vo. 


An ingenious and useful commentary on Psalms cxx.—cxxxv. which are usually called 
Psalms of Degrees. 


134, C. G. Friepricu1t Symbole Philologico-critice, et Lectionis 
Varietatem continentes, ad interpretationem Psalmi Centesimi.  Lipsia, 
1814. 4to. 


135. The Hundred and Ninth, commonly called the Imprecating Psalm, 
considered on a Principle, by which the Psalm explains itself. [A Sermon.] 
By the Rev. Wiliam Krearr, M.A. London, 1794. 4to. 


136. The Hundred and Ninth Psalm explained and vindicated in a Ser- 
mon by Samuel PartripGce, M.A. London, 1798. 8vo. 

The principle established by Mr. Kzare, is, that the imprecations introduced in the 
hundred and ninth psalm are not the imprecations of David against his enemies, but those 
of his enemies against him, which he recites in order to show their malice. This principle 
is adopted by Mr. Parrariner, who has successfully obviated some little difficulties which 
remained after the researches of Mr. Keate. (See the Analyses of these two publications in 
the British Critic, O. S. vol. vy. pp. 157-159. and vol. xii. p. 429.) 

137. Commentatio in Psalmum Centesimum Decimum. Auctore Johanne 
Theodoro BERGMAN. Lug. Bat. 1819. 4to. 

* * ,* Many valuable critical illustrations of the Psalms will be found in Dr. Kennicott’s 
s¢ Remarks on several Passages in the Old Testament.” London, 1777, 8vo. 


THE WRITINGS OF SOLOMON COLLECTIVELY. 


138. Salomonis Regis et Sapientis, quae supersunt ejusque esse perhibentur, 
Omnia ex Ebrao Latine vertit, Notasque, ubi opus esse visum est, adjecit 
Josephus Fridericus ScHELLING. Stuttgardie, 1806. 8vo. 


PROVERBS. 


139. CarTwricuti (Thome) Commentarii succincti et dilucidi in Pro- 
verbia Salomonis. Amstelodami, 1638. 4to. 


140. Proverbia Regum sapientissimi Salomonis, cum cura enucleata a 
Martino GriERo. Lipsiz, 1669. 1725. 4to. 

This work is executed on the same plan, and with the same ability, as Geier’s Commen- 
tary on the Psalms, already noticed in p. 276. No.92. 

141. Proverbia Salomonis: Versionem integram, ad Hebraum fontem 
expressit, atque Commentarium adjecit, Albertus SCHULTENS. Lugd. Bat. 
1748. large Svo. (sometimes called 4to.) 


An abridgment of this elaborate work was printed at Halle in 8vo. 1769, by Professor 
Vogel, who added some critical remarks. The preface was written by Semler, and an 
auctarium was furnished by Teller. 


142. Cornelii De Wirt Trias Dissertationum ad clariorem Proverbiorum 
Salomonis Elucidationem. Amstelodami, 1762. — Ejusdem Pentas Disser- 


282 Sacred Philology. (Part II. Ch.V. 


tationum ad Proverbiorum Salomonis Elucidationem. Amstelodami, 1766.— 
Ejusdem Dissertationum Trias altera, qua Proverbiorum Divinitas, caeteraque 
eorum Attributa asseruntur. Amstelodami, 1770. 8vo. 


143. Observations on several Passages in the Book of Proverbs: with 
Two Sermons. By Thomas Hunt, D.D. Regius Professor of Hebrew, &c. 
Oxford, 1775. Ato. 


These observations are twenty-six in number. ‘“ They display in a very advantageous 
light the critical acumen of the author, and his extensive acquaintance with the eastern 
languages.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. liii. p. 302., where the result of Dr. Hunt’s 
elaborate criticisms is given, first in the words of the authorised translation, and then in the 
version proposed by him.) As the book is neither very scarce nor very dear, it will be 
worth the student’s while to procure it. 


144. Joannis Jacobi Retsxe Conjecture in Jobum et Proverbia Salomonis. 
Lipsiz, 1779. 8vo. 


145. The Proverbs of Solomon; translated from the Hebrew, with Notes. 
By the Rev. Bern. Hopeson, LL.D. Principal of Hertford College. Oxford, 
1788. 4to. 


«< The notes are not numerous, and, we must say, not very important. They are intended 
chiefly to explain, or to justify, the version, where it departs from the usual mode of trans- 
lating. On the whole, though we do not think that Dr. H. has been singularly happy as a 
translator, yet we cannot frequently charge him with wanton deviations from the common 
version: he has not often changed, merely for the sake changing.”’ (Monthly Review, 
N.S. vol. v. p. 294.) 


146. Observationes in Proverbiorum Salomonis Versionem Alexandrinam, 
scripsit Jo. Gottliebb JAEGER. Meldorpi et Lipsiz, 1788. 8vo. 


147. Commentarii Novi Critici in Versiones Veteres Proverbiorum Salo- 
monis, 2 J. F. ScHLEUSNERO. Goettinge, 1794. 8vo. 


148. An Attempt towards an improved Translation of the Proverbs of 
Solomon, from the original Hebrew; with Notes, critical and explanatory, 
and a Preliminary Dissertation. By the Rev. George Hotpren, M.A. 
London, 1819. 8vo. 


This is the most valuable help to the critical understanding of the Book of Proverbs, 
extant in our language. ‘The translation is, in substance, the same as that in general use, 
with such alterations only as appear to be warranted by a critical interpretation of the ori- 
ginal Hebrew, and to be demanded by evident necessity. In those passages where the 
author has deemed it right to desert the authorised translation, he has laudably endeavoured 
to assimilate his version to its style and manner of expression. The notes accompanying 
Mr. Holden’s version, and which are, in no case, unnecessarily prolix, are partly critical and 
partly explanatory. The former are designed to ascertain the full meaning of the sacred 
text, by a philological inquiry into the signification of words and phrases. In the latter, the 
author has explained the allusions to antient facts and customs; has introduced such observ- 
ations as may serve to illustrate the original ; and has occasionally presented, in a short 
paraphrase, an exposition of the meaning intended by the inspired author of the Book of 
Proverbs. The notes on the eighth chapter will be read with peculiar interest by the Chris- 
tian student. Mr. Holden expounds the attributes there given to Heavenly Wisdom, of the 
second Person in the Holy Trinity: and he has supported this exposition by proofs and 
arguments not easily to be refuted, which he has drawn from Scripture, and from the 
fathers of the church during the first three centuries, as well as from the antient Jewish 
writers. 


149. A New Translation of the Proverbs of Solomon from the Original 
Hebrew, with explanatory Notes. By William Frencu, D.D. and George 
SKINNER, M.A. Cambridge and London, 1831. 8vo. 


This translation is executed on the same principles as the version of the Psalms noticed 
in No. 123. p. 280. supra. 


150. A Commentary on the Proverbs of Solomon. By R. J. Case. 
London, 1822, 12mo. 














Sect. III. §4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 283 


ECCLESIASTES. 


151. Martini Grizr1 Commentarius in Salomonis Ecclesiasten. Lipsia, 
1711, best edition, Svo. 


152, A Philosophical and Critical Essay on Ecclesiastes, wherein the 
author’s design is stated ; his doctrine vindicated ; his method explained in an 
analytical Paraphrase annexed to a new version of the Text from the Hebrew; 
and the differences between that new translation and the received version 
feces for, in philological Observations. By A.V. Desva@ux. London, 

62. 4:to. 


In this work “ the author has shown very considerable abilities as a critic, and appears in 
the character of a candid and judicious writer. He has taken infinite pains to render his 
work as perfect as possible ; and those who are acquainted with the Hebrew language will 
find in his philological observations many new, and some pertinent remarks.” (Monthly 
Review, O. S. vol. xxvii. p. 485.) Mr. Desvceux’s elaborate essay was translated into 
German, and published at Halle, in 1764. 4to. 


153. Ecclesiastes translated, with a Paraphrase and Notes. By Stephen 
GREENAWAY, A.B. Leicester, 1781. 8vo. | 


This singularly executed volume consists of three parts, the two former of which (origin- 
ally sold for one penny and three-pence) are rarely to be met with. Besides Ecclesiastes, 
it contains translations of 2 Samuel xxiii. ver. 1. to 7. Isaiah vii. 20, 21, 22. and ix. 1. 
to 5.; also Psal. xxvii. in prose and verse. (Dr. Cotton’s List of Editions of the 
Bible, p. 46.) 


154. Ecclesiastes: a New Translation from the original Hebrew, by 
Bernard Hopeson, LL.D. Principal of Hertford College, Oxford. London, 
1791. 4to. 


The same remarks which have been offered on this author’s version of the Book of Pro- 
verbs, are nearly applicable to his translation of Ecclesiastes. See Monthly Review, N. S, 
vol. ix. p. 59. 


155. An Exposition of the Book of Ecclesiastes. By Edward RryNno.ps, 
D.D. Bishop of Norwich. Revised and corrected by the Rev. Daniel 
Washbourne. London, 1811. 8vo. 


This work originally formed part of the collection of notes on the Bible, usually called 
the Assembly’s Annotations, noticed in p. 254. No. 5. swprd. The editor of this impression 
states that the whole of the commentary has been carefully transcribed ; and that the author’s 
ideas are strictly and fully retained ; he has, however, ‘‘ deemed it necessary to alter the 
construction of most of the sentences, frequently to exchange obsolete words for those now 
in use; and in a few instances to omit redundant paragraphs.”’ Bishop Reynolds’s work 
concludes with important practical reflections. 


156. An attempt to illustrate the Book of Ecclesiastes. By the Rev. 
George HotpEen, M.A. London, 1822. 8vo. 


Of the various publications which have been issued from the press, relative to this, in 
many respects, difficult book, this “‘ Attempt” (as its author modestly terms it) is the best 
that has fallen under the notice of the writer of the present work. It is a kind of 
Paraphrase (similar to that in Dr. Doddridge’s Family Expositor) ; in which the expres- 
sions of the Hebrew author are interwoven with a commentary. Mr. Holden has taken 
the authorised version as his basis, from which he has departed only where a departure ap- 
peared to him absolutely necessary, and supported upon the soundest principles of criticism. 
The reasons of these deviations are stated in distinct notes. The work is further accom- 
panied by useful notes, establishing the scope and design of the Book of Ecclesiastes, and 
embodying such observations as seem proper to enforce and elucidate the whole. We are 
indebted to Mr. Holden’s labours for the excellent view of the Scope and Synopsis of the 
Book of Ecclesiastes, given in the fourth volume of this work. 


SONG OF SOLOMON. 


157. Caroli Maria pz Vert Explicatio Litteralis Cantici Canticorum, ex 
ipsis Scripturarum fontibus, Ebreeorum ritibus et idiomatis, veterum et re- 
centiorum monimentis eruta. London 1679. 8vo. 


A rare and valuable work; the author confines himself to the explication of the literal 
sense. 


284: Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch.V. 


158. Joannis Marcxit in Canticum Schelomonis Commentarius, sive 
Analysis Exegetica. Amsterdam, 1703. 4to. 


159. Cantici Salomonis Paraphrasis Gemina, Notis Criticis et Philologicis 
illustrata. Auctore Joanne Ker. Edinburgh, 1727. 12mo. 

This illustration of Solomon’s Song is not of common occurrence. Mr. Orme says that 
it “is a very beautiful little work. It is dedicated, in a poetical epistle, to the marquis of 
Bowmont, son of the duke of Roxburgh, the head of the family of Ker. There is then a 
long preface, giving some account of the opinions entertained of the Song, of the attempts 
which had been made to translate and explain it, and of the origin of Mr. Ker’s trans- 
lation. Then follow the two versions: the first, a kind of irregular verse ; the second, in 
sapphic numbers. The notes, which are partly philological and partly explanatory, are in- 
serted at the foot of the page of both versions, The poem is dramatically divided and ar- 
ranged.”” (Orme's Biblioth. Biblica, pp. 271, 272.) 


160. En Exposition of the Book of Solomon’s Song, commonly called 
Canticles ; wherein the divine authority of it is established ; several versions 
compared with the original Text; the different senses both of Jewish and 
Christian interpreters considered; and the whole opened and explained. 
By John Gix1, D.D. 1728, 1751, folio, 4to.; and again in 1767. In 2 vols. 
8vo. 1805. 

This work is frequently mistaken for an extract from Dr. Gill’s Commentary on the Bible, 


noticed in p.256. No.11. supra, whereas it preceded the latter by more than twenty years. It 
is highly allegorical in its interpretation. 


161. A Dissertation concerning the Song of Solomon; with the original 
Text divided according to the metre, and a Poetical Version. [By Mr. 
GirFrorbD.] London, 1751. 8vo. 


62. The Song of Solomon, newly translated from the original Hebrew ; 
with a Commentary and Annotations. [By Thomas Percy, D.D. Bishop 
of Dromore.] London, 1764. 12mo. 

The elegance of this version, and of its accompanying criticisms, has caused it to be held 


in the highest esteem; and all subsequent commentators have diligently availed themselves 
of it. It is now exceedingly scarce, and extravagantly dear. 


163. Outlines of a new Commentary on Solomon’s Song, drawn by the 
Help of Instructions from the East: containing, 1. Remarks on its general 
nature ; 2. Observations on detached places of it; 3. Queries concerning the 
rest of the Poem. By the author of Observations on divers Passages of 
Scripture. London, 1768; second edition, 1775. 8vo. 


For this valuable work, Bible students are indebted to the Rev. Thomas Harmer, whose 
Observations on divers Passages of Scripture are noticed in a subsequent page of this ap- 
pendix ; in it very many difficult passages of Solomon’s Song are happily elucidated, and 
hints are offered, of which subsequent commentators have not failed to avail themselves. It 
bears a high price. 


164. A Poetical Translation of the Song of Solomon from the Original 
Hebrew ; with a Preliminary Discourse, nd Notes, historical, critical, Pond 
explanatory. By Anne Francis. London, 1781. 4to. 


The translatress has chiefly followed the plan and illustrations of Mr. Harmer. Her 
version is elegantly executed. 


165. Solomon’s Song, translated from the Hebrew. By the Rev. Bernard 
Hopeson, LL.D. Ceara: 1785. 4to. 


In this work the literal meaning only of Solomon’s Song is illustrated, there being not the 
slightest allusion to its mystical meaning. An account of it, with extracts, may be seen in 
the Monthly Review, (O. S.) vol. Ixxvi. pp. 26-29. 


166. The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s. A new Translation, with a 
Commentary and Notes. By Thomas Wittrams. London, 1801. 8vo. 


This version is as literal as our language will admit, and is rendered in conformity with 
the authorised translation whenever it was practicable. The notes are for the most part 
judiciously selected from the labours of all preceding commentators, and give a sober but 
practical and evangelical exposition of the allegory. Two dissertations are prefixed; 1. On 











Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 285 


the origin of language, particularly figurative and allegorical language, and on Hebrew 
poetry and music ; and, 2. On the nature, design, and authority of Solomon’s Song. In 
pp- 100-109. is given an interesting account of nearly 40 expositors and commentators 
on this book. See a further account of this work in the Monthly Review, (N. S.) vol. xlvii. 
pp. 302-310. 


167. Song of Songs, or Sacred Idyls. Translated from the original He- 
brew, with Notes critical and explanatory. By John Mason Goop. London, 
1803. 8vo. 


“* The present work offers two versions of the original; the one in prose, marked with 
the divisions of the Bible version ; the other in couplet verses, of no inferior construction, 
Each idy] is illustrated with notes, in which very various learning is displayed, with much 
taste in the selection of beautiful parallelisms from a great variety of authors. —So much 
elegant learning and successful illustration we have seldom seen within so small a compass 
as the present volume.”’ (British Critic, O. S. vol. xxvi. pp. 454, 455.) See also Monthly 
Review, N. S. vol, xlvii. pp. 302-312. ) 


168. Canticles, or Song of Solomon: a new Translation, with Notes, and 
an attempt to interpret the Sacred Allegories contained in that book. To 
which is added an Essay on the name and character of the Redeemer. By 
the Rev. John Fry, A.B. London, 1811. 8vo. 2d edit. 1825. 8vo. 


In this pubiication the author’s plan is, first to give an accurate translation of the Song 
of Solomon, and to show the nature and design of the book. He has availed himself of the 
labours of previous translators, especially Bishop Percy and Dr. J. M. Good; after the 
latter of whom he considers the Song of Solomon as a collection of idyls or little poems, 
which are designed for instruction and edification in the mysteries of our holy religion. 
Though the translator has taken much pains in consulting other writers, his work bears 
ample testimony that he has not servilely followed them, but has evidently thought for 
himself. 


169. Canticum Canticorum illustratum ex Hierographia Orientalium, a 
J.H.KisteEmaker. Munster, 1818. 8vo. 


170. A Brief Outline of an Examination of the Song of Solomon ; in which 
many beautiful Prophecies contained in that inspired Book of Holy Scripture 
are considered and explained, with Remarks critical and expository. By 
William Davipson. London, 1817. 8vo. 

The author of this work considers the Canticles as an inspired song wholly referring to 
the spiritual Solomon, or Christ, and his true spiritual church, and particularly to their 
espousals; and as giving a general prophetic outline of her history, from the preaching of 
John the Baptist, the baptism of our Lord, to the conversion of the Jews, and that of the 
wild Arabians, and their union with the Christian church. And while her particular, often 
invisible, progressive state here on earth is mentioned, and her duties are pointed out, her 
outward state, trials, and persecutions do not pass unnoticed. Mr. Davidson has consulted - 
the previous labours of most of the commentators on this poem; and at the end of his 
volume he has divided it into hemistichs according to Dr. Kennicott’s mode of printing the 
poetical parts of the Old Testament. 


171. Canticum Canticorum. Preefatione, Versione Latina, et Commen- 
tario exegetico-critico, instruxit M. F. Untemann. Lipsie, 1821. 8vo. 


ON THE PROPHETS, GENERALLY. 


172. Henrici Arentii HamakER Commentatio in Libellum de Vita et 
Morte Prophetarum, qui Grece circumfertur; sive Disputatio Historico- 
Chorographica de Locis, ubi Prophetee Hebreorum nati et sepulti esse 
dicuntur. Amstelodami, 1833. 4to. 


173. A Summary View and Explanation of the Writings of the Prophets. 
By John Smrru, D.D. Edinburgh and London, 1787. 12mo. A new 
Edition, London, 1835. 12mo. 


This work is a judicious abstract of all that is valuable in the writings of Bishop Lowth, 
Archbishop Newcome, Bishop Newton, and Drs. Kennicott and Blayney: it was originally 
compiled to accompany a Gaelic version of the Prophets, and was subsequently translated 
into English by the author himself. The writer of this account was informed many years 
since by one of the original London publishers (Mr. Kay, of the firm of Elliot and Kay, 
in the Strand), that Dr. Moore, at that time Archbishop of Canterbury, held this little work 


286 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. V. 


in great estimation, and was in the habit of purchasing copies for gratuitous distribution 
among students and others who could not afford to buy many books. The London edition 
of 1835 is very neatly printed: it was edited, with an introductory notice, by theRey. Peter 
Hall, M.A. 


174. Les Prophétes, nouvellement traduits sur ’Hébreu, avec des Expli- 
cations et Notes Critiques. [Par le President AGiER.] viz. 


Isaie. Paris, 1820. 2 tomes 8vo. 
Jérémie, avec une Appendice. Paris, 1821. 2 parties 8vo. 


The appendix to this Version of the Predictions of Jeremiah contains the Lament- 
ations, and the Apocryphal book of Baruch. 


Ezéchiel. Paris, 1821. 2 tomes 8vo. 
Daniel. Paris, 1822. 2 tomes 8vo. 
Petits Prophetes. Paris, 1822. 2 tomes 8vo. 


175. A Commentary on the Prophecies and the New Testament; with 
an Epitome of Antient History, Sacred and Profane, by way of Prelude. 
Printed with the Text. By John Webb Cotz. London, 1826. 2 vols. 8vo. 


176. A New Translation of the Hebrew Prophets, arranged in Chro- 
nological Order. By George R. Noyes. Boston [Massachussetts ], 1833-37. 
3 vols. 8vo. | 


Mr. Noyes has here followed the same plan which he adopted in his new translation of 
the Psalms (see No.124. p.280. of this Appendix); and has diligently availed himself of all 
the best critical aids. The notes are very brief; but it is to be regretted ‘ that some things 
are to be found in them, which show that Mr. Noyes has a very low opinion of the inspira- 
tion of the Bible, and which will preclude a large class of readers from obtaining much 
instruction from what is really valuable.” (American Biblical Repository, vol. xi. (Jan. 
1838,) p. 260.) 


177. Christologie des Alten Testaments und Commentar uber die Messi- 
anischen Weissagungen der Propheten. Von E. W. Hencstensere. Berlin, 
1829-35. 3 vols. 8vo. 


Professor Hengstenberg has long been known in Germany,as one of the ablest and most 
learned defenders of orthodox and pious Christianity, against the unhallowed and rash criti- 
cisms of the modern neologians of that country. The first volume contains the general 
introduction, Messianic prophecies in the Pentateuch and in the Psalms, the Godhead of 
the Messiah in the Old Testament, the proofs of a suffering and atoning Messiah, &c., and 
the Messianie prophecies in Isaiah. The second volume embraces the seventy weeks of 
Daniel and the book of Zechariah; and the third comprises the Messianic predictions in 
Hosea, Joel, Amos, Haggai, Malachi, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel. 


178. Christology of the Old Testament, and a Commentary on the pre- 
dictions of the Messiah by the Prophets. By E. W. Hengstenberg, D.D., 
Professor of Theology in the University of Berlin. ‘Translated from the 
thee by Reuel Kerry, D.D. Alexandria, D [istrict of ] C (olumbia.] 

ol. I. 1836. 


This volume corresponds with the first volume of Dr. Hengstenberg’s original treatise. 
‘¢ The translator has accomplished his work in a faithful and scholarlike manner.” (An- 
dover Biblical Repository, Oct. 1836, p. 504.) It is to be hoped that Dr. Keith will be 
encouraged to complete his arduous and valuable undertaking. 


ISAIAH. 


179. A Commentary on the Prophet Isaiah, wherein the Literal Sense 
of his Prophecies is briefly explained. By Samuel Wuire. London, 
1709. Ato. 


180. Campegii Virrinca Commentarius in Librum Prophetiarum Jesaiz. 
Leovardiz, 1714, and 1720. 2 vols. folio. 
In this most elaborate Commentary on the “ Evangelical Prophet,” to which all subse- 


quent expositors have been deeply indebted, the literal sense is carefully investigated ; the 
different interpretations of the prophetic visions are examined ; and the interpretation which 








“ 
4 
‘ 
* 
4 
% 
‘ 
* 
Y 
: 


Sect. III. § 4..] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 287 


Vitringa has deduced from them is confirmed and illustrated by historical documents. 
Copious prolegomena are prefixed, treating of the prophet’s personal history, the argument 
of his prophecy, his style, time of writing, and canonical authority. The value of the work 
is further augmented by the geographical and historical notices interspersed throughout, 
concerning the Babylonians, Philistines, Moabites, Syrians of Damascus, Egyptians, Tyrians, 
and other Gentile nations ; by which not only Isaiah, but also very many other passages of 
Scripture are admirably elucidated. 


181. Isaiah: a New Translation, with a preliminary Dissertation, and 
Notes critical, philological, and explanatory. By Robert Lowrn, D.D. 
Bishop of London. 4to. London, 1778. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Of this sublime and admirably executed version, a German translation was published by 
M. Koppe, at Gottingen, 1779-1781, in 4 vols. 8vo. The preliminary dissertation is in- 
valuable for the light it throws on the genius and structure of prophetic poesy. The merits 
of this work are ably appreciated in the British Critic, O. S. vol. xxix. pp. 144-146. ; and 
the integrity of the Hebrew text was asserted against some of the Bishop’s corrections in a 
tract that is now of rare occurrence, by Koecher, in his Vindicie Sacri Textus Hebrai Esaie 
adversus Lowthii Criticam, 8vo. Bern, 1786, reprinted at Tubingen in 1790. The rarity of 
Koecher’s book, however, is no great loss to the student; for the late eminent learned ori- 
entalist, the professor Henry Albert Schultens (of Leyden), speaking of his book, says : — 
“‘ It violates the bounds of moderation and decency by the assertion that the text of Isaiah 
would not gain any thing by Dr. Lowth’s conjectures. I am ofa very different opinion. 
When in Oxford and London, I was intimately acquainted with Bishop Lowth, and had an 
opportunity of knowing his excelient disposition ; and am therefore much vexed that Koe- 
cherus, from his fiery zeal against innovations, should have been induced to treat him with 
severity, as if the Bishop had been a rash and petulant critic.” (Letter of Professor Schul- 
tens to the late Dr. Finlay of Glasgow, cited in the Monthly Review, N. 8. vol. xv. p. 504.) 
Bishop Lowth’s version was attacked by the late Mr. Dodson, in his supplementary notes to 
his * New Translation of Isaiah,” (8vo. London, 1790), with considerable asperity. The 
Bishop was ably vindicated by the Rev. Dr. Sturges, in ‘ Short Remarks on a New 
Translation of Isaiah”? (8vo. London, 1790): to these Mr. Dodson replied in 1791, in a 
‘* Letter to the Rev. Dr. Sturges,” in which he justifies the freedom with which he had cen- 
sured Bishop Lowth’s mistakes and defects. Mr. D.’s version and notes were framed in 
support of modern Socinian tenets, and were published by the (Socinian) ‘ Society for 
promoting the Knowledge of the Scriptures.” Some further ‘“ Remarks on the Principles 
adopted by Bishop Lowth in correcting the Text of the Hebrew Bible” were published by 
the Rev. J. Rocrers, M.A. at Oxford, in 1832. 12mo. 


182. Esaias ex Recensione Textus Hebrei, ad fidem quorundam Codd. 
MSS. et Verss. Latine, vertit, Notasque varii argumenti subjecit, J. C. 
DokEDERLEIN. Norimbergz, 1789. 3d edition, 8vo. 

The first edition was published at Altdorf, in 8vo. 1780; the critical notes are excellent, 


183. The Book of the Prophet Isaiah, in Hebrew and English. The 
Hebrew Text metrically arranged; the Translation altered from that of 
Bishop Lowth. By the Right Rev. Joseph Srocx, D.D. Bishop of Killala, 
1804. 4to. 


‘“¢ The right reverend translator had conceived a wish to see the original language of Isaiah 
reduced to a metrical arrangement, and to have this accompanied with the version of Bishop 
Lowth, reserving to himself the liberty of adding such corrections as later critics, or his own 
investigations, might supply. These corrections multiplied to such a degree as to assume 
almost the form of a new version. ‘There is also a variety of notes critical and explanatory, 
supplied partly by the translator and partly by others. Many of these are very valuable for 
their uncommon depth and acuteness, and tend to elucidate, in a high degree, the subject 
matter of these prophecies.” (British Critic, vol. xxviii. O. S. p. 466.) ‘ Bishop Stock’s 
version is by no means to be considered as an attempt to rival or to supersede that of Dr, 
Lowth. Both versions exhibit a close, nervous, and manly style. That of Dr. Lowth may, 
by every class of readers be perused with profit. Superadded to this, Dr. Stock invites the 
Hebrew scholar to investigate and to compare, by the Hebrew and the English meeting the 
eye in the same page; and may tempt even the careless to know something of that language, 
in which the oracles of God were originally conveyed.” (British Critic, O. 5. vol. xxix. 
p- 146. See also the Monthly Review, N. S, vol. xlix. pp. 253-265. ) 


184. The Book of the Prophet Isaiah, translated from the Hebrew Text 
of Vander Hooght. By the Rev. John Jones, M.A. Oxford and London, 
1830. 12mo. 


This version is made from the Hebrew text of Vander Hooght’s edition of the Bible, 


288 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


which may now be regarded as the received Hebrew text. In the elucidation of obscu- 
rities, the translator has diligently compared the versions and illustrations of Schmidt, De 
Dieu, Vitringa, Bishops Lowth and Stock, Dathe, Rosenmuller, Gesenius, and others ; 
and he states that he is indebted to the late distinguished orientalist, the Rey. Dr. Nicoll, 
for his kind and able assistance. No notes or criticisms accompany this translation. ‘ On 
the whole, we consider it to be a valuable specimen of translation. The language of our 
authorised version is retained, where no change was absolutely required ; the style is spirited 
and fluent throughout, and numerous passages, which have either been misconceived or badly 
expressed by former translations, are here presented to the view in harmony with the cir- 
cumstances of the connection in which they occur, and adapted to easy and general compre- 
hension.” (Congregational Magazine, vol. xiv. p. 357.) 


185. The Book of the Prophet Isaiah, translated from the Hebrew, with 
Critical and Practical Remarks: to which is prefixed a Preliminary Dis- 
sertation on the Nature and Use of Prophecy. By the Rev. Alfred Jenour. 
London, 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 

This is confessedly the best translation of Isaiah extant in the English language. The 
object of Mr. Jenour is to render his predictions more generally interesting than they 
ordinarily prove to the English reader. With this view he has endeavoured to combine the 
advantages of a critical and devotional commentary together with a new version and a 
metrical arrangement. His work is divided into sections, to each of which is prefixed a 
summary of its contents ; then follow the version and explanatory notes, the practical remarks 
and the critical notes. Occasionally, the sections are divided into interlocutory parts. 
«« What constitutes the most valuable part of the work, are the explanatory and practical re- 
marks, with which each section is accompanied......While the author throws light on 
numerous passages of this antient book, which relate to people and places that have long 
since vanished from the theatre of human affairs, he brings forward much important matter, 
calculated to rouse the conscience, and to purify, console, and strengthen the heart.’’ (Con- 
gregational: Magazine, June, 1831, vol. xiv. p. 355.) ‘* We cordially recommend the work 
to all of our readers, who may wish to possess the inspired productions of the greatest of 
the antient prophets, excellently translated, and accompanied with a judicious and instructive 
commentary.” (Kclectic Review, November, 1831, p. 421.) 


186. Prophéties d’Isaie, traduites en Frangais, avec des Notes. [Par 
M. PRUNELLE DE LiERE.] Paris, 1823. 8vo. 


187. Caroli Ludovici Honerseiir Observationes Philologico-Exegetice : 
quibus nonnulla dvovonra Esaiz loca, ex indole linguee sancte, ex accentu- 
atione Ebrzorum, et antiquitatibus, illustrantur et exponuntur, alioruamque 
versiones et interpretationes modeste examinantur. Gedani, 1729. 8vo. 


188. A Commentary on the Fifty-third Chapter of Isaiah. By S. Harris, 
D.D. London, 1739. 4to. 


189. Animadversiones Philologico-Criticee in Loca difficiliora Jesaiz ; 
quibus preestantissimorum Interpretum sententias exponit, suam novamque 
proponit Josephus Fridericus ScHELLING. Lipsiz, [1797.] 8vo. 


190. Critical Disquisitions on the Eighteenth Chapter of Isaiah, in a 
Letter to Edward King, Esq., F.R.S. A.S. By Samuel [Horstey], Lord 
Bishop of Rochester, F.R.S. A.S. London, 1801. 4to. 


191. N. G. ScurorpERI Commentarius Philologico-Criticus de Vestitu 
Mulierum Hebreearum, ad Jesai. II. v. 16-24, quo vocabulorum abstrusiorum 
tenebras, ad facem dialectorum, discutere conatus est. Lug. Bat. 1745. 4to. 


192. Everhardi Scuerpi1 Dissertatio Philologico-Exegetica ad Canticum 
Hiskiee, Jes. xxxvil. 9-20. Lug. Bat. 1769. 8vo. 


JEREMIAH, AND LAMENTATIONS. 


193. A Translation of the Lamentations of Jeremiah, accompanied. by 
short notes, is given in the second tome or part of the works of Mr. Hugh 
BrouGuton, pp. 317-323. folio. 

194. Hermanni Venema Commentarius ad Librum Prophetiarum Jere- 
mize. Quo Conciones rite distinguuntur ; Scopus, Nexus, et Series Sermonis 
accurate investigatur ; perpetua Paraphrasi exponitur ; et selectis Observatis 





- 
«a ee 2 ae! fe 8 Oe 


ie ge ne nbs ee, 


‘ 





Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 289 


Voces ac Phrases illustrantur, ac Implementi demonstratione, ubi opus fuerit, 
confirmantur. Leovardie, 1765. 2 parts 4to. 


195. Jeremiah, and Lamentations: a new translation, with Notes critical, 
philological, and explanatory. By Benjamin Buaynry, D.D. Oxford, 
1784. 4to. Edinburgh, 1810. 8vo. 

This work is executed on the same plan as Bishop Lowth’s version of Isaiah; “ and, though 
not with equal success, yet with much credit to the author, both as a translator and a critic. 
His subject is not of equal eminence with that which was undertaken by the Bishop. It has 
less variety in the matter, and contains a Jess fund for curious inquiry and critical illustration. 
The translation is very exact, and preserves the tone and majesty of sacred writing. The 
notes are very copious. Many of them are very useful, and some discover much critical 
knowledge in the Hebrew language, and a good acquaintance with antient history. The 
various readings are noticed with the most scrupulous exactness: conjectural emendation is 
sometimes hazarded, but not rashly or injudiciously.”” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. ]xxi. 
pp. 162, 163.) Besides a valuable preliminary discourse, there is an appendix, comprising 
a selection from Archbishop Secker’s manuscript notes (now deposited in the archiepiscopal 
library at Lambeth), relative to the prophecy and lamentations of Jeremiah. 


196. J. D. Micuarsis Observationes Philologicee et Criticee in Jeremiz 
Vaticinia et Threnos. Edidit, multisque animadversionibus auxit, Joh. 
Frid. ScHtEusNER. Gottingen, 1793. 4to. 

These observations were collected from the loose papers of that late eminent scholar, 
J. D. Michaelis, by Professor Schleusner, with many additional remarks by the latter. 
M. Schleusner in the same year published, at Tubingen, in 4to. Dissertationes Tres, quz 
continent Observationes ad Vaticinia Jeremiz. 


197. Jeremias Vates,é Versione Judeorum Alexandrinorum, ac reliquorum 
Interpretum Greecorum emendatus, Notisque criticis illustratus 4 G. L. 
Spoun. Vol. I. Lipsia, 1794. Vol. II. Lipsie, 1823. 8vo. 

A continuation of the first volume of these illustrations of Jeremiah is given in Patt’s and 


Ruperti’s Sylloge Commentationum Theologicarum. These are enlarged and completed in 
the second volume, which was published, after the author’s death, by his son, F’. A. W. Spohn. 


198. Jérémie, traduit sur le Texte Original, accompagné des Notes expli- 
catives, historiques, et critiques. Par Jean-George DauLer. Strasbourg, 


Professor Dahler has conferred a considerable service on biblical literature by this trans- 
lation of the predictions of Jeremiah. The historical parts are printed as prose; the poetical 
parts are in hemistichs, as in the original Hebrew. ‘The introduction and notes are very 


judicious. 

199. Commentarii in aliquot Jeremie Loca. Auctore T. Roorpa. Gro- 
ning, 1825. 8vo. 

200. De utriusque Recensionis Vaticiniorum Jeremiz, Greecee Alexan- 
drinzee et Hebraiz Masoretice, indole et Origine Commentatio Critica. 
Scripsit Franciscus Carolus Movers. Hamburgi, 1837. 4to. 


201. Jeremias Librorum Sacrorum Interpres atque Vindex.  Scripsit 
Augustus Kuerer. Berolini, 1837. 8vo. 


202. Threni Jeremiz philologice et critice ilustrati d Joh. Henr. PAREAU. 
Lugd. Bat. 1793. 8vo. 


203. Threnos Jeremiz et Vaticinium Nahumi metrice reddidit, Notisque 
Philologicis illustravit, C. A. Biorn. Hauniz, 1814. 8vo. 


204. Lamentationes Jeremiz:criticé et exegetice illustrate, cum pre- 
missis disputationibus historico-criticis tribus: auctore Chr. H. Kakkar. 


Hafniz, 1836. 8vo. 


205. Curee Exegetico-Criticee inJeremiz Threnos; auctore Fr. ERDMANN. 
Rostochil, 1819. 8vo. . 
VOL. Il. APPs (T) 


290 Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


EZEKIEL. 


eo 

206. Hieronymi Prapi et Jo. Baptiste VirLALPANpI in Ezechielem 
Explanationes, et Apparatus Urbis ac Templi Hierosolymitani Commentariis 
ilustratus. Rome, 1596-1603. 3 vols. folio. 

This is a work of extreme rarity, and the best commentary on the prophet Ezekiel that 
ever was written. An extract of Villalpandi’s comment on Ezekiel, c. 40, 41, 42. and 46., 
illustrating the prophetic vision of the temple, is to be found in the first volume of Bishop 
Walton’s edition of the Polyglott Bible. Mr. Lowth made great use of this work in his 
learned commentary on Ezekiel. 


207. An Exposition of the Prophecy of Ezekiel. By George GREENHILL. 
London, 1645, and following years, 5 vols. 4to. A new Edition, revised 
and corrected by James SHERMAN. London, 1837. imperial 8vo. 

The first edition of this work is seldom to be found complete; the fifth volume is par- 
ticularly scarce. A second edition of vol. i. appeared in 1649. The author was one of the 
Westminster Assembly of Divines ; and his exposition was originally delivered in lectures to 
his congregation. ‘Like all the productions of the Puritans, it is evangelical, and stored 
with the knowledge of the Scriptures ; but, like most of them, it is distinguished by itssound 
doctrinal and practical views, rather than by the elegance of the composition, or the critical 
acumen of the reasonings and illustrations.” (Orme’s Biblioth. Bibl. p. 217.) The London 
reprint is very neatly executed. 


208. Scholze Propheticz, ex Preelectionibus Georgii CALIxT1 in Jesaiam, 
Jeremiam, et Ezechielem, collectze. Quedlinburgi, 1715. 4to. 


9209. J. Fr. Srarckir Commentarii in Ezechielem.~ Francofurti ad Me- 
num, 1731. 4to. 


210. Hermanni Venema Lectiones Academicee ad Ezechielem. Edidit 
et preefatus est Johannes Henricus Verschuir. Leovardiz, 1790. 2 parts 4to. 


211. An Attempt towards an Improved Version, a Metrical Arrangement, 
and an Explanation of the Prophet Ezekiel. By William Newcome, D.D. 
(Bishop of Waterford, afterwards Archbishop of Armagh). Dublin, 1788. 
4to. London, 1836. 8vo. 

This work is executed on the same plan as the version of the minor prophets noticed in 
p. 293. N°. 245., to which it is posterior in date.. ‘‘ The numerous admirers of that valuable 
production will find not less to commend in the present work. They will observe with 
pleasure, that the right reverend author not only pursues the path which he had before so 
wisely chosen, but that, instead of treading only the smoothest and most flowery parts of it, 
he surmounts, with a firm though cautious step, difficulties which the boldest traveller might 
shun without disgrace. Instead of lavishing most explanation on what is most intelligible, 
and betraying the pride of erudition where erudition is least necessary, he successfully em- 
ploys his solid judgment and effectual learning in the elucidation of a writer who has been 
called the Atschylus of Hebrew Poetry.” (Monthly Review, N. S. vol. iv. p. 1.) 


DANIEL. 


212. Rotiocr (Roberti) Commentarius in Librum Danielis Prophete. 
Edinburgi, 1591. 4to. 


213. Hexapla, or a Sixfold Commentary on Daniel. By Andrew WiLLET. 
Cambridge, 1610. folio. 

This ‘is a work of much information, as it contains the opinions of many authors on each 
point of difficulty.” The same “author has written comments on Genesis, Exodus, Levi- 
ticus, Samuel, Romans, Jude, and some detached parts of books; but in none does he dis- 
cover more skill and judgment than in the present work.” (Dr, William’s Christian Preacher, 


p- 431.) 

214. A Translation of the Book of Daniel, with a Commentary in English 
and in Latin, is in the first tome or part of the learned but eccentric Hugh 
BrouGuton’s Works, pp. 164-337. , 

215. Martini Gertert Prelectiones Academice in Danielem Prophetam. 
Leipsic, 1702. 4to. best edition. 


One of the most yaluable of all Geier’s expository works. 





Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on Detached Books of the Old Testament. 291 


216. Prodromus Danielicus, sive Novi Conatus Historici, Critici, in cele- 
berrimas difficultates Historiz Veteris Testamenti, Monarchiarum Asie, &c. 
ac preecipué in Danielem Prophetam. Auctore Gerardo KERKHERDERE. 
Lovanii, 1710. 8vo. 


217. Observations upon the Prophecies of Daniel, and the Apocalypse of 
St. John. By Sir Isaac Newron. London, 1733. 4to. 
A Latin version of this well-known and elaborate work was published by M. Sudemann, 


in 4to., at Amsterdam, 1737. All subsequent commentators are largely indebted to the 
labours of Sir Isaac Newton. 


218. Hermanni Venemz Dissertationes ad Vaticinia Danielis Cap. 11. vit. 
et vill. Leovardie, 1745. 4to.— Ejusdem, Commentarius ad Danielis Cap. 
XI. 4.—x1I. 3. Leovardiz, 1752. 4to. 


219. Daniel: an Improved Version attempted: with Notes, critical, 
historical, and explanatory. By Thomas Wint Lez, B.D. London, 1807. 4to. 
1836. 8vo. 


A very valuable translation, executed on the same plan as Bishop Lowth’s version of 
Isaiah, and Dr. Blayney’s of Jeremiah. In the fourth sermon of his Bampton Lectures 
(8vo. Oxford, 1795.), Mr. W. has some excellent remarks on the predictions of Haggai, 
Malachi, and Daniel. See an analysis of this work in the Monthly Review, N. S. vol. x. 
pp. 245-250. 


220. An Essay towards an Interpretation of the Prophecies of Daniel, 
with occasional Remarks upon some of the most celebrated Commentators on 
them. By Richard Amner. London, 1776. 8vo. 


This author adopts the exploded and untenable hypothesis of Grotius (who has been fol- 
lowed by Le Clere and others), that all the prophecies of Daniel terminated in the persecution 
of the Jews by Antiochus Epiphanes. This work (which is noticed only to put the unwary 
reader on his guard against it) was reprinted in 1798, with some other tracts, tending to show 
that certain passages of Scripture, which clearly announce a future resurrection, relate to 
nothing more than a mere temporal deliverance! An exposure of some of this author’s 
erroneous notions may be seen in the British Critic, O. S. vol. xiii. pp. 290-295. 


221. Observations on the Visions of Daniel, and on part of the Book of 
the Revelation of St. John. With an appendix [on the Twenty-fourth 
Chapter of St. Matthew, &c.] By the Rev. William GirDLeEsTonE, A.B. 
Oxford, 1820. 8vo. 


222. Hore Prophetice: or Dissertations on the Book of the Prophet 
Daniel. By Joseph Witson, A.M. Oundle, 1824. 8vo. 


Numerous disquisitions relative to particular prophecies of Daniel have 
been published, particularly concerning the seventy weeks: the following 
are the most worthy of note. 


293. Adriani Kiurr Vaticinium de Messia Duce Primarium, sive Ex- 
plicatio LXX Hebdomadum Danielis. Medioburgi, 1744. 8vo. 


2924. Joannis Davidis Micuarris Epistole de LXX Hebdomadibus 
Danielis ad D. Joannem Pringle, Baronetum. London, 1773. 8vo. 


For an account of these highly curious letters, see the Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xlix. 
pp. 263-267. 


225. A Dissertation, by way of Inquiry, into the true Import and Appli- 
cation of the Vision related Dan. ix.20. to the end, usually called Daniel’s 
Prophecy of Seventy Weeks, &c. By Benjamin Brayney, B.D. Oxford, 
1775. Ato. 

Dr. Blayney controverts some points of Professor Michaelis’s opinion, which our limits 
permit us not tonotice. The reader will find an account of this learned tract in the Monthly 
Review, O. S. vol. lii. pp. 487-491. 


226. LXX Hebdomadum, quas Gabrielad Danielem detulerat, Interpretatio, 
Paraphrasis, Computatio, cum Vocabulorum Difficiliorum Explicatione, &c. 


Auctore Johanne Uri. Oxonii, 1788. 8vo. 
iB G48) SY 


292 Sacred Philology. [Part IJ. Ch. V. 


227. A Dissertation on Daniel’s Prophecy of the Seventy Weeks. By 
George Stanley Fasrer, B.D. London 1811. 8vo. 


228. A Dissertation on the Seventy Weeks of Daniel the Prophet. By 
the Rev. John Stonarp, D.D. London, 1826. 8vo. 


«“ The Dissertation is exceedingly elaborate, and for the distribution of the materials of 
which it is composed, and the order and fitness of the discussion which it includes, is intitled 
to high praise as the work of a scholar.”....... . © On the whole, we feel bound, both on 
account of the interest, importance, and difficulties of the subject to which it relates, and of 
the manner in which it is executed, to recommend it to our theological readers, as highly 
deserving of their attention.” (Eclectic Review, N.S. vol. xxvi. pp. 244. 257.) 


229. Daniel’s Prophecy of the Seventy Weeks. By a Layman. London, 
1836. 12mo. 


The learned anonymous author of this treatise has endeavoured to render the interpretation 
of this difficult prophecy simple, upon two following suppositions, viz. 1. That Xerxes 
was the king spoken of by Ezra, under the title Darius (a sovereign), for which he thinks 
there is strong ground of presumption, on comparing Scripture with profane history. 2. 
That the Seventy Weeks are weeks of performance of the temporal Covenant with Abraham, 
that his seed should possess the land of Canaan. This Covenant was performed for seven 
weeks, and sixty-two weeks, till the birth of Messiah, when the sceptre departed, and the 
Covenant was suspended by the Romans taking possession of the land. ‘The Covenant was 
“confirmed with mercy for one week,” when the Jews ejected the Romans for seven years 
previous to their final destruction, 


230. A Dissertation concerning the Chronological Numbers recorded in 
the Prophecies of Daniel, as compared with those in the Revelation of St. 
John. By the Rev. Philip ALLwoop, B.D. London, 1833. 8vo. 


COMMENTATORS ON ALL OR MOST OF THE MINOR PROPHETS. 


231. Victorini Srricet11 Argumenta et Scholia in Duodecim Prophetas 
Minores. Lipsize, 1561. 8vo. 


232. Joannis Merceri Commentarii Locupletissimi in Prophetas Quinque 
Minores, inter eos qui Minores vocantur. Quibus adjuncti sunt aliorum, 
etiam et veterum (in quibus sunt Hebrei) et recentium Commentarii. Sine 
anno et loco. . 


233. Lamberti Danzr Commentarius in Joelem, Amos, Micham, Haba- 
cuc, Sophoniam, Haggzeum, Zachariam, et Malachiam. Geneve, 1578. 8vo. 


Also with commentaries on the other four minor prophets, in 8vo. Geneva, 
1586, 1594. 


234. A Fruitfull Commentarie upon the Twelve Small Prophets, briefe, 
plaine, and easie, going over the same, verse by verse..........+..+ With very 
necessarie fore-notes for the understanding both of these and also all the 
other Prophets. Written in Latin by Lambertus Danaus, and newly turned 
into English by John Stockwood. London, 1594. 4to. 


235. Johannis Drusi1 Commentarius in Prophetas Minores. Amstelodami, 
1627. 4to. 


These commentaries were originally published at different times, between the years 1595 
and 1627, They are also to be found in the third volume of the Critici Sacri. 


236. As Fatidicus, sive Duodecim Prophete Minores, Latina Metaphrasi 
Poetica expositi, partim a Jacobo Augusto Thuano, partim a Cunrado Ruir- 
TERSHUSIO. Amberge, 1604. S8vo. 


This is a work of rare occurrence. The younger Rosenmiiller pronounces the paraphrases 
of the celebrated president De Thou, and his coadjutor Rittershusius, to be executed with 
great elegance. Besides the arguments to the prophecies, and the summaries translated into 
Latin by Rittershusius from the Greek of Hesychius, a presbyter of the church at Jerusalem, 
this volume contains, 1. Three Latin paraphrases of the Lamentations of Jeremiah, by De 
Thou, Joachim Camerarius, and Adam Siberus;—2. A poetical paraphrase of the first 
chapter of Isaiah, by an anonymous French author; —3. A paraphrase of the third chapter 
of the same prophet, by Henry Meibomius ;— 4, A poetical paraphrase of chapters xxxvi.— 


— S 


a ee 


hee SE rt 


Sect. III. § 4.] Commentators on the Minor Prophets. 293 


xxxviil. of Isaiah, by John Conrad Rumellius;— 5. Daniel preserved among the lions, by 
Rittershusius ; — and, 6. Nine of the Psalms of David translated into Greek hexameters, 
also by Rittershusius. Rosenmiuller has frequently cited this work in his Scholia on the 
Minor Prophets. 


237. A Paraphrastical Explication of the Twelve Minor Prophets. By 
David Stokes. London, 1659. 8vo. 


238. Caroli Marie pr Veit Expositio Litteralis Duodecim Prophetarum 
Minorum, ex ipsis Scripturarum fontibus, Ebreorum ritibus et idiomatis, 
veterum et recentiorum monimentis. Londini, 1680. S8vo. 


239. Joannis Tarnovir in Prophetas Minores Commentarius, in quo 
Textus Analysi perspicua illustratur, ex fonte Hebreo explicatur, locis SS. 
parallelis confirmatur, a pravis expositionibus vindicatur ; usus vero in locis 
communibus ex ipsa Scriptura natis et probatis indicatur, cum Preefatione 
Jo. Benedicti Carpzovii. Francofurti et Lipsiz, 1688, 1706. 4to. 


Tarnovius was justly considered as one of the most learned and eminent divines of his day. 
His commentaries on the several prophets were published at different times in a detached 
form, and were first collected together by the elder Carpzov. 


240. Commentaries on the Prophecies of Hosea, Joel, Micah, and Malachi. 
By Edward Pococxe, D.D. 
These learned commentaries were published at several times between the years 1667 and 


1691. They are also extant in the collective edition of his “ ‘Theological Works,” published 
by Dr. Twells, in 2 vols. folio. London, 1740. 


241. Joannis Marcxrir Commentarius in Prophetas Minores, seu Analysis 
Exegetica, qua Hebreus Textus cum Versionibus veteribus confertur, 
vocum et phrasium vis indagatur, rerum nexus monstratur; et in sensum 
genuinum, cum examine variarum interpretationum, inquiritur. Amstelo- 
dami, 1696-1701. 4 vols. 4to. 


These commentaries are much esteemed: they were reprinted in 1734, at Tubingen, in 
two folio volumes, under the care of Professor Pfaff, who prefixed an account of the life and 
writings of Marckius. 


242, Phil. Davidis Burk11 Gnomon in Duodecim Prophetas Minores, in 
quo, ex nativa verborum vi, simplicitas, profunditas, concinnitas, salubritas 
sensuum ccelestium indicatur. Heilbron, 1753. 4to. 


The remark already offered on Burk’s Gnomon Psalmorum (p. 277. supra) is equally 
applicable to his work on the minor prophets. 


243. Apparatus Criticus ad formandum Interpretem Veteris Testamenti, 
congestus a Carolo Friderico BAurpt. Lipsiw, 1775. 8vo. 


Though not announced as such in the title page, this work is a collection of critical notes 
on the prophecies of Joel, Hosea, Habakkuk, and Haggai, in the compilation of which the 
author has made great use of the Septuagint Greek and Oriental versions. 


944, Vaticinia Chabacuci et Nachumi, itemque nonnulla Jesaize, Michee, 
et Ezechielis Oracula, observationibus historico-philologicis ex historia 
Diodori Siculi circa res Sardanapali illustrata. Auctore R. T. Gottlieb 
KaLinsky. Vratislavie, 1748. 4 to. 


A work of rare occurrence in this country: it is in the list of biblical treatises recom- 
mended to students by the late Bishop of Llandaff (Dr. Watson). 


245. An Attempt towards an Improved Version, a Metrical Arrangement, 
and an Explanation of the Twelve Minor Prophets. By W. Nrewcome, 
D.D. Bishop of Waterford. London, 1785. 4to. Pontefract, 1809. 8vo. 


‘«¢ The notes are copious and pertinent, untainted by an ostentatious display of erudition, 
and abounding with such illustrations of eastern manners and customs as are best collected 
from modern travellers. As a commentator, the learned prelate has shown an intimate 
acquaintance with the best critics, antient and modern. His own observations are learned 
and ingenious. Itis, moreover, not the least merit of his criticisms, that they are continually 
enlivened by the introduction of classical quotations — an expedient by which the tedium 
of grammatical disquisition is happily relieved, the taste of the commentator displayed, 


Cio 


294 ° Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


and the text, in some instances, more successfully explained, than in diffuse and laborious 
modes of instruction.”” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. lxxvi. p. 58.) — The 8vo. edition 
above noticed is a reprint of the 4to. edition, enriched with the addition of the most im- 
portant of Bishop Horsley’s criticisms on Hosea, and those of Dr. Blayney on Zechariah. 
It is neatly printed, and of easy purchase, but there are numerous errata in the Hebrew 
words, 


246. Prophetee Minores perpetua annotatione illustrati a Dr*. Petro 
Fouerio ACKERMANN. Vienne, 1830. 8vo. 


A valuable commentary on the Minor Prophets. The author, who does not lay claim to 
much originality, offers it as a compilation from the works of preceding commentators, 
which are not accessible to every one: and he especially cites the more antient expositors, 
for the purpose of showing that they were not quite so ignorant of the principles of Her- 
meneutics as some modern critics affect to suppose. Dr. Ackermann has made consider- 
able use of the cognate dialects, for the more difficult forms of Hebrew words, as well as of 
the Septuagint Greek, and the Latin Vulgate versions, and the best modern commentators. 
He has further added his own philological observations, where they appeared to be necessary. 
Critical discussions respecting the authors, genuineness, and canonical authority, of the 
several books are designedly omitted; as Dr. Ackermann refers, for these topics, to his 
‘* Introductio ad Libros Canonicos Veteris Foederis,” of which a notice has been given 
in p. 159. No. 5. supra. 


947, A Literal Translation from the Hebrew of the Twelve Minor Pro- 
phets ; with some Notes from Jonathan’s Paraphrase in the Chaldee, and 
Critical Remarks from R.S. Yarchi, Abenezra, D. Kimchi, and Abarbenel. 
By A. Pick. London, 1833. 8vo. Second edition, revised and corrected, 
London, 1835. 8vo. 


The author of this version is a Jew, who, many years since, embraced the faith of the 
Gospel, from the full conviction that the Lord Jesus is indeed ‘‘ tu: Messiah, the Son of 
the living God.’’ The design of his version is, not to supersede our venerable authorised 
translation, but to act as an assistant to it, by directing the reader to the plain grammatical 
sense of the original; in order that he may be enabled to enter more simply into the mind 
of the Spirit, unshackled by the views of men. The notes are strictly grammatical and 
explanatory. 


248. Observationes Philologicee atque Criticee ad queedam Prophetarum 
Minorum Loca, subjuncta vernacula Chabacuci Interpretatione. Auctore 
J.Ch. Dani. Neo-Strelitiz (New Strelitz), 1798. 8vo. 


HOSEA. 


249. An Exposition, with practical Observations, on the Prophecy of 
Hosea; first delivered in several Lectures at St. Michael’s, Cornhill. By 
Jeremiah Burroucues. London, 1643-1650. 8vo. 


250. The Prophecies of Hosea, translated, with a Commentary and Notes. 
By James Neate, A.M. London, 1771. 8vo. 


251. Samuelis Henrici ManGer1 Commentarius in Librum Propheticum 
Hose. Campis, 1782. 4to. 


252. Hosex Oracula, Hebraice et Latine, perpetua annotatione illustravit 
Chr. Fr. Kurnoer. Lipsia, 1792. 8vo. | 


Prof. Kuindel has applied Heyne’s mode of illustrating Virgil to the elucidation of the 
prophecy of Hosea. ‘The text rarely varies from the Masora. 


253. Hosea: translated from the Hebrew, with Notes explanatory and 
critical. By Samuel Horstey, Bishop of Saint Asaph. London, 1801. 
Second Edition, 1804. 4to. 


The second edition contains additional notes and corrections: the preface contains a treasure 
of biblical criticism. «This translation, with its notes, forms a most valuable accession to 
sacred learning; and evinces at once the best qualities of the scholar and the divine, 
supported by sagacity and a powerful judgment.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xix. p. 176.) 
A new edition of this valuable work, with the learned author’s last corrections and alterations, 


forms part of the third and fourth volumes of his “ Biblical Criticism,’ which is noticed 
nNjrTa. 





¢ 


own. « 


Se a a | =~ 


' 
. 
ia 
’ 
eS 
&: 
. 
» 





Sect. III. § 4.] -_ Commentators on the Minor Prophets. 295 


254. Hoseas Propheta. Introductionem premisit, vertit, commentatus est 
Joannes Christianus Struck. Lipsie, 1828. 8vo. 

A valuable help to the study of the writings of Hosea. The Introduction contains a 
history of the prophet, and of the time when he lived; disquisitions on the genius and argu- 
ment of his prephecy, and en seme particular portions of it; philological observations on the 
prophet’s style, and the history of his predictions, which are divided by Dr. Stuck into nine- 
teen sections. He professes to have consulted the labours of preceding commentators and 
critics, especially Eichhorn, Kuindel, Boeckhel, Rosenmiller, Gesenius, and De Wette. 


JOEL. 


255. Caroli Philippi Conz Dissertatio de charactere poetico Joelis, cum 
animadversienibus philologico-criticis. ‘Tubing, 1783. 4to. 


256. A Paraphrase and Commentary on the Prophecy of Joel. By 
Samuel CHANDLER. London, 1735. 4to. 


257. Joel, Latine versus, et notis philologicis illustratus, ab A. SvAN- 
BorG, Lingg. OQ. Professoris in Academia Upsaliensi. Upsalize, 1806. 4to. 


AMOS. 


258. Amos Propheta, expositus, interpretatione nova Latina instructus, 
amplissimo commentario ex theologia Ebreea ac Israelitica illustratus, cum 


quatuor appendicibus. Cura et studio J. Ch. Harenperaiu. Lugd. Bat. 
1763. Ato. 


259. Oracula Amosi. Textum, et Hebraicum, et Grecum Versionis 
Alexandrine, notis criticis et exegeticis instruxit, adjunctaque versione 
vernacula [i.e. Germanica] edidit Joannes Severinus Varer. Hale, 1810. 
4to. 

260. Disputatio Academica de Amoso. Quam...... publico examini sub- 
mittit Theodorus Gulielmus Johannes Juynso_yt. Lugduni Batavorum, 
1828. 4:to. 


OBADIAH. 


261. Friederici PLum Observationes in Textum et Versiones, maximé 
Grecas, Obadize et Habacuci. Haunie. 1796. 8vo. 


262. Obadiee prophete Oraculum in Idumeos, hujus populi historia per- 
scripta, et versionibus antiquissimis commentariisque tam patrum ecclesi- 
asticorum quam interpretum recentium adhibitis, in Linguam Latinam 
translatum et enucleatum a Carolo Ludovico HeNpEWERK. Regiomonti 
Prussorum, 1836. 8vo. 


JONAH. 


963. Aug. Prrirreri Prelectiones in Prophetiam Jon, recognite et in 
justum commentarium redacte, quibus emphases vocum eruuntur, verus 
sacre Scripture sensus exponitur, sententize varize et Judzeorum et Chris- 
tianorum adducuntur, false refelluntur, et queestiones dubic resolvuntur. 
Witteberge, 1671, 1706; Lipsia, 1686. 4to. 


This commentary is also extant in the collective edition of Pfeiffer’s works, printed at 
Utrecht, in two volumes 4to. in 1704. See tom. il. pp. 1181-1165. 


264. Jonah: a faithful translation from the original, with philological and 
explanatory Notes; to which is prefixed a preliminary discourse, proving 
the genuineness, the authenticity, and the integrity of the present text. 
By George Benson. Cambridge, 1796. 4to. 


Literally good for nothing. — In proof of this remark, see the British Critic, vol. x. O. S. 
pp. 493-506., 622-636. 


265. Jo. Theophili Lessinaii1 Observationes in Vaticinia Jonze et Nahumi. 
Chemnitil, 1786. 8vo. 
| (T) 4 


296 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


266. De vera libri Jone interpretatione Commentatio Exegetica. Quam 
veessScripsit Godofredus LABERENZ. Fulda, 1836. 8vo. 


MICAH. 


267. Johannis TArRNovu in’Prophetam Micham Commentarius. Rosto- 
chii, 1632. 4to. | 
NAHUM AND HABAKKUK. 


268. Adami Witput Meditationes Sacre in Prophetam Nahum.  Fran- 
cofurti, 1712. 4:to. 

A learned and elaborate work, which contributes greatly to the elucidation of the prophet 
Nahum. (Walchius. ) 

269. Symbol Criticae ad Interpretationem Vaticiniorum Habacuci, ete. 
Auctore Henr. Car. Alex. Harniein. Erlang. 1795. 8vo. 


270. Chabacuci Vaticinium Commentario Critico atque Exegetico illus- 
tratum. Edidit B.P. Korop. Gottinge, 1792. 8vo. 


271. Prolusio ad Interpretationem tertii capitis Habacuci. Auctore Joanne 
Gustavo StickeL. Neostadii, 1828. 8vo. 


HAGGAI. 


272. Haggeus, the Prophet; whereunto is added a most plentiful Com- 
mentary gathered out of the Publique Lectures of Dr. J. J. Gryneus, faith- 
fully translated by Christopher FeatHerstone. London, 1586. 12mo. 


273. An Exposition upon the Prophet Aggeus. By James PILKINGTON, 
Master of St. John’s College, Cambridge. London, 1560. 8vo. 


ZEPHANIAH. 


274. Spicilegium Observationum Exegetico-criticarum ad Zephaniz Vati- 
cinia.e Auctore Dan. 4 CorLutn. Breslau, 1818. 4to. 


ZECHARIAH. 


275. Hermanni VenemMA Sermones Academici, vice Commentarii ad Li- 
brum Prophetiarum Zachariz. Leovardiz, 1787. 4to. 


276. Zechariah: a New Translation, with Notes critical, philological, and 
explanatory, etc. By Benjamin Birayney, D.D. Regius Professor of He- 
brew. London, 1797. Ato. 

This work is executed on the same plan as the author’s version of Jeremiah, already 
noticed in p. 289. supra. ‘ We think it our duty to say, that Dr. Blayney has produced a 
valuable illustration of Zechariah, and afforded great assistance to the biblical student.” 
(British Critic, O. S. vol. xiii. p. 655.) See also the Monthly Review, N. S. vol. xxviii. 
pp. 26-28. 

277. F. B. Koester Meletemata Critica et Exegetica in Zacharize Pro- 
phete partem posteriorem, cap. ix_xiy. pro tuenda ejus authentia. Gottinge, 
1818. 8vo. 


278. A Commentary on the Vision of Zechariah the Prophet, with a cor- 
rected Translation and Critical Notes. By John Stonarp, D.D. London, 
1824. 8vo. 


«¢ The specimens we have given will sufficiently recommend the volume to the perusal of 
our readers, as highly deserving of their most careful perusal, and as entitling the learned 
author to the cordial thanks of every biblical student.” (Eclectic Review, N. S. vol. xxiii. 
p- 416. See also the Quarterly Theological Review, vol. i. pp. 329-347. ) 


279. An Amicable Controversy with a Jewish Rabbi on the Messiah’s 
Coming. With a New Exposition of Zechariah on the Messiah’s Kingdom. 
By J. R. Park, M.D. London, 1832. 8vo. 





ee ee ee, a ee 


ae es ae © 


te 


Sect. III. § 6.] | Commentators on the entire New Testament. 297 


MALACHI. 


280. A Commentary upon the whole Prophesye of Malachy. By Richard 
Stock. London, 1641. folio. 


This work was recommended by Bishop Wilkins as the best extant in his day on the 
prophet Malachi. | 


281. A Brief and Plain Commentary, with Notes not more useful than 
seasonable, upon the whole Prophecie of Malachy; delivered sermonwise 
divers years since at Pitminster in Summerset. By William Sctarer, D.D. 
London, 1650. 4:to. 


282. Salomonis Van Tit Malachias Illustratus. Lugd. Bat. 1701. 4to. 


283. Hermanni VeneMA Commentarius ad Librum Elenchtico-Propheti- 
cum Malachiz ; quo variis simul aliis Scripturze Sacree locis nova lux infun- 
ditur. Leovardie, 1759. 4to. 


284. C.F. BanrRpt Commentarius in Malachiam, cum Examine Critico 
Versionum Veterum, et Lectionum Variarum Houbigantii. Accedit Speci- 
men Bibliorum Polyglottorum. Lipsiee, 1768. 8vo. 


§ 5. COMMENTATORS ON THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 


1. A Critical Commentary on such Books of the Apocrypha as are ap- 
pointed to be readin Churches: viz. Wisdom, Ecclesiasticus, Tobit, Judith, 
Baruch, History of Susannah, and Bel and the Dragon. With two Disser- 
tations on the Books of Maccabees and Esdras. By Richard ArnAup, B.D. 
Second Edition, corrected. London, 1760, folio; also various editions 
in 4to, 

This valuable Commentary on the Apocryphal Books originally appeared at different 
times: it is frequently bound up with the Commentaries of Patrick, Lowth, and Whitby on 
the Canonical Books of Scripture, and is deservedly held in high estimation. 

2. Jo. Phil. BaueRMEISTERL Commentarius in Sapientiam Salomonis, Li- 
brum Veteris Testamenti Apocryphum. Gottingze, 1828. 8vo. 


3. De Libri Sapientize Alexandrina Indole perperam asserta. Scripsit 
Carolus Ludovicus Wilibaldus Grimm. Jene, 1833, 8vo. | 


*_* Some Commentaries, annexed to critical editions of particular Apocryphal Books, will 
be found in p. 141, supra. 


§ 6. PRINCIPAL COMMENTATORS ON THE NEW TESTAMENT, AND ON 
DETACHED BOOKS THEREOF. 


[i.] Commentators on the entire New Testament. 


1. Laurentii VAtL& Annotationes in Novum Testamentum, ex diverso- 
rum utriusque lingue, Greece et Latin, codicum collatione. Parisiis, 
1505. 8vo. 


Valla held a distinguished rank among the revivers of literature, and was one of the first 
who considered the sense of the New Testament as a critic rather than as a divine; whence 
he was led to make many corrections in the Latin Vulgate translation. His annotations 
were first edited by Erasmus: they are also to be found in the Critici Sacri. 


2. Desiderii Erasmi Paraphrasis in Novum Testamentum. Basilez, 
1524. folio. 


<«‘ Not inferior to any of the old commentators in sensible and ingenious remarks.” (Dr. 
Harwood.) An edition of Erasmus’s Paraphrase was printed at Berlin, 1777-1780, in 
3 vols. 8vo. Erasmus was also author of a Latin version of the New Testament, which, 
together with his annotations, is printed in the sixth volume of Le Clerc’s edition of his 


298 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


works, in 10 vols. folio. Lugduni, 1703. The notes are chiefly grammatical, and designed 
to excite his contemporaries to the study of the New Testament in the original Greek. 


3. Augustini Martorati Novi Testamenti Catholica Expositio Ecclesi- 
astica: sive Bibliotheca Expositionum Novi Testamenti, id est, Expositio ex 
probatis omnibus Theologis collecta, et in unum corpus singulari artificio 
conflata, quee instar bibliothecee multis expositoribus refertze esse posset. 
Apud Henricum SterHanum, 1561, 1564, 1570. Geneve, 1583, 1585, 
1593, 1596, 1620. Heidelbergze, 1604. folio. 

The multiplicity of editions, through which this work passed, attests the high and deserved 
estimation in which it was formerly held, though it is now but little known. It contains 
Erasmus’s Latin version of the New Testament, together with various expositions, collected 
from the writings of the fathers of the church as well as from later interpreters, whether of 
the Reformed or Lutheran communions, with which the author has intermixed his own 
observations. 


4, “Yrouyvnpara in omnes Libros Novi Testamenti, in quibus et genus ser- 
monis explicatur, et series concionum monstratur, et nativa sententia testi- 
monlis pie antiquitatis confirmata. Edita a Victorino SrricELio. Lipsie, 
1565. 2 vols. 8vo. 


‘¢ This is another of the most valuable books of sacred criticism. The observations are 
neat, and the critical judgment of Victorinus Strigelius is excellent.”” (Dr. Harwood.) 


5. Jesu Christi Domini Nostri Novum Testamentum, cujus Greco con- 
textui respondent interpretationes duz ; una, vetus ; altera Theodori Beze ; 
cum ejusdem Theod. Bezm annotationibus. Accessit etiam Joachimi Came- 
rarii in Novum Foedus Commentarius, in quo et Figuree Sermonis, et Verborum 
Significatio, et Orationis Sententia, ad illius Foederis intelligentiam certiorem, 
tractantur. Cantabrigiz, 1642. folio. 


The best edition of a most valuable work. “ Beza is undoubtedly the best critic on the 
Greek language of any commentator we have. There is no translation that I know of equal 
to his: and his remarks on Erasmus and the vulgar Latin are wrought up to the utmost de- 
gree of exactness. On the whole, it is an invaluable treasure, and deserves to be read with 
the utmost attention.” (Dr. Doddridge.) The Commentaries of Joachim Camerarius, which 
form a part of this work, are very useful: in them, the learned author expounds the text in a 
grammatical and critical manner only, according to the genius of the original languages, and 
without entering into any disputed points of doctrine. They are a reprint of Camerarius’s 
Notatio figurarum sermonis in libris quatuor evangeliorum, et indicata verborum significatio et 
orationis sententia, ad illorum scriptorum intelligentiam certiorem. Lipsiz, 1572. 2 vols. 4to. 


6. Luce Brucensrs Commentarius in Quatuor Jesu Christi Evangelia. 
Antwerp, 1606. 3 vols. folio. 


** A beautifully printed book, very scarce and valuable.’’ (Dr. Harwood.) 


7. Joannis MALpDoNATI Commentarii in Quatuor Evangelia. Paris, 1617. 
folio. 


«‘ A very ingenious commentator, distinguished for his elegant and neat Latinity.” (Dr. 
Harwood. ) 


8. Joannis Pric#r Commentarii in varios Novi Testamenti Libros. Lon- 
dini, 1660. felio. 
These notes are inserted in the fifth volume of the Critici Sacri: they are greatly valued 


as containing “many valuable observations, particularly illustrating the modes of diction 
which occur in the sacred classics, from profane writers.” (Dr. Harwood.) 


9. Joh. Christoph. Wotrit Cure Philologice in Novum Testamentum. 
Basil, 1741; the best edition, 5 vols. 4:to. 

This is a very valuable compilation; as ‘‘ Wolfius does not simply relate the sentiments of 
others, but frequently animadverts upon them with great critical discernment.” (Dr. Wil- 


liams.) A continuation of this work was published by John Christopher Koecher, entitled 
“* Analecta -Philologica et Exegetica in Quatuor Evangelia.” Altenburgi, 1766, 4to. 


10. Le Nouveau Testament de N.S. Jésus Christ, traduit en Francois, sur 
P Original Grec, avec des notes littérales, pour éclaircir le texte: par Mes- 
sieurs de Beausopre et L’ ENFANT. Amst. 1741, best edition, 4to. 





it i at me 


——-. ee ee ee 


iy 





Sect. III. § 6.] | Commentators on the entire New Testament. 299 


- To complete this excellent work, there should be added, “ Remarques historiques, critiques, 

et philologiques sur le Nouveau Testament, par M. Beausobre, Ato. & la Haye, 1742. Though 
a posthumous work, it is very valuable, and contains many judicious observations briefly ex- 
pressed, but which nevertheless comprise the substance of remarks offered by the best inter- 
preters. An English translation of St. Matthew’s Gospel from this French version, was 
printed in 4to. several years since, which was republished in 8vo. London, 1816. 


11. Novum Testamentum Grecum editionis receptee cum Lectionibus va- 
riantibus Codicum manuscriptorum, Editionum aliarum, Versionum, et Patrum, 
necnon commentario pleniore ex Scriptoribus veteribus Hebreis, Greecis, et 
Latinis, historiam et vim verborum illustrante. Opera et studio Joan. Jacobi 
WetTsTENU. Amteledami, 1751, 1752. 2 vols. folio. Editio altera, aucta et 
emendata, curante J. A. Lotze. Tom.i. Quatuor Evangelia complectens. 
Roterodami, 1832. large quarto. 


The critical merits of these editions of the New Testament are considered in p.18. 
supra. As a merely critical comment, this of Wetstein is unquestionably one of the most 
valuable: ‘almost every peculiar form of speech in the sacred text he has illustrated by quo- 
tations from Jewish, Greek, and Roman Writers.”? (Dr. A. Clarke.) Almost every modern 
commentator of note has largely availed himself of the previous labours of Wetstein. 


12. Joannis Bencet1r Gnomon Novi Testamenti, in quo, ex nativa Ver- 
borum Vi, Simplicitas, Profunditas, Concinnitas, et Salubritas sensuum 
ceelestium, indicatur. Ulme, 1763. 4to. Tubingee, 1835. 2 tomis 8vo. 


‘¢ This work contains an instructive preface, a perspicuous analysis of each book, with 
short notes, in the true taste of judicious criticism. His plan is a perfect contrast to that of 
Wolfius. Simplicem fere veritatem, sine sylva multarum opinionum, propono.” (Dr. Williams. ) 
Bengel’s Gnomon is a very valuable substitute for the more expensive critical commentaries 
on the New Testament; he excels in showing the connexion and harmony of Scripture, and 
how Scripture is to be interpreted by Scripture. The generally cheap price of this book 
greatly enhances its value. 


13. ‘H KAINH AIAOHKH. Novum Testamentum Domini nostri Jesu 
Christi, cum Scholiis theologicis et philologicis, 8vo. Zvols. Londini, 1768: 
2d edit. 1776; 3d edit. 1820. 


The editor of this work was the Rev. Mr. Harpy. ‘“ It was a very useful companion to’ 
every biblical student, and has gone through two editions (the second in 1776), the first of 
which is the best; but it must be acknowledged that the Greek text in both is inexcusably 
incorrect.” (Dr. Clarke.) The third edition of this work is the most correct ; it is beauti- 
fully printed. The notes are chicfly extracted from Poole’s Synopsis. 


14. Christ. Gottfr. KUrtNerr Hypomnemata in Novum Testamentum, 
quibus Greecitas ejus explicatur, et Scholiis, que ex Scriptis recentiorum 
quorundam magni nominis philologorum excerpta sunt, illustratur. Lipsiz, 
1780. 8vo, ) 


15. Novum Testamentum Grecé, perpetua Annotatione illustratum. Editio 
Koppiana. Vols. HI-X. Gottingze, 1778-1826. 8vo. 


G. B. Korre (from whom this edition derives its distinctive appellation), — a man of ex- 
tensive learning and uncommon critical acumen, in the year 1778 published a plan of a new 
edition of the New Testament, with a corrected text, short critical notes, and some excursus, 
or somewhat more extended philological ones on particular passages; and at the same time 
gave a specimen in the epistles of Paul to the Galatians, Ephesians, and Thessalonians. A 
second edition of this specimen appeared in 1791, and a third in 1823, corrected and en- 
larged by professor T. C. Tychsen, which in the title-page is called Vol. VI. of the projected 
work. .Koppe lived only to add another volume, numbered IV., on the epistle to the 
Romans, which was published in 1783. A third edition of this volume, with additional notes 
and philological excursus, by Dr. C. F. Ammon, appeared in 1825. Since the year 1783, 
at very irregular intervals, J. H. Heinrichs has published Vol. ITI. in two parts, containing 
the Acts ot the Apostles (which is more particularly noticed in p.314. No.70. infra), in 1809: 
Vol. VII. in two parts, 1792, containing the epistles to the Colossians, Philippians, Timothy, 
Titus, and Philemon; Vol. VIII., containing the epistle to the Hebrews, by Heinrichs, who 
published a second edition of it in 1823. Of the Catholic Epistles, which are to form Vol. 
TX., D. J. Pott has published two fasciculi, the first containing the epistle of James, and 
the second containing the two epistles of Peter. The third fasciculus, which is to contain 
the epistles of John and Jude, has not yet appeared. In 1826, Pott published the first 
part of Vol. V., which is to comprise the two epistles to the Corinthians. In 1821 J. H. 


300 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Heinrichs published the Apocalypse in two parts forming Vol. X. Vols, I. and II., con- 
taining the four Gospels, are undertaken by persons, whom Heinrichs declares to be every 
way competent to the task. 


The plan of this work appears to be excellent. There is, first of all, at the head of the 
page, a corrected text, agreeing for the most part with that of Griesbach’s edition, with a 
punctuation entirely new, and divided into paragraphs according to the sense, while the or- 
dinary notation of chapters and verses is given in the margin. Then follow brief notes, 
strictly critical, assigning the reasons for the variations from the textus receptus; and below 
these, at the bottom of the page, there are notes of a philological nature, of considerable 
extent. These notes are precisely of the kind which are to be found in the best critical 
editions of the classics. Their sole object is, to enable the reader distinctly and accurately 
to apprehend the meaning of the original writers. ‘To illustrate a phrase-of doubtful 
meaning, first of all are brought forward the passages where the writer uses the same or a 
similar mode of expression ; then other New Testament writers are appealed to; then the 
Greek translators of the Old Testament are cited; then the Apocryphal writers; and also 
Josephus and Philo; and, last of all, the classical authors are referred to. All doctrinal 
discussions are carefully avoided. To each book are prefixed prolegomena, in which 
questions relating to their author’s authenticity, &c. are discussed: and to each book also 
are subjoined short excursus or disquisitions on passages of extraordinary obscurity, or on 
phrases of frequent occurrence, or which are used in a particular sense by the sacred writers. 
With regard to the execution of the plan thus detailed : — Koppe’s two volumes are by far 
the best of the series: he is a remarkably cautious critic and judicious interpreter. Butthe 
second edition of .his commentary on the epistle to the Romans contains some very excep- 
tionable notes by Professor Ammon: they are, however, carefully distinguished from those 
of Koppe. Both Heinrichs and Pott are, unhappily, tainted with that lax system of in- 
terpretation and excess of philological speculation, which are the characteristics of the 
modern theologians and biblical critics of Germany. (Christian Monitor, vol. ii. pp. 642— 
644. Edinburgh, 1822. 8vo.) 


16. G. F. Hezet Novi Foederis Volumina Sacra, Virorum Clarissimorum 
opera ac studio, € Scriptoribus Greecis, illustrata. Hale, 1788. 8vo. 


This work, which has never been completed, contains the Gospels of Matthew and Mark, 
cum Notis Variorum, and embodies the labours of Wetstein, Raphelius, Palairet, Kypke, 
Alberti, Bos, and others. 


17. Selecta e Scholis Lud. Casp. VatckENARU in Libros quosdam Novi 
Testamenti, Editore Discipulo E. Van Wassenbergh, qui Dissertationem 
preemisit de Glossis Novi Testamenti. Amstelodami, 1815-17. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Valckenaer was one of the most distinguished critics of the last century. These extracts 
from his Scholia are wholly philological. To the first volume, M. Wassenberg has prefixed 
a dissertation on those passages which he thinks were originally glosses, written in the 
margin of manuscripts, but which in the lapse of ages have become incorporated with the 
text. To the second volume he has also prefixed a Dissertation respecting the Trajections 
often necessary in the New Testament. Some of these Trajections or transpositions are ar- 
bitrary enough. Bishop Jebb has given a specimen of them, with some just castigatory 
remarks, in his Sacred Literature, pp. 128-130. 


18. ‘H KAINH ATAOHKH. Novum Testamentum, cum Notis Theo- 
logicis et Philologicis. Londini, in edibus typographicis A. J. Valpy, 1816. 
3 vols. 8vo. 


A work executed with equal correctness and elegance: there are a few copies on large 
paper, which are truly beautiful. The Greek is that of the received text, with the excep- 
tion of some few passages, in which the editor acknowledges that he has followed Gries- 
bach ; and the Scholia are arranged in a similar order with those of Hardy’s edition, 
noticed in p. 299. They are chiefly selected from Grotius, Elsner, Raphelius, Bos, Pa- 
lairet, Kypke, and Rosenmiiller. ‘To each book is prefixed a short account of its author, 
occasion, and object, drawn up in pure and elegant Latinity. For this valuable auxiliary to 
sacred studies, the biblical student is indebted to the Rev. Edward Vatry, B.D. It is no 
mean commendation of this commodious and valuable edition of the New ‘Testament, that 
a late eminent prelate of the Anglican church (Bishop Huntingford), who examined it, sig- 
nified his approbation of every passage on which any controversy was likely to be occasioned ; 
and stated that, had he edited it, it would have been similarly edited. 


19. “H KAINH AIAOHKH. The New Testament: with English Notes, 
critical, philological, and explanatory. [By the Rev. Edward Vatpy, B.D. ] 
A new Edition. London, 1826. 3 vols. 8vo. 


A new and greatly improved edition of the preceding work: as it is now accompanied 





tT ae fh 


- 


it a ayaa nels 


“om _ 
al 


™ 


Sect. III. §6.] | Commentators on the entire New Testament. +) SOt 


with various readings, the reader will find a more particular account of it, as well as of the 
edition of the New Testament, with various readings and philological notes, by the Rey. 
Dr. Burton, among the critical editions of the New Testament, in pp. 31,32. supra. 


20. Testamentum Novum Grecé. Cum Animadversionibus Criticis, &c. 
a Joanne Severino Vater. Hale Saxonum, 1824. 8vo. 


See the title at length, and an account of the Notes, &c. of this edition of the New Tes- 
tament, in p. 27. No. 43. supra. 


21. The Greek Testament with English Notes, critical, philological, and 
exegetical. By the Rev. S. T. BLoomrieLp, D.D. London, 1832. Second 
Edition, 1836. Third Edition, 1839. 2 vols. 8vo. 


See a critical Account of the Notes, &c. to these editions of the New Testament, in 
pp. 32, 33. No. 57. supra. 





22. A Commentary or Exposition on the New Testament ; with a Decad 
of Common Places. By John Trapp. London, 1647. 2 vols. 4to. 


The second edition of this work, which was printed in folio in 1656, forms part of the 
same author’s Annotations upon the Bible, noticed in p. 254. No, 4. supra. 


23. A Paraphrase and Annotations on the New Testament, by Henry 
Hammonpn, D.D. London, 1702. folio, best edition. 


The first edition of this valuable work appeared in 1653: it is in great and growing re- 
putation. There are many good criticisms, but many that are much mistaken. Dr. Ham- 
mond ‘ finds the Gnostics every where, which is his principal fault: many of Le Clerc’s 
animadversions upon those places are very good; and his edition of his book in Latin I 
think much preferable to the original.”” (Dr. Doddridge. ) 


24. A Paraphrase on the New Testament, with Notes Doctrinal and 
Practical. By the Rev. Richard Baxter. London, 1695. 8vo.—Reprinted 
at London, 1810. 8vo. 


The paraphrase is inserted between the verses of the text, and in a smaller type. The 
annotations are at the end of the chapters. They are for the most part very short, and con- 
tain much sound sense and piety. Mr. Baxter’s ‘ practical writings,” said Dr. Barrow, 
‘“ were never mended, and his controversial ones seldom refuted.” 


25. A Paraphrase and Commentary on the New Testament; to which is 
added, a Chronology of the New Testament, and an Alphabetical Table of 
Places mentioned in the New Testament. By Daniel WuitsBy, D.D. 
London, 1761. 2 vols. folio. 


This is considered as the best edition: the work was first published in 1703: and the 
tenth edition, in 4to, appeared in 1807. Divines of every denomination concur in pro- 
nouncing Dr. Whitby’s commentary to be, upon the whole, the best upon the New Testament 
that is extant in the English language. It is inserted in almost every list of books that we 
have seen recommended to students. 


26. Expository Notes, with Practical Observations on the New Testament 
of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; wherein the Sacred Text is at large 
recited, the Sense explained, &c. &c. By William Burxirt, M.A. Lon- 
don, 1814. 4to.; also 1833, in 2 vols. 8vo. 


The first edition of this deservedly popular work was printed early in the last century; 
and its practical utility has caused it to be several times reprinted in folio, besides the above- 
noticed editionsin 4to.and 8vo, It does not profess to discuss critical questions, butis very useful 
for the inferences it deduces from the sacred text. Burkitt (says Dr. Doddridge) “ has many 
schemes of old sermons; his sentiments vary in different parts of the work, as the authors 
from whom he took his materials were orthodox or not.” The Reverend Dr. Glasse pub- 
lished an edition of this work, a few years since, in two vols. 4to. ; which was soon after- 
wards followed by an abridgment, in one thick volume 8vo., for the use of the poor. 


27. The Practical Expositor; or, an Exposition of the New Testament in 
the Form of a Paraphrase, with occasional Notes, and serious Recollections 


302 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


at the end of each Chapter. By John Guyse, D.D. London, 1739-1752. 
3 vols. 4to. Various Editions are extant, in 6 vols. 8vo. 





Dr. Guyse was an eminent dissenting divine of the eighteenth century, and his religious 
principles Calvinistic. His paraphrase has never been very popular, though it ‘ is said to 
display a sound judgment, intimate acquaintance with the original, and considerable critical 
powers.” (Chalmers’s Biographical Dictionary, vol. xvi. p. 490.) 


28. An Exposition on the Books of the New Testament, extracted from the 
Writings of the best Authors, antient and modern. By Jobn Marcuanr. 
London, 1743. folio. 


29. The Primitive New Testament. Part I. containing the Four Gospels, 
with the Acts of the Apostles. Part II. containing XIV. Epistles of Paul. 
Part III. containing the seven Catholic Epistles. Part IV. containing the 
Revelation of John [translated, with a few Notes, by William WuisTon ]. 
8vo. Stamford, 1745. 


A book not of very éommon occurrence: to render it complete, there should be prefixed 
a harmony “ of the Resurrection of Jesus Christ, according to Beza’s double copy of the 
Four Gospels and Acts of the Apostles.” 

The first part is translated “ according to the Greek part of the MS. of Beza, the imper- 
fections of which are supplied from the Vulgar Latin;” the second part is “ according to 
the Greek of the Clermont manuscript ;” the third and fourth parts are said to be “ all 
according to the Greek Alexandrian MS., according to the collations in Dr. Mills, cor- 
rected.” The modern distinctions of chapters and verses are retained. 


30. The Family Expositor : or a Paraphrase and Version of the New Tes- 
tament, with Critical Notes, and a Practical Improvement of each Section. 
By Philip Dopprince, D.D. London, 1760-62. 6 vols. 4to. Also in 4 vols. 
4to. London, 1808; and various editions in 6 vols. 8vo.: also in one volume 
super-royal 8vo. London, 1825. 


The late Bishop of Durham (Dr. Barrington), in addressing his clergy on the choice of 
books, characterises this masterly work in the following terms: —‘* In reading the New 
Testament, I recommend Doddridge’s Family Expositor, as an impartial interpreter and 
faithful monitor. Other expositions and commentaries might be mentioned, greatly to the 
honour of their respective authors, for their several excellencies; such as elegance of ex- 
position, acuteness of illustration, and copiousness of erudition: but I know of no expositor 
who unites so many advantages as Doddridge; whether you regard the fidelity of his version, 
the fulness and perspicuity of his composition, the utility of his general and historical in- 
formation, the impartiality of his doctrinal comments, or, lastly, the piety and pastoral 
earnestness of his moral and religious applications. He has made, as he professes to have 
done, ample use of the commentators that preceded him; and in the explanation of gram- 
matical difficulties, he has profited much more from the philological writers on the Greek 
Testament than could almost have been expected in so multifarious an undertaking as the 
Family Expositor. Indeed, for all the most valuable purposes of a Commentary on the 
New Testament, the Family Expositor cannot fall too early into the hands of those intended 
for holy orders.’’. (Sermons and Tracts, p.150.) This admirable commentary is in the 
lists of books recommended by Bishops Watson and Tomline, and almost every other theo- 
logical tutor. 

An abridgment of the Family Expositor, upon a plan suggested by Dr. Doddridge him- 
self, was published a few years since by the Rev. S. Palmer, intitled ‘“* The Family Expositor 
abridged, according to the plan of its author; containing his version, and the most useful 
explanatory notes, with practical reflections at the end of each section entire.” 2 vols. 8v0. 
It forms a convenient companion to Mr. Orton’s Exposition of the Old Testament, noticed 
in p. 266. of this Appendix. 


31. The New Testament, carefully collated with the Greek, and corrected: 
divided and pointed according to the various subjects treated of by the 
Inspired Writers, with the common division into chapters and verses in the 
margin; and illustrated with Notes critical and explanatory. By Richard 
Wynne, A.M. London, 1764. 2 vols. 8vo. 


“Mr. Wynne seems to have made his divisions into chapters and verses, with a good deal 
of attention and judgment. As to the translation and many of the notes, they are so much 
taken from the Family Expositor of the late Reverend Dr. Doddridge, that the duty we owe 
the public obliges us to say, they are more the property of that learned critic than of our 
editor.” (Monthly Review, O. S, vol. xxxi. pp. 406, 407.) The book, however, is useful, 
and not dear. 


. 





Sect. III. § 6.] | Commentators on the entire New Testament. 303 


32. The New Testament or New Covenant of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ, translated from the Greek, according to the present idiom of the 
English Tongue. With Notes and References. By John Worstey. 
London, 1770. 8vo. 


The design of this version is to depart as little as possible from the authorised translation, 
while the author has endeavoured (and with some degree of success) to bring it nearer to 
the original, and to make the form of expression more suited to our present language. He 
professes to have paid especial attention to the correct rendering of the particles, many of 
which, it is well known, are omitted in the authorised version. The notes are very brief, 
and principally intended to confirm and illustrate the more literal or various renderings at 
the bottom of each page. -‘¢ This work may be very usefully consulted; and persons who 
are unacquainted with the original, may be able from hence to form their judgment con- 
cerning the translation in common use among us, and to improve their knowledge of the 
Scriptures.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xliii. p. 12.) 


33. The Christian Expositor: being a brief Explanation of the New 
Testament, whereby the Holy Scriptures are rendered easy to be under- 
stood by the meanest capacities. By the Rev. James Asuton. London, 
“1774. 8vo. 


«¢ We think Mr. Ashton seems to have assumed rather too much in his title-page. We 
have looked over the volume, and find several pertinent illustrations; but we apprehend that 
this well-intended work will admit of a great deal of improvement.” (Monthly Review, 
O. S. vol. lii. p. 365.) 


34. An Exposition of the New Testament, intended as an Introduction to 
the Study of the Scriptures, by pointing out the leading sense and connexion 
of the Sacred Writers. By Wm. Gixtpin, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This justly-admired and ably-executed work has gone through several editions: it first 
appeared in one volume 4to. 1790. “ The plan of the author is to give the whole substance 
of the New Testament, verse by verse, in such a kind of paraphrase as may make the his- 
torical parts run on in a pleasing style of narrative, and convey the doctrinal parts with such 
connexion of the argument and illustration of the sense, as may induce even the idle to 
read the whole with pleasure. Sentences are occasionally thrown in for the sake of explana- 
tion; but of this and every deviation from the apparent literal sense of the context, due 
notice is given in the notes; which are numerous, learned, and satisfactory. We have not 
seen any plan more likely to attract all kinds of readers to this best of studies; and we are 
happy to bear testimony that the plan is executed with good sense and without affectation.” 
(British Critic, O. S. vol. iv. p. 122.) 

35. Conjectures, with short Comments and Illustrations of various Passages 
in the New Testament, particularly in the Gospel of St. Matthew. Te which 
is added a specimen of Notes on the Old Testament. By Stephen Weston, 
B.D. London, 1795. 4to. 


36. A Translation of the New Testament. By Gilbert WaKkerrIELp, B.A. 
Second edition, with improvements. London, 1795. 2 vols. 8vo. - 


The first edition of this work was published in three volumes 8vo. 1792. For an account 
of the merits.and defects of this version, see the Monthly Review, New Series, vol. viii. 
pp- 241-247. and vol. xx. p.225. It was preceded, first, by 4d New Translation of the 
Gospel of St. Matthew, with Notes critical, philological, and explanatory, 4to, London, 1782, of 
which a severe account is given in the same journal, vol. lxix. Old Series, pp. 48-59. ; and, 
secondly, by 4 New Translation of those Parts only of the New Testament which are wrongly 
translated in our common version, 8vo. London, 1789. This is a small volume, but more 
valuable for reference than the work above noticed ; as it consists simply of corrections of 
passages mistranslated, without any comment or observations. 


37. A Translation of the New Testament, from the Original Greek. 
Humbly attempted by Nathaniel ScArLerr, assisted by men of piety and 
literature. With Notes. London, 1798. 8vo. 


This translation is executed in conformity with the tenets of the Universalists. ‘ It is 
with sincere regret that we see so much piety and good intention so very expensively mis- 
employed as in the present volume. Nothing can be more injudicious than the whole plan 
and form of the work. What advantage can possibly be expected from printing the historical 
parts of the Testament like a play?”......“¢ It will hardly be credible to those who do not see 
the book, that this strange method is employed throughout, whenever it is practicable,” 


(British Critic, O. S. vol. xiii. p. 435.) 


304 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


38. An Attempt towards revising our English Translation of the Greek 
Scriptures, or the New Covenant of Jesus Christ, and towards illustrating 
the Sense by philclogical and explanatory Notes. By William NEWGOME, 
D.D., Archbishop of Armagh. 1796. 2 vols. royal 8vo. 


This work, though dated in 1796, was not published till some time after the right 
reverend author’s decease in 1800. In the preface it is stated that his original intention 
extended no further than to improve our authorised translation of the Greek Scriptures, 
following the text of Griesbach’s critical edition, except in a few instances. Finding, 
however, that his plan would be defective without a comment on the text of such a 
difficult book, he proceeded to add a selection of annotations from a body of notes which 
he had formed or compiled, with occasional additions supplied by able commentators, or by 
his own study of the sacred writings. This version was (much to the mortification of some 
of the archbishop’s relatives) made the basis of the following work, which is here noticed, 
merely lest the author of these pages should be charged with designedly omitting it. 


39. The New Testament in an ImpRovED VERSION, upon the basis of 
Archbishop Newcome’s New Translation: with a corrected Text, and Notes 
critical and explanatory, &c. &c. &c. London, 1808. 8vo. 


This version is avowedly made to support the modern socinian scheme; for though the 
Jate learned Archbishop Newcome’s name is specified in the title-page, as a kind of model, his 
authority is disregarded whenever it militates against the creed of the anonymous editors. 
The errors and perversions of this translation have been most ably exposed by the Rev. 
Dr. Nares, in his ‘* Remarks on the Version of the New Testament, lately edited by the 
Unitarians,” &c. &c. 8vo. London, 1808 (2d edit. 1814); by the Rev. T, Rennell, in 
his ‘¢‘ Animadversions on the Unitarian Translation by a Student in Divinity,” 8vo. Lon- 
don, 1811; and by the Rev. Dr. Laurence (now archbishop of Cashel), in his ‘ Critical 
Reflections on some important Misrepresentations contained in the Unitarian Version of the 
New ‘Testament,” 8vo. Oxford and London, 1811; and especially in the ‘* Vindication 
of the Authenticity of the Narratives contained in the first two chapters of theGospels of 
St. Matthew and St. Luke,” by a Layman. London, 1822. 8vo. The three last-mentioned 
treatises discuss various topics, which it did not fall within Dr. Nares’s plan to notice. Twa 
short but very able critiques on this Version may also be seen in the Quarterly Review, 
vol. i. pp. 315-336., and in the Eclectic Review for 1809, vol. v. pp. 24—39., 236-251. 


40. The New Testament, translated from the Greek; and the Four 
Gospels arranged in Harmony, where the parts of each are introduced 
according to the Natural Order of the Narrative, and the Exact Order of 
Time. With some Preliminary Observations, and Notes critical and expla- 
natory. By William THompson, A.M. Kilmarnock, 1816. 3 vols. 8vo. 


This work the writer of these pages has never been able to procure: it is thus character- 
ised by Mr. Orme:—‘‘ Mr. Thompson is entitled to respect, for his attempt to translate the 
New Testament, whatever opinion may be formed of his success. If a profound acquaint- 
ance with classical and biblical Greek, solidity of judgment, great nicety of taste, and acute- 
ness of discernment, together with a command of pure and easy phraseology in our native 
tongue, be essential to a good translation of the Bible, this work will not stand the test. 
The author’s attainments in all these respects were very moderate: The version is ‘stu- 
diously made as literal as possible.’ The English idiom is continually sacrificed to the 
Greek, so that grammatical propriety is often violated ; and the desire to render the trans- 
Jation very faithful, and very clear, has often made it obscure and incorrect. He never 
departs from the received text in a single instance ; so that, for bim, Mill and Wetstein and 
Griesbach have all laboured in vain. ‘The preliminary observations contain some feeble 
criticism on Dr. Campbell’s Dissertations. The notes to the work are numerous, and some- 
times long; but they rarely discover much ability. The piety of the author, and his attach- 
ment to the leading doctrines of the Gospel, are very apparent; and, with all its defects, 
some of the renderings are good, and many remarks occur which are worthy of attention.” 
(Orme’s Biblioth. Biblica, p. 430.) 


41. Recensio Synoptica Annotationis Sacre, being a Critical Digest and 
Synoptical Arrangement of the most important Annotations on the New 
Testament, exegetical, philological, and doctrinal: carefully collected and 
condensed from the best Commentators, both Antient and Modern, and so 
digested as to form one consistent body of Annotation, in which each portion 
is systematically attributed to its respective author, and the foreign matter 
translated into English. The whole interspersed with a copious body of 


’ 
. 
, 
, 





ee ee es ees 


Sect. III. §6.] | Commentators on the entire New Testament. 305 


original Annotations. By the Rev. S.T.Bioomrieip, M.A. [now D.D.] 
London, 1827. 8 very large volumes, 8vo. 


Copious as is the title-page of this elaborate work, it barely expresses the nature of 
its various contents. Purposely avoiding to treat on those subjects which are discussed in 
the Commentaries of Bp. Mant and Dr. D’Oyly, of Dr. A. Clarke and of Mr. Hewlett, 
the annotations of Messrs. Elsley and Slade, the treatises of Bps. Tomline and Marsh, 
Michaelis’s Introduction, and also in this work, Dr. Bloomfield has derived his exegetical 
and doctrinal annotations from the Scholiasts and Glossographers, as well as from Theo- 
phylact, Theodoret, Euthymius, and other antient fathers of the church, especially the 
eloquent and erudite Chrysostom; while Elsner, Raphelius, Kypke, Wetstein, Koppe, 
Rosenmiuller, Tittmann, Kuinoel, Whitby, Macknight, Doddridge, and numerous other 
critics and commentators, both British and foreign, have largely contributed to his philo- 
logical illustrations. Nor has he omitted to avail himself of the valuable aids for the 
elucidation of the Scriptures which are contained in the works of Cartwright, Buxtorf, 
Lightfoot, Pococke, Surenhusius, Schoettgenius, Meuschen, and others. Those only who 
have been engaged in similar studies can appreciate the labour of Dr. Bloomfield’s under- 
taking, to which he has devoted many years of patient research, amid the conflicting opinions 
of critics and theologians. There is scarcely a single difficult passage which is not eluci- 
dated ; while the genuineness of some important texts, which had been impugned, is ably 
vindicated and established. Avoiding minor topics, on which real Christians may agree to 
differ in opinion, Dr. B. has laudably applied his learning to the defence of these cardinal 
doctrines of the New Testament, —the Deity and vicarious Atonement of Jesus Christ, and 
the Deity and Personality of the Holy Spirit. To those who have not the means of pro- 
curing the costly and voluminous publications of foreign commentators, these volumes will 
be most acceptable; while such as may possess them will here find a convenient manual of 
reference for their opinions on various topics. The value of Dr. Bloomfield’s work is 
enhanced by the numerous glossarial notes which he has introduced on difficult words of 
rare or infrequent occurrence. ‘The first part, which consists of three volumes, is appro- 
priated to the elucidation of the four Gospels; the second, which is in five volumes, treats 
on the Acts and Episties. Altogether, this is one of the most important works in sacred 
literature which has been offered to the attention of Bible students for many years. 


42. The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; trans- 
lated out of the original Greek, and with the former Translations diligently 
compared and revised. Arranged in Paragraphs, such as the sense requires ; 
the divisions of Chapters and Verses being noted in the margin; with 
various Tables, &c. By James Nourse. New York, 1527. 8vo. 


The common (or authorised) translation remains unaltered ; the paragraphs are generally 
copied from those in Knappe’s critical edition of the Greek Testament, noticed in p.25. No.33. 
supra; though sometimes the paragraphs of Bengel’s edition are preferred. A critical 
analysis of the contents is placed at the head of each page. <A few notes are given on the 
punctuation of several passages, together with a short Introduction, on the origin and proper 
use of the Divisions into Chapters and Verses; an outline of a Harmony of the Gospels, 
arranged from Archbishop Newcome’s; a Table of the Order and Date of the Books of 
the New Testament, and an Index of Quotations from the Qld Testament. 


43. The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. With 
an Introduction and Notes. By J. A.Cummines. Second edition, revised 
and improved. Boston, 1827. 12mo. 

44. The New Testament: with a Plain Exposition for the use of Families. 
By the Rev. Thomas Boys, M.A. London, 1827. 4to. 


4.5, Analecta Theologica. A digested and arranged Compendium of the 
most approved Commentaries upon the New Testament. By the Rev. Wil- 
liam Trottopr, M.A. London, 1829-34. 2 large vols. 8vo. 


The object of this laborious and comprehensive work is, to compress into as condensed a 
form as is consistent with perspicuity, the opinions, illustrations, and expositions of the 
principal theologians and biblical critics. The several arguments are digested and arranged 
in such a manner that the merits of any question may be seen at one view, without reference 
to the authors themselves ; the bulk and high price of many of whose works place them 
beyond the reach of junior biblical students, for whose use Mr. Trollope’s publication is 
especially designed: Those writers, who have taken different sides in certain questions, are 
distinctly marked ; and the student is directed to that interpretation of the several disputed 
texts which seems to be best supported, and most generally approved. It is a primary and 
very important feature of this work, that it gives the WHOLE of the arguments on any con- 
tested topic in a perspicuous and connected form: whereas in some of those collections of 
notes which are much in use among junior students, the heads of such arguments only are 


VOL. II. APP. (u) 


306 Sacred Philology. [Part IJ. Ch. V. 


given, leaving the inexperienced reader in a maze of conflicting opinions, and unable to 
form his own judgment without consulting the writers themselves ; whose works in many 
cases he may not have the opportunity or the means of procuring. 


46. The Christian Expositor, or Practical Guide to the Study of the New 
Testament, intended for the Use of General Readers. By the Rev. George 
Hoxpen, M.A. London, 1830. Second Edition, corrected and improved, 
1837. 12mo. 


This volume also forms a part of Mr. Holden’s commentary on the entire Bible, the plan 
of which is stated in pp. 264, 265. No. 38. suprd. ‘In the prosecution of his undertaking 
the author has given an explanation of every verse, and even of every phrase in the New Tes- 
tament, which appeared liable to be misunderstood; first, by a critical examination of the 
sacred text itself, and then by consulting the most eminent commentators and biblical critics, 
both British and foreign. Without any parade of sacred philology, he has concisely given 
the results of his investigation; and the reader, who has recourse to his pages for the inter- 
pretation of really difficult passages, will rarely, if ever, be disappointed.” (Christian 
Remembrancer, August, 1830, p. 480.) ‘ Asa practical expositor of the New Testament, 
convenient for ready, and, we may add, satisfactory reference, this is one of the most useful 
works that has for some time appeared, connected with biblical literature. Mr. Holden 
gives us, instead of philology, the results of philology, two extremely different things ; and 
such words and passages only, as admit of ambiguity, are selected for explanation. The 
task is accomplished with great intelligence and learning.” (Monthly Review, July, 1830, 
pp. 468, 469.) 


47. The Devotional Testament, containing Reflections and Meditations 
on the different Paragraphs of the New Testament of our Lord and Saviour 
Jesus Christ; intended as a Help for the Closet and for domestic Worship. 
By the Rev. Richard Marks. London, 1830. 4to. 


48. Explanatory Notes upon the New Testament, with occasional Remarks, 
critical and practical. By the Rev. G. Biiss. London, 1832. 12mo. 


49. A New and Corrected Version of the New Testament: or, a Minute 
Revision and prefessed Translation of the original Histories, Memoirs, 
Letters, Prophecies, and other productions of the Evangelists and Apostles. 
To which are subjoined a few generally brief, critical, explanatory, and 
practical Notes. By Rodolphus Dickinson. Boston [Massachussetts], 
1833. royal 8vo. 


“ Mr. Dickinson has reformed the titles of the several books of the New Testament, 
substituting for those generally received such as the following. History by Matthew ; Luke’s 
History of Apostolic and Ecclesiastical Transactions ; John’s General Address to Christians ; 
John’s Letter to an Eminent Christian Woman; John’s Letters, Visions, and Pr rophecies. 
Whether there is not a ridiculous affectation in all this, let our readers judge. This work is 
announced on the title-page as a professed translation. By this we are, it is presumed, to 
understand, that it is not an actual translation, but a concoction of materials in the verna- 
cular tongue, designed to pass as a new translation. And we are very willing to believe it 
a professed translation ; fora pretty thorough examination has failed to shew us the faintest 
traces of a critic’s hand. Where ill-chosen and ill-arranged phraseology has not made the 
work utterly unintelligible, the sense is generally the same with that of the received yersion, 
with here and there a modification borrowed from Campbell or Macknight. . . . . Apart 
from its literary execution, this professed translation has no distinctive character: and, as 
the author (in his preface) places his chief reliance on the rhetorical embellishments with 
which he has adorned the sacred text, we are constrained to award a verdict of Unqualhed 
condemnation. 

** The notes which form the Appendix to this volume are principally selected from En- 
elish and American writers. ‘They are excerpted indifferently from writers of widely varying 
creeds. . . . + He has introduced many annotations from works not professedly critical. 
He has elevated some men to the rank of commentators on Scripture, who surely never an- 
ticipated that honour. He gives us on the Logos a note from Jefferson, and several of the 
largest notes are credited to gear men as J. Q. Adams, Chancellor Kent, and Wirt. ‘The 
Free Enquirer, an infidel paper published at New York, furnishes several short remarks, 
And there are some original notes, tinged with the translator’s usual grandiloquence.” 
(American Monthly Review for March, 1833, vol. iii. pp. 221, 222, 223 oF 


50. The Village Testament, according to the authorised version, with 
Notes, Original and Selected: likewise “Tntrodwetions and concluding Re- 
marks to each book Polyglott References, and Marginal Readings, Geogra- 


— 





Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on Historical Books of the New Testament. 307 


phical Index, Chronological and other Tables [and two Maps]. By the 
Rev. William Parton. New York, 1833, second edition, 1834. 18mo. 
A commodious edition of the New Testament, and neatly printed, with a minute but very 


distinct type. The notes have been compiled with much industry ; a considerable portion. 
of them is original. 


51. The Pocket Commentary, consisting of Critical Notes on the New Tes- 
tament ; original and selected from the most celebrated Biblical Critics and 
Commentators. By David Davipson. Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1834. 
18mo. 


52. A Pocket Expositor of the New Testament. By Thomas Krywortu. 
London, 1834. 18mo. 


53. The Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ : 
being a Critical Revision of the Text and Translation of the English Version 
of the New Testament, with the aid of most antient Manuscripts unknown 
to the age in which that Version was put forth by authority. [By Granville 
Penn, Esq.] London, 1836. 8vo. 


53*, Annotations to the Book of the New Covenant, with an expository 
preface: with which is reprinted I. L. Hug de Antiquitate Codicis Vatican 
Commentatio. By Granville Penn, Esq. London, 1837. 8vo. 


53**, Supplemental Annotations to the Book of the New Covenant: with 
a brief Exposure of the Strictures of the Theological Reviewer for July 
1837. By Granville Penn, Esq. London, 1838. 8vo. 


“ In the first volume of this work Mr. Penn has revised with considerable diligence the 
authorised version, in the hope that he may put every English reader in possession of ‘ the 
pure text free from all spurious accretions, and adapted to the level of minds least practised 
and disposed to attention and reflection.” The second volume consists of a preface, concern- 
ing some of the most fruitful sources of error in antient MSS. and the principles on which 
the present revision has been made; a reprint of a tract of I. L. Hug on the Antiquity of the 
Codex Vaticanus ; the paramount authority of that MS. being asserted by Mr. Penn; and 
a body of original annotations confined chiefly to the elucidation of the text, and the grounds 
of its departure from the received version; the perusal of which cannot fail to give the 
reader a high opinion of the diligence, candour, and piety of the author.” (British Magazine, 
vol. xi. p. 56.) 


~ 


[ii.] Commentators on Detached Books of the New Testament. 
COMMENTATORS ON THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 


1. Novi Testamenti Libri Historici, Greci et Latini, perpetuo Commen- 
tario illustrati, a Baldvino WaLtzo. Lugd. Bat. 1653; et Amstel. 1662. 
4.to. 


This may, with great propriety, be termed an edition of the four Gospels and Acts of the 
Apostles, cum notis variorum. 'The notes of Beza, Grotius, Drusius, Heinsius, and others, 
are here inserted in regular order, the reader being left to decide for himself, which inter- 
pretation he will prefer. As the book sells at an easy price, it may be advantageously sub- 
stituted for the larger editions of those eminent critics, where they cannot be conveniently 
referred to, or procured. 


2. A Paraphrase on the Four Evangelists. By Samuel Clarke, D.D. 
London. 2 vols. 8vo. 


To form a complete paraphrase on the New Testament, there are usually associated with 
this valuable work of Dr. Clarke, a ‘* Paraphrase on the Acts and Epistles,” 2 vols. 8vo. 
and a “ Paraphrase on the Revelations,” in one volume 8vo. by T. Pyle, M.A. Their 
deserved popularity has caused them to pass through repeated editions. ‘ Dr. Clarke’s 
paraphrase on the Evangelists deserves an attentive reading; he narrates a story in hand- 
some language, and connects the parts well together; but fails much in emphasis, and 
seems to mistake the order of the histories.” (Dr. Doddridge.) Pyle’s Paraphrase on the 
Epistles Dr. D. considered to be inferior in ability to that on the Old Testament noticed 
in No. 2. p. 266, supra. 

(u) 2 


308° Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V- 


3. Samuelis Friderici Bucuerr Antiquitates Biblicee ex Novo Testamento 
selectee, consuetudines, ritus, formulas veterum examinantes. Vitemberge 
et Lipsiee, 1729. 4to. 

A collection of notes —some of which are sufficiently prolix—on the four Gospels, 
elucidating them principally from the rabbinical writers. 


4, Explanatory Notes upon the Four Gospels in a new method, for the 
use of all, but especially the unlearned English reader; in two parts; to 
which are prefixed three Discourses. By Joseph Trapp, D.D. London, 
1748. Oxford, 1805. 8vo. 


The design of this very useful work is to take notice only of difficult texts, to correct 
the authorised version, and explain the diction of the sacred writings, but chiefly to recon- 
cile apparently contradictory passages. The three discourses prefixed explain with much 
perspicuity many prophecies of the Old Testament that are cited inthe New. The numerous 
impressions which this work has undergone sufliciently attest the high estimation in which it 
is deservedly held. 


5. A Commentary, with Notes, on the Four Evangelists and the Acts of 
the Apostles; together with a New Translation of Saint Paul’s First Epistle 
to the Corinthians, with a Paraphrase and Notes, to which are added other 
Theological Pieces. By Zachary Pearce, D.D. late Bishop of Rochester. 
London, 1777. 2 vols. 4to. 


“ On the whole, Dr. Pearce deserves to be ranked with other writers of eminence who 
have employed their philological learning in illustrating the sacred writings.” (Monthly 
Review, O.S. vol. lvi. p.205.) ‘To Dr. Z. Pearce, Bishop of Rochester, we are in- 
debted for an invaluable commentary and notes on the four Gospels,’ &c. ‘ The deep 
Jearning and judgment displayed in these notes are really beyond all praise.” (Dr. A. 


Clarke. ) 


6. Pericope Evangelice. Illustravit Christ. Theoph. Kuinoer. Lipsie, 
1796, 1797. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This work contains critical and expository annotations on the Gospels for every Sunday in: 


the year, according to the ritual of the Lutheran Church, in which these portions of the New 
Testament usually form the subjects of the preacher’s discourse. The passages selected are 
nearly the same as those used in the Liturgy of the Anglican church. ‘The notes in this 
work are much enlarged and corrected in the ensuing article. 


7. D. Christiani Theophili Kurnoet Commentarius in Libros Novi Tes- 
tamenti Historicos, vols. I—III. Lipsiz, 1808—1812; vol. IV. Lipsiz, 1818, 
and various subsequent editions, all in 8vo. Londini, 1834, 3 tomis. 8vo. 


This is one of the best philological commentaries on the historical books of the New Tes- 
tament. ‘ As a philologist, Kuinoel has exhibited a great deal of labour and care in the 
investigation of words and phrases. ..... In general, he is a sober, judicious critic, as to 
idiom, &c. Oftentimes he makes remarks with respect to the connexion and scope of dis- 
course, that are valuable and important. In all these points of view, he may be strongly 
commended to the student, who still should not be ready to give implicit credit to every 
thing which is said. By long and patient labour, he has attained to making a summary of 
much important knowledge in his work.’” (Professor Stuart, in the Andover Biblical Re- 
pository, for January, 1833, vol. iii. p. 133.) But there are some points on which the student 
cannot be too much upon his guard. Although now and then Kuinoel has successfully 
vindicated some important controyerted passage from a neologieal interpretation ; yet, in 
some cases, where there is apparently something of a miraculous nature which lies on the 
surface of the evangelical narration, he makes a shift, but with no great dexterity, to steer 
between the neologians and the orthodox, in order, as it would seem, to avoid giving offence 
to either. Professor Stuart (ibid. pp. 155-159.) has given several examples of these trim- 
ming interpretations, which we have not reom to insert; and with regard to the trinitarian 
controversy, he has shown that Kuinoel is what has been termed a high Arian. The Greek 
text is not inserted in the Leipzig edition of this commentary. Vol. i. contains the com- 
mentary on Saint Matthew’s Gospel; vol.ii. those on the Gospels of Saint Mark and Saint 
Luke; vol. iii. that on Saint John; and vol.iv. that on the Acts of the Apostles. To each 
book are prefixed well-compiled prolegomena, i in which the author’s life, the authenticity of 
his narrative, the time, place, and the language in which he wrote, as well as his style and 
manner of writing, are fully discussed. The London reprint, from the press of Mr. Richard 
Watts, is preferable to the editions printed in Germany, not only for the beauty of the 
typography, but also for the reasonableness of its price, ‘The various readings of Griesbach 


: 








Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on Historical Books of the New Testament. 309 


are subjoined to the textus receptus of the historical books of the New Testament. Though 
printed in 1826, this edition was not published until the year 1834. 


8. The Harmony of the Four Gospels. By J. Macxnicut, D.D. 4to. 
2 vols. 1756; 2d edit. 1763; 3d edit. 8vo. 2 vols. Edinburgh, 1804. 


See a notice of this excellent work, in p- 133. No. 13. supra. 


9. The four Gospels translated from the Greek; with Preliminary Dis- 
sertations and Notes. By George Campsett, D.D. F.R.S. Edinburgh ; 
Principal of Marischal College, Aberdeen. 4to. 2 vols. London, 1790; 
2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1807: 3d edit. London, in 3 vols. 8vo. 


The extensive circulation of this valuable work, which has placed the author high in the 
rank of biblical critics, sufficiently attests the esteem in which it is held. Although his ver- 
sion has not altogether answered the expectations entertained of it, yet the notes which ac- 
company it form an excellent philological commentary on the four Evangelists ; and the 
dissertations are a treasure of sacred criticism. The narratives of the sacred writers are 
arranged in sections, regulated by the subject matter, and the divisions of chapters and verses 
are retained in the margin. Professor Campbell’s work is in Bishop. Tomline’s list of books 
for students. 


10. Annotations on the Four Gospels, and the Acts of the Apostles. 
Compiled and abridged for the use of Students. 2d edit. London, 1812. 
3 vols. 8vo. Also various subsequent reprints In 8vo. | 


Though published anonymously, this work is known to be the production of the Rev. Mr. 
Estey, vicar of Burenston near Bedale; by whom the annotations on the Gospels only 
were first published in 2 vols. 8vo. 1799. “ Altogether, we say without the smallest reserve, 
we never saw a book more admirably adapted for the use of students, more creditable to an 
author’s sagacity, diligence, and erudition, or more likely to make the investigation of the 
New Testament easy and agreeable.” (British Critic, O. 8. vol. xvi. p.236. See also 
Monthly Review, N. S. vol. xxx. p. 441., and vol. Ixxvi, p. 381.) 


11. Quatuor Novi Testamenti, Evangelia recensuit et cum Commentariis 
perpetuis edidit Car. Freder. Augustus Frirscue. Tomus I. Evangelium 
Matthei complectens. Lipsiz, 1825. 8vo. Tom. Il. Evangelia Marci et 
Luce. Lipsie, 1830. 8vo. 


The grammatical meaning of words is admirably investigated in this work ; but the theo- 
logical interpretations are in the very worst style of the neologian school of Germany. 


12. Annotations on the Historical Books of the New Testament. By M. 
Brianp, D.D. Vols. I. and II. [comprising the Gospels of St. Matthew and 
St. Mark.] Cambridge and London, 1828-29. 8vo. 


These annotations are designed for the use of students at the University, and of candidates 
for holy orders: and by them these volumes may be profitably consulted. Dr. Bland has 
drawn his materials from the stores of our best old English divines, and has occasionally 
illustrated and confirmed his interpretations of particular passages by apposite quotations 
from the fathers of the christian church, and other ecclesiastical writers. 


13. An Exposition of the Gospels of St. Matthew and St. Mark, and of 
some other detached parts of Holy Scripture. By the Rev. Richard War- 
son. London, 1833. royal 8vo. 


The sole object of this learned and original work is, the elucidation of the Scriptures ; and 
by this means to lay the foundation, rather than suggest those practical and pious uses to 
which they must be applied, if they make us “ wise unto salvation.” ‘Che author has aimed 
to afford help to the attentive general reader, whenever he should come to a term, phrase, or 
a whole passage, the meaning of which is not obvious, and to exhibit the true theology of the 
sacred volume. The notes, therefore, are brief upon the plainer passages, and most copious 
where explication appeared necessary. No real difficulty has been evaded, ‘The author had 
contemplated the writing of expository notes on the entire New Testament; but lived only 
to complete his commentary on the Gospels of St. Matthew and St. Mark, and on Luke i.— 
xiii. 15. and Rom. i.-iii. 21. 


14. Notes, Explanatory and Practical, on the Gospels. By Albert 
Barnes. New York, 1833. 2 vols. 12mo. Reprinted at London, 1834, 
18mo., with a few retrenchments. 

(Cas 


310 Sacred Philology. FPatt II) Chive 


15. Notes on the more prominent Difficulties of the Four Gospels, de- 
signed for general use. By John Pace, D.D. London, 1834. 12mo. 


SAINT MATTHEW AND ST. MARK. 


16. Caroli Marie pe Veit Explicatio Litteralis Evangelii secundum 
Mattheum et Marcum, ex ipsis Scripturarum fontibus, Ebraorum ritibus 
et idiomatis, veterum et recentiorum monumentis, eruta. Londini, 1678. 
Svo. 


17. Jacobi Exsnert Commentarius in Evangelia Matthzi et Marci. 
Zwolle, 1767, et annis sequentibus. 3 vols, 4to. 


SAINT MATTHEW. 


18. Specimen Critico-Theologicum, quo fides et auctoritas Matthei in 
referenda Jesu oratione, Evang. c. v. vi. vii., indicatur. Auctore Horatio 
Niebuur Ferr. Trajecti Batavorum, 1799. 8vo. 


19. Recentiores de Authentia Evangelii Matthaei Questiones recensentur 
et dijudicantur; simulque exponitur Ratio earum queestionum Apologetica. 
Commentatio Theologica. Scripsit Rudolphus Ernestus KLEener. Got- 
tinge, 1832. 4to. 

90. A New Version of Saint Matthew's Gospel, with Select Notes; 
wherein the version is vindicated, and the sense and purity of several words 
and expressions in the Original Greek are settled and illustrated. By Daniel 
Scort, J. U. D, London, 1741. 4to. 


21. Gottfridi OLEARII Observationes ad Evangelium Mattheei, Lipsiz, 
1743. Ato. 


Professor J. B. Carpzov mentions this as an excellent commentary on St. Matthew’s 
Gospel. 


22. J.C. Pores Commentarius in Sanctum Jesu Christi Evangelium se- 
cundum Matthzeum, etiam collatum cum evangelio Marci, Luce,.et Joannis, 
in iis que habent communia, necnon in sanctum Jesu Christi Evangelium 
secundum Marcum, Lucam, et Joannem, Mechlinie. 1823. 12mo. 


93, Eccardi Lercunert de tempore Magorum, hoc est, quo Magi ex oriente 
recens natum Christum Bethlehemi adoraérunt, Commentatio Analytica. Arn- 
steti. 1655. 12mo. 


94. Commentatio de Viet Momento Infanticidii Herodiani in Historia 
Jesu Christi. Auctore T,L.Danz. Jen, 1823. 4to. 


25. Exposition, Doctrinal and Philological, of Christ’s Sermon on the 
Mount, according to the Gospel of Matthew ; intended likewise as a help 
towards the formation of a pure Biblical System of Faith and Morals. 
Translated from the German of Dr. A. THotuck, by the Rev. Robert 
Menzies. Edinburgh, 1834-37. 2 vols. 12mo.: also forming Vols. VI. and 
XXI. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


26. H. P. T. VerHoeEveEN Disputatio Theologica de Precatione Dominica. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1829. 4to. 


27. Commentatio de Solenni Jesu Christi in Urbem Hierosolymitarum 
Introitu. Auctore T. P.C. Huyprecoper. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1829, 8vo. 


28. F. G. Nicolai SurincAR Commentatio de Sensu Loci Matth. xxii. 
37-40. Lugduni Batavorum, 1822. 4to. 


29. The Prophetic Discourse on the Mount of Olives, [Matt. xxiv. 
Mark xu. and Luke xxr.] historically and critically illustrated. With Con- 
siderations on the unfulfilled portion of it. By a Member of the University 
of Cambridge. Cambridge and London, 1834. 8vo. 





Sect. II. § 6.] Commentators on the Gospels of Mark and Luke. 311 


30. De Consilio et Causis Proditionis Judz Dissertatio. Auctore Josepho 
Ferenczy. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1829. 8vo. 


SAINT MARK. 


31. Georgii Friderict Hruperir Commentarius in Evangelium Marci, 
Argentorati (Strasburg), 1716. 8vo. 


Carpzov has indicated this Commentary as being an excellent one; we have never 
seen it. 


SAINT LUKE. 


32. A Critical Essay on the Gospel of St. Luke, by Dr. Frederick ScuLEiER- 
MACHER, With an Introduction by the Translator [the Rev. Connop Thirl- 
wall, M.A.], containing an account of the Controversy respecting the Origin 
of the Three first Gospels since Bishop Marsh’s Dissertation. London, 
1825. 8vo. 


Dr. Schleiermacher is justly considered as one of the most distinguished Greek scholars 
in Germany ; of this work the reader will find a copious account, together with a refutation 
of Dr. S.’s hypothesis respecting the Gospel of St. Luke, in the British Critic and Theolo- 
gical Review for October, 1827, pp. 342-398. The translator’s Introduction is an admir- 
able disquisition for the variety of important information which it condenses into a small 
compass. : 


33. Sam. Frid. Nath. Morr Prelectiones in Luce Evangelium, edidit C- 
A. Donat. Lipsiz, 1795. 8vo. 


34. The Gospel of St. Luke, with English Notes. By the Rev. J. R. 
MaJsor, A.M. [now D.D.] London, 1826. 8vo. 


This work is avowedly designed for students, who may not have access to more bulky or 
more expensive publications. Dr. Major has availed himself of every accessible source 
for the elucidation of the evangelist; and has succeeded in comprising within the compass 
of a single volume that information, which the inexperienced student could not otherwise 
obtain without great research and expense. ‘The notes have been compiled principally with 
a view to the divinity examinations in the university of Cambridge. The volume is beau- 
tifully printed. 


35. Scholia in Luce Evangelium, ad supplendos reliquorum Interpretum 
Commentarios, scripsit Fridericus Augustus BorNrMANN.  Accesserunt 
cure secunde ad Actorum cap. XIX. sqq. et de Glossematis Novi Testamenti 
cauté dijudicandis Dissertatio. Lipsiz, 1830. 8vo. 

These annotations on the Gospel of St. Luke are strictly philological, and illustrate nu- 
merous passages which preceding commentators had passed by. ‘The dissertation on the 
Glosses, which some critics imagine to have crept into the text of the New ‘Testament, is 
particularly valuable. 


36. Observationes Critice in priora duo Evangelii Luce capita. Edidit 
H. Reurerpany. Londini Gothorum, 1825. Three parts, forming one 
volume 4to. 


37. Adriani Leonardi Vander Boon Mescu Interpretatio Hymni Zacharie, 
quam Lucas servavit, Evang. I. 67-79. Lugduni Batavorum, 1817. 4to. 


38. Dissertatio Theologica inauguralis de Hymno Marie, quam...... 
publico examini submittit Nicolaus Henricus Tatum Zusir. Lugduni Bata- 
vorum, 1829. 8vo. 


The first part of this dissertation contains a grammatical interpretation of the Hymn of 
Mary. (Lukei. 46-55.); and the second part investigates its sources, poetical structure, 
and the doctrine which it teaches, viz., the acknowledgment and celebration of the providence 
of God, and the advent of the Messiah who was promised to the patriarchs. 


39. De Procuratore, Parabola Jesu Christi ex Re Provinciali Romanorum 
illustrata, Commentatio Historico-Exegetica ad Luc. XVI. 1-9. Auctore 
C.G.L.GrossMAnn. Lipsiee, 1824. 4to. 


40. Chr. God. Knincknarpt, super Parabola Jesu Christi de Homine 


(uv) 4 


312 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Divite et Lazaro in Evangelio Luce, cap. XVI. 19-31. consignata, Com- 
mentatio. Lipsiw, 1831. 4to. 


SAINT JOHN. 


41. Caroli Wilhelmi Stronck Specimen Hermeneutico-Theologicum de 
Doctrina et Dictione Johannis Apostoli. ‘Trajectiad Rhenum, 1797. 


42. Joannis CLarisse, Pro Evangelii Joannei AYOENTEIA Dissertatio 
Critico-Theologica. Harderovici, 1806. 8vo. 


43. Caroli Gottlieb BrerscHNneIpER Probabilia de Evangelii et Epistola- 
rum Joannis Apostoli Indole et Origine. Lipsiz, 1820. 8vo. 


44, Caroli Gulielmi Srriy, Authentia Evangelii Joannis contra Bret- 
schneideri Objectiones defensa. Additur Specimen Novi Lexici Joannei. 
Brandenburgi, 1821. 8vo. 


This publication contains a satisfactory vindication of the genuineness of the writings of 
Saint John, against the objections of Dr. Bretschneider; who, in his ‘ Probabilia,’ had as- 
serted, contrary to all evidence, that the writings which bear that apostle’s name were com- 
piled after his decease by some Gentile Christian in the beginning of the second century, 
who passed himself for the apostle!! The six following publications were also occasioned 
by Dr. Bretschneider’s Probabilia. 


45. H. A. Scuorr Programma, quo examinantur dubitationes queedam de 
authentia Evangelii Joannis nuperrime ex prioribus quatuor capitibus a 
Bretschneidero excitate. Jen, 1820. 4to. 


46. Th. Ph. Ch. Katser Commentationes III. de apologeticis Evangelii 
Joannei consiliis authentiam ejus commonstrantibus. Erlangee, 1821-24-25. 
4to. 


47. A. ¥. G. M. Graser Dissertatio Exegetico-Historica de Johanne 
apostolo, Evangelii, quod ejus nomen pre se fert, vero auctore, respectu 
recentiorum quarundam dubitationum atque criminationum. Helmstadii, 
1823. Ato. 


48. A. Th. CatmBere, De antiquissimis Patrum pro Evangelii Joannei 
Avdeyreia ‘Testimoniis. Lipsiz et Hamburgi, 1823. folio. 


49. Michaelis Wesert Authentia Capitis Ultimi Evangelii Johannis, hu- 
jusque Evangelii totius, et Prine Johannis Epistole, Argumentorum In- 
ternorum Usu vindicata. Halis, 1823. 8vo. 


50. Leonardi Usrertr Commentatio Critica, in qua Johannis Evangelium 
genuinam esse, ex comparatis IV. Evangeliorum de ccena ultima et de pas- 
sione Jesu Christi narrationibus, ostenditur. Turici, 1823. Svo. 


51. De Authentid Capitis X XI. Evangelii Joannei, e sola orationis indole 
judicanda. Scripsit J.C. LL. Hanpsckxe. Lipsiew, 1818. 8vo. 


52. An Exposition of the Gospel of Jesus Christ according to John. By 
George Hutcueson, Minister of the Gospel at Edinburgh. London, 1657. 
folio. 


A book not of common occurrence: it contains many valuable observations. 





1 In the Jena Literary Gazette for January, 1827 (Supplt. No. 1.), it is stated that 
Dr. Bretschneider, in the preface to the 2d edition of his Handbuch der Dogmatik 
(Manual of Dogmatic Theology), declares, that, in his biblical criticisms he has, without 
any hesitation, used as genuine sources the writings of St. John; because the doubts re- 
specting the genuineness of those writings, which he some time since laid before the public, 
were regarded by him merely as suggestions which might give occasion to a more minute 
and fundamental investigation of the proofs of such genuineness, which proofs at that time 
had appeared to him to be still incomplete; and also because he trusted that this inquiry 
would be fully accomplished by the publications respecting it that have already appeared, as 
well as by those which were announced as preparing for publication. 





Sect. III. §6.] Commentators on the Gospel of John. BIS 


53. Commentarius Analytico-Exegeticus, tam literalis quam realis, Evan- 
gelii secundum Johannem. Authore Fred. Adol. Lampe. Amsteladami, 
1724-1726. 3 vols. 4to. 


This is unquestionably the most copious work on Saint John’s Gospel that was ever 
published ; every thing which the learned author could possibly collect, in order to illustrate 
the Evangelist, being here concentrated. It is, however, a work better adapted to the 
mature scholar than to the student in divinity, who may not always be able to select with 
judgment from these ample tomes. Lampe also composed two quarto volumes of Disser- 
tationes Philologico-Theologice, on St. John’s Gospel, which were published in 1737, by 
Dr. Gerdes. They are replete with solid erudition. 


54. Paraphrasis Evangelii Johannis, cum Notis et Cantabrigiensis Codicis 
Latino Textu, a Joanne Salomone Semuero. Hale, 1771. 8vo. 


Semler was one of the most celebrated biblical critics of Germany during the last century : 
his writings, which illustrate with great ability many philological difficulties, bear a high 
price ; but he espoused such rational dogmas, in certain points of doctrine, which are of 
fundamental importance, that the student cannot be too much on his guard against 
them. 


55. Sam. Frid. Nathan. Morr Recitationes in Evangelium Joannis ; ani- 
madversiones subjecit Tho. Imm. Dindorf. Pragee, 1795. 8vo. Lipsiz, 1808. 
8vo. 


56. Notes, Critical and Dissertatory, on the Gospel and Epistles of Saint 
John. By the Rev. R. Sazpuerp, D.D. F.R.S. London, 1796. 4to. 


Though bearing the date of 1796, this volume was not published until the year 1801. 
See an analysis of it in the Monthly Review, N.S. vol. xxxviii. pp. 145-150. 


57. Caroli T1rrmanni Meletemata Sacra, sive Commentarius Exegetico- 
Critico-Dogmaticus in Evangelium Joannis. Lipsiz, 1816. 8vo. 


The author of this work was superintendent of the Diocese of Dresden. Without vouch- 
ing for every opinion Dr. Tittmann has offered, we have no hesitation in saying that his 
work is, upon the whole, the most valuable commentary on Saint John’s Gospel extant in 
the compass of a single 8vo. volume; and though it does not render Lampe’s expensive 
work unnecessary, it may be advantageously substituted for this, where the student cannot 
obtain access to it. 


58. A Commentary on the Gospel of John by A. THotuck, D.D. Pro- 
fessor of Theology in the University of Halle. Translated from the German 
by the Rev. A. Kaufman. Boston [Massachussetts ], 1836. 8vo. 


« The translation of Tholuck’s Commentary on john will help to do away the opinion 
still too prevalent, that the writings of German theologians are valuable for little else than 
as repositories of exegetical learning. The commentary on John, though professedly exe- 
getical in its character, contains much that appeals directly to the spiritual apprehension of 
Christians ; much that is not drawn from learned authorities, but from communion with the 
writer’s own heart, and with the Spirit of God.” (Andover Biblical Repository, vol. vii. 
April 1836, pp. 440, 441.) 


59. Symbole ad Interpretationem Evangelii Johannis ex Marmoribus et 
Numis, maxime Greecis. Auctore Fr. Munrer. Haunie, 1826. Ato. 


60. Disputatio Theologica inauguralis de Pretio, statuendo Precationi 
Jesu, quee continetur Cap. XVII. Evangelio Johannis, quam ..... publico 
examini submittit Nicolaus Jacobus AARLAND. lLugduni Batavorum, 
1829. 8vo. 

An academical dissertation for a doctor’s degree in Theology, in the university of Leyden. 
After treating on the author of the sublime prayer, contained in the seventeenth Chapter of 
St. John’s Gospel, Dr. Aarland proceeds to give an exposition of it, and concludes witha 
practical view of the example which it affords to Christians, with regard to the things for 
which they ought to pray, as well as the words and temper with which they ought to offer 
their supplications. 


THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 


61. Dissertatio de Lucve détorisria in conscribendo Actuum Apostolorum 


314 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Libro. Scripsit Adrianus Cornelius de Merisirr. Uagee Comitum, 1827. 
Svo. 

62. An Attempt to ascertain the Chronology of the Acts of the Apostles 
and of St. Paul’s Epistles. By the Rev. Edward Burton, D.D. London, 
1830. 8vo. 


63. De Temporum in Actis Apostolorum Ratione. Scripsit Rudolphus 
AnGeER. Lipsia, 1834. 8vo. 


64. The Apostolical History of Mr. Cradock, Dr. Benson’s History of the 
first planting of Christianity, and Mr. Bevan’s Life of Paul, all of which have 
been mentioned in page 140. supra, deserve to be noticed in this place, 
among those writers who have materiaily illustrated the Acts of the 
Apostles. 


65. Casparis SrREsonis Commentarius Practicus in Actorum Apostolorum, 
per Lucam Evangelistam descriptorum, capita priora sedecim. Amstelodami, ’ 
1658. 4to. Hjusdem, Commentarius in capita duodecim posteriora. Am- 
stelodami, 1659. 4to. Hafnie, 1717. 4to. 


This work originated in the author’s sermons (in Dutch) on the Acts of the Apostles : 
they were afterwards translated into Latin, and so arranged as to form a commentary on the 
Acts of the Apostles. Streso’s work is commended by Walchius for its learning and piety. 


66. Caroli Mariz pe Veit Acta Sanctorum Apostolorum ad litteram ex- 
plicata. Londini, 1684. 8vo. 


This is one of the scarcest of Dr. de Veil’s expository publications: it was translated into 
English, and entitled .4 Literal Explanation of the Acts of the Holy Apostles. Written in 
Luatine, by C.M. du Veil, D.D., now translated into English out of a copy carefully reviewed 
and corrected by the Author. Lo which is added, a learned Dissertation about Baptism for the 
Dead. 1 Cor. xv. 29, Written in Latine, by the famous Fridericus Spanhemius, Filius, 
London, 1685. Svo. 


67. Joannis Pearsoni 8S. T. P. Cestriensis nuper Episcopi Lectiones in 
Acta Apostolorum. lLondini, 1688. 4to. 


These lectures are prefixed to Bishop Pearson’s Opera Chronologica, edited by Mr. Dod- 
well, Londini, 1688. 4to. They extend from the first to the ninth chapter of the Acts of 
the Apostles ; and (as may be expected) contain many valuable critical and chronological 
observations for the elucidation of St. Luke’s narrative. 


68. The History of the Acts of the Holy Apostles confirmed from other 
authors, and considered as full evidence of the Truth of Christianity. By 
Richard Biscor, D.D. London, 1742, 2 vols. 8vo. Oxford, 1829. in, one 
volume 8vo. 

This learned and elaborate work contains the substance of Dr. Biscoe’s sermons preached 
at Mr. Boyle’s lecture between the years 1736 and 1738. Dr. Doddridge frequently refers 
to it as a work of great utility, and as showing, in the most convincing manner, how incon- 


testibly the Acts of the Apostles demonstrate the truth of Christianity. The Oxford Reprint 
is beautifully executed. 


69. Johannis Ernesti Immanuelis Warcuir Dissertationes in Acta Apos- 
tolorum. Jenz, 1756-59. 3 tomis 4to. 


70. Acta Apostolorum Greece, perpetua annotatione illustrata a Car. Hen. 
Hernricus. Gottingee, 1809. 2 parts or vols. 8vo. 


This forms a part of Koppe’s edition of the New Testament, with notes, mentioned ia 
No. 15. pp. 299, 300. suprd. Some of the expositions in this work are characterised by 
that lax system of interpretation which is adopted by some modern expositors and critics in 
Germany, and against which the student cannot be too much upon his guard. 


71. Actions of the Apostles, translated from the original Greek, by the 
Rev. John Witxis, B.D. London, 1789. 8vo. 


This work ‘ is divided into several sections, to which are added notes, styled Proofs and 
Illustrations. Some of the author’s alterations, we think, are real improvements; others, 
the contrary ; some are very fanciful; and there are others for which we cannot at all ac- 
count.” (Monthly Review, N.S. vol. iii. p. 154.) 





Sect. III. §6.] Commentators on the Acts of the Apostles, &c. 315 


72. Sam. Frid. Nathan. Mort Versio et Explicatio Actuum Apostolicorum. 
Edidit, animadversiones recentiorum suasque adjecit, Gottlob Immanuel 
Dindorf. Lipsize, 1794. 2 vols. 8vo. 


73. TPAZEIZ TON AMOZTOAQN. Acta Apostolorum. Variorum Notis 
tum Dictionem tum Materiam illustrantibus suas adjecit Hastings Rosrnson, 
M.A. Cantabrigiz, 1824. S8vo. 


This beautifully executed edition of the Acts of the Apostles contains the text of Gries- 
bach, from which the editor has very rarely deviated ; and beneath it are placed critical and 
philological Scholia. “This edition is well calculated to illustrate the peculiar expressions and 
grammatical construction of the Acts of the Apostles, and the author’’ [editor] ‘ has judi- 
ciously added to his own remarks those of the best critics and theologians. Within a small 
compass much is contained.... We should imagine it well adapted to the purposes of college- 
lectures and of public schools, as intended by the writer ; and it isa book which the more 
advanced critic may add with advantage to his library.” (Universal Review, vol. ii. 
p. 173.) 


‘74, Notes, Explanatory and Practical, on the Acts of the Apostles. By 
Albert Barnes. New York, 1836. 12mo. 


75. A. G. HorrmMann, Commentatio in Orationem Petri in Actis Apostolo- 
rum c.Il.v.44. Jenz, 1834. 4to. 


76. D. Paulus Apostolus in Mari, quod nunc Venetus Sinus dicitur, Nau- 
fragus, et Melitee Dalmatensis Insule post naufragium Hospes; sive de Ge- 
nuino Significatu daorum Locorum in Actibus Apostolicis, cap. XX VII. 27. 
cap. XXVIII. 1. Inspectiones Anticritice. Auctore Ignatio Grorero. 
Venetiis, 1730. 4to. 

The author of this learned treatise supports the notion, which was afterwards maintained 


by Mr. Bryant, that the island on which St. Paul was wrecked was not Malta, but Melita 
in the Adriatic Sea, on the coast of Dalmatia. 


77. M.C.G. Kucu er de anno, quo Paulus Apostolus ad Sacra Christiana 
conversus est, Commentatio. Lipsiz, 1828. 8vo. 


78. ArnoldiGulielmiH aseva ar Dissertatio Exegetica de nonnullis Actuum 
Apostolorum et Epistolarum Paulinarum ad historiam Pauli pertinentibus 
locis. Lugduni Batavorum, 1806. 8vo. 


79. Specimen Academicum Inaugurale de Oratione Pauli Apostoli Athenis 
habita, quod...... publico examini submittit Janus Adolphus ANspacH. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1829. 4to. 


COMMENTATORS ON THE WHOLE OR GREATER PART OF THE EPISTLES.! 


80. Joachimi Lancir Commentatio Historico-Hermeneutica de Vita et 
Epistolis apostoli Pauli, ita adornata, ut isagogen generalem et specialem 
historico-exegeticam prebeat in Acta Apostolorum et Pauli Epistolas, necnon 


in ipsam Hermeneuticam Sacram. Hale, 1718. 4to. 


A most valuable work, which is not of common occurrence: both Walchius and Michaelis 
concur in stating that it throws great light on St. Paul’s Epistles, of which it presents very 
copious analyses. The Appendix contains similar analyses of the epistles of Peter, James, . 
and Jude; and also numerous aphorisms on the Interpretation of Scripture, and particularly 
of the phraseology of St. Paul’s epistles. The latter were corrected, enlarged, and re- 
printed at Halle in 1733, in a separate volume, the title of which is given at length in p. 226. 
No. 25. supra. 











1 Though not a commentary, in the strict sense of the term, the author cannot pass in 
silence Brsuor Burcess’s Initia Paulina, sive Introductio ad Lectionem Pauli Epistolarum. 
Londini, 1804. 12mo. This little volume contains, 1. Pauli Epistolam ad Philippenses 
Greece et Anglice, cum brevibus notis Kuttneri; 2. Theophylacti Procemia Epistolarum ; 
3. Ejusdem Interpretationem Epistole ad Philippenses; 4. Rosenmulleri Scholia ad ean- 
dem. - Quibus preeunt Kuttneri Observata de Idiomatibus Novi Testamenti. Though not 
specified in the title-page, there are added two valuable extracts from Henry Stephens’s and 
our learned countryman Gataker’s Dissertationes de Stylo Novi Testamenti; ‘ thus collect- 
ing some of the most valuable illustrations of the style of St. Paul’s Epistles that can be 
offered to the attention of the student.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xxv, p.413.) This 
-valuable work is at present out of print, and extremely scarce and dear. 


316 Sacred Philology. [ Parti: Chev. 


81. Jo. Francisci Buppet Ecclesia Apostolica, sive de Statu Ecclesiz 
Christiane sub Apostolis Commentatio Historico-Dogmatica ; que et intro- 
ductionis loco in Epistolas Pauli caeterorumque apostolorum esse queat. 8vo. 
Jena, 1729. 


Buddeus has briefly treated on the state of the Christian Church during the Apostolic age 
with great judgment, and has referred to a great variety of useful writers. 


82. De Paulo Apostolo ejusque Adversariis Commentatio. Scripsit Dr. 
E.C. ScHartine. Haunie, 1836. 8vo. 


83. Doctrina Pauli apostoli de Vi Mortis Christi satisfactoria. Scripsit 
L. F.C. Tischenporr. Lipsiz, 1837. 8vo. 


84. Gulielmi Estizt in omnes Pauli et aliorum Apostolorum Epistolas 
Commentarius. Paris, 1679. folio. 


The best edition of a most valuable work, which Romanists and Protestants alike concur 
to recommend as an excellent critical help to the exposition of the apostolic Epistles. 
The Prefaces of Estius are particularly valuable. A very useful Abridgment of this work, 
as well as of the Commentary of Cornelius a Lapide, so far as concerns St. Paul's Epistles, 
was published by John Van Gorcum, at Antwerp, in 1620. 8vo. The best edition is that 
of Louvain, intitled — Epitome commentariorum Gulielmi Estii S. Th. Doctoris, et Corn. &. 
Lapide, e Soc. Jesu Theologi, in omnes D. Pauli Epistolas, per Johannem ad Gorcum, Presby- 
terum, collecta. Editio nova, D. Pauli textu et G. Estii Prefationibus aucta.  Lovanii, 
1754. 8vo. 


85. Explication des Epitres de Saint Paul. Par Bernardin de Picquieny. 
Paris, 1706. 3 tomes, 12mo. 1714, 4 tomes, 8vo. Troyes, 1826. 4 tomes, 
12mo. 


This is an abridgment of a larger work, by the same author, intituled Epistolarum Pauli 
Apostoli Tripler Expositio. Parisiis, 1703. folio. ‘The exposition consists of three parts, 
viz. An analysis, exhibiting the order and connection of the text; 2. A paraphrase, ex~ 
pressing in a few words the sentiment of the Apostle; and; 3. A commentary, with notes on 
obscure or difficult passages. ( Walchii Bibliotheca Theologica, vol. iv. p. 678.) To each epistle 
is prefixed a prefatory account of its occasion, scope, and argument; and each chapter con- 
cludes with devotional and practical inferences. ‘The reprint at Troyes, in 1826, is very 
neatly executed. 


86. A New Literal Translation, from the Original Greek, of all the 
Apostolical Epistles ; with a Commentary and Notes philological, critical, 
explanatory, and practical. To which is added, a History of the Life of 
the Apostle Paul. By James Macxnicur, D.D. Edinburgh, 1795. 4to. 
4vols. London, 1806. 8vo. with the Greek Text, 6 vols. 2d Edition, 
with the Life of the Author. Without the Greek Text, in 3 vols. 4to. and 
4 vols. 8vo. Also in one volume royal 8vo. 


This work, together with the harmony noticed in p. 133. of this volume, is in Bishop 
Tomline’s list of books for clergymen. A specimen of it, containing the Epistles to the 
Thessalonians, was published in 4to. in 1787; and the work itself, we are informed in 
Dr. M.’s Life (vol. i. 8vo. p. xv.), was the unremitting labour of nearly thirty years, during 
which period seldom less than eleven hours a day were employed on it. ‘ We apprehend 
that few persons who shall peruse this work with competent judgment and due respect for 
the sacred writings, will hesitate to acknowledge that Dr. M. is also entitled to approbation 
and applause, as a faithful translator, a learned and able commentator, and a pious divine.’’ 
(Monthly Review, N.S. vol. xvili. p. 411.) It is a work of theological labour not often 
paralleled, and an ample storehouse of observations to exercise not only the student, but the 
adept of divinity. If we do not always implicitly coincide with the author in opinion 
(which, in such various matter, cannot reasonably be expected), we can always praise his 
diligence, his learning, and his piety ; qualities which confer no trifling rank on any scrip- 
tural interpreter or commentator.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. vii. Preface, p. ii.) 


87. A Paraphrase and Annotations upon all Saint Paul’s Epistles. Done 
by several eminent men at Oxford. Corrected and improved by the late 
Right Rev. and learned Dr. Fetx, Bishop of Oxford. London, 1703. 3d 
Edition, Svo. 

« Fell on the Epistles is very short ; but most of his notes are worthy of remark. The 


collection of parallel Scriptures is judicious, and the translation in some places altered for 
the better.” (Dr. Doddridge.) 


88. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistles of Saint Paul to the Gala- 





Sect. III. §6.] | Commentators on the Epistles, generally. 317 


tians, 1 and 2 Corinthians, Romans, Ephesians. To which is prefixed, An 
Essay for the understanding of Saint Paul’s Epistles, by consulting Saint 
Paul himself. By Joun Locke. London, 1783. 4to. (Works, vol. ili.) : 
also various editions in 4to. and 8vo. 


89. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistles of Saint Paul to the Colos- 
sians, Philippians, and Hebrews, after the manner of Mr. Locke. To which 
are annexed, several Critical Dissertations on particular Parts of Scripture, 
&c. &c. By the late reverend and learned Mr. James Pierce, of Exon. 
London, 1773. second edition, 4to. 


90. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistle of Saint Paul to the Thessa- 
lonians, Timothy, Philemon, and Titus; and the Seven Catholic Epistles by 
James, Peter, Jude, and John, &c. &c. By George Benson, D.D. London, 
1752, 1756, best editions, 2 vols. 4to. 

“ Locke, Pierce, and Benson make up a complete commentary on the Epistles; and are- 
indeed all in the number of the most ingenious commentators I have ever read. They 
plainly thought very closely, and attended much to connection, which they have often set in 
a most clear view. But they all err in too great a fondness for new interpretations, and in 
supposing the design of the apostles less general than it seems to have been. It must be 
allowed that Benson illustrates the spirit of Paul sometimes in an admirable manner, even 
beyond any former writer. See especially his Epistle to Philemon.’ (Dr. Doddridge.) 


91. A Practical Paraphrase on the Epistles of Saint Paul to the Romans, 
Galatians, and the Epistle to the Hebrews, after the manner of Dr. Clarke’s 
Paraphrase on the Four Evangelists. London, 1744. vo. 


92. The Epistles of Paul the Apostle translated, with an Exposition and 
Notes. By the Rev. Thomas BetsHam. London, 1822. 2 vols. 4to. also 
in 4 vols. 8vo. 

Mr. Belsham is one of the reputed editors of the ‘“‘ Improved Version” of the New 
Testament, noticed in No. 39. p. 304. suprd. This exposition of St. Paul’s Epistles (which is 
noticed here only that the author may not be charged with designedly omitting it) is executed 
on the same principles. Able critiques on it may be seen in the Eclectic Review for May and 
June, 1823, in the fourth volume of the New Edinburgh Review, in the thirteenth volume 
of the Quarterly Review (in reply to which Mr. Belsham published “ A Vindication,” in 
1825), and, lastly, in the twenty-second volume of the British Review. Some very acute 
and learned observations, exposing Mr. Belsham’s erroneous interpretations, will be found 
in the Christian Remembrancer for the year 1827. 


93. Gottlob Christiani Srorr, Interpretatio Epistolarum Pauli ad 
Philippenses, ad Colossenses, et ad Philemonem, ac etiam in Epistolam 
Jacobi. Tubing, 1796-97. 8vo. : 

These valuable philological commentaries on the above-mentioned Epistles are inserted in 
the first and second volumes of Dr. Storr’s Opuscula Academica ad Interpretationem Libro- 
rum Sacrorum pertinentia, 8vo. Tubinge, 1796, 1797. Vol. il. of the same collection also 
contains some valuable historical notices, which materially contribute to elucidate Saint 
Paul’s Epistles to the Corinthians. We are further indebted to the same learned author for 
a similar philological commentary on the Epistle to the Galatians, in vol. li. of Velthusen’s 
and Kuinoel’s collection of Commentationes Theologica. 


94. Versio Latina Epistolarum Novi Testamenti, perpetua Annotatione 
illustrata a Godofr. Sigism. Iaspis. Lipsie, vol.i. 1793. vol. ii. 1797. 8vo. 


A new edition of this work, very materially enlarged and corrected, was published at 
Leipsic, in 1821. 


95. Commentarius Perpetuus in decem Apostoli Pauli quas vulgo dicunt 
Epistolas Minores. Edidit Joannes Fridericus Weincart. Goth, 1816. 


Svo. 

A useful and unpretending little volume, expressly designed for those who may not have 
the means of procuring larger and more expensive commentaries. The author professes to 
have selected his materials from the best commentators, both antient and modern, with whose 
annotations he has interwoven his own remarks. He acknowledges his obligations to the 
previous labours of Koppe and Rosenmiuller: and references are introduced to those authors 
who have particularly illustrated texts of more than ordinary difficulty. 


96. Annotations on the Epistles, being a continuation of Mr. Elsley’s 


318 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


Annotations on the Gospels and Acts, and principally designed for the use 
of Candidates for Holy Orders. By the Rev. James Stave, M.A. London, 
1816. 2 vols. 8vo. 


97. A Paraphrastic Translation of the Apostolic Epistles, with Notes- 
By Philip Nicholas SuurrLewortH, D.D, Oxford and London, 1829. 8vo. 
Third Edition, revised, 1834. 8vo. 


This admirably executed work is offered by its learned author expressly for the use of 
inexperienced biblical students and of general readers. He states his design to be to * give 
breadth and prominence to those minute but necessary links of reasoning, which are often so 
cursorily glanced at by the writers, as to escape the observation of persons not in the habit 
of pursuing an elaborate argument through its finest details ; to fill up those Jacune of in- 
ference, the implied purport of which, though necessarily suggested by the context to the 
experienced dialectician, does not always present itself to others less exercised in this species 
of elliptical composition ; and to supply that fluency of context, by which even the languid 
and desultory reader, when indisposed to the labour of intense thought, may be enabled to 
take a comprehensive view of the whole chain of the argument and of the object of the 
writer.”” Pref. pp. xvii. xviii. The divisions of chapter and verse are very properly thrown 
into the margin; and numerous notes are inserted, illustrating the scope and bearing of the 
apostle’s reasoning ; which exhibit, in a comparatively small compass the substance of much 
learned and laborious research. 


98. A free and explanatory Version of the Epistles. By the Rev. Edward 
BarvLeE. London, 1837. 8vo. 


99. H. A. Scuorr et J. F. Winzer Commentarii in Libros Epistolicos 
Novi Testamenti. Vol. I. Epistolas ad Galatas et Thessalonicenses continens. 
Lipsiz, 1834. 8vo. 

This work is executed upon the same plan as Kuinoel’s Commentary on the his- 
torical books of the New Testament, which is noticed in No. 7. p. 308. ‘The Greek text — 
is inserted in the commentary. Vol. I., which is all that has hitherto appeared, con- 


tains the commentary on the epistles to the Galatians and Thessalonians, which is written by 
Dr. Schott. 


100. A Harmony of the Epistles of the Holy Apostles, to which is added, 
a Summary of the Entire. By the Rev. Peter Roperts, M.A. Cambridge, 
1800. 4to. 

Though not a commentary in the strictest sense of the word, this work affords so valuable 


a help towards ascertaining the doctrinal agreement of the Epistles, that it deserves special 
notice in this place. 


101. Essays on some of the Difficulties in the Writings of St. Paul. By 
Richard Wuarety, D.D. [afterwards Archbishop of Dublin.] London, 
1828. 8vo. 


102. Apostolical Preaching considered in an examination of St. Paul’s 
Epistles. By John Bird Sumner, M.A. [now D.D. and Bishop of Chester. ] 
London, 1815. 8vo. and numerous subsequent editions. 


103. The Life of Paul the Apostle, with Critical and Practical Remarks 
on his Discourses and Writings. By Stephen Appineton, D.D. London, 
1784. 8vo. 


104. General Observations on the Writings of St. Paul. By John Hey, 
D.D. Buckingham, 1811. 8vo. 


This volume was not printed for sale: it contains many pleasing remarks on the style 
and writings of the Apostle Paul. 


ROMANS. 


105. Jo. Jac. RamBAcui Introductio Historico-Theologica in Epistolam 
Pauli ad Romanos. Adjecta est Martini Lutheri aurea prefatio, variis ob- 
servationibus exegeticis atque apologeticis illustrata. Hale, 1727. 8vo. 

Though not a commentary on the Epistle to the Romans, this introduction may very ad- 
vantageously be substituted for one. Professor Tholuck has justly characterised it as being 
** written with a thorough knowledge of the subject.” (Introd. to his Exposition of the 
Epistle to the Romans, Vol. i, p. 34. Edinburgh, 1833.) Nota single point is omitted 








Sect. III. §6.] Commentators on the Etpistle to the Romans. se FS, 


that can throw any light on the author, time and place of writing, the external and internal 
state of the Christian church at Rome, the scope and style and the canonical authority of this 
admirable Epistle. The preface of Luther truly deserves the epithet of golden ; it illustrates 
the peculiar phraseology of the apostle, and his arguments of the chapters are singularly 
perspicuous. In our analysis, &c. of Saint Paul’s Epistle to the Romans, we have been 
largely indebted to Rambach’s publication. 


106. Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans. By John Carvin. 
To which is prefixed his Life by Theodore Beza. Translated by Francis 
Sibson, A.B. London, 1834. small 8vo. 


107 A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistle to the Romans, to which is 
prefixed, a Key to the Apostolic Writings, or an Essay to explain the Gospel 
Scheme and the principal Words and Phrases the Apostles have used in 
describing it. By John Taytor, D.D. Second and best edition, 1747. 4to. 


The first edition of this celebrated and learned work appeared in 1745; two others were 
printed in the years 1754 and 1769. Archbp. Magee pronounces the system developed in 
this key, to be “ nothing more than an artificial accommodation of Scripture phrases to 
notions utterly repugnant to Christian doctrine.” Dr. Taylor’s scheme (which was Arian) 
is examined by Archbp. Magee in the first volume of his Discourses on the Atonement, 
pp- 181-188. 199-201. 322-333. Dr. Taylor’s work contains however several valuable 
philological illustrations of the Epistle to the Romans, of which we have availed ourselves in 
the course of this Introduction. 


108. Clavis Apostolica: ora Key to the Apostolic Writings ; being an 
Attempt to explain the Scheme of the Gospel and the principal Words and 
Phrases used by the Apostles in describing it. By the Rev. Joseph Menp- 
HAM, A.M. London, 1821. 12mo. 


This small volume is a republication of a series of papers which originally appeared in 
the sixth volume of the Christian Observer, in opposition to the principles of Dr. Taylor’s 
Key to the Epistle to the Romans, and which the late Archbp. Magee justly pronounced 
to be * a series of valuable letters.”” (On the Atonement, vol. ii. p. 344.) ‘ Mr. Mendham’s 
work is well entitled to our approbation, not Jess for the temperate and judicious manner in 
which it is written, than for the importance of the subject to which its discussions relate.” 
(Eclectic Review, N.S. vel. xxi. p. 527.) 


109. A Paraphrase, with Critical Annotations, on the Epistles of Saint 
Paul to the Romans and Galatians. By Timothy Epwarps, A.M. London, 
1752, 4:to. 


We notice this work, which is judiciously compiled from the best previous commentaries 
on these two Epistles, because it is occasionally to be purchased at a cheap rate. ‘* The 
author appears to us to have been a person of learning, judgment, and candour, and well 
acquainted with the sacred writings. He endeavours, in the first place, to give his readers a 
distinct view of the whole Epistle, to discover the true occasion of the apostle’s writing it, the 
main subject of it, the principal branches of which it consists, and the subdivision of them 
into their proper sections, paragraphs, and periods; and then to clear up the connection of 
these several particulars, the seeming perplexity of the arguments, and the hidden force of 
the reasonings, in order to set forth the true meaning and coherence of the whole discourse 
in a clear light.” (Monthly Review, O.S. vol. vil. p. 412.) 


110. Jacobi WreLter1 Anotationes in Epistolam Pauli ad Romanos, 
Brunswick, 1754. 4:to. 


111. Jo. Sal. SemiEert Paraphrasis Epistola ad Romances, cum Notis, 
translatione vetusta, et dissertatione de duplici Appendice hujus Epistole, 
in cap. xv. xvi. Hale, 1769. small 8vo. 


Semler also published similar paraphrases on the following Epistles: viz. 1 & 2 
Corinthians, Hale, 1770, 1776; Galatians, ibid. 1779; James, ibid. 1781; 1 Peter, zbid. 
1783; 2 Peter and Jude, ibid. 1784; Revelation, Neustadt, 1785, and 1 John, to which is 
added by Professor Noesselt a Disquisition, entitled Narratio de Semlero ejusque meritis in 
interpretatione S. S. 8vo. Riga, 1792. Semler totally rejects those doctrines concerning 
original sin, &c. which are received as orthodox by the Protestant churches. His works are 
all scarce and dear in this country, — so that the student will not sustain any loss who may 
not be able to procure them. 


112. A Paraphrase on the Eleven First Chapters of Saint Paul’s Epistle 
to the Romans. By the Rev. Thomas Apam. London, i771. 8vo. 


320 Sacred Philology. [Part IL.) ChoV- 


“This appears to be the performance of a sensible man, who desires to deliver the true 
sense of Scripture as far as he can attain it, and to advance the cause of piety among men. 
His method is, to lay a small number of verses before the reader at one view, in which are 
inserted a few words to illustrate and explain them, and then he adds several observations 
upon the sense of the passage, with some practical remarks. On the whole, this paraphrase, 
not abounding in criticism, as some might expect, appears to be a candid, well-meant, 
practical, and useful performance.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xlv. pp. 400, 401.) 
What further recommends this useful work is, the low price at which it may frequently be 
procured, it having been frequently reprinted. 


Pls. Chr. Frid. Scumrpi1r Annotationes in Epistolam se ad Romanos. 
Lipsie, 1777. 8vo. 


114. Sam. Frid. Nath. Mort Preelectiones in Epistolam Pauli ad Romanos, 
cum ejusdem versione Latina, locorumque quorundam Novi Testamenti 
difficiliorum interpretatione. Edidit J. T.T. Holtzapfel. Lipsia, 1794. 8vo. 


115. Epistola Pauliad Romanos, Greece, ex recensione novissima Griesbachil, 
cum commentario perpetuo. Edidit Chr.Fr.Bozume. Lipsize, 1806. 8vo. 


116. Pauli Epistolaad Romanos. Interprete Ern. Godofr, Adolpho BocKEL. 
Gryphiz, 1821. 8vo. 


117. Hore: Romane: or an Attempt to elucidate St. Paul’s Epistle t to the 
Romans, by an original Translation, Explanatory Notes, and New Divisions. 
By Robert Cox, M.A. London, 1824. 8vo. 


«‘ While possessing merit of a high order, it is entirely free from display. The simplicity 
of the author’s plan, and the extremely judicious manner in which he bas executed it, 
entitle him to a measure of our praise which we have not often an occasion of awarding.” 
(Eclectic Review, N.S. vol. xxiii. p.72.) See also the Quarterly Theological Review, 
vol. ii. pp. 72-76. 


118. Notes on the Epistle to the Romans, intended to assist Students in 


Theology, and others, who read the Scriptures in the Originals. By Samuel 
H. Turner, D.D. New York, 1824. 8vo. 


These “ Notes” are strictly exegetical, not polemical; and are designed to explain the 
force and connection of St. Paul’s arguments. This object is completely attained by Pro- 
fessor Turner, who has made considerable use of the labours of the German biblical critics, 
against whose extravagant interpretations and critiques he has, very properly, cautioned his 
readers. A translation of Koppe’s Latin Introduction to the Epistle to the Romans is 
prefixed; and the work concludes with a well-written “ Essay for the consideration of 
Theological Students,” 


119. The Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Romans; with an Introduc- 
tion, Paraphrase, and Notes. By C. H. Terror, A.M. London, 1828. 8vo. 


The design of this publication is, to bring together such information as may assist young 
students of divinity, in obtaining a right understanding of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans. 
By way of apparatus towards an examination of the Epistle, the author has prefixed, 1. A 
Chronological Table of the Acts of that Apostle, abridged from Bishop Pearson’s Annales 
Paulini; 2. A brief Exposition of the occasion, date, and genuineness of the Epistle ; 
3, An Analysis of its contents; 4. A Critical Inquiry into the meaning of the theological 
terms, which in our authorised version are rendered justify and justification, faith, law, “and 
works of the law, flesh, and impute; and, 5. A List of all the Passages of the Old Testa- 
ment quoted in the Epistle to the Romans. The Greek text follows, according to Dr. 
Knappe’s third edition (Hala, 1824), and on the opposite page is given the author’s para- 
phrase. The volume concludes with a collection of notes, in the composition of which 
Mr. Terrot has availed himself of the previous works of the most distinguished British com- 
mentators and divines, and also of the philological labours of the most eminent continental 
critics. ‘* This work derives its chief commendation, not so much for what it has accom- 
plished, as for the plan of study which it opens up to the young divine ; shewing, by a very 
successful example, the aid which may be brought to theological investigation from the 
stores of general literature, and especially from ‘those other sources where the fruit of the 
tree of knowledge is not altogether unmixed.” (British Critic, April, 1829. vol. v. 
p. 346.) 


120. A Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans, with a Translation 
and various Excursus. By Moses Sruart, Professor of Sacred Literature 
in the Theological Seminary at Andover. Andover [Massachussetts ], 1832. 


Reprinted, London, 1833. Second Edition, Andover, 1835. Reprinted as 
a third Edition, London, 1836. 8vo. 





. 
‘ 


. 
} 
i) 


Sect. III. §6.] Commentators on the E/pistle to the Feomans. 321 


‘If candour, integrity of purpose, and apostolic piety, united to deep research, persevering 
industry, and varied erudition, could qualify any man for the task of translating and 
expounding critically the most difficult ef the Pauline Epistles, we believe that Professor 
Stuart possesses these endowments. Whatever be the errors in his work-—and our author 
is the last man to claim infallibility — they arise from the general infirmity of human nature; 
they are not introduced either to support the views of a polemical partisan, or to maintain 
the hypothesis of an obstinate disputant. The publication before us is eminently dis- 
tinguished both for repeated acknowledgment of all the difficulties attendant upon the 
respective interpretations of the ‘‘vexati loci,” and for unwearied patience in disentangling 
the web in which controversialists have loved to involve this sublime epistle.”.... ‘ Mr. 
Stuart is ortginal both in his translations and his comments. He at one time objects to 
Calvin, at another to Arminius; and we do not think that any partisan will have reason to 
quarrel with the Professor for a blind adherence to any ‘set of opinions.’” (British Critic, 
for October, 1833. pp.430, 431.) 

““The Translation is couched in elegant language, and divided with great care into 
sections, each of which has an appropriate, if not perfectly correct, title, and is subdivided 
into paragraphs as the sense requires. A great deal of the obscurity of the epistle, as it 
stands in the common version, is removed by the hypothesis that in chapter iii., and in 
several other places, Saint Paul quotes and answers a supposed objector. ‘The queries and 
objections thus quoted and answered, Mr. Stuart has distinguished by quotation marks, 
which render the epistle at once more interesting and more intelligible. Mr. Stuart has 
also rendered the particles so skilfully, as to give the whole epistle the appearance, not of a 
parcel of disjecta membra, accidentally thrown together, but of a connected and orderly 
treatise. He has also given a faithful representation of the original, as regards the use of 
the article. The Commentary is a work of great labour. The author seems seldom to have 
contented himself with second-hand observations, but to have consulted for himself all 
original authorities, and to have faithfully prepared himself to meet any probable or possible 
objection to his own views.” (American Monthly Review, Nov. 1832, vol. ii. p. 393.) 

This Commentary and Excursus are filled with interesting and valuable information. 
The work is intended for young students in divinity, and therefore we meet often with 
minute criticisms, which to the matured scholar and theologian may appear unnecessary, but 
which will be found highly useful to the beginner, as they will draw his attention to nice 
points of theology, and so tend to give him accuracy as well as extent of knowledge. 

The London impression of 1833 is handsomely and very correctly printed under the 
editorial care of the Rev. Drs. J. P. Smith and EX. Henderson. 


121. A Paraphrastic Translation of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans. By 
Laicus. London, 1834. 12mo. 


122, Exposition of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans; with Extracts from 
the Exegetical Works of the Fathers and Reformers. Translated from the 
original German of Dr. Fred. Aug. Gotttreu Tnotuck, Professor of Theology 
in the Royal University of Halle. By the Rev. Robert Munzies. Edin- 
burgh, 1833-36. 2 vols. 12mo. 


This work forms Vols V. and XII. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. The learned 
author, Professor Tholuck, has had the distinguished honour of standing foremost among the 
defenders of antient orthodoxy against the modern neologians of Germany: and ‘the 
Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans is the most important work which has hitherto 
proceeded from his pen. ‘The universal approbation it has received from the friends of 
evangelical truth, and the fierce hostility with which it has been assailed by the rationalist 
party in Germany,” (where, notwithstanding it has passed through many editions,) “ afford 
the most satisfactory evidence of its distinguished worth.” (Translator’s preface, p. xil.) 
Professor Stuart, in the preface to his admirable work on the epistle to the Romans (p. vii.), 
has expressed the highest approbation of Dr. Tholuck’s labours, to which he acknowledges 
himself “most of all indebted.” The purchaser of Professor Stuart’s work will find it 
desirable to study Dr. T.’s Exposition in connection with it. The translator has ably per- 
formed his difficult task, and has enriched the volume with an instructive preface. 


123. Exposition of the Epistle to the Romans. With Remarks on the 
Commentaries of Dr. Macknight, Professor Tholuck, and Professor Moses 
Stuart. By Robert Hatpane, Esq. London and Edinburgh, 1835-37. 
2 vols. 12mo. 

As Mr.Ualdane had commented rather severely on Dr. Tholuck, the translator of the 
professor’s Exposition in 1838 published an “ Answer to Mr. Robert Haldane’s Strictures,” 
in 8vo. Tholuck rejects the horribile decretum of Calvin, which Mr. Haidane fully receives- 
Mr. Menzies has temperately replied to his strictures. 


VOL. II. APP. (x) 


322 Sacred Philology. [Part IL. Ch. V- 


124. A Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans, designed for Students 
of the English Bible. By Charles Honasr, Professor of Biblical Literature 
in the [Presbyterian] Theological Seminary at Princeton, [New Jersey ]. 
Philadelphia, 1835. 8vo. 

An abridgment of this commentary on the Epistle to the Romans was published by the 
author in 1836, which was reprinted by the Religious Tract Society of London in 1837, in 
one volume, 12mo. 


125. Pauli ad Romanos Epistola. Recensuit, et cum commentariis per- 
petuis edidit, Car. Frid. August. Frirscuze. Tom I. Lipsiz, 1836. 8vo. 


126. Notes, Explanatory and Practical, on the Epistle to the Romans, 
By Albert Barnes. Fifth Edition, revised and corrected. New York, 
1836. 12mo. 


127. A Critical Exposition of the Ninth Chapter of the Epistle to the 
Romans, as far as is supposed to relate to the Doctrine of Predestination. 
By J. Fawcett. London, 1752. 8vo. 


128. St. Paul’s Wish to be accursed from Christ illustrated, and vindicated 
from Misconstructions. With an Appendix, containing a Collection of the 
most material Observations upon the Text by antient and modern Writers. 
By Bartholomew Kretine. Oxford, 1766. 8vo. 


129. De Consecutione Sententiarum in Pauli ad Romanos Epistola Com- 
mentatio. Auctore Ernesto Friderico Horrrnrero. Lipsia, 1828. 8vo. 


1 AnD 2 CORINTHIANS. 


130. Pauli ad Corinthios Epistole, Greece, perpetua annotatione illus- 
trate, a Fr. Aug. Guil. Krause, vol. i. complectens Epistolam priorem. 
Francofurti, 1792. 8vo. 

131. A Paraphrase of Saint Paul’s First Epistle to the Corinthians, with 
Explanatory Notes. By the Rev. J.G. Totty, M.A. London, 1825. 8vo. 


132. Commentarius in priorem Divi Pauli ad Corinthios Epistolam. 
Auctore Aug. Ludov. Christ. Heypenreicu. Marburgi, 1827-28. 2 vols. 
8vo. 

The first volume contains the first eight chapters of St. Paul’s First Epistle to the Corin- 
thians. The remaining chapters are illustrated in the second volume. In the prolegomena 
the author has given a concise account of the city of Corinth, the introduction of Christianity, 
and the state of the Christian church, together with the occasion and argument of the 
epistle, its canonical authority and authenticity ; and a list of the best commentators on this 
particular epistle. The commentary is principally philological. F 


133. A Commentary on the Epistles of Paul to the Corinthians by Dr. 
Gustav. BrrtrotH, Professor of Philosophy in the University of Halle. 
Translated from the German with additional notes by the Rev. W. Lindsay 
Alexander, M.A. Edinburgh, 1837-38. 2 vols. 12mo. Also as vols. XXI. 
and XXII. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 

134. Notes, explanatory and practical, on the first Epistle of Paul to the 
Corinthians. By Albert BARNEs. New York, 1838. 12mo. 

135. Animadversiones ad Cap. III. et XIII. Epistolee Pauli I. ad Corinthios. 
Scripsit Dr. Ant. Georg. Hotmann. Lipsize, 1819. 8vo. 

136. Remarks on the Twelfth and Fourteenth Chapters of St. Paul’s first 
Epistle to the Corinthians: with other Observations on the Use and Abuse 
of the Gift of Tongues. By the Rev. H. Harpince, B.A. London, 1836. 
8vo. 

This tract elucidates certain words and difficult passages in the third and thirteenth 
chapters of St. Paul’s first Epistle to the Corinthians. 

137. Observationes ad Versus postremos Capitis XIII. prioris Pauli ad 


Corinthios Epistole recte intelligendos. Auctore A. Scuorr. Jene, 1823. 
4to. 





; 
} 
r.. 
B, 
‘< 
' 
| 
r 
¥ 
A 
. 
u 
J 


Sect. III. § 6.] | Commentators on the Epistles to the Galatians, &c. 323 


138. Commentatio Critica et Exegetica in Pauline Epistole ad Corinthios 
caput XIII. Scripsit Dr. L.G. Parzavu. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1828. 8vo. 


139. A Paraphrase on the Fifteenth Chapter of the First Epistle to the 
Corinthians, with Critical Notes and Observations, and a preliminary Dis- 
sertation ; a Commentary, with Critical Remarks, on the Sixth, Seventh, 
and Part of the Eighth Chapters of the Romans, &c. By John ALEXANDER. 
London, 1766. 4to. 


See an account of this tract, in the Monthly Review, O. S. vol. xxxiv. pp. 443-451. 


140. Pauli ad Corinthios Epistola secunda, perpetua annotatione illustrata. 
a Jo. Georg. Frid. Lzeun. Lemgovizw, 1804. 8vo. 


141, Epistola Pauli ad Corinthios posterior, Grace. Perpetuo Commen- 
tario illustravit A.G. EmMeErtine. Lipsiw, 1823. 8vo. 


__ 142. Disputatio de altera Pauli ad Corinthios Epistold, et observanda in 
ill4 Apostoli indole et oratione, quam pro summis in theologia honoribus in 
Academia Rheno-Traject., publico examini submittit Herm. Jo. Royaarps. 
Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1818. 8vo. 

This well compiled academical dissertation consists of three parts, in which the author 


examines, 1, The second Epistle to the Corinthians; 2. The character of Saint Paul; and, 
3. The language and style of the apostle. The second division is particularly valuable. 


143. C.F. A. Frirscut, De nonnullis Posterioris Pauli ad Corinthios 
Epistole Locis Dissertationes Due. Lipsiew, 1824. 8vo. 


144, Alberti Gerhardi Becker, Conjectanea in Locum Paulinum 2 Corinth. 
XII. 7-9. Magdeburgi, 1822. 8vo, 


GALATIANS AND EPHESIANS. 


145. Sam. Frid. Nath. Morr Acroases in Epistolas Paulinas ad Galatas et 
Ephesios. Lipsiz, 1795. 8vo. 

146. A Commentary on Saint Paul’s Epistle to the Galatians, translated 
from the Latin of Martin Luruer. 8vo. and 2 vols. 12mo. 

There are also editicns extant in folio and 4to. of this valuable work, which completely 
expose the doctrine of justification by works alone. We may apply to it in particular what 
Erasmus is recorded to have said of Luther’s commentaries in general : —‘ There is more 
solid divinity contained in one page than could be found in many prolix treatises of school- 
men and such kind of authors.”’ (Middleton’s Biographia Evangelica, vol. i. p. 230.) 
Walchius states that Protestants and Catholics have both concurred in their commendations 
of Luther’s work. (Biblioth. Theolog. vol.iv. p. 607.) 


147. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistles of Saint Paul to the 
Galatians and Ephesians, with Doctrinal and Practical Observations, together 
with a Critical and Practical Commentary on the Two Epistles of Saint Paul 
to the Thessalonians. By the late learned Samuel CHanpieEr, D.D. 
London, 1777. 4to. 


‘‘The paraphrase clearly and fully expresses the meaning of the sacred writer; the notes 
are enriched by original quotations from Greek and Latin authors, in order to illustrate and 
confirm the learned commentator’s own criticisms, and many doctrinal and practical observ- 
ations are interspersed, with a view of farther explaining the tendency of the apostle’s 
reasoning, and improving the moral temper and conduct of the reader.” ‘‘ The commentary 
on the two Epistles to the Thessalonians is more diffuse: the author has every where 
introduced references to original writers, with whom none were more conversant, and omitted 
no opportunity of subjoining practical reflections, adapted to the various passages which he 
had previously explained by learned and liberal criticism.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. lvi. 
pp. 161, 162.) 

148. Interpretatio Epistola Pauli ad Galatas, auctore EK. A. Borcer. 
Lugd. Bat. 1807. 8vo. 

149. Pauli ad Galatas Epistola. Latine vertit, et Commentario Perpetuo 
illustravit Doctor et Professor G. B. Winer. Lipsiw, 1821; Editio secunda, 
aucta et emendata, 18297 ; Editio tertia, aucta et emendata, 1829. 8vo. 

While this sheet was passing through the press, a translation of this valuable work by the 


(x) 2 


94: Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V 


© 


_ Rey. W. Cunningham was announced as forming part of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 
Copious ilkustrations were to be added from the previous commentaries of Koppe, Borger, 
and others. 


150. Commentaire sur l’Epitre de Saint Paul aux Galates. Par Pierre 
SARDINOUX. Paris, 1837. 8vo. 


151. Gottlob Frid. Gupr de Ecclesize Ephesinze Statu imprimis avo 
apostolico, Commentatio Historico-Exegetico-Critica. Accedit Vita 5S. 
Apostoli Pauli per Georgium Majorem descripta. Lipsiz, 1732. 8vo. 

52. Joannis TarNovir. Commentarius in Epistolas Pauli ad Ephesios, 
ad Philippenses, ad Colossenses, et ad Thessalonicenses. 4to. Rostochii, 
1636. 


PHILiIPPIANS. 


153. Antonii Friderici Buscuinair Introductio Historico-Theologica in 
Epistolam Pauli ad Philippenses. Hale, 1746. 4to. 


154. Pauli Apostoli Epistola ad Philippenses, Greece ex Recensione 
Griesbachiané nova Versione Latina et Annotatione perpetua illustrata, a 
J.G. Am-Enpe. 8vo. Vitebergze, 1798. 


155. Specimen Academicum Inaugurale de Ceettis Christianorum Philip- 
pensis Conditione primeeva, ex Epistola i is ab Apostolo Paulo scripta preecipue 
dijudicanda a Johanne Hooc. Lugduni Batavorum, 1825. 8vo. 

The origin and state of the church at Philippi, the date, place where written, scope and 
argument of the Epistle to the Philippians, are discussed in this academical dissertation, 
which happily elucidates many passages of that epistle. 


156. The Church at Philippi, or the Doctrines and Conduct of the early 
Christians illustrated: Intended to serve as an Historical Commentary upon 
St. Paul’s Epistle to the Philippians. By Henry Samuel Baynes. London, 
1834. 12mo. 


157. Meinardi Henrici Scuorantr Analysis et Commentarius in Epistolam 
Paulli ad Philippenses. Franeckere, 1737. 4to. 


158. Exégése des Epitres de Saint Paul aux Philippiens et aux Colossiens, 
autographiée d’aprés les cours lus a Ecole de Théologie de Genéve. Par 
F. W. Sreicer. Paris, 1837. 8vo. 


COLOSSIANS. 


159. Expositio Epistole D. Pauli ad Colossenses, per reverendum in 
Christo Patrem, Joannem [Davenant] Episcopum Sarisburiensem jam 
primum edita: olim ab eodem, Domine Margarete in Academia Cantabri- 
giensi Professore Theologico, dictata. Cantabrigize, 1627. folio. 


160. An Exposition of the Epistle of St. Paul to the Colossians, by the 
Right Rev. John Davenant, D.D. Bishop of Salisbury. Translated from the 
Original Latin, with a Life of the Author, and Notes. By the Rev. Josiah 
Aye pOne London, 1831-32. 2 vols. 8vo. 


As Bishop Davenant’s valuable exposition of St. Paul’s epistle to the Colossians had long 
become extremely scarce, Mr. Allport has conferred no small favour on biblical students, by 
rendering his work accessible to English readers. ‘‘ The translation not only possesses the 
more ordinary and absolutely indispensable pre-requisites of general accuracy and fidelity, 
but the more rare recommendations of considerable care, propriety, and even elegance.” . . 
«« A very valuable feature of the present work is, that the editor has appended, (in the form 
of notes,) biographical sketches of the Fathers and Schoolmen whose names so profusely 
adorn the pages of Davenant.” ... ‘* His notes contain a great deal of curious and valuable 
information. ‘The Sketch of the Life of Davenant deserves the highest praise : it is the only 
attem pt that has ever been made to give any thing like a detailed account of the history and 
writings of that great and good man.’ Eclectic. Review, (February, 1833.) 


161. An Exposition upon the Epistle to the Colossians. Wherein not 





Sect. I. §6.] = Commentators on 1 and 2 Thessalonians, &c. 325 


only the text is methodically analysed, but the sense of the words, by the 
help of writers, both antient and modern, is explained. By N. Byrienp. 
London, 1615. folio. 


(162. The Epistles of St. Paul to the Colossians, to the Thessalonians, to 
Timothy, and to Titus, and the General Epistle of St. James: a new Version 
from the Greek, and chiefly from the Text of Griesbach. By Philalethes. 
[John Jones, LL.D.] London, 1820. 12mo. 

Of this translation, which in many instances is made to support the scheme of the 


modern Socinians, the reader will find an account in the Eclectic Review (N.S.) vol. xiv. 


163. Isagoge in Epistolam a Paulo Apostolo ad Colossenses datam Theo- 
logica, Historica, Critica, accesserunt Enarratio cap. I. Coloss. v. 1—14. 
et Excursus epistolam spectantes tres. Confecit Gulielmus BoruMerus. 
Berolini, 1829. 8vo. 

164. Gulielmi Boehmeri Symbola Biblicze ad Dogmaticam Christianam 


sive Observationes in Sectionem Apostolicam Coloss. I. v.18—23. Wratis- 
lavie, 1833. 8vo. 


1 AND 2 THESSALONIANS. 


165. An Exposition upon the two Epistles of the Apostle Saint Paul to 
the Thessalonians. By the Rev. Father John Jewet, late Bishop of Saris- 
burie. London, 1583. 12mo. Reprinted in 1811. 8vo. 


This valuable Commentary on the Epistles to the Thessalonians is printed in the folio 
edition of Bp. Jewel’s works (London, 1609), and also in the seventh volume of the com- 
pilation, intitled the “ Fathers of the English Church.” 


166. Joannis Alphonsi TurreTin1 Commentarius Theoretico-practicus in 
Epistolas Divi Pauli ad Thessalonicenses. Basileee, 1739. 8vo. also in the 
second volume of the collective edition of Turretini’s Works, in 4to. 


167. The Greek of the Epistle of Saint Paul to the Thessalonians ex- 
plained. By John Puituips. London, 1751. 4to. 


‘¢ This work contains the Greek Text, but no translation, The notes are very consider- 
able. They are philological, critical, and theological. It was designed as a specimen of a 
work upon all the Epistles, but which was never completed. It is exceedingly scarce.” 
(Orme’s Biblioth. Bibl. p. 349.) ; 

168. Pauli Epistole ad Thessalonicenses. Recensuit, veterum recen- 
tiorumque notas selectas congessit, suasque adjecit, et tamquam specimen 
nove editionis Epistolarum Pauli edidit F., ScnterermMaAcuer. Berolini, 


1823. 8vo. 

169. Specimen Academicum Inaugurale de Coetus Christianorum Thessa- 
lonicensis Ortu Fatisque, et prioris Pauli iis scriptee Epistole Consilio atque 
Argumento. <Auctore Joanne Jacobo Burcernoupt. Lugduni Batavorum, 
1825. 8vo. 


This Dissertation may be considered as a valuable introduction to the first Epistle to the 
Thessalonians: every topic, which is necessary to the correct understanding of it, is satis- 
factorily discussed. ; 

170. Epistolas Pauli ad Thessalonicenses commentario et delectis Patrum 
Ecclesiasticorum expositionibus, margini subjectis, ilustravit Ludevicus 
Pett. Gryphiswaldie, 1830. Svo. ' 


171. J. G. Retcue Authentiz posterioris ad Thessalonicenses Epistoli 
Vindicia. Gottingee, 1830. 4:to. 


1 AND 2 TIMOTHY, TITUS, AND PHILEMON. 


172. D. Pauli Epistola ad Timotheum, Titum et Philemonem, Observa- 
tionibus grammaticis, historicis, logicis, theologicis Ulustrate ab Abrahamo 
ScuLtetro. Francofurti, 1624. 4to. | 


eae 


326 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


173. S. Pauli Apostoli Epistola utraque ad Timotheum, cum Commentario 
Joannis Coccent. Lugduni Batavorum, 1667. 4to. 


174. Beckuaus (Joach. Frid.) Specimen Observationum Critico-Exege- 
ticarum de Vocabulis araé Xeyopevore et rarioribus dicendi Formulis in prima 
ad 'Timotheum Epistola Paulina obyiis, Authentiz ejus nihil detrahentibus. 
Lingze, 1810. 8vo. 


175. A. Curtu de Epistole prioris ad Timotheum authentia, cum aliquo 
vitee Pauline tempore concilianda Commentatio. Berolini, 1828. 8vo. 


176. Commentationes de Epistola posteriori Pauli ad Timotheum. Scripsit 
Johannes BrocHNER. Hafniw, 1829. S8vo. 


177. Petri von Haven Commentatio Analytica in Epistolam Paulli ad 
Titum. Hale, 1742. 4to. . 


178. A Commentary on the Epistle of Saint Paul written to Titus. By 
Thomas Tayztor. Cambridge, 1612. 4to. 1658. folio. 


Walchius speaks very highly of this commentary both in a philological and in a practical 
point of view. (Bibl. Theol. Select. vol. iv. p.723.) The learned author was a frequent 
preacher before Queen Elizabeth and King James I. 


179. Henrici HumMetit Explanatio Epistole Aposteli Pauli ad Philemo- 
nem. ‘Tiguri, 1670. folio. 


180. Pauli ad Philemonem Epistola, Grace et Latine, illustrata a Lebr. 
Gott]. Scumipio. Lipsia, 1786. 8vo. 


181. A Commentary on the Epistle of Paul to Philemon, by John 
Cavin; translated from the Latin by B..B. Edwards. In the seventh 
volume (pp. 431—440.) of the Biblical Repository. Andover, [Massa- 
chussetts ] 1836. 8vo. 


HEBREWS. 


182, Petri Hoffstede de Groor Disputatio qua Epistola ad Hebrzeos cum 
Paulinis Epistolis comparatur. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1826. 8vo. 


The Epistle to the Hebrews is here collated with the other writings of St. Paul: at the 
end there is an index, shewing under various heads the coincidence between them. It isa 
very valuable tract. 


183. Essai Critique sur l’Authenticité de l’Epitre aux Hébreux. Par 
Henry-Louis Lanarrr. Toulouse, 1832. 8vo. 


This academical Disquisition, which was publicly defended before the Theological Faculty 
at Montauban for the degree of Bachelor in Divinity, is partly translated and partly abridged 
with much judgment from the first Volume of Professor Stuart’s Commentary on the Epistle 
to the Hebrews, which is noticed in p. 328. No. 195. 


184. Vindicize Originis Pauline ad Hebreos Epistole, nova ratione tentate 
a Frid. Christ. GetpKe. Lugduni Batavorum, 1832. 8vo. 


The object of this disquisition is to prove the Pauline origin of the Epistle to the Hebrews, 
from the coincidence of sentiments and expressions which the author conceives he has found 
between the Epistle to the Hebrews and some of Seneca’s writings; which coincidence, he 
is of opinion, cannot be fortuitous, but is solely to be derived from Paul’s intimate acquaint- 
ance with the Roman Philosopher. He further argues in favour of the historical tradition 
respecting Paul’s intimacy with Seneca, and endeavours to shew, from internal criteria of 
time, that the Epistle to the Hebrews was written during the continuance of that intimacy. 
The hypothesis is maintained with great ingenuity, though it will not (we apprehend) carry 
conviction to the minds of its readers. 


185. The Apostolical Authority of the Epistle to the Hebrews: an 
Inquiry, in which the received Title of the Epistle is vindicated against the 
cavils of Objectors, antient and modern, from Origen to Sir J. D. Michaelis, 
chiefly upon grounds of internal evidence hitherto unnoticed: comprising a 
‘comparative Analysis of the style and structure of this epistle, and of the 








Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on the Epistle to the Hebrews. 827 


undisputed epistles of St. Paul; tending to throw light upon their Inter- 
pretation. By the Rev. Charles Forster, B.D. London, 1838. 8vo. 


In Vol. IV. of the Introduction to the Critical Study of the Scriptures, pp. 409-422. the 
genuineness and apostolical authority of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Hebrews have been proved 
by a selection of the most striking evidences, both external and internal: but it has been 
reserved for the learned author of this work to demonstrate that apostolical authority by a 
mass of argument and evidence, not more original than ingenious and delightful to the 
Biblical Student, who will attentively study his volume. Having refuted the cavils of 
antient and modern objectors, from Origen to Michaelis, the author proceeds to adduce his 
evidence in fourteen sections: in which he shews the identity of manner between the epistle 
to the Hebrews and St. Paul’s undisputed epistles in the use of particular words, and gives 
copious tables:——1. of the New Testament words peculiar to the epistle to the Hebrews, and the 
undisputed epistles of St. Paul, as well as, 2. of words peculiar to the epistle to the Hebrews, 
(which are not found elsewhere, eitherin the New Testament, the Septuagint, orthe Apocrypha, ) 
with their parallel verbal dependencies ; and 3. of words occasionally occurring elsewhere in 
the New Testament, but in the manner, the frequency, or their occurrence, peculiar to the 
epistle to the Hebrews and the undisputed epistles of St. Paul. The author then institutes 
an examination of some leading parallel passages from the epistle to the Hebrews and St. 
Paul’s undisputed epistles ; and shows the identity of manner between that epistle and the 
undisputed epistles of the apostle in the use of favourite words, in the habit of ‘ going off at 
a word,’ in the use of the paronomasia or play upon words, in quotations and modes of 
quotation from the Old Testament, in the use of key-texts. A copious table of the harmony 
of parallel passages between the epistle to the Hebrews and the undisputed epistles of St. 
Paul, is then subjoined. Having thus proved the Pauline original of the Epistle to the 
Hebrews from internal evidence, the learned author advances to a re-examination of the ex- 
ternal evidences, including the testimonies of the apostolical fathers and those of Pantzenus, 
Clemens Alexandrinus, and Origen; and adduces a powerful argument in proof that by the 
epistle of St. Paul, referred to in 2 Peter, iii. 15, 16., the epistle to the Hebrews is intended, 
which argument is deduced from the internal marks of reference to Hebrews by St. Peter in 
both his epistles. In an appendix are given tables of words occurring only once in the 
epistle to the Hebrews and in the undisputed epistles of St. Paul, as well as of Pauline 
words occurring in more than one epistle, and not occurring in the epistle to the Hebrews. 
The prresieaible conclusion from the whole of the author’s clnbamie researches is, that that 
epistle zs the genuine production of the great apostle of the Gentiles. 


186. An Exposition of the Epistle to the Hebrews, with preliminary 
Exercitations. By John Owen, D.D. folio. 4 vols. London, 1668-1674. 
Svo. 7 vols. | 

This work is. particularly valuable for its illustration of the Epistle to the Hebrews by the 
aid of Rabbinical learning: it is replete with doetrinal and experimental remarks. <A well- 


executed abridgment of it was published in 4 vols. §vo. 1790, by Dr. Edward Williams, 
of which a new edition was printed in 1815. 4 vols. 8vo. 


186*. Joannis Braunit Commentarius in Epistolam ad Hebreeos, cum 
indicibus locupletissimis et quibusdam tabulis wneis elegantissimis. Amstel. 
1705. 4:to. 

Professor Braun or Braunius is well known for several valuable pieces elucidating sacred. 
antiquities. Hiscommentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews, in the opinion of J. B. Carpzov, 
is one of the best ever edited, that is, up to the time of its publication. It is indeed truly 
valuable for its illustrations of that epistle by the aid of Rabbinical learning : and the author 
is particularly able in refuting the perverse interpretations of the celebrated Socinian teacher, 
Schlichtingius. 

187. An Exposition of the Epistle to the Hebrews, by Mr. Robert 
DuncAN, minister of the Gospel. Edinburgh, 1731. 8vo. 


A useful and cheap exposition of the Epistle to the Hebrews. 


188. Joannis Benedicti Carpzovit Exercitationes in Pauli Epistolam ad 
Hebreos ex Philone Alexandrino. Helmstadt, 1750. 8vo. 


A work of singular utility in explaining the phraseology of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Hebrews. 


189. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistle to the Hebrews. By the 
late Rev. James Peirce. With a Paraphrase and Notes-on the three last 
chapters of the Hebrews left unfinished by Mr. Peirce, and an Essay to dis- 
cover the author of the Epistle and language in which it was originally 
written. By Joseph Hallett, Jun. London, 173 3, Second Edition, 1773. 4to.* 


This forms part of the work noticed in p. 317. No. 90. supra. ‘* Some of the 


(x) 4 


328 - -  Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


sentiments,” says Professor Stuart, “ differ widely from those of Owen, and are such as ought 
to be examined with great caution; but the work, as a whole, exceeds any English com- 
mentary which I have read, ‘The author has a great deal of acuteness, and is by no means 
wanting in regard to a tact for criticism.” (Stuart, on the Epistle to the Hebrews, vol. i. 
p. 286. (American Edition), or p. 346. (London Edition.) 


190. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Epistle to the Hebrews. To which 
is prefixed an Inquiry into—the Author of this Epistle; when it was written; 
the manner of citing the Old Testament; and the method of reasoning in it, 
&e. By Arthur Ashley Sykes, D.D. London, 1755. 4to. 


191. Joannis Augusti Ernest1 Lectiones Academice in Epistolam ad 
Hebrzos ab ipso revise, cum ejusdem excursibus theologicis edidit; Com- 
mentarium, in quo multa ad recentissimorum imprimis interpretum sententias 
pertinentia uberius illustrantur, adjecit Gotlib Immanuel Dindorf. Lipsiz, 
1815. 8vo. 


These Academic Lectures of Ernesti were delivered by that eminent scholar and divine 
while he was professor of divinity at Leipsic. They have been edited from his corrected copy, 
with various important additions by Professor Dindorf, who succeeded him in the Hebrew 
chair at Leipsic. ‘These are included between brackets, with the initial letter D., and require 
to be read with caution, Prof. Dindorf’s sentiments on the person of Christ not being the 
most correct. On some of the earlier chapters there are also some marginal observations of 
an anonymous pupil of Ernesti’s, which are distinctly marked. Professor Stuart charac- 
terises it as ‘a book of real worth in a critical respect, although not executed with much 
taste as to form and matter.” (On the Epistle to the Hebrews, vol. i. p. 287. American 
Edition ; or p. 347. London Edition. ) : 


192. A Paraphrase and Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews. By 
Archibald MacLtean. London, 1819. 2 vols. 8vo. 


193. Epistolaad Hebraos, Latine versa et largo explicata commentario, a 
Chr. Frid. Borume.  Lipsia, 1823. 8vo. 


194, Epitre aux Hébreux, divisée d’aprés les matiéres, avec des som- 
maires indiquant le contenu et l’objet de chaque division et sous-division, 
des notes, et des intercalations explicatives entremélés au texte. Géneéve, 
1824. 8vo. | 


195. A Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews. By Moses Sruarr, 
Associate Professor of Sacred Literature in the Theological Seminary at 
Andover, United States. Andover, 1827. 2 vols: 8vo. Second Edition, 
revised and enlarged. 1833, in one volume, 8vo. London, 1828. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This masterly work originated in the arduous duties incident to the office which Professor 
Stuart bas for some years filled, with equal credit to himself, and benefit to the Theological 
Seminary at Andover. ‘To borrow the just character given of his labours by the English 
editor (the Rey. Dr. Henderson) :—‘ It was impossible for any person who had perused the 
former works of our author, not to hail with high anticipations the present production as a 
most valuable accession to biblical literature. Intimately acquainted with the minutia of 
Hebrew Grammar ; familiar with the diversified style of the sacred writers ; trained by long 
study of the laws of biblical exegesis to a refined and matured tact in seizing the point, the 
bearing, the various shades and ramifications of meaning couched under the sacred phraseo- 
logy ; imbued with a sincere love of divine truth, and a profound reverence for its dictates ; 
and, withal, endowed with a manly and richly cultivated intellect, he possesses qualifications . 
peculiarly fitting him for the performance of a work replete with so many difficulties as that 
of a Translation and Critical Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews. ‘The ordeal, to 
which this important portion of Scripture has been subjected by the wild and extravagant 
hypotheses of some of the master-spirits of German theology, rendered it a matter of impe- 
rious necessity, that some champion, completely accoutred and disciplined to the battle, should 
step forward and take up the gauntlet which they have so fearlessly and vauntingly thrown 
down. If we mistake not, such a champion has bere entered the field, and won the day. 
Questions respecting style, authorship, and interpretation, which men of such celebrity as 
Eichhorn, Bertholdt, De Wette, and others, were considered to have completely set at rest, 
have been submitted to a fresh and rigid investigation ; and in most instances triumphantly, 
in all more or less satisfactorily, the very reverse of their conclusions has been shown to be 
in accordance with the real facts of the case.’ (Preface to English edition, p. v.) 

The topics discussed in the rrrst votumg, in forty sections, are — the form of the Epistle; 

sto what church or churches it was addressed ; its antiquity and canonical authority ; the ex- 
ternal and internal evidence that it was written by the apostle Paul, who is most decisively 





Sect. III. §6.] Commentators on the E/pistle to the Hebrews, Se. 829 


shown to have beenits author. The various objections of Beriholdt, Schulz, Seyffarth, De 
Wette, and Boehme, are discussed, and satisfactorily refuted: to them succeeds a consider- 
ation of the style of the epistle and of the hypotheses advocated by some learned men, who 
have severally ascribed it to Barnabas, Luke, Clement of Rome, and to Apollos. These 
hypotheses are shown to be destitute of foundation, The volume concludes with a brief 
notice of the ** Critical and Exegetical Helps” to the study of this epistle. The srconp 
VOLUME commences with a new translation of the Epistle to the Hebrews, the object of which 
1s to give a more exact view of the features of the original Greek, than is presented by the 
authorised English Version. This translation is followed by an admirable continuous com- 
mentary upon the whole epistle. When difficulties demanded special and extended investi- 
gation, he has thrown the result of such investigation into excursus at the end, after the 
method pursued by Heinrichs, Koppe, Dindorf, and other German philologers and critics ; 
because difficult subjects can there be treated and studied with more convenience, and also 
more fully, than if intermixed with the usual series of exegetical notes. The London re- 
print has been edited with great care by the Rev. Dr. Henprrson. 


196. A literal Translation of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Hebrews, from the 
original Greek, with copious explanatory notes. By the late Rev. George 
Vaughan Sampson, M.A. Edited by his son, the Rev. G. V. Sampson. 
London, 1828. 8vo. . 


197. Christiani Theophili Kurxde, Commentarius in Epistolam ad He- 
breeos. Lipsiz, 1831. 8vo. 


** With the idiom and spirit of Paul’s writings, I cannot help thinking him to be but very 
moderately acquainted. On questions of higher criticism he details with a good deal of bre- 
vity and accuracy what others have said ; but he adds nothing to the stock of thought already 
before the world.’ (Prof. Stuart, in the Andover Biblical Repository, January, 1833. 
vol. ili. p. 160.) 


198. The Epistle to the Hebrews. A new Translation in Sections, with 
Marginal Notes and an Introductory Syllabus. [By Josiah ConpeEr. ] 
London, 1834. small Svo. 


199. Hore Hebraice: an Attempt to discover how the Argument of the 
Epistle to the Hebrews must have been understood by those therein ad- 
dressed, with Appendices on Messiah's Kingdom, &c. By George, Viscount 
MANDEVILLE. London, 1835. large 8vo. 


For an account of this work, which includes only the first four chapters of the Epistle to 
the Hebrews, the reader is referred to the Christian Guardian for March 1835, pp. 105~110. 


200. G. M. Amruor Commentatio Exegetico-Dogmatica in tres priores 
versus capitis primi Epistole ad Hebreos scripte. Coburgi, 1828. 8vo. 


201. De Epistolee, que dicitur ad Hebreos, Indole maxime peculiari Librum 
composuit Traugott Augustus SEYFFARTH. Lipsic, 1821. 8vo. 

An elaborate investigation of the style, scope, &c. of the Epistle to the Hebrews; the main 
object of which is, to disprove the Pauline origin of this epistle. Dr. Seyftarth’s hypothesis 
is completely refuted by Professor Stuart in his Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews, 
vol.i. § 28. 


THE SEVEN CATHOLIC EPISTLES.! 


202. Gottlob Christiani Storr opusculum de Catholicarum Epistolarum 
occasione et scopo. (In the second volume of his collected Opuscula, 
pp. 367-415.) Tubing, 1797. 8vo. 

203. A Practical Paraphrase on the Seven Catholic Epistles, after the 
manner of Dr. Clarke’s Paraphrase on the Four Evangelists. By Samuel 
CotLet. London, 1734. 8vo. | ; 

204. Epistolarum Catholicarum Septenarius, Grace, cum nova versione 
Latina, ac scholiis grammaticis atque criticis, opera Joh. Benedicti CARPZOVH. 
Hale, 1790. 8vo.. 


In this work, the received Greek Text of the Seven Catholic Epistles is retained, and the 











1 The Paraphrases of Dr. Benson on these Epistles have already been noticed in No. 90, 
p-. 317. supra. 


330 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


punctuation is corrected where the editor deemed correction necessary. The new Latin ver- 
sion, which is printed with the Greek text, is very close: and in his scholia or notes Professor 
Carpzovy has vindicated his rendering of particular passages, or discussed various readings of 
importance ; and has also illustrated the peculiar idioms occurring in these epistles, especially 
those of St. John. 


SAINT JAMES, AND 1 AND 2 PETER. 


205. Annotatio ad Epistolam Jacobi perpetua, cum brevi Tractatione 
Isagogica. Scripsit Mattheus ScHRECKENBURGER. Stuttgardiz, 1832, 8vo. 


206. Commentarius in Epistolam Jacobi. Conscripsit Car. Godofr. Guil. 
TueriLe. Lipsie, 1833. 8vo. 


207. A Practical Commentary, or an Exposition with Notes on the Epistle 
of James. By Thomas Manton. London, 1653. 4to. 

208. Sam. Frid. Nathan. Mort Prelectiones in Jacobi et Petri Epistolas. 
Edidit C. A. Donat. Lipsiz, 1794. 8vo. 


209. Integrity and Authenticity of the Second Epistle of Peter. By Dr. 
Herman OLsHAUvSEN, Professor of Theology in the University of Konigsberg. 
Translated from the Latin by B. B. Epwarps. In the eighth volume of 
the Biblical Repository, published at Andover [ Massachussetts], 1836. 8vo. 


210. A Commentary on the First Epistle of Peter, by Robert Le1icuTon, 
D.D. Archbishop of Glasgow. 2 vols. 8vo, Various editions, also in one 
volume, 8vo. 

This admirable commentary, which fills the first two volumes of Archbishop Leighton’s 
works, is wholly practical, and has long been admired for its piety. Dr. Doddridge, in 
his paraphrase on this Epistle, has acknowledged himself deeply indebted to Archbishop 
Leighton for many important hints. 

911. Exposition of the Epistle of Peter, considered in Reference to the 
whole System of Divine Truth. ‘Translated from the German of Wilhelm 
STEIGER by the Rev. Patrick Farrpairn. Edinburgh, 1836. 2 vols. 12mo. 
Also as vols. XIV. and XV. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabmet. 


™ 9192. Huberti Philippi de KANTER Commentatio in locum: 1 Petri V. 1-4. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1823. 4to. 

213. In secundam S. Petri Apostoli Epistolam Commentarius. Auctore 
Thoma Smit, S.T.P. In pp. 177-372. of his Miscellanea. Londini, 
1690. 8vo. 

214, A Dissertation on 2 Pet. i. 16-21.in which the Force of the Apostle’s 
reasoning is shown, and the Connection of the whole passage is explained. 
By William Primart. London, 1751. 8vo. 


215. A Dissertation upon the controverted Passages in St. Peter and 
St. Jude concerning the Angels that sinned, and who kept not their first 
Estate. By Samuel Hentry. London, 1778. 8vo. 


1, 2, AND 3 JOHN. 


216. Epistole tres Catholice S. Joannis Greece, notis illustrate a Leon- 
hardo Christophoro Ruui1o. Amstelodami, 1739. 12mo. 


217. Sam. Frid. Nath. Morr Preelectiones Exegetice in tres Johannis 
Epistolas, cum nova earundem paraphrasi Latina. Curd C. A. Hempel. 
Lipsiz, 1797. 8vo. 

This work contains a free Latin version of Saint John’s three Epistles, as it was dictated 


by the celebrated Professor Morus in his Divinity Lectures, together with his observations 
onit, and two critical Hxcursus, one of which relates to the disputed passage in 1 John, v. 7, 8. 


218. A Commentary upon the First, Second, and Third Epistles of Saint 
John. By Thomas Hawkins. London, 1808. 8vo. 


219. Joh. Jac. RAMBONNET, Specimen Academicum de Secunda Kpistola 
Johannea. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1819. 8vo. ; 





Set. ee eee eee 


—— 
a ae 


en Se el eh th ee 


ee oT 


al 
=~ ) 


Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on the Apocalypse. 331 


220. Versio Latina Epistolarum et Libri Visorum Joannis Novi Testa- 
menti, perpetua adnotatione illustrata a M.Godofr. Sigismund. [aspis. Editio 
altera, novis curis emendata et aucta. Lipsiee, 1821. 8vo. 


221. A Commentary on the Epistles of St. John by Dr. Fredrich Ltcxe. 
‘Translated from the German, with additional notes, by Thorleif Gudmundson 
Repr. Edinburgh, 1837. 12mo. Also as vol. XV. of the Edinburgh Bibli- 
cal Cabinet. 


JUDE. 


223. An Exposition of the Epistle of Jude. By William Jenxyn. Lon- 
don, 1652-54. 2 vols. 4to. 


224. A Practical Commentary, or an Exposition with Notes, on the 
Epistle of Jude. By Thomas Manton, B.D. London, 1658. Ato. 


225. Hermanni Wirsir Commentarius in Epistolam Jude. Lug. Bat. 
1703. 4:to. 


A learned, elegant, and perspicuous illustration of the Epistle of Jude. 


226. Epistola Jude, Greece, commentario critico et annotatione perpetua 
illustrata, a Henr. Carl. Alex. Harntern. Erlange, 1799. 8vo. 


227. Collectanea, sive Note Criticee et Commentarius in Epistolam Jude. 
Accedunt de fonte Doctrine, et Dicticnis Jude genere et colore, Disserta- 
tiones due. Auctore M.T.Laurmann. Groninge, 1818. 8vo. 


228. A JESSIEN, de AvOevreca Epistolae Jude Commentatio Critica. 
Lipsiz, 1820. 8vo. 


This learned essay consists of five chapters, which treat severally on 1. The Character and 
Profession of the Apostle Jude; 2. The doubts raised against the authenticity of the epistle 
which bears his name; 3. Proofs of its authenticity ; 4. A comparison of it with the second 
epistle of Peter.. 5. The last chapter contains testimonies of the Fathers of the Church and 
other Ecclesiastical Writers to the authenticity of the epistle of Jude. 


THE APOCALYPSE, OR REVELATION OF SAINT JOHN. 


229. Apocalypsis Johanni Apostolo vindicata. Scripsit Ernestus Guiliel- 
mus KoLTHOFF. Hafnize, 1834. S8vo. 


230. In the second tome or part of Mr. Hugh BrovuautTon’s works, 
(pp. 408-522.) there is an exposition or interpretation of the Revelation of 
Saint John, intitled “A Revelation of the Holy Apocalypse.” The learned 
writer expounds it chiefly of the corruptions of the Church of Rome. 


931. Clavis Apocalyptica ex innatis et insitis Visionum Characteribus 
eruta, et demonstrata a Josepho Mepr.— Ejusdem Commentarius in Apo- 
calypsin, et Appendix ad Clavem Apocalypticam. 


These excellent treatises “of the pious and profoundly learned” Joseph Mede (as he is 
justly styled in the title-page to the collective edition of his works) were originally published 
in 4to., but now form, together with some other disquisitions on prophecy, the second volume 
of the folio edition of his works. Mede is universally allowed to have led the way to a cor- 
rect and rational interpretation of the Apocalypse. The examination of his Clavis occupies 
the chief part of Bishop Hurd’s tenth sermon on the study of the prophecies; and that 
eminent prelate, after adverting to the numerous and abortive attempts to explain this mys- 
terious book, which were made soon after the Reformation, has the following striking remark 
concerning Mede: —‘“ The issue of much elaborate inquiry was, that the book itself was dis- 
graced by the fruitless efforts of its commentators, and on the point of being given up as 
utterly impenetrable, when a sublime genius arose in the beginning of the last century, and 
surprised the learned world with that great desideratum—a key to the Revelations. (Works, | 
vol. y. p. 270.) The tenth of Bishop Hurd’s sermons on the prophecies discusses, after 
Mede, the interpretation of the Apocalypse. 


232. Clavis Apocalyptica, or the Key to the Apocalypse, educed and 
demonstrated from the natural and internal Characters of the Visions; for 
the use of those to whom God hath imparted the love and desire of search- 


332 | Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


ing into, and understanding that wonderful Prophecy. By Joseph Meng, 
B.D. ‘Translated by a Clergyman of the Established Church. London, 
1831. 12mo. 


233. A Translation of Mede’s Clavis Apocalyptica. By R. Bransby 
Coorer, Esq. London, 1833. 8vo. 


233.* A Commentary on the Revelation of St. John. By R. Bransby 
Cooper, Esq. London, 1833. 8vo. 

‘‘ The first of these publications will be a very acceptable present to the English student 
of the Bible; as, in having Mede’s views set before him, he will certainly have those of the 
soundest writer on prophecy unfulfilled. The second work is also valuable, as the com- 
mentary is nearly founded upon Mede’s views, and Mr. Cooper poiuts out where he has 
gone beyond them.” (British Magazine, June, 1833, p. 692.) 


234. Anacrisis Apocalypseos Joannis Apostoli, qua in veras interpretandee 
ejus hypotheses diligenter inquiritur, et ex iisdem interpretatio facta, certis 
historiarum monumentis confirmatur et illustratur, tum quoque que Mel- 
densis Preesul Bossuetus hujus libri commentario supposuit, et exegetico 
Protestantium systemati in visis de Bestia ac Babylone Mystica objecit, 
sedulo examinantur. Auctore Campegio Wirrinca. ~Amsteleedami, 1719, 
4to. | 

235. A Perpetual Commentary on the Revelation of Saint John, with a 
Preliminary Discourse concerning the Principles upon which the said 
Revelation is to be understood. By Charles Dausuz, M.A. New modelled, 
abridged, and rendered plain to the meanest capacity, by Peter Lancaster, 
A.M. London, 1730. 4to. 


The best edition of an elaborate and very useful work, of which later writers have not 
failed to avail themselves, Daubuz’s work was first printed in folio, 1720. 


236. The Scripture Preservative against Popery; being a Paraphrase 
with Notes on the Revelation of St. John. By Thomas Pyrr, M.A. 
London, 1735. 8vo. 1795. 2d edition. 


This volume completes the Paraphrase on the New Testament, after the manner of Dr. 
Clarke. Mr. Pyle’s Paraphrase on the Acts and Epistles is noticed in p. 307. No. 2. supra. 


237. A Paraphrase and Notes on the Revelation of Saint John. By 
Moses Lowman. 2d edit. London, 1745. 4to. London, 1807. 8vo. 4th 
e(lition. 

Bishop Tomline includes this work in his list of books for clergymen and biblical students. 
Dr. Doddridge has said of it, that he ‘has received more satisfaction from it, with respect 
to many difficulties” in the book of Revelation, than he ‘ever found elsewhere, or expected 
to have found at all.” (Works, vol. ii. Leeds edit. p.37.) He has given an abstract of 
Mr. Lowman’s scheme of interpretation in his 229th lecture. (Works, vol. v. pp. 410-414.) 
Lowman’s scheme of the seven seals is also approved by the late Rev. David Simpson, in 
his “ Key to the Prophecies,” (p. 582.) as more consistent with history than that of Bishop 
Newton, printed in the second volume of his dissertations on the prophecies. 


238. BencE.tus’s Introduction to his Exposition of the Apocalypse ; 
with his preface, and the greatest part of the conclusion of it; and also his 
marginal Notes on the text, which are a summary of the whole exposition. 
Translated from the high Dutch, by John Roserrson, M.D. London, 
1757. 8vo. | 


See an account of this work in the Monthly Review, O.S. vol. xviii. pp. 25-28. The 
substance of Bengel’s expository writings on the Apocalypse is given in the Rey. John 
Wesley’s notes, mentioned in p. 257. No. 13, supra. 


239. The Revelations translated, and explained throughout, with keys, 
illustrations, notes, and comments; a copious introduction, argument and 
conclusion. By W. Cooke, Greek Professor at Cambridge, &c. 1789. 8vo. 


«‘ A writer who can discover” (as Mr. Cooke has done) “the Jewish church in the Iliad, 
and Christianity in the Odyssey, may certainly find whatever he pleases in the Book of 
Revelation ; but it is not equally certain that he is qualified to detect the fallacies of Joseph 
Mede, and to prove him mistaken, false, and erroneous. ‘Though the author professes to 





Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on the Apocalypse. 333 


‘have lighted the taper of God’s truth from the kindled incense of prayers,’ and though he 
may expect that it will ‘ flame like a fire-brand, fling and bounce, and run, singeing and 
scorching wherever it touches,’ we have been so unfortunate as not to receive Show this 
flaming taper a single ray to guide us through this region of darkness.” (Monthly Review, 
N. S. vol. iii. p. 148. ) 


240. Commentarius in Apocalypsin Joannis. Scripsit Jo. Gothofr. E1cu- 
HORN. Gottinge, 1791. 2 vols. small 8vo. 


The hypothesis of the celebrated Professor Eichhorn is, that the Revelation of Saint John 
is a prophetic drama, the true subject of which is the spiritual victory of Christianity over 
Judaism and Paganism. As this Commentary on the Apocalypse is not of very frequent 
occurrence in this country, the following abstract of his scheme may be not unacceptable to 
the reader. He divides the Apocalypse into four parts, viz. 1. The Title;—2,. The Pro- 
logue itself ;—-3. The Drama itself ;—-and 4. The Epilogue. 


Peel he taties (i. 1—5. ) 
2. The Prologue (i. 4.—iii. 22.), in which it is stated that the argument of the drama 
aes to the Christians; Epistles to the churches being added, which in the symbolic 
style of the poem are represented by the number seven. 
3. The Drama itself (iv. 1.-xxil. 5,) which consists of a prelude and three acts!!! 
In the Prelude (iv. 1.—viii. 5. ), the scenery is prepared and adorned. 
Act I. Jerusalem is taken, i.e. Judaism is conquered by the Christian Religion. 
(vii. 6.—xii. 17.) 

AcrIfi. Rome is captured; i. e. Paganism is subdued by the Christian Religion. 
(xi. 18.—xx. 10.) 

Acr III. The New Jerusalem descends from heaven; or the happiness of the life to 
come, which is to endure for ever, is described, (xx. 11.—xxii. 5.) 

4. The Epilogue, (xxil. 6-21.) 

a. Of the Angel, (xxii. 6.) 

b. Of Jesus Christ, (xxii. 7-16.) 

c. Of Saint John, who denounces a curse against those who shall add to or diminish the 
predictions contained in this book (xxii. 16-20), and concludes with an apostolical 
benediction, (21.) 

The hypothesis of Eichhorn (we understand) was attacked and refuted by M. Lange, in 

his German translation of the Apocalypse. 


241. A Commentary on the Revelations. By Bryce Jounstone, D.D. 
Edinburgh, 1794. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This- work we have not had an opportunity 6f seeing: it is stated by Dr. E. Williams to 
be ‘well calculated for general use, being written with great perspicuity, and in a popular 
practical strain.” (Christian Preacher, Appendix, p. 437.) 


942. Reflections sur l Apocalypse. Par E. Gipert, Minister de la Cha- 
pelle Royale, et Recteur de St. André dans l’'Isle de Guernsey. Guernsey, 
1796. 8vo. 


Plain, pious, and practical. The learned author has chiefly followed the exposition given 
by Bishop Newton in the second volume of his Dissertations on the Prophecies. 


243, Practical Observations on the Revelation of Saint John, written in 
the year 1775. By the late Mrs. Bowpier. 2d edit. Bath, 1800. 12mo. 


This work is expressly designed for those who have not leisure or inclination to examine 
the prophetical meaning of the apocalypse. ‘* Many such readers will doubtless be found ; 
and whoever takes up the book with a serious mind, will be edified by the good sense, piety, 
and modesty of the writer.” (British Critic, O.S. vol. xvi. p. 561.) 


944. A Commentary on the Revelation of Saint John, accompanied with 
Historical Testimony of its accomplishment to the present day. By the 
Rev. E. W. WuittAKer. London, 1802. 8vo. 


The present work is an enlarged edition of a small work on the prophecies, originally 
printed in 1795. The author “has the peculiar merit of compelling the historian Gibbon 
to give testimony, in almost every instance that falls within the limits of his chronology, 
to the fulfilment of the prophecies.” The points insisted on by Mr. Whittaker, ‘he has 
succinctly handled, and reasoned upon each in such a manner as to render his work, if not 
decisive upon the subject, yet too important not to become a book of reference and authority 
to future commentators.” (British Critic, vol. xxiii. O.S. Pref. p.iv. and p. 252.) 


245. Brief Commentaries upon such parts of the Revelation and other 


334 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V- 


Prophecies as immediately refer to the present times. By Joseph GALLo- 
way, Esq. London, 1802. 8vo. 


246. The Apocalypse, or Revelation of Saint John, translated, with Notes 
critical and explanatory. To which is prefixed a Dissertation on the divine 
origin of the book, in answer to the objections of the late Professor Michaelis; 
with a biographical chart of writers in the early Christian church who appear 
to have afforded evidence in favour of the Apocalypse. By John Chappel 
WoopuouseE, D.D. London, 1806. royal 8vo. 


‘“‘ This,” said the late Bishop Hurd, ‘is the best book of the kind Ihave seen. It owes 
its superiority to two things, —the author’s understanding, for the most part, the apocalyptic 
symbols in a spiritual, not a literal sense: secondly, to the care he has taken to fix the precise 
import of those symbols, from the use made of them by the old prophetical and other writers 
of the Old and New Testament. Still many difficulties remain and will remain to the time 
of the end.” (Manuscript note of the late Bishop Hurd, on a blank leaf of a presentation 
copy of this work, in the library of Hartlebury. See Gentleman’s Magazine, vol. xxviii. 
partii. p. 702.) After such commendation, any further observation is unnecessary. ‘The 
text of the Apocalypse is handsomely printed in three columns, containing the Greek text 
of Griesbach’s second edition of the New Testament, Dr. W.’s own translation from it, and 
the authorised version, from which he never departs but when the sense requires it. The 
reader who is desirous of seeing analyses of this most excellent work, may consult the British 
Critic, O.S. vol. xxix. pp. 190-200.; and the Eclectic Review, QO.S. vol. ii. part ii. 
pp. 214-222, 


247. Annotations on the Apocalypse, intended as a sequel to those of 
Mr. Elsley, on the Gospels, and Mr.Slade on the Epistles. For the Use 
of Students in Prophetical Scripture. By John Chappel Woopuousg, D.D. 
Dean of Lichfield. London, 1828. 8vo. 


The commendations bestowed by the late Bishop Hurd upon Dr. Woodhouse’s larger 
publication (just noticed) are equally applicable to his present work, in which piety and 
philology are happily united. The notes are partly abridged from his former translation of 
the Apocalypse, and are partly new: the Greek Text of the original, and the improved version 
of Dr. W., are here omitted; and the text of St. John, according to the authorised English 
version, is divided into parts and sections, with a view to a more complete arrangement and 
illustration of this prophetic book, the genuineness and divine inspiration of which are most 
satisfactorily vindicated from the objections of the late learned Professor, Sir J. D. Michaelis, 
in apreliminary disquisition. Although Dr. Woodhouse offers his volume ‘as a sequel” to 
the compilations of Messrs. Elsley and Slade (noticed in pp.309. No.10, and 317, 318. No.96, 
supra) it may be most advantageously consulted and studied as a distinct work ; being 
sufficiently critical for the use of the scholar, at the same time that its perspicuity renders it 
highly valuable to ordinary readers. 


248. The Prophetical Character and Inspiration of the Apocalypse con- 
sidered. By George Pearson, B.D. Cambridge and London, 1835. 8vo. 


In this work the author ‘has presented to the public a view of the subject-matter of the 
Apocalypse founded chiefly on the principles of Dean Woodhouse and Vitringa. Mr. 
Pearson has prefixed a chapter on the authenticity of the Apocalypse; and, after going 
through the book, adds two chapters on its prophetical character and inspiration... .. They 
who can adopt the principles of Vitringa and Woodhouse, will find Mr. Pearson’s a very 
useful Volume.” (British Magazine, Feb. 1836. vol. ix. p. 184.) 


249. England Safe and Triumphant: or Researches into the Apocalyptic 
Little Book, and Prophecies, connected and synchronical. By the Rev. 
Francis THrustron, M.A. Coventry and London, 1812. 2 vols. 8vo. 


« Among many interpretations of the Divine Book of the Revelation, here is one which 
expressly views in it the permanency of the church of England, and its prevalence over all 
other denominations of the Christian world! Much as we are inclined to believe that there 
is a strong foundation of truth in what this author urges, in conformity with other sound 
interpreters, or built on their positions, we cannot but think in many places, particularly 
towards the latter end of his work, he is rather too rapid in forming his deductions and con- 
clusions ; in some of which we confess ourselves unable to follow him.” (British Critic, 
O.S. vol. xxxiii. pp. 593. 595.) 


250. A Dissertation on the Dragon, Beast, and False Prophet of the 
Apocalypse ; in which the number 666 is satisfactorily explained: and also 





Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on the Apocalypse. 335 


a full illustration of Daniel’s Vision of the Ram and He-Goat. By James 
Edward CLrarke. London, 1814. 8vo. 
“We cannot agree with the author in many of his explanations: yet we have read his 


work with some degree of satisfaction, and think he has succeeded in throwing additional 


light on some of the obscure subjects which he undertakes to illustrate.” (KEcleetic Review, 
N.S. vol. iv. p. 289.) 


251. A Dissertation on the Seals and Trumpets of the Apocalypse, and 
the Prophetical Period of twelve hundred and sixty years. By William 
CUNINGHAME, Esq. London, 1813. Third Edition, 1833. 8vo. 


251*. A Supplement to a Dissertation on the Trumpets and Seals of the 
Apocalypse. By William Cunincuame, Esq. London, 1838. 8vo. 

For a copious analysis of this soberly written and truly valuable work (now very materially 
improved), see the Christian Observer, vol. xiii. pp. 163—180. The “ Supplement” con- 


tains various additional considerations, confirmatory of the Author’s calculation of the 
prophetic period of 1260 years. 


252. On the Jubilean Chronology of the Seventh Trumpet of the Apoca- . 
lypse, and the Judgment of the Ancient of Days, Dan. vii. 9.; with a brief 
account of the Discoveries of Mons. de Chesaux as to the great Astrono- 
mical Cycles of 2300 and 1260 years, and their difference, 1040 years. 
By William Cunineuame, Esq. London and Edinburgh, 1834. 8vo. 


253. The Prophetic History of the Christian Revelation Explained ; or a 
Brief Exposition of the Revelation of Saint John. By the Rev. George 
SCHMUCKER, Pastor of the Evangelical Lutheran Church, York Town, 
Pennsylvania. Vol. I. Baltimore, 1817. 8vo. [This work has not been 
completed. ] 


254. Apocalypsis Greece, perpetua annotatione illustrata a Joanne Henrico 
Hrinricus. Gottingee, 1821. 2 parts or vols. 8vo. 


Though published as a detached work, this commentary on the Apocalypse forms part of 
the Novum Testamentum Koppianum (noticed in p. 299. No. 15. suprd,) of which it con- 
stitutes the tenth volume. After Eichhorn, Grotius, Hug, and other modern continental 
critics, Dr. Heinrichs considers the Apocalypse as a sacred poem, representing in a dramatic 
form (the scenery of which is chiefly borrowed from the antient prophets,) the final triumph 
of Christianity over Judaism and Paganism; the three cities of Sodom, Babylon, and 
Jerusalem, —or the matron, the harlot, and the bride— being intended to represent those 
three systems. Heinrichs does not adhere to the artificial divisions of Eichhorn, of which 
we have given an abstract in p. 333. No. 240. 


255. A Brief Commentary on the Revelation of St.John. From the 
German [of John Gottfried von HerpER.] London, 1821. 12mo. 


256. M. T. LAauRMANN Prelectio de imaginum sive figurarum poeticarum 
in Apocalypsi Joannea, indole atque pretio. Groninge, 1822. 8vo. 

257. The Chronology of the Apocalypse, investigated and defended. By 
John Overton. London, 1822. 8vo. 


258. A concise Exposition of the Apocalypse, so far as the Prophecies 
are fulfilled; several of which are interpreted in a different way from that 
adopted by other Commentators. By J.R.Parx, M.D. London, 1823, 
Svo. 

The author of this work regards the Apocalypse as being altogether a spiritual and not a 
political prophecy; that is, as relating exclusively to the progress of true religion, and not 
to the history of the Roman Empire. This general principle is derived from the excellent 
work of Dean Woodhouse, noticed in page 334., to which Dr. Park acknowledges his 
obligations, and which he has for the most part taken as his guide. ‘ This concise exposition 
deserves to be recommended as a useful outline of the Apocalyptic Predictions and their 
fulfilment.” (Eclectic Review, N.S. vol. xxii. p. 341.) 


259. Dissertations introductory to the Study and Right Understanding 
of the Language, Structure, and Contents of the Apocalypse. By Alexander 
Tittocu, LL.D. London, 1823. 8vo. 


These dissertations aresevenin number. In the two first Dr.'Tilloch bas yery ingeniously, 


836 Sacred Philology. [Part III. Ch, V. 


but we think not satisfactorily, endeavoured to shew that the Apocalypse was one of the 
earliest-written books of the New Testament; but the weight of historical eyidence we have 
shewn in the fourth volume of the Introduction (see pp.486—488. ) is decidedly in favour of the 
late date of the Apocalypse. ‘The remaining five dissertations contain many ingenious 
observations on the language and style of this prophetic book. There is much ingenuity 
displayed in these pages, and many remarks occur in them, that are deserving of consider- 
ation; but we regret to be obliged to add, that the learned author has frequently ventured 
assertions wholly gratuitous, in order to support a favourite hypothesis, to which he had 
obviously determined that every fact should be made to bend; and that he has conducted 
many of the discussions in the volume before us in a manner that must be pronounced, by 
every impartial reader, not only unfair, but in some instances disingenuous.” ‘The author 
<¢ may fairly be represented as having brought under the notice of biblical students some very 
interesting topics, and he has furnished many ingenious and curious remarks on the several 
subjects of his Dissertations, although, in but too many cases, he has exhibited them in a 
crude and unsubstantial form. (Eclectic Review, N.$. vol. xxiii. pp. 343. 360.) 


260. An Explanation of the Apocalypse or Revelation of St.John. By 
Alexander Smyra. Washington City, 1825. 12mo. 


The author of this publication (who is a general in the army of the United States of 
America) announced it in a pompous advertisement, in which he “ certified on honour that 
he had discovered the meaning of the Apocalypse, which, with the exception of a few passages 
in the second and third chapters, has never been approached by any expositor.” ‘The pam- 
phlet (for it contains only fifty-seven loosely-printed pages, exclusive of the title-page) is 
published as the result of twenty years’ study; and, as it is utterly unknown in this country, 
the following concise outline of its contents may perhaps gratify the curiosity of the reader. 
Contrary to all historical evidence, he affirms that the Apocalypse is not mentioned by any 
of the Fathers until about the close of the second century — that the several passages which 
are common to their writings and this book, are quotations from the former by the author 
of the latter, and not vice versd, as is commonly supposed, because the Book of Revelation, 
is a much more masterly and perfect production than the others, and the world is in a state 
of progressive improvement, as the rude hut precedes the splendid palace ; (General Smyth’s 
book is therefore superior to all the productions of antiquity!!)—that “ the fall of the 
mystical Babylon is, uNquestionaBLy, the destruction of Byzantium by the forces of Severus, 
in the year 195; and this event is the beacon which we must keep in view, while searching 
for the other events, enigmatically related in this book,”—-that Irenzeus, bishop of Lyons, 
must have been the author of the Apocalypse, because he wrote several books, in one of 
which he mentioned the antient copies of the Apocalypse, and was also acquainted with 
several persons who figured in the history of the destruction of Byzantium — that it is a 
compilation from the prophets, the theology of the Rabbins, the Pastor of Hermas, and the 
more antient Apocalypses, applied by the writer to the history of his own time — and that 
it is a pious forgery, written in the spirit of insatiable revenge! The mystical number 666 
he finds in the name of Decimus Clodius Albinus, although the Latin numerals contained in 
that name amount only to 2318! Such is the outline of this author’s plan, whose fallacy, 
ignorance, and presumption have been very severely and deservedly exposed in the Literary 
Journals of North America. 


261. An Introduction to the Study of the Apocalypse ; being an Attempt 
to make that portion of God’s Word profitable to the Generality of Readers. 
To which is added a Brief Outline of Prophetic History, from the Baby- 
Jonian Captivity to the commencement of the Nineteenth Century, selected 
chiefly from the best and most approved Writers on the Subject. By the 
Rev. Richard Murray. Dublin, 1826. 8vo. 


262. The Apocalypse of St. John, or Prophecy of the Rise, Progress, and 
Yall of the Church of Rome ; the Inquisition ; the Revolution of France; the 
Universal War; and the Final Triumph of Christianity. Being a new In- 
terpretation by the Rev. George Croty, A.M. London, 1827. Third 
Edition, with Corrections and Additions, 1838. 8vo. ; 


This original and powerfully written volume is prefaced by a view of the injurious effects 
of Popery, and the benefits conferred by Protestantism upon the British empire, in the 
successive reigns from the time of Queen Elizabeth. The interpretation of the Apocalypse, 
which follows, adopts a plan different from that of all its predecessors. The author considers 
the whole as a fasciculus of prophetic visions seen at intervals, and relating to distinct por- 
tions of providential history. The first three chapters are exclusively addressed to the 
Church in the time of Saint John. The remainder of the Apocalypse contains a general 
view of Christian History from the reign of Constantine to the Millennium (chapters iv-vii. ) ; 
a detailed prediction of the penalties inflicted upon Europe for her persecution of the 





Sect. III. § 6.] Commentators on the Apocalypse. 337 


Reformed Church to the Millennium (chapters viii-xi., xv., xvi.); a view of the progress 
of the Romish Church from power to persecution, under different aspects (chapters xii-xiv. ); 
a prediction of the fall of the papacy, the universal war, the millennium, the subsequent 
brief apostasy, the final judgment, and the close of the providential history of the world. 
The ninth chapter of the Apocalypse, which has hitherto been conceived to be a view of 
Mohammedism, Dr. Croly interprets as a prediction of the fall of monarchy in France, and 
of the atheistic war, in 1793. <A general sketch of the leading events in the history of the 
Christian Church, from Constantine to the present time, completes the volume, whichlis 
evidently the result of great labour and research, and which abounds with most important 
historical information. 


963. Alberti Christ. Van Eldik Tureme Commentatio de Septem Episto- 
lis Apocalypticis. Lugduni Batavorum, 1827. 4to. 


264 Initium Disputationis de Libri Apocalypseos Argumento, Sententia, 
et Auctore..... Publico examini submittit Henricus Engelinus Weyers. 
Lugduni Batavorum, 1828. 4to. 

The first part only of an academical Dissertation on the Apocalypse: it discusses the 


hypotheses of Grotius, Herder, Eichhorn, and Heinrichs, respecting the author and argument 
of this book. 


265. Commentarius in Apocalypsin Johannis, Exegeticus et Criticus. Auc- 
tore Georgio Henrico Augusto Ewan. Lipsie, 1828. 8vo. 


266. A Key to thé Revelation of St. John the Divine ; being an Analysis 
of those parts of that wonderful Book, which relate to the General State of 
the Christian Church, through all the times since it was written, and to the 
peculiar Signs of those Times. By the Rev. Philip ALtLwoop, B.D. London, 
1829. 2 vols. 8vo. 


267. The Apocalypse of Jesus Christ, commonly called the Revelation of 
St. John the Divine, briefly, yet minutely, Explained and Interpreted, to the 
xixth Chapter inclusive; being the History of the Christian Church, until 
the Destruction of the Roman Empire at the Coming of our Lord with all 
his Saints. Consisting of a select Compilation from the most approved and 
learned Commentators, both ancient and modern. London, 1832. 8vo. 


268. A Treatise on the Millennium; in which the prevailing Theories on 
that subject are carefully examined, and the true Scriptural Doctrine at- 
tempted to be elicited and established. By George Busu, A.M. New York, 
1832. 12mo. 

The opinion advocated by the author of this treatise is, that the Millennium is past; the 


predictions in the Apocalypse having been fulfilled by the triumph of Christianity over 
Paganism, in the conversion of Constantine to the Christian faith. 


269. An Exposition of the Apocalypse, by the Rev. Alexander Kerth, 
D.D., forms the chief part of his “ Signs of the Times,’ noticed in No. 18. 
p. 232. supra. Another Original Exposition of this Book is given by the 
Rey. Dr. Lez in his “ Six Sermons on the Study of the Holy Scriptures.” 
No. 26. p. 226. supra ; and another by the Rev. C. E. Stowe in his “ Intro- 
duction to the Criticism and Interpretation of the Bible,” No. 15. page 158. 
supra. 


270. Explication Raisonnée de l’Apocalypse, d’aprés les principes de sa 
Composition. Par Philippe Basser. Paris, 1832-33. 3 tomes 8vo. 


271. The Book of the Unveiling. London, 1833. 12mo. 


272. An Analytical Arrangement of the Apocalypse, or Revelation re- 
corded by Saint John, according to the Principles developed under the name 
of Parallelism in the writings of Bishop Lowth, Bishop Jebb, and the Rev. 
Thomas Boys. By the Rev. Richard Roz. Dublin, 1834. 4to. 


273. The Apocalypse its own Interpreter: or, a Guide to the Study of 
the Book of Revelation. By the Rev. A. Hurcuinson. London, 1835. 8vo. 
VOL. II. APP. Y 


338 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


274. The Interpreter; a Summary View of the Revelation of St. John. 
By the Rev. Thomas Jones. London, 1836. 12mo. 

This volume is founded on the late Rev. Henry Gauntlett’s expository Lectures on the Apo- 
calypse, which are noticed in p. 346. No. 98. infrd. It contains a summary statement of the 
contents of each chapter, so as to give a rapid view of its contents. ‘ This is a useful little 
book on a very difficult.subject. Although we could have wished that it had less reference 
to modern events, and kept to the admirable and sober views of Bishop Newton, yet it may 
be safely recommended as, on the whole, a cheap and valuable exposition.” (Christian Re- 
membrancer, November, 1836. p. 665.) 


275. L’ Apocalypse expliquée par |’Ecriture. Essai par Louis Vivien. 
Paris, 1837. 12mo. 


276. Studies of the Apocalypse or an Attempt to elucidate the Revelation 
of Saint John. London, 1838. 12mo. 

‘‘ The present volume, which is modestly termed “ Studies,” is piously and soberly 
written..... The reader, we think, cannot arise from the atientive perusal of this volume, 
without deriving an interesting addition to his previous knowledge of the Apocalypse.” 
(Christian Remembrancer, vol. xx. p. 205.) 


277. The Revelation of Saint John explained. By Henry William Lovert. 
London, 1838. 8vo. 


§ 7. EXPOSITORY LECTURES AND SERMONS ON THE SCRIPTURES, AND ON 
DETACHED PORTIONS THEREOF. 


1, Hore Homileticze, or Discourses (in the form of Skeletons) upon the 
WuHoLe Scriptures. By the Rev. Charles Stweon, M.A. London, 1833. 
21 vols. 8vo. 


2. A Popular Commentary on the Bible, in a Series of Sermons, following, 
in the Old Testament, the Course of the first Lessons at Morning and Even- 
ing Service on Sundays. Designed for Parish Churches, or for reading in 
Private Families. By the Rev. James Piumtre, B.D, London, 1827. 2 
vols. 8vo. [comprising the Otp TesramMent. ‘This work was never com- 


pleted. ] 


3. The Old Testament, with a Commentary consisting of Short Lectures 
for the Daily Use of Families. By the Rev. Charles GirpLEsTone, M.A. 
Parts I.—III. London, 1836-1838. 8vo. 


3.* The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: with a 
Commentary consisting of Short Lectures for the Daily Use of Families. 
By the Rev. Charles GirpLestonr, M.A. London, 1832-35, 2 vols. 8vo. 

The plan of these two most valuable practical expositions of the Old and New Testa- 
ments is the same. The text of the sacred writers is ‘‘ divided into sections, forming with 
the commentary a lesson of a convenient length for a single service. The explanatory 
matter is so digested as to complete, together with the text, exactly two pages; such topics 
being selected as may best serve the purpose of devotional edification at the hour of family 
worship. Al) controversial doctrines, all abstruse theories, and all learned discussions are 
carefully avoided ; while the capacities and wants of an ordinary domestic circle, comprising 
for the most part the relations of master and servant, of parent and child, are kept steadily 
in view.” (Christian Remembrancer, May 1832. vol. xiv. p. 280.) 


4, Practical Lectures on the Historical Books of the Old Testament. By 
the Rev. Henry Linpsay, M.A. London, 1828. 8vo. 


5. Sacred Biography ; or, the History of the Patriarchs [and part of the 
History of Jesus Christ}: being a course of Lectures delivered at the Scots 
Church, London Wall. By Henry Hunter, D.D. London, 1783, &c. 7 
vols. 8vo.; seventh edition, 1814. 5 vols. 8vo. also 1826, 2 vols. 8vo. 


6. Lectures on the Four last Books of the PenraTrucn, designed to shew 
the Divine Origin of the Jewish Religion, chiefly from Internal Evidence ; 








Sect. III. § 7.] Expository Lectures and Sermons on the Scriptures. 339 


in three parts. By the Rev. Richard Graves, D.D., Dean of Ardagh. Lon- 
don, 1815. 2 vols. 8vo. Third edition, Dublin and London, 1829. 1 vol. 8vo. 


The first edition of this valuable work appeared in 1807: in this impression it is very 
materially improved, and is indispensably necessary to the biblical student. 


~_ 7. Lectures on the Pentateuch. By the Rev. William Marsn, M.A. 
' London, 1822. 8vo. 


8. Expository Sermons on the Pentateuch. By the Rev. W. TuIstLe- 
THWAITE, M.A. London, 1837-8. 4 vols. 12mo. 


9. Expository Discourses on the Book of Genzsis, interspersed with Prac- 
tical Reflections, by Andrew Futuer. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1806. 

The author of this work has long been known by his able publications on the absurdity 
of deism, and the immoral tendency of Socinian tenets. These ‘ Expository Discourses,” 
which are short, and fifty-eight in number, were originally delivered as lectures to Mr. Ful- 
ler’s congregation at Kettering. ‘ The author selects a paragraph of convenient length, 
and furnishes a concise exposition of its leading circumstances, accompanied with a few 
practical reflections, and occasionally with a useful criticism. The paragraphs are not in- 
serted at length, but referred to by the initial and final verses. Much originality of critical 
remark must not be expected, nor must the reader be surprised, if he often meet with a trite 
and obvious reflection: but we will venture to promise him, much more frequently, a manly, 
judicious, and useful train of observation, expressed in simple and vigorous language.” 
(Eclectic Review, O. S. vol.ii. partii. p. 896.) 


10. Lectures on the Book of Genesis. By J. Rupcr, D.D. London, 1823. 
2 vols. 8vo. 

11. Lectures upon some Important Passages in the Book of Genesis. By 
Henry Thomas Austen, M.A. London, 1820. 8vo. 

12. A Series of Sermons illustrating the History contained in the Book 
of Genesis. By the Rev. William Basserr, M.A. London, 1822. 2 vols. 
12mo. 

13. The Book of Genesis considered and illustrated in a Series of His- 
torical Discourses. By the Rev. Francis CLosr, A.M. London, 1826. 8vo. 


14. Practical Remarks on the Books of Genesis and Exodus, adapted to 
Family Worship. [By Mrs. M.Murray.] Dublin, 1830-31. 2 vols. 8vo. 


15. Ten Lectures on the Philosophy of the Mosaic Records of the Crea- 
tion, delivered in the Chapel of Trinity College, Dublin. By James KeEn- 
nEDY, B.D. Donellan Lecturer for the Year 1824. London and Dublin, 
1827. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The design of these elaborate lectures is, ‘‘ to connect the biblical records of the creation, 
as closely as their language and arrangement admit, with physical science; and to estimate 
the degree of evidence which arises out of the comparison of the inspiration of their author.” 
Many important geological facts are adduced, which concur to the confirmation and illus- 
tration of the Mosaic history. 


16. Homme banni d’Eden. Meditations sur la troisiéme chapitre de la 
Genése, suivies de Developpemens Exegétiques. Par L. Bonner. Paris et 
Genéve. 1834. 8vo. 


17. Eight Lectures on the History of Jacob. By the Rev. Henry Biunr, 
A.M. London, 1828. 12mo. and various subsequent editions. 


18. Jacob: or Patriarchal Piety. A Series of Discourses [on the history 
of Jacob]. By the Rev. Edward Craia, A.M. Third Edition. Edinburgh, 
1830. 12mo. 

19. Lectures on the History of Joseph. By John Davies. Bath, 1823. 
12mo. 

90. Lectures on the History of Josrru. By George Lawson, D.D. 
Edinburgh and London, 1812. 2 vols. 12mo. 


20.* The Bow in strength: or a Practical Dissertation on the History of 
Joseph. By Charles LArom. London, 1832. 8vo. 


(x) 2 


540 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


21. The Christian Exopus: or the Deliverance of the Israelites from 
Egypt practically considered, in a series of Discourses. By the Rey. R. P. 
Buppicom, M.A. London, 1826. 2 vols. 8vo. 


22. Israel’s Wanderings in the Wilderness. By the Rev. G. D. Krum- 
mMaAcuerR, of Elberfeld. Translated from the German. London, 1837. 
12mo. 


23. Lectures on the Book of Rurn. By George Lawson, D.D. Edin- 
burgh and London, 1805. 12mo. 


24. Davidica. Twelve Practical Sermons on the Life and Character of 
Davin, King of Israel. By Henry Tuompson, M.A. London, 1827. 8vo. 


25. Sixteen Lectures on the History of Elijah. By the Rev. Robert 
Stupson, M.A. London, 1836. 12mo. 


96. Elijah the Tishbite. By F.W. Krummacuer, D.D. Translated 
from the German [and revised by the Rev. R. F. Walker, A.M.]. London, 
1838. 12mo. 


27. Elisha. From the German of Dr. F.W. KrumMaAcuer: revised by 
the Rev. R. F. Walker, A.M. Part I. London, 1838. 12mo. 


28. Méditations sur l’ Histoire d’E.zéchias, adressées particulicrement aux 
Fideles. [Par A.Rocuat.] Neuchatel, 1834. 8vo. 


28.* Meditations on the History of Hezekiah. By A. Rocuart, tr fate 
from the French by the Rev. William Hare, A.B. Dublin and London, 
1837. 12mo. 


29. Lectures on the Book of Estuer. By George Lawson, D.D. 
Edinburgh and London, 1809. 12mo. 


29.* Lectures on the Book of Esther. By Thomas M’Crikg, D. D. Edin- 
burgh, 1838. 12mo. 


30. An Exposition of the Book of Provrerzss. By the late George 
Lawson, D.D. Edinburgh, 1821. 2 vols. 12mo. 


This exposition, as well as those on the History of Joseph (No. 19.) and Ruth, 
(No. 23.), “ were chiefly intended for the instruction of Christians in the ordinary walks 
of life. They are pious and sensible, full of sound doctrine, and salutary admonition and 
instruction, There is rarely any thing of a critical nature to be found in them, which 
indeed was not the writer’s object; but they every where discover a minute acquaintance 
with the Bible and the human heart, and a deep concern to profit the reader. The style 
is plain, and the illustrations [are] generally very brief.” (Orme’s Biblioth. Biblica, p. 287.) 


31. Lectures on the Book of Psatms. By the Rev. John Ewarr, M.A. 
London, 1822-26. 3 vols. 8vo. 


32. An Exposition of the Book of Psalms, Explanatory, Critical, and 
Devotional, intended chiefly to aid private Christians in the enlightened 
perusal of Compositions, in which the national history of the Jews and the 
personal experience of David are often blended with the Spirit of Prophecy. 
By the Rev. John Morison, D.D. London, 1832. 3 vols. 8vo. 


As Bishop Horsley’s posthumous work on the Book of Psalms (which has been noticed 
in page 279, No. 14, suprd,) is chiefly adapted to the use of the scholar and Biblical 
Critic, while the well-known and excellent commentary of Bishop Horne has been thought 
by many to partake too much of the sytematically prophetic and mystical interpretation ; 
Dr. Morisen has performed a very acceptable service to private Christians, as well as to 
critical students of the sacred volume, in his exposition of the Book of Psalms. The plan 
which he has adopted is in every respect deserving of commendation. Adhering strictly to 
the literal meaning of the text, he is careful at the same time not to overlook either its pro- 
phetical or typical character, ‘The authorised version is properly retained, and the exposition 
follows each successive verse; while the critical notes, often very instructive, are commo- 
diously placed at the foot of the page. 


. Lectures on the Thirty-Second Psalm. By Charles H. Bincuam, 
“ London, 1836. 12mo. 


34, The Portraiture of the Christian Penitent: a Course of Sermons on 





Sect. III. §7.] Expository Lectures and Sermons on the Scriptures. 341 


the Fifty-first Psalm. By the Rev. C.E.De Corriocon, M.A. London, 
1776. 2 vols. 8vo. 


35. Sermons on the Fifty-first Psalm. By the Rev. J. Butz. London, 
1824, 8vo. 


36. Lectures on Psalm LI. By the Rev. T. T. Bipputru, M.A. Second 
Edition. London, 1838. 12mo. 


36.* An Explication of the Hundred and Tenth Psalm. By Edward 
ReryNo.Lps, D.D. Bishop of Norwich. London, 16—. 1837. 12mo. 


In the London reprint some slight abridgments have been made; and a few obsolete 
words have been exchanged for others of the same meaning. 


37. Sermons on the Ninety-first Psalm. London, 1826. 8vo. 


38. A Practical Exposition of the Hundred and Nineteenth Psalm. By 
Thomas Manton, D.D. London, 1681. folio. 


39. An Exposition of Psalm CXIX. By the Rev. Charles Bripags. 
London, 1827. 12mo. and numerous subsequent editions. 


40. A Practical Exposition of the Hundred and Thirtieth Psalm. By 
John Owen, D.D. London, 1669, 4to. and various subsequent editions. 


41, Six Lectures on the Penitential Psalms. By Edward Berens, M.A. 
Oxford, 1823. 12mo. 

42, Lectures on the Book of Ecctestastes. By Ralph Warpuaw, D.D. 
Glasgow and London, 1821. 2 vols. 8vo. 


‘‘ This is a very elegant Commentary on an exceedingly difficult portion of Scripture.” 
(Orme’s Biblioth. Biblica, p. 459.) 


43, Lectures on the Prophecies of Isatan. By Robert Maccuttocy, 
D.D. London, 1791-1805. 4 vols. 8vo. 

These lectures were delivered in the ordinary course of his pastoral labours by Dr. M., 
who was a minister in the church of Scotland. “ They contain many ingenious elucidations 
of the text, and many judicious and useful reflections. The author appears to have taken 
much pains to understand the phraseology of the Prophet, and to investigate his original 
design; he marks distinctly the leading divisions of the prophecies, and expiains, at the 
beginning of each division, its peculiar object.” - (Monthly Review, N. S. vol. xx. p. 226.) 
Dr. Macculloch has made great use of Vitringa’s elaborate commentary on Isaiah. 


44, Outlines of Lectures on the Book of Daniet. By F. A. Cox. LL.D. 
London, 1833. 12mo. Second Edition, 1834. 12mo. 


45. An Exposition of the Prophet Jonau, in Sermons. By George As- 
Bot, D.D. London, 1613. 4to. 


46. Lectures upon Jonas. By John Kine, D.D. Bishop of Londen. 
London 1618. 4to. 


47. Jonah’s Portrait: or various Views of Human Nature, and of the 
gracious dealings of God with Human Nature. By Thomas Jones. Lon- 
don, 1818. Sixth Edition, 1832. 12mo. 


48. Six Lectures on the Book of Jonah. By J. W. Cunnincnam, A.M. 
London, 1833. small 8vo. 


49. Pulpit Recollections: being Notes of Lectures on the Book of Jonah. 
By the Rev. R. Waldo Stsruorp, B.D. London, 1834. Second Edition, 
with a new translation of the Book of Jonah. 1835. Small 8vo. 


50. Theological Lectures to the King’s Scholars at Westminster Abbey, 
with an Interpretation of the New TrsTaMeEntT, &c. &c. By John Heyrin, 
D.D. London, 1749. 1761. 2 vols. 4to. 


The first part of this work contains the interpretation of the four Gospels, the second 
part comprises the Acts of the Apostles and the several Epistles. “ ‘This interpretation, 
though far from being elegant, appears to us, in general, to be accurate and judicious, and 
shews that the author had carefully studied the original. The whole contains evident marks 
of solid judgment, critical skill, and considerable learning. In several parts of the work, 


(vy) 3 


342 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


indeed, the reader will perceive a small tincture of mysticism ; and accordingly we are told, 
in the preface to the second part, that the author was deeply read in the writings of the 
mystic divines, and was styled by somethe mystic doctor.”” (Monthly Review, O.S. vol. xxv. 
Pesisey 


51. Explanatory Notes and Practical Comments, being a Series of Short 


Lectures on the New Testament. By a Clergyman.. Dublin and London, 
1829-33. 2 vals. 8vo. 


52. Lectures on the History of Jesus Christ. By James Bennerr. Lon- 
don, 1825. 3 vols. 8vo. Another edition in 2 vols. 8vo. 


In 1836 the same author published, as a supplement to this work, “ Lectures on the 
preaching of Christ,” in one volume, 8vo. 


53. A Practical Exposition of the Four Gospels and of the Acts of the 
Apostles, in the form of Lectures, intended to assist the Practice of Do- 
mestic Instruction and Devotion. By John Bird Sumner, D.D. Bishop of 
Chester. London, 1831-38. 4 vols. 8vo.; also in 8 vols. 12mo. various 
editions. 


The intention of the present work is to promote and to assist family reading of the scrip- 
tures, by furnishing a book containing such explanations and reflections as might naturally 
occur to one well acquainted with the sacred writings and the practical expositors. Many 
Bibles and Testaments have been published with the same object in view, as that proposed 
by the Bishop of Chester. Most of these, however, from the length of the reflections, 
have, in a great degree, on that account, become unfit for reading to a family, where brevity 
must, to a certain extent, be considered...... The plan of Dr. Sumner is free from this 
blemish. Great skill has been shewn in the division of the chapters, which are of so con- 
venient a length, that one or more may be taken at a reading, according to circumstances ; 
while the pauses are such as seem natural to the reader’s train of thought.” (British Critic, 
April 1832. vol. xi. pp. 366, 367.) ‘* It is impossible seriously to read these lectures with- 
out becoming acquainted, both with the way of salvation, and the duties and privileges of 
the Christian life.” (Christian Observer, June, 1831. vol. xxxi. p.852.) 


54, An Exposition of the Four Gospels. By the Rev. Thomas Apam, 
B.A. Edited, with a Memoir of the Author, by the Rev. A. Westoby, M.A. 
London, 1837. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Of this work, the expository notes on the Gospels cof Mark, Luke, and John, are now 
published for the first time: those on the Gospel of Matthew were published in 1785 in the 
collection of the author’s posthumous works, and were accompanied with suitable Lectures 
and Prayers. Brevity of remark, fervent piety, and intimate acquaintance with the human 
heart, characterise this exposition of the four Gospels. The exposition of St. Matthew’s 
Gospel has frequently been printed in one volume 8vo. or two volumes 12mo. 

55. Lectures on the Gospel of Saint Matrruew, delivered in the parish 
church of Saint James, Westminster, in the years 1798, 1799, 1800, and 
1801. By the Right Rev. Beilby Porteus, D.D. Bishop of London. London, 
1802. 2 vols. Svo. 1823. in one vol. 8vo, and various other editions in 8vo. 

The multiplied editions of these admirable lectures sufficiently attest how highly they are 
esteemed. ‘ They are” indeed -“ calculated alike to do good to the learned and the un- 
learned ; the aged as well as the inexperienced, the grave and the reflecting, the gay and the 
thoughtless. ‘They are learned without ostentation, pious without any tincture of enthu- 
siasm, argumentative without pedantry, and perspicuous without lusing sight of the graces 
of style and diction.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xx. p, 306.) . 

56. Sermons extracted from the Lectures of Bishop Porteus. By Thomas 
Baker, M.A. London, 1817. 8vo. 


57. Lectures on the Gospel of St. Matthew : among which are introduced 
eleven Lectures on the early parts of the Bible and on the Ten Command- 
ments, as necessary for the elucidation of the Parable contained in the 
twentieth chapter of that Gospel. By the Rev. William Marshall Harte, 
Rector of St. Lucy, in the Island of Barbados. London, 1831-4. 2 vols. 
12mo. 

These very useful lectures were originally preached to a congregation of Negroes: they 
are eminently characterised by simplicity of language, yet without debasing the importance 
of the subjects discussed by improper familiarity of expression. 

58. Explanatory Lectures on the Gospel according to St. Matthew. By 
the Rev. John Penrose, M.A. London, 1832. 12mo. 








Sect. III. § 7.] Hxpository Lectures and Sermons on the Scriptures. 343 


59. Expositions and Sermons upon the ten first Chapters of the Gospel 
of Jesus Christ according to St. Matthew. By Christopher Buackwoop. 
London, 1659. Ato. 


60. The Catechist’s Manual, and Family-Lecturer : being an Arrangement 
and Explanation of St. Marx’s Gospel, for Purposes of Missionary and 
Domestic Instruction. By the Rev. Samuel Hinps, M.A. [now D.D.1 
Oxford, 1829. 8vo. ; 


61. Lectures on the Gospel of Saint Jonn, as bearing Testimony to the 
Divinity of our Saviour. By C.J. Bromriex.p, D.D. [now Bishop of Lon- 
don.] London, 1823. 12mo. 


62. Practical Lectures upon the ten first Chapters of the Gospel of Saint 
Joun. By the Rev.J.R. Pitman, M.A. London, 1822. 8vo. 


63. Eighteen Lectures on the Gospel according to St.John. By Charles 
Abel Moysey, D.D. Oxford and London, 1823. 8vo. . 


64. Contemplations on the last Discourses of our Blessed Saviour with 
his Disciples, as recorded by St. John. By John Brewster. London, 
1822. 8vo. 


65. The Last Days of our Lord’s Ministry; a course of Lectures. By 
the Rev. Walter Farquhar Hoox, M.A. [now D.D.] London, 1832. 8vo. 


66. Nine Lectures on the History of Peter. By the Rev. Henry Biunrt, 
A.M. London, 1829. 12mo. 


67. Lectures on the Acts of the Apostles, explanatory and practical. By 
Richard Stack, D.D. 2d edition. London, 1805. 8vo. 


68. Lectures on the Acts of the Apostles, delivered in the Parish Church 
of Stockton-upon-Tees, during Lent, in the Years 1803, 1804, 1805, and 
1806. Illustrated with maps. By John Brewster, M.A. London, 1807. 
2 vols. 8vo. Second edition. London, 1831. in one volume 8vo. 


‘‘ Both these authors profess to imitate the Bishop of London’s (Porteus) excellent 
Lectures on St. Matthew’s Gospel. By a mere comparison of bulk, it is evident that Dr. 
Stack’s lectures must be more slight and cursory than those of Mr. Brewster; the one 
being twice the extent of the other.’’ Dr.Stack’s lectures “contain little more than a 
recapitulation of the subjects of the chapters in other words. Nor have we been able to 
discover any remarks in his book but what are so extremely plain and obvious, that they seem 
to be hardly worth committing to paper, much less to the press. Mr. Brewster proceeds in 
a very different style. He is full of illustrations from the fathers and divines of various 
ages ; and his own remarks are not trite, but lively as well as just. Mr. B.’s lectures may 
be justly recommended, as approaching much more nearly to the model which both under- 
took to imitate, and as not only instructive, but pleasing. and attractive.” (British Critic, 
O. S. vol. xxx. pp. 133, 184, 136. See also Eclectic Review, O. S. vol. il. p. 408.) 


69. Lectures on the Acts of the Apostles. By John Dicx, D.D.  Glas- 
gow. 2d edition, 1822. 8vo. 


The first edition of these Lectures was in two volumes, which were published at different 
times. Dr. Dick is advantageously known as the author of a sensible and well-written essay 
on the inspiration of the Scriptures. Speaking of the first volume of the first edition, some 
critics have remarked, that his discussion of the principal topics related in the Acts of the 
Apostles “is fully calculated to establish the faith of Christians in their holy religion, and 
furnishes them with some excellent practical rules for the regulation of their moral conduct. 
Upon the whole, we cheerfully recommend the present volume to the attention of the public.” 
(Eclectic Review, O. S. vol. ii. pp.428. 440.) The same critics (vol. v. part il. p. 834.), 
speaking of the two volumes collectively, observe, that they contain altogether a useful illus- 
tration of many important passages of the Acts; they are full of good sense and orthodox 
divinity, conveyed in a perspicuous and easy style. The second edition of these Lectures has 
been carefully revised. 


70. Twelve Lectures on the Acts of the Apostles. By Charles James 
Biomrietp, D.D. Bishop of Chester [now of London]. London, 1829, 8vo. 


To these very valuable lectures is annexed a new edition of the five lectures on the 
Gospel of St. John (No. 61.); and in an appendix is subjoined Dr. Tucker’s ‘* Brief 


(y) 4 : 


344: Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


and Dispassionate View of the difficulties attending the Trinitarian, Arian, and Socinian 
Systems.” 


71. Discourses on Passages selected from the Book of the Acts of the 
Apostles. By Henry Tuompson, D.D. London, 1822. 8vo. 


The object of these expository discourses is, from select passages in the first seven chapters 
of the book of Acts, to mark the fulfilment of prophecy in the qualifications, labours, and 
success of the first propagators of Christianity; and this design the author has success- 
fully accomplished. For an analysis of the volume, with a well-merited commendation of 
its execution, the reader is referred to the Edinburgh Christian Instructor, for June, 1823, 
pp. 404-409. 


72. Jo. Alphonsi Turretinr in Paulli Apostoli ad Romanos Epistolze 
capita priora undecim Prelectiones critic, theologice, et concionatorie. 
Lausanne, 1741. 4to. 


These lectures, which were first published after the author’s death, are also to be found in 
the second volume of Turretin’s collective works, printed at Leuwarden, in 1775, in quarto. 
They are truly excellent. The prolegomena discuss, with great ability, the date of the 
Epistle to the Romans, the place whence it was written, the state of the Christians at Rome, 
the causes of the difficulty of St. Paul’s epistles generally, and of that to the Romans in par- 
ticular ; the controversies agitated at that time, and various other topics which are necessary 
to the right understanding of that epistle. 


73. Lectures on the Epistle of St. Paul to the Romans, explanatory and 
practical. By Richard Stack, D.D. Dublin, 1806. 8vo. 


74. Lectures explanatory and practical, on the Epistle of St. Paul to the 
Romans. By the Rev. John Fry, A.B, London, 1816. 8vo. 


75. Paulus Parochialis; or, a Plain and Practical View of the Object, 
Arguments, and Connection of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans: in a Series 
of Sermons, adapted to Country Congregations. By the Rev. Wm. Lisle 
Bowes. Bath, 1826. 8vo. 


76. Lectures on St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans. By the Rev.C. A. 
Moysey, D.D. [Bath,] 1830. 8vo. 


77. Lectures, explanatory and practical, on the Doctrinal part of the 
Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Romans. By David Rircuixz, D.D. 
Edinburgh and London, 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 


<¢ These lectures deserve commendation both for their spirit and intention, being written 
with candour, moderation, and talent, and giving ample proof of a sincere desire to set forth 
the oracles of truth.”” (British Critic, October 1835, vol. xviii. p. 825.) 


78. A Practical Exposition of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans, in a series 
of Lectures. By the Rev. Thomas Parry, M.A. Archdeacon of Antigua. 
London, 1832. 12mo. 


«* The object of this volume is, to facilitate the understanding of the-Epistle to the Romans, 
by tracing the connection of its various parts in an easy and familiar exposition..... But 
though the author has mainly endeavoured to render his work useful and attractive to general 
readers, who haye little opportunity for consulting more elaborate expositions, he has not 
altogether neglected the wants of the student or the candidate for holy orders. Readers of 
this class will find considerable information in the notes attached to each successive lecture ; 
and the analysis of the epistle, and remarks on certain leading terms, eontained in the ap- 
pendix, afford ample matter to the more advanced theologian.” (Christian Remembrancer, 
May, 1832. vol. xiv. p. 280.) 


79. An Exposition of the Eighth Chapter of the Epistle to the Romans. 
Also, five Lectures on the Tenth Chapter of the same. By the Rev. C. D. 
Martianp, B.A. London, 1831. 8vo. 


80. A Practical Exposition of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans. By the 
Rev. Robert ANpERSoN. London, 1833. 12mo. 


« We must now take leave of Mr. Anderson, which we do with the conviction that we 
have been conyersing with one, all whose faculties are intensely devoted to the holy work of 
the ministry. It is perhaps too much to expect that this or any exposition of the Epistle to 
the Romans should meet with the unqualified and unanimous assent of the critical or theolo- 








q 


4 


gical world. . . . . Of the work before us, however, we can honestly say, that it exemplifies 


Sect. I. §7.] Expository Lectures and Sermons on the Scriptures. 345 


in almost every page, that holy earnestness, that ardent desire for the salvation of human souls, 
which is the crown and glory of all pastoral teaching and ministration.” (British Critic for 
January, 1834. vol. xv. p. 96.) 


81. Lectures on the Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Romans. By 
Thomas Cuatmers, D.D. Vol, I. Edinburgh and London, 1838. 8vo. 


82, Lectures, Expository and Practical, on the Epistle to the Romans. 
By the Rev. A. J. Scorr, A.M. Parts I. I. London, 1838. 8vo. 


83. Discourses, explanatory and practical, on the Ninth Chapter of Paul’s 
Epistle to the Romans. By J.JArrom. Wisbech, 1827. 12mo. 


84, Lectures on St. Paul’s Epistles to the CorinTHIANS. By the Rev. 
William Lotuian. London, 1827, 8vo. 


85, Lectures upon the whole Epistle of St. Paul to the PuHrnipprans. 
By Henry Airy, D.D. Provost of Queen’s College, Oxford. London, 1618. 
Ato. 


86. Expository Lectures on St. Paul’s Epistle to the Philippians.. By the 
Rev. John AcAstER. London, 1827. 8vo. 


87. Lectures, Explanatory and Practical, on the Epistle of Saint Paul to 
the Philippians. By Manton Eastspurn, M.A. New York, 1833, ovo. 


88. A Familiar Exposition and Application of the Epistle of Saint Paul to 
the CoLossIAns, in a course of Eight Sermons ; including an Examination 
of the General Nature and Use of the Epistles of the New Testament. By 
Thomas GisporNE, M.A. London, 1816. 8vo. 


’ For an analysis of this very useful little work see the Christian Observer for 1816, vol. xv. 
pp. 524-534. 

89. Discourses Practical and Experimental on the Epistle to the Colos- 
sians. By Thomas Watson. London, 1834. 8vo. 


90. The Candidate for the Ministry : a Course of Expository Lectures on 
the first Epistle of Paul the Apostle to Timothy. By the Rev. John H. 
Pinper, M.A. London, 1837. 12mo. 


These lectures were originally delivered to the students of Codrington College in the 
island of Barbados, of which the author was Principal from 1830 to 1835. Theyare plain, 
earnest, and impressive. In 1837 Mr. Pinder published a similar useful volume of ex- 
pository Discourses on the Book of Common Prayer. 


91. Pulpit Lectures on the Epistles of Paul the Apostle to Timoruy. By 
the Rev. Henry Roper Stave, LL.B. London, 1837. 12mo. 

‘“‘ Very simple and plain; ably exposing Romish errors, and powerfully advocating Pro- 
testant truths.’”’ (Christian Remembrancer, June, 1837, p.344.) 

92. Four Lectures on the Epistle of St. Paul to the Heprews ; shewing 
the Harmony between the Mysteries, Doctrines, and Morality of the Old 
and New Testament. By the Rev. William Jones, M.A. 8vo. 


These valuable lectures form part of the fourth volume of “ The Theological, Philoso- 
phical, and Miscellaneous Works” of the learned and venerable Mr. Jones, of Nayland. 


93. The Apostleship and Priesthood of Christ: being a Practical Ex- 
position of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Hebrews in a Series of Lectures. By 
the Rev. Thomas Parry, M.A. Archdeacon of Antigua. London, 1834. 
12mo. 

94. The Mediator of the New Covenant: a Series of Sermons on the 
Sacrificial and Mediatorial Character of the Saviour, as revealed in the 
Epistle of Paul to the Hebrews. By the Rev. James Spencer Knox, M.A. 
Dublin and London, 1835. 8vo. 


95. Expository Lectures on the General Epistle of James: translated 
from the German of the Rev. Bernard Jacosi. London, 1838. 12mo. 


346 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


96. Discourses, Explanatory and Practical, on the Epistle of St. Jupr. 
By William Murr, D.D. Glasgow, 1822. 8vo. 


97. Expository Discourses on the ArpocALypss, interspersed with Prac- 
tical Reflections. By the late Rev. Andrew Futter. London, 1815. 8vo. 


This posthumous publication, consisting of thirty-one discourses delivered in the years 
1809 and 1810, after undergoing several revisions, was finished by the author, a short 
time only before his decease. ‘‘ There is however but little novelty in the work, but little to 
gratify the anxious curiosity of the age, or to elucidate the unfulfilled and more difficult parts 
of the Revelation. The general outline of the prophetic scheme is boldly sketched, and its 
various ramifications are marked with that precision which was common to the writer ; but 
in general there is an extreme of modesty and diffidence, with scarcely any attempts to pass 
the usual boundaries of thought on these subjects, or any adventurous flight of speculation.” 
(Morris’s Memoirs of Mr. Fuller, p. 249.) An abstract of Mr.F.’s scheme of the Apoca- 
lypse is given in the same work (pp. 250-260. ). 

98. An Exposition of the Book of Revelation. Being the substance of 
forty-four Discourses preached in the parish church of Olney, Bucks. By 
the Rev. Henry Gauntietrr. London, 1821. 8vo. 


This work “ affords ample proofs of his ” [the author’s] “ piety, good sense, and industry. 
His interpretations of the prophecies, whether fulfilled or expected to be so, are mostly sup- 
ported by venerable authorities; and where he differs from them, it is with due modesty and 
candour.” (British Review, vol. xviii. p. 396.) 

98.* Lectures, Expository and Practical, on the Book of Revelation. By 
the Rev. Robert CuLBertson. London, 1828. 8vo. 

99. Discourses shewing the structure and unity of the Apocalypse, the 
order, and connexion of its Prophecies. By David Rozperrson. Glasgow, 
1833. 3 vols. 12mo. 

100. Practical Sermons on the Epistles to the Seven Churches, &c. By 
Joseph Mitner. London, 1830. 8vo. 

101. A Practical Exposition of the Epistles to the Seven Churches in the 
Revelation. By the Rev. Henry Brunt, M.A. London, 1838. 12mo. 


102. Lectures on the Apocalyptic Epistles, addressed to the Seven 
Churches of Asia. By J. WapsworruH. Idle, 1825. 12mo. 


103. A Paraphrase and [ Expository ] Comment upon the ErisrLEs and 
GOSPELS appointed to be used in the Church of England, on all Sundays 
ahd Holidays, throughout the year. By George SraAnuorr, D.D. Dean 
of Canterbury. London, 1705-1708. 4 vols. 8vo. and numerous subsequent 
editions. 

103.* The Parables of our Savicur practically explained. Selected from 
the larger Commentary of George Stanhope, D.D. By the Rev.C. M, Mount, 
M.A. London, 1824. 12mo. 

104. Expository Discourses on the Gospels for every Sunday in the year, 
and the Principal Festivals of the United Church of England and Ireland. 
By John Harr, B.D. London, 1832. 2 vols. 8vo. 

105. Practical Discourses upon our Saviour’s S—ERMoN on THE Mount. 
By Offspring BLacKka.1, D.D. Bishop of Exeter. London, 1717. 8 vols. 
Svo. 

106. Several Sermons upon the Fifth of St. Matthew; being Part of 
Christ’s Sermon on the Mount. By Anthony Hornecx, D.D. Third Edi- 
tion. London, 1717. 2 vols. 8vo. 

These discourses were published after the author’s death by Dr. Kidder, Bishop of Bath 
and Wells, who prefixed a Memoir of Dr. Horneck. ‘The bishop’s character of the writings 
published by himself, is equally applicable to his Sermons on Matt. V. There is a great 
vein of piety and devotion which runs through them; they savour of the primitive simplicity 
and zeal, and are well fitted to make men better.” (Life, p. xxxix. ) 

107. Christian Blessedness; or, Discourses upon the Beatitudes of our 
Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. By John Norris. London, 1690. 8vo. 


‘“‘ Norris is a fine writer for style and thought, and commonly just.”? (Dr. Waterland’s 
Adyice to Students, Works, vol, vi. p. 320.) ; 


Sect. III. § 7.] Lxpository Lectures and Sermons on the Scriptures. 347 


108. Our Saviour’s Divine Sermon on the Mount, contained in the Vth, 
Vith, and VIIth chapters of St. Matthew’s Gospel explained: and the Prac- 
tice of it recommended in diverse Sermons and Discourses. To which is 
prefixed a paraphrase on the whole Sermon on the Mount. By James Brarr. 
M.A. London, 1722. 5 vols. 8vo.: also in 4 vols. 8vo. London, 1740, with 
a recommendatory Preface by the Rev. Dr. Waterland. 


‘« His commentary on Matt. v.—viii. is the best extant. — He appears to have been a per- 
son of the utmost candour, and has solicitously avoided all unkind and contemptuous reflec- 
tions on his brethren. — He has an excellent way of bringing down criticisms to common 


capacities, and has discovered a vast knowledge of Scripture in the application of them.” 
(Doddridge’s Works, vol. v. p. 438.) 


109. Sermons sur le Discours de notre Seigneur Jésus Christ sur la Mon- 
tagne. Par feu M. Jean Scipion VerNepe. Amsterdam, 1779. 4 tomes 8vo. 


“‘ His Sermons on the Mount are recommended, as containing an accurate description of 
the extent, the beauty, and sublimity of evangelical morals, and the force of the motives by 


which they are produced. They contain many useful and pious observations.” (Cobbin’s 
French Preacher, p. 560.) 


110. Lectures upon our Lord’s Sermon on the Mount. By James Brewster. 
Edinburgh and London, 1809. 8vo. 


This volume “ containsa statement of Christian morality, always clear, generally judicious, 
and sometimes discriminating, traced up to Christian principles, and followed up by an ap- 
peal to the conscience, at once calculated to convict the reader of his deficiencies, and to 
persuade him to adopt and act upon the author’s statement.” © (Christian Observer for 1809, 
vol. viil. p. 780.) 


111. Forty-Five Expository and Practical Lectures on the whole of our 
Lord’s Sermon en the Mount. By the Rev. E.Goop. London, 1829. 8vo. 


112. The Resurrection of LAzarus. A Course of Sermons on the Eleventh 
Chapter of the Gospel according to St.John. From the I'rench of Beausobre. 
By Henry Corrs. London, 1822. 8vo. 


“These Discourses are a paraphrase rather than a translation of the third and fourth 
volumes of the Sermons of M.de Beausobre. They are intended for the use of those who 
have leisure and opportunity to compare the leading evidences of Christianity in a connected 
series of discourses upon one of the most remarkable of our Saviour’s miracles, — the 
resurrection of Lazarus.” (Author’s Preface.) 


113. Practical Discourses on the Nature, Properties, and Excellencies of 
Cuariry, above all the gifts and graces of the Holy Spirit; as they are de- 
scribed in the thirteenth chapter of the first Epistle of St. Paul to the Corin- 
thians. By Matthew Hore, D.D. Oxford, 1725. 8vo. 


Besides this volume, Dr. Hole also wrote six volumes of Discourses on the Liturgy of the 
Church of England (which are very rarely to be obtained complete), and two volumes on 
the Catechism. They are all characterised by good sense and sober piety. 


114. A Discourse concerning the great Duty of Charity [an Exposition 
of 1 Cor. xiil.] By Richard Crossince, B.D. London, 1732. 8vo. 


115. Explication des Caractéres de Ja Charité selon St. Paul dans sa pre- 
miére Epitre aux Corinthiens, ch. XIII. [Par Jacques Joseph Ducuet.] 
Généve, 1824. Svo. 


A new edition, with a few trifling verbal corrections, of an admirable exposition of 1 Cor. 
XIII. which first appeared in the former part of the eighteenth century, and which is some- 
times erroncously ascribed to Fénélon, Archbishop of Cambray. An English translation was 
published at London, intituled «* The Characters and Properties of True Charity displayed.” 
By J. B. de Trevals. : 


116. Charity. Being an Exposition of 1 Cor. xiii. By the Rev. John 
Branston, M.A. London, 1835. 8vo. 


117. Practical Discourses upon the Parasvizs of our Blessed Saviour. 
With Prayers, annexed to each Discourse. By Francis Braces, B.D. 
London, 1702-4. 2 vols. 8vo. and various subsequent editions. 


34:8 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


118. Practical Observations upon the Mrracres of our Blessed Saviour. 
By Francis Braace, B.D. London, 1702-6. 2 vols. 8vo. Vols. II. and II. 
of the Oxford Edition of his works, printed in 1833 in 6 vols. 8vo. 


119. Discourses on the Miracles and Parables of our Blessed Lord and 
Saviour Jesus Christ. By William Dopp, LL.D. London, 1757. 4 vols. 8vo. 
Second Edition, 1809. 4 vols. 8vo. 


120. Discourses on the Parables of our Blessed Saviour, and the Miracles 
of his Holy Gospel. With occasional Illustrations. By Charles BuLKLEyY. 
London, 1771. 4 vols. 8vo. 


121. A Delineation of the Parables of our Blessed Saviour. To which is 
prefixed a Dissertation on Parables and Allegorical Writings in general. By 
Andrew Gray, D.D. London, 1777. 8vo. Second Edition, 1814. Svo. 

This *¢ Delineation will be of great use to the reader in the study of the parables of Jesus, 
and will enable him to comprehend their full force and meaning. The author has explained 
and illustrated them with perspicuity, and pointed out the several important instructions that 
may fairly be deduced from them.” (Monthly Review, O. S. vol. lvii. p. 196.) 

122, Lectures on Scripture Miracles. By William Bengo Coutyer, D.D. 
London, 1812. 8vo. 


123. Lectures on Scripture Parables. By William Bengo Cottyer, D.D. 
London, 1815. 8vo. 


124. Sermons on the Parables. By John Farrer, M.A. London, 
1809. 8vo. ; ; 


125. Sermons on the Parables and Miracles of Jesus Christ. By Edward 
GRINFIELD, M.A. London, 1819. 8vo. 


126. Lectures on Parables, selected from the New Testament. [By Mary 
Jane M‘Kenziz.] Vol. I. London, 1822. 8vo., and numerous subsequent 
Editions. Vol. IJ. London, 1833. 8vo. 


127. Lectures on Miracles, selected from the New Testament. [By Mary 
Jane M‘Kenziz.| London, 1823. S8vo. 


128. An Exposition of the Parables of our Lord, shewing their Connexion 
with his Ministry, their Prophetic Character, and their Gradual Develope- 
ment of the Gospel Dispensation. With a Preliminary Dissertation on the 
Parable. By the Rev. R. Bartey, M.A. London, 1829. 8vo. 


129. Discourses on the Parables. By the Rev. James Knicur, M.A. 
London, 1829. 8vo. 


130. Discourses on the principal Miracles of our Lord. By the Rev. 
James Knicut, M.A. London, 1831. 8vo. 


131. An Exposition of the Parables and of other Parts of the Gospels. 
By Edward Greswex1, B.D. Oxford and London, 1834. 5 vols. 8vo. 

A copious Review of this ‘ great and learned Work’ is given in the British Critic, for 
October 1835. (vol. xviii. pp.357—403. ) 

131.* The Family of Bethany: [a series of Lectures principally on John 
xi.}. By L. Bonner. ‘Translated from the French. Dublin and London, 
1838. ]1Ymo. 


132. Courses of Expository Lectures on Luke XV. 11-82. viz. 
(1.) Six Sermons on the Parable of the Prodigal Son. By John Boys. 
Sermons on Several Subjects. Vol. II.) Dublin, 1708. 8vo. 
4) 


(2.) Discourses on the Parable of the Prodigal Son, and on the Woman 
countenanced by our Lord in the House of Simon the Pharisee. By Ben- 
jamin Wain, M.A. London, 1775. 12mo. 


(3.) The Prodigal’s Pilgrimage into a far Country and back to his Father’s 
House, in fourteen stages. By the Rev. Thomas Jones. London, 1831. 
12mo. 





Sect. III. § 8.] Treatises on alleged Contradictions in the Scriptures. 349 


(4.) Lectures on the Parable of the Prodigal Son. By the Rev. Henry 
Scawen PLtumptre. London, 1833. 12mo. 

(5.) The Prodigal; or Youth admonished in a brief view of our Lord’s 
Parable of the Prodigal Son. By John Tuornron. London, 1833. 18mo. 


(6.) The Doctrine of Repentance as set forth in the Gospel in six 
Lectures, and as illustrated in the Parable of the Prodigal Son in six 
Lectures. By Jonathan Watton, D.D. London, 1833. 12mo. 





§ 8. TREATISES ON RECONCILING THE CONTRADICTIONS ALLEGED TO EXIST 
IN THE SCRIPTURES. 


1. Michaelis WAtruert Harmonia Biblica; sive brevis et plana Con- 
ciliatio locorum Veteris et Novi Testamenti, adparenter sibi contradicentium. 
Noribergee, 1654. 4to. 1696. folio. 

This work first appeared at Strasburg (Argentorati) in 1626, and has been repeatedly 
printed in Germany: the edition of 1696 is reputed to be the best and most correct. Wal- 
ther’s Harmonia Biblica is a work of considerable learning and industry, which illustrates 
many difficult passages with great ability. He has, however, unnecessarily augmented the 


number of seemingly contradictory passages ; a defect which is common to most of the writers 
of this class. 


2. Christiani Mattu1z Antilogize Biblicz ; sive Conciliationes Dictorum 
Scripture Sacre, in speciem inter se pugnantium, secundum seriem locorum 
theologicorum in ordinem redacte. Hamburgi, 1500. 4to. 


3. Symphonia Prophetarum et Apostolorum ; in qua, ordine chronologico, 
Loci Sacre Scripture specie tenus contradicentes conciliantur, ut et ad 
queestiones difficiliores chronologicas et alias Veteris Testamenti respondetur, 
in duas partes divisa. Auctore D.M. Johanne Scuarpio, Scoto-Britanno, 
Andreapolitano, pastore. Geneve, 1525. 4to. 


4, Johannis THappar Conciliatorium Biblicum. Amstelodami, 1648. 
12mo. Londini, 1662. folio. 

The lastis reputed to be the best edition, and professes to be considerably enlarged. This 
work follows the order of the several books of the Old and New Testaments. The remark 


above made, on Walther’s Harmonia Biblica, is equally applicable to Mr. Man’s work, to the 
Conciliatorium Biblicum of Thaddeus, and also to 


5. The Reconciler of the Bible: wherein above two thousand seeming 
Contradictions throughout the Old and New Testament are fully and plainly 
reconciled. By John] T[uHappmus]. London, 1656. 8vo. 


6. The Reconciler of the Bible enlarged, wherein above three thousand 
seeming Contradictions throughout the Old and New Testament are fully 
and plainly reconciled. By J{ohn] TL uapp#us] and T[homas] M[an], 
London, 1662, folio. ‘ 


7. The Dividing of the Hooff: or Seeming Contradictions throughout 
Sacred Scriptures, distinguish’d, resolv’d, and apply’d, for the strengthening 
of the faith of the feeble, doubtfull, and weake, in wavering times. Also to 
bring the soule (by prayer and spirituall application) into more familiar 
acquaintance with the Lord Jesus, the onely David’s-Key, to unlock the 
cabinet of Jacob’s God, to fetch out that secret why he should lay his hands 
thus crosse when he gave his children this blessing. Helpfull to every 
household of faith. By William Srrear, M.A. London, 1654. 4to. | 

This work is occasionally found in booksellers’ catalogues, where it is marked as both rare 
and curious. It is noticed here merely to put the student on his guard not to purchase it. 
The critical information it contains is very meagre ; and the quaint title-page, which we have 
copied, sufficiently indicates the enthusiastic spirit of the author. 


8. Joannis Pontasu Sacra Scriptura ubique sibi constans; seu Diffici- 


350 | Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


liores Sacra Scripture: Loci, in Speciem secum pugnantes, juxta sanctorum 
ecclesia sanctee patrum celeberrimorumque theologorum sententiam con- 
ciliati. Parisiis, 1698. 4to. 

M. Pontas was distinguished for his knowledge of casuistical theology. His design in 
this publication was to have reconciled all the seerning contradictions of the Scriptures; but 


he proceeded no farther than through the Pentateuch. It is a work of considerable learning 
and research. . 


9. The Harmony of Scripture; or an attempt to reconcile various pas- 
sages apparently contradictory. By the late Rev. Andrew Futter. London, 
1817. 8vo. 

This posthumous tract contains fifty-five judicious observations on so many apparently 


contradictory texts of Scripture. They were originally written for the satisfaction of a 
private individual. 


10. Lectures on the Harmony of the Scriptures, designed to reconcile 
apparently contradictory Passages. By James Hayter Cox. London, 1823. 
Svo. 


$9. PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS OF VARIOUS ESSAYS AND COMMENTARIES 
ON DETACHED PORTIONS OF THE SCRIPTURES, AND OBSERVATIONS ON 
THE SCRIPTURES, CRITICAL, PHILOLOGICAL, AND MISCELLANEOUS. 


[i.] Collections of various Essays and Commentaries on detached portions 
of the Scriptures. 


1. Bibliotheca Historico-Philologico-Theologica. Brema, 1719-26. 
Classes VIII. in 16 tomis, &vo. 


2. Museum Historico-Philologico-Theologicum. Breme, 1728-29. 2 
tomis, 8vo. 


3. Bibliotheca Bremensis Nova, Historico-Philologico-Theologica, Bre- 
mz, 1760-66. 6 tomis, 8vo. 


4, Bibliotheca Hagana, Historico-Philologico-Theologica, ad continua- 
tionem Bibliotheca Bremensis Nove, constructa 4 Nicolao BARKry. Hage, 
1768-74. 5 tomis, 8vo. 


5. Museum Haganum. Historico - Philologico-Theologicum, a Nicolao 
Barkey editum. Hage Comitum, 1774-80. 4 tomis, 8vo. 


6. Symbole Literarize Haganze, 4 Nicolao BArKry. Hagee Comitum, 1'777— 
81. Classes II. in 6 fasciculis, 8vo. 


7. Bibliotheca Historico-Philologica-Theologica, [a ‘Theodore Hasaso 
et Frederico Adolpho Lamps, edita]. Amstelodami, 1724-25. 8 tomis, 
Svo. 


8. Miscellanea Duisburgensia, ad incrementum Rei Literariz, pracipue 
vero Eruditionis Theologica, publicata [cura Danielis GrrpesiI.] Amste- 
Jodami et Duisburgi, 1735-36. 2 tomis, 8vo. 


9. Miscellanea Groningana in Miscellaneorum Duisburgensium Continua- 
tionem, publicata a Daniele Gerdesio. Amstelodami, Duisburgi, et Groningz, 


10. Symbole Literariw, ex Haganis fact Duisburgenses, curante Joanne 
Petro Berg. Hagee Comitum, 1783-86. 2 tomis, 8vo. 


11. Tempe Helvetica, Dissertationes atque Observationes Theologicas, 
Philologicas, Criticas, Historicas, exhibens. ‘Tiguri, 1735-46. 6 tomis, 
Svo. 


12. Museum Helveticum, ad juvandas Literas in publicos usus apertum, 
Tiguri, 1746-52. Particula XXIV. in 7 tomis, 8vo. 





Sect. II. § 9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 351 


13. Thesaurus Theologico-Philologicus: sive Sylloge Dissertationum ad 
selectiora Veteris et Novi Testamenti loca, a Theologis Protestantibus in 
_ Germania separatim diversis temporibus conscriptarum, secundum ordinem 
utriusque testamenti librorum digesta: [opera et studio Godefridi Mxn- 
THENII.] Amstelodami, 1701-2. 2 tomis, folio. 


13.* Thesaurus novus Theologico-Philologicus: sive Sylloge Disserta- 
tionum Exegeticarum ad selectiora atque insigniora Veteris atque Novi 
Testamenti loca, 4 Theologis Protestantibus maximam partem in Germania 
diversis temporibus separatim editarum; nunc verd secundum librorum 
seriem, capitum, et commatum digestarum, junctimque editarum, ex muszo 
Theodori Hasmr et Conradi Ikenis.  Lugduni Batavorum, 1732. 2 tomis, 
folio. 

These two collections of Dissertations comprise several hundred valuable critical and 
philological disquisitions on difficult texts of Scripture, by the most eminent scholars and 
divines of Germany in the seventeenth century, and in the former part of the eighteenth 
century. They are sometimes to be met with, bound unifermly with the Critici Sacri, to 
which great work they were designed as a completion. 


14. Commentationes Theologice, edite a Jo. Casp. VELTHUSEN. C. 
Theoph. Kutnoret et Geo. Alex. Ruperts. Lipsie, 1794-99. 6 tomis, 
Svo. 


The first volume of this capital collection of critical tracts (in which various passages of 
the Old Testament are particularly illustrated) is now exceedingly scarce on the Continent. 
A supplement to it was published by Messieurs Pott and Ruperti, at Helmstadt, entitled, 
Sylloge Commentationum Theologicarum, in 8 vols. 8vo. 1800-1807. 


15. Commentationes Theologice. Ediderunt, E. F.C. RosenMULLER, 
G. L. H. Fuupner, et F.V.D. Maurer.’ Lipsia, 1825-32. 3 tomis, 8vo. 


16. The CLassicaL JouRNAL, 8vo. London, 1810-29. 40 vols. 8vo. with 
Indexes. 


_ Though principally devoted to classical literature, biblical criticism forms an important 
article in this journal; and many valuable elucidations of the Scriptures will be found in 
its pages, 

17. The Biblical Repertory ; or a Collection of Tracts in Biblical Litera- 
ture. By Charles Hopes, Professor of Oriental and Biblical Literature in 
the Theological Seminary at Princeton, New Jersey. Princeton and New 
York, 1825-28. 4 vols. 8vo. 

This work consists of selections from the writings of the most distinguished Biblical and 
Oriental scholars, both British and continental. The subjects discussed are—the Criticism 
of the Sacred Text, Antient Versions, Critical Editions, the Interpretation and Literary 
History of the Holy Scriptures, Biblical Antiquities, Exegetical Treatises on important 
passages of Scripture, Biographical Notices of Biblical Writers, Accounts of the most im- 
portant Biblical Works, &c. 

18. The Biblical Repertory and Theological Review, edited by an Asso- 
ciation of Gentlemen in Princeton and its vicinity. Philadelphia, 1830-33. 
5 vols. 8vo. 


19. The Biblical Repository, conducted by Edward Rozrinson, D.D., Pro- 
fessor Extraordinary in the Theological Seminary at Andover. Andover 
and New York, 1831-39. Vols. I.— XIV. 8vo. 


This truly valuable ‘* Biblical Repository ” is in progress.- As its name imports, it is a 
collection of Essays and Tracts of permanent value, original and translated (especially from 
the writings of the most distinguished German critics); which relate principally to the 
literature of the Bible. 


20. Essays and Dissertations on Biblical Literature. By a Society of 
Clergymen [of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the United States of 
North America.] Vol. I. New York, 1829. 8vo. 


This work, which has not been continued, consists chiefly of translations from the writings 
of German critics ; against the neologian tenets published by some of whom the translators 


852 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


have supplied their reader with satisfactory antidotes. J. D. Michaelis, Storr the elder 
Tittmann, Eichhorn, and Gesenius, are the authors from whom the materials of this volume 
have been derived. 


21. The Brsticat Caninet: or Hermencutical, Exegetical, and Philo- 
logical Library. Vols. I.— XXIII. Edinburgh and London, 1832-39. 
small 8vo. 


This work, which is still in progress, promises to be of singular utility to biblical students : 
it contains translations of the most useful foreign works on sacred hermeneutics, criticism, 
and exegesis, with such additions and illustrations by the translators as may be necessary, 
and with such notes as may counteract any thing of a neologian or infidel tendency. The 
following is a synopsis of its multifarious contents. Vols. I. and 1V. comprise a transla- 
tion of Ernesti’s Institutio Interpretis Novi Testamenti, with notes by the Rey. C. H. 
Terrot. Vols. IJ. and I1X.—Philological Tracts illustrative of the Old and New Testa- 
ment, viz. 1. Dr. Pfannkouche on the Language of Palestine in the age of Christ and the 
Apostles; 2. Prof, Planck on the Greek Diction of the New Testament; 8. Dr. Tholuck 
on the Importance of the Study of the Old Testament; 4. Dr. Beckhaus on the Interpret- 
ation of the Tropical Language of the New Testament; 5. Prof. Storr’s Dissertation on the 
meaning of the “ Kingdom of Heaven;” 6. On the Parables of Christ; 7. On the word 
TIAHPOMA; 8. Prof. Hengstenberg on the Interpretation of Isaiah, chap. lii. 12. liii. 
Vols. ILI. and X VIII. — Prof. Tittmann’s Synonyms of the New Testament, translated 
from the original by the Rev. Edward Craig, M.A. Vols. V. and XII. — Dr. Tholuck’s 
Exposition of St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans, with Extracts from the exegetical works of 
the Fathersand Reformers, translated from the original by the Rev, R. Menzies. Vols. VI. 
and X X. — Dr. Tholuck’s Exposition, Doctrinal and Philological, of Christ’s Sermon on the 
Mount, translated by the Rev. R. Menzies. Vol. VII. — Planck’s Introduction to Sacred 
Philology and Interpretation, translated by Samuel H. Turner, D.D. Vols. VIII. and 
X XIII.— Pareau’s Principles of Interpretation of the Old Testament, translated by Patrick 
Forbes, D.D. Vel. X.— Prof. Stuart’s Treatise on the Syntax of the New Testament 
Dialect, with an Appendix on the Greek Article. Vols. XI. and X VII.~ Rosenmuller’s 
Biblical Geography of Central Asia, with a general introduction to the Study of Sacred 
Geography, translated by the Rev. N. Morren, A.M. Vols. XIII. and XIV.— Prof. Steiger’s 
Exposition of the Ist Epistle of St. Peter, translated by the Rev. Patrick Fairbairn. 
2vols. Vol. XV.— Dr. Lucke’s Commentary on the Epistles of St. John, translated by 
Thorleif Gudmundson Repp. Vols. XVI. and XTX. — Prof. Umbreit’s New Version of 
the Book of Job, with Notes, translated by the Rev. John Hamilton Gray, M.A. Vol. 
XXII. — Prof. Rosenmuller’s Historical and Philosophical Treatise of Biblical Mine- 
ralogy and Botany, translated by T. G. Repp. 


[ii.] Observations on the Scriptures, Critical, Philological, and Miscel- 
laneous. 


1. Fr. Lud. Asrescn, Animadversiones ad /Eschylum; accedunt Ad- 
notationes ad quedam Loca Novi Testamenti. Medioburgi, 1743. 2 vols. 
Svo. 


2. Cornelii ADAMI Observationes Theologico-Philologice : quibus plurima 
Sacri Codicis Novi Testamenti preesertim Loca ex moribus et ritibus diver- 
sarum gentium illustrantur. Groninge, 1710, 4to. 


3. Cornelii ADAmr Exercitationes Exegetice de Israelis in /Egypto Mul- 
tiplicatione et Oppressione ; Nativitate et Institutione Mosis in Sapientia 
/Egyptiorum : Conversione sancti Pauli aliorumque magnorum peccatorum ; 
malisque Romee paganee et hodierne Moribus. Accedunt Scholia ad decem 
loca ex Actis Apostolorum. Groningz, 4to. 


Walchius speaks in very high terms of the erudition of both these publications. (Bibl. 
Theol. Select. vol. iv. p. 336.) 


4. Joannis ALBERTI Observationes Philologice in Sacros Novi Feederis 
Libros. Lugd. Bat. 1725. 8vo. 


5. Joannis Arserri Periculum Criticum: in quo loca quedam cum Ve- 
teris ac Novi Foederis, tum Hesychii et aliorum, illustrantur, vindicantur, 
emendantur. Lugduni Batavorum, 1737. 8vo. 





Sect. III. §9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 353 


6. Caroli Auriviti Dissertationes ad Sacras Literas et Philologiam 
Orientalem pertinentes. Gottingen, 1790. 8vo. 


7. Miscellanea Sacra; containing an Abstract of the Scripture History of 
the Apostles in a new method. With Four Critical Essays —1. On the 
Witness of the Holy Spirit: 2. On the Distinction between Apostles, Elders, 
and Brethren: 3. On the Time when Paul and Barnabas became Apostles: 
4. On the Apostolical Decree, &c. &c. [By John Shute, Viscount Bar- 
RINGTON.| A new edition, with large additions and corrections. London, 
1770. 3 vols. 8vo. Also in the Rev. G. Townsend’s edition of Viscount 
Barrington’s Collective Works. London, 1828, in 3 vols. 8vo. | 

The merit of this work is generally allowed. Dr. Benson acknowledged himself much 


indebted to it in his history of the first planting of Christianity, and in some other of his 
works. 


8. Jo. Hermanni Benner Otia Sacra, de Divinis quibusdam Oraculis oc- 
cupata. Gisse, 1736. 8vo. | 


9. The Sacred Classics defended and illustrated, by Anthony BLAcKWALL. 
London, 1737. 2 vols. 8vo. 

This work “ gives many well-chosen instances of passagesin the classics, which may 
justify many of those in Scripture that have been accounted solecisms, ‘They illustrate 
the beauty of many others, and contain good observations on the divisions of chapters and 
verses, by which the sense of Scripture is often obscured.” (Dr. Doddridge.) 


10. Zacharize BoGan Homerus ‘E€parcwy; sive Comparatio Homeri cum 
Scriptoribus Sacris, quoad normam loquendi. Oxonii, 1658. 8vo. 

In the preface to this learned work the author states that it is not his intention to institute 
any comparison between the sacred writers and their opinions and Homer, but simply 
between their idioms and ways of speaking. The author added to his book Hesiodus 
“E6paifwy ; in which he shews how Hesiod expresses himself nearly after the same manner as 
Homer. 

11. De Constanti et AXquabili Jesu Christi Indole, Doctrina, ac Docendi 
Ratione, sive Commentationes de Evangelio Joannis cum Matthezi, Marci, 
et Luce Evangeliis comparato. Scripsit E. A. Borcer. Lugd. Bat. 1816, 
Svo. 


A work of deep research. Its design is to demonstrate the credibility of the four evan- 
gelists by internal arguments, deduced from the mutual comparison of their writings. 


12. Lamberti Bos Exercitationes Philologicee in quibus Novi Feederis loca 
nonnulla ex auctoribus Greecis illustrantur, aliorumque versiones et interpre- 
tationes examinantur. Franequere, 1710. 8vo.; edit. 2. 1713. 8vo. 


13. Lamberti Bos Observationes Miscellanez ad loca quedam cum Novi 
Foederis, tum exterorum Scriptorum Greecorum. Franequere, 1707. 8vo. 


14. Lamberti Bos Ellipses Greece, editee a Schaefer. Lipsia, 1808. or 
Glasguee, 1813. 8vo. ; 


15. Critical Conjectures and Observations on the New Testament, col- 
lected from various Authors, as well in regard to Words as Pointing, with 
the reasons on which both are founded. By William Bowyer, F.S.A., 
Bishop Barrington, Mr. Markland, Professor Schultz, Professor Michaelis, 
Dr. Owen, Dr. Woide, Dr. Gosset, and Mr. Weston. <A Series of Con- 
jectures from Michaelis, and a Specimen of Notes on the Old Testament, 
by Mr. Weston, are added in an Appendix. 4th edit. London, 1812. 4to. 


For an account of the former impressions of this valuable work, see Monthly Review, 
O. S. vols. xlvi. p. 555. and xlvii. p. 113. ; and for an account of the present edition, see 
the British Critic, O. S. vol. xl. p. 507. et seg. In the preface to which journal (p. vi.) it 
is truly observed, that Mr. Bowyer’s work “ is for the learned only; and for those among 
the learned who can discriminate and judge for themselves. Conjectures on the sacred text 
are at best extremely hazardous; hence it is that the work, though valuable, can deserve only 
a partial recommendation.” 


16. Observations upon the Plagues inflicted upon the Egyptians ;- in which 
VOL, II. APP. (z) 


e 


354 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


is shewn the peculiarity of those judgments, and their correspondence with 
the rites and idolatry of that people, &c. &c. By Jacob Bryant. London, 
1794; 2d edition, 1810. 8vo. 

<< The same depth of thought, the same brilliancy of fancy, and the same extent of eru- 


dition, are proportionably conspicuous in this smaller production, as in the larger work of 
the Analysis” of Antient Mythology. (British Critic, O. S. vol.iv. p. 35.) 


17. Observations upon some Passages of Scripture which the Enemies to 
Religion have thought most obnoxious, and attended with difficulties not to 
be surmounted. By Jacob Bryant. London, 1803. 4to. 

“On the whole, we have discovered in this work much learning, much ingenuity, and 
an uniform good intention; but truth compels us to add, that it displays a defect in judg- 
ment, and a too evident pr opensity to support a favourite hypothesis.” (British Critic, O. S. 
vol. xxv. p. 58.) 


18. Dav. Renaldi BuLLert Dissertationum Sacrarum Sylloge. Amste- 
lodami, 1750. 8vo. 


19. Réponses Critiques a plusieurs Difficultés proposées par les Nouveaux 
Incrédules sur divers Endroits des Livres Saints. Par. M. Buvier. 
Besancon, 1819. 4 vols. 8vo. and 12mo, 

These volumes were published at different times, many years since: the author of the 
fourth volume is not known. Many passages of Scripture, which were the subject of cavil 
to Voltaire and the infidels of the last century, are here elucidated; and their sceptical 
objections are shown to be utterly destitute of foundation. 


20. Joannis Buxrorrit Dissertationes Philologico-Theologice, et Abar- 
banelis aliquot Dissertationes. Basil, 1662. 4to. 


21. An Examination of Scripture Difficulties. By William CARPENTER. 
London, 1828. 8vo. 


22. Commentatio de Felice, Judzze Procuratore. Auctore Joanne 
Daniele Craupio. Jenex, 1737. 4to. 


23. Pauli CoLtomesit Observationes Sacre. Londini, 1688. 12mo. 


24. Four Hundred Texts of Holy Scripture, with their corresponding 
Passages, explained to the understanding of common people, and arranged 
under the following heads : —1. Texts which appear contradictory. 2. Not 
to be understood literally. 3. Improperly translated. 4. Better translated 
otherwise. 5. Requiring explanation. 6. Wrested or perverted. 7. The 
Parables. — The whole compiled with a view to promote religious knowledge, 
and facilitate the reading of the Divine Writings. By Oliver St. John 
Cooper, A.M. London, 1791, small 8vo. 


25. The Practical Expositor of the more difficult Texts that are con- 
tained in the Holy Bible: wherein the dreams in Daniel, and the visions 
of-all the Prophets, and the two mystical Books of the Canticles and the 
Revelation are all clearly opened. By Richard Coorr, D.D. London, 
1683. 8vo. 


26. Salomonis Deyiiner Observationes Sacre. Lipsiz, 1735. 5 vols. 
Ato. : 

27. Ambrosii Doruout, Animadversiones in Loca Selecta Veteris Tes- 
tamenti. Leovardie, 1766. 2 vols. 8vo. 

98. Joannis Doucuta: Analecta Sacra, et Nortoni KNATCHBULLII 
Animadversiones in Libros Novi Testamenti. Amstelodami, 1694. 8vo. 

29. Drusu (Joannis) Animadversionum Libri Duo. Amstelodami, 1634. 
Ato. . 

30. Tobie Eckuarpr Observationes Philologicee ex Aristophanis Pluto, 
Dictioni Novi Foederis illustrande inservientes. Accedit ejusdem generis 
Dissertatio, ex Homeri Iliade. Quedlinburgi, 1733. 4to. | 


31. An Inquiry into four remarkable Texts of the New Testament, 





Sect. II. §9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 355 


which contain some difficulty in them, with a probable resolution of them. 
By John Epwarps, D.D. Cambridge, 1692. 8vo. 


32. Exercitations, Critical, Philosophical, Historical, Theological, on 
several Important Places in the Writings of the Old and New Testament. 
By John Epwarps, D.D. London, 1702. 8vo. 


33. H. F. Exsner Paulus Apostolus et Jesaias Propheta inter se com- 
parati. Vratislaviee, 1821. 4to. 


34. Jacobi ELsnEr Observationes Sacre in Novi Feederis Libros, quibus 
plura illorum Librorum ex auctoribus potissimum Gracis, et Antiquitate, 
exponuntur, et illustrantur. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1720. 1728. In two 
volumes, 8vo. 


35. Jo. Aug. Ernest1 Opuscula Theologica. 8vo. 2d edit. Lipsia, 1792. 


36. Synopsis Selectiorum @ Philologia Sacré Questionum. Disputatio 
I-III. quam pres. M. Augusto Pfeiffero publica ovfnrnycee sistit Samuel 
Fiscuer (in opp. Pfeifferi), Ultrajecti, 1704. 4to. 


37. Fueck (F. F.) De Regno Christi Liber, Quatuor Evangelistarum 
Doctrinam complectens, Cum excursibus argumenti critici, exegetici, 
atque historici. Lipsiee, 1827. Svo. | 


38. Critical Essays on Genesis, Chap. XX., and on Saint Matthew 
Chap. Il. 17, 18.: with Notes.. By the Rev. Charles Forster, B.D. 
Dublin and London, 1827. 8vo. 


The professed aim of Mr. Forster, in the publication of these essays, is to lower the mo- 
dern continental system of biblical interpretation. With this view, in the first essay, he 
examines, and most satisfactorily refutes, the hypothesis of Father Simon, on the supposed 
translocation of the twentieth chapter of Genesis. In the second essay, the learned author 
considers the connection between the prophecy of Jeremiah (xxxi. 15.) with respect to the 
voice of weeping heard in Ramah, andthe account given by Saint Matthew (ii.) of the 
slaughter of the innocents at Bethlehem. His hypothesis is, “‘ that Jeremiah diverted from 
its proper object to his immediate purpose the prophetic type, Gen, xxxv. 16—-19., in the 
way of accommodation ; and that the evangelist, by referring the prediction in Jer. xxxi. 15. 
to the massacre at Bethlehem for its true fulfilment, has accomplished the final design of 
the Holy Spirit in permitting the temporary diversion of the foregoing place of Genesis by 
the prophet; viz. the authoritative re-union of this prophetic type with its real antitype, 
through the medium of a prophecy, couched in terms sufficiently affecting to do justice to 
the deeply tragical event, to which it was meant ultimately to be applied.” —‘“ The view, 
taken by Mr. Forster,” of the connection between Jer. xxxi. 15. and Matt. il., “ is, we be- 
lieve, original ; and even those, who find difficulty in subscribing to this interpretation of 
Saint Matthew’s allusion, will have none (we think), in admitting its ingenuity, or the abi- 
lity with which every suggestion in its favour is brought forward.” (British Critic and 
Theological Review, vol. i. p. 845.) 


39. C. F. A. Frirscue Conjectanea in Novum Testamentum. Specimen 
I. JLipsie, 1825. 8vo. 


40. Nicolai Futter1 Miscellaneorum Sacrorum Libri Duo. Lugduni, 
1625. 8vo. 


41. D.G.Gorrzi Variz Celebriorum Medicorum, Observationes, quibus 
multa loca Novi Testamenti docté illustrantur. Altdorf, 1740. 8vo. 


Questions of considerable difficulty are in this work briefly but judiciously illustrated. 


42, Jo. Jacobi Grizspacuit Opuscula Academica. Edidit Jo. Philippus 
Gabler. Jena, 1824-25. 2 vols. 8vo. 


43. De Joanneze Christologie Indole Paulinee comparata Commentatio. 
Scripsit C. L.W. Grimm. Lipsiz, 1833. 8vo. 


44. Biblical Notes and Dissertations, chiefly intended to confirm and 
illustrate the Doctrine of the Deity of Christ: with some Remarks on the 
Practical Importance of that Doctrine. By Joseph John Gurney. London, 
1830. 8vo. 

(z) 2 


356 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


4.5. Theodorii Hackspanirt Note Philologico-Theologice in varia et dif- 
ficilia Veteris Testamenti. Altdorf, 1664. 3 vols. 8vo. 


46. A free and impartial Study of the Holy Scriptures recommended ; 
being notes on some particular texts, with discourses and observations on 
various subjects. By Jos. Hauer, junior. London, 1729, 1732, 1736. 
3 vols. 8vo. 

Many important topics of Scripture criticism and interpretation are discussed in these 
volumes. If the reader is not always convinced by the arguments of the learned author, he 
cannot fail of being pleased with the ingenuity and spirit of candour and piety which per- 
vade them. Those discourses which treat on the evidences of Christianity, are peculiarly 
valuable, for the lucid and forcible reasoning displayed in them. ‘The nature of personal 
identity, in particular, with its application to the resurrection of Jesus Christ, is admirably 
illustrated in two discourses contained in the second volume. 


47, Jo. Christ. HARENBERG Otia Gandershemensia Sacra, exponendis 
Sacris Litteris et Historia Ecclesiasticee dicata. Traj. ad Rhen. 1740. 8vo. 


48. Danielis Hernstr Exercitationes Sacraee ad Novum Testamentum. 
Cantabrigizw, 1640. 4to. 


49. Annotata in Loca nonnulla Novi Testamenti. Edidit Wessel Albertus 
van Hencet. Amsteladami, 1824. 8vo. 

The author of this erudite volume is a pastor of the Dutch Reformed Church, and also a 
professor at Amsterdam. The passages which are the subject of his researches are seventeen 
in number, and among the most difficult which occur in the New Testament. M. van Hen- 
gel’s method of interpretation is very severe and rigorous. He first examines each word in 
every verse; he then traces it in classical authors and parallel passages; discusses its various 
meanings; and states the grounds of the signification which he adopts; and, after having 
thus drawn up a dictionary of the verse, he re-construes it with scrupulous fidelity. The 
_result of all these laborious inquiries is, the eliciting of a clear and simple meaning to 
every passage which he has undertaken to elucidate. (Revue Protestante, tom. i. p. 254.) 


50. A. Th. HorrmMann Observationes in Difficiliora Veteris Testamenti 
Loca, Particula prima. Jen, 1823. 4to. 


51. Scripture Testimonies to the Divinity of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ, collected and illustrated by the Rev. George HoLtpen, M.A. Lon- 
don, 1820. 8vo. 


52. The Scripture Testimony to the Messiah: an Inquiry, with a View 
to a satisfactory Determination of the Doctrine taught in the Holy Scriptures 
concerning the Person of Christ. By John Pye Smirn, D.D. London, 
1818-21. 2 vols. in 3 parts, 8vo. Second Edition, 1829. 3 vols. 8vo. Third 
Edition, greatly improved and much enlarged, 1837. 3 vols. 8vo. 


53. Discourses and Dissertations on the Scriptural Doctrines of Atone- 
ment and Sacrifice. By William Macesg, D.D. [late] Archbishop of Dublin. 
A new edition. London, 1832. 3 vols. 8vo. 


51-53. — Each of these truly valuable works was published’in defence of that cardinal 
doctrine of the Christian revelation,—the supreme Deity of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ: but they claim a distinct notice in this place, on account of the very numerous phi- 
lological and critical explanations of important passages of Scripture which they contain. 
From frequently consulting them, the writer of these pages can with confidence state, that 
they are works of which the student will never regret the purchase: each contains most 
valuable matter peculiar to itself; and, together, they form the most elaborate defence and 
proof of the Deity of Jesus Christ extant in our language. The value of archbishop Ma- 
gee’s and Dr. Smith’s works is enhanced by their learned vindication of many important 
passages of the Sacred Scriptures from the erroneous interpretations of the modern Soci- 
nians, ds well as the recent neologian commentators of Germany. 


54. Joh. Friderici HomBercx Parerga Sacra; sive Observationes queedam 
ad Novum Testamentum. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1712. 4to. 


55. Specimen Exercitationum Criticarum in Versionem LXX. Interpretum, 
ex Philone. Auctore Claudio Frees HornemANN,. — Specimen primum, 
Gottinge, 1773. Specimen secundum, Haunie, 1776. Specimen tertium, 
Haunie, 1778. 8vo. 





Sect. HI. §9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 357 


56. Gerardi Horrer Animadversiones Sacre-Profane ad selecta Novi 
Foederis, Scriptorumque exterorum Grecorum, Loca. Harlinge, 1749. 8vo. 


57. Petri Horrer Miscellaneorum Criticorum Libri duo: quorum alter 
ex varis Grecis, Latinis, varia Sacrorum, exterorum Scriptorum complec- 
titur: alter vocabuli garyn Originem, Usum, apud seniores et reliquos, ubi 
loci plures LXX. &c. illustrantur, emendantur, vindicantur, tractat. Leo- 
vardiz et Harlinge, 1738. 8vo. 


58. Biblical Criticism on the first fourteen Historical Books of the Old 
Testament; also on the first nine Prophetical Books. By Samuel Horstey, 
LL.D., Bishop of St. Asaph. London, 1820. 4 vols. 8vo. 


Besides the critical pieces mentioned in the title-page, these volumes (which are edited by 
the author’s son, the Rev. Heneage Horsley) contain three valuable disquisitions, pub- 
lished in the bishop’s lifetime, viz. 1. A general view of the first three chapters of Genesis, 
together with an enquiry into the etymology and import of the Divine Names of Eloah, 
Elohim, El, Jehovah, and Jah; which originally appeared in the British Critic, for 1802, in 
a review of Dr. Geddes’s remarks on the Hebrew Scriptures. 2. A Critical Disquisition 
on the Eighteenth Chapter of Isaiah; and, 3. The Translation of the Prophecy of Hosea 
(noticed p. 294. No. 253. suprd). These are inserted as revised by their author. Atthe endof 
the fourth volume are translations of several Sacred Songs, with Critical Notes on them, and 
on a few other Sacred Pieces, of which the bishop has not given versions. 


59. Jo. Jac. Hortincert Opuscula, philologica, critica, atque hermeneu- 
tica. Lipsie, 1817. 8vo. 


60. Conradi IkEn11 Dissertationes Philologico-Theologice in diversa Sacri 
Codicis utriusque Testamenti loca. Lugd. Bat. 1749, 1750. 2 vols. 4to. 


61. Pauli Ernestii JABLonsxi1 Opuscula, quibus Lingua et Antiquitas 
/Egyptiorum, difficilia Librorum Sacrorum Loca, et Historie Ecclesiastice 
capita illustrantur. Edidit atque Animadversiones adjecit Jonas Guilielmus 
Te Water. Lugduni Batavorum, 1804-6-9-13. 4 tomis 8vo. . 


Besides his Pantheon Agyptiacum, M. Jablonski wrote numerous dissertations on various 
topics of sacred and oriental literature. After his death corrected copies of these (many of 
which had become extremely scarce), together with numerous inedited disquisitions, were 
sent to Prof. Ruhnkenius at Leyden; and finally were edited by Prof. Te Water, with nu- 
merous valuable notes and indexes. The first volume contains the Egyptian Glossary, 
already noticed in p. 221. No. 3. The second volume comprises six disquisitions on Egyptian 
Antiquities, one on the import of the word Ataéy«y, and three illustrations cf Job xix. 25. 
Matt. xii. S6. and Mark ix. 49. The third volume contains several dissertations elucidating 
difficult passages of Scripture; and six, on subjects of ecclesiastical antiquity. The fourth 
volume is wholly filled with dissertations relating to ecclesiastical history and antiquity. All 
these pieces are replete with profound learning. ‘This collection of Jablonski’s Opuscula is 
not of common occurrence. 


62. De Biblica Notione ZQUH2 AIQNIOY. Scripsit J. E. R. KAEuFFER. 
Dresdz, 1838. 8vo. 


63. Car. Aug. Theoph. Krrzir Opuscula Academica ad N.T, Interpre- 
tationem Grammatico-historicam, et Theologize Christiana Origines, perti- 
nentia. Edidit J. D.Goldhorn. Lipsia, 1821. 8vo. 


64. Remarks on Select Passages in the Old Testament; to which are 
added eight sermons. By the late Benjamin Kennicotr, D.D. London, 
1777. 8vo. 

For an account of this work, see Monthly Review, O. S. vol. Ixxviii. pp. 477-489. 


65. Petri Keucuenit Annotata in Novum Testamentum, cum Preefatione 
Joannis Alberti. Lugd. Bat. 1775, 8vo. best edition. 


66. Morsels of Criticism, tending to illustrate some few Passages in the 
Holy Scripture upon Philosophical Principles, and an enlarged View of 
Things. By Edward Kine, Esq. F.R.S. and F.S.A. 4to. London, part i. 
1784, part ii. 1800; also a second edition, 8vo. in $ vols. London, 1800. 

“‘ Mr. King’s particular aim is, to provide answers to the more subtile opponents of 


Christianity, and to trace the completion of the sacred oracles.” ‘ We cannot take our 
leave of this valuable work without expressing our admiration of the singular union of in- 


(2) 3 


358 Sacred Philology. (Part II. Ch. V. 


genuity and piety which appears in every page. Few readers perhaps will follow the 
author’s steps with the same alacrity with which he proceeds through the most curious and 
subtile enquiries; but all must readily grant, that such an application of ingenuity, dili- 
gence, learning, and philosophical knowledge, is in a high degree praiseworthy.” (British 
Critic, O. S. vol. xvi. preface, p. iv. and p. 667.) 


67. Geo. Chr. Knappir Scripta varii Argumenti, quoad maximam par- 
tem exegetica. Hale, 1805. 2 vols. 8vo. Editio altera, Hale, 1823. 
2 vols. 8vo. | 


68. Jo. Bern. Korner Observationes philologice i in loca selecta codicis 
sacri. Lugd. Bat. 1766. 8vo. 


69. Wilhelmi KooiHaas Observationes Philologico-Exegeticw in quinque 
Mosis Libros, aliosque Libros Historicos Veteris ‘Testamenti. Amstelodami, 
1751. 8vo. 


70. Joannis Guilielmi KraFrrit Obssevasigues Sacrze: quibus varia Scrip-~ 
turee Loca illustrantur. Marpurgi, 1753-55. 2 parts 8vo. 


71. Jo. Tob. Krespsir de Usu et Prestantia Romane Historie in Novi 
Testamenti Interpretatione Libellus. Lipsise, 1745. 8vo. 


72. Car. Frid. Krumpuyouizit Opere Subsecive ; seu Animadversiones 
Sacree in Loca queedam Novi Feederis Selecta. Norimbergz, 1737. 8vo. 


73. G.C. Kucu_Ler De Simplicitate Scriptorum Sacrorum in commentariis 
de Vita Jesu Christi. Lipsie, 1821. 8vo. 


74. Christiani Theophili KurnoEr Observationes ad Novum Testamentum 
ex Libris Apocryphis V.'T.  Lipsize, 1794. 8vo. 


75. C.G. Ktrrnerr Hypomnemata in Novum Testamentum.  Lipsie, 
1780. 8vo. 


76. Geo. Dav. KypKeE Observationes Sacre 1 in Novi Feederis Libros. Vratis- 
lavizee, 1755. 2 vols. 8vo. 


77. Jo. Gothofr. LAKEMACHERI Observationes Philologice ; quibus Varia 
Antiquitatis Hebraicee atque Greece capita et nonnulla S. Codicis Loca 
nova luce collustrantur. Helmstadii, 1729-33. 10 parts, forming three 
volumes 8vo. 


78. Friderici Adolphi Lamre Dissertationum Philologico-Theologicarum, 
tum earum quee ad ulteriorum evangelii Johannis illustrationem pertinent, 
tum reliquarum varii generis et eruditionis multifarie, Syntagma: cum 
Danielis Gerdesii preefatione. Amstelodami, 1737. 4to. 


79. Caroli Henrici LAncir Observationes Sacree, quibus varia N. Test. 
Loca, ex antiquitatibus et Philologia Sacra illustrantur. Lubece, 1737. 8vo. 


80. The Complete Works of Dr. LAarpner. London, 1789. 11 vols. 8vo. 
London, 1817. 5 vols. 4to. London, 1827. 10 vols. 8vo. 


In the applause of Dr. Lardner all parties of Christians are united, regarding him as the 
champion of their common and holy faith. Archbishop Secker, Bishops Porteus, Watson, 
and Tomline, and Doctors Jortin, Hey, and Paley, of the Anglican church: Doctors Dod- 
dridge, Kippis, and Priestley, amongst the Dissenters ; and all foreign Protestant biblical 
critics, have rendered public homage to his learning, his fairness, and his great merits as a 
Christian apologist. The candid of the literati of the Romish communion have extolled 
his labours: and even Morgan and Gibbon, professed unbelievers, have awarded to him the 
meed of faithfulness and impartiality.. With his name is associated the praise of deep eru- 
dition, accurate research, sound and impartial judgment, and unblemished candour. The 
publication of his works constituted a new era in the annals of Christianity: for, by col- 
lecting a mass of scattered evidences in favour of the authenticity of the evangelical history, 
he established a bulwark on the side of truth which infidelity has never presumed to attack. 
His “ Credibility,” and his “ Collection of Jewish and Heathen Testimonies,” may be said 
to have given the deistical controversy a new turn, and to have driven the assailants of the 
Gospel from the field of Christian antiquity, in which they esteemed themselves securely en- 
trenched, into the by-paths of sarcasm and irony. How amply we are indebted to the 
elaborate researches of the learned and accurate Dr. Lardner, the numerous references to 
his writings in the course of the present work will sufficiently attest. The quarto edition 








; 
| 
| 


Sect. III. §9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 359 


has corrected indexes. The octavo edition of 1827 is sold at a very reasonable price, and 
its typographical execution is truly beautiful. Our references to Dr. Lardner’s works are 
made to the quarto edition, and also to the ectavo edition of 1789. 


_81. A Common-Place-Book ; or Companion to the New Testament; con- 
sisting of Illustrations of difficult passages; apparent Contradictions and 
Inconsistencies reconciled; and the Conformity of some Important Facts 
mentioned in Scripture, with the Statements of Profane Authors. By the 
Rev. 8S. Loncuurst, B.A. Richmond and London, 1833. 8vo. 

This compilation contains most of the passages in the New Testament, which have arrested. 
the attention of the captious opposer or the ingenuous critic. The compiler has undertaken 
it ‘* forthe English Reader, and for those who may have but little acquaintance with the 
technicality and intricacies of Biblical Criticism.’’ This Introduction to the critical study 
and knowledge of the Holy Scriptures has been laid under a large contribution. The re- 
mainder of the compiler’s materials is derived from Mr. Burder’s Oriental Customs, the 
Commentaries of Ostervald, Doddridge, &c., Mr. Valpy’s very valuable edition of the 
Greek Testament, and the works of Josephus; and for those passages which are quoted in 
the New Testament from the Old, the compiler states that the Greek Septuagint and the 
Hebrew Text have been carefully compared. 


82. Joannis Henrici Marr (filii) Observationes Sacre; quibus diversa 
utriusque Testamenti Loca ex linguarum Indole, et Antiquitatibus potissi< 
mum illustrantur. Francofurti, 1713-15, in 4 books or parts, 8vo. 


83. Critical Notes on some Passages of Scripture, comparing them with 
the most antient Versions, and restoring them to their original reading or 
true Sense. [By Nicholas Mann.] London, 1747. 8vo. 

These ** Notes” are not numerous, but they contain some good illustrations of con- 
fessedly difficult passages of Scripture: they were published anonymously. 


84. C. B. Meisner De Nopw Paulino Commentatio Exegetico-Dogmatica. 
Gratz, 1830. 8vo. 


85. Jo. Dav. MicuarLis Commentationes in Societate Regia Scientiarum 
Goettingensi per annos 1758-1762, prelecte. Editio Secunda. Breme, 
1774. 4to. 

86. Johannis Georgii Micuartts Observationes Sacre, in quibus diversis 
Sacre Scripture utriusque Foederis Locis selectioribus, ex Lingue Ebreeee 
aliarumque Orientalium indole, priscorum item populorum ritibus et institutis, 
Jux adfunditur: nonnulla etiam Antiquitatum Judaicarum capita ex Lege 
Mosaica et Magistrorum placitis excutiuntur, adque Sensum Spiritualem 
traducuntur. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1738. 8vo. 2da editio. Arnhemil, 
1752. 8vo. ? 

87. Jo. Georg. MicHAgrtis Exercitationes theologico-philologice. Lugd. 
Bat. 1757. 8vo. 

88. De iis, que ad cognoscendam Judeeorum Palestinensium, qui Jesu 
tempore vivebant, Christologiam Evangelia nobis exhibent, deque Locis 
Messianis in illis allegatis, scripsit Adamus Moraurt. Gottinga, 1828. 8vo. 


89. Observationes Selectes in varia loca Novi Testamenti: sive Laur. 
Ramiresii de Prapo Pentecontarchus, Alexandri Mort in Novum Foedus 
Note, et Petri Possin1 Societatis Jesu Spicilegium Evangelicum: cum 
preefatione Jo. Alberti Fabricii et tab. en. Hamburgi, 1712. 8vo. 


One of the rarest little books of sacred criticism. Dr. Harwood calls this a very useful 
collection, containing many excellent notes on particular passages of the New Testament. 


90. Sam. Frid. Nathan Mori Dissertationes Theologice et Philologice, 
vol. i. Lipsia, 1787. vol. ii. ibid. 1794. 2d edition, ibid. 1798. 8vo. 

91. Friderici Minrert [Episcopi Selandize] Symbole ad Interpretationem 
Novi Testamenti e Marmoribus, Numis, Lapidibusque Celatis, maxime 
Grecis. In the first volume of his “ Miscellanea Hafniensia Theologici et 
Philologici Argumenti.” Hafniae, 1816-24. 2 tomis 8vo. 

Twenty-three passages of the New Testament are here illustrated from antient marbles, 


(z) 4 


360 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


coins, &c. Some examples of the aid to be derived from these remains of antiquity, as col- 
lateral testimonies to the credibility of the Sacred Writers and also as a source of Inter- 
pretation, will be found in Vol. I. pp. 190-199. and in Vol. II. pp. 431-433. 


92. Casp. Frid. Munruit Observationes philologice in Sacros Novi Tes- 
tamenti Libros, ex Diodoro Siculo collectz. Hafniz et Lipsie, 1755. 8vo. 


93. H. Munrincue Sylloge Opusculorum ad doctrinam sacram pertinen- 
tium. Lugd. Bat. 1791. 1794. 2 vols. 8vo. 


94. Augusti Hermanni Nremeyeri de Evangelistarum in narranda Jesu 
Christi in vitam reditu Dissensione, variisque Veterum Ecclesia Doctorum 
in ea dijudicandd et componenda Studiis, Prolusio. Hale, 1824. 8vo. 


95. Jo. Aug. NoresseLtT1 Opusculorum ad interpretationem sacrarum 
Scripturarum, Fasciculus, I. 8vo. Hale, 1785; Fasciculus II. ibid. 1787. 
— Ejusdem, Exercitationes ad Sacre Scripture interpretationem. Hale, 
1808. 8vo. 


96. Geo. Lud. CEpER1I Observationum Sacrarum Syntagma, 8vo. Weis- 
senberg, 1729. — Ejusdem, Conjecturarum de _ difficilioribus SS. locis 
centuria, 8vo. Lipsiz, 1738.— Ejusdem, Animadversiones sacre. Bruns- 
wige, 1747. 8vo. 


97. Elia Patatret Observationes Philologico-criticee in sacros Novi 
Foederis Libros. Lugd. Bat. 1752. 8vo.— Ejusdem Specimen Exercitationum 
Philologico-criticarum in Sacros Novi Foederis Libros, 1775. 8vo. 


98. Augusti Preirrert Opera Omnia. Amstelodami, 1704. 2 vols. 8vo. 


The first volume contains his Dubia Vexata Scripture, 400 notes on difficult passages of 
Scripture, Ebraica atque Exotica Novi Testamenti e suis fontibus derivata, an explanation of 
Hebrew and other foreign words oceurring in the New Testament, and ten dissertations on 
passages of peculiar difficulty in the sacred writings. The second volume consists of trea- 
tises on the criticism, interpretation, antiquities, &c. of the Bible. 


99. Remarks on several Passages of Scripture, rectifying some errors in 
the printed Hebrew Text, pointing out several mistakes in the versions, &c. 
By Matthew Pitxineton, LL.B. Cambridge and London, 1759. 8vo. 


100. Extracts from the Pentateuch compared with similar passages from 
Greek and Latin authors, with notes. By Edward Popuam, D.D. Oxford, 
1802. 8vo. 

Of this work the reader will find an analysis in the British Critie, O. S. vol. xx. pp. 
289-294. 

101. PorscuBerGeErR (Christiani) Theocritus Scripturam illustrans: sive 
Sententize ac Phrases e Poetis Grecis ad illustranda Sacri Codicis Oracula. 
Dresdee et Lipsiaw, 1744. S8vo. 


102. Georgii Rapuetti, Ecclesiarum Lunenburgensium Superintendentis, 
Annotationes in Sacram Scripturam; Historicee in Vetus, Philologicee in 
Novum Testamentum, ex Xenophonte, Polybio, Arriano, et Herodoto col- 
lect. Lugduni Batavorum, 1747. In two volumes, 8vo. 


103. RetnecKe (C.F. C.) De Constanti et Aiquabili Jesu Christi Indole 
et Ingenio, Doctrina et Docendi Ratione: sive Commentatio de Evangelio 
Johannis cum Matthei, Marci, et Luce Evangeliis conciliato. Hannoveree, 
1827. 8vo. . 


104. Fr. V. Reinnarpi Opuscula Academica. Lipsiew, 1808-9. 2 vols. 
Svo. 


105. An Joannes in exhibenda Jesu Natura reliquis Canonicis libris 
repugnet, examinare conatus est F. W. Rerrperc. Gottinge, 1826. 8vo. 


The writer states the doctrine of St. John relative to the divine and human natures of 
Jesus Christ, and then compares them with the writings of the three first evangelists, and the 
remaining books of the New Testament. The conclusion to which the author arrives is, 
that the evangelist is not an impostor, and consequently that the writings bearing his name 
are his genuine productions, 


es ee ee ee ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 





Sect. UI. § 9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 361 


106. Corrections of various passages in the English Version of the Old 
Testament, upon the authority of antient manuscripts, and antient versions, 
by the late W. H. Roserrs, D.D., Provost of Eton College. Published by 
his son W. Roberts, M.A. London. 1794. 8vo. 


«* The biblical scholar will infallibly receive with pleasure these remarks, from a man of 
undoubted learning and ingenuity. The chief intention of Dr. Roberts seems to have been 
that of lessening the number of words supplied in Italic in our public version, as not an- 
swering literally to any words in the Hebrew, by shewing that in some cases they are 
unnecessary, and that in some, the sense may be filled up by other means. ‘There are also 
many remarks of a more general kind.” In these observations, ‘ candour, modesty, and 
pane Ue be found adorning learning.’ British Critic, O. S. vol.iv. p. 648. and 
pref. p. vi. 


107. Discours Historiques, Critiques, Théologiques, et Moraux, sur les 
Evénemens les plus mémorables du Vieux et du Nouveau Testament. 
Par M. Saurin. Avec des planches. A la Haye, 1735-1739. 6 vols. 
folio. 

Mr. van der Marck formed a design of representing on copper-plates the most memorable 
events in sacred history ; and he engaged Mr. Saurin to write an explanation of the plates ; 


this gave rise to the discourses here published. There is an edition of them in 11 vols. 
8vo. They are deservedly held in the highest esteem. 


108. Dissertations, Historical, Critical, Theological, and Moral on the most 
memorable events of the Old and New Testament. Translated from the 
French of M. Saurin by John Chamberlayne. Vol. I. [all published] Lon- 
don. 1732. folio. 


109. Dissertationes Philologico-Exegetice Everardi Scuripir. Harde- 
rovici, 1769, 1770. 8vo. 


110. Biblical Fragments. By M.A.ScHIMMELPENNINCK. London, 1821, 
1822. 2 vols. 8vo. : 


These fragments are not critical elucidations of particular texts ; but they are written with 
much elegance, and the authoress has introduced some of the finest practical and devotional 
thoughts of the Jansenist writers, particularly the accomplished and much-traduced recluses 
of Port Royal. But her critical remarks on the authorised English Version are not always 
correct. 


111. Joannis Friderici ScHLEUSNERI Opuscula Critica ad Versiones Gree- 
cas Veteris Testamenti pertinentia. Lipsiz, 1812. 8vo. 


The Tracts contained in this volume are, 1. Observationes nonnulle de Patrum Grecorum 
Auctoritate in constituenda Versionum Grecarum Veteris Testamenti Lectione genuina: the 
object of which disquisition is, to prove that, in citing the words of the Old Testament, the 
Fathers were in many respects inaccurate, partly from their using faulty MSS., and partly 
from a failure of memory, which led them sometimes to substitute not only one word for 
another, but even to change whole members of a sentence: and 2. Sylloge Observationum et 
Emendationum Conject. in Verss. Gr. Veteris Testamenti. 


112. Dissertationes Philologico-Critice. Singulas primum, nunc cunctas, 
edidit Christianus Friedericus SCHNURRER. Gothe, 1790. 8vo. 


The dissertations collected in this volume were, for the most part, published separately 
between the years 1772, 1775, 1781. are fifteen in number, and are highly valued on the 
continent. They comprise philologico-critical observations on the hymn of Deborah 
(Judg. v. ), on various passages of the Books of Psalms and Job, on Isaiah xxvii., Ezekiel xxi. 
Habakkuk iii., and the prophecy of Obadiah; besides two valuable dissertations, on the 
difficulty of determining the age of Hebrew Manuscripts, and on the Arabic Pentateuch 
in Bishop Walton’s Edition of the Polyglott Bible. 


113. Opuscula Exegetica, Critica, Dogmatica. _ Scripsit, recognovit, 
variisque additamentis locupletavit H. A. Scnorr, Theol. Doctor et Prof. 
Ordin. Academia Jenensis. Jenz, 1817, 1818. 2 vols. 8vo. 


114. Alberti Scuurrens Animadversiones Philologice et. Critica ad 
varia loca Veteris Testamenti: in quibus, ope precipué Lingue Arabice, 
multa ab interpretibus nondum satis intellecta illustrantur, quamplurima 
etiam nova explicanda modeste proponuntur. Amstelodami, 1709. 8vo. 


862 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. V. 


This treatise was reprinted, together with other pieces of Prof. Schultens, under the title 
of Opera Minora, Lugduni Batavorum et Leovardix, 1769, 4to. In this work Schultens 
has made great use of the Arabic Language, to illustrate Hebrew words and phrases, 
although he generally adduces passages from the grammarians and prose writers, The phi- 
lological interpretations which he thus deduces he places in contradistinction to those, which 
the traditions of the rabbins had preserved. 

115. Jo. Scuuttuessi, De Charismatibus Spirittis Sancti. Pars prima 
De vi et natura, ratione et utilitate Dotis Linguarum, in primos Discipulos 
Christi collate, atque in posteros omnes deinceps ad finem usque sec. peren. 
Lipsiz, 1818. 8vo. 


116. C. Secaar Observationes Philologicee et Theologicee in Luce XI. 
Capita priora. ‘Trajecti, 1766. 8vo. 

117. Johannis Henrici a SzELEN Meditationes Exegetice, quibus varia 
utriusque Testamenti loca expenduntur et illustrantur. Lubecz, 1730-32- 
37. 3 parts, 8vo. 


118. Gottlob Christiani Srorr Dissertationes in librorum Novi Tes- 
tamenti Historicorum aliquot locos. Partes I—HI. Tubingen, 1790-91-94. 
4to. 


119. Gottlob Christiani Srorr Opuscula Academica ad interpreta- 
tionem Librorum Sacrorum pertinentia. Tubingen, 1796. 1799. 1803. 
5 vols. 8vo. | 


Besides various critical disquisitions of great merit, this work contains several commen- 
taries on detached books of the New Testament. 


120. Prophecy, Types, and Miracles, the great Bulwarks of Christianity : 
or, a Critical Examination and Demonstration of some of the Evidences, 
by which the Christian Faith is supported. By the Rev. Edward Taompson, 
M.A. London, 1838. 8vo. 


The object of this truly valuable work is to add to the Evidences of Christianity demonstra- 
tions of its Divine Origin from the fulfilment of Prophecy, the close adaptation of Types to 
their Antitypes, and the reality of Miracles. ‘The work is therefore divided into three distinct 
parts — Prophecy, Types, and Miracles; each of which has received a separate considera- 
tion. Under the first head (Prophecy) the author has selected the most eminent of those 
which relate to the Messiah: these he has placed in juxta-position with their fulfilment, 
with the requisite explanations. The most remarkable facts also in the biblical narratives, 
which antient and modern divines have accounted to be typical of the Messiah, have also 
been brought out into antitypical detail ; and as a summary to the whole, the veracity of 
the miracles has been established by external and internal circumstances. 


121. Doctrina Pauli Apostoli de vi mortis Christi satisfactoria. Scripsit, 
L. F.C. Tiscnenporr. Lipsiz, 1837. 8vo. 
122. Car. Chr. Trrrmanni Opuscula Theologica. Lipsia, 1803. 8vo. 


Various questions of sacred criticism are illustrated in this work with singular ability. 


123. Dissertations on some Parts of the Old and New Testaments, whieh 
have been supposed unsuitable to the Divine Attributes. By Richard Two- 
PENNY, M.A. London, 1824. 8vo. 


124. Dissertatio Theologica de Judzo-Christianismo, ejusque Vi et Effica- 
‘ citate quam exseruit in, Rem Christianum szculo primo. Quam....publico 
examini submittit. David Van Heysr. Lugduni Batavorum, 1828. 4to. 


125. Joannis VerpoortTeNtt Fasciculus Dissertationum ad Theologiam, 
maxime exegeticam, et Philologiam Sacram. Coburgi. 1729. 8vo. 

126. Verscuuirit (J. H.) Opuscula, in quibus de variis S. Litt. locis, et 
argumentis exinde desumptis criticé et libere disseritur. Edidit atque animad- 
versiones adjecit J. A. Lotze. Trajecti, 1810. 8vo. 

127. Campegii Virrincm, patris, Observationum Sacrarum Libri IV. 
Franequere, 1700. Libri V. et VI. 1708. 4to. 

128. Campegii Virrinca, jilii, Dissertationes Sacre, cum animadver- 
sionibus Hermanni Veneme. Tranequere, 1731. 4to. 





Sect. III. §9.] Collections of Observations on the Scriptures. 363 


129. Emonis Lucii Vriemoet Observationum Miscellanearum, argumenti 
preecipue philologici et theologici, quibus multis locis S. Codicis aut nova 
aut uberior lux adfunditur, Liber. Leovardiz, 1740. 4to. 


130. Silva Critica, sive in Auctores Sacros Profanosque Commentarius 
Philologicus. Concinnavit Gilbertus WaxeFieLp, A.B. Cantabrigie, 1789- 
1795. 5 parts, 8vo. 


The design of Mr. Wakefield, in the plan of this work, was the union of theological and 
classical learning, — the illustration of the Scriptures by light borrowed from the philology 
of Greece and Rome, as a probable method of recommending the books of revelation to 
scholars. How ably this design was executed, the reader may see in the different critical 
journals of that time, where Mr. W.’s peculiar notions on some points are considered, (See 
particularly the Monthly Review, N. S. vol. v. p. 54. et seq., vol. viii. p. 571., and 
vo]. xvi. p. 235.) An Examen of his work was published by H. C. A, Haenlein, in four 
small tracts, printed at Erlang, in 4to. 1798-1801. 


131. Watcuit (Jo.Geo.) Observationes in Novi Feederis Libros, quarum 
prima pars ea continet loca, que ex historia philosophica illustrantur. Jene, 
1727. 8vo. 


132. Vindicize Biblicee : a Series of Notices and Elucidations of Passages 
in the Old and New Testament, which have been the subject of attack and 
misrepresentation by deistical writers. [By David Wattuer.] London, 
1832. 8vo. 


133. Scripture Vindicated: in answer to a Book intitled “Christianity as 
old as the Creation.” By Daniel WatEertanp, D.D. London, 1730-1734. 
8vo. also in the sixth volume of Bp. Vanmildert’s edition of his Works. 
Oxford, 1823. 8vo. 


Though published in reply to Tindal’s declamatory libel against revealed religion, this pub- 
lication claims a distinct notice, on account of its satisfactory elucidation and vindication of 
many, and some of them difficult, passages in the Old Testament, They are arranged, not 
in the desultory way in which Tindal introduced them, to give point to his jests and sarcasms, 
but as the texts stand in holy writ; so as to form a regular series of expository illustrations. 
Part I. comprises the book of Genesis; Part II. carries on the examination of texts from 
the book of Exodus to the second book of Kings; and Part III. extends through the re- 
maining books of the Old Testament. Various passages in the book of Job, the Psalms, 
and the Prophets, charged by Infidel writers with inconsistency, injustice, or absurdity, 
are here examined ; and, occasionally, some collateral topics are entered into, tending to 
their further elucidation. Bp. Mant and Dr. D’Oyiy have made considerable use of Wa- 
terland’s labours. For, an account of the controversies into which the publication of 
*¢ Scripture Vindicated’’ compeiled him to enter, the reader is referred to pp. 152-173. of 
his Life by Bp. Vanmildert, forming Vol. I. part I. of his edition of Dr. Waterland’s 
works. 


134. Biblical Gleanings; or a Collection of Passages of Scripture, that 
have generally been considered to be mistranslated in the received English 
Version, with proposed corrections ; also the important various readings in 
both Testaments, and occasional notes, interspersed with a view to the illus- 
tration of obscure and ambiguous texts, with several other matters tending 
to the general elucidation of the Sacred Writings. By Thomas Wemyss. 
York. 8vo. 


The ample title-page of this work sufficiently indicates the design of the industrious 
compiler : in the compass of little more than 250 pages, it presents a variety of important 
corrections of a multitude of obscure or ambiguous passages in the sacred writings, com- 
piled from the biblical labours of upwards of fifty of the most distinguished critics, both 
British and foreign. In the event of a new translation or revision of our authorised version 
of the Holy Scriptures, this little book cannot fail of being eminently useful. Its value 
would have been enhanced if the compiler had specified the sources or authors of each 
emendation. 


135. An Illustration of the Method of explaining the New Testament by 
the early opinions of Jews and Christians concerning Christ. By W. Wit- 
son, B.D. Cambridge, 1797. 8vo. A New Edition}! c carefully revised, 
Cambridge, 1838. 8vo. 


364 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. V.] 


«« Though not expressly presented to the public as a refutation of Dr. Priestley’s ‘ His- 
tory of Early Opinions,’ and other works concerning the person of Christ, this performance 
is unquestionably to be received in this light. The author constantly keeps in view the ar- 
guments of this work just mentioned, and nearly passes over the same ground, in order to 
prove that the historical fact, relating to the opinions of the first Christians, is the reverse of 
that which the doctor has represented, and consequently that the inference respecting the 
true meaning of the New Testament is directly contrary to that of the unitarian hypothesis. 
— It would be injustice to the ingenious writer of this Reply” to Dr. Priestley “not to 
allow him, unequivocally, the praise of having written, in a perspicuous and correct style, a 
learned and well-digested tract, and of having conducted his part of the controversy with 
urbanity and candour. (Analytical Review, vol. xxvi. pp. 368. 372.) The new edition, 
from the Pitt Press of the University of Cambridge, was edited by (the Regius Divinity 
Professor) the Rev. Thomas Turton, D.D., Dean of Peterborough. It is as beautifully 
as it is correctly printed. 


136. Joh. Dieterici Wrnckiert Disquisitiones Philologice, Scriptura 
Sacre quedam loca, et antiquitatis tam ecclesiasticee quam profane momenta, 
illustrantes. Hamburgi, 1741. 8vo.—Ejusdem, Hypomnemata philologica 
et critica diversa Scripture: Sacree, tam Veteris quam Novi Testamenti, loca 
illustrantes. .Hamburgi, 1745. 8vo. — Ejusdem, Animadversiones Philolo- 
gicee et Criticee ad varia Sacri Codicis utriusque Foederis loca. Hildesiz, 
1750-52-53. 3 parts, 8vo. 


All the publications of Winckler are both scarce and valuable: they are said, by Wal- 
chius, to illustrate many difficult passages of Holy Writ with great learning and industry. 
(Bibl. Theol. Select. vol. iv. p. 812.) 


137. Hermanni Wirsit Miscellaneorum Sacrorum Libri Quatuor. Lugd. 
Bat. 1736. 2 vols. 4to. 


138. Hermanni Wirstr Meletemata Leidensia; quibus continentur Pree- 
Jectiones de Vita et Rebus Gestis Pauli Apostoli, necnon Dissertationum 
Exegeticarum Duodecas ; denique Commentarius in Epistolam Jude Apos- 
toli. Basileze, 1739. 4to. 


139. Hermanni Wirsir Atgyptiaca et Aexadvdoy ; sive de Zgyptiacorum 
Sacrorum comparatione cum Hebraicis Libri tres, et de decem tribubus 
Israelis Liber singularis. Accesit Diatribe de Legione Fulminatrice Chris- 
tianorum sub imperatore Marco Aurelio Antonio. Basilee, 1739. 4to. 


140. Martini Caspari WoLrBuret Observationes Sacree in Novum Tes~- 
tamentum; seu Adnotationes Theologico-Criticee in voces plerasque Novi 
Testamenti, ordine alphabetico, et Dicta preecipua tam Veteris quam Novi 
Foederis. Flensburgi, 1717. 4to. Hafnise, 1738. 4to. 


141. An Impartial Enquiry into the case of the Gospel Demoniacks. By 
William Wortuinetron, D.D. London, 1777. 8vo. 


142. Petri Zornit Opuscula sacra; hoc est, Programmata, Dissertationes, 
Orationes, Epistolee, et Schediasmata, in quibus preeter selectissima Historic 
Ecclesiasticee et Literariz capita, etiam plusquam sexcenta Scripture loca, 
partim ex utriusque lingue sanctioris genio, partim ex Antiquitatum He- 
braicarum Grecarum et Romanarum apparatu, illustrantur ac vindicantur. 
Altonaviae, 1731. 2 vols. 8vo. 


143. Notes on Scripture: containing an Exposition of the principal 
Types, an Explanation of the Hebrew Titles, &c. occurring in the Old 
Testament, an Essay on the Cherubic Images, and some simple rules for the 
Study of Prophecy. Edinburgh and London, 1832. 8vo. 


144. Improved Renderings of those passages in the English Version of 
the New Testament, which are capable of being more correctly translated. 
London, 1836. 8vo. 





[Part Il. Ch. VI.] Concordances to the Hebrew Bible. 365 


CHAPTER VI. 


CONCORDANCES AND DICTIONARIES, COMMON-PLACE BOOKS, INDEXES, 
AND ANALYSES OF THE BIBLE. 


SECTION IL 


CONCORDANCES TO THE SCRIPTURES. 


§ 1. CONCORDANCES TO THE HEBREW BIBLE. 


1. Mariz de CaLasto Concordantiz Bibliorum Hebraicorum et Latinorum. 
Rome, 1621, folio, in four volumes. — Londini, 1747, et ann. seqq. Edente 
Gulielmo Romaine, folio, in four volumes. 


The original of this work was a Hebrew concordance of Rabbi Nathan, a learned Jew, 
published at Venice in 1523, in folio, with great faults and defects. A second and 
much more correct edition of Nathan’s work was printed at Basil by Froben. The third 
edition is the first impression of Calasio’s Concordance, who has extended Nathan’s work 
into four large volumes, by adding, 1. A Latin Translation of the Rabbi’s explanation of 
the several roots, with additions of his own; 2. The Rabbinical, Chaldee, Syriac, and 
Arabic Words derived from, or agreeing with, the Hebrew rootin signification; 3. A literal 
version of the Hebrew text; 4. The variations between the Vulgate and Septuagint ver- 
sions; and 5. The proper names of men, rivers, mountains, &c. — Buxtorf ’s Concordance 
(noticed below) was properly the fourth edition of Nathan’s work, as Mr. Romaine’s edition 
is the fifth. The last is a splendid and useful book. 


2. Joannis Buxtorrit Concordantie Hebraice et Chaldaice. Basilex, 
1632. folio. 


This is a work of great labour; a new and greatly improved edition of it was in progress 
while this sheet was passing through the press, under the editorial care of Dr. Julius 
Fuerst. The work is printed in folio, stereotyped, and will be completed in ten parts, 
forming a volume of twelve hundred pages. Six parts or fasciculi have appeared at inter- 
vals of two months. The typographical execution isin the best style. Buxtorf’s great 
Concordance was abridged by Christian Ravius, under the title of Fons Zionis, sive Concor- 
dantiarum Hebraicarum, et Chaldatcarum, Jo. Buxtorfi Epitome. Berolini, 1677. 8vo. 


8. Christiani Noitpir Concordantiz Particularum Ebrao-Chaldaicarum, in 
quibus partium indeclinabilium, que occurrunt in fontibus et hactenus non 
expositee sunt in Lexicis aut Concordantiis, natura et sensuum varietas osten- 
ditur. Cum annotationibus J.G. Tympii et aliorum. Jenx, 1734. 4to. editio 
secunda. 


The particles of all languages, and especially those of the Hebrew, are not only of great 
importance, but very difficult to be fully understood. The Hebrew particles indeed were 
very imperfectly known, even by the best critics, before the publication of Noldius’s work. 
His Concordance of them is so complete, that it has left scarcely any thing unfinished ; and 
it is of the greatest importance to every biblical student and critic. The first impression 
appeared in 1650. The second is the best edition; and, besides the valuable notes, and 
other additions of J. G. and 8. B. Tympius, it contains, by way of appendix, a Lezicon of 
the Hebrew Particles, compiled by John Michaelis and Christopher Koerber. (Biblio- 
graphical Dictionary, vol. iii. p. 45.) 


4. The Hebrew Concordance adapted to the English Bible ; disposed after 
the method of Buxtorf. By John Taytor [D.D.] of Norwich. London, 
1754-57. In two volumes, folio. 


This is one of the most laborious and most useful works ever published for the advance- 
ment of Hebrew knowledge, and the understanding of the Old Testament in its original 
language. Itis, in fact, a Grammar, Lexicon, and Concordance, founded on the Concord- 
ance of Buxtorf, all whose errors Dr. Taylor has corrected. He has also inserted the word 
or words, by which any Hebrew word is translated in the English Bible: and where the 
Hebrew is not literally rendered, a literal translation is added. In general, all change or 
difference in the two texts is diligently remarked; and Dr. T. has added all the words 
(about one hundred and twenty-one in number) which Buxtorf had omitted ; together with 


366 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VI. 


the particles out of Noldius. This invaluable work was published under the patronage of 
all the English and Irish bishops, and is a monument to their honour, as well as to the 
learning and industry of its author. The price of this concordance varies from nine to 
twelve guineas, according to its condition. 





§ 2. CONCORDANCES TO THE SEPTUAGINT GREEK VERSION. 


1. Conradi KrrcuEert Concordantie Veteris Testamenti Greece, Ebrais 
vocibis respondentes, zoAvypynorot. Simul enim et Lexicon Ebraico-Latinum. 
Francofurti, 1607. 2 tomis folio. 

This laborious work, which is a Hebrew Dictionary and Concordance, is strongly recom- 
mended by father Simon, when treating on the best methods to be adopted in undertaking 
any new translation of the Scriptures. It contains all the Hebrew words in the Old Testa- 
ment, introduced in an alphabetical order, and underneath is the Greek version of them from 
the Septuagint, followed by a collection of the passages of Scripture, in which those words 
are differently interpreted. Considered as a first essay, Kircher’s Concordance possesses 
considerable merit. It is, however, now superseded by 


2. Abrahami TRommMit1 Concordantize Greece Versionis vulgo dicte Lxx. 
Interpretum. Amstelzedami et Trajecti ad Rhenum. 1718. 2 vols. folio. 


In this elaborate and valuable work, the order of the Greek Alphabet is followed; the 
Greek word being first given, to which are subjoined its different acceptations in Latin. 
Then follow the different Hebrew words, which are explained by the Greek word in the 
Septuagint version. These different Hebrew words are arranged under the Greek in their 
alphabetical order, with the passages of Scripture, where they occur. If the word in ques- 
tion occurs in Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion, or any of the uther ancient Greek interpreters 
of the Old Testament, the places where it is found are referred to at the conclusion of the 
quotations from the Scriptures ; and immediately after these all the passages in the Apo- 
crypha are specified, where the word occurs. The work is terminated by a useful index, a 
Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon, a Greek Lexicon to Origen’s Hexapla (by Montfaucon), and 
a succinct collation (by Lambert Bos) of the Frankfort and Roman editions of the Septua- 
gint. This work is beautifully printed. (Bibliographical Dictionary, vol. ili. p. 42.) 

**,* While this sheet was passing through the press, the Rev. Robert Wells Wurr- 
Forp, M.A., issued a prospectus of a Concordance to the Greek Scriptures, on the basis of 
Tromm’s Concordance to the Septuagint and of Schmidt’s Concordance to the Greek Tes- 
tament (which is noticed in the next section), but with such improvements and corrections as 
to constitute it a new work. The work, thus announced, will form a complete and com- 
prehensive Concordance, or Index, to the Greek Text of the Sacred Scriptures of the Old 
and New Testaments, together with the Apocrypha, embracing not only the Version of the 
Seventy, as represented in the Oxford Text of Holmes and Parsons, with all noticeable 
variations of the Vatican and Alexandrian editions, but the Fragments extant of the Hex- 
apla of Origen, collected, after Montfaucon, by Bahrdt. This Concordance, the editor 
expects, will be comprised in one volume imperial octavo. 


§ 3. CONCORDANCES TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. 


1. Concordantiz Greecee Novi Testamenti, ab Henrico SrrPpHANo. Genevee, 
1594. folio. Et cum Supplemento, Geneve, 1600. folio. 

This Concordance is noticed here, to put the student on his guard, as it may generally be 
purchased at a low price. It is so carelessly executed, that some critics suppose Henry 
Stephens not to have been the editor of it; and that he lent his name to the work for pecu- 
niary considerations. 

2. Novi Testamenti Greci Jesu Christi Tamerron, aliis Concordantie ; 
ita concinnatum, ut et loca reperiendi, et vocum veras significationes, et sig- 
nificationum diversitates per collationem investigandi, ducis instar esse possit. 
Opera Erasmi Scumipit, Greece. Lat. et Mathem. Prof. Accedit nova pre- 
fatio Ernesti Salomonis Cypriani. Lipsiz, 1717. folio. Glasguee et Londini, 
1819. 2 vols. Svo. Londini, 1830. 48mo. 


The best Greek Concordance to the New Testament. The Glasgow reprint of 1819 is 
beautifully executed. The London edition of 1830 was printed under the superintendence 
of the late Mr. William Greenfield. ‘ By omitting the unimportant proper names, the in- 





Sect. I. § 5.] Concordances to the English Bible. 367 


declinable particles, the pronouns, and the verb substantive ; — by substituting simple refer- 
ences for citation when the word occurs only four or five times, or when there are two or 
more passages strictly parallel, in which case only one is given and the others are referred to ; 
alterations, which detract nothing from the usefulness of the edition ; the ponderous labours 
of Stephens and Schmidt are here screwed into something less than a pocket volume ; and, 
what is more, for six shillings the biblical student may possess himself of a work at one 
time scarce and dear, in a form that will take up no room on his table, and which ought 
scarcely ever to be off of it.” (Eclectic Review, February, 1832. vol, vii. N.S. p. 159.) 
This edition is very neatly printed. 


3. The Englishman’s Greek Concordance to the New Testament ; being 
an Attempt at a verbal connexion between the Greek and the English Texts. 
[Edited by George V. Wicram.] London, 1839. royal 8vo. 


This concordance is made upon the basis of the preceding work of Erasmus Schmidt: the 
preface of the editor states that it contains six hundred and nineteen examples which Schmidt 
had omitted, besides a still greater number of errata. ‘The Englishman’s Greek Con- 
cordance’ is an alphabetical arrangement of every word in the Greek New Testament. Im- 
mediately after each Greek word follows the series of passages in which it occurs: these are 
given in quotations from the authorised English translation. Throughout each series, italic 
letters are used to mark the word or words which correspond to the Greek word under con- 
sideration. The citations are sufficiently full to enable any one moderately acquainted 
with the English Testament to recall the context. The object of the work is to endeavour 
to lead the mind to deduce the meaning and definition of words from the use made of them 
by the divinely inspired writers of the New Testament. 


4, A Concordance to the Greek Testament, with the English version to 
each word; the principal Hebrew roots, corresponding to the Greek words 
of the Septuagint; with short critical Notes, and an Index. By John Wiz- 
Liams, LL.D. 4to. London, 1767. 


“ The lovers of sacred literature will find this work very useful in many respects: it is 
compiled with great pains and accuracy.”” (Monthly Rev. O. S. vol. xxxvi. p. 400.) 


§ 4, CONCORDANCE TO THE LATIN VULGATE. 


Sacrorum Bibliorum Vulgate editionis Concordantie, Hucone Cardinali 
auctore, ad recognitionem jussu Sixti V. Pont. Max. adhibitam, recensitee 
atque emendate opera et studio Francisci Lucee Brugensis. Antverpie, 1606. 
folio; 1612. 1617. 4to. Venetiis, 1612. 4to. Lugduni, 1615. 4to. Geneve 
et Francofurti, 1625. 4to. Parisiis, 1635. 1638. 1646. 4to. Colonize Agrip- 
pine, 1684. 8vo. Avignon, 1786. 2 tomis 4to. 


The first attempt towards a concordance to the Latin Bible was made in the middle of the 
thirteenth century by Cardinal Hugo de Sancto Caro, of whose invention of the division of 
chapters an account is given in Part I. Chap. LV. p. 70. of this volume. He is said to 
have employed five hundred monks of the Dominican order in selecting, and arranging in 
alphabetical order, all the declinable words of the Old and New Testaments; but the fact 
of so many monks being employed is questionable. It is supposed that the work was, at 
first, less voluminous than it afterwards became, and that it increased by frequent revisions 
and improvements. (Townley’s Biblical Illustrations, vol. i. p. 483.) Le Long has given 
a list of several Latin Concordances (Bibl. Sacra, tom. i. pp. 457, 458. folio edit.) ; but 
the revision of Cardinal Hugo’s work by Lucas Brugensis is considered to be the best of 
the numerous editions through which it has passed. That printed at Cologne is reputed to 
be the most beautiful ; but the Avignon edition is the most complete. 


§ 5. CONCORDANCES TO THE ENGLISH BIBLE. 


1. A Concordace, that is to saie, a Worke wherein by the ordre of the 
letters of the A. B. C. ye maie redely finde any worde conteigned in the 
whole Bible, so often as it is there expressed or mencioned. By Jhon 
Marseck. London, imprynted by Richard Grafton, m, 0, 1, folio. 

The first Concordance to the English Bible: an account of it may be seen in Dr. Town- 
ley’s Biblical lustrations, vol. ili. pp. 118-120. It was preceded by a Concordance to the 
New Testament, compiled and printed by Thomas Gibson, about the year 1536. 


368 Sacred Philology. {Part II. Ch. VI. 


2. A Complete Cencordance to the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New 
Testament, or a Dictionary and Alphabetical Index to the Bible. In two 
parts. By Alexander Crupen, M.A. London, 1763; 1810; 1824; 4to. 
Also various editions in royal 8vo. Philadelphia, 1830. imperial 8vo, 


The first edition of this well-known and most useful Concordance appeared at London 
in 1737. The edition of 1763 is the third and last of those corrected by the author, and is 
usually considered as the best, from his known diligence and accuracy in correcting the press. 
The value of Cruden’s Concordance has caused it to be repeatedly printed, but not always 
with due regard to accuracy. The London edition of 1810, however, is an honourable ex- 
ception; every word, with its references, having been most carefully examined by Mr. Deodatus 
Bye (formerly a respectable printer), who voluntarily employed some years in this arduous 
task ; for which he is justly entitled to the thanks of every reader of the Holy Scriptures. 
The London edition of 1824 is a reprint of that published in 1810. Another very accurate 
edition was printed some years since at the press of Messrs. Nuttall and Co. of Liverpool, 
who employed a person to collate and verify every word and reference. The typography of 
the reprint at Philadelphia is very neatly executed ; and its editor professes to have corrected 
more than ten thousand errors in the references, which had escaped the eye of the London 


editors. * 


3. A new Concordance to the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Tes- 
tament; or a Dictionary and Alphabetical Index to the Bible, together 
with the various significations of the principal words, by which the true 
meaning of many passages is shewn. By the Rev. John Burrerworru. 
London, 1767; 1785; 1816; 8vo. = 


This is in a great measure a judicious and valuable abridgment of Mr. Cruden’s Con- 
cordance. Singular pains were bestowed by its compiler, in order to ensure correctness, by 
collating every word and reference in the proof sheets with the several texts of the Bible. 
The second edition of 1785 is considerably improved. The third impression of 1816 has 
some alterations in the definitions, made by Dr. A. Clarke; who has reprinted the original 
of the passages so altered. Those who cannot afford to purchase Cruden’s work will find 
this of Mr. Butterworth extremely valuable. 


4. A Concordance of Parallels collected from Bibles and Commentaries, 
which have been published in the Hebrew, Latin, French, Spanish, and other 
Languages, with the Authorities of each. By the Rev. C. CRuTWELL. 4to. 
London, 1790. 


This is a very elaborate work, and will amply repay the labour of consulting ; though the 
parallelisms are not always to be traced, and are sometimes very fanciful. But for this the 
industrious author is not to be censured, as he every where cites his authorities, which are 
very numerous. 


5. A Concordance to the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testament. 
By the Rev. John Brown, of Haddington. London, 1808. 18mo. Glasgow, 
1825. 18mo. 


There are several editions of this Concordance extant, which being printed with diamond 
(or the smallest) type, it is from this circumstance commonly termed the diamond concord- 
ance. Its portability is its principal recommendation ; and its very minute type requires no 
common strength of sight to read with pleasure. The edition of 1825 was revised by the 
Rev. Wm. Smith, of Glasgow; and is very neatly stereotyped on a clear and legible type at 
the Glasgow university press. 


6. The Scripture Harmony ; or Concordance of Parallel Passages, being 
a Commentary on the Bible from its own Resources; consisting of an exten- 
sive Collection of References from all the most esteemed Commentators, 
&c. &c. London, 1818. 4to. royal 8vo. and 18mo. 


The contents of this compilation are comprised in three particulars: viz. 1. The chro- 
nology, in which Dr. Blayney is followed, his being deemed the best fitted for general utility. 
2. The various Readings, in the giving of which great care has been bestowed. ‘These various 
readings are stated to be ‘ printed on a plan, which to the unlearned reader will be more 
clear than the usual method, and which the narrow limits of the margin of a Bible could not 
admit: in this the very words of the text are printed at length, and the various readings are 
presented in a different type; so that while both are at one view before the reader for his 
choice, as the connexion and analogy of faith may direct, the usefulness of the work is increased, 
because it becomes thereby adapted to every edition of the Bible:” and, 3. The Scripture 
References ; a laborious compilation of half a million of Scripture References, chiefly from 





Sect. II.] Dictionaries of the Bible. 369 


the Latin Vulgate, Dr. Blayney, Canne, Brown, Scott, and other valuable writers, who have 
devoted their services to this useful mode of illustrating the Scriptures. It is proper to 
remark, that in this compilation of references the publisher professes only to have collected a 
mass of texts from various authors of the highest character for success in this useful and pious 
Jabour, and then to have arranged their varied contributions into regular order; the verse of 
the chapter under illustration is first marked; then follow the parallel passages in the book 
itself in which the chapter stands ; afterwards the references are placed regularly in the order 
of the books of Scripture. The remark on Mr. Crutwell’s Concordance of Parallels may be: 
extended to the present work. 





§ 6. CONCORDANCE TO THE FRENCH BIBLE. 


Concordance, en forme de Registre, pour trouver facilement chaque pas- 
sage du Nouveau Testament. Premiére Partie ; contenant les quatre Evan- 
giles et les Actes des Apétres. St. Petersbourg, 1824. 8vo. 


This concordance was announced to be in two parts or volumes. ‘The first part only has 
been published; it is a concordance to the four Gospels and Acts of the Apostles, according 
to the French version of De Sacy. The second part, which has not been published, is to 
comprise a concordance to the Epistles of Saint Paul and to the Catholic Epistles. 

A New Concordance to the entire French Bible was announced for ‘publication at Paris, 
while this sheet was passing through the press. 





SECTION II. 


DICTIONARIES OF THE BIBLE. 


1. Dictionnaire Historique, Chronologique, Géographique, et Littéral de 
la Bible. Par Augustin Caumet. Paris, 1730. 4 tomes folio. 


A translation of this truly valuable work (which is the basis of all other modern dictionaries 
of the Bible), with occasional remarks, was published in 1732, in three folio volumes; which 
having become extremely searce, an edition was published in 1801, in two thick 4to. volumes, 
by Mr. Taylor, with a volume of additions from books of voyages and travels, &c. under the 
title of ** Fragments.” A new edition, enlarged and greatly improved, was published in 
1823, intituled, 


2. Calmet’s Dictionary of the Holy Bible, Historical, Critical, Geogra- 
phical, and Etymological: wherein are explained the Proper Names in the 
Old and New Testaments; the Natural Productions, Animals, Vegetables, 
Minerals, Stones, Gems, &c.; the Antiquities, Habits, Buildings, and other 
Curiosities of the Jews ; with a Chronological History of the Bible, Jewish 
Calendar, Tables of the Hebrew Coins, Weights, Measures, &c.&c. Fourth 
edition, revised, corrected, and augmented with an extensive series of plates, 
explanatory, illustrative, and ornamental, under the direction of C. Tayior, 
London, 1823. Fifth edition, 1828~29. 5 vols. 4to. 


This work is beautifully printed. Vols. I. and 11. comprise the Dictionary, in an alpha- 
betical series, the supplements of former editions being incorporated ; Vols. III. and IV. 
contain 750 Fragments, with the Natural History of the Bible. The additions, made under 
the title of “ Fragments,” are extracted from the most rare and authentic Voyages and 
Travels (antient and modern) into Judea and other oriental countries; and they comprehend 
an assemblage of the most curious and illustrative descriptions, explanatory of Scripture 
incidents, customs, and manners, which could not possibly be explained by any other medium, 
It must not, however, be concealed that some of the editor’s discussions in the Fragments are 
prolix, and that his mythological elucidations are sometimes more ingenious than solid. Bp. 
Mant and the Rev. Dr. D’Oyly have made great use of Carmet in the Notes to the Bible, 
published by the venerable Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; and in their list of 
books, to which they acknowledge their obligations, they particularly specify the “ Fragments” 
annexed to this Edition of Calmet. — Vol. V. contains an Atlas of Plates and Maps, with 
their corresponding explanations, in alphabetical order. ‘These engravings are very neatly 


VOL. 11, APP. (A a) 


370 Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. VI- 


executed, and many of them throw great light upon oriental customs. In addition to the 
various improvements in the fourth edition, the references and quotations in the fifth edition 
were verified and corrected; the explanations of the plates, which had hitherto been detached 
from the body of the work, were incorporated with the articles of which they form a part ; 
the whole of the text was revised; and several new articles, besides oceasional additions, 
were introduced. In its present improved state, Mr. Taylor’s edition of Calmet’s Dictionary 
is indispensably necessary to every biblical student who can afford to purchase it. An Index 
of Matters and of ‘Texts cited and illustrated in the fourth edition was published separately, 
in 1827. 

3. Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible by the late Mr. Charles Taylor, with 
the Fragments incorporated. The whole condensed and arranged in alpha- 
betical order, with numerous additions. [By Josiah ConpER.] London, 
1831 ; second edition, 1832. royal 8vo. 

This abridgment comprises under one alphabet whatever is important or intrinsically valuable 
either in Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible, or in the Fragments collected by Mr. Taylor. 
The editor of the abridgment has judiciously omitted all those articles (and those only) which 
were not directly illustrative of the Holy Scriptures, and also many of the prolix and trivial 
discussions of the Fragments. The value of the work is enhanced by the insertion of 
numerous well executed wood-cuts; so that each article includes its appropriate illustration ; 
an improvement which cannot but greatly facilitate the perusal of this cheap and beautifully 
executed volume. 


3*, Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible....... American Edition, revised, 
with large additions, by Edward Rosryson, D.D. Professor Extraordinary 
of Sacred Literature in the Theological Seminary, Andover. Illustrated 
with Maps and Engravings on wood. Boston [Massachussetts] and New 
York, 1832. royal 8vo. 


In preparing this work for publication in North America, Professor Robinson has made 
numerous retrenchments of those mythological and etymological discussions, which the 
English editor could not omit, without taking greater liberties with the labours of his pre- 
decessor than might have been justifiable. In place of these retrenchments, Dr. Robinson 
-has made very numerous and important additions, condensed with singular perspicuity from 
the works of modern travellers in the East, and especially from the labours of the most 
distinguished German critics and commentators, which are comparatively little known to 
American readers. ‘The volume is beautifully printed. 


3.** A Dictionary of the Holy Bible, for the Use of Schools and Young 
Persons. By Edward Roxpinson, D.D. Illustrated with Maps and En- 
gravings on wood. Boston and New York, 1833. 12mo. 

Though avowedly designed for schools and young persons, this neatly executed publication 
may be very advantageously used by all who may be unable to procure larger works. To 
a considerable extent it is an abridgment of the preceding American edition of Calmet’s 
Dictionary; but not a few articles are original, and composed from the best accessible sources. 
In the Historical, Biographical, and Geographical Index, annexed to the third volume of 
this work, we have derived many valuable hints and illustrations from both Dr. Robinson’s 
Dictionaries of the Bible. 

4. A Dictionary of the Holy Bible; containing an Historical Account of 
the Persons, a Geographical Account of the Places, and Literal, Critical, 
and Systematical Descriptions of other objects, mentioned in the Writings 
of the Old and New Testament, or in those called Apocrypha. London, 
1759. 3 vols. 8vo. 

This useful compilation is principally abridged from Calmet’s great Dictionary of the 
Bible. In chronology, the anonymous editor professes to have followed Archbishop Usher ; 
in geography, Eusebius, Jerome, Reland, Maundrell, Whitby, and Wells, have been con- 
sulted; and on the sacred antiquities of the Jews, recourse has been had to Josephus, the 
Rabbins, and the Fathers. This work may sometimes be met with at a low price. 

5. A Dictionary of the Holy Bible, on the plan of Calmet, but principally 
adapted to common readers: containing an Historical Account of the 
Persons ; a Geographical and Historical Account of the Places; a Literal, 
Critical and Systematical Description of other objects, whether natural, 
artificial, civil, religious, or military; and the application of the Appel- 
lative Terms, mentioned in the Old and New Testament. By the Rev. 
John Brown, of Haddington, 2 vols. 8vo. various editions. Also, in one 
volume, 8vo. 





Sect? HM. ]\ ; Dictionaries of the Bible. 371 


The author was a minister in the Secession-church of Scotland; and in his doctrinal views 
Calvinistic. Allowance being made for some of his sentiments, his work may be advan- 
tageously substituted for the larger biblical dictionaries, the price of which necessarily places 
them above the reach of many persons. The first edition of this work appeared in 1769: the 
best edition of Mr. Brown’s Dictionary is said to be the fifth, which costs about eighteen 
shillings. A professed abridgment of this work was published in 1815, in two small 
volumes, 18mo. ‘The “ Compendious Dictionary of the Holy Bible,” first published by 
Mr. William Button, in 1796, and since reprinted with additions and corrections in 12mo, 
is a judicious abridgment of Brown’s Dictionary. <«* By means of a very small, but clear 
type, a vast quantity of matter is comprised within the compass of this little volume. 
The book, without doubt, may be serviceable to many.” (British Critic, Old Series, 
vol. x. p. 201.) 


6. Dictionnaire Généalogique, Historique, et Critique de I’ Ecriture Sainte, 
ou sont refutées plusieurs fausses assertions de Voltaire, et autres Philo- 
_sophes du dix-huitieme siécle; par l’Abbe *** [Antoine Serteys ], revue, 
corrigé, et publi¢ par M. l’Abbé Sicard. Paris, 1804. 8vo. 


Sacred geography and antiquities form no part of this work, which is specially devoted to 
a refutation of the sophistries and falsehoods of Voltaire and the infidel pseudo-philosophers 
of France, during the eighteenth century. The author, Antoine Serieys (according to M. 
Sicard), was one of the victims of the French Revolution in the beginning of September, 1792. 
This is not true. Serieys was a voluminous compiler and editor of various works, principally 
historical: at an early period of his life he had rendered some services to the abbé Sicard, 
who, being unable to remunerate him, allowed him to make use of his name. __ Serieys lived 
seventeen years after the publication of this dictionary, and died at Paris in 1819. 
(Biographie Universelle, tom. xlii. pp. 69, 70.) 


7. Dictionnaire Abrégé de la Bible de { Pierre] Cuompre. Nouvelle 
Edition, revue et considérablement augmentée par M. Petitot. Paris, 1806. 
12mo. 


M.Chompré was a distinguished classical teacher of youth, in the former part of the 
eighteenth century, at Paris; where he first published his abridged Dictionary of the Bible, 
in 12mo. The new edition by M. Petitot is considerably enlarged and improved by the 
addition of numerous articles, particularly those relating to the manners, legislation, and 
sects of the Hebrews, and a Chronological Table. 


8. A Dictionary of the Bible; Historical and Geographical, Theological, 
Moral, and Ritual, Philosophical, and Philological. By Alexander MacsBean, 
A.M. London, 1779. 8vo. 


A useful book in its day, but now completely superseded by latter works: it may frequently 
be procured for a trifling price. 


9. A Theological, Biblical, and Ecclesiastical Dictionary ; serving as a 
general note-book to illustrate the Old and New Testament, as a guide to 
the Practices and Opinions of all Sects and Religions, and as a Cyclopedia 
of Religious Knowledge. By John Rozinson, D.D. London, 1815. 8vo. 
Second Edition, 1835. 8vo. 


This work is very closely printed, and presents a digest, with references to authorities at 
the end of each article, of almost all that had been written on biblical literature previously to 
the date of its publication. ‘It is clearly the work of a man of much industry in collecting, 
and of much judgment in arranging his matter. To every theological student, who has not 
access to an extensive library, this volume will prove a very useful subsidiary; to many, 
indeed, who have neither attainment nor abilities for research, it will become necessary.” 
(Brit. Crit. N.S. vol. vii. p. 305.) We cannot however help expressing our regret that, 
on some topics, Dr. R. should have referred to writers whose publications (though useful in 
some respects) are calculated to subvert the fundamental doctrines of the Gospel. His work 
is illustrated by several neatly-engraved maps. It may be proper to add that it is noticed 
with merited commendation in the Evarfgelical Magazine for 1817. vol. xxy. p. 486. and in 
the Antijacobin Review, vol. xlix. pp. 1-15. 


10. The Biblical Cyclopedia; or, Dictionary of the Holy Scriptures, in- 
tended to facilitate an acquaintance with the inspired writings. By William 
JonES. 1816. 2 vols. S8vo. 


The plan of this Biblical Cyclopedia is less extensive than that of Dr. J. Robinson’s Dic- 
tionary, befure which some parts of it appeared, though it bears date one year later than the 


latter work. 
(A A) ye 


/ 


Kf fA Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. VE 


11. A Dictionary of the Holy Bible. Extracted chiefly from Brown, 
Calmet, &c., collated with other works of the like kind, with numerous 
additions from various Authors, and a considerable quantity of original 
matter. By the Rev. James Woop. Seventh Edition, London, [1822] 
2 vols. 8vo. 


12. The Pocket Dictionary of the Holy Bible; selected and arranged 
from Calmet, Brown, Newton, Hurd, and other Writers. By W. Gurney, 
A.M. London, 1826. 18mo. 


13. The Scripture Lexicon: or a Dictionary of above four thousand 
Proper Names of Persons and Places mentioned in the Old and New 
Testament; divided into Syllables, with their proper accents. By Peter 
Oxiver, LLD. Oxford, 1810. 8vo. 


14. A Pocket Dictionary of the Holy Bible: containing an Historical and 
Geographical Account of the Persons and Places mentioned in the Old and 
New Testaments. By Archibald ALExanpErR, D.D. Philadelphia, 1830. . 
18mo. ; 


15. A Biblical and Theological Dictionary, explanatory of the History; 
Manners, and Customs of the Jews, and neighbouring nations: with an 
account of the most remarkable places and persons mentioned in the 
Sacred Scripture, &c. By the Rev. Richard Warson. London, 1831. 
royal 8vo. 


16. Thesaurus Ecclesiasticus, e Patribus Grecis, ordine alphabetico ex- 
hibens queecunque Phrases, Ritus, Dogmata, Heereses, et hujusmodi alia 
huc spectant, 4 Johanne Casparo Suicero. Amstelodami, 1728. 2 vols. 
folio. 

This is the best edition of a most valuable work; which, though indispensably necessary 
for understanding the writings of the Greek fathers, incidentally contains many illustrations 


of Scripture. It is said to have cost the learned author twenty years’ labour: the first 
edition appeared at Amsterdam in 1682, in two velumes folio. 


SECTION III. 
COMMON PLACE BOOKS TO THE BIBLE. 


1. Christian Institutes, or the Sincere Word of God collected out of the 
Old and New Testaments, digested under proper heads, and delivered in 
the very words of Scripture. By Francis Gastrett, D.D. Bishop of 
Chester. 12mo. 

This valuable little work, which may perhaps be considered as a Concordance of parallel 
passages at full length, was first published in 1707, and has since been repeatedly printed in 
12mo, It may be very advantageously substituted for any of the subsequent larger and more 
expensive works. The “ Economy of a Christian Life,” published by the Rev. W. Bingley 
in 1808, in 2 vols. 12mo, is similar in design, but upon the whole better arranged than Bp. 
Gastrell’s little manual. 


2. A Common-Place Book to the Holy Bible, or the Scriptures’ Suffi- 
ciency practically demonstrated: wherein the substance of Scripture re- 
specting doctrine, worship, and manners, is reduced to its proper heads. 
By John Locke, Esq. A new edition, revised and improved by the 
Rev. William Dopp, LL.D. 4to. London, 1805; Svo. London, 1824. 

Though this work is ascribed to the celebrated philosopher, Mr. Locke, we have not been 
able to ascertain whether it was really compiled by him. The second edition of it bears the 


date of 1697: an edition was published by the unfortunate Dr. Dodd, from which the present 
impression was made. It certainly is a very useful book. 


3. A System of Revealed Religion, digested under proper heads, and 








Sect\ IW.Jt Hi Indexes and Analyses of the Bible, 373 


composed in the express words of Scripture; containing all that the Sacred 
Records reveal with respect to Doctrine and Duty. By John Warpey, MA. 
London, 1769. 4tc. 1819. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This work is exceedingly valuable as a common-place book, or harmony of passages of 
Scripture. It was recommended by Dr. Robertson the historian, and other eminent divines 
of the Scottish church. In this work the author has collected all that the Scriptures contain 
reluting to any one article of faith or practice under each respective head, in the very words 
of the sacred writers, with the occasional insertion of a brief note at the foot of a page, anda 
remark or two at the end of some few chapters. ‘The texts are so arranged as to add to their 
perspicuity, and at the same time to illustrate the subject; and the chapters are so constructed 
and disposed, that each may form a regular and continued discourse. The work is executed 
Uae singular ability and fidelity, and the reprint of it is truly an acquisition to biblical 
students, / 


4, An Analysis of the Holy Bible; contaming the whole of the Old and 


New Testaments, collected and arranged systematically. By Matthew 
Tarsor. Leeds and London. 1800. 4to. 


This work has been justly characterised as ‘“¢a book of good arrangement and convenient 
reference, and calculated to augment, by very easy application, our stores of sacred know- 
ledge.” (British Critic, O. S. vol. xviii. pp. ii. 88, 89.) It is divided into thirty books, 
which are subdivided into 285 chapters, and 4144 sections. This ‘* Analysis” is of great 
rarity and high price. 

5. Common-Place Book; or Companion to the Old and New Testa- 
ments; being a Scripture Account of the Faith and Practice of Christians ; 
consisting of an ample Collection of pertinent Texts on the sundry Articles 
of Revealed Religion. [By the Rev. Hugh Gasron.] A new edition, 
corrected, compared, and enlarged, by Joseph Srrutr. London, 1813; 
1824. 8vo. 

The edition of 1813 is a reprint, with numerous corrections and additions, of a work 
originally printed at Dublin in the year 1763. The arrangement, though not equally good 
with that of some of the works above noticed, is clear; the selection of texts is sufficiently 
ample; anda useful index enables the reader to find passages of Scripture arranged on almost 
every topic he candesire. The book is neatly printed: and as it is of easy purchase, it may 
be substituted for any of the larger common-place books already noticed, ‘The edition of 
1824 is considerably improved, 


SECTION IV. 


INDEXES AND ANALYSES OF THE BIBLE. 


1. An Index to the Bible: in which the various Subjects which occur in 
the Scriptures are alphabetically arranged: with accurate References to all 
the Books of the Old and New Testament. Designed to facilitate the Study 
of these invaluable Records. Stereotype edition. London, 1811. 


This useful index is printed in various sizes to bind up with Bibles: it is said (but on what 
authority we know not) to have been drawn up by Dr. Priestley. 


2. The Analysis of all the Epistles of the New Testament, wherein the 
chiefe things of every particular Chapter are reduced to heads, for helpe of 
the Memory; and many hard places are explained for the helpe of the un- 
derstanding. By John Date, M.A. Oxford, 1652. 8vo. 


3. The Scripture Student’s Assistant ; being a Complete Index and con- 
cise Dictionary to the Holy Bible: in which the various Persons, Places, and 
Subjects mentioned in it, are accurately referred to ; and every difficult word 
completely explained. By the Rev. John Barr. Glasgow and London, 


1829. 12mo. or demy 4to, 
(A A) 3 


+ 


fe 


374 Saered Philology. [Part II. Ch. VIL. 


4, Mosis P. Fracnert Analysis Typica omnium cum Veteris tim Novi 
Testamenti Librorum Historicorum, ad intelligendam rerum seriem et 
memoriam juvandam accommodata. Basilew, 1587. folio; 1621. 4to. 
Londini, 1597. 4to. 


5. Jacobi BRANDMYLLERI Analysis Typica Librorum Veteris Testamenti 
Poeticorum et Propheticorum. Basilez, 1622. 4to. 


6. Salomonis Van Tit Opus Analyticum, comprehendens Introductio- 
nem in Sacram Scripturam, ad Joh. Henrici Heideggeri Enchiridion Bibli- 
cum IEPOMNHMONIKON concinnatum. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1720. 2 vols. 
4to. 


A most minute Analysis of every Book and almost of every Chapter in the Scriptures, 
Heidegger’s Enchiridion Biblicum, on which Van Til’s work is a commentary, was first 
published at Zurich (‘Tiguri) in 1681, and was frequently reprinted in Germany, in the course 
of the last century. It contains prefaces to the different books of the Old and New Testa- 
ment together with very minute analyses of the different books. Where Heidegger’s state- 
ments were correct, Van Til has corroborated them ; where he was in error, the latter has 
corrected his mistakes, and supplied his omissions. 








CHAPTER VIL. 


TREATISES ON BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES, AND ON OTHER HISTORICAL 
CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE BIBLE. 


SECTION I. | 


GENERAL TREATISES ON BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 


1. Thesaurus Antiquitatum Sacrarum, complectens selectissima clarissi- 
morum virorum Opuscula, in quibus veterum Hebreorum Mores, Leges, 
Instituta, Ritus sacri et civiles, illustrantur; auctore Blasio UGoLino. Ve- 
netiis, 1744—1769. 34 tomis folio. 

An Analysis of the contents of this great Collection of Jewish Antiquities is given in Mr. 
Warris’s Catalogue of the Library of the Royal Institution, pp. 11-20. 2d edition. ‘* Many 
other books, treating of Jewish antiquities, have been published ; but those who have a taste 
for such sort of reading, will find this collection far more useful to them than any other of 
the kind.”” (Bishop Watson.) . 

2. Modern Judaism: or, a Brief Account of the Opinions, Traditions, 
Rites, and Ceremonies, of the Jews in modern Times. By John ALLEN. 
London, 1816. Second Edition, revised and corrected. 1830. 8vo. 

The various traditions, &c. received and adopted by the modern Jews (that is, by those 
who lived during and subsequently to the time of Jesus Christ), are fully and perspicuously 
treated in this well-executed volume, which illustrates various passages in the New Testa- 
ment with great felicity. " 

3. The Antiquities of the Jews, carefully compiled from authentic 
sources, and their Customs illustrated by modern Travels. By W. 
Brown, D.D. London, 1820. 2 vols. 8vo. 


4. Christ. BRunrnes Compendium Antiquitatum Hebreorum. 8vo. Fran- 
cofurti, 1766. 


5. Compendium Antiquitatum Greecarum é profanis sacrarum, collegit, 
naturali ordine disposuit, ad sacrarum literarum illustrationem passim ac- 
commodavit Christianus Brtnines. Francofurti, 1759. 8vo. 


6. Petri Cuna1 de Republica Hebreorum Libri tres; editi a Jo. Nicolai. 
Ato. Lugduni Batavorum, 1703. 


The best edition of a very learned work; which, till lately, continued to be a text-book 
whence the continental professors of Hebrew antiquities lectured. 





Sect. I] General Treatises on Biblical Antiquities . 375 


7 The Manners of the Antient Israelites, containing an account of their 
peculiar Customs, Ceremonies, Laws, Polity, Religion, Sects, Arts, and 
Trades, &c. &c. By Claude Frrury. London, 1809. 8vo. and various 
subsequent editions. 


Vor the third and best edition, the public are indebted to Dr. Adam Clarke, who has 
enlarged the original work with much valuable information from the principal writers on 
Jewish antiquities. The Abbé Fleury’s work was translated many years since by Mr. 
Farnworth. The late excellent Bishop of Norwich (Dr. Horne) has recommended it in the 
following terms: This little book contains a concise, pleasing, and just account of the 
manners, customs, laws, policy, and religion of the Israelites. It is an excellent intro- 
duction to the reading of the Old Testament, and should be put into the hands of every 
young person.” 


8. Moses and Aaron: or, the Civil and Ecclesiastical Rites used by the 
Ancient Hebrewes. By Thomas Gopwiy. London, 1634, 1641. 4to. 


This compendium of Hebrew antiquities is now rather scarce. It was formerly in great 
request as a text-book, and passed through many editions. A Latin translation of it was 
published at Utrecht in 1690, and again at Franeker in 1710, in 12mo. 


9. Apparatus Historico-criticus Antiquitatum sacri codicis et gentis He- 
bree. Uberrimis annotationibus in Thome Godwini Mosen et Aaronem 
subministravit Johannes Gottlob Carpzovius. 4to. Francofurti, 1748. 


The most elaborate system of Jewish antiquities, perhaps, that isextant: besides the anno. 
tations of Carpzov, it contains a Latin translation of Godwin’s treatise. 


10. Ceremonies, Customs, Rites, and Traditions of the Jews, interspersed 
with Gleanings from the Jerusalem and Babylonish Talmud, and the Tar- 
gums, Maimonides, Abarbanel, Zohar, Aben-Ezra, Oral Law, &c. &c. By 
Hyam Isaacs. London [1835.] 8vo. 


11. Jewish Antiquities, or a Course of Lectures on the Three first Books 
of Godwin’s Moses and Aaron. ‘To which is annexed a Dissertation on the 
Hebrew Language. By David Jennines, D.D. 8vo. 2 vols. London, 
1766; Perth, 1808, and London, 1823, in one volume 8vo. - 


This work has long held a distinguished character for its accuracy and learning, and has 
been often reprinted. ‘‘ The treatises of Mr. Lowman on the Rztual (8vo. London, 1748), 
and on the Civil Government of the Hebrews (Svo. London, 1740), may properly accompany 
this work.” (Bishop Watson.) 


12. Antiquitates Hebraicze secundum triplicem Judzorum statum, eccle- 
siasticum, politicum, et ceconomicum, breviter delineate a Conrado Ikenro. 
Breme, 1741. editio tertia; 1764. editio quarta, 12mo. 


There is no difference between these two editions, excepting that the errors of the press in 
the third edition are corrected in the fourth. The first edition appeared in 1737. This book 
of Ikenius is valuable for its brevity, method, and perspicuity. It continues to be a text- 
book in some of the universities of Holland (and perhaps of Germany.) In 1810, there was 
published at Utrecht, a thick 8vo. volume of Professor Schacht’s observations on this work, 
under the title of Jo. Herm. Schachtii Theol. et Philolo’s Harderov. Animadversiones ad 
Antiquitates Hebreas olim delineatas a Conrado Ikenio Theol. Bremens. Patre mortuo, 
edidit Godfr. Jo. Scxacut. This volume only discusses the first of Ikenius’s sections, on the 
ecclesiastical state of the Hebrews ; it contains many valuable additions and corrections, with 
references to other writers. Independently of its being an imperfect work, this volume is too 
bulky to be of use to students generally, but would prove valuable in the hands of any one 
who should compose a new treatise on biblical antiquities. 


13. Archeologia Biblica in Epitomen redacta a Johanne Jann. KEditio 
secunda emendata. 8vo. Vienne, 1814. 


An elaborate compendium of biblical antiquities, abridged from the author’s larger work 
on the same subject in the German language (in five large 8vo. volumes), and arranged under 
the three divisions of domestic, political, and ecclesiastical antiquities. ‘ Although it comes 
short, from the nature of the case, of the excellence of the original (German) work, for 
extent and variety of learning, and vividness and conciseness of statement, it is a book which 
is very rarely surpassed.” (North Am. Review, N. 8. vol. vill. p.136.) At the end of the 
volume are upwards of sixty pages of questions, framed upon the preceding part of the 
work; the answers to which are to be given by students. <A faithful English translation 
of “ Jahn’s Biblical Archeology ” was published at Andover (Massachussetts), in 1823, and 


(A A) 4 


376 Sacred Philology. [Part 1. Ch. VIL. 


again in 1832 by Thomas C. Upham (assistant teacher of Hebrew and Greek in the Theolo- 
gical Seminary at that place), with valuable additions and corrections, partly the result of a 
collation of Jabn's Latin work with the original German treatise, and partly deriyed from 
other sources, The third volume of this Introduction (as our references will show) is much 
indebted to Jahn's Archwologia Biblica. ‘This translation was neatly reprinted at Oxford 
in 1836, and again, in 1838, in 8vo. 

14, Archeologia Biblica breviter expositaa Four. AckKERMANN. Vienna, 
1826. 

This is an expurgated edition of the preceding work, executed on the same principle as 
Professor Ackermann’s edition of Jahn’s Introductio ad Libros Veteris Feederis, noticed 
in p. 159., No, 8. supra, and with renewed declarations of the editor’s profound submission 
to the Romish church. To render the work more complete, Dr. A. has subjoined a concise 
sketch of the History of the Jewish Nation, from the time of Abraham to the destruction 


of Jerusalem by the Romans, In revising our third volume for the press, constant refe« 
rence was had to this work. 


15, Origines Hebrzee: or the Antiquities of the Hebrew Republic. By 
Thomas Lewis, M.A, London, 1724~5. 4 vols. 8vo. and various subse- 
quent editions, 


This is a laborious compilation, from the most distinguished writers, whether Jews or 
Christians, on the manners and laws of the Hebrews, 


16, Melchioris LevpeKKert de Republica Hebraorum Libri xii. Amstel. 
1704~10. 2 vols, folio. 


17. Johannis Pareau Antiquitas Hebraica breviter delineata, Trajecti 
ad Khenum, 1817. Edit. secunda, 1824, 8vo. 


An Appendix and Index to this summary of Hebrew Antiquities was published at 
Utrecht in 1825, 8y0. 


18, Hadriani Rerannpr Antiquitates Sacra: veterum Hebraorum recen- 
suit, et animadversionibus Ugolianis-Ravianis auxit, Georgius Joannes Lu- 
dovicus Vogel. 8vo. Hale, 1769. 

The best edition of a valuable little summary, which for many years continued to be the 
text-book of professors, 

19. The History and Philosophy of Judaism; or a Critical and Philoso- 
phical Analysis of the Jewish Religion. By Duncan Suaw, D.D. Edin- 
burgh and London, 1788. 8vo. 

An ingenious treatise, which is divided into four parts: 1. On the Divine origin of the 
Law; 2. Of the duration of the Mosaic economy; 3. That the Gospel is the last dispensa- 
tion of God’s grace to mankind in the way of religious discovery; 4. Corollaries arising 
from the subject of the work: in the course of which the author takes occasion to vindicate 
the genius, divine origin, and authority of the Jewish religion, and its connexion with the 
Christian, against the objections and misrepresentations of modern infidels. 

20. Caroli Steonrt de Republica Hebreorum Libri VIL. editi a Jo. Nico- 
lai. Lug. Bat. 1701. 4to. 


21. Ernesti Augusti Scuutzu Theologie Doctoris, et Professoris quon- 
dam in Academia Viadrina celeberrimi, Compendium Archeologiz He- 
braicee. Cum figuris ceri incisis, edidit, emendavit, addenda adjecit, notisque 
locupletavit Abr. Phil, Godefr. Schickedanz. Dresda, 1793. 8vo. , 

This is, perhaps, the best summary of Hebrew antiquities extant in the Latin language; 
but, unfortunately, it is incomplete, the author having executed only two books, which treat 
of the political and ecclesiastical antiquities of the Hebrews, . Professor Schulze and his 
editor have diligently availed themselves of the labours of all previous writers on this topic, 
and have arranged their materials in a manner equally concise and valuable. 


22. Ferdinandi Stroscu Compendium Archeeologize QOconomice Novi 
Testamenti, ducentis thesibus comprehensum, et aliis allisve notis illustra- 
tum. 8vo. Lipsiz, 1769. 

A small volume, of considerable rarity in this country; it treats of the private life and 


manners of the Jews, as mentioned in the New Testament, and may serve as a supplement — 
to the imperfect work of Schulze, last noticed, 


23. Lectures on Jewish Antiquities: delivered at Harvard University in 








Sect. II. § 1.] Preatises on particular Subjects in Biblical Antiquities. Megs: 


Cambridge. A.D. 1802 and 1803. By David Tarpan, D.D. late Hollis 
Professor of Divinity in that Seminary. Boston [ Massachussetts], 1807. 
8vo. ‘ 

The nature and design of the Jewish Constitution, political and religious, are discussed in 
these lectures, which were published after the author’s decease. The tendency of the Hebrew 


Ritual to promote the glory of God and the happiness of man is frequently illustrated in a 
pleasing and devout manner. 


24. A. G. Waruneri Antiquitates Hebreorum et Israelitice Gentis. 
Gottingen, 1741. 2tomis 8yo. 


This work is incomplete, the author having died before its publication ; it contains much 
valuable information relatiye to the literature of the Jews. 





SECTION IL. 


TREATISES ON PARTICULAR SUBJECTS IN BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 


§ 1. SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY, 
[i.] Zvreatises on Biblical G'eography. 


1, Onomasticon Urbium et Locorum Sacre Scripture; seu Liber de 
Locis Hebraicis, Grect primum ab Eusrsio Cesariensi, deinde Latinég 
scriptus ab Hieronymo, in commodiorem vero ordinem redactus, variis addi- 
tamentis auctus, Notisque et Tabulé Geographicaé Jude illustratus, opera 
Jacobi Bonfrerii, recensuit et animadversionibus suis auxit Joannes CLERI- 
cus. <Accessit Brocardi Descriptio Terre Sancta. Amstelodami, 1707. 
folio. 

2. Samuelis Bocnartr Geographia Sacra; cujus Pars prior, Phaleg, de 
Dispersione Gentium, et Terrarum Divisione facta, in edificatione ‘Turris 
Babel: Pars posterior, Chanaan, de Coloniis et Sermone Phoenicum, agit. 
Cadomi (Caen) 1646, folio. Francofurtiad Mcenum, 1674. 1681. 4to. Also 
in the third volume of the folio edition of Bochart’s Collective Works. 


3. Johannis Dividis Micuar.is Spicilegium Geographize Hebreorum 
exterze post Bochartum, PartesI. II. Gottingz, 1760. 1780. 4to. 

Some observations on the first part of this learned work, which is not always to be pro- 
cured complete, were published by John Reinhold Forster, intitled Epistole ad J. D. Mi- 
chaelis, hujus spicilegium Geogr. Hebr. jam. confirmantes, yam castigantes. Gottinge, 1772, 
4to. It is desirable to unite this tract with the work of Michaelis; but unfortunately both 
works are extremely rare and dear. 


4, Friderici SPANHEMI! Introductio ad Geographiam Sacram, Patriarch- 
alem, Israeliticam, et Christianam. Lugduni Batavorum, 1679. 8vo. Also 
in the first volume of Spanheim’s Collected Works. 


5. Hadriani Retanpr Palestina ex monumentis veteribus et tabulis adcu- 
ratis illustrata. Traject. Batav. 1714. 2 tomis 4to. 

This elaborate work is also to be found in the sixth volume of Ugolini’s Thesaurus Anti- 
quitatum Sacrarum. 


§. An Historical Geography of the Old and New Testaments. By Ed- 
ward We.ts, D.D. 4 vols. 8vo. 2 vols. 8vo. 


This learned work was originally published in four detached parts or volumes: it has 
frequently been printed at the Oxford press, and is too well known to require commendation ; 
a new edition, revised and corrected from the discoveries of Sir William Jones and other 
eminent scholars, was published by the English editor of Calmet’s Dictionary in 4to. in the 
year 1804. ‘There are also copies in two or three vols. crown 8vo. Dr. Wells’s Geography 
of the New Testament was translated into German by M. Panzer, with numerous additions 
and corrections, in two vols, 8vo. Nuremberg, 1764. 


378 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VIT. 


“7. Sacred Geography: or, a Gazetteer of the Bible, containing, in alpha- 
betical order, a Geographical Description of all the Countries, Kingdoms, 
Nations, and Tribes of Men, with all the Villages, Towns, Cities, Provinces, 
Hills, Mountains, Rivers, Lakes, Seas, and Islands, mentioned in the Sacred 
Scriptures or Apocrypha. By Elijah Parisu, D.D. Boston [Massachus- 
setts], 1813. 8vo. 


This geographical dictionary of the Scriptures is chiefly compiled from the Onomasticon 
of Eusebius and Jerome, the Historical Geography of Wells, the great dictionary of Father 
Calmet, and the publications of various modern travellers. The book is very neatly printed, 
and has furnished many articles to our Geographical and Historical Index, in the third 
volume of the Introduction. 


8. A Scripture Gazetteer and Geographical and Historical Dictionary. 
By J.S. Mansrorp. London, 1829. 8vo. 


9. A Geography of the Bible, SecbRU Re by J. W. and J. A. ALEXANDER. 
Philadelphia, 1830. 12mo. 


10. Sacred Geography: or, a Historical and Descriptive Dictionary of 
every Place mentioned in the sigue: By William Srue. Edinburgh, 
1834. 12mo. 


11. Abstract of Biblical Geography. By M.L.R.Perrine, D.D. Au- 
burn [New York], 1835. 8vo. 


12. Description de la Terre Sainte par Andreas Bram, publiee a Bale en 
1834. Traduction Francaise, revue et augmentée par I’. de Rougemont. 
Neuchatel, 1837. 12mo. 


A carefully-written manual of sacred geography, from which the present edition has 
derived many corrections and some additions, 


13. The Biblical Geography of Central Asia; with a general Introduction 
to the Study of Sacred Geogr aphy, including the antediluvian period. By 
EK. F.C. Rosenmutter, D.D. ‘Translated from the German, with notes, 
by the Rev. N. Morren, A.M. Edmburgh, 1836~37. 2 vols. 12mo. Also 
forming Vols. XI. and XVII. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


14. The Scripture Gazetteer: a Geographical, Historical and Statistical 
Account of the Empires, Kingdoms, Countries, Provinces, Cities, Towns, 
Villages, &c. &c. mentioned in the Old and New Testaments, their antient 
History, native productions, and Present State. By William FLeminea, D.D. 
Edinburgh, 1838. 2 vols. royal 8vo. 


15. Jo. Matth. Hasit Regni Davidici et Salomonei Descriptio Geogra- 
phica et Historica; una cum Descriptione Syriz et Aigypti. Norimber; ge, 
1739. folio. 


16. Car. Christ. Sigism. BErNuARDI Commentatio de Caussis, quibus 
effectum sit, ut Regnum Jude diutius persisteret, quam Regnum Israel. 
Cum Tabula Geographica. lLovanii, 1825. 4to. 

This was a prize dissertation, composed (as the author states in his proemium) under con- 
siderable disadvantages, and with no other literary aid than the Scriptures and Havercamp’s 


edition of Josephus. It is a very interesting publication, to which the first chapter of our 
third yolume is indebted for some valuable observations. 


17. Observationes Philologicee et Geographice: sive Geographie Sacre 
Specimen primum. Quo Urbes ac Regiones, quarum in Sacris Litteris fit 
mentio, breviter describuntur, iisdemque verus situs, justaque nomina red- 
duntur. Amstelodami, 1747. 8vo. 

The deficiencies of Calmet and some other writers on geography, are supplied in this 
little work, which treats on the city of Jerusalem, the country of Elijah, the city of 


Hebron, the region of Ophir, the country of Abraham, the city of Eglain, and a few 
other places. 


18. The History of the Destruction of Jerusalem, as connected with the 





Sect. II. §1.] Scripture Geography. 379 


Scripture Prophecies. By the Rev. George WiLx1ns, A.M. Second Edition. 
Nottingham, 1816. 8vo. 


19. Hadriani Retanpr de Spoliis Templi Hierosolymitani Liber singu- 
Jaris. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1716. 8vo. Edit. secunda, 1775. With a pre- 
liminary Disquisition and Notes by Prof. Schulze. 


20. Ferdinandi Sroscu Syntagma Dissertationum Septem de Nominibus 
totidem Urbium Asiz ; ad quas D. Joannes in Apocalypsi Filii Dei Epistolas 
direxit. Guelpherbyti, 1757. 8vo. 


[i.] Biblical Atlasses and Maps. 


1. An Historicat Map of Palestine or the Holy Land, exhibiting the 
peculiar features of the country, and of all places therein, connected with 
Scripture History; interspersed with ninety-eight vignettes illustrative of 
the most important circumstances recorded in the Old and New Testaments. 
New Edition, London, 1838. 


The size of this beautifully-executed map is 40 inches by 271: it has been drawn by Mr. 
Asshetou and engraved by Mr. Sidney Hall. The vignettes will be found very amusing to 
young persons, while they serve to impress on the mind the leading points of sacred history 
and geography. ‘The map is accompanied by a folio sheet of letter-press, containing ex- 
planatory references to the vignettes. The design of the latter is to embody and connect 
with the names of places marked upon the map, the principal incidents in Jewish history — 
by placing the texts of Scripture in which such incidents are mentioned close to the name of 
the place where the transaction occurred. The sheet of letter-press also comprises a brief 
outline of the history of Palestine from the earliest period — the stations of the tribes — and 
Buhle’s ceconomical calendar of the country, exhibiting the state of the weather in the Holy 
Land throughout the different months of the year, and containing useful remarks on the 
various productions of the soil. 


2. A new Map of Palestine and the Adjacent Countries ; constructed 
from Original Authorities, shewing their Ancient and Modern Geography, 
with the Routes of various Travellers. By Richard Paumer. London, 
1828: on a large sheet, 24 inches by 28. 


3. A Map, illustrating the Ministerial Journeys of our Lord and Saviour 
Jesus Christ, constructed from the design of the Rev. J. C. CRosTHWAITE, 
A.M., by A. Arrowsmith, London, 1830. 


4. A Map, illustrating the Travels of St. Paul, constructed from the 
design of the Rev. J. C. Crostuwaire, A.M., by A. Arrowsmith. London, 
1830. 

«¢ These two maps..... form a useful supplement to the Atlasses to the Bible, hitherto 
published ; for although almost all of them have Maps of Judza adapted to the evangelical 
history, yet in no one of these do we recollect to have seen the several routes of our Saviour 
and of the great apostle of the Gentiles so clearly laid down as in Mr. Crosthwaite’s maps. 
The addition of references to the various passages of the Gospels in which the ministerial 
journeys of Christ are narrated, and to those parts of the Acts and Epistles, in which the 
routes of St. Paul are either mentioned or described, greatly enhances the value of these 
maps.” (Christian Remembrancer, February, 1830, vol. xli. p. 100.) 


5. A Map of Palestine in the time of our Saviour, illustrative of the 
Books of the Evangelists. Designed and engraved by Thomas STARLING. 
London, 1832. Twenty-seven inches in length by twenty in width. 


6. An Historical Map of Palestine, or the Holy Land delineated. By 
John Hunr. [Twenty-eight inches in length by twenty-two in width. ] 
With a Companion to the same, consisting of Historical and Geographical 
Notices of the Principal Towns, &c. of that Country. London, 1832. 


7. A Pictorial, Geographical, Chronological, and Historical Chart, being ~ 
a Delineation of the Rise and Progress of the Evangelical or Christian Dis- 


380 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VII. 


pensation, from the Commencement of the Gospel Narrative to the Ascension 
of our Lord. Arranged, according to the “ Harmonia Evangelica” of the 
Rev. Edward Greswell, B.D., by R. Mimpriss, and accompanied by a Key. 
London, 1832. ‘The size of the chart is sixty-eight inches by thirty-six. 


This admirably contrived as well as beautifully and correctly executed map is adapted to 
the divisions existing at the time of our Saviour’s appearing on the earth ; showing the 
situation of every place mentioned in the Gospels, with representations of the journies of 
our Lord, and of the principal circumstances of the Gospel history, drawn upon the places 
where the events occurred, from designs of the old masters; with the view of showing the 
benevolent tendency of our Saviour’s miracles. It contains 170 vignettes, and about 600 
references in the body of the map, besides 50 large subjects in outline, in the margin ; all of 
which are exquisitely engraved. The reference being subjoined to the depicted events, it 
forms a most valuable auxiliary in the lecture room, and a useful assistant in the study of 
divinity. 

8. The History of the Acts of the Apostles, with the Epistles according 
to Greswell’s arrangement, historically and geographically delineated by 
R. Mimpriss ; and accompanied with an explanatory volume in 8vo. Lon- 
don, 1837. The size of the chart is five feet by four feet eight inches. 


This map is executed in the same style of elegance and with the same accuracy as the 
preceding map for illustrating the gospel history. It deserves, and it is to be hoped that it 
will receive a patronage not inferior to that, which has been deservedly bestowed upon his 
first map. 


Most of the general treatises on sacred geography are illustrated with maps. There is 
also an excellent map of Palestine in D’ Anville’s Antient Atlas; it has been consulted for 
the maps accompanying this work, which have been drawn with great care, and corrected 
from the researches of modern geographers. The quarto Atlas, published by the late Rey. 
Thomas Scott, as an accompaniment to his commentary on the Bible, possesses the double 
merit of being correct as well as cheap. The Scripture Atlas, published by Mr. Leigh, is 
executed in a superior style, and has had a very extensive sale. Mr. Wyld’s Scripture Atlas 
is a neat publication. Several small or pocket Atlasses of the Bible have been published, 
which indeed can only be used by those who have young eyes. Of these, Mr. Thomas 
Starling’s “ Biblical Cabinet Atlas” claims especially to be noticed for the beautiful exe- 
cution of the maps, and the valuable tabular Geographical Index which accompanies them : 
also ‘The Biblical Atlas,’ published at Edinburgh in 1835, in square 8vo. with a concise 
introduction describing the places laid down in the maps. ‘* The Pocket Bible Atlas ” con- 
taining eight neatly-executed maps, which was published at Edinburgh in 1832, (as its name 
implies) is expressly designed to be bound up with a pocket Bible. 

Various Treatises on Sacred Geography will be found in the fifth, sixth, and seventh 
volumes of Ugolini’s Thesaurus Antiquitatum Sacrarum. 

It may be proper to add, that most of the questions relative to the History, Geography, &c. 
of the Bible are noticed in Schleusner’s valuable Lexicon to the Septuagint version, and 
also in his Greek and Latin, and in Messrs. Parkhurst’s and Robinson’s Greek and English, 
Lexicons to the New Testament; where they are illustrated with equal learning and 
accuracy. 


§ 2. NATURAL HISTORY OF THE BIBLE. 


1. Physica Sacra: hoc est, Historia Naturalis Biblize a Joanne Jacobo 
ScHEUCHZERO edita, et innumeris iconibus eneis elegantissimis adornata. 
Auguste Vindelicorum, 1731-1735. 4 vols. folio. 


This is one of the most beautiful and useful works which has appeared on the natural 
history of the Bible: the engravings, 750 in number, were executed by the most eminent 
artists of that day. A German translation appeared at Augsburg, at the same time with the 
Latin edition, to which it is preferred, on account of its having proof impressions of the 
plates. The French translation, published at Amsterdam, in 1732-1738, in 4 vols. folio, 
is inferior to both the preceding editions as it respects the plates, though the text and typo- 
graphical execution are equally valuable. From the costly price of this work, it is chiefly to 
be found in great public libraries, 


2. The Natural History of the Bible: or a Description of all the Quad- 
rupeds, Birds, Fishes, Reptiles, and Insects, Trees, Plants, Flowers, Gums, 
and Precious Stones, mentioned in the Sacred Scriptures. Collected from 





Sect. If. § 2.) Natural History of the Bible. 381 


the best Authorities, and alphabetically arranged by Thaddeus Mason 
Harris, D.D. Boston [Massachussetts], 1820. 8vo. London, 1824. 8vo. 
New edition, greatly improved and corrected. 1833. crown 8vo. 


The Natural History of foreign countries was very little known at the time when the 
authorised version of the English Bible was executed: it is no wonder, therefore, that we 
find in.it the names of animals, &c. which are unknown in the East. Our venerable trans- 
Jators, indeed, frankly acknowledge in their preface the obscurity experienced by them in 
Hebrew words occurring but once, and also in the names of certain birds, beasts, precious 
stones, &c. ‘These difficulties have been materially diminished since their time, and espe- 
cially within the last hundred and twenty years; not only by the successful researches of 
eminent orientalists, who have applied their knowledge of the eastern dialects to the eluci- 
dation of Scripture, but also by the successful labours of Bochart, Celsius, Forskal, 
Scheuchzer, and other naturalists, historians of the Bible, as well as those of Shaw, Hassel- 
quist, Russell, Bruce, and other distinguished travellers. To all these sources, together 
with many others which it is not necessary to enumerate, Dr. Harris acknowledges his ob- 
ligations. Though he claims no praise but that of having brought into a regular form such 
information as he could collect from the best and most unexceptionable authorities ; yet he 
Is not a mere compiler. He has enlivened his general illustrations with many instructive 
and useful facts, observations, and reasonings: and in the course of his work he has intro- 
duced new translations of a great many detached passages and of some entire chapters of 
Scripture. Of these, future commentators will doubtless avail themselves, especially as Dr. 
Hi. has accompanied such translations with remarks and illustrations, correcting the errors 
which were the consequence of their being misunderstood, and pointing out the precision and 
force, the emphasis and beauty, which they derive from an accurate knowledge of the object 
in natural history to which they originally referred. A Catalogue is subjoined of the prin- 
cipal authorities quoted in his work, which is accompanied with useful indexes of matters and 
of texts illustrated, and particularly with an Index or List of the several articles, according 
to the English Translation, followed by the original Hebrew names, to which are subjoined 
the Linnzan or other modern scientific appellations. In a work embracing such a variety 
of particulars, some articles must necessarily be found defective: these however are not very 
numerous. In conclusion, the writer of these pages cheerfully adopts the following just 
critique of a trans-atlantic reviewer : —‘“ Dr. Harris is entitled to the thanks of the public, 
for having brought within a reasonable compass the most valuable materials on the subjects 
of which he treats ; for having arranged them in a convenient method, and in general for 
having arrived at his own conclusions on the best evidence which the subjects admit.”..... 
‘* On the whole, we cheerfully recommend the work both to the learned and the unlearned 
reader, as containing all that can be known on the subjects which successively occur. Many 
of the articles will be read with great interest: and in those, in which curiosity is most con- 
cerned, the author, in a form as much abridged as their nature would admit, has exhausted 
all the learning of naturalists and travellers: and, as we believe, has generally come to tlie 
right results.” (North American Review, vol. x. New Series, pp.91, 92.) The London 
reprints are beautifully executed, especially the edition published in 1833, which is orna- 
mented with neat engravings on wood. A German Translation of this work was published 
at Leipzig, in 1825, in 8vo. 


3. A Historical and Philological Treatise of Biblical Mineralogy and 
Botany. By E. F.C. RosenmuLtErR, D.D. ‘Translated from the German, 
with additional Notes by Thorleif Gudmundson Repp. Edinburgh, 1838. 
12mo. Also forming Vol. XXIII. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


4. Samuelis BocHarti Hierozoicon, sive de Animalibus Sacree Scripture. 
4th edit. folio. Lug. Bat. 1714; also in 3 vols. 4to. Lipsiz, 1793, and 
following years. 

This last is unquestionably the best edition ; it was published by Professor Rosenmuller, 
to whose researches biblical students are so largely indebted; and who has corrected it 


throughout, as well as enlarged it with numerous facts from the writings of modern tra- 
vellers, &c. 


5. Hierozoici ex Samuele Bocharto, Itinerariis variis aliisque Doctis- | 
simorum Virorum Commentariis ac Scriptiunculis, ad plurimorum usus 
compositi, Specimina tria. Auctore Frid. Jacobo Scuoper, Tubinge, 
1784-6. 8vo. 


6. Jo. Henr. Urstn1 Arboretum Biblicum, in quo Arbores et Frutices, 
passim in §, Literis occurrentes, ut et Planta, Herbe, et Aromata, notis 
philologicis, philosophicis, theologicis, exponuntur et illustrantur. Norim- 
bergee, 1699. 2 tomis 8vo. 


382 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VIL 


7. Olavi Crxisit Hierobotanicon, sive de Plantis Sacre Scripture 
Dissertationes Breves. Upsale, 1745-47; Amsteledami, 1748. 2 tomis 
Svo. 


8. Hierophyticon, sive Commentarius in Loca Scripture Sacre, que 
Plantarum faciunt mentionem. Auctore Mattheo HitLero. ‘Trajecti ad 
Rhenum, 1725. 4to. 


9. Petri ForsKkat Descriptiones Animalium, Amphibiorum, Piscium, 
Insectorum, Vermium, que in Itinere Orientali observavit. 4to. Haunize 
(Copenhagen). 1775.— Ejusdem Flora Aigyptio-Arabica. 4to. Hauniz, 
1775. Ijusdem Icones Rerum Naturalium, quas Itinere Orientali depingi 
curavit. 4to. Hauniz, 1776. 

M. Forskal was a learned Swedish naturalist, who was sent in 1761, at the expense of his 
Danish Majesty, to investigate the natural productions of the East, in company with the 
celebrated traveller Niebuhr. He died at Jerim in Arabia, in 1763, and his unfinished 
notes, valuable even in their imperfect state, were published by his colleague in the three 
works just noticed. 


10. Scripture illustrated by Engravings, referring to Natural Science, 
Customs, Manners, &c. By the Editor of Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible. 
London, 1802. 4:to. 


Many otherwise obscure passages of the Bible are in this work happily elucidated from 
natural science, &c. ‘Though it does not profess to be a complete natural history of the 
Scriptures, yet it illustrates that interesting subject in very many instances. It has been in- 
corporated in Mr. 'Taylor’s later editions of Calmet’s Dictionary, noticed in p. 369. 


11. Scripture Natural History : or a Descriptive Account of the Zoology, 
Botany, and Geology of the Bible, illustrated by Engravings. By William 
CARPENTER.- London, 1828. 8vo. 


‘‘ Without that pretence to originality, which in the present day is as much distinguished 
by personal vanity as it is at variance with truth, Mr. Carpenter has, we think, presented 
to the public an interesting and useful work.’’ (Christian Remembrancer, April, 1827, 
p- 261.) 


12. Bible Quadrupeds: or the Natural History of the Animals mentioned 
in Scripture. By S. Wiitiiams. London, 1837. 12mo. 


13. Remarks on the Mustard Tree mentioned in the New Testament. 
By John Frost. London, 1827. 8vo. 


14. Remarks on the Phytolacca Dodecandra, or Mustard Tree of the 
Scriptures. By the Rev. P. W.Buckuam. London, 1829. 8vo. 


As the common mustard tree (Stnapis nigra of Linnzus) is an annual plant, which, in 
consequence of its herbaceous stem, rarely attaining a greater height than three feet, cannot 
with propriety be termed a tree, commentators have been much perplexed in their attempts 
to explain our Lord’s parable cf the mustard tree. The object of Mr. Frost’s pamphlet 
(which is an enlargement of a paper in the Journal of Science and the Arts, vol. xx. pp. 57— 
59.) is, to show that the plant in question is a species of Phytolacca,—probably the Phyto- 
lacca dodecandra of Linnzus, which, though it has the smallest seed of any tree growing in 
Palestine, yet attains as great an altitude as any tree which flourishes in that country, and 
possesses properties analogous to those of the sinapis nigra. Mr. Frost’s hypothesis is 
controverted with much learning and ingenuity by the Rev. Mr. Buckham, who argues 
that the tree intended is the common mustard tree, and who has collected numerous pas- 
sages from antient botanical writers and from modern travellers and botanical authors in 
support of his argument. 


15. Joh. Gottlieb Bunie Calendarium Palestine Giconomicum. Goet- 
tinge, 1785. 4to. 


16. Georgii Friederici Watcu1t Calendarium Palestinzee Oiconomicum. 
Preefatus est J. D. Michaelis. Goettingee, 1785. 4to. 


In the year 1785, the directors of the University of Gottingen proposed as a prize-sub- 
ject, the compilation of an GQEconomic Calendar of Palestine, from Itineraries, with a view to 
the better elucidation of the Sacred Writings. The prize was adjudged to the composition 
of M. Buhle; to which, in Michaelis’s judgment, the Calendar of Walch was next in point 





Sect. IT. § 3.4 Political Antiquities of the Jews. 383 


of merit. Each of these publications contains much valuable matter peculiar to itself ; 
and both together throw much light on the physical geography of Palestine. 

A translation of Buble’s Calendar is inserted in the Fragments annexed to Mr, Taylor’s 
edition of Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible, Nos. 455-468. 


17. Henrici Ehrenfridi Warnexros Commentarius de Palestine Fer- 
tilitate, preecipuisque illius dotibus cum /Egypto comparatis. — In the 14th 
and 15th volumes of the Repertorium fiir Biblische und Morgenlaendische 
Litteratiir. 8vo. 


An English translation of this valuable disquisition is printed in the first volume of 
Dr. Hodge’s Biblical Repertory, published at Princeton (New Jersey) in 1825. 


18. A Comparative Estimate of the Mineral and Mosaical Geologies, 
revised and enlarged with relation to the latest Publications on Geology. 
By Granville Pznn, Esq. Second Edition. London, 1825. 2 vols. 8vo. 

The first edition of the ** Comparative Estimate” was published in 1822, and a “ Sup- 
plement” to it. In its present improved state, Mr. Penn’s work forms a_ powerful 
proof and vindication of the harmony subsisting between geological discoveries and the 
Mosaic History. 

19. Scriptural Geology, or Geological Phenomena, consistent only with 
the Literal Interpretation of the Sacred Scriptures, upon the subjects of the 
te and Deluge. [By the Rev. George Buae, B.A.] London, 1827. 
2 vols. 8vo. 


20. A General View of the Geology of Scripture, in which the unerring 
truth of the inspired narrative of the early events in the world is exhibited, 
and distinctly proved by the corroborative testimony of physical facts on 
every part of the earth’s surface. By George FarrHoLME, Esq. London, 
1833. 8vo. | 

A French translation of this work, intituled “ Positions Géologiques et Vérification di- 
recte de la Bible,” appeared at Munich, in 1834, in 8yo. 


21. New and Conclusive Physical Demonstrations, both of the fact and 
period of the Mosaic Deluge, and of its having been the only event of the 
kind that has ever occurred upon the earth. By George Farruoime. 
London, 1838. 8vo. 

Mr. Fairholme’s two treatises (especially the last) are the most scientific of all the pub- 


lications which have hitherto been published on the subject of the geological and other 
physical proofs of the universal deluge recorded by Moses, 


22. Considerations on the modern theories of Geology, and their consis- - 
tency or inconsistency with the Scriptures. Ly Thomas Gisporne, M.A. 
London, 1837. 8vo. 


23. The Doctrine of the Deluge: vindicating the Scriptural Account 
from the doubts which have recently been cast upon it by geological 
speculations. By the Rev. L. Vernon Harcourt. London, 1838. 2 vols. 
Svo. 





§ 3. POLITICAL ANTIQUITIES OF THE JEWS. 


Treatises on the Laws, Government, Coins, &¢. of the Jews. 


1. Rabbi Mosis Maimonipis More Nebochim; seu Doctor Perplexo- 
rum, ad dubia et obscuriora Scripturee loca rectius intelligenda, veluti 
Clavem continens. Latine conversus a Joanne Buxtorfio, folio. Basile, 
1629. 4to. 


9. The Reasons of the Laws of Moses, from the “More Nevochim” of 
Maimonides, With Notes, Dissertations, and a Life of the Author. By 
James Towntey, D.D. London, 1827. 8vo. 


384 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VII 


The More Nevochim, or ‘‘ Instructor of the Perplexed,” is considered as one of the 
most valuable productions of the learned Jewish Rabbi, Moses ben Maimon, better known 
by the name of Maimonides. ‘* It is a critical, philosophical, and theological work, in 
which he endeavours to explain the difficult passages, phrases, parables, allegories, and cere- 
monies of the Old Testament; and is rendered particularly important by ‘ an excellent 
Exposition of the Grounds and Reasons of the Mosaic Laws,’ to which many of our most 
eminent biblical critics and commentators have been deeply indebted.” It was originally 
written in Arabic, and translated into Hebrew by Rabbi Samuel Aben Tybbon. ‘The 
Rev. Dr. Townley (to whose life of Maimonides, p.17., we are indebted for the pre- 
ceding particulars) has given an account of the various editions of the original work of 
Maimonides ; among which that of 1629 is usually reputed to be the best. 

Dr. T. has conferred no small obligation on biblical students in presenting this treatise 
of Maimonides to them in an English dress; and in addition to a memoir of the original 
Jewish author, he has enriched his translation with upwards of one hundred pages of 
valuable notes, together with nine dissertations on the Talmudical Writings, and on various 
other topics tending to elucidate the ‘ Reasons of the Laws of Moses.’ 


3. Wilhelmi Zeppreri Legum Mosaicarum Forensium Explanatio. Her- 
borne Nassoviorum. 1604. 8vo. 


4. Lex Dei, sive Mosaicarum et Romanarum Legum Collatio. E Codici- 
bus Manuscriptis Vindobonensi et Vercellensi nuper repertis auctam atque 
emendatam edidit, notisque et indicibus illustravit Fridericus BLUME. 
Bonne, 1833. 8vo. 


From the first chapter of the elaborate prolegomena prefixed by the editor to this curious 
and valuable work, we learn that its anonymous author was in all probability a clergyman of 
the Latin or Western Church, who lived in the former half of the sixth century(Bp. Munter 
thinks, of the fifth century), and who compiled this work with the express design of exhi- 
biting the resemblances between the Jewish and Roman Laws, which last were derived from 
the Jewish Laws, and further to show that Christians both may and ought to make use of both 
laws. The second and third chapters of the prolegomenacontain an account of the MSS. and 
printed editions of this collection. A copious collection of various readings, from MSS. 
and printed editions, is placed at the foot of each page of the collation, which follows the 
prolegomena. ‘The volume concludes with indexes of matters, persons, and places occurring 
in the work, and of the authors who are cited in the notes. Besides its value in showing 
how many of the laws of the Roman empire are based upon those of Moses, this work is 
of considerable importance in a critical point of view, as containing numerous fragments of 
an antient Latin version of the Bible executed before that of Jerome. Bp. Minter has 
given eleven instances, by way of specimen in the Miscellanea Hafniensia, Tom. II. 
Fascic. I. pp. 89-95. (Hafniz, 1821. 8vo.) 


5. Joannis Spencerr de Legibus Hebreorum Ritualibus et earum 
Rationibus Libri IV.  Accessit Dissertatio de Phylacteriis Judzeorum. 
Recensuit, et indices adjecit Leonardus Chappelow, 8.T.P. Cantabrigie, 
1727. 2 vols. folio, best edition. 


6. Commentaries on the Laws of Moses. By the late Sir John David 
Micnak tts, K.P.S. F.R.S. Professor of Philosophy in the University of 
Gottingen ; translated from the German by Alexander Smith, D.D. Lon- 
don, 1814. 4 vols. Svo. 


The spirit of the political and ceremonial law, contained in the writings of Moses, is 
copiously investigated in this work. Valuable as these “‘ Commentaries” of Michaelis are 
in many respects, it is much to be regretted that they are not free from that licentiousness of 
conjecture and of language, as well as tendency to scepticism, which are the too frequent 
characteristics of some distinguished modern biblical critics in Germany. Great caution, 
therefore, will be necessary in consulting this work. 


7. Esprit de la Legislation Mosaique. Par J. E. Cettenrinr, fils. Genéve 
et Paris, 1837. 2 tomes 8vo. 


This work is founded on the Commentaries of Michaelis ; to whose accommodating in- 
terpretations of the laws of Moses he has sometimes deferr ed too much. 


8. Législation des Hébreux. Par M.Le Comte de Pastorrt. Forming 
Volumes HI. and IV. of his Histoire de la Législation. Paris, 1817. 8vo. 


9. Histoire des Institutions de Moise et du Peuple Hébreu. Par J. 
SALVADOR. Paris, 1828. 3 tomes 8vo. 





SuctHI§ Uji!) —_PoliticalwAnitiquitids of the Jews. 885 


The avowed design of this work, which is characterised by no small degree of levity on 
the part of its Jewish author, is, to represent Moses as an enlightened and liberal legislator : 
at the same time its whoje tendency is, to discredit Christianity. M. Salvador devoted a 
portion of his work to show that the Lord Jesus Christ was legally condemned, according to 
the statements of the evangelists themselves. This unblushing attack of the Jew called forth 
M. Dupin the elder, one of the most eminent advocates at the French bar, who triumphantly 
repelled the profane assertions of Salvador in a masterly refutation intituled, ‘ Jesus devant 
Caiphe et Pilate.” Paris, 1828. 8vo. 


10. A Dissertation on the Civil Government of the Hebrews: in which 
the true Design and Nature of their Government are explained. By Moses 
Lowman. London, 1740; 2d edition, 1745; 3d edition, 1816. 8vo. 


11. A Short Account of the Laws and Institutions of Moses; showing 
that they were worthy of their Divine Author, being fitted for the accom- 
plishment of the most important purposes. By Henry Fercus. Dunferm- 
line and London [1811], 8vo. 


This essay is detached from a History of the Hebrews, on which the author was em- 
ployed; but which was never published. ‘In the short account before us, Mr. Fergus 
has given evidence of his having studied the subject; and his pamphlet displays in a concise 
yet luminous manner the several topics which the civil and ecclesiastical government of the 
Hebrews includes.” (Monthly Review, N. S., vol. lxvi. p. 37.) 


12, Levyssoun (Davidis Heurici) Disputatio de Judeorum sub Cesaribus 
Conditione, et de Legibus eos spectantibus. Lugduni Batavorum, 1828. 4to. 


13. Joannis Setpent De Synedriis et Prefecturis Juridicis Veterum 
Ebreorum Libri II]. Amstelodami, 1679. 4to. 


14. Petri WesseLineri Diatribe de Judeorum Archontibus ad Inscrip- 
tionem Berenicensem ; et Dissertatio de Evangeliis jussu Imp. Anastasii non 
emendatis in Victorem Tununensem. ‘Trajecti ad Rhenum, 1738. 8vo. 


15. Thome Bartuortini de Cruce Christi Hypomnemata IV. Hafniaz, 
1651. 8vo. Amstelodami, 1670. 8vo. 


16. Dissertatio Philologica de Ritu dimittendi Reum in festo Paschatis 
Judzorum; conscripta a Joh. Conrado Horrincero. Tiguri, 1718. 8vo. 


17. Jacobi Lyp1r Syntagma Sacrum de Re Militari. Dordraci, 1698. 4to. 


18. Edwardi Brerewoop Liber de Ponderibus et Pretiis Veterum Num- 
morum, eorumque cum recentioribus Collatione. Londini, 1614. 4to.: also 
in the first Volume of Bp. Walton’s Polyglott. | 


19. Adriani Retanp1 De Nummis Veterum Hebreorum, qui ab inscrip- 
tarum literarum forma Samaritanorum appellantur, Dissertationes V. Trajecti 
ad Rhenum, 1709. 8vo. 


20. Casparis Wasrert De Antiquis: Numis Hebreorum et Syrorum 
quorum S. Biblia et Rabbinorum Scripta meminerunt, Libri II. Tiguri, 
1605. 4to. 


21. Casparis Wasert de Antiquis Mensuris Hebrzorum, quarum S. Biblia 
meminerunt, Libri III. Heidelberge, 1610. 4to. 


22. An Essay towards the Recovery of the Jewish Measures and Weights, 
comprehending their Moneys; by help of antient standards compared with 
ours of England. By Richard Cumserianp, D.D. [afterwards Bishop of 
Peterborough.] London, 1686. 8vo. 


23. Observationes ex Numis Antiquis Sacree. Auctore Gottlob Sebastiano 
Marcraar. Vitemberge, 1745. 4to. 


24, Petri Zornit Historia Fisci Judaici sub Imperio Veterum Romanorum. 
Altona, 1734. 8vo. — 


VOL, II. APP. (BB) 


386 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. VIL. 


25. Scripture Weights, Measures, and Money, reduced to the Imperial 
Standard of the Weights and Measures, and the Sterling Money of England. 
By Edmund Viatrs. London, 1826. 8vo. [A Pamphlet of 19 pages.] 


§ 4. SACRED ANTIQUITIES OF THE JEWS. 
[i.] Treatises on the Ritual and Sacred Ceremonies of the Jews. 


1. A Rational of the Ritual of the Hebrew Worship. In which the wise 
Designs and Usefulness of that Ritual are explained. By Moses Lowman. 
London, 1748. 8vo. 


2. Jacobi Gronovit Decreta Romana et Asiatica pro Judais, ad cultum 
divinum per Asiz Minoris urbes securé obeundum, ab Josepho collecta in 
Libro XIV. Archeologiz. Lugduni Batavorum, 1712. 8vo. 


3. Bernardi LAmy de Tabernaculo Foederis, de Sancta Civitate Jerusalem 
et de Templo ejus, Libri Septem. Parisiis, 1720. folio. 


4, Salomonis Van Tir Commentarius de Tabernaculo Mosis et Zoologia 
Sacra. Dordraci, 1714. 4to. 


5. Johannis Buxrorrir patris, Synagoga Judaica: hoc est Schola Judeo- 
rum, in qua Nativitas, Institutio, Religio, Vita, Mors, Sepulturaque ipsorum 
graphicé descripta est. Hanovie, 1604. 12mo.; Basileze, 1680. 8vo. 

6. Campegii VirrinGA de Synagogd Vetere Libri tres: quibus tum de 
Nominibus, Structura, Origine, Preefectis, Ministris, et Sacris Synagogarum 
agitur: tum preecipue Formam Regiminis et Ministerii earum in Ecclesiam 
Christianam translatam esse demonstratur: cum Prolegomenis. Franequere, 
1696. 4to. 


7. Mariani Kaserer AITATPA®H Studii Scripturistici in Synagoga. Pars 
Prima. Salisburgi, 1774. 4:to. 


A compilation from various German and other authors who have treated on Sacred Anti- 
quities: it discusses the Canon of the Bible received by the Hebrews, the Talmud, Tar- 
gums, Masoretic Books, and the Cabbala; the Schools and Sects of the Jews, and their 
Teachers or Doctors and Pupils. 


8. The Temple Service as it stood in the Days of our Saviour. By John 
Licutroot, D.D. London, 1649. 4to.; also in the folio and octavo editions 
of Dr. Lightfoot’s Works. 


9. The Temple-Musick ; or, an Essay concerning the method of singing . 
the Psalms of David in the Temple, before the Babylonish Captivity. By 
Arthur Beprorp. London, 1706. 8vo. 


10. Kranoip (J. Th. K.) De Anno Hebreeorum Jubilzso Commentatio 
Theologica. Gottinge, 1838. 4to. 


11. Wotpi (G.) De Anno Hebreorum Jubileso Commentatio Theo- 
logica, premio regio ornata. Gottinge, 1838. 4to. 


[ii.] Treatises on the Religious Notions of the Jews, on the Corruptions of 
Religion among them, and on the Sects into which they were divided. 


1. The Main Principles of the Creed and Ethics of the Jews, exhibited 
in Selections from the Yad Hachazakah of Maimonides, with a literal English 
Translation, copious Illustrations from the Talmud, &c. By Hermann 
Hedwig Bernarp. Cambridge, 1832. 8yvo. 





Sect. II. § 4.] Treatises on the Religious Notions of the Jews, &c. 387 


The Yad Hachazakah of Maimonides is a compendium of the decisions of the Jewish 
Doctors taken from the Talmud, and founded on Scripture interpreted according to his pre- 
conceived notions. The subjects selected by Mr. Bernard treat on the Deity, on angels, 
prophecy, idolatry, repentance, sin, free will, predestination, the life hereafter, rewards and 
punishments, and the loveof God. The Hebrew text is beautifully printed without points ; 
this is followed by a faithful English version and notes, and by a glossary of the rabbinical 
Hebrew words occurring in the text, to which are prefixed a well-written sketch of the life 
of Maimonides, and a collection of the abbreviations commonly used in rabbinical writings. 
Besides communicating to the English reader the sentiments, traditions, and sayings of the 
antient rabbins, quoted by Maimonides, this volume will materially contribute to supply the 
biblical student with the means, at present scarcely within his reach, of acquiring an accurate 
knowledge of rabbinical Hebrew. Fora more minute analysis of this truly valuable work, 
the reader is necessarily referred to the British Critic for April, 833, vol. xiii. pp. 282-292., 
and to the Christian Remembrancer for September, October, and November, 1832, vol. xiv. 
pp. 517-525. 581-594. 655-664. 


2. A Dissertation on the Religious Knowledge of the Antient Jews and 


Patriarchs concerning a Future State. [By Stephen App1neTon, D.D.] 
London, 1757. 4to. 


3. Christologia Judeorum Jesu Apostolorumque /Etate, in Compendium . 


redacta, Observationibusque illustrata a D. Leonhardo Bertuotprt. Erlange, 
1811. 8vo. 


4. A Dissertation upon the Traditional Knowledge of a promised Re- 
deemer, which subsisted before the Advent of our Saviour. By Charles 


James Biomrigetp, B.D. [now D.D. and Bishop of London.] Cambridge, 
1819. 8vo. 


5. Capita Theologiz Judzorum Dogmatice e Flavii Josephi Scriptis col- 
lecta. Accessit rapepyorv super Josephi de Jesu Christo Testimonio. Auctore 
Carolo Gottlieb BRETsScHNEIDER. Lipsie, 1812. 8vo. 


6. Joannis Jacobi Cramert Goél Israel, sive Theologia Israelis: qua 
Goélis Officium ac Mysterium, ad confirmandam Jesu Christi Deitatem et 
Officium, ex Hebraicis potissimum Scriptis proponitur, et varia alia Philo- 
logica ac Theologica pertractantur. Franequere et Lipsiee, 1705. 2 tomis 4to. 


7. Notiones Veterum Ebrzorum de rebus post mortem futuris, scriptis 
Veteris Testamenti comprobate : auctore Friderico Carolo Meier. Jene, 
1832. 8vo. 


8. The Traditions of the Jews, or the Doctrines and Expositions contained 
in the Talmud and other Rabbinical Writings: with a preliminary Preface, 
or an Inquiry into the Origin, Progress, Authority, and Usefulness of those 
Traditions ; wherein the mystical Sense of the Allegories in the Talmud, &c. 
is explained. [By the Rev. Peter StrenEtin, F.R.S.] London, 1742. In 
two volumes 8vo. 


This is a work of extreme rarity and curiosity; it bears a very high price, which neces- 
sarily places it beyond the reach of the majority of biblical students. But most of the in- 
formation which it contains will be found in 


9. Miscellaneous Discourses relating to the Traditions and Usages of the 
Scribes and Pharisees in our Saviour Jesus Christ’s time. By W. Wotton, 
D.D. London, 1718. In two volumes 8vo. 


This is a very curious work. Volume I. contains a discourse concerning the nature, au- 
thority, and usefulness of the Misna; a table of all its titles, with summaries of their con- 
tents; a discourse on the recital of the Shema (that is, of Deut. vi. 4—9., so called from the 
first word, i. e. hear), on the Phylacteries and on the Mezuzoth, or schedules fixed on gates 
and door-posts ; together with a collection of texts relative to the observance of the Sabbath, 
taken out of the Old and New Testaments and Apocryphal Books, with annotations thereon. 
Volume II. contains two treatises from the Misna,in Hebrew and English; one on the 
Sabbath, entitled Shabbath; and another, entitled Hruvin, concerning the mixtures practised 
by the Jews in the time of Jesus Christ to strengthen the observation of the Sabbath. 
Dr. Wotton has given copious notes to both these treatises, which illustrate many passages 
of Holy Writ. 


(BB) 2 


388 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. VIL 


10. Joannis SeLpEenr de Diis Syris Syntagmata II. cum Additamentis. 
Andrew Beyeri. Amstelodami, 1680. 8vo. 

The best edition of a learned treatise, in which the Syrian idols mentioned in the Bible are 
particularly discussed. This work is inserted in the twenty-third volume of Ugolini’s 
Thesaurus Antiquitatum Sacrarum, which contains nearly thirty other treatises on the idols 
mentioned in the Scriptures. 


11. Trium Scriptorum illustrium Syntagma de tribus Judzeorum Sectis: in 
quo Nic. Serarii, Joannis Drusii, Jos. Scaligeri, Opuscula, quee eo pertinent, 
cum aliis junctim exhibentur. Accedit Jac. TrRigLaNpi1 Diatribe de Secta 
Karzorum. Delphis, 1703. 2 tomis 4to. 


12. Epistole Samaritanee Sichemitarum ad Jobum Ludolphum, cum ejus- 
dem Latina Versione et Annotationibus. Accedit Versio Latina persimilium 
Literarum a Sichemitis ad Anglos datarum [a Christophoro CELLARIO]. 
Cize, 1688. Ate. 

Both the preceding publications are inserted in the twenty-second volume of Ugolini’s 
Thesaurus, in which are printed several treatises on the Jewish sects. 

13. Mémoire sur Etat Actuel des Samaritains, Par M. Silvestre de Sacy. 
Paris, 1812. 8vo. 


14. Jo. Christ. FR1EpRicH Discussionum de Christologia Samaritanorum 
Liber. Accedit Appendicula de Columba, Ded Samaritanarum. Lipsia, 
1821. 8vo. 


15. Guilielmi Grsen1r Commentatio de Samaritanorum Theologia, ex 
fontibus ineditis. Hale, 1823. 4to. 


§ 5. DOMESTIC ANTIQUITIES, LITERATURE, AND SCIENCES OF THE JEWS. 


1. Johannis Braunii de Vestitu Sacerdotum Hebreeorum, Libri II. Lug 
duni Batavorum, 1680. 4to. 

2. Commentarius Philologico-Criticus de Vestitu Mulierum Hebreearum ad 
Jesai. III. vs. 16-24. Quo vocabulorum abstrusissimorum tenebras ad facem 
dialectorum discutere conatus est Nicol. Guil. SCHROEDERUS. Preemissa est 
preefatio Alberti ScuuLTENS. Lugduni Batavorum, 1735. 4to, 


3. Antonii Byn1 de Calceis Hebreorum Libri II. Dordraci, 1682. 12mo.; 
1695. Ato, 


4. Joannis NicoLat Disquisitio de Substratione et Pignoratione Vestium. 
Giesse, 1701. 12mo. 

5. Joannis Nicolai Libri [V. de Sepulchris Hebrzorum. Lugduni Bata- 
vorum, 1706. 4to. 

6. J.G. Purmann Archeologiz Georgice Specimen: de Re Rustica 
Hebreorum. Francofurti ad Mcenum. 1786-87. 4to. 

7. Jo. Francisci Buppetr Introductio ad Historiam Philosophie Ebraeorum. 
Accedit Dissertatio de Heeresi Valentiniana. Hale Saxonum. 1702. &vo. 


8 De Excellentia Musica Antique Hebraorum, et eorum Musicis Instru- 
mentis, Tractatus. [Auctore F. P.de Breracne.] Monachii, 1718. 8vo. 


9. Ueber die Musik der alten Hebraer: von August Friedrich Prretrrer. 
[On the Music of the antient Hebrews by Augustus Friedrich Hieiiehad 
Erlangen, 1779. 8vo. 

A translation of this curious treatise, with notes by the translator, Mr. O. A. Taylor, is 
given in the sixth volume of the Andover Biblical Repository, pp. 140-172. and 357-411. 

10. Guilielmi ApEer Enarrationes de A%grotis et Morbis in Evangelio. 
Tolosze, 1620. 8vo. Also in the 6th volume of the Critici Sacri. 


11. An Historical Essay on the State of Physic in the Old and New Tes- 
tament, and the Apocryphal Interval. With a particular account of the Cases 





Sect. II. § 6.]  Ldlustrations of Scripture from Biblical Antiquities. 389 


mentioned in Scripture, and Observations upon them. By Jonathan Harte. 
London, 1739. 8vo. 


12. Ricardi Mrap Medica Sacra; sive de Morbis insignioribus, qui in 
Bibliis memorantur, Commentarius. Londini, 1749. 8vo. 


HLS. Medica Sacra: or, a Commentary on the most remarkable Diseases 
mentioned in the Holy Scriptures. By Richard Mead. Translated from the 
Latin by Thomas Stack, M.D. London, 1755. 8vo. 


14. Medica Sacra: or Short Expositions of the more important Diseases 
mentioned in the Sacred Writings. By Thomas Suarrer, M.D. London, 
1834. 8vo. 


15. A. J. WanrucH Disquisitio Medica Cholere, cujus mentio in Sacris 
Bibliis occurrit. (Num. cap. XI.) Vindobone, 1833. 4to. 


§ 6. MISCELLANEOUS ILLUSTRATIONS OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES, FROM 
ORIENTAL SCENERY, FROM VOYAGES AND TRAVELS IN THE EAST, AND 
FROM PHILOSOPHICAL, ANTIQUARIAN, AND OTHER SOURCES, 


1. Landscape Illustrations of the Bible, consisting of Views of the most 
remarkable places mentioned in the Old and New Testaments. From 
Original Sketches taken on the Spot [by the most eminent modern travellers, 
British and Foreign], engraved by W. and E. Finpen: with descriptions 
by the Rev. Thomas Hartwell Horne, B.D. London, 1836. 2 vols. 8vo., 
Ato., or large folio, with proof-engravings on India Paper. 


Nearly one hundred of the principal scenes mentioned in the Scriptures are delineated 
in these volumes with equal fidelity and beauty: the descriptions have been drawn up from 
the manuscript communications of many of the travellers by whom the views were sketched, 
(all whose names are specified in the work), and from other authentic sources, which are in- 
dicated at the close of each description. These Landscape Illustrations were subsequently 
printed and arranged in the order of books and chapters of Scripture, in three volumes 8vo. 
intitled “‘ The Biblical Keepsake.’ London, 1835-37. 


2. Syria, the Holy Land, Asia Minor, &c., illustrated in a Series of Views, 
drawn from nature, by W. H. Bartlett, William Purser, and others. With 
descriptions by John Carne, Esq. London, 1838. 3 vols. 4to. 


The views delineated in this work are for the most part different from those in thé 
«¢ Landscape Illustrations of the Bible.” They are beautifully executed, and the descrip- 
tions are well drawn up by Mr. Carne, whose residence in the East some years since fitted 
him for such an undertaking. 


3. Scripture Illustrations : being a Series of Engravings on steel and wood, 
illustrative of the Geography and Topography of the Bible. With Explana- 
tions and Remarks by the Rev. J. A. La Trose, M.A. London, 1839. 4to. 


4, Observations on Divers Passages of Scripture, placing many of them 
in a light altogether new,..... . by means of circumstances mentioned in 
books of voyages and travels into the Hast. By the Rev. Thomas Harmer. 


London, 1816. 4 vols. 8vo. best edition. 


As books of voyages and travels are for the most part voluminous, the reverend and 
learned Thomas Harmer formed the design, which he happily executed, of perusing the 
works of Oriental travellers, with the view of extracting from them whatever might illustrate 
the rites and customs mentioned in the Scriptures. His researches form four volumes in 
8vo., and were published at different times, towards the close of the last century. The best 
edition is that above noticed, edited by Dr. Adam Clarke, who newly arranged the whole, and 
made many important additions and corrections. In this work numerous passages of Scrip- 
ture are placed ina light altogether new; the meanings of others, which are not discoverable 
by the methods commonly used by interpreters, are satisfactorily ascertained A and many pro- 
bable conjectures are offered to the Biblical Student, The mode of illustrating Scripture 
from Oriental voyages and travels, first applied by Mr. Harmer, has been successfully fol- 

(B B) 3 


390 Sacred Philology. [Part Il. Ch. VII 


lowed by the laborious editor of the ‘* Fragments’? annexed to the quarto editions of Cal- 
met’s Dictionary of the Bible, and also by Mr. Vansittart in his ‘* Observations on Select 
Places of the Old Testament, founded on a Perusal of Parson’s Travels from Aleppo to 
Bagdad.” Oxford and London, 1812. 8vo. 


- §. Oriental Customs; or an Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures, by an 
Explanatory Application of the Customs and Manners of the Eastern Nations. 
By Samuel Burper, A.M. sixth edition. London, 1822. 2 vols. 8vo, 


This is a useful abridgment of Harmer’s Observations, with many valuable additions 
from recent voyagers and travellers, arranged in the order of the Books, Chapters, and 
Verses of the Bible. It was translated into German, by Dr. E. F. C. Rosenmiiller, (4 vols. 
8vo. Leipzig, 1819), with material corrections and much new matter. Such of these as 
were additions to the articles contained in the ‘‘ Oriental Customs,” have been translated, 
and inserted, in the sixth edition above noticed. But those articles which are entirely new, 
being founded on texts not before brought under Mr. Burder’s consideration, are translated 
and inserted in 


6. Oriental Literature, applied to the Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures; 
especially with reference to Antiquities, Traditions, and Manners, collected 
from the most celebrated writers and travellers, both antient and modern, 
designed as a Sequel to Oriental Customs. By Samuel Burper, A.M. 
London, 1822. 2 vols. 8vo. 


7. Oriental Customs: applied to the Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures. 
By Samuel Burper, A.M. London, 1831. 12mo., and subsequent editions. 


This volume is designed for general readers and for young persons, as well as those of 
studious habits. It consists, partly of such selections from the two preceding works as are 
adapted for general perusal, and partly of original illustrations of the sacred Scriptures, 
derived from recent publications. These illustrations are methodically arranged under 
heads, but they follow the order of, the books and chapters under each head. 


8. Oriental Illustrations of the Sacred Scriptures, collected from the 
Customs, Manners, Rites, Superstitions, Traditions, Parabolical, Idiomatical, 
and Proverbial Forms of Speech, Climate, Works of Art, and Literature of 
the Hindoos, during a Residence in the East of nearly fourteen years. By 
the Rev. Joseph Rozerts, Corresponding Member of the Royal Asiatic 
Society of Great Britain and Ireland. London, 1835. 8vo. 


This work “is replete with instructive matter, and in a condensed form contains more illus- 
trations of Holy Writ than any other book we know of...... Mr. Roberts, as his predecessor 
in the same field, Mr. Harmer, richly deserves our thanks, and the thanks especially of 
those who are not able to possess many volumes illustrative of the Oriental rites and cus- 
toms to be found in the Bible.” (British Critic, No. xxxiv. for April, 1835. p. 453.) 
These illustrations supply a most important desideratum in biblical literature; they are 
arranged in the order of the books, chapters, and verses of the Bible, and furnish to very 
many difficult or obscure passages satisfactory explanations, which are not more original 
than they are entertaining and instructive, 


9. The Eastern Mirror; an Illustration of the Sacred Scriptures, in which 
the Customs of Oriental Nations are clearly developed by the writings 
of the most celebrated travellers. By the Rev. W. Fow.er, 8vo. Exeter, 
1814. 


An abridgment of Harmer’s Observations, and :the earlier editions of Burder’s Oriental 
Customs, with a few unimportant additions. 


10. Oriental Observations, and occasional Criticisms, more or less illus- 
trating several hundred Passages of Scripture. By John CaLLaway. 
London, 1827. 12mo. 


The author of this volume resided about ‘ten years as a Missionary at Ceylon. As the 
usages of the Ceylonese frequently bear a resemblance to those of the Jews, he has applied 
them to the explanation of the Sacred Writings. He has also introduced many hints from 
the fourth edition of Calmet, and from the illustrations of Scripture contained in Mr. Ward’s 
History, &c. of the Hindoos. ‘ The notes are for the most part brief; and when suggested 
by the author’s personal observation, interesting and to the purpose.” (Eclectic Review, 
N. S. vol. xxix. p. 265.) 


11. Oriental Fragments. By Maria Hack. London, 1828. 12mo. 





Sect. II. § 6.]  Lllustrations of Scripture from Biblical Antiquities. 391 


12. Illustrations of the Holy Scripture, in three Parts. By the Rev.George 
Paxton. Edinburgh, 1819. 2 vols. 8vo. Reprinted at Philadelphia, 1821. 
2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1825, second edition, 3 vols. 8vo. 


The copious volumes of Professor Paxton differ in their plan from those of Harmer and 
Burder, and exhibit a more ample range of subjects. Not confining his details and remarks 
to the several classes of objects to which their researches were directed, he has aimed to 
make his work a general depository of knowledge, illustrative of the text of the Bible in the 
several particulars of Geography, Natural History, Customs, and Manners...... eo These 
copious volumes comprise a very ample collection of materials for the illustration of the 
Scriptures, and are well adapted for the use of those who are engaged in the work of public 
religious instruction; for whose benefit they are chiefly intended by the author, having been 
originally prepared for the students under his care. It is, indeed, awork, which must interest 
and gratify every reader, who makes the intelligent perusal of the Scriptures an object of 
his attention.” (Eclectic Review, N.S. vol. xvi. pp. 515. 521.) 


13. The Truth of Revelation demonstrated by an Appeal to existing 
Monuments, Sculptures, Gems, Coins, and Medals. By a Fellow of several 
Learned Societies. London, 1832. 8vo. 


<¢ This interesting book is clearly the production of a mind pious and cultivated, enriched 
by science, and enlarged by various information. Adapted especially to guard the young 
against the too welcome theories of scepticism, it will also afford to the general reader both 
gratification and improvement. It chiefly consists of striking facts, deduced from the labours 
of modern inquiry, of allusions gleaned from literature, of memorials of past events, scat- 
tered over the relics of by-gone times, in sculptures, gems, and medals ; and its objectis, to 
apply these various materials to the illustration and establishment of the sacred records ; — 
as well as to impress the conviction, that the foundations of a scriptural hope are not to be 
shaken by advancing knowledge, nor ultimately injured by the rash assaults of a class of 
men, who, aspiring to be deemed the votaries of philosophy, give too much reason for the 
suspicion, that the stimulus, by which their industry is excited, is the vain expectation of 
some discovery adverse to the Christian religion, rather than zeal for the promotion of 
SClenCe. »”....0. ‘‘ It is full of interesting facts and observations ; and one which we can cor- 
dially recommend, as adapted not less to please than to convince.” (Eclectic Review, 
Third Series, vol. viii. pp. 14. 32.) 


14. Eastern Manners illustrative of the Old Testament History. By the 
Rev. Robert JaAmiEson. Edinburgh, 1836-38. 2 vols. 18mo. 


15. The Oriental Key to the Sacred Scriptures, as they are illustrated 
by the existing Rites, Usages, and Domestic Manners of Eastern Nations, 
By M. de Corsetr. London, 1837. 18mo. 


16. Twelve Lectures on the connexion between Science and Revealed 
Religion, delivered in Rome by Nicholas Wiseman, D.D. London, 1836. 
2 vols. 8vo. Reprinted at New York, 1837, in one volume 8vo. 3 

This is one of the most entertaining as well as useful works which learning and ingenuity 
have produced, for confirming the truth of the Holy Scriptures. The lectures were first 
delivered, as a course introductory to the study of theology, by Dr. Wiseman, to the pupils 
in the English college at Rome, an institution for the education of ministers of the Romish 
Communion in England. In 1835, they were repeated to a large and attentive auditory, 
and again at London in 1836. ‘ We welcome this book as a valuable and interesting 
addition to the cumulative department of the Christian Evidences...... The book is executed 
in a fair and catholic spirit. It might have been expected that the author would be careful to 
render this work an instrument for advancing the reputation of his own system to the dis- 
paragement of others: but it is gratifying in this instance to be able to acquit him of such 
a design.” (Congregational Magazine, March, 1838, pp. 167. 176.) 


17. Illustrations of the Holy Scriptures, derived principally from the 
Manners, Customs, Antiquities, Traditions, and Forms: of Speech, Rites, 
Climate, Works of Art, and Literature, of the Eastern Nations ; embodying 
all that is valuable in the Works of Roberts, Harmer, Burder, Paxton, 
Chandler, and the most Celebrated Oriental Travellers ; embracing also the 
Subject of the Fulfilment of Prophecy, as exhibited by Keith and others. 
With Descriptions of the Present State of Countries and Places mentioned 
in the Sacred Writings, illustrated by numerous Landscape Engravings, from 
Sketches taken on the spot. Edited by the Rev. George Busu, Professor. 


(BB) 4 


392 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. Vil. 


of Hebrew and Oriental Literature in the New York City University. 
Brattleboro’ [Vermont], 1836. Imperial 8vo. 


This volume is avowedly compiled from the works of forty-six authors, British arid foreign 
(but principally British). The earlier travellers, whose works were first applied by the 
Rey. Thos. Harmer to the elucidation of the Scriptures, as well as the more recent re- 
searches of Buckingham, Burckhardt, Dr. E. D. Clarke, Chateaubriand, Jowett, de Lamar- 
tine, Morier, Niebuhr, Porter, Rich, Roberts, Smith, and Dwight, Seetzen, Volney, and 
others, have all furnished materials for Mr. Bush’s volume. ‘To Mr. Roberts’s Oriental 
Illustrations (page 390. No. 8. supra), and to the “ Landscape Illustrations of the Bible” 
(page 389. No. 1.), Mr. Bush has expressed himself more especially indebted. By 
far the greater part of Mr. R.’s admirable work, as well as of the engravings and descriptions 
of the “‘ Landscape Illustrations,” are incorporated in this volume, which is neatly executed. 
The texts illustrated are printed in larger type than the Illustrations, which are disposed 
in the order of the books, chapters, and verses of Scripture. 


18. Holy Scripture verified: or, the Divine Authority of the Bible 
confirmed by an Appeal to Facts of Science, History, and Human Con- 
sciousness. By George Reprorp, D.D. L.L.D. London, 1837. 8vo. 

‘¢ This work is a series of lectures, in which, if there be things that, under various shapes, 
have repeatedly been discussed... .. there is likewise a body of evidence, which has rarely, 
if ever, been applied to the inquiry. The plan and design of the lectures are good; and 
the points of view, in which the truth of Holy Scripture is exhibited, are numerous and 
very complete.” (Church of England Quarterly Review, July, 1838. p. 350.) 


19. Rationalism and Revelation: or the Testimony of Moral Philosophy, 
the System of Nature, and the Constitution of Man, to the Truth of the 
Doctrines of Scripture, in eight Discourses preached before the University 
of Cambridge, being the Hulsean Lecture for the year 1837. By the Rey. 
Richard Parkinson, B.D. London, 1838. 8vo. 

This original and important volume contains an able view of the testimonies to the truth 
of Scripture, furnished by ethical] philosophy, the intellectual powers, the ultimate destiny of 
the body, the relation of men to external things, the relation of men to each other, and by 
the relation of man to himself. 


20. Scripture Costume exhibited in a Series of Engravings, representing 
the principal Personages mentioned in the Sacred Writings. Drawn under 
the Superintendence of the late Benjamin West, Esq. P.R.A., by R. 
Satchwell, with Biographical Sketches and Historical Remarks on the Man- 
ners and Customs of Eastern Nations. London, 1819. Elephant 4to. 


21. Jewish, Oriental, and Classical Antiquities; containing Illustrations 
of the Scriptures, and Classical Records, from Oriental Sources. By the 
Rev. Daniel Guilford Wait, LL.B. [now LL.D.j Cambridge, 1823. 8vo. 


The object of this work is, to illustrate Biblical and Classical Antiquities from Oriental 
writings. This volume is exclusively devoted to a demonstration of the coincidence which 
subsists between these different departments of study: and that. coincidence the author has 
satisfactorily shown by various examples. 


22. Lettre i M. Ch. Coquerel sur le Systéme Hiéroglyphique de M. Cham- 
pollion, considéré dans ses Rapports avec ]’Ecriture Sainte. Par A.L.C. 
CoQuEREL. Amsterdam, 1825. 8vo. 


23. Essai sur le Systeme Hiéroglyphique de M. Champollion le Jeune, et 
sur les Avantages, qu'il offre a la Critique Sacrée. Par J. G. H. Greppo, 
vicaire-général de Bellay. Paris, 1829. 8vo. 


Many of the recent discoveries in Egyptian Hieroglyphics (the clue to which was First 
struck out by our latelearned archeologist, Dr, Young) are here happily applied to the elu- 
cidation of the Holy Scriptures. In our first volume, pp. 191-193, we have given a few 
well-authenticated instances which corroborate the credibility of the Old Testament. M. 
Greppo acknowledges his obligations to the previous publication of M. Coquerel; which 
has, in fact, furnished him with some of his best illustrations. In the first part of his volume, 
Mr. G. gives an outline of Champollion’s hieroglyphic system; and in the second part he 
applies it to the elucidation of various passages of the Old Testament, historical, chrono- 
logical, and geographical. An English translation of M. Greppo’s Essay, by Mr. Isaac 
Stuart, was published at Boston [ Massachussetts], in 1830, in 8vyo, Some yaluable notes are 
added by his father, the Rev. Professor Stuart, of Andover. 





Sect. III.] Treatises on the G'enealogies of Scripture. 393 


24. Illustrations of the Bible from the Monuments of Egypt. By W. C. 
Taytor, LL.D. London, 1838. 8vo. 


In the sixth edition of this ‘Introduction to the Critical Study of the Scriptures,” 
published in 1828, Egyptian antiquities were for the jfirst,time (at least in this country) 
applied to the collateral confirmation and illustration of the Holy Scriptures. Since 
that date, great light has been thrown upon this interesting branch of archeology 
by the magnificent publications of Signor Rosellini, at Turin, and of M.M. Cham- 
pollion and Cailliaud, at Paris. By the diligent study of their labours, Dr. Taylor 
(whose work was published while this sheet was passing through the press) has 
considerably extended this mode of demonstrating the historical veracity of the sacred 
writers, by means of the new and undesigned confirmations of their narratives, furnished by 
the remains of Egyptian art. Nearly three hundred texts of Scripture are more or less 
explained in this elegantly executed volume, and in a manner equally curious and in- 
teresting. A portion of Dr. T.’s work was published in the ably-conducted journal, ‘‘ The 
Athenzum”’, in which his researches excited much and deserved attention. It is now cor- 
rected and enlarged, and is illustrated with one hundred well-executed engravings on wood ; 
and it offers a valuable acquisition to the library of every Biblical Student. 


*,* In the Saturday Magazine for the years 1837 and 1838 there are several interesting 
illustrations of Scripture from the remains of Egyptian antiquity; but the most complete 
view of those reliques of ages long since past ‘in which are numerous elucidations of Scrip- 
ture) will be found in the “ Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians.” By J. 
G. Wilkinson, Esq. London, 1837. in 3 vols. 8vo. 





SECTION III. 
TREATISES ON THE GENEALOGIES MENTIONED IN THE SCRIPTURES. 


1. The Genealogies recorded in the Sacred Scriptures, according to 
every Family and Tribe. With the line of our Saviour Christ observed, 
from Adam to the Blessed Virgin Mary. By J[ohn] S{prep]. London, 
1615. 4to. 

These Genealogical Tables were first published anonymously in 1611, when they were 
prefixed to the first edition of our authorised Version of the English Bible. They are here 
ascribed to the industrious antiquary John Speed, on the authority of the Biographia Bri.an- 
nica (Art. Speed). 


2. Scripture Genealogy from Adam to Christ; exhibiting, m a Series of 
thirty-six engraved Tables, a distinct View of the Nation, Tribe, Family, 
Lineal Descent and Posterity of every person mentioned in the Bible, so 
far as they can be traced from Sacred or Profane History. London, 1817. 


royal 4to. 


The Tables, contained in this elegantly-executed volume are an improvement upon those 
of Speed. To the name of each person mentioned in every table, chronological dates are 
affixed, on the very respectable authorities of Usher and Blair; and likewise references to 
passages of Scripture, where the respective names are to be found. Altogether, this a very 
useful and agreeable companion to the Biblical Student. 


3, An Arrangement of the Genealogies in the Old Testament and Apo- 
crypha, to which are added, from the same authorities, a Selection of Single 
Names and Chronological Tables of the Kings of Egypt, Syria, and «Assyria: 
with Notes, critical, philological, and explanatory, and copious Indexes. 
By the Rey..Gilbert Burrinaton, M.A. London, 1836. 2 vols. Ato. 


This very elaborate work is divided into three parts, viz. The first contains the genealo- 
gies of the Old Testament and Apocrypha; the second, a collection of single names men- 
sed in the Old Testament and Apocrypha, independently of those mentioned in the 

ealogical tables; and the third, genealogical tables of the kings of Egypt, Syria, and 
.assyria, mentioned in the Bible. The whole is illustrated by copious notes, critical, philo- 
logical, and explanatory, which are the result of long and laborious study ; and which ma- 
terially elucidate many verbal and chronological difficulties. 


4. The Genealogies recorded in the Sacred Scriptures, according to 





394 Sacred Philology. [Part II. Ch. VII. 


every Family and Tribe, with the Line of our Saviour Jesus Christ observed, 
from Adam to the Virgin Mary, [containing forty-six engraved Tables, 
with illustrative letter-press.] By John Payne Morris. [Dublin and 
London], 1837. small folio. 

This volume consists of forty very neatly engraved plates, with illustrative letter-press. 
It is a very considerable improvement upon the genealogical tables published by Speed, 
and which arenow very rarely to be met with. A copious catalogue of names occurring 
in the Bible terminates the volume. 


5. Genealogia Sacra: or Scripture Tables, compiled from the Holy Bible. 
By William Berry. London, 1819. 4to. | 

These tables are neatly stereotyped, and are chiefly confined to the patriarchs and de- 
scendants of our first parents, with references to the chapters and verses of the several books 
of the Old and New Testament, where the names are mentioned. The chronological dates 
are taken from Blair, Usher, and others. An alphabetical index is subjoined, which facili- 
tates reference to this unassuming publication. 

6. Jo. Michaelis Lanarr Dissertationes Theologicee de Genealogia Christi 
ex patribus secundum carnem. Noribergz, 1703. 4to. 


7. The Genealogies of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, as recorded by 
St. Matthew and St. Luke, critically examined, explained, defended, and 
reconciled to each other, and to the Scriptures of the Old Testament. By 
Edward Yarp.tey, B.D. London, 1739. 8vo. 


8, The Genealogies of Jesus Christ in Matthew and Luke explained, and 
the Jewish Objections removed. London, 1771. 8vo. 


9. A newly-invented Table for exhibiting to the View, and impressing 
clearly on the Memory, the Genealogy of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ, as given by St. Matthew and St. Luke: also the Difference of 
their Accounts explained: with Notes on the most illustrious persons 
from whom our Lord descended, and the Objections to Matt. i. 11, 12. 
answered, from all the best Commentators. By Robert Berkley GREENE. 
London, 1822. 8vo. 

This Table is ingeniously constructed; the notes exhibit, in a small compass, the result of 
much laborious research. 

10. The Genealogy of Jesus Christ, recorded by Saint Matthew and Saint 
Luke, harmonised, and the apparent contradictions reconciled. By Gervas 
Watson. Retford and London, 1833. 12mo. 


11. Reflections on the Genealogy of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 
as recorded by Saint Matthew and Saint Luke. By David Bennam, 
London, 1836. 4to. 


12. A Chart of the Lineal Descent of our Lord Jesus Christ. By William 
Wuitron, Junr. Dublin, 1836. [single sheet] folio. 


SECTION IV. 
TREATISES ON SACRED CHRONOLOGY. 


1. Ludovico Carpetti Chronologia Sacra ab orbe condito ad Christum. 
Ato. Paris, 1655. ke 

This work is reprinted by Bishop Walton, in the prolegomena to his edition of the Poly- 
glott Bible. 

2. Gerhardi Johannis Vossi1 Chronologiz Sacra Isagoge. Hage Comi- 
tum 1659. 4to. 

3. Annales Veteris et Novi Testamenti, a prima mundi origine deducta ad 
extremum Reipublice Judaic excidium, a Jacobo UssErio, Archiepiscopo 
Armachano. Geneve, 1722. folios 








Sect. IV.] Treatises on Sacred Chronology. 395 


__ The best edition of a most valuable work, The chronology of Archbishop Usher is followed 
in the margins of all our large Bibles. His Annales first appeared at London, in 1650-54, in 
two vols, folio; and an English translation of them was published in 1658, in one volume folio. 


4. Joannis Pearsonit 8S. T.P. Cestriensis nuper Episcopi Opera Post- 
huma Chronologica, &c. viz. De Serie et Successione Primorum Rome 
Episcoporum Dissertationes Due: Quibus preefiguntur ANNALES PavLint, 
et Lectiones in Acta Apostolorum. Singula prelo tradidit, edenda curavit, 
et Dissertationes novis Additionibus auxit H. Dodwellus, A.M. Londini, 
1688. 4to. 


5. A Translation of Bishop Pearson’s Annals of Saint Paul; to which are 
added Geographical and Critical Notes, illustrative of the Life and Labours 
of that Apostle, taken from the most approved Annotations. By J. M. 
Witiiams. Cambridge, 1826. 12mo. 


Bp. Pearson’s Annales Paulini have long been held in high estimation on account of the 
varied and profound learning of their Author. The English translation is enriched with a 
great number of annotations selected from the best sources: and among them the translator 
has largely borrowed from the present work. 


6. The Scripture Chronology demonstrated by Astronomical Calculations. 
By Arthur Beprorp. London, 1730. folio. 


7. Chronologie de I’Histoire Sainte. Par Alphonse de ViGNoLLEs: 
Berlin, 17738. 2 vols. 4-to. 


8. Chrenological Antiquities; or the Antiquities and Chronology of the 
most antient kingdoms from the creation of the world. By the Rev. John 
Jackson. London, 1752. 3 vols. 4to. 


9. A New Analysis of Chronology, in which an attempt is made to 
explain the History and Antiquities of the primitive Nations of the World, 
and the prophecies relating to them, on principles tending to remove the 
imperfection and discordance of preceding systems. By the Rev. William 
Haues, D.D. London, 1809-1812. 3 vols. in 4 parts, 4to. Second Edition, 
revised and corrected, 1830, in 4 vols. 8vo. 

The title of this work very inadequately describes its multifarious contents. Not only is 
it the most elaborate system of chronology extant in our language; but there is scarcely 
a difficult text in the sacred writings which is not illustrated. Dr. Hales follows the 
chronology of Josephus, whose genuine numbers he conceives that he has restored; and 
that, by a comparison with the Septuagint and the other texts, he has ascertained the true 
series of primeval times. The longer chronology, established by Dr. H. with great success, 
is unquestionably preferable to that founded. on the Masoretic text, as it removes many of 
those difficulties with which the Scripture history is encumbered in that text. His “ New 
Analysis” ought to have a place in the library of every biblical student who can procure it. 


10. A Key to Scripture Chronology, made by comparing Sacred History 
with Prophecy, and rendering the Bible consistent with itself; illustrated 
with new Tables of Chronology, and various notes. By James ANDREW, 
LL.D. London, 1822. 8vo. 


11. The Chronology of Israel and the Jews, from the Exodus to the 
destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans. With remarks on the Systems of 
former Chronographers. By William CunINGHAME, Esq. London, 1834. 8vo. 


11.* An Introductory Dissertation to the “Fulness of the Times”; 
wherein are established the Epoch of the Fall of Adam and its Chronolo- 
gical Connexion with the great eras of the world and with the present time. 
By William Cuntncuame, Esq. London, 1837. 8vo. 


12. The Fulness of the Times: being an Analysis of the Chronology of 
the Greek Text of the Seventy ; showing that it rests on the Basis of exact 
Science, and comprehending various Parallel Streams of Time, arranged in 
great periods of Jubilees and Astronomical Cycles, which connect the eras of 


396 - Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. VIE. 


History and Prophecy with the remotest antediluvian ages, and demonstrate 
the Divine Origin of the Christian Dispensation..... And containing a 
Dissertation on the year of our Lord’s Nativity, wherein the period of the 
death of Herod is fixed by an Original Lunar Eclipse. By William 
CUNINGHAME, Esq. London, 1836. 8vo. 


12.* A Supplementary Dissertation on the Sacred Chronology: com- 
prehending a Review of the Controversy as to the date of the Nativity of 
Christ ; an Inquiry into the Chronology of Josephus ; and further Elucida- 
tions of the Scientific arrangement of the times of the Church and the 
World. Being Part II. of the Fulness of the Times. By William Cunine- 
HAME, Esq. London, 1836. 8vo. 


13. A Synopsis of Chronology from the era of Creation, according to 
the Septuagint, to the year 1837, with a discourse on the Astronomical 
Principles of the Scriptural Times, showing that they comprehend a com- 
plete harmony of deeply scientific order and arrangement, demonstrating 
their exact truth, and evincing that their Author is the Omniscient Creator. 
By William Cunincuame, Esq. London, 1837. 8vo. 

In the two last-mentioned elaborate works, which it is impossible to analyse in the space 
necessarily allotted to a bibliographical notice, the learned author has satisfactorily established 
the superiority of the longer chronology of the Septuagint over that founded on the 
Masoretic Hebrew Text. The Chronological Tables are the result of great labour and 
minute calculation. 


14, A Concise System of Hebrew Chronology, in accordance with the 
Hebrew Text. By James Macrarriane. Perth, 1835. 8vo. 


15. The Chronology of the Old Testament and its Connexion with Profane 
History. By George Sxkrenr. Edinburgh, 1836. 8vo. 


16. The Chronology of our Saviour’s Life; or an Inquiry into the True 
Time of the Birth, Baptism, and Crucifixion of Jesus Christ. By C[hristo- 
pher] Benson, M.A. Cambridge, 1819. 8vo. 


17. Dissertations on the Duration of our Saviour’s Ministry, and the 
Chronological Arrangement of the Gospel Records: with a descriptive 
Survey of Palestine in the time of Christ. By Lant Carpenter, LL.D. 
Bristol and London, 1836. 8vo. 


18. Select Discourses, I. of the Correspondence of the Hebrew Months 
with the Julian, from the Latin of J. David Micwae is, Royal Professor 
of Goettingen. II. Of the Sabbatical Year. From the same. III. Of the 
Years of Jubilee, from an Anonymous Writer, in M. Masson’s Histoire 
Critique de la République des Lettres, vol. v. Art. II. p.lx. &c. London, 
1773. 12mo. 


These discourses were translated by the celebrated printer, William Bowyer. (Nichols’s 
Lit. Anecd. of the 18th Century, vol. iii. p. 146.) The first discourse contains an ingenious 
attempt, by Professor Michaelis, to reconcile the discrepancies between the Mosaic Institutions 
and the Jewish Calendar: the writer of these pages has not been able to ascertain where it 
first appeared. ‘This discourse has been reprinted in the Calendarium Palestine (see the next” 
article). The second discourse, which treats on the Sabbatical Year (it appears from 
Michaelis’s Commentaries on the Laws of Moses, vol.i. p. $91. ), is a translation of the ninth 
of his Commentationes Societati Regie Groettingensi, per annos 1758-1765, oblate. ‘The 
substance of this discourse is inserted in his Commentaries, vol.i. pp. 387-416., with some 
additional observations. The design of the third discourse, on the years of Jubilee, is to show 
that the year of Jubilee was every forty-ninth year, being included in the seventh Sabbatical 
year; and that it probably began in the time of Seleucus Nicator. Mr. Bowyer’s litt /e 
volume is uncommonly scarce: a copy of it is in the very valuable library belonging to tlie 
President and Fellows of Queen’s College, in the University of Cambridge, which has been 
examined for the present article. 


19. Calendarium Palestine: exhibiting a Tabular View of the principal 
Events in Scripture History; the Jewish Festivals and Fasts, with the 
Service of the Synagogue ; the Outlines of a Natural History of Syria...... 





Sect. V.] Connections of Sacred and Profane History, &. 397 


‘To which are added an Account of the different medes of computing time, 
adopted by the Hebrews, and a Dissertation on the Hebrew Months, from 
_the Latin of J. D. Michaelis. By William Carpenter. London, 1825. 8vo. 


This publication: consists of two parts:—1. The Calendar of Palestine, which presents i™ 
a concise form various information relative to the Jewish year; and, 2. “ A Dissertation o® 
the Hebrew Months, [from the Latin of J. D. Micuaz.is],” which is reprinted from the 
preceding small volume of Mr. Bowyer. The Calendar of Palestine is also neatly printed 
on a large sheet, to be hung up in the study for perpetual reference. 


20. Historie Universee Tabule Ethnographico-Periodico-Synchronistice 
ab rerum primordiis ad nostram diem, post doctissimorum virorum curas 
lisque ducibus ad pr eestantissima temporis putandi exempla juxta cram vul- 
garem disposite ; adjectis clarissimarum gentium genealogiis copicsoque 
rerum quarumlibet indice : preemissa etiam erarum inter se comparata 
delineatione, item totius historic adfiniumque doctrinarum notitia literaria, 
in usum historia amicorum adornate studio Francisci Josephi DUMBECKII. 
Berolini, 1821. folio. 

These chronological tables claim a place in the student’s library, not only for their cheap- 
ness, but also for their utility. They are noticed here on account of the clear exhibition 


which they contain of sacred chronology and the affairs of those nations with whom the Jews 
had any intercourse. The modern events are brought down to the year 1820. 


21. Les Fastes Universels, ou Tableaux Historiques, Chronologiques, et 
Géographiques, contenant, siécle par sitcle, et dans des colonnes distinctes, 
depuis les tems les plus reculés jusqu’a nos jours : — 


1. L’origine, les progrés, la gloire, et la décadence de tous les peuples, 
Jeurs migrations, leurs colonies, !’ordre de la succession des princes, &c. ; — 


2. Le précis des époques et des €vénemens politiques; — 3. L’histoire gé- 
nérale des religions et de leurs différentes sectes ; — 4. Celle de la philoso- 
phie et de la législation chez tous les peuples anciens et modernes ; — 5. Les 


découvertes et les progrés dans les sciences et dans les arts;—6. Une no- 
tice sur tous les hommes célébres, rappelant leurs ouvrages ou leurs actions. 
Par M. Buret de Lonacuamps. Paris, 1821. atlas 4to. 


This work contains the most copious set of Chronological Tables that are extant in any 
language. ‘That part of it which includes sacred chronolog gy is SE with great per- 
spicuity. 


SECTION V. 


CONNECTIONS OF SACRED AND PROFANE HISTORY.— HISTORIES OF THE 
BIBLE, AND SCRIPTURE BIOGRAPHY. 


* * Much valuable information relative to the history of the Moabites, Philistines, Baby- 
lonians, and other nations mentioned in the Scriptures, is exhibited by Vitringa, in his Com— 
mentary on Isaiah ; by Bishop Newton, in his Dissertations on the Prophets; and by Re- 
land, in his Palestina; to whom, perhaps, may be added Rollin, in his Antient History of 
the Greeks, Assyrians, &c. 8 vols. 8vo. 


1. Judaica: seu Veterum Scriptorum Profanorum de Rebus Judaicis 
Fragmenta, Collegit Fridericus Carolus Meter. Jen, 1832. 8vo. 

This is a very convenient compilation from nineteen classic authors (Greek and Roman), 
including the Jewish writers, Philo and Josephus, relative to the history, &c. of the Jews. 
The text is printed from the best editions with a few explanatory notes, where they are neces- 


sary, and with eareinal notes indicating the subjects discussed by the authors of the several 
extracts, 


2. The Sacred and Profane History of the World connected, from the 
Creation of the World to the Dissolution of the Assyrian Empire. By S. 
SuuckrorpD, M.A. 8vo. 4 vols. London, 1743. best edition. This well- 
known and valuable work has been several times reprinted. 


398 ~ Sacred Philology. [Part I. Ch. VI. 


2.* The Old and New Testament connected, in the History of the Jews 
and neighbouring Nations, from the Declension of the Kingdoms of Israel 
and Judah to the time of Christ. By Humphrey Pripveavx, D.D. 8vo. 4 vols. 
London, 1749. 10th edit. reprinted in 4 vols. 8vo. 1808. 


3. The Connection of Sacred and Profane History, from the Death of 
Joshua until the Decline of the Kingdoms of Israel and Judah. Intended to 
complete the works of Shuckford and Prideaux. By the Rev. M. Russet, 
LL.D. 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1827-37. 


4. Origines Biblicee; or Researches on Primeval History. By Charles 
Tilstone Beker. Vol. I. London, 1834. 8vo. 


This treatise is written with much seriousness and ability. But the author’s system is 
altogether subversive of the established notions of early and indeed of later scriptural geo- 
graphy. For an analysis of this work and a confutation of the author’s theory, the reader 
is necessarily referred to the Quarterly Review, vol. lii. pp. 498-518. 


5. Historia Populi Judaici Biblica usque ad occupationem Palestine, ad 
Relationes peregrinas examinata et digesta. Auctore Christ. Thorning 
ENGELSTOFT. MHavniz, 1832. 8vo. 


6. Specimen Historico-Theologicum, quo continetur Historia conditionis 
Judzorum religiosa et moralis, inde ab exsilio Babylonico usque ad tempora 
Jesu Christi immutatee. Scripsit Cornelius Boon. Groninge, 1834. 8vo. 


7. Histoire des Juifs depuis Jésus Christ. Par. Jaques Basnace. A la 
Haye, 1716. 15 tomes 8vo, best edition. 


8. The History of the Jews since the time of Jesus Christ, translated from 
the French of M. Basnage. London, 1708. folio. 


“The learning and research manifested in this work are amazing; and on the subject, 
nothing better, nothing more accurate and satisfactory, can well be expected.” (Dr. A. 
Clarke. ) 


9. The History of the Old Testament Methodized: to which is annexed 
a short History of the Jewish Affairs, from the end of the Old Testament 
to the birth of our Saviour. By Samuel Crapocx. London, 1683; 1695. 
folio. 

This work was translated into Latin, and published at Leyden, in 1685, in 8vo. Though 
now superseded by the improved edition of Stackhouse’s History of the Bible, which is no- 
ticed in the present page, it may yet be consulted with advantage by the student who may 


not have access to that work. Mr. Cradock’s volume may frequently be procured for a few 
shillings. 


10. A Compleat History of the Holy Bible, in which are inserted the 
Occurrences that happened during the space of about four hundred years, 
from the days of the Prophet Malachi to the Birth of our Blessed Saviour. 
The whole illustrated with Notes. By Laurence Hower, M.A. London, 
1725. 3 vols. 8vo. A new edition, London, 1806. 3 vols. 12mo. 


The new impression of this compendious History of the Bible was corrected and edited © 
by the Rev. George Burder, M.A., by whom it was so materially corrected and improved 
as almost to form a new work. 


11. A new History of the Holy Bible, from the Beginning of the World 
to the Establishment of Christianity, with answers fo most of the contro- 
verted questions, dissertations upon the most remarkable passages, and a 
Connection of Profane History all along. By Thomas Sracxnousez, A.M. 
London, 1752. 2 vols. folio. A new Edition by the Rt. Rev. George Gleig, 
LL.D. London, 1817. 3 vols. 4to. Also by Daniel Dewar, D.D. Glasgow 
and London, 1836. In one large volume royal 8vo. 


This work has always been highly esteemed for its utility and the variety of valuable 
illustration which the author has brought together from every accessible source, It having 





Sect. V.] Connections of Sacred and Profane History, Se. 399 


become extremely scarce, Bp. Gleig, in 1817, published a new edition, with important cor- 
rections, and several valuable dissertations, which greatly tended to increase its utility, 
Bp. G.’s edition also having long been out of print, the Rev. Dr. Dewar brought out a new 
edition in 1836, closely but handsomely printed in double columns, in royal 8vo. ; with an 
introduction, notes, supplementary dissertations, and an index. Inthese he has embodied 
the results of the researches of the most distinguished modern biblical scholars and critics. 
The Glasgow edition is very neatly printed, and is illustrated with Maps and Plans. 


12. The History of the Hebrew Commonwealth, from the earliest times 
to the destruction of Jerusalem, A.D. 72.; translated from the German of 
John JaAny, D.D. With a continuation to the time of Adrian. London,. 
1829. 2 vols. 8vo. 


Though not so stated in the titlepage, this is a reprint of the original work of the learned 
Professor Jahn, translated by Mr. Calvin E. Stowe, of Andover [ Massachussetts], and pub- 
lished at New York in 1829, in one large volume, containing 692 pages. In a note, how- 
ever, at the end of Professor Stuart’s Preface, it is stated that the whole has been thoroughly 
revised ; and such alterations made as seemed requisite to render the author’s meaning clear 
and intelligible. This work of the late learned Professor Jahn contains the most succinct and 
critically arranged history of the Jews which is extant: it exhibits throughout manifest im- 
pressions of the same care, deligence, deep research, and sound judgment, which charac- 
terises his other treatises. The continuation is neatly translated from Basnage’s History of 
the Jews, in French, and fills up a chasm in the history of that people, which it is desirable 
to have supplied. Professor Stuart, of Andover, recommends every theological student to 
make himself familiar with this work throughout, ‘“ It is impossible that he should not 
reap the benefit of such an acquisition.”” (Vol.i. Pref. p. ix.) 


13. Christ. Noip1r Historia Idumea, seu de Vita et Gestis Herodum 
Diatribe. Franequere, 1660. 12mo. 


This volume contains notices of eighty-three persons of the Family of the Herods; and 
the learned author has introduced many valuable notes illustrating the works of the Jewish 
historian, and occasionally vindicating him from the censures of Baronius, Serrarius, and 
other critics. This book is not of very common occurrence. 

Se ee a ea IS EE ES BITTE 2 a rare 

14. Commentaries on the Affairs of Christians before the time of Con- 
stantine the Great: or an enlarged View of the Ecclesiastical History of 
the first three centuries. Translated from the Latin of Dr. Mosuerm, by 


R. S. Vidal, Esq. London, 1813-35. 3 vols. 8vo. 


~ 15. Jo. Francisci Bupperr Histeria Ecclesiastica Veteris Testamenti. 
Editio tertia. Hale, 1726-29. 2 vols. 4to. 


16. Jo. Georgii Watcuit Historia Ecclesiastica Novi Testamenti variis 
observationibus illustrata. Jen, 1734. 4to. 


17. Ecclesiastical Annals from the Commencement of the Scripture 
History to the Sixteenth Century: being a compressed Translation (with 
notes) of the Introductio ad Historiam et Antiquitates Sacras of Protessor 
Spanheim, of Leyden ; and containing a succinct notice of the principal 
events, and the state of the Church in each century. To which are prefixed 
the Elements of Chronology, Chronological Tables, and the Geography of 
Palestine. By the Rev. George Wrigut. London, 1828. 8vo. 


Numerous ecclesiastical histories of the Old and New Testament were published on the 
Continent in the course of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries ; an account of which 
may be seen in Walchii Bibliotheca Theologica Selecta, vol. ill. Pp 145-180. Among 
these, Professor Spanheim’s “ Introductio ad Historiam Sacram’ enjoyed a high reputation. 
The most complete edition is to be found in the collection of his works. As these, from 
their size and price, are not-accessible to ordinary students, Mr. Wright has conferred a 
favour on them by presenting to them the substance of Spanheim’s learned treatise in an 
English dress. 


18. Scripture Characters: or, a Practical Improvement of the Principal 
Histories in the Old and New Testament. By Thomas Rosrnson, M.A. 
London, 4 vols. 8vo. and 12mo. various editions: also in one volume 8vo. 


An abridgment of this well-known, and deservedly esteemed work was published in 1817,, 
in 12mo. 


400 Sacred Philology. ~~ [Part IJ. Ch. VIL. 


19. Female Scripture Characters, exemplifying Female Virtues. By Mrs. 
Kina. Tenth edition. London, 1826. 12mo. and numerous subsequent 
impressions. 

The pious and accomplished authoress of this excellent work, which was first published 
in 1811, composed it expressly for the use of females, in order to supply the absence of 
Female Scripture Characters in Mr. Robinson’s volumes, in which two women only are 


introduced. Mrs. King’s work is much and deservedly used in schools as well as in private 
families. 


20. Female Scripture Biography ; including an Essay on what Chris- 
tianity has done for Women. By Francis Augustus Cox, M.A. London, 
1817. 2 vols. 8vo. 


21. Scripture Biography ; or, Lives and Characters of the Principal Per- 
sonages recorded in the Old and New Testaments. By John Warkins, 
LL.D. London, 1809. 12mo. 


22. Scripture Portraits: or, Biographical Memoirs of the most Distin- 
guished Characters recorded in the Old Testament and in the Evangelists. 
By Robert Stevenson. London, 1817-20. 4 vols. 12mo. 


23. Biographie Sacrée, par A. L. C. Coqueret. Amsterdam, 1825-26. 
4,tomes 8vo. Second Edition, Paris, 1835. in one large volume 8vo. 


These volumes, which are neither scientific nor elementary, are designed for well-informed 
but not learned readers: each article, in alphabetical order, contains a narrative of facts 
drawn from the Bible, an explanation of difficulties, a sketch of the character, and finally a 
short summary of the. principal texts of Scripture, in which the person is mentioned, 
besides those which immediately relate to his history. The work is, upon the whole, exe- 
cuted with ability: the objections of infidels are fairly met, and satisfactorily answered, and 
many judicious reflections are interspersed. ‘The second edition, which is closely printed in 
order to comprise the work in one volume, has received a very careful revision; the chrono- 
logy has been added together with various other improvements, which greatly increase the 
value of M. Coquerel’s Sacred Biography. 


24, Scripture Biography. By the Rev. Robert Wilson Evans, M.A. 
London, 1834-35. 2 vols. 12mo. | 


25. Scripture Biography; comprehending all the Names mentioned in the 
Old and New Testaments. By Esther Coprry. London, 1835. 8vo. 


26. A Critical History of the Life of David, in which the principal events 
are ranged in order of time: the chief objections of Mr. Bayle and others 
against the character of this prince, and the Scripture account of him, and 
the occurrences of his reign, are examined and refuted; and the Psalms 


which refer to him are explained. By the Rev. Samuel Cuanpuer, D.D. 
London, 1766. 2 vols. 8vo. 


A book above all praise; it was oceasioned by the publication, in 1762, of a vile and 


blasphemous tract entitled ‘ The History of the Man after God’s own Heart.” Dr. Chandler 
has illustrated many of the Psalms in an admirable manner. 


27. An Historical Account of the Life and Reign of David King of 
Israel: interspersed with various Conjectures, Digressions, and Disquisitions. 
In which, among other things, Mr. Bayle’s criticisms upon the conduct and 


character of that Prince are fully considered. [By Patrick DeLany, D.D.} 
London, 1741-42. 3 vols. 8vo. 


A respectable and useful work, but greatly inferior to Dr. Chandler’s masterly ¢ Critical 


History of the Life of David:” it was published anonymously, and has been repeatedly 
printed ; and may frequently be obtained at a low price. 


28. The Great Exemplar of Sanctity and Holy Life according to the 
Christian Institution ; described in the History of the Life and Death of 
Jesus Christ. With Considerations and Discourses upon the several parts 





Sect. V.] Scripture Biography. 401 


of the story, and Prayers fitted to the several mysteries. By Jeremy Tay- 
athe D.D. Bishop of Down and Connor, folio: also in 2 vols. 8vo. various 
editions. 


This work is also to be found in the second and third volumes of the Collective Works of 
Bishop Taylor, edited by the Rev, J. R. Pitman, with a memoir of the Bishop’s life and 
writings by the late Bishop Heber; who has given an able and interesting analysis of the 
‘ Great Exemplar,’ and has pointed out some important particulars, “ in which this great and 
good man has departed from the usual sense of the church, and the general analogy of 
Scripture.” (Bishop Taylor’s Works, vol. i. pp. cxxix-cxxxix.) An abridgment of the 
‘ Great Exemplar’ was published by the Rev. W. Darnell. London, 1818.. 8vo. 


29. The History of the Life of Jesus Christ, taken from the New Testa- 
ment, with Observations and Reflections, proper to illustrate the Excellency 
of his Character and the Divinity of his Mission and Religion. By George 
Benson, D.D. London, 1764. 4to. 


30. Observations on the History of Jesus Christ, serving to illustrate the 
Propriety of his Conduct and the Beauty of his Character. By David 
Hunter, D.D. Edinburgh, 1770. 2 vols. 8vo. 


31. The Private Character of our Lord Jesus Christ, considered- as an 
Example to all his Disciples, and a Demonstration of his Mission. By 
Thomas WitiiAmMs. London, 1833. 12mo. 


Both these works contain many ingenious and instructive remarks on the character and 
conduct of Jesus Christ, which are either not at all noticed, or but imperfectly considered, by 
preceding writers who have discussed the evidences of the Christian Religion. 


t+t Able reviews of Dr. David Frederic Strauss’s neologian Life of Christ (Das Leben 
Jesu), published at Tubinejen in 1837, will be found in the Church of England Quarterly 
Review, for January and April, 1838 (with a refutation of its leading principles), and also 
in the Foreign Review for October, 1838. 


“ *,* In the preceding Compendium of Biblical Bibliography, the Author has endeavoured 
to bring forward the principal Commentators and Biblical Critics, both British and foreign. 
Many of them, indeed, are too costly to be purchased by the generality of biblical students ; 
but a considerable portion, if not the whole of them, is to be found in our public libraries, 
and it is desirable to know in what works the best information is to be procured, even 
though we may not in every instance beable to purchase them, as well as to be on our guard 
lest we should be misled in buying cheap books, which are of comparatively little utility. 
Ample as these lists are, they might have easily been enlarged, particularly with reference to 
the earlier works on Sacred Philology, if the limits of the present volume would have permitted 
it. The reader, however, who is curious in seeing what has been written on this subject, 
may (besides the authorities already referred to in page 223. supra) consult the first volume 
of the classed Catalogue of the Library of the President and Fellows of Queen’s College, 
Cambridge (London, 1827, royal 8vo.) pp. 22-91. ; and also the Bibliotheca Piersoniana, 
or Catalogue of the Rev. Dr. Pierson’s Library (sold by auction in May, 1815). The Sale 
Catalogues of the principal theolegical Booksellers of London, Cambridge, Oxford, Bristol, 
and Exeter, which are frequently interspersed with useful bibliographical notices, are par- 
ticularly valuable, for the numerous commentaries and other works on sacred criticism which 
they contain, both British and foreign, especially the latter. 

On the choice of commentators, it would be presumptuous in the author of this work to 
offer an opinion; the student will doubtless be regulated in his selection by the judgment 
of judicious friends or theological tutors. 





VOL. It. APP. (cc) 


4.02 Addenda. 


ADDENDA. 


Page 21. — No. 26. Line 2. for Bibliotheca read Bibliothece. 


Page 52.— No. 6.* Testamentum Novum Coptico-Memphiticum ex 
MSS. Regiz Bibliothece Berolinensis emendatum a M. Scuwarrze. 
Lipsiz, 1838. 4to. 


Page 86. after line 11. add: — A similar explicit testimony to the accu- 
racy of the modern editions of the English Bible (as well as to its fidelity 
as a version), has been borne in the United States of America (whither 
Mr. Curtis had emigrated) by a committee of the American Bible Society, 
specially appointed at New York, in order to compare those editions 
with the fac-simile reprint of the first edition executed at Oxford in 1833, 
and with other Bibles issued during the last three centuries. The re- 
port of that committee is printed in the London Christian Observer 
for November, 1838 (p. 699.), from which the following attestation is 
extracted : —“ While it has been found that numerous variations exist 
between the early and the present copies of the English Bible, 1r 1s 
ALSO FOUND THAT THEY PERTAIN ONLY TO UNIMPORTANT PARTICULARS 
SUCH AS CAPITAL LETTERS, COMMAS, ITALIC WORDS, ETC., NOT AFFECTING 
THE SENSE.” ..... “Little motive has been presented to make: any 
changes. Those which have been made were of trivial importance, and 
usually for the purpose of return and conformation to the early copies. 
THIS INVESTIGATION OF THE BOARD HAS PLACED THAT INCOMPARABLE 
TRANSLATION OF KiNG JAMES ON HIGHER GROUND IN THEIR ESTIMATION 
THAN EVER; and their hope is, that every friend of divine truth, using the 
English tongue, will seek to guard that translation, in future, from all emen- 
dations. No Bible among any people has ever had such sway over its readers, 
as that now referred to; a fact to be accounted for, in part at least, by the 
wise principles on which it was made. IT WAS OBVIOUSLY PREPARED IN A 
‘SPIRIT OF CHRISTIAN compromise,” [more correctly, it should have been 
said, FAIRNESS,] “‘ AS WELL AS WITH GREAT ABILITY AND FAITHFULNESS. 
It was so made, that to this day sincere lovers of the Bible, of every religious 
creed, appeal to it as authority.” | 


Page 124.— 7. South African Versions. After Caffre language, add: 
And in 1837, MM. Pelissier, Arbousset, and Casalis, three missionaries of 
the French Protestant Evangelical Missionary Society, translated and 
printed the Gospel of St. Matthew (besides reading lessons, a catechism, 
hymns and prayers) in the language of the Bassoutos, a people in the 
interior of Southern Africa, whose very name was unknown in Geography, 
until they were discovered by the enterprising efforts of the Missionaries, 
who have carried Christianity and civilisation among them.* 


Page 137.— No. 36. Add to the notice of Dr. Carpenter's Harmony of 
the Gospels — 
While these concluding pages were passing through the press, Dr. C. published a second 


edition of his elaborate Harmony; the most material alterations, &c. in which were printed 
as a supplement for the possessors of the first edition. 


Page 161. — 13. Introduction Générale aux Livres du Nouveau Testa- 
ment. Par Guillaume STeIGER, ci-devant Professeur de l’Ecole de Théo- 
logie. Genéve et Paris, 1837. 8vo. 


This is a posthumous publication, printed from the manuscript notes taken by M. Steiger’s 
pupils, at the time he delivered his lectures. The present work therefore must be regarded 
as a kind of supplement to an introduction to the study of the New Testament. The 
author gives a summary of the most recent researches concerning the New Testament, and 





* L’Europe Protestante. No. I. Octobre, 1838, p. 128. 





fiddenda. | 403 


developes some new ideas, without entering into certain details, which are necessary to con- 
* stitute a complete introduction. Still the fragments, of which this volume consists, contain 
most valuable information concerning the history of the canon and the text of the New Tes- 
- tament. 


Page 200. — 21. and 24. After these notices of Gesenius’s and Ewald’s 
Grammars of the Hebrew Language had been printed off, the following 
Treatise was published, containing strictures on the principles upon which 
their works are composed, and which are followed by Dr. Fuerst in his new 
edition of Buxtorf’s Hebrew Concordance, viz. — 


24. sy) Hw [serHer JesHuURUN.] Isagoge in Grammaticam et 
Lexicographiam Lingue Hebraice, contra Guil. Gesenium et Hen. Ewal- 
dum : auctore Francisco DeLirzscHio. Grimme, 1838. S8vo. 

This volume also has a second title : — “ Jesurun: sive Prolegomen6n in Concordantias 


Veteris Testamenti a Julio Fuerstio editas Libri tres: auctore Francisco Denirzscuyo. 
Grimme, 1838.” 8vo. 


Page 202. —12.* A Key to the Hebrew Scriptures ; being an explanation 
of every word in the order in which it occurs. To which is prefixed a short 
but compendious Hebrew Grammar without points: with some Remarks 
on Chaldee prefixed to the Book of Daniel. By the Rev. James Prosser, 
A.M. London, 1838. 8vo. ’ 


Page 252. line 3. of No. 20. — For Fasciculi I. — III. read Vols. I. II. and 
Vol. UI. Fasciculus I. Lipsize, 1832-38. 8vo. 


Page 267. after line 2. add: 

6. The Pocket Commentary, consisting of Critical Notes on the Old Tes- 
tament, original and selected from the most celebrated Critics and Commen- 
tators. By David Davipson, Edinburgh, 1836. 2 vols. 18mo. 


Page 271. —37.* Notes, critical and practical, on the Books of Joshua and 
Judges. By George Busu, A.M., Professor of Hebrew and Oriental 
Literature in the New York City University. New York, 1838. 8vo. : 


Page 280. — 128.* Commentarius Historicus Criticus in Psaimos, in usum 
_maxime Academiarum adornatus. Scripsit Franc. Jos. Valent. Dominic. 
Maurer. Lipsiz, 1838. 8vo. ) 


Page 288. — 186.* Commentarius Grammaticus Criticus in Jesaiam, in 
usum Academiarum adornatus. Scripsit Franc. Jos. Valent. Dominic. 
Maurer. Lipsiz, 1836. 8vo. 3 


This commentary on Isaiah is extracted from Maurer’s work on the Old Testament, 
which is noticed in page 252. No, 20. 


Page 990. — 229.* A new Illustration of the latter Part of Daniel’s last 
Vision and Prophecy. By James Farquuarson, LL.D. London, 1838. 8vo. 


Page 297. § 5.— 4. Ethice Librorum Apocryphorum Veteris Testamenti. 
Scripsit Julius Ferdinandus RAEBINGER. Vratislavize, 1838. 8vo. 


Page 324. — 158.* Commentarius Perpetuus in Pauli Epistolam ad 
Philippenses: auctore Wesselo Alberto van HencGrr. Amsteledami, 


1838. 8vo. 


Page 326. — 173.* Pauli Epistola prima ad Timotheum Grece, cum 
Commentario. Edidit G.E. Lzo. Lipsiz, 1838. 8vo. 


Page 338. — 278. The opening of the Sealed Book in the Apocalypse 
shown to be a Symbol of the future Republication of the Old Testament. 
By Richard Newton ApaAms, D.D. London, 1838. Svo. 

For a notice of this publication, see the Church of England Quarterly Review, for 
October, 1838, pp. 544-546, 

(ene). 2 


404. Addenda. 


- 


Page 339.—15.* An Exposition, with Practical Observations upon the 
first Eleven Chapters of the Book of Genesis. By Philip Henry. Pub- 
lished for the first time by a descendant of the author. London, 1838. 
18mo. 

Page 343.— 60.* Lectures on the Gospel according to Luke. By the 
Rev. James Foorr, A.M. Vol. I. Glasgow and Aberdeen, 1838. 12mo. 

Page 344 —71.* Cornelius the Centurion. [Expository Lectures on 
Acts X.] By F. A. Krummacuer, D.D. Translated from the German, 
with Notes, by the Rev. John W. Ferguson, A.M. Edinburgh, 1838. 12mo. 
Also as Vol. XXII. of the Edinburgh Biblical Cabinet. 


Page 345.—82.* Lectures, Doctrinal and Practical, on the Epistle of 
the Apostle Paul to the Romans. Edinburgh and London, 1838. 8vo. 


Page 367. § 4.— 2. Concordantiz Bibliorum Sacrorum Vulgate Edi- 
tionis, ad recognitionem jussu Sixti V. Pontif. Max. Bibliis adhibitam ; 
recensite atque emendatz, ac plusquam viginti quinque millibus versiculis 
auctz, Insuper et notis historicis, geographicis, chronicis locupletatee, cura 
et studio F. P. Durripon, Theologi et Professoris. Parisiis, 1838. 

This is the latest as it is the most complete edition of the Concordances hitherto published 


for the Latin Vulgate Version of the Bible. It is one of the most beautiful specimens of 
typography, which ever issued from the Parisian press. 


Page 382. — 14.* On the Spikenard of the Antients. By Charles 
Hartcuett, Esq. F.R.S. London, [1836.] 4to. 


This is an instructive Essay on the History of the Spikenard, on the uses to which that 
precious perfume was applied, and on the estimation in which it was antiently held, It was 
never published. 

Page 396. —13.* The Septuagint and Hebrew Chronologies tried by the 
Test of their internal scientific Evidence ; with a Table from the Creation to 
the Accession of Uzziah, anno B.c. 1810, showing their Jubileean differences 
at each date; also on the great periods which terminate and mark the year 
1838 as the point of time that sums up and concentrates, as in a focus, the 
Chronology of all past ages, and appear likewise to show the approach of the 
end. By William CunincHame, Esq. Edinburgh and London, 1838. 8vo. 


DPEc. 1. MDCCCXXXVIII. 





BIBLIOGRAPHICAL INDEX. 





Aartanp (N. J.) De cap. xvir. Joannis, 313. 

Aaron the Karaite, Commentaries of, 237. 

Aaron Ben Elihu, (Rabbi) Commentaries of, 
230% 

Abarbenel, (Rabbi Isaac) Commentaries of, 
2QSIF. 

Abbot, (G.) Exposition of Jonah, 341. 

Abenmelech, (Solomon) Commentaries of, 
Doig 

Aben Ezra, (Abraham) Commentaries of, 
236. 

Abichtii, (J. G.) Ars legendi et interpre- 
tandi Script. 224. 

Abresch, (¥. L.) Animadversiones ad Noy. 
Test. 352. 

Abyssinian Version of the Old and New 
Testaments, 122, 123. 

Acaster, (J.) Lect. on Ep. to Philippians, 
345- 

Ackermann, (¥.) Introd. 
159. 


ad Vet. Feed. 
Prophetz Minores, 294. 
Archeologia Biblica, 376. 

Acta Apostlorum, Hearnii, 17. 





Adam, ('T.) Paraphrase on the Epistle to the 


tomans, 319. 

Exposition of the Four Gospels, 342. 

Adami, (Cornelii) Obs. Theol.  Philol. 
352. 

Exercit. Exegetice, 352. 








Adams, (R. N.) Opening of the Sealed 


Book, 403. 
Addington, (Steph.) Knowledge of Jews 
concerning a Future State, 387. 
Life of Paul, 318. 
Ader, (G.) De Morbis Biblicis, 388. 
Adler, (J. G. C.) Bibliotheca Biblica, 1. 
Nov. Test. Versiones Syriace, &c. 
185. 
Affghan Version of the Bible, 109. 
African Versions, 122-124. 
Agier, (le president) sur les Prophéties, 
232. 
—— sur les Psaumes, 279. 
Prophétes avee Notes, 286. 
Agrellius, (Jo.) Suppl. Syntax. Syriace, 
218 








Ainsworth, (H.) Annot. on Genesis, &c. 
267. 

Airy, (H.) Lectures on the Philippians, 
345. 

Aitton, (A. H.) Nov. Test. Gr. Lat. 26. 

Alardi, ( Nic.) Bibliotheea Biblico- Harmo- 
nica, 128. 

4lbanian Version of the Bible, 105, 106. 


Alber, (Jo. Nep.) Instit. Hebr. 
199: 

Hermeneut. Sacr. Vet. Test. 229. 
—— Hermeneut. Sacer. Nov. Test. 229. 
—— Interpretatio Sacre Scripture, 252. 
Annotatio in | Jo. v. 7., 183. 

Alberti, (J.) Observationes ad Nov. Test. 
352. 

Glossarium Grecum ad Nov. Test. 

ail? 

Periculum Criticum, 352. 

Alcuin, Commentaries of, 245. 

Alexander, (J.) Paraphrase on 1 Cor. xv. 
323. 

Alexander, (J.W. and J. A.) Geogr. of Bible, 
378. 

Alexander, (A.) On the Canon, 154. 

- Dict. of the Bible, 372. 
Allen, (John) Modern Judaism, 374. 
Allix, (Peter) Book of Psalms, 276. 
Allport, (J.) Translation of Davenant on the 
Epistle to the Colossians, 324. 

Alt, (J. C. G.) Grammatica Nov. Test. 
210. 

Alter, (F. C.) Nov. Test. 21. 

Altingit, (J.) Fundamenta Punctationis, 
193. 

Allwood, (P.) On the Revelation, 337. 

On Prophecy, 234. 

On the Numbers in Daniel, 292. 

Am-Ende, (J. G.) Versio Epistole ad Phi- 

lippenses, 324. 
American, ( North) Versions of the Scriptures, 
124—128. 

——— (South) Versions, 128. 

Amersfoordt, (J.) De Var. Lect. Holme- 
slanis, 179. 

Amharic Version of the Bible, 122, 123. 
Amuner, (R.) Essay on Daniel, 291. 

Amthor, (G.M.) Comment. in Heb. I.—III. 

329. 
Amyraldi, (M.) Paraphr. in Psalmos, 277. 
Analyses of the Bible, notice of, 372, 373. 
Anderson, (R.) On Epistle to Romans, 
344, 

Andrew, (James) Hebrew Dictionary and 
Grammar, 20. 

—————. Scripture Chronology, 395. 

Anger, (R.) De Temp. in Act. Apost. 


Ling. 


























314. 

Anglo- Genevese New Testament and Bible, 
75, 76. 

Anglo-Romish Versions of the Bible, 88— 
90. 


Brief History of, 192. 
(c.6)'3 


4.06 


Anglo-Saxon Versions, Editions of, 54—58. 

Anspach, (J. A.) De Oratione Pauli, 315. 

Ante-Hieronymian Versions of the Bible, 53, 
54. 

Apocalypse explained, 337. 

Apocrypha, Essay on, 155. 

Apocryphal Books of the Old Test., Editions 
of, 141—150. 

of the New Testament, 

150, 141.) .. 

Apthorp, (E.) On Prophecy, 233. 

Aquilino, (Alex. a) Pent. Hebr. Samar. 
Preestantia, 161. 

Aquinatis, (Thomas) Commentarii, 244. 

Arabic Version of the Bible, 108. 

Arakanese New Testament, 114. 

Arigler, (A.) Hermeneutica Biblica, 224. 

Armenian Version of the New ‘Testament, 
116. 

Arnald, (R.) On the Apocrypha, 297. 

Aryda, (A.) Grammatica Arabica, 219. 

Ashton, (J.) Christian Expositor, 303. 

Asiatic Versions of the Bible, 106—117. 
Specimens of, 118—122. 

Assamese Bible, 109. 

Assembly’s Annotations, 254. 

Athias, (Jos. ) Biblia Hebrza, 6. 

Augusti, (J. C. G.) Libri. V. T. Apocryphi, 
141. 

Augustini Commentarii, 242. 

Aurivillii, (C.) Dissertationes Philologice, 
353. 

Austen, (H. T.) Lectures on Genesis, 339. 


Bazer, (H. H.) Psalterium Greeum, 46. 

Vetus Test. Gr. 46, 47. 

Bagot, (Bp. L.) on Prophecy, 233. 

Bahrdt, (C. F.) Apparatus ad formand. 
Interp. Vet. Test. 293. 

Comm. in Malachiam, 297. 

————- Hexapla Origenis, 48. 

Baieri, (J. W.) Dissertatio De Var. Lect. 
Nov. Test. 176. 

Bailey, (R.) Exposition of the Parables, 348. 

Baker, (‘Tho.) Sermons on St. Matthew, 342. 

Baptist Missionaries, Biblical Versions by, 
107. et seq. Specimens thereof, 118— 
122. 

Barhebreus, ( Greg. ) Scholia in Psalmos, 275. 

Barkey, (N.) Bibliotheca Hagana, 350. 

Museum Haganum, 350. 

Barlee, (F..) Version of the Epistles, 318. 

Barnes, ( Alb.) Notes on the Gospels, 309. 

Notes on the Acts, 315. 

Notes on Ep. tothe Romans, 





oe 


























322. 

Barr, (John) Scripture Student’s Assistant, 
3738. 

Barrett, (Johannis) Codex Rescriptus Mat- 
thei, 25. 

Barrington, (Viscount) Miscellanea Saera, 
353. 

Bartholini, (Tho. ) de Cruce Christi, 385. . 

Bashmouric Version, 52. 

Basnage, (J.) Hist. des Juifs, 398. 


Bibliographical Index. 


Basset, (P.) Explication de l’ Apocalypse, 
S57. 

(W.) Sermons on Genesis, 339. 

Bassouto Version, 402. 

Bate, (Julius) Transl. of Pentateuch, 268, 

Bauer, (G. L.) Hermeneutica Sacra, 246. 

Scholia in Vetus Testamentum, 246. 

Bauermeister, (J. P.) in Sapientiam Salo- 
monis, 297. 

Baxter, (R.) Paraphrase on the New Testa- 
ment, 301. 

Bayley, (Corn. ) Hebrew Grammar, 194. 

Bayly, (Anselm) Hebrew Grammar, 202. 

Heb. and Eng]. Bible, 40, 41. 

Baynes, (H. J.) Chureh at Philippi, 324. 

Beausobre and L’ Enfant, (MM.) Introduc- 
tion to the New Testament, 160. 

Le Nouveau Testament, avee des 

Remarques, 298, 299. 

——— Resurrection of Lazarus, 347. 

Becker, (A. G.) Conjectanea in 2 Cor. xii. 

Beckhaus, (J.})) Observationes Critico-Exege- 
tice, in 1 Tim. 326. 

Beckii,(C.D.) Monogrammata Hermeneut. 
Nov. Feed. 225. 

Bede, Expositio Vet. Test. 245. 

Bedell, (Bp. W.) Irish Bible, 93. 

Bedford, (A.) Seripture Chronology, 395. 

Temple Music, 386. 

Beke, (J. 'T’.) Origines Biblice, 398. 

Belgian Versions of the Bible, 105. 

Bellamy, (J.) Translation of the Bible, 263. 

Bellermann, (J. J.) Paleographia Hebraica, 
LYS: 

Belsham, (Tho.) Epistles of Paul translated, 
Slice 














| Bengalee Version of Bible, 111. 


Bengelii, (J.) Novum ‘Testamentum, Gr. 
ier 

Gnomon Nov. Test. 299. 

Apparatus Criticus, 178. 

Introd. to Apocalypse, 332. 

Benham, (D.) On the Genealogy of Christ, 
394. 

Benjoin, (G.) Translation of Jonah, 295. 

Benner, (J. H.) Hermeneutica Sacra, 224. 

Otia Sacra, 353. 

Bennet, (Tho. ) Grammatica Hebrza, 197. 

Bennett, (J.) Hist. of Jesus Christ, 342. 

Benning, (W.) Harmony of Gospels, 137. 

Benson, (G.) History of Christ, 401. 

History of the First Planting of 

Christianity, 139, 140. 

Diss. on 1 Jobn v. 7., 182. 

Paraphrase, &c. on the Epistles, 
Sis 

Benson, (C.) Chronology of our Saviour’s 
Life, 396. ‘ 

Benson, (Jos. ) Comment. on Bible, 257. 

Bentley, (Dr. R.) proposed Edition of the 
Gr. Testament, 17. note. 

Berber Version, 123. 

Berens, (Ki. ) on Penitential Psalms, 341. 

Berg, (J. P.) Symbole Literariz, 350. 

Bergman, (J. T.) Commentatio in Psalmum 
CX. 281. 























Basque Version: French, 99. Spanish, 101.| Berlin, (N. M.) Psalmi Latiné Versi, 278. 
Bass, (J. H.) Greek and English Lexicon| Bernard, (H.) Main Principles of the Jews, 


to the New Testament, 212, 


. 


386, 387. 





Bibliographical Index. 407 


Bernhardi, (C. C. S.) de Reenis Jude et 
Israelis, 378. 

Bernstein, (G. H.) de Versione Syriaca, N. 
T. 186. 

Berriman, (John) Diss. on1 Tim. iii. 16., 
178, 179. 

Berry, (William) Genealogia Sacra, 394. 

Bertheau, (C.) De Il. Libro Maccabeorum, 
154. 

Bertholdt, (L.) Christologia Judzorum, 387. 

Bevan, (J. G.) Life of Paul, 140. 

Bevans, (John) Vindication of Matthew and 

Luke, 170. 
Beze, (Theod.) Nov. Test. Gr. Lat. 14. 
Nov. Test. Latine, 16. 65. 
Annotationes ad Novum Testamen- 
tum, 298. 
Bible, scarcity of, in the dark ages, 58, 59 
and attempts to communicate some idea 
of its contents to the poor and illiterate, 
59—61. General Bibliographical works 
on, 1—3. 
Bible, Lat. et Fr., 252. 
Bible, (English) Bibliographical Notice of 
the authorised Version of, 76—83. 
—— Editions of, with Parallel References, 
83—87. 

——— Editions, the Text of which is divided 
into paragraphs, 88. 

—— Brief History of Romish Versions of, 
88—90. 

—— Index to, 373. 

Bistes in the Languages oss in the 
British Isles, 66—93. 

in the Languages spoken on the 

Continent, 93—106. 

in the Languages of Asia, 106— 

122, 

in the Languages of Africa, 122— 

124; 

in the Languages of America, 124 

—128. 

Bieri, 

Psalterium Hebraicum, 1477, 4. 
Biblia Hebraica cum Punctis, 1488, 4. 
Biblia Hebraica, 1494, 5 

Biblia Edit. Bombergiana, 5. 

Biblia, 1547—1549, 5. 

Biblia Buxtorfii, 5 

Biblia Heb. magna Rabbinica, 5. 
Brsuia Poiyetorra, 

Compluti, 35, 36. 

Antverpiz, 36. 

Lutetiz Parisiorum, 
36. 

Londini, ( Bishop Wal- 
ton) 37, 38. 

Reineccii, 38, 39. 

—_— Londini,( Bagster) 39. 

. Bravia Trictorra, 40. 
Bisu1a Dictorra, 
































Pagnini et Montani, 
40. 

De Biel, 40. 

Bayley, 40; 41. 





Brisi1a Hepraica, 
Munsteri, 6. 
Athiz, 6 
Jablonski, 6 
Vander Hooght, 6. 








Brsura Hepraics, Michaelis, 6 
Houbigant, 7. * 
Kennicott, 7, 8. 
Doederlein et Meiss- 
ner, 8. 
_———- Jahn, 8 


Boothroyd, 9. 




















—_—. D’ Allemand, 9, 10. 
—_ Hahn, 10. 

a Montani, 10. 
— Reineccii, 10. 








Simonis, 10. 
Leusdenii, 10. 
Basileze, 1827, 10. 








Brsria Graca, 








Editionum Synopsis, 42. 
Compluti, 42. 

Aldi, 43. 

Loniceri, 43. 

Hervagii, 43. 
Brylingeri, 43. 


—, 
































—— Carafe, 43, 44. 
—-. Wechelii, 44. 
Danielis, 44. 
—— Cluveri, 44. 
Grabii, 45. 
a Bosii, 45. 





Breitingeri, 45. 

Reineceii, 45. 

Hale, 45. 

Holmesii et Parsons, 46. 

Baber, 46, 47. 

Oxonii, 47. 

Valpii, 47. 

Glasgue, 47. 

Von Ess, 47. 

Nova Versio Greeea, 48. 

Bistia Aorurorica, 52, 53. 

Bisrra AnGio-Saxonica, 58. 

Brist1a Arasica, 50, 51. 

Bistra Armenica, 55. 

Bist1a Coprtica, Sauipica et BasuMmou- 
RICA; 5), 52. 

Bisuia Goruica, 56, 57. 

Bistia Latina, 53—55. 62—65. 

Ante- Hieronymiana, 53. 

Hieronymi Versio, 54. 

Biblia Vulgata, 55. 

Flaminio Nobili, 53, 54. 

Sabatier, 54. 

Blanchini, 54. 

Miunteri, 54. 

Sixti V. 55. 

Clementis VIII. 55. 

~ a Didot, 55. 

Francofurti edita, 55. 

Brpuia Sciavonica, 57. 

Bisa Syriaca, 48, 49. 












































Biblia Pauperum, 59—61. 
Biblical Cabinet, 352. 


Repertory, 351. 


Bibliotheca Sussexiana, 3. 


Bremensis, 350. 
Bremensis Nova, 350. 
Hagana, 350. 


Bickersteth, (E.) Scripture Help, 156. 


Harmony of Gospels, 136. 
Guide to the Prophecies, 232. 


Biddulph, (T. T.) Lectures on Psalm LI., 


340. 
(cre), 4 


4.08 


Biel, (J. C.) Lexicon in Septuaginta, 214. 

Biel, (LL. C.) Biblia Heb. et Lat. 40, 

Billroth, (G.) Comment. on the Ep. 
Corinthians, $22. 

Bingham, (C. H.) Lect. on Psal. XXXII. 
340. 

Binterim, (A. J.) Propempticum ad Pro- 

, blema Criticum, 165. 

Biorn, (C. A.) Threni Jeremiz, 289. 

Birch, (A.) Quatuor Evangeha, 21. 

Variz Lect. ad Nov. Test. 21. 

—— Auctarium Codicis Apocryphi, N. T. 
150. 

Biscoe, (Dr. ) History of the Acts illustrated, 
S143 

Bishops’ Bible, 76. 

Black, (John) Paleo-romaica, 164—166. 

Blackall, (Bp. O.) Sermons on Matt. V.— 
VII. 346. 


to 





Blackwall, (A.) Sacred Classics Ssisrestewteds 
161.353. 

Blackwood, (C.) Exposition ef Matthew, 
343. 


Blair, (A.) on the Canon, 154. 

Blair, (J.) on Christ’s Sermon on the Mount, 
347. 

Blanchini, Evangeliarium Quadruplex, 54. 

Bland, (M.) Annot. on New Test. 209. 

gage ( Benj.) Pentateuchus Heb. Sam. 





“Siatdard Edition of English Bible, 
84. 
Translation of Jeremiah and La- 
mentations, 289. 
Diss. on Daniel’s 70 Weeks, 291. 
Translation of Zachariah, 296. 
Bliss, (G.) Notes on the New Test. 306. 
Bloch, (A.) Chronotaxis Script. Pauli, 161. 
Blomfield, (Bp.) on Traditional Knowledge 
of a Redeemer, 387. 
Lectures on the Gospel of St. 
John, 343. 
on the Acts, 343. 
Bloomfield, (S. T.) Gr. Test. 
G2; Go. toOls 
College and School, Gr. Test. 33. 
note. 
Recensio Synoptica Annot. Sacre, 
304, 305. : 
Blume, (¥F.) Lex. Dei, 384. 
Blunt, (H.) History of Jacob, 339. 
——_—_—_———. History of Peter, 343. 
Exp. 











‘with Notes, 


of Ep. to VII Churches, 
346. 

Blunt, (J. J.) Veracity of the Five Books of 
Moses, 153. 

of the Historical Books of the O. T. 

153. 

of the Gospels and Acts, 153. 

on understanding the Mosaic Writ- 
ings, 267. 

Boeharti, (S.) Geographia Sacra, 377. 

Hierozoicon, 381. 

Bockel, (KE. G. A.) Clavis in Greeeos Inter- 
pretes Veteris Testamenti, &c. 214, 215. 

Epistola ad Romanos, 320. 

Bode, (C. A.) Pseudo-Critica Millio- Benge- 
liana, 178. 

Boehme, (C. F.) in Epist. ad Romanos, 320. 

Epist. ad Hebreos, 328. 




















Bibliographical Index. 


Boehmerus, (G.) Isagoge in Epist. ad Coloss. 
S253 
Symbole Biblice, 325. 
Bogan, (Z.) Homerus ‘E€paifwy, 353. 
Bohemian Bible, 103. 
Bois, (Joh. ) Collatio Veteris Interpretis cum 
Beza, 186. 
Boissonade, (J. F.) Nov. Test. Gr. 27, 28. 
Bonnet, (L.) Med. sur Genése III., 339. 
——— Family of Bethany, 348. 
Book of the Unveiling, 337. 
Boon, (C.) Historia Judeorum, 398. 
Boothroyd, (B.) Translation of the Bible, 
263. 
Biblia Hebraica, 9. 
Borger, (K. A.) Interpretatio Epist. ad Ga- 
latas, 323. 
De Jesu Christi Doctrina, &e. 353. 
Bornemann, (F. A.) Scholia in Luce Evan- 
gelium, 311. 
Borrenstein, (—) Easy Method of acquiring 
Hebrew, 195. 
Bos, (L.) Exercitationes Philologice, 353. 
Observationes ad Nov. Test. 353. 
—— Ellipses Greece, 353. 
Vetus Test. Gr. 45. 
Bittcher, (J. F.) de Bah ineea Pauli, 161. 
Boullier, (D. R.) Observ. in Job, 273. 
Bowdler, (Mrs.) Observations on the Reve- 
lation, 333. 
Bowles, (W. L.) Paulus Parochialis, 344. 
Bowyer, (W.) Edition of Gr. Test. 18, 19. 
Critical Conjectures on the New 
Testament, 353. 
Select Discourses, 396. 
Boys, (T.) Tactica Sacra, 171. 
Key to Psalms, 279. 
Exposition of New Test. 305. 
Boys, (J.) on Parable of Prod. Son, 348. 
Brem, (A.) Deser. de la Terre Sainte, 378. 
Bragge, (Fr.) On Parables, 347. 
On Miracles, 348. 
Brandmylleri, (J.) Analysis Vet. Test. 374. 
Braunii, (J.) Comment. in Epist. ad He- 
breeos, 327. 
De Vestitu Hebreorum, 388. 
Bree. (W. 'T.) Help to the Study of Scrip- 
ture, 262. 
Breitingeri, (J. J.) de anes MS. Psalmo- 
rum, 173. 
Vetus Test. Gr. 45. 
Brerewood, (E.) De Ponderibus Veterum, 
385. 
Bretagne, (F. P. de) De Musica Hebreeorum, 
388. 
Bretschneider, (C. G.) Lexicon in Nov. Test. 
2138. 





























Liber Jesu Sirachide, 141. 

Spicilegium ad Lexicon ad 
LXX, 214. 

Probabilia de Evang. Joannis, 
312. 





Capita Theologie Judxorum, 
387. 

Brett, (Tho. ) Letter on English Bibles, 189. 

Brewster, (Ja.) Lectures on Matt. V. VI. 
VII. 347. 

(Jo.) Contemplations on Christ’s 

last Discourse, 343. 

Lectures on Acts, 343. 











Bibliographical Index. 


Breyther, (C. A.) Diss. de Quatuor Evan- 
geliis, 186. 
Bridel, (J. Li.) Le Livre de Job, 274. 
Bridges, (C.) Exposition of Psalm CXIX. 
341. 
Brij- Bhassa Version, 111. 
Brichner (J.) Idea Lexicographie N. T. 
210. 
De 2 Ep. ad Timotheum, 326. 
Brooks, (J. W.) On Prophet. Interpretation, 
232. 
Broughton, (Hugh) Annot. &c. on Job, 272. 
— —_ Lamentations of Jeremiah, 288. 
Daniel, 290 
——_——- Apocalypse, 331. 
Broughton (Bp. W. G.) Examination of Pa- 
leecoromaica, 167. 
Brouwer, (G. A.) de Parabolis, 22 
Brown, (John) Dictionary of Bible, 369. 
Scripture Metaphors, 228. 
Concordance, 368. 
Brown, (W.) Antiquities of the Jews, 374. 
Brugensis, (luce) Commentarius in IV 
Evangelia, 298. 
Brunati, (J.) De Vulgata Versione Disser- 
tatio, 186. 
Briinings, (C.) Antiquit. Hebreorum, 374. 
Antiquitates Grace, 374. 
Brunton, (Dr.) Hebrew Extracts from the 
Old Testament, 201. 
Bryant, (J.) Observations on the Plagues of 
Egypt, 353, 354. 
Observations on Scripture, 354. 
Bucheri, (S. F.) Antiquitates Biblice, 308. 
Buckham, (P. W.) On the Phytolacca, 382. 
Buddeus, (G.F.) Hist. Eecles. Vet.'Test. 399. 
Hist. Philosoph. Hebr. 388... 
Ecclesia Apostolica, 316. 
Buddicom, (P.) Christian Exodus, 340. 
Bugatus, (C.) Daniel et Psalmi secundum 
LXX, 50. 
Bugg, (G.) Scriptural Geology, 383. 
Buhle, .( J. G.) Calendarium qaleactine! Boze 
Bulgarian Bible, 104. 
Bulkley, (Charles) Notes on the Bible, 260. 
Disc. on Parables, &c. 348. 
Bull, (J.) Sermons on 51st Psalm, 341. 
Bullerii, (D. R.) Dissertationes Sacre, 354. 
Bullet, (M.) Réponses Critiques, 354. 
Bullom Version, 123. 
Bulocha Version of New Testament, 109. 
Burder, (Samuel) Oriental Expositor, 261. 
Oriental Customs, 390. 
Oriental Literature, 390. 
Burges, (Sir J. B.) on New Translation of 
Bible, 190. 
Burgess, (Tho. Bishop of Salisbury) on New 
Translation of Bible, 190. 
Annotationes Millii et aliorum in 
1 John v. 7., 180, 181. 
- Selection of Tracts on 1 John y. 7., 
183. 
Vindications of 1 John v. 7., 183. 
Letter to the Clergy of St. David’s, 
183, 184. 
Letter to Beynon, 184. 
Introduction to the Controversy on 
1 John v. 7., 185. 
Three Letters to Scholz on 1 John 
Ver (estliood- 


















































409 


Burgess, (Bp. Thomas) Hebrew Primer and 
Elements, 201. 
Initia Paulina, 315. note. i 
Burgherhoudt, (J. J.) de Coetis Christ. Thes- 
salonicensis Ortu, 325. 
Burkii, (P. D.) Gnomon Psalmorum, 277. 
in XII Prophetas Minores, 293. 
Burkitt, (W.) Notes on New Test. 301. 
Burmese New ‘Testament, 114. 
Burrington, (Gilb.) Arrangement of Serif 
ture Genealogies, 393. 
Burroughes, (Jer.) On Hosea, 294. 
Burton, (Dr. EK.) Chronology of the Acts,314. 
Greek Test. with Notes, 31, 32. 
Buschingii, (A. F.) Introd. in Epist. ad Phi- 
lippenses, 324. 
Bush, (Geo.) Hebrew Grammar, 197. 
Notes on Joshua and Judges, 403. 
Commentary on the Psalms, 280. 
Iliustrations of the Holy Scriptures, 
391, 392. 
On the Millennium, 337. 
Buslav, (J.T.) de Lingua Evang. Matth. 162, 
Butler, (Charles) Hore Biblicx, 162. 
——————_-———— On 1 Johnv. 7., 182. 
Butler, (J. W.) Testimony of Hist. to Scrip- 
ture, 232. 
Butterworth, (J.) Concordance, 368. 
Bution, (W.) Dictionary of the Bible, 371. 
Buxtorffii, (Joh.) Patris, Concordantize He- 
braice et Chaldaice, 365. 
Dissertationes, 354. 
Grammatica Hebraica, 197. 
Lexicon Hebraicum, 204. 
Lexicon Chaldaicum, 204. 
Tiberias, 193. 
Synagoga Judaica, 386. 
————. (Joh.) Filii, Anti-Critica, 175. 
Bythneri, (V.) Lyra Davidis, 11. 
——— Lyre of David, by Dee, 11. 
Byfield, (N.) Exposition of the Epistle to the 
Colossians, 325. 
Byneus, (A.) De Calceis Hebreorum, 388.’ 























Carrre Version of New Test. 124. 
Cahen, (S.) Bible Heb. et Fr. 253. 
Cajetani, (Cardinalis) Vet. Test. Latiné, 64. 
Calamy, (B.) Vindication of 1 John v. 7., 
181. 
Calasio, (M. D.) Concordantiz Bibliorum, 
Hebraicorum et Latinorum, 365. 
Calixti, (G.) Schola Prophetica, 290. 
Callaway, (John) Oriental Observations, 389. 
Calmberg, (A. 'T.) Testimonia pro Evan. Joan. 
av0evrTeta, 312. 
Calmet, (Aug.) Bibliotheca Sacra, 1 
Diss. sur 1 Jean v. 7., 181. 
Dictionnaire de la Bible, 369. 
Dictionary, by C. Taylor, 369. 
—__———-- by J. Conder, 370. 
by E. Robinson, 370. 
Dissertations sur la Bible, 155. 
Commentaire Littéral, 250. 
Calvin, (John) Commentaries of, 248. 
On the Ep. to the Romans, 319. 
Comment. on Philemon, 326. 
Campbell, (G.) Translation of the Gospels, 
309. 




















410 
Canarese Version of the Bible, 111. 
Cappelli, (Lud.) Patris, Critica Sacra, 175. 
Chronologia Sacra, 394. 
(Lud.) Filii, Areanum Punctationis, 
193. 
Cardwell, (Dr. E,) Curtis’s Misrepresent- 
ations exposed, 190. 
Gr. and Engl. New Test. 54. 
Carey, (J.) Lexicon Gr.-Lat. in Nov. Test. 
211. 
Carne, (J.) Syria, &e. illustrated in Views, 
589. 
Carpenter, (Lant) Harmony of Gospels, 135. 
Dissertations on Christ’s Ministry, 
&e. 396. 
Carpenter, (W.) Calendarium Palestine, 396, 
397. 
Lectures on Biblical Criticism, 162. 
Biblical Companion, 156. 
Scripture Difficulties, 356. 
Scripture Nat. Hist. 382. 
Carpzovii, (J. B.) Prime Linee Hermeneu- 
tice, 224. 
Exercitationes in Epistolam ad 
Hebrzos ex Philone, 238. 327. 
Stricture in Epistolam ad Roma- 
NOSO2S9e0 #5 
Collegium Rabbino-Biblicum in 
Ruth, 238. 
Note, &c. in Septem Epist. Cathol. 











329. 
Carpzovii, (J. G.) Apparatus Antig. Hebr. 
375. 
Critica Sacra Vet. Test. 162. 
Introductio ad Libros Canonicos 
Veteris Testamenti, 158. 
Comment. Crit. ad Libros Novi 
Testamenti, 160. 
Carson, (Alex.) Exam. of Principles of 
Interpretation, 224. 
Cartwright, (C.) Mellificium Hebraicum, 
239. 
Cartwright, (T. ) Comment. in Proverbia, 281. 
Confutation of Rhenish Testament, 





89. 

Caryl, (J.) Exposition of Job, 272. 

Case, (J. R.) Comment. on Proverbs, 282. 

Castalionis, (Seb. ) Biblia Latina, 63. 

Castelli, (Edmundi) Lexicon Heptaglotton, 
216. 

Castillionei, (C. O.) Ulphile Gothica Versio, 
57. 

Catalonian New Test. 101. 

Catcott, (S.) Antient Principles of Philoso- 
phy, 270. 

Catene of various Greek Writers, Editions 
of, 243. 

Cellarii, (Christ. ) Horz Samaritan, 11. 

Epistole Samaritane, 388. 

Cellérier, (J. E.) Grammaire Hebraique, 198. 

Introduction 4 Lecture des Livres 

Saints, 159. 

Introduction’au Nouv. Test. 160. 

Legislation Mosaique, 384. 

Celsii, (O.) Hierobotanicon, 382. 

— Ceylonese Bible, 112. 

Chais, (Charles) La Sainte Bible, 251. 
Chaldee Paraphrases, 41, 42. 
Version of the New Test. 103. 

















Bibliographical Index. 


Chalmers, (T.) Lect. on Ep. to Romans, 
345. 

Chambers, (John) Harmony of the Four Gos- 
pels, 135. 

Chandler, ( Dr. S.) Critical History of David, 
400. 

Paraphrase on Joel, 295. 

Paraphrase on the Epistle to the 
Galatians, &c. 323. 

Chappelow, (1. ) Comment on Job, 273. 

Charité, Caractéres de la, 347. 

Chemnitii?, (M.) Harmonia IV. Evangeli- 
orum, 1S$1. 

Cheneviére, (J. J.) Introduction au Nouv. 
Test. 160, 

Chevallier, (T.) On Historical Types, 228. 

Chinese Bible, 113, 114. 

Chippeway Version, 126. 

Chladenii, (M.) Institutiones Exegetice, 224. 

Cholmondeley, (—) IV Gospels arranged, 137. 

Chompré (P.) Dict. de la Bible, 371. 

Chrysostom, (John) Commentaries of, 241. 

Cingalese Bible, 112. 

Clapham, (S.) Pentateuch illustrated, 268. 

Clarisse, (T. A.) Psalmi Quindecim illus- 
trati, 281. 

Clarisse, (Jo.) de avéevrera Joan. Evang. 312. 

Clarke, (Dr. Adam) Comm. on the Bible, 
262. 

— Succession of Sacred Literature, 2. 

On 1 John v. 7., 182. 

Collection of Various Readings, 179. 

Clarke, (Samuel) Annot. on the Bible, 254. 

Clarke, (Dr. S.) Paraphr. on Evangelists, 
307. 

Clarke, (J. FE.) Dissertation on the Dragon, 
Beast, &e. of the Revelation, 334, 335. 

Classical Journal, 351. 

Claudii, (J. D.) Commentatio de Felice, 354. 

Clausen, (H. N.) IV Evang. Tab. Synop- 
tice, 136. 

Clerici, (J.) Translatio et Commentarius Vet. 
et Nov. Test. 250. 

Ars Critica, 176. 

Harmonia Evangelica, 132. 

Clemence, (M.) Caractéres du Messie, 232. 

Close, (¥r.) Genesis illustrated, 339. 

On ‘Typical Persons of the Old 
Test. 401. 

Cobbin, (J.) Condensed Commentary, 265. 

Cocceti, (Joannis) Commentarii, 250. 

Comment. in Ep. ad Tim. 326. 

Codex Alexandrinus, a Woide, 20. 

—__ a Baber, 47. 

Beza, a Kipling, 21, 22. 

Boernerianus, A Mattheei, 21. 

Rescriptus Matthei, a Barrett, 25. 

San Gallensis, a Rettig, 34. 

Coelln, (D.) Observationes ad Zephaniam, 
296. 

Coghlan, (C. L.) Script. Comm. on Genesis 
and Matthew, 87. 

Coit, (T. W.) Bible in Paragraphs, 88. 

Colinei, (Sim.) Nov. Test. Gr. 13. 

Cole, (J. W.) On the Prophecies, 286. 

Collateral Bible, 86. 

Collett, (S.) Paraphrase on the Catholic 
Epistles, 327: 

Collyer, (David) Sacred Interpreter, 156. 









































Bibliographical Index. 


41] 


Collyer, (W. B.) On Seripture Prophecy, | Cumberland, (Bp. R.) Jewish Weights and 


231. 

Lect. on Miracles and Parables, 348. 

Colomesii, (P.) Observat. Sacre, 354. 

Colonia, (D.) Religion Chrétienne, autorisée 
par Auteurs Paiens, 153. 

Compendium Gramm. Heb. 199. 

Comprehensive Bible, 264. 

Concordance, de lV Evangélistes, 135. 

————- du. Nouveau Testament, 369. 

Conder, (J.) Transl. of Ep. to Hebrews, 
329. 

Conyveare, (J. J.) On Spiritual Interp. of 
Scripture, 228. 

Conybeare, (W. D.) Lectures on Criticism, 
&e. of the Bible, 162. 

Conz, (C. P.) Dissert. de Joele, 295. 

Cooke, (John) Enquiry into New Test. 162. 

Cooke, (W.) Trans. of Revelations, 332. 

Cooper, (R. B.) Translation of Mede’s Clavis 
Apoc. 332. 

On the Revelation, 332. \ 

Cooper, (O. St. John) Four hundred Texts 
of Scripture explained, 354. 

Coore, (R.) Practical Expositor, 354. 

Copley, (.) Scripture Biography, 400. 

Coptic Version of the Bible, 51, 52. 

Coquerel, (A. L. C.) Biographie Sacrée, 400. 

Sur le Systéme Hieroglyphique, 392. 

Corbett, (M. de) Oriental Key, 391. 

Cosin, ( Bp.) Scholastica] Hist. of Canon, 152. 

Costard, (C.) Observations on Job, 272. 

Cotes, (H.) Sermons on Resurrection of La- 
zarus, 347. 

Cotton, (H.) List of Editions of the Bible, 
190. 

—— Five Books of Maccabees, 141. 

On a French Translation of the New 

Test. 192. 

Coverdale, (Miles) Bible, 70, 71. 

Cox, (F. A.) Female Scripture Biography, 

400. 

Lectures on Daniel, 341. 

Cox, (J. H.) on Harmony of Scripture, 350. 

Cox, (R.) Hore Romane, 320. 

Cradock, (S.) Harmony of the Evangelists, 

132. ; and of the Apostolical History, 139. 

Old Testament methodised, 398. 

Craig, (E.) Lectures on Jacob, 339. 

Crameri, (J. J.) Theologia Israelis, 387. 

Cranmer, (Abp. Tho.) Great Bible, 72. 

Cranfield, (Thomas) Harmony of the Resur- 
rection, 139. 

Credner, (C. A.) De Versione Syriaca Pro- 
phet. 186. 

Creolese Version, 127. 

Critict Sacri, 249. 

Croat Version, 102. : 

Crocker, (J.) Hebrew Grammar, 196. 

Croly, (G.) Apocalypse of St. John, 336. 

Crombie, (John) On Types, 229. 

Crossinge, (R.) On Charity, 347. 

Crosthwaite, (J. C.) Maps, 379. 

Cruden, ( Alex.) Concordance, 368. 

Cruden, (Rev. Mr.) Commentary on the 
Bible, 257. 

Crusius, (C. A.) Theologia Prophetica, 230. 

Crutwell, (C. ) Concordance of Parallels, 368. 

Culbertson, (R.) Lectures on the Revelation, 
346. 




















Measures, 385. 
Cummings,(J.A.)New Test. with Notes, 305. 
Cuneus, (P.) De RepublicaHebreorum, 374. 
Cuninghame, (W.) On the Seals, &e. of the 
Apocalypse, 335. 
Jubilzan Chronology, 335. 
Introd. Diss. to the Fulness of 
Time, 395. On the Fulness of Time, 295. 
Chronology of Israel and the 
Jews, and Supplementary Dissertation, 
395, 396. 
Synopsis of Chronology, 396. 
Septuagint and Hebrew Chro- 
nologies, 404. 
Cunningham, (J. W.) Lectures on Jonah, 341. 
Curcellei, (Steph.) Nov. Test. Gr. 14,15. 
Curdish Version, 117. 
Currey, (C.) Harmony of Gospels, 136. 
Curtit, (A.) De Authentia, 1 Ep. ad Tim. 
326. 
Curtis, (Tho.) On alleged existing Mono- 
poly of the Scriptures, 85. 190. 


Dazney, (J. P.) Edition of Tyndale’s New 
Test. 68. 70. 

Dahl, (J. C.) Observationes ad Minores Pro- 
phetas, 294, 

Dahler, (J. G.) De Paralipomenorum Auc- 
toritate, 271. 

érémie, avec des Notes, 289, 

Dakins, (G. W.) Nov. Test. Gr. 26. 

Dale, (John) Analysis of the Epistles, 373. 

DD Allemand, (Judas) Biblia Hebraica, 9, 10. 

Danei, (L.) Comm. in Joelem, &e. 292. 

Commentarie, translated, 292. 

Danhaueri, (J. C.) Hermeneutica Sacra, 224. 

Daniel, secundum Septuaginta, 47. 

Daniel’s Prophecy of Seventy Weeks, 292. 

Danish Bible, 94. 

Danz, (T. L.) de Infanticidio Herodiano, 
310. 

Dargaud, (—) Les Psaumes traduits, 279. 

Dathii, (J. A.) Libri Vet. Test. 64. 251, 
252. ; 

Opuscula, 162. 

Daubuz, (C.) Comment. ou Rev. 332. 

Davenant, (J.) Expositio Epist. ad Colos- 
senses, 324, 

Translation of, by Allport, 324. 

Davidson, (David) Pocket Comm. on Old 
Testament, 403. 

On New Testament, 307. 

Davidson, (W.) Examination of Solomon’s 
Song, 285. 

Davies, (J. ) Lectures on Hist. of Joseph, 339. 

Davison, (J.) On Prophecy, 234. 

Dawney, (B.) Remarks on the Epistles, 179. 

Dawson, (A.) Genesis translated, 269. 

Dawson, (J.) Greek- English Lexicon to New 
Test. 214. 

Deane, (J. B.) On Worship of the Serpent, 
270. 

De Coetlogon, (C. E.) Sermonson 51st Psalm, 
340, 341. 

Dee, (Tho.) Lyre of David, 11. 

Delany, (P.) Hist. of David, 400. 

Delaware Indian Version, 125. 

















7 


412 


Delitzschii (Fr.) Isagoge in Grammaticam 
Ling. Hebr. 403. 

Delrii, (M.) Adagialia V. et N. T. 230. 
De Rossi, (J. B.) Variew Lectiones Veteris 
Testamenti, et Scholia Critica, 177. 

Specimen Hexaplaris Bibliorum 

Versionis Syro-Estrangele, 50. 

Introd. alla Scrittura, 156. 

Ermeneutica Sacra, 224. 

Compendio di Critica Sacra, 162. 

Dermout, (J.) Collect. Crit. in Nov. Test.179. 

De Veil, (C. M.) Explicatio Cantici Canti- 
coruim, 283. 

Expositio XII Prophetarum, 293. 

Explicatio Matthei et Marci, 310. 

Acta Apostolorum explicata, 314. 

Des Voeux, (A. V.) on Ecclesiastes, 283. 

De Witt, (Corn.) Dissert. de Proverb. Sa- 
lomon. 281. 

Deylingii, (S.) Observationes Sacre, 354. 

Dick, (J.) Lectures on the Acts, $43. 

Dickinson, (R.) New Testament, 306. 

Dickson, (D.) Explication of Psalms, 275. 

Dictionaries of the Bible, notice.of, 369— 
372. 

Dieu, (Ludovici de) Critica Sacra, 249, 

Rudimenta Linguez Persice, 222. 

Dimock, (H.) Notes on Genesis, &e. 269. 

Notes on Psalms and Proverbs, 278. 

Dindorf, (J.) Novum Lexicon Lingue He- 
braico-Chaldaica, 205. 

Diodati, (J.) Annotations on the Bible, 245. 

Dobrowsky, (Josephi) De Antiquis Hebra- 
orum Characteribus Dissertatio, 193. 

Dodd, (W.) Commentary on the Bible, 257. 

Dise. on Miracles, &c. 348, | 

Common- Place Book to the Bible, 372. 

Doddridge, (Dr.) Family Expositor, 302. 

——_—— Harmony of the Gospels, 132. 

Dodson, (Mich.) Transl. of Isaiah, 287. 
— Letter to Dr. Sturges, 287. 

Doederlein, (J. C.) Scholia in Libros V. T. 
poeticos, 272. 

Esaias, Latiné, 287. 

et Meissner, (J. H.) Biblia He- 
braica, 10. 

Dombay, (¥. de) Grammatica Lingue Per- 
sicee, 222. 

Dorhout, (Ambr.) Animadversiones in: Vet. 
Test. 354. 

Dorn, (J. A.) de Psalterio AXthiopico, 186. 

Dorschei, (J. G.) Biblia Numerata, 223. - 

Doughtei, (J.) Analecta Sacra, 354. 

Doway Bible, 88—90. 

D’ Oyly, (G.) and Mant, (R.) Commentary 
on the Bible, 261, 262. 

Drach, (M.) Bible de Vence, 251. 

Driessenii, (A.) Divina Auctoritas, N. T. 
176. 

Drusii, (J.) Commentarius in Prophetas Mi- 
nores, 292. 

Historia Ruth, 271. 

Adagia, 230. 

Animadversiones, 354, 

Preterita, 239. 

Parallela Sacra, 171. 

Duckett, (Sir Geo.) Harmony of Resurrec- 
tion, 139. 

Duguet, (J. J.) Explication dul Cor. XITL. 
347. 


















































Bibliographical Index. 


Du Hamel, (J. B.) Biblia cum Annot. 250. 

Dumbeck, (F. J.) Historie Universe Ta- 
bula, 397. 

Duncan, (G.) Nov. Test. Gr. 29. ~ 

Duncan, (R.) Exposition of Epistle to the 
Hebrews, 327. 

Dunn, (W.) Gospel Harmonized, 137. 

Dunster, (C.) Synopsis of Gospels, 134. 

Du Pin, (L, E.) Prolegoménes sur la Bible, 
152. 

Hist. of the Canon, 152. 

Durell, (D.) Translation of the Prophecies 
of Jacob and Moses, 268. 

Remarks on Job, &e. 272. 

Dutch Version of the Bible, 95. 100. 

Dutripon, (F. P.) Concordantia Bibliorum 
Latinorum, 404. 








Easraurn, (M.) Lect. on Ep. to Philippians, 
345. 

Eckermann, (J. C. R.) in Librum Job, 273. 

Lickardi, (T.) Observationes Philologice, 
Duke 

Edwards, (John) Exercitations, 355. 

Inquiry into IV Texts, 354, 355. 

Edwards, (Tho. ) Translation of Psalms, 276. 

————. Dissertationes dux, 162. 

Edwards, ('Tim.) Paraphrase on Romans and 
Galatians, 319. 

Egyptian Versions of the Bible, 51, 52. 

Eichhorn, (J. G.) Commentarius in Apoca- 
lypsin, 333. 

Introduction to the Old and New 

Testaments, and to the Apocryphal Books, 

158, 159, 160. 

De Prophetica Poési, 171. 

Eliot, (J.) Virginian Bible, 124, 125. 

Elsley, (J.) Annotations on the Four Gos- 
pels and Acts, 309. 

Elsneri (J..) Comm, ad Matth. et Mare, 310. 

Observationes ad Noy. Test. 355. 

Elsnert, (H. F.) Paulus et Jesaias compara- 
tus, 355. 

Elswich, (J. H.) Dissertatio De Nov. Feed. 
Critice, 176. 

Emlyn, (Tho.) Inquiry concerning 1 John 
Writs Lol: 

Answer to Martin, 181. 

Reply to Martin, 181. 

Emmerling, (A. G.) Ep. ad Corinth. cum 
Notis, 323. 

Eingelbreth, (W. F.) Fragmenta Basmurico- 
Coptica Vet. et Nov. Test. 52. 

Engelstoft, (C. T.) Hist. Populi Judaici, 398. 

English Versions of the Bible, 66. 

Protestant Versions, 66—88, 

Romish Versions, 88—90. 

Enoch, Apocryphal Book of, 148. 

Restitutus, 149. 

Ens, (J.) Bibliotheca Sacra, 152. 

Erasmi, (D.) Nov. Test. 12. 65. 

Paraphrasis in Noy. Test. 297, 

Erdmann, (¥'.) Cure in Jeremiam, 289. 

Ernesti, (J. A.) Lectiones in Epist. ad He- 
breos, 328. 

Opuscula Theologica, 355. 

Institutio Interpretis Novi Testa- 

menti, 224. 









































Bibliographical Index. 


Ernesti, (J. A.) Glossee Sacre, 211. 

Erpenti, (T.) Grammatica et Rudimenta 
Arabica, 219. 

E'squimaux Version, 126. 

Lissay on Apocrypha, 155. 

Essays on Biblical Literature, 351. 

Lstii, (G.’)) Comment. in Epistolas, 316. 

Evans, (R. W.) Scripture Biography, 400. 

Evanson, (W. A.) Translation of Knittel on 
1 John v. 7. 184. 

Remarks on the Preface of, 184. 

Eusebii, Onomasticon Scripture, 397. 

Euthymiti Commentarii, 243. 

Ewald, (G. H. A.) Grammatik Hebraischer, 
200. 

Heb. Grammar, translated, 200. 

——— Gramm. Ling. Arab. 219. 

Comm. in Apocalypsin, 337. 

Ewart, (J.) Lectures on the Psalms, 340. 

Ewing, (Gr.) Greek Grammar and Lexicon, 
215. 

Eyre,( George) and Strahan’s, (Andrew) Edi- 
tion of the English Bible, 84. 

and Spottiswoode’s, (Andrew) pica and 

pearl Bibles, 85. 











(G. 8S.) Hore Mosaice, 267. 

Diss. on 70 Weeks, 292. 

Dissert. on Prophecies, 231. 

Sacred Calendar of Prophecy, 231. 

Fabriciit, (J. A.) Codex Apoc. Vet. Test. 
148. 

Codex Apoc, Noy. Test. 150. 

Fabricy (Gabr.) Des Titres Primitives de 
Revelation, 162. 

Fairholme, (G.) Works on 
Scripture, 383. 

Falsifications of the Scriptures, in the Ro- 
mish- French Version, at Bordeaux, 99. 
note 2. 

Fannin, (J.) Harmony of Christ’s Prophecy, 
138. 

Farquharson, (J.) New Illustr. of Daniel’s 
last Vision, 403. 

Farrer, (J.) On the Parables, 348. 

Fawcett, (Josh.) Harmony of Gospels, 137. 

Fawcett, (Dr. J.) Comment. on the Bible, 
261. 

Fawcett, (J.) Exposit of Rom. IX. 322. 

Featherstone, (C.) Haggeus the Prophet, 296. 

Fell, (Bp. John) Novum Testamentum, 15. 

Paraphrase, &c.- on Saint Paul’s Epis- 

tles, 316. 

Fenwick, (G.) Version of the Psalms, 276, 
277. 

Ferenczy, (J.) De Proditione Jude, 311. 

Ferf, (N.) De Fide Matthzi, 310. 

Fergus, (H.) Institutions of Moses, 385. 

Finnish Bible, 95. 

Fischer, (S.) Synopsis Questionum, 355. 

Fischeri, (J. F.) De Versionibus Grecis 
Veteris Testamenti, 186. 

de Vitiis Lexicorum, 211. 

Fitzgerald, (Gerald) Hebrew Grammar, 194. 

Flacheri, Analysis V. et Noy. Test. 374. 

Flacius, (M.) Clavis Scripture, 224. 

Fleck, (F. F.) de Regno Christi, 355. 

Fleming, (R.) Fulfilling of Scriptures, 231. 


Faser, 














Geology of 








o 
J 


4} 

Fleming, (W.) Seript. Gazetteer, 378. 

Fleury, (C.) Manners of Israelites, 375. 

Foote, (J.) Lectures on Luke, 404. 

Ford, (Ric.) Appendix ad Cod. Alex. a 
Woide, 54. 

Formosan Version of Gospels, 114. 

Forskal, (P.) Opera, 382. , 

Forster, (Cha. ) Critical Essays, 355. 

Apost. Author. of Ep. to the He- 
brews, 326, 327. 

Forster, (J. R.) Epistole ad Michaelis, 377. 

Fowler, (W.) Eastern Mirror, 358. 

Fox, (F.) The New Testament with Parallel 
References at length, 86. 

Francis, (A.) Transl. of Song of Sol. 284. 

Franck, (—) sur la Langue Hebraique, 200. 

Franckii, (A. H.) Prelectiones Hermeneu- 
tice, 225. 

Manuductio ad Script. Sacr. 156. 

Commentatio de Scopo Vet. Test., 

225. 

Introductio ad Lectionem Propheta- 

rum, 230. 

Christus 8. Script. Nucleus, 225. 

Franks, (J.) Remarks on Genesis, 269. 

Franziit, (W.) De Interpretatione Sacrarum 
Literarum, 225. 

French Versions of the Bible, 97—99. Fal- 
sifications in Popish French Versions, 
99. note. 

French, (W.) and Skinner, (Geo.) Version of 
the Psalms, 280. 

On the Proverbs, 282. 

Frey, (J. 8S. C. F.) Hebr. Grammar, 194. 

Hebr. Lat. and Engl. Dict. 205. 

Frey, (J. L.) Commentarius de Var. Lect. 
Noy. Test. 176. 

Freytag, (G. W.) Lexicon Arab, Lat. 220. 

Friedrichii, (C. G.) Symbole ad’ Psalmum 
Centesimum, 281. 

——— Christologia Samaritanorum, 388. 

Fritsche, (C. F. A.) Evangelia Quatuor, 309. 

Pauli ad Romanos Epistola, 322. 
in 2 Cor. Dissertatio, 323. 

————— Conject. in Nov. Test. 355. 

Frost, (J.) on Mustard Tree of New Test. | 
382. 

Fry, (J.) Translation of Job, 274. 

Lyra Davidis, 279. 

Canticles, 285. 

Lectures on Epist. to Romans, 344. 

Fulda, (¥. K.) Ulfilas Gothische Bibel- 
Ubersetzung, 56. 

Fulke, (W.) on the New Testament, 89. 

Fuller, (A.) Expository Discourses on Ge- 
nesis, 339. 

On the Apocalypse, 346. 

Harmony of Scripture, 350. 

Fuller, (T.) Comment. on Ruth, 271. 

Fulleri, Nich.) Mis. Sac. 162. 357. 






































Gazsetenz (H.C.de) et Loebe, (J.) Ver- 
sionis Gothice Fragmenta, 57. 

Gaelic Bible, 92, 93. 

Galloway, (J.) Commentaries on the Reve- 
lation, 333, 334. 

Garden, (Cha.) Translation of Job, 273. 

Garnett, (Bp. J.) Dissertation on Job, 273. 


. 414: 


Gaston, (Hugh) Common-Place Book to 
Old and New Test. 373. 

Gastrell, (Bp. F.) Christian Institutes, $72. 

Gauntlett, (Henry) Exposition of the Reve- 
lation, 346. 

Geddes, (Dr.) ‘Translation of the Historical 
Books of the Old Testament, 266. 

Translation of the Psalms, 278. 

Geier, (M.) Commentarius in Psalmos, 276. 

Commentarius i in Proverbia, 281. 

Commentarius in Ecclesiasten,’ 285. 

—— Prelectiones in Danielem, 290. 

Gell, (Philip) on Hebrew Idiom, 195. 

Gelpke, (¥. C.)-Vindicize Originis Pauline 
Ep. ad Hebreos, 326. 

Genealogies, Treatises on, 393. 

Genesis, Essay on, 270. 

Brief Observations upon, 270. 

Georgi, (A. A.) Fragmentum Joaannis Cop- 
tico- Thebaicum, 52. 

Georgian Version, 115. 

Georgii, (Ign.) Paulus Naufragus, 315. 

Gerard, (Alex. ) Institutes, of Biblical Cri- 
ticism, 163. 

Gerardi de Trajecto Mose Nov. Test., 16. 

Gerdesii, (D.) Miscellanea Duisburgensia, et 
Groningana, 350. 

German Bibles, Protestant, 93—96. Romish, 
96. Jewish-German, 96. 

Gershom, (Levi Ben) Commentaries on Scrip- 
ture, 236. 

Gesenius, ( Wilh.) 'Hebr. 
200. 

Lexicon Hebrexo-Latinum, 206. 

Lexicon Heb. Lat. Manuale, 206. 

Lexicon by Leo, 205. 

Lexicon by Robinson, 206. 

Rudimenta Orientalia, 216. 

Anecdota Oxoniensia, 163. 

Comment. de Samaritanis, 388. 

De Pentateuchi Samaritani ori- 














Elementarbuch, 





= 





es 








gine, 163. 
Gibbs, (J. W.) Heb. and Engl. Lexicon, 
206. 


Manual Heb. and Engl. Lexicon, 207. 

Gibert, (E.) Reflections sur l Apocalypse, 
333. 

Gifford, (—) Diss. on Song of Sol. 284. 

Giggeii, (A.) Thesaurus Lingue Arabice, 
219, 

Gill, (Dr. ) Comment. on the Bible, 256. 

Exposit. of Solomon’s Song, 284. 

Gilpin, (W.) Exposit. of New Test. 303. 

Gipsy, (Spanish) Gospel of Luke, 101. 

Girard, (J.) Moyse Dévoilé, 229. 

Girdlestone, (W.) Obs. on Daniel, 291 

———.(C.) Comment. on Old and 
New Testament, 338. 

Gisborne, (T.) Exposition of the Epistle to 
the Colossians, 345. 

Consid. on Theories of Geology, 383. 

Glaire, (J. B.) Grammaire Hebraique, 199. 

Lexicon Heb. et Chald. 207. 

Bible Lat. et Fr. 253. 

Glaser, (A. F. G. M.) Dissert. de Johanne 
Apostolo, 312. 

Glassii, (Sal.}) Philologia Sacra, 163. 225. 

Goadby, (—) Illustration of the Bible, 258 

Godwin, Tho.) Moses and Aaron, 375. 

Groeschen, (A.) Nov. Test. Gr. Lat. 33,34. 




















- 


Bibliographical Index. 


Goetzti, (G.) Observat. ad Nov. Test. 355, 

Goldhagen, (Her.) Nov. Test. Gr. 18. 

Golit, (J. G.) Lexicon Arabico-Latinum, 
220. | 

Good, (E.) On Sermon on the Mount, 347. 

Good, (J. M.) Translation of Job, 274. 

Trans]. of Solomon’s Song, 285. 

Goode, (W.) Version of Psalms, 279. 

Goodhugh (W.) Motives to the Study of 
Bibl. Literature, 156. 

Gorcum, (Jo. 4) Epitome Commentariorum 
Estii, 316. 

Gorham, (G.C.) On Apoeryphal Books,155. 

Reply to L. Van Ess, 155. 

Gospels, Anglo-Romish version of, 90. 

Gothic Versions of the Scriptures, Editions 
of, 56,57. 

Gower, (J. A.) Explanation of the Psalms, 
280. 

Grabe, (J. E.) Vet. Test. Gr. 44, 45. 

Collatio Codicis Cottoniani, 177. 

Epistola de LX X Versione, 186. 

Dissertatio de Vitiis LX X, 186. 

Gramberg, (C. P. W.) Libri Geneseos Adum- 
bratio, 270. 

Gratz, (P. A.) Nov. Test. Gr. Lat. 27. 

Graves, (R.) Lect. on Pentateuch, 338, 339. 

Grawitz, (C.) sur la Langue Orig. de Mat- 
thieu, 163. 

Gray, (A.) Delineation of Parables, 348. 

Gray, (Bp. ) Key tothe Old Testament, 149. 

Connexion of Sacred and Heathen 

Literature, &c. 164. 

Josiah and Cyrus, 164. 

Greek Grammars and Lexicons, 209—214. 

—— Versions of the Old Testament, (ano- 
nymous) Editions of, 48. 

—— (Modern) Version of the Bible, 103. 

(Antient). See Biblia Greca. 

Green, (W.) Translation of Psalms, 277. 

Poetical Parts of Old Testament, 
212. 

Greenaway, (S.) Ecclesiastes, 283. 

Greene, (R. B.) Genealogy of Christ, 394. 

Greenfield, (W.) Nov. Test. Gr. 29. 

Polymicrian Lexicon, 29. 

Comprehensive Bible, 264. 

Greenhill, (G.) On Ezekiel, 290. 

Greenlandish Version, 126. 

Gregory, (G.) Translation of Lowth’s Lec- 
tures, 171. 

Greppo, (J. G. H.) Systeme Hiéroglyphique, 
392 






































Greswell, (E.) Harmonia Evangelica, 136. 

Dissertations, 136. 

Exposition of Parables, 348. 

Grey, (Rich. ) Last Works of David, 271. 

Liber Jobi, 272. 

Grier, (R.) Answer to Ward’s Errata, 191. 

Griesbachii, (J. J.) Cure in Hist. Textis 
Epist. Pauli, 23. 

Symbole Critica, 178. 

Comment. Criticus in Textum 

Nov. Test. 23. 

Novum Testamentum, 22, 23, 

















24. 





Synopsis Evangeliorum, 134. 
in 1 Johnv. 7., 182. 

—— Opuscula Academica, 355. 
Grimm, (C. L. W.) De Libro Sapientix, 297 














Bibliographical Index. 


Grimm, (C.L.W.) De Joannea Christologia, 
3005 

Grinfield, (E.) Serm. on Parables, 348. 

Gronovii, (J..) Decreta Romanorum, 386. 

Groot, (P.H. de) de Epist. ad Hebreos, 326. 

Grossmann, (G. L. C.) In Lue. XVI. Com- 
mentatio, 311. 

————- Quasstiones Philonex, 234. 

Grotii, (H.) Annotationes ad Vet. et Nov. 
Test. 245. 

Gryneus, (J. J.) Commentary on Haggai, 
296. 

Guadagnoli, (P.) Grammatica Arabica, 219. 

Guarini, (P.) Lexicon Hebraicum, 204. 

Gude, (G. T.) de Eccles. Ephes. Statu, 324. 

Gujarathi Version of Bible, 109. 

Gurney, (W.) Dictionary of Bible, 372. 

Gurney, (J. J.) Biblical Notes, 355. 

Gutbirti, (A.) Lexicon Syriacum Novi Tes- 
tamenti, 218. 

Guyse, (Dr.) Practical Expositor, 301,302. 

Gyles, (J. F.) Elements of Hebrew Gram- 
mar, 196. 


Hacx, (Maria) Oriental Fragments, 390. 

Hachspanii, (T.) Note ad Vet. Test. 356. 

Haenlein, (H.C. A.) Symbole Criticz in 
Habacucum, 296. 

Epistola Jude, 331. 

Hahn, (Augustus) Biblia Hebraica, 10. 40. 

Haldane, (R.) Expos. of Epistle to the Ro- 
mans, 321. 

Hales, (Dr. W.) Analysis of Chronology, 

395. 

on 1 John v. 7. 182. 

Hall, (Bishop) Contemplations and Para- 
phrastic Exposition of the Bible, 253. 

Hall, (J.) Discourses on the Gospels, 346. 

Hallet, (J..) Notes on Scripture, 356. 

Index Librorum MSS. Nov. Foed.16. 

Hallifax, (Bp. 8.) On Prophecy, 233. 

Hamaker, (H. A.) De Vita Prophetarum, 
285. 

Hamilton, (Geo.) Introduction to the Study 
of the Hebrew Scriptures, 156. 

— Codex Criticus, 177. 
Observations on Rom. Cath. 

glish Bible, 191. 

Letter to Dr. Murray, 191, 192. 

Hammond, (H.) Annot. on the Psalms, 276. 

Paraphr. on New Test. 301. 

pees (J.C. L.) De Authentia Joh. 
Cake be 50S 12; 

Harcourt, (i. V.) Doctrine of the Deluge, 











En- 





383. 
Hardinge, (H.) Remarks on 1 Cor. XII. 
and XIV., 322. 


Hardy, (—) Nov. Test. cum Scholiis, 299. 

Harenberg, (J. C.) Amos expositus, 295. 

—_——. Otia Sacra, 356. 

Harle, (Jon.) Hist. of Physic in Old and 
New Test. 388, 389. 

Harmer, (T.) Observations on Divers Pas- 
sages of Scripture, 389. 

Outlines of a new Commentary on 
Solomon’s Song, 284. 

Harmonia IV Evangeliorum, 131. 

Harris, (T. M.) Nat. Hist. of Bible, 380, 
ros 





415 


Harris, (S.) Comm. on Isa. LITT. 288. 

Harris, (W.) Elements of the Chaldee Lan- 
guage, 203. 

Harte, (W.) Lect. on Matthew, 342. 

Hartmann, (A. W.) Thesaur. Ling. Heb. 
207. 

Harwood, (Dr. E.) Introduction to the New 
Testament, 161. 
Edition of Gr. Testament, 19, 20. 
Harwood, (T.) Annot. on Genesis, 269. 
Hasei, (Theod.) Bibl. Hist. Theol. 350. 
Thesaurus novus Philologicus, 351. 
Haselaar, (A. G.) Diss. de Act. Apost. 315. 
Hasii, (J. M.) Regnum Dayidicum, 378. 
Hasse, (J. G.) Libri IV. Reg. Syriace Spe- 
cimen, 50. 

Hassler, (C. D.) De Psalmis Maccabeis, 
281. 

Hatchett, (C.) On the Spikenard of the An- 
tients, 404. 

flaven, (P. von) Comm. in Ep. ad Titum, 
326. 

Haweis, (Dr.) Comment. on Bible, 258. 

Hawkins, (J.) Comment. on 1, 2, 3 John, 
330. 

Hearnii, (Tho.) Acta Apostolorum, 17. 

Heath, (E.) Version of Job, 273. 

Hebraice Lingue Liters, &e. 199. 

Hebreux, Epitre aux, 328. 

Hebrew Aids, 197. 

Hebrew Version of New Test. 106. 

Heinrichs, (C. H.) Acta Apostolorum illus- 
trata, 314. 

Apocalypsis illustrata, 335. 
Feinsti, (D.) Exercitat. ad Nov. Test. 356. 
Henderson, (Dr. E.) Diss. on Danish New 

Test. 192. 

Diss. on 1 Tim. iii. 16., 

Biblical Researches, 192. 

Lexicon Syriacum, 218. 

Edition of Stuart’s Elem. of In- 

terpretation, 224. 
flendewerk, (C. L.) Obadizw Oraculum, 295. 
Flengel, (W. A. van) Annotata in Nov. Test. 
356. 





180. 





Comm. in Epist. ad Philippenses,403. 

Hengstenberg, (11. W.) Christologie des Alter, 
Testaments, 286. 

Christology, 








transl. by R. 
Keith, 286. 

Henke, (H. P. C.) Codicis Uffenbachiani 
Recensus Criticus, 173. 

Henkii, (G. J.) Introd. ad Lib. Apoe. V. T. 
159. 

De Usu Libr. Apocr. 238. 

Libri Apocryphi, 141. 

Henley, (Sam.) Dissert. on Peter, &e. 330. 

Henry, (M.) Comment, on the Bible, 256. 

(P.) Exposition of Gen. I.—XI. 404. 

Henshall, (S.) Gothie Gosp. of Matthew, 57. 

Herder, (J. G.) Spirit of Hebrew Poetry, 
bite 

Comm. on Rey. of John, 335. 

Herwerden, (C. H.) De Libro Josux, 271. 

Hesychii Glossx Sacre, ab Ernesti, 211. 

Heupelii, (G.) Comment. ad Marcum, 310. 

Hewlett, (J.) Commentary on the Bible, 
259. 

Hey, (Dr. J.) on St. Paul’s Writings, 318. 

on 1 John y. 7., 182. 

















416 


Heydenreich, (A. L. C.) Comm. in 1 Ep. ad 
Corinthios, 322. 

Heylin, (Dr.) Lectures on the New Testa- 
ment, 341. 

Hezel, (G. F.)) Nov. Feed. Ilustr. 300. 

Hieronymi Biblia Latina, 54. 

Commentarii, 241, 

Hilary, Commentaries of, 242. 

Hildrop, (J.) On Psalm II. 281. 

Ffilleri, (Mat.) Hierophyticon, 382. 

Hinckes’ (Kdw.) Hebrew Grammar, 197. 

Hindoostanhee Version of Bible, 110. 

Hinds, (S.) Explanation of St. Mark, 343. 

Hirgelius, (.) De Chaldaismo Biblico, 
203. 

Hirzel, (L.) De Pentateucho Syriaco, 186. 

Hobart, (Bp.) Edition of D’Oyley’s and 
Mant’s Commentary on the Bible, 262. 

Hodge, (C.) Biblical Repertory, 351. 

Commentary on Ep. to Romans, 
322, 

Hodges, (W.) Inquiry into Job, 273 

Hodgson (B.) ‘Translation of Proverbs, 282 

- Translation of Ecclesiastes, 283. 

- Translation of Solomon’s Song, 
284. 

Hody, (H.) De Bibliorum Textibus et Ver- 
sionibus Grecis, 163. 

Hoepfnerus, (Ei. F.) in Pauli Epist. ad Ro- 
manos, 322. 


Hoffmann, (A. G.) De Oratione’ Petri, 
S15 











Hoffmanni, (A. T.) Observationes in Vet. 
Leste SoG: 

» Grammatica Syriaca, 218. 

- (Immanuelis) Demonstratio Evan- 

gelica, 172. 

Hoheiselii, (C. LL.) Obs. Phil. Exeget. in 
Esaiam, 288. 

Holden, (G.) Christian Expositor, 264, 265. 
306. 

Trans. of Proverbs, 282. 

Transl. of Ecclesiastes, 283. 

Dissert. on Fall of Man, 269. 

Script. Testimony to Divinity of 
Christ, 356. 

Holden, (L.) Paraphrase on Job, &e. 271, 
272. 

Hole, (M.) Discourses on 1 Cor, 
STs 

Hollybushe, (Johan) Newe Testament, 71. 

Holmann, (A. G.) In Epist. ad Corinthios, 
$22. 

Holmes, (R.) et Parsons, (G.) Vet. 
Gr. 46. 

Hombergk, (J. F.) Parerga Sacra, 356. 

Hone, (W.) Apocryphal New Test. 151. 

Hoog, (J.) De Coetus Christian. Philippen- 
sium Conditione, 324. 

Hook, (W. ¥.) Last Days of Our Lord’s Mi- 
nistry, 343. 

Hopkins, (W.) Translation of Exodus, 271. 

Horne, (Bp. Geo.) on the Psalms, 277. 

















». 89 0 B 


Test. 





Horne, (T. H.) Compendious Introd. to 
Bible, 157. 
Landscape Illustrations of Bible, 
389. 


Hornech, ( A.) Serm. on Matt. V. 346. 
Hornemann, (H.) De Canone, 154. 
Exercitationes ex Philone, 356. 


-—— 





Bibliographical Index. 


Horrei, (P.) Animadversiones in Noy. Test. 
357. 

Miscellanea Critica, 357. 

Horsley, (Bp.) Translation of the Psalmns, 
279. 








Disquisitions on Isaiah, 288. 

Translation of Hosea, 294. 

Biblical Criticism, 357. 

Hottingeri, (J.C. ) de Ritu dimittendi Reum, 
385. 

Hottingeri, (J. J.) Opuscula, 357. 

Hottingeri, (J. H.) Exereit. Anti-Morin. 
166. 








————- Gram. IV. Ling. 215. 
Houbigant, (C. F.) Biblia Hebraica, 6, 7. 
————. Biblia Latina, 63. 
Prolegom. ad Scripturam, 156. 
Notz Critica, 251. 
Howard, (Luke) Book of the Church, 142. 
Howel, (Laur,) Hist. of Bible, 398. 
Hug, (J. L.) Introd. to the New Test. by 
Wait, 160. 
—— by Fosdick, 160. 
de Antiq. Vaticani Codicis, 173. 
Hughes, (George) Exposit. of Genesis, 268. 
Hugonis, (Cardinalis) Coneordantiz, 367. 
Hummelii, (H.) In Epist. ad Philemonem, 
326. 
Hungarian Bible, 102. 
Hunt, (Geo.) Transl. of Job, 274. 
—— (John) Map of Palestine, 379. 
——— (Tho.) Observations on Proyerbs, 
282. 
De Usu Dialectorum, 225. 
Hunter, (David) History of Jesus Christ, 
401. 
Hunter, (H.) Saered Biography, 338. 
Hurd, (Bp. R.) On Prophecy, 233. 
Hurwitz, (Hyman) Hebrew Grammar, 191. 
Vindicize Hebraice, 191. 
Hutcheson, (Geo.) Exposit. of John, 312. 
Hutchinson, ( A.) Apocalypse its own Inter- 
preter, 337. 
Huydecoper, (T, P. C.) De J. C. introitu in 
Hierosolymam, 310. 
Huyshe, (Francis) on | John v. 7., 184, 185. 
Hwiid, (H. C.) De MS. Vindobonensi, 173. 








Tasris, (G. S.) Versio Epistolarum, 65. 
317. 331. 

Icelandic Bible, 95. 

Ideler, (J. L.) Psalterium, Coptice, 52. 

Thre, (Joh.) Fragm. Vers. Goth. 56. 

Scripta ad Vers, Goth. 56. 

Tkenii, (C.) Antiquitates Hebraice, 375. 

Dissertationes, 357. 

Ilgen, (C. D.) Jobi Carminis Natura, 273. 

Itive, (J.) Book of Jasher, 142. 

Improved Renderings of N. T. 364. 

Improved Version of New ‘Test, 304, 

Index to the Bible, 373. 

Trish Bible, 93. 

Isaacs, (H1.)Ceremonies, &c. of the Jews, 375. 

Italian Versions of the Bible, 100. ’ 








Jasxonsk1, (D, E.) Biblia Hebraica, 10. 





Bibliographical Index. ‘ 


Jablonshii, (P. Ki.) ExplicatioVocum /gypt. 
221. 

———— Opuscula, 357. 

Jackson, (John) Chronological Antiquities, 
395. 

Jacobi, ( B.) Lect. on Ep. of James, 345. 

Jaeger, (J. G.) Observationes in Proverbia 
Salomonis, 282. 

Jahn, (J.) Biblia Hebraica, 8. 

Grammatica Hebraica, 198. 

Elementa Aramaice Lingue, 217. 
Lexicon Arabico- Latinum, 220. 
Introductio ad Vetus Foedus, 159. 
Translated by Turner, 159. 
Hermeneutica Sacra, 225. 

Appendix ad Hermeneuticam Sacram, 

225. 

— Heb. Commonwealth, 399. 

Archeologia Biblica, 375. 

James I.’s (King) or the authorised En- 
glish Version of the Bible, History of, 
76—78. Testimonies of eminent au- 
thors to its value, 78—-88. Editions of 
it, with parallel References, 79—83. 
and divided into Paragraphs, 88. 

James, (Tho.) Bellum Papale, 186. 

Jameson, (—) Exposit. of Pentateuch, 267. 

Jamieson, (R.) Eastern Manners, 391. 

Jansenti, (Cornelii) Concordia Evangelica, 
131. 

Janssens, (J. H.) Hermeneutique Sacrée, 
167. 

Jarchi, (Rabbi Solomon) Commentaries on 
the Bible, 236, 237. 

Jarrom, (J.) Discourses on Rom. ix., 345. 

Jasher, forged book of, 142—148. 

Jaumann, (A.) Nov. Test. Gr., 33. 

Jebb, (Bishop) Sacred Literature, 171. 

Caution of, as to the use of certain 

Lexicons, 211, 212. note. 

Jenour, (A.) Isaiah translated, 288. 

Jenks, (W.) Comprehensive Commentary, 
265. 

Jenkyn, (W.) Exposition of Jude, 331. 

Jennings, (Dr.) Jewish Antiquities, 375. 

Jerome, Commentaries of, 241. 

Latin Version of, 54. 

Jessien, (A.) De avéevrea Epist. Jude, 
SSks 

Jewell, (Bp.) Exposition of 1 and 2 Thes- 
salonians, 325. 

Jewish- German Bibles, 96. 

Job, Book of, in English, 274. 

John (St.) Treatises on the disputed clauses 
in 1 John v. 7. 8., 180—185. 

Johnson, GA.) On Engl. Transl. of Bible, 
189. 














Johnstone, (B.) Commentary on the Reve- |: 


lations, 333. . 

Jonathanis ‘Targum, 41. 

Jones, (G.) Hebrew Grammar, 195. 

Jones, (Hen.) Interp. of Prophecies, 232. 

Jones, (Jer.) New and Full Method of set- 
tling the Canon of the New Testament, 
Nee 

Jones, (John) Isaiah translated, 287. 

Jones, (Dr. J.) Epistles to Colossians, &c., 

225; 

on 1 John v. 7., 183. 

Jones, (Ric.) Collatio Textus Syriaci, 49. 

VOL. II. APP. 





417 


Jones, (Rev. W.) On Figurative Lang. of 
Scripture, 228. 

—— Key to Prophecy, 231. 

Lect. on Epist. to Hebrews, 345. 

Jones, (Sir W.) Persian Grammar, 222, 

Jones, (Tho.) Summary of Rey. of John, 

338. 

Jonah’s Portrait, 341. 

Prodigal’s Pilgrimage, 348. 

Jones, (W.) Biblical Cyclopedia, 371. 

Joseph, (Angeli a S,) Gazophylacium Lin- 

gue Persarum, 222. 

(Cherubini a S.) Bibliotheca Critic, 

Sacre, 164, 

Josephi, (Flavii) Opera, 235, 236. 

Josephi, (Rabbi) Targum, 41, 42. 

Josephs, (Mich.) Engl. and Heb. Lexicon, 
298. 

Jowett, (Dr. J.) On 1 John v. 7., 183. 

Jubb, (G.) de Ling. Heb. Studio, 193. 

Junii et ‘Tremellii Biblia Latina, 64. 

Justiniani, (A.) Psalterium Pentaglotton, 
35. 

Juynboll, (T. G. J.) Disput. de Amoso, 295, 














Karurrer, (J. E. R.) De Notione Zens 
Atwviov, 357. | 
Kaiser, (C.) Comment. de Ling. Aramaica, 
164. 217. 
—— de Evang. Joannis Authentia, 312. 
Comment. in Genesin, 270. 
Kalinsky, (R. T. G.) Vaticinia Chabacuci 
illustrata, 293. 
Kalkar, (C. H.) De Cantic. Debore, 271. 
Lament. Jerem. illustrate, 289. 
Kals, (G. J.) Grammatica Hebreo-Harmo- 
nica, 198. 
Kanter, (H. P.) On | Pet. v. 1—4., 330. 
Kaserer, (M.) Ataypapy Studii Scripturistici, 
386. 
Kashmiree Bible, 109, 110. 
Keach, (B.) Key to Scripture Metaphors, 
ONS 
On Parables, 230. 
Keate, (W.) On the 109th Psalm, 281. 
Keeling, (B.) On Saint Paul’s Wish, 322. 
Keilit, (C. A. T.) Elementa Hermeneutices 
Novi Testamenti, 225. 
Opuscula Academica, 357. 
Keith, (A.) Evidence from Prophecy, 231. 
Signs of the Times, 232. 
Kennedy, (J.) On Mosaic Records of Cre- 
ation, 339. 
Kennicott, (Dr. ) Remarks on the Old Tes- 
tament, 357. 
Biblia Hebraica, 7, 8. 
On the Hebrew Text of the Old 
‘Testament, 164. 
Diss. Generalis, 164. 
—_—————— I)iss. on Tree of Life, &c., 269. 
Ker, (J.) Cant. Sal. Parapbrasis, 284. 
Kerkherdere, (G.) Prodromus Danielicus, 
2O1e 
Kett, (H.) On Prophecy, 231. 
Kettneri, (F. FE.) Hist. Dicti Johannei de 
Ninitate, 181. 
Keuchenii, (P.) Annotata in Nov. 


So te 
(pp) 

















pare 
Test, 


418 


Keyworth, (T.) and Jones, (D.) Principia 
Hebraica, 202. 
Analytical Part of Princip. Hebr., 





202. 
Pocket 





Expositor of New Test., 
307. 

Khassee Version of Gospels, 114. 

Kidder, (Bp. R.) Comment on Pentateuch, 
267. 

Kilburn, (W.) Dangerous Errors in Bibles, 
190. 

Kimchi, (David) Radicum Liber, 204. 

Commentaries of, 257, 238. 

King, (Bp. J.) Lectures on Jonas, 341. 

King, (E.) Morsels of Criticism, 357. 

King, (Mrs.) Female Script. Characters, 
400. 

Kipling, (Tho. ) Codex Bezzx, 21, 22. 

Kircheri, (Conradi) Concordantiz Veteris 
Testamenti, 366. 

Kistemaker, (J. H.) Canticum Canticorum 
iustratum, 285. 

Klemm, (J. C.) Critica Sacra Nov. 
176. 

Klener, (R. E.) De Authentia Matthei, 310. 

Klinckhardt, (C. G.) in Lue. XVI.:19—81., 
SPL, Sig: 

Kluit, (A.) Explicatio Danielis, 291. 

Knappii, (G. C.) Seripta varia, 358. 

- Noy. Testamentum Gr. 25, 26. 

Knight, (J.) On the Parables and Miracles, 
348. 

Knittel, (¥. A.) Ulphile Fragmenta, 56, 

On 1 John vy. 7., 184. 

Knollii, (J.) Vocabularium Nov. Test., 211. 

Knox, (J. 8.) Sermons on Ep. to the He- 
brews, 345. 

Koecher, (J. C.) Vindicie textis Esaiz, 





Test., 








287. 

Koegler, (J.) De Bibliis Judzorum Sinen- 
sium, 165. 

Koehleri, (J. B.) Observationes in Nov. Test., 
358. 

Koester, (F. B.) Meletemata ad Zechariam, 
296. 


Kofod, (B. P.) Chabacuci Vaticinium, 296. 
Kolthoff, (E. G.) Apocalypsis Johanni vindi- 


cata, 331. 

Koolhaas, (W.) Observationes in Vet. Test., 
358. 

Koppe, (G. B.) Annotationes ad Novum 
Testamentum, 299. 


Krafftii, (J. G.) Observationes Sacre, 358. 

Kranold, (J.T. K.) De Anno Jubileo, 386. 

Krause, (F. A. G.) Note in 1 Cor., 322. 

Krebsii, (J. T.) Obs. in Nov. Test., 239. 

de Usu Rom. Hist. in Nov. Test., 
Ce. 

Krumbholz, (C. 'T.) Opera Subseciva, 358. 

Krummacher, (F. A.) Israel’s Wanderings, 
340. 





ao Elijah, and Elisha, 340. 

—_§_——_ Cornelius, the Centurion, 404. 

Kiichler, (G. C.) De Simplicitate Script. 
Sacr., 358. 

De Anno Pauli Conversionis, 315. 








Kueper, (A.) Jeremias Lib. Sac, Interpres, | 


289. 
Kuhnii, (A. F.) Spicilegium Observationum 
e Philone, 238. 


























Bibliographical Index. 


Kuinoel, (C. F.) Hoseas Illustratus, 294. 

————. Observationes ad Noy. Test. ex Li- 
bris Apocryphis, 238. 358. 

Pericope Evangelice, et Comment. 

in Libros Nov. Test. Historicos, 308. 

Comm. in Ep. ad Hebreos, 229. 

Comment. Theologiex, 351. 

Kunkuna Bible, 110. 

Kiittner, (C. G.) Hypomnemata in Novum 
Testamentum, 299. 358. 

Kypke, (G. D.) Observationes in Noy. Test., 
358 











Larvgrenz, (G.) De Libri Jonze Interp., 
296. 

Lachmanni, (C.) Nov. Test. Gr., 31. 

La Croze, (M. V.) Lexicon Aigyptiaco- 
Latinum, 220. 

La Harpe, (H. lL.) Essai sur lEpitre aux 
Hébreux, 326. 

Laing, (H.) Greek and English Lexicon to 
the New Testament, 212. 

Lakemacheri, (J. G.) Observationes Philo- 
logic, 358. 

L’ Alouette, (F. P.) Hierolexicon, 225. 

Lampe, (¥. A.) Comment. in Evang. 
hannis, 313. 

Bibliotheca Hist. Theol., 

Dissertationes, 358. 

Lamy, (B.) Apparatus Biblieus, 157. 

De Tabernaculo, 386. 

Concordia Evangelistarum, et Com- 
mentarius, 132. 

Langit, (C. H.) Observationes Sacre, 358. 

Langti, (J.) Comment. de Vita et Epistolis 

Pauli, $15. ) 

Hermeneutica Sacra, 226. 

Langii, (J. M.) Genealogia Christi, 394. 

Lanigan, (J.) Institutiones Biblice, 165. 

Lardner, (Dr.) Credibility of the Gospel 
History, 152, 153; 

wai Gen 


Jo- 


358. 





to his Credibility, 

15 

"Works, 358. 

Larom, (C.) Dissert. on Hist. of Foadphy 
359, 


Latham, (H.) Harmonia Paulina, 140. 


Latin Versions of the Scriptures, Editions 
of, 58—-55. 62—66. 
Latrobe, (J. A.) Scripture Illustrations, 


389. 
Laurence, (Abp.) On Griesbach’s Classifi- 
cation of MSS., 178. 
Book of Enoch, 148. 
Ascensio Isaiaz, 149. 
——~-— Eizre Liber, 150. 
Laurmann, (M. T.) Note in Epistolam Juda, © 
331. 
Prelectio de Apocalypsi Joannea, 
335. 
Lavington, (Bp. G.) Nature, &c. of a Type, 
228. 
Lawson, (G.) Lectures on Hist. of Joseph, 
339. 
On Ruth and Esther, $40. 
Exposition of the Book of Proverbs, . 
340. 
Lectures on Miracles and Parables, 348. 





Lee, (Edw.) Dise. on Books of Ezra, 155. 





Bibliographical Index. 


419 


Lee, (Sam.) Sylloge Librorum Orientalium, Lipsius, (C. H. A.) de Modorum Usu, 210. 


222, 223. 

Hebrew Grammar, 193. 

Prolegomena in Biblia Polyglotta, 39. 

—— Vetus Test. Syriace, 48. 

Novum Test. Syriace, 49. 

Translation of Job, 275. 

On the Study of Scripture, 226. 

Leichner, (E.) De Magis, 310. 

Leigh, (Edward) Critica Sacra, 211. 

Leighton, (Archbp.) Comment. on 1 Peter, 
330. 

Le Long, (J.) Bibliotheca Sacra, 1 

Dise. sur les Polyglottes, ibid. 

Lengerke, (C.) Comm. de Ephraemo Syro, 

186. 

Comm. in Psal. xxii., 281. 

Leo, (C.) Translation of Gesenius’s Hebrew 

Lexicon, 205. 

Hebrew Grammar, 197. 

Leo, (G. E.) Pauli Ep. I. ad Timotheum, 
403. 

Leonis Jude, Biblia Latina, 64. 

————————— German- Swiss Bible, 95. 

Leopold, (E. F.) Lexicon Heb. 


























et Chald., 
207. 
Lessingii, (J. T.) Obs. inJonam et Nahum, 
2935 


Lettish Bible, 95. 

Leun, (J. G. F.) Note ad 2 Cor., 323. 

Leusdenii, (¥.) Clavis Hebraica Vet. Test., 
208. 





Philologus, Ebreus, Ebrao-Mix- 
tus, et Ebreo-Grecus, 165. 
~ De Doialectis Novi 
165. 


— 





Testamenti, 


Joel et Obadiah, cum Paraphr. 
Chald., 238. 
-———_—_—__- et Schaaf, (C.) Nov. Test. Syriac., 
49, 
Leusdenii, (L.) Libri Apocryphi, 141. 
Leutsch, (C. E.) Nov. Test. Gr., 29. 
Levavasseur, (B. M. F.) Livre de Job, 274. 
Levi Ben Gershom, (Rabbi) Commentaries 
of, 236. 
Levyssohn, (D. H.) De Judzorum Condi- 
tione, 285. 
Lewis, (John) History of English Trans- 
lations of the Bible, 189. 
(Thomas) Origines Hebree, 376. 
Leydekker, (M.) de Republ. Hebr., 376. 
Lichtenstein, (A. A. H.) Paralipomena Cri- 
tica, 165. 
Lightfoot, (Dr.) Hore Hebraice, 239. 
———. Observations on Genesis, 268. 
Chronicle of the Old Testament, 
128, 129. 
————- Harmony of the New Test., 131. 
Works, 239. 
——— Temple Service, 386. 
Lilienthal, (T. C.) Comm. Crit. 
Hebr., 173. 
Lindberg, (J. C.) Chrestomathia Hebraica, 





199. 

Linde, (J. G.) Sapientia Jesu filii Sirachi, 
Meds 

Lindsay, (H.) Lectures on Hist. Books, 
338. 


Lingue Hebraicx Litere, &c., 199. 
Lithuanian Bible, 95. 


de MS. | 


Llewellyn, (Thomas) Account of Welsh Ver- 
sions of the Bible, 192. 

Lloyd, (Bp. Charles) Gr. New. Test., 29. 

Locke, (John) Common-Piace Book to the 
Bible, 372. 

——— Paraphrase &c. on the Epistles, 317. 

Loescher, (V. A.) Breviarium Theologiz 
Exegetice, 226. 

Loesneri, (C. J.) Observationes in Noy. Test. 
e Philone, 238. 

Longchamps, (B. de) Fastes Universels, 397. 

Longhurst, (S.) Common-Place Bock to 
New Test., 359. 

Lothian, (W.) Lect. on Ep. to Corinthians, 
345: 

Lovett, (H. W.) Revelation of John explain- 
ed, 338. 

Lower Saxon Bible, 94. 

Lowman, (M.) Paraphrase on the Revela- 
tion, 333. 

Civil Government of Hebrews, 385. 

Ritual of Hebrew Worship, 386... 

Lowth, (Bishop) Translation of Isaiah, 287, 

De Sacra Poesi Hebreeorum, 171. 

On Hebrew Poetry translated by 

Gregory, and Stowe, 171. 

Liicke, (F.) Comm. on Ep. of John, 331. 

Luderi, (C.) Dissertatio de Variis Lectioni- 
bus, 176. 

Ludolphi, (J...) Grammatieca et Lexicon Lin- 
gue Ambharice vel A‘thiopice, 222, 

Lumsden, (M.) Persian Grammar, 222. 

Luther, (Martin) Bible, 93, 94. 

Commentaries, 248. 

Manual of the Psalms, 275. 

On the Psalms of Degrees, 248. 

On Epistle to the Galatians, 323. 

Lydii, (J.) Syntagma de Re Militari, 385. 

Lye, (Ed.) Versio Gothica Evangeliorum, 

56. 


























Lyons, (Israel) Hebrew Grammar, 194. 
Lysons, (S.) Conjectures on Job, 275. 
Lyra, (Nicolai de) Commentarii, 244, 


MacsEan, (A.) Dict. of Bible, 3 
Macbride, (J. D.) Diatessaron, 138. 
Lectures on Diatessaron, 138. 

Mac Corkle, (W. and Others) Collateral 
Bible, 86. 

M‘Crie, (T.) Lectures on Esther, 340. 

Macculloch, (R.) Lectures on Isaiah, 341. 

Mace, (W.) Gr. and Engl. Test., 17. 

Mac Ewen, (W.) on the Types, 229. 

Macfarlane, (J.) Hebrew Chronology, 396. 

M‘ Kenzie, (M. J.) Lectures on Parables and 
Miracles, 348. 

Macknight, (J.) Harmony of the Gospels,133. 

——— Translation of the Epistles, 316. 

Maclean, (A.) Commentary on the Epistle 
to the Hebrews, 328. 

M‘Rae, (D.) Revised Translation of the 
Bible, 260. 

Madden, (Sir F.) on Aicuine’s Bible, 186. 

Maestricht, (G. van) Comm. de Canone, 152. 

Magee, (Archbp. W.) Discourses on Atone- 
ment, 356. 

Magudha Bible, 110. 


(pipe? 


4.20 


Mahratta Version of the Bible, 110. 
Maii, (Ang.) Ulphile Part. Inedit., 57. 
Maii, (J. H.) Observationes Sacre, 359. 
Maimonides, ( Rabbi Moses) Works, 236,237. 
More Nebochim, 383. 
Maitland, (C. D.) Exposition of Romans 
VIIL, 344. 
Major, (J. R.) Gosp. of Luke, with Notes, 
311. 
Malagassé Version, 124. 
Malay Bible, 113. 
Malayalim Bible, 113. 
Maldivian Gospels, 112. 
Maldonati, (J.) Commentarii in IV Evang., 
298. 
Maltese Version of the Bible, 106. 
Malvende, ('Tho.} Comm. in Script., 63. 
Man, (Thomas) Reconciler of Bible, 349. 
Mandeville, (G. visct.) Hore Hebraice, 329. 
Mangeri, (S. H.) Comm. in Hoseam, 294. 
Manks Bible, 90. 
Mann, (N.) Critieal Notes, 359. 
Mansford, (J. 8S.) Seripture Gazetteer, 378. 
Mant, (R.) and D’ Oyly, (G.) Commentary 
on the Bible, 261, 262. 
Version of Psalms, 279. 
Manton, (Tho. ) Comment. on James, 330. 
Comment on Jude, 331. 
on Psalm CXIX., 341. 
Manutius, (Aldus) Specimen of a Polyglott 
Bible, 35. 
Maps of Palestine, 379, 380. 
Marbech, (John) Concordance, 367. 
Marchant, (J.) Exposit. of Old Test., 266. 
Exposit. of New Test., 302. 
Marckii, (J.) Comm, in Pentateuch., 267. 
Comm. in Cant. Schelomonis, 284. 
Comment. in Prophetas Minores, 
293. 
Margraaf, (G. 8.) Observationes Sacre, 385. 
Mariana, (J.) Scholia in V. et N. Test., 
245. 
Marini, (M.) Comm. in Psalmos, 275. 
Marks, (R.) Devotional Testament, 306. 
Marlorati, (A.) N. T. Expositio, 298. 
Marsh, ( Bp.) Lectures in Divinity, 2. 
Leetures on Criticism and Interpret- 
ation of the Bible, 2. ; 
Translation of Michaelis, 160. 
—- Hist. of Transl. of Bible, 189. 
on 1 John v. 7., 183. 
Letters to Travis, 182. 
Marsh (W.) on the Pentateuch, 339. 
Martianay, (J.) Traité du Canon, 152. 
- sur la Version Italique de S. Mat- 
thieu, 187. 
Martin, ( David) La Sainte Bible, 250. 
Diss. on 1 John v. 7., 181. 
Examination of Emlyn, 181. 
Genuineness of 1 John v. 7., 181. 
Masch, (A. G.) Bibliotheca Saera, 1. 
Mascilef, (F.) Grammatica Hebraa, 200. 
Masius, (A.) Joshua illustratus, 271. 
Massachussett Version, 125. 
Mather, (S.) on Types, 229. 
Matthei Evangelium, a Barrett, 25. 









































Matthei, (C. F.) Novum Testamentum Gr., 


19. 
- Codex Boernerianus, 21. 
Matthew, (Tho.) Byble, 71. 











Bibliographical Index. 


Matthie, (C.) Antilogize Biblice, 349. 
Maurer, (J. F. V. D.) Comment. in Vef- 
Test., 252. 
Commentarius in Psalmos, 403. 
Commentarius in lesaiam, 403. 
Mazwell, (A.) Ancient Prineiples of Philoso- 
phy, 270. 
Mayer, ( J.) Comment. on the Bible, 253, 254. 
Mead, ( Ric.) Medica Saera, 389. 
Mede, (J.) Clavis Apocalyptica, and trans- 
lations thereof, 331, 332. 
Meier, (¥. C.) Notiones veterum Ebreorum, 
487. 
- Judaiea, 397. 
Meijier, (A. C.) DeLucex agtomoria, 313, 314. 
Meisner, (C. P.) De Nouw Paulino, 359. 
Meisner, (J. H.) Vet. Test, Clavis, 208. 
Mendham, (Jos. ) Clavis Apostoliea, 319. 
Menthenii, (G.) Thesaurus Theol. Philol-, 
351. 
Merceri, (J.) Comment. in Genesin, 268. 
Comment. in Quinque Vates Priores, 
238. 
Commentarii in Quinque Minores 
Prophetas, 292. 
Merrell, (S.) Harmony of the Kings and 
Prophets, 130. 
Merrick, (J.) Annot. on the Psalms, 278. 
Meuschenius, (J. G.) Novum 'Testamentum 
ex Talmude illustratum, 239. 
Mexican and Mixtecan Version, 128. 
Michaelis, (C. B.) Tractatio de Var. Lect. 
Nov. Test., 176. 
—_—_—_——. Syriasmus, 217. 
Michaelis, (J. D.) Curee in Vers. Syriac. Act. 
Apost., 49. 187. | 
——— Spicilegium Geographie Hebre: 
orum, 377. 
Harmony of the Resurrection, 139. 
Diss. on 1 John v. 7., 182. 
Introduction to the New Testa- 
ment, 160. 
Comment. on the Law of Moses, 
eke 
- Observat. in Jeremiz Vaticinia, 
289. 
Commentationes, 359. 
Epistole de LX X Hebdomadibus 
Danielis, 291. 
Grammatica Chaldaica, 203. 
Grammatica Syriaea, 217. 
(J. G.) Observationes 
359: 
——_—— Exercitationes, 359. 
Michaelis, (J. H.) Biblia Hebraica, 6. 
————._ (J. H. and C. B.) Note in Ha-— 
giographa, 271. 
Middledorpf, (H.) Cure in Jobum, 50. 274. 
————. Codex Syriaco-Hexaplaris, 50. 
Middleton, (Bp. T. F.) on the Greek Article, 
2h} 
on 1 John v. 7., 183. 
Millii, (Jo.) Novum Testamentum, 15, 16. 
Milner, (J.) Sermons on Ep. to the VII 
Churches, 346. 
Mimpriss, (lt.) Harmony of Gospels, 136. 
Pictorial Ci.art of the Gospels 
and Acts, 379, 380. 
Mischna, 235, 236. 














Sacre, 


| Miscellanea Duisburgensia, 350. 





Bibliographical Index. 


Miscellanea Groningana, 350. 

Mohawk Version, 125. 

Mohegan Version, 126. 

Moldenhawer, (J. H. D.) Introductio in Li- 
bros Canonicos Vet. et Nov. Foederis, 
156. 

_ Molkenbuhr, (M. E.) Problema Criticum, 
165. 

Moncrieff, (J.) on Heb. Vowel- Points, 194. 

Monsperger, (Jos. Jul.) Institutiones Her- 
meneutice Vet. Test., 226. 

Montaldi, (J.) Lexicon Hebraicum, 204. 

Montani, (B. A.) Biblia Latina, 63. 

Biblia Heb. et Lat., 10. 40. 

Montfaucon, (Bern. de) Hexapla Origenis, 
17, 18. 

Moraht, (A.) De Judxorum Christologia, 
359. 

Mori, (S. F. N.) Prelectiones in Luce 

Evangelium, 311. 

in Evangelium Joannis, 313. 

Versio, &c. Act. Apostolorum, 315. 

Prelect. in Epist. ad Romanos, 320. 

Acroasesin Epist. ad Gal. et Ephes., 323. 

——- Prelect. in Jacobi et Petri Epist., 330. 

—— Prelect. in tres Joannis Epist., 330. 

Acroases super Herm. Nov. Test., 224. 

—— Dissertationes Theologice, 359. 

Morini, (J.) Exercitationes Biblice, 165. 

Exercitationes Ecclesiasticee, 165. 

Morini, (Steph. ) Oratio Inauguralis, 215. 

Morison, (J.) Exposition of Psalms, 340. 

Morris, (J. P.) Genealogies recorded in 
Scripture, 393, 394. 

Moser, (P. U.) Lexicon Hebraicum, 204. 

Mosheim, (Dr. ) Commentaries on the Affairs 
of Christians, 399. 

Moulinie, (C. E. F.) Notice sur les Livres 
Apocryphes, 159. 

Mount, (C. M.) Parables explained, 346. 

Movers, (¥. C.) De Recensione Jeremiz, &c., 
289. 

Moysey, (C. A.) Lectures on John, 343. 

on the Romans, 344. 

Mudge, (T.) Version of the Psalms, 276. 

Mueche, (S. T.) De Origine Versionis LX X 
Interpretum, 187. 

Muir, (W.) Dise. on Epist. of Jude, 346. 

Muis, (S. de) Assertio Veritatis Hebr., 165. 

Muller, (J.) Hebr. Ling. Elementa, 200. 

Munipoora, Gosp. of Matthew, 114. 

Munsteri, (Seb.) Biblia Heb. et Lat., 64. 

Miinter, (Frid.) De Indole Vers. N. T. Sa- 
hidice, 52. 187. 

Fragmenta Versionis Ante- Hierony- 

miane, 54. 

Notitia Codicis Evang. Johannis, 

Poet 

Symbole ad Interpretat. Joannis, 

bog 8 

Symbolz ad Interp. Nov. Test., 359. 

Munthii, (C. F.) Observationes Philologice, 
360. 

Muntinghe, 
360. 

—_————. Expositio Critices Vet. Foed., 166. 

Murray, (E.) Enoch Restitutus, 149. 

Murray, (G.) Introd. to Apocalypse, 336. 

Murray, (Mrs. M.) Rem. on Gen. and Exod.,, 
339. as 






































(H.) Sylloge Opusculorum, 


421 


Museum Helveticum, 350. 
Historico-Theologicum, 350. 





Naesg, (F, A. A.) Nov. Test. Gr., 30, 31. 
Nares, (Robert) Veracity of the Evangelists, 
166. 
on Prophecy, 233. 
Nary, New Testament, 90. 
Neale, (James) Hosea, 294. 
Negro- English Version, 127. 
Newcome, (Archbp.) Version of Ezekiel, 
290. 
Version of Minor Prophets, 293. 
Translation of the New Testament, 
304, 
History of English Biblical Trans- 
lations, 189. 
Greek Harmony of the Gospels, 





Doo. 
—————— English Harmony, 133. 
Newman, (S.) Hebrew Grammar, 196. 
Heb. and English Lexicon, 207. 
English and Heb. Lexicon, 208. 
Newton, (Bp.) on Prephecy, 231. 
Newton, (Sir I.) Observations on Daniel, &c., 
291. 
Two Letters to Le Clere, 180. 182. 
Newton, (J. W.) Hebrew Grammar, 203. 
Nicholson, (Bp.) David’s Harp, 276. 
Nicolai, (Jo.) De Substratione Vestium, 388. 
De Sepulchris Hebreorum, 388. 
Niemeyeri, (A. H.) De Evangelistarum Dis- 
sensione, &c., 360. 
Nobili, (Flam.) Biblia Latina, 53, 54. 
Noble, (J.) Rudiments of Hebrew, 203, 
Nodier, (C.) Bibliothéque Sacrée, 3. 














"| Noesselti, (J.)) Opuscula, 360. 


Nolan, (F'.) Inquiry into the Integrity of the 
Greek Vulgate, and Supplement, 166. 

on 1 John v. 7., 183. 

Hebrew Grammar, 202. 

Chaldee Grammar, 203. 

Syriac Grammar, 217, 218. 

Chronological Prophecies, 234. 

Noldit, (Chr.) Concordantie Particularum 
Ebrzo-Chaldaicarum, 365. 

Hist. Idumza, 399. 

Nonni, Metaphrasis Evang. Johannei, 241. 

Norberg, (M.) Codex Syriaco-Hexaplaris, 
50. 

Nordheimer, (J.) Hebrew Grammar, 197. 

Norris, (J.) Dise. on Beatitudes, 346. 

Nourse, (J.) New Test. translated, 305. 

Bible in Paragraphs, 88. 

Notes on Scripture, 364. 

Novum TestaMentumM ARABsicE, 51. 

Novem TrEstaMentuM Gracum. 

Editionum Synopsis, 12. 

—— Erasmi;}2. 

Compluti, 13. 

Colinzi, 13. 

—— Stephani, 13. 

Beze, 14. 

— Elzevirii, 14. 

Curcellei, 14, 15. 

Waltoni, 15. 

Felli, 15. 

i{——— _Millii, 15, 16. 















































(pp) 3 


422 


Novum TrestaMeNtuM Grizcum. 

Wells, 16, 

—— Maestricht, 16. 

——— Mace, 17: 

Bengelii, 17. 

—— Wetstenii, 18. 

—_—— Goldhagen, 18. 

—— Schoettgenii, 18. 

Bowyer, 18, 19. 

—— Matthei, 19. 

Harwood, 19, 20. 

—— Woidii, 20. 

—— Alteri, 21, 

—— Birchii, 21. 

Griesbachii, 22, 23. 

—— Griesbachii et Schulz, 24, 25. 

ex Griesbachii Recensione, 23. 

—— Knappli, 25, 26. 

Reeves, 26. ’ 

Schotti, 26. 

——- White, 26. 

—— Dakins, 26. 

—— wNitton, 26. 

—— Upsalez, 26. 

——~= | itmanni; so. 

> Hardy, 299. 

Koppe, 299. 

Manuale, 27. 

pe ASTO LZ, obs 

Vater, 27. 

Boissonnade, 27, 28. 

Basilez, 28. 

Van Ess, 28. 

— Lloydii, 28, 29. 

Leutsch, 29. 

Pickering, 29. 

Greenfield, 29. 

Duncan, 29, 30. 

-—— Scholzii, 30. 

Naebe, 30, 31. 

Lachmanni, 31. 

Valpy, 31. 

Burton, 31, 32. 

—--- Bloomfield, 32, 33, and note. 

Jaumann, 33. 

———- Goeschen, 33, 34. 

Scholefield, 34. 

Trollope, 34. 

Cardwell, 34. 

London, 1837, 34, 35. 

Novi Trstramenti Versiones Latine  Ho- 
dierne. 

—— Erasmi, 6. 

Beze, 65. 

Taspis, 65. 

Reichardi, 66. 

Sebastiani, 66. 

Thalemanni, 65. 

‘Novum TrsraMEentuM Syriace, 48, 49. 

Novi Testamenti Biblia Triglotta, 40. 

Evangeliorum Synopsis, 134. 

Noyes, (G. R.) Version of Job, 274. 

of the Psalms, 280. 

of the Prophets, 286. 

Nuge Hebraice, 195. 

















































































































Bibliographical Index. 


Ockleii, (Sim.) Introd. ad Ling. Orientales, 
216. 

Occumenii Commentaria, 243. 

Oeder, (G. L.) Observationes Sacre, 360. 

Olearti, (G.) Observat. ad Mattheum, 310. 

Oliver, (P.) Scripture Lexicon, 372. 

Ollivant, (A.) Analysis of the Hist. of Joseph, 


195. ’ 

Olshausen, (H.) Authenticity of 2 Peter, 
330. 

Onkeli vel Onkelosi Paraphrasis Chaldaica, 
4n3 


Oordoo Version of Bible, 110. 
Oriental Versions, Accounts and Specimens of, 
107—122. 
Origenis Hexapla, a Montfaucon, 47, 48. 
a Bahrdt, 48. 
Daniel ex Tetraplis Origenis, 47. 
Comment. in Scripturas, 240, 
Orissa Version of the Bible, 111. 
Orme, (W.) Bibliotheca Biblica, 3 
on the controversy respecting 1 John 
v. 7.5184. Seealso Thomson, (W. A.) 
Orton, (Job) Exposition of Old Test., 266. 
Osiandri, (Andrez) Harmonize Evangelice, 
131. 
(J. A.) Oratio et Disputatio de 
Variis Lectionibus Nov. Test., 176. 
Ostervald, (J. F.) La Sainte Bible, 250 
Ottii (J. B.) Spicilegium e Fl. Josepho, 238. 
Outlines of Persian Grammar, 222. 
Overton, (John) on Book of Enoch, 155. 
Chronology of Apocalypse, 335. 
Owen, (Dr. Henry) Modes of Quotation, 
172. 
Present State of the Septuagint Ver- 
sion, 187. 
—— Brief Account of the Septuagint, 187. 
— Critica Sacra, 166. 
Collatio Codicis Cottoniani, 177. 
Owen, (Dr. John) Exposition of the Epistle 
to the Hebrews, 327. 
——- on Psalm CX XX., 341. 
Oxlee, (J.) Letters to Nolan, 183. 
Letters to Bp. Burgess, 184. 


























Paar, (J.) Notes on the Gospels, 310. 

Pagnini, (S.) Vet. et Nov. Test. Lat., 62, 
63. 

Paleoromaica, 166—168. 

Palairet, (E.) Observationes Philologico-cri- 
tice in Nov. Test., 360. 

Palestine, Historical Maps of, 379. 

Paley, (W.) Hore Pauline, 153, 

Palfrey, (J. G.) New Test. conformed to 
Griesbach’s Gr. Text, 23. 

Elements of Chaldee, &e. Grammar, 
216. 

Pali Version of Bible, 110. 

Palmer, (R.) Map of Palestine, 379. 

Papists (French) Falsifications of the New 
Testament by, 93, note 2. 

Pappelbaum, (G. G.) de Cod. Ravian., 174. 

Pappelbaum, (G.'T.) de Cod. MSS. Berolin. - 

174. 


Paragraph Bible, 88. 





OxservationEs Philologice et Geographicex, | Pareau, (J. H.) Threni Jeremiz, 289. 


378. 





Antiquitas Hebraica, 376. 








Bibliographical Index. 


Poreau, (J, H.) Inst. 
226. 

Translated by Forbes, 226. 

Comment. ad Elegiam Davidis, 271. 

de Mythica Interpr., 226. 

Comment. de Jobi Libro, 273. 

Comm. in 1 Cor. XIII., 323. 

Parish, (Klijah) Sacred Geography, 378 

Park, (J. R.) Exposition of the Apocalypse, 

335; 

Controversy with a Jewish Rabbi, 296. 

Parker, (Abp. Matthew) Anglo-Saxon Gos- 
pels, 58. 

holie Bible, 76. 

Parkhurst, (Rev. John) Hebrew and Ghal- 
dee Grammar, 201. 203. 

Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon, 208. 

Greek Grammar to New Test., 208. 

Greek and English Lexicon to the 
New Testament, 214. 

Parkin, (W.) Exposition of Genesis X., 270. 


Interp. Vet. Test., 




















_— 














Parkinson, (R.) Rationalism and Revelation, | 


392. 
Parry, (R.) Harmony of Gospels, 138. 
Parry,(T.)on the Epistle to the Romans, 344. 
on the Epistle to the Hebrews, 345. 
Partridge, (S.) on the 109th Psalm, 281. 
Passages cited from the Old Testament, 172. 
Pastoret, (Comte de) Legislation des Hé- 

breux, 384. 

Patrick, (Bishop) Lowth, &c. 
on the Bibie, 256. 
Patton, (W.) Village Testament, 306, 307. 
Paul, (St.) Ep. to Romans, &c., Paraphrase 

on, 317. 
—— Paraphrastie Translation of, 321. 
Epistole XIII. a Matthei, 21. 
Paulus, (H. E. G.) Specimina Vers. Arab., 
51. 
Paxton, (G.) Illustrations of Scripture, 391. 
Pearce, (Bishop) Commentary on the Four 
; Evangelists, &e., 308. 
Pearson, (E.) on Prophecy, 233. 
Pearson (G.) on the Apocalypse, 334. 
Pearson, (Bp. J.) Opera Chronologica, 395. 
Annals of St. Paul, 395. 
Lectiones in Act. Apost., 314. 
Peers, (John) on Typical Instruction, 229. 
Peirce, (J.) Paraphr. on Colossians, &¢., 317. 
Paraphr. on Ep. to Hebrews, 327. 
Pelt, (L.) In Epist. ad Thess., 325. 
Penn, (Gr.) on Mineral and Mosaic Geo- 
logies, 383. 
—— New Covenant, with Annotations, 307. 
Penrose, (J.) Lectures on Matthew, 342. 
Pentateuchus Hebreo-Samaritanus, 11. 
Percy, (Bp. Tho.) Translation of Sol. Song, 
ny 2o4: 
Key to the New Test., 161. 
Perrine, (M, L. R.) Bibl. Geography, 378. 
Persian Grammar, Outlines of, 223. 
Version of the Bible, 108. 
Peters, (C.) Dissertation on Job, 273. 
Petit, (Peter) Hebrew Guide, 201. 
Pettigrew, (T. J.) Bibliotheca Sussexiana, 3. 
Pfaffiit, (C. M.) Dissertatio de Lectionibus 
Noy. Test., 176. 
Pfeifferi, (Aug. ) Critica Sacra, 168. 
Hermeneutica Sacra, 927. 
— Prelectiones in Jonam, 295. 





Commentary 
































4:23 


Pfeifferi, (Aug. ) Opera Omnia, 360. 

Pfeiffert, (J. E.) Institutiones Hermeneu- 
tice Sacre, 226. 

Pfeiffer, (A. F.) On the Musie of the He- 
brews, 388. 

Pflacheri, (M. P.) Analysis Vet. 
Test., 374. 

Pharez, (J.) on 1 John v, 7., 183. 

Philalethes, ‘Translation of the Epistles to 
the Colossians, &c., $25. 

Philipps, (W. T.) Hebrew Grammar, 196. 

Phillips, (J.) On the Epistle to the Thessa- 
lonians, 325. 

Phillips, (G.) Syriac Grammar, 218. 

Phillips, (William) Harmony of the Gospels, 
133; 

Philonis Judai Opera, 234, 235. 

Philoxenian- Syriac Version, 49, 50. 

Pick, (A.) Translation of the Minor Pro- 

phets, 294. 

on Hebrew Accents, 194. 

Picquigny, (B. de) Explication des Epitres, 
SiGe 

Pictorial Bible, 265, 266. 

Pilkington, (Matthew), Evangelical History, 
133. 

Remarks on Scripture, 360. 

Pilkington, (James) on Haggai, 296. 

Pinder, (J. H.) Lect. on 1 Tim., 345. 

Piscator, (J.) Swiss Bible, 96. 

Pitman, (J. R.) Lectures on John, 343. 


et Nov. 





Planck, (H.) Vera Natura Nov. Test. &c., 
209. 

Planck, (J. G.) Introd. to Sacred Philo- 
logy, 227. 

Platt, (T. P.) Catalogue of Ethiopic Biblical 
MSS., 174. 





Evangelia, Aithiopice, 53. 

— Evangelia, Amharice, 122, 123. 

on Literal Interp. of Scripture, 227. 

Platts, (John) Self-interpreting Test., 87. 

Plum, (F.) Obs. in Obad. et Ilabacuc., 
295. 

Plumptre, (J..) Comment, on Bible, 338. 

Plumptre, (H. 8.) on Prodigal Son, 349. 

Pliischke, (J.'T.) De Radicum Lingue He- 
braice Natura, 198. 

Lectiones Alexandrine, TST 

De Psalterio Syriaco Mediolanensi, 
187. 

Pococke, (Dr.) Comment. on Joel, &e., 293. 

Poli, (Maithei) Synopsis Crit. Sacr., 249. 

Polish Bibie, 108. 

Polyglotis. See Biblia Polyg’otta. 

Pomeranian Bible, 94. 

Pontasii, (Joannis) Sacra Scriptura ubique 
sibi constans, 349, 350. 

Poole, (Matt.) Annotations on Bible, 254. 

Popham, (E.) Ilustrations of the Pentateuch, 
360. 

Pores, (J. C.) Comm. in Mattheum, 310. 

Porschberger, (C.) Theocritus Scripturam 
illustrans, 360. 

Porson, (R.) Letters to Travis, 182. 

Porteus, (Bp.) Lect. on St. Matthew, 342, 

Portuguese Versions of the Bible, 105. 

Potken, (J.) Psalmi Aithiopice, 53. 

Pott, (D. J.) Sylloge Commentationum, 351. 

Pradi, (H.) et Villalpandi, (J. B.) Expla- 

nationes in Ezechielem, 290. 


(p> np) 4 











424: 


Prado, (R. de) et aliorum Observationes ad 
Nov. Test., 359. 

Preiswerk, (S:) Grammaire Hebraique, 200. 

Pricai, (J.) Comment. in Nov. Test., 298. 

Prideaux, (H.) Connexion of the Old and 
New Testaments, 398. 

Priestley, (Dr. Jos.) Greek and English 
Harmony of the Evangelists, 134. 

Notes on the Scriptures, 258. 

Primatt, (W.) Diss. on 2 Pet. 1., 350. 

Pritii, (G.) Introductio ad Lectionem Novi 
Testamenti, 161. 

Prophecy, Dictionary of Writers on, 230. 

Prophetic Discourse on Mount of Olives, 
BiLOs 

Prosser, (J.) Key to Hebrew Scriptures, 
403. 

Prunelle, (M.) Prophéties d’Isaie, 288. 

Psalms, Book of, with Arguments, 276. 

Literal Translation of, 280. 

Practical Illustration of, 280. 

XCI., Sermons on, 341. 

Pseudo-Jonathanis Targum, 41]. 

Punjabee Version of Bible, 109. 

Purmann, (J. J.) Archeologia Georgica, 
388. 

Purver, (A.) Translation of Bible, 256. 

Pushtoo Version of Bible, 109. 

Pyle, (T.) Paraphrase on Old Test., 266. 

Paraphrase on the Acts, &c., 307. 

——— Paraphrase on Revelation, 332. 




















Razsesrnican Commentators, notice of, 236, 
237. 
Raebinger, (J. F.) Ethice Libr. Apoe. V.T., 
403. 
Rainoldi, (J.) Censura Apocr. Librorum, 
154. 
Rambachii, (J. J.) Note in Hagiographa, 
271. & 
Introductio in Epist. ad Roma- 
nos, 318. 
Institutiones Hermeneutice Sacre, 
227. 
———. ce Sensu Mystico, 228. 
Rambonnet, (J. J.) de 2 Johan. Epist., 330. 
Randolph, (Thomas) ‘The Prophecies cited in 
the New Testament, 172. 
Raphelii, (G.) Annotationes in Scripturam 
Sacram, 360. , 
Rarotongan Version of New Test., 116, 117. 
Ravii, (S. E.) Exercitationes in Hubigantii 
Prolegomena, 156. 
Reay, (S.) Narratio de Josepho, 199. 
Rechenbergii, (Adami) De Variantibus Nov. 
Test. Lectionibus, 176. 
Redford, (G.) Holy Scripture verified, 392. 
Reeves, (John) Editions of the Bible, 247. 
New Test. in Greek, 26. 
Reformer’s Bible, 253, 
Reichardi, (H. G.) Novum Testamentum, 
Latiné, 66. 
Reiche, (J. G.) De Authentia Ep, ad Thess., 
325: 
Reineccii, (Christ. ) Biblia Hebraica, 10. 
Janua Hebrew Lingua, 198. 
Vetus Test. Gr., 45. 
Lexicon Heb, Chald., 207. 














Bibliographical Index. 


Reinecke, (C. F. C.) de Christi Indole, 360. 
Reinhardi, (F. V.) De Versione Alexandrina, 
187. . 

————— Opuseula Academica, 360. 
Reiske, (J. J.) Conjecture in Jobum, &c., 
Z7SAQe: 
Relandi, (H.) Antiquit. Hebraorum, 376. 
Palestina, 377. 
de Spohis Templi Hierosol., 579. 
de Numnmis Vet. Hebr., 385. 
Rettberg, (F. W.) de Scriptis Johannis, 360. 
Rettig, (H. C. M.) Codex San-Gallensis, 34. 
Reynolds, (Bp. Ed.) On Ecclesiastes, 283. 
Explication of Psal. CX., 341. 
Rhemish Testament, 89. 
Richards, (G.) On Prophecy, 230, 231. 
Richardson, ( Bp. J.) Observations on the Old 
Testament, 266. 
Richardson, (John) Arabic Grammar, 219. 
——_——— Persian, Arabic, and English 
Dictionary, 222. 
Richter, (J. G.) De Critica Seripture Inter- 
prete, 176. 
Riddle, (J. E.) Scriptural Comm. on 1 Peter, 
87. 
Ridley, (Giouc.) De Syriacarum Nov. Test. 
Versionum Indole, 187. 
Riggs, (E.) Manual of the Chaldee Lan- 
guage, 203. 
Rilliet, (A.) sur le Texte Gree des Evan- 
gelistes, 168. 
Rink, (G. F.) Lueubratio critica, 180. 
Ritchie, (D.) Lectures on Romans, 344, 
Rittershusii, (C.) As Fatidicus, 292. 
Roberts, (F.) Ciavis Bibliorum, 157, 158. 
Roberts, (J.) Ilustr. of Scripture, 390. 
Roberis, (P.) Harmony of Epistles, 140. 318. 
Manual of Prophecy, 230. 
Roberts, (W. H.) Corrections of the English 
Version of the Old Testament, 361. 
Robertson, (J.) Clavis Pentateuchi, 208. 
————. Grammatica Hebrea, 198. 
Translation of Bengel on the Apo- 
calypse, 346. 
Robinson, (H.) Acta Apostolorum, 315. 
Robinson, (Dr.,J.) Theological and Biblical 
Dictionary, 342. 
Robinson, (Tho.) Script. Characters, 399. 
Robinson, (E.) Greek and English Lexicons 
to New ‘Testament, 213. 
Greek Harmony, 136. 
Hebrew and English Lexicon, 














206. 

Dictionaries of the Bible, 370. 
———— Biblical Repertory, 351. 
Rochat, (A.) Med. on Hezekiah, Fr. and — 

Engl., 340. 
Rodd, (Thos. ) Defence of Moses, 270. 
Roe, (kt.) Arrangement of Apocalypse, 337. 
Roediger, (Aim.) Synopsis Evangeliorum, 
135, 136: 
De Versione Arabica, 187. 
Rogers, (J.) Psalms in Hebrew, 10. 
Remarks on Bp. Lowth, 287. 
Rolloci, (R.) Comm. in Daniel, 290. 
Romaic Version of the Bible, 103, 104. . 
Romanese Version of the Bible, 104. 
Rondet, (L. E.) Bible, avee des Notes, 251. 
Roorda, (T.) Comm, in Jeremiam, 289. ~ 
Grammatica Hebrea, 199, 














Bibliographical Index. 


Roorda, (T.) Grammatica Arabica, 219. 

Rose, (H. J.) On the Laws of Moses, 267. 

Rosellini (J.) Fionda di David, 168. 

Rosenmiilleri, (E. F.C.) Vocabularium Vet. 
Test., 205. 

Institutiones Lingue Arabice, 














219. 

Scholia in Vetus Testamentum, 
246, 

Scholia in Compendium re- 
dacta, 246. 

Commentationes Theologice, 
Sods 


De Versione Pentateuchi Per- 

sica, 188. 

Biblical Geography, 378. 

Biblical Mineralogy, 381. 

Rosenmiilleri, (J. G.) Scholia in Novum Tes- 
tamentum, 247. 

Hist. Interpretationis, 223. 

Rossi. Vide De Rossi. 

Rotermundt, (J. A.) Synopsis 1V. Evang., 
LSS. 

Ttoy, (W. L.) Heb. and Engl. Dictionary, 
207% 

Royaards, (H. J.) Disputatio de altera Pauli 
Epistola ad Corinthios, 323. 

Rudelbach, (S.) de Typis, 229. 

Rudge, (J.) Lectures on Genesis, 339. 

Ruhlii, (C.) Epist. tres Joannis, 330. 

Rus, (J. R.) Harmonia, 132. 

Russell, (Alex.) Connexion of Sacred and 
Profane History, 398. 

Russian Versions of the Bible, 101, 102. 

Ryan, (R.) Analysis of Ward’s Errata, 191. 











SaBaTiER, (P.) Versiones Antique Latine, 
54. 

Sacy, (S. de) Grammaire Arabe, 219. 

Mém. sur les Samaritains, 388. 

Suhidic Version of the Bible, 52. 

Salgues, (J. B.) Littérature des Hébreux, 
168 





Salthenti, (D.) Hist. Canonis, 153. 

Salvador, (J.) Institutions de Moyse, 384. 

Sampson, (G. V.) Translation of Ep. to the 
Hebrews, 329. 

Sanscrit Version of Bible, 109. 

Sanftl, (P. C.) de MS. Evangeliorum, 174: 

Sarchi, (P.) On Hebrew Poetry, 171. 

Grammaire Hébraique, 199. 

Sardinaux, (P.) Comm. sur l’Ep. aux Ga- 
lates, 324. 

Sauberti, (J.) Var. Lect. Evang. Matthei, 
7S. 

Saurin, (M.) Discours Historiques, 361. 

Discourses translated, 361. 

Sawyer, (L. A.) Elements of Biblical Interp., 
229, 

Saxon Version of the Bible, 94. 

Scarlett, (N.) New Test. translated, 303. 

Schaaf, (C.) Opus Aramzeum, 217. 

Novum Test. Syriace, 49. 

Lexicon Syriacum, 218. | 

Schachtii, (J. H.) Animadversiones ad Ikenii 
Antiq. Hebr., 375. 

Schaefer, (J. N.) Institutiones Scripturisticz, 
168. 











—s 








4.25 


Scharfenberg, (J. G.) Animadversiones in 

Fragmenta Vers. Gree., 48. 
Animadversiones de Versionibus 

Grecis, 188. 

Scharling, (E. C.) De Paulo Apost., 316. 

Scharpii, (Joannis) Symphonia Prophetarum, 
349. 

Scheffer, (G.) De Usu Philonis, 226. 

Schedbel, (J. EK...) Codex Rehdigerianus, 54. 

Schetdit, (E.) Lexicon Hebraicum, 205. 

Dissert. Philol., 361. 

Schetdii, (J..) Glossarium Arab. Lat., 220. 

Diss. ad Esaiam, 288. 

Schelling, (J. F.) Salomonis que supersunt, 
281. 

Animadversiones in Esaiam, 288. 

Descriptio Codicis Hebraici, 174. 

Scheuchzer, (J.) Physica Sacra, 380. 











Schimmelpenninck, (M. A.) Biblical Frag- 


ments, 361. 





On the Psalms, 280. 

Schindleri, (V.) Lexicon Pentaglotton, 217. 

Schirmer, (A. G. F.) Obs. in Esdram, 271. 

Schletermacher, (F.) Essay on Gospel of St. 
Luke, $11. 

Pauli Epist. ad Thess., 325. 

Schleusner, (J. F.) Novum Lexicon in N. T., 
Zit. 

——-—— lLexici Compend. a Jo. Carey, 
211. 














Lexici in Interp. Gree. Spicile- 

gium, 214. 

Lexicon in Vetus Testamentum 
Grecum, 214. 

————. Opuscula Critica, 188. 361. 

Comment. in Proverb. Salomonis, 

282. 

Schmeller, (J. A.) Versio Francica Matthei, 
57 





Schmidii, (C. F.) Historia et Vindicatio 
Canonis Novi Testamenti, 154. 
Annot. in Epist. ad Romanos, 
320. 
Schmidii, (Erasmi) Concordantie Greece 
Novi Testamenti, 366. 
Schmidii, (LL. G.) Pauli Epistola ad Philemon, 
326. yest 
Schmidii, (Sebastiani) Commentarii, 249. 
Biblia Sacra, 65. 
Schmucker, (G.) Revelation explained, 335. 
Schnurrer, (C. F.) Dissert. Philol., 361. 
Schoder, (F. J.) Hierozoici Specimina, 381. 
Schoetgenii, (C.) Nov. Test. Gr., 18. 26. 











Hore Hebr. et Talmud. in 
Nov. Test., 239. 
— Lexicon Gr. Lat. in Novum 


Testamentum, 212. 
Scholefield, (James) Hints for an improved 
Translation of the New Test., 191. 
Gr. and Engl. New Test., 34. 
Scholten, (W.) de Parabolis, 229. 
Scholtz, (Christ.) Grammatica Ai gyptiaca, 
220,221. 
Scholz, (J. M. A.) Cure , Critiee in His- 
toriam Texttis Evangeliorum, 174. 
— Biblische Kritische Reise, 175. 
—— Novum Testamentum, 30. 
Diatribe in 1 Joh. V. 7, 8., 185. 
Schotani, (M. H.) Comm. in Epist. 
Philippenses, 324. 





ad 


4.26 


Bibliographical Index. 


Schott, (H. A.) Libri Sacri Vet. Foed. La- | Semleri, (J. S.) Vindicie Var. Lect. Nov. 


tine translati, 65. 252 
Nov. ‘l'estamentum Gr. Lat., 26. 
Tsagoge ad Novum Feedus, 161. 
Comment. in Epistolas, 318. 
de Authentia Evang. Joannis, 312. 
Observationes in 1 Cor. XIIL., 322, 
Opuscula Exegetica, 361. 
Schotti, (A.) Adagialia Sacra, 230. 
Schreckenburger, (M. ) Annot. ad Ep. Jacobi, 
330. 
Schroeder, (J. F.) Script. Vet. Test. Janua, 
208. 
Schroeder, (N. G.) Institutiones Lingue 
Hebree, 198. 
De Vestitu Mul. Heb., 288. 388. 
Schultens, (A.) Comment. in Jobum, 272. 
Proverbia Salomonis, 281. 
Institutiones Linguz Hebree, 198. 
Animadversiones ad Vet. ‘Test., 
361. 
Schulthessii, (J..) De Charismatibus Spiritus 
Sancti, 362. 
Schultze, (A. H. A.) De Parabolis, 230. 
Schulz, (D.) de Cod. IV Evangeliorum, 
175: 
Noy. Testamentum Gr., 24. 
Schulzii, (E. A.) Archeologia Hebraica, 
376. 
Schulzii, (J. C. F.) Scholia in Vet. 
246. 
Lexicon Hebraicum, 204. 
Schwartze (M.) Nov. Test. Copticum, 402. 
Scientia Biblica, 87. 
Sclater, (W.) Comment. on Malachi, 297. 
Sclavonic Version of the Bible, 57. 
Scot, (David) Hebrew Grammar, &c., 202. 
Scott, (A. J.) Lect. on Ep. to Romans, 345. 
Scott, (D.)Version of Matthew’s Gospel, 310. 
Scott, (T.) Translation of Job, 2 
Scott, (Tho.) Collation of Quotations from 
the Old Test., 172. 
Commentary on the Bible, 258, 259. 
Scripture Atlas, 379, 380. 
Scripture Costume, 392. 
Scripture Genealogy, 393. 
Scripture Harmony, 368. 
Scriptures, on the Circulation of, 58, 59. 
Scultett, (Abr.) in Epist. ad Timotheum, 
&e., 325. 
Seager, (C.) Hebrew Lexicon, 205. 
Sebastiani, (L.) Novum Test., 66. 
Seelen, (J. H.) Meditationes Exegetice, 
$62. 
Seemiller, (S.) de MS. IV Evang., 174. 
-- Hermeneutica Sacra, 227. 
Segaar, (C.) Observationes in Lucam, 362. 
Seiler, (G. F.) Sacred Hermeneutics, 227. 
Seixas, (J.) Hebrew Grammar, 197. 
Seldeni, (Jo.) de Synedriis Vet. Ebr., 
De Diis Syris, 388. 
Sellon, (W.) Remarks on hip Tlus- 
tration of the Bible, 25 
Semleri, (J. S.) Paraphrasis Tvangelii Joan- 
nis, $13. 
Paraphr. Epist. ad Romanos, 319. 
Apparatus ad Interpretationem Ve- 
teris ‘Testamenti, 227. 
Apparatus ad Interpretationem Novi 
Testamenti, 227. 











Test., 











385. 









































Test., 182. 

Septuagint Version, editions of. See Brsi1a 
GRra&ca. 

Serbian Bible, 104. 

Serieys, (Ant.) Dict. de 1Ecriture, 371. 

Serrarii, (Nic. et aliorum) Syntagma de Ju- 
dxorum Sectis, 388. 

Seyffarth, (F. A.) De Epistola ad Hebreos 
Indole, 329. 

Shapter, (T.) Medica Sacra, 389. 

Sharp, (Granville) on Hebrew Syntax, 202. 

on the Greek Article, 210. 

Shaw, (D.) Philosophy of Judaism, 376. 

Shepherd, (R.) Notes on the Gospel of John, 
313. 

Sheriffe, (Mrs.) on the Psalms, 279. 

Sherlock, (Bp. Tho.) Use’ of Prophecy, 
230. 

Shuckford, (S.) Connexion of Sacred and 
Profane History, 397. 

Shuttleworth, (Dr. P. N.) Transl. of Apos- 
tolical Epistles, 318. 

Sibthorp, (W.) on Genesis, 269. 

Sigonii, (G.) Republica Hebrexorum, 376. 

Sikh Version of Bible, 109. 

Simcoe, (H. A.) Epistle to the Ephesians, &c., 
87. 

Sime, (W.) Sacred Geography, 378. 

Simeon, (C.) Hore Homiletice, 338. 

Simon, (Richard) Histoire Critique du Vieux 
et Nouveau Testament, 169. 

Histoire Critique du Texte et des 

Versions du Noveau Testament, 169. 

Histoire Critique des Principaux 

Commentaires du Nouveau Testament, 

223 

Critique de 1 Jean V. 7., 181. 

Dissertations sur le Texte et Versions 
du Nouveau Testament, 169. 

Simonis, (J..) Biblia Hebraica, 10. 

Lexicon Hebraicum, 205. 

Lexicon translated by C. Seager, 

204. 

Analysis Lectionum Masorethicarum, 
169. 

Simpson, (D.) Key to Prophecy, 231. 

Sixti V. Biblia Latina, 55. 

Skene, (G.) Chronology of Old Testament, 
396. 

Slade, (H. R.) Lect. on Ep..to Timothy, 
$45. 

Slade, (J.) Explanation of Psalms, 280. 

——— Annotations on the Epistles, 317, 
318. 

Sloss, (J.) Doctrine of the Trinity, 182. 

Smedley, (Ed.) on Genesis, 268... 

Smith, (Miss E.) Translation of Job, 274. 

Smith, (Dr. J.) View of the Prophets, 
285. 

Smith, (Dr. J. P.) Scripture Testimony of 
the Messiah, 356. 

Smith, (Tho.) Diss. de 1 Jo. v. 7. et Defensio 
ejusdem, 181. 

In 2 Pet. Commentarius, 330. 

Smyth, (A.) Explanation of Apocalypse, 
336. 

Spanhemii, (Fr.) Geographia Sacra, 379, 

—— Ecclesiastical Annals, 399. 

Historia Jobi, 272, 











Bibliographical Index. 


Spanish Versions of the Bible, 100, 101. — 
Spanish-Gipsey, 101. 

Speed, (John) Script. Genealogies, 393. 

Spelman, (Joh.)  Psalterium Latino-Sax- 
onicum, 58. 

Spenceri, (J.) de Legibus Habreorum, 384. 

Spitzner, (A. B.) Vindieie Punctorum Vo- 
calium, 168. 195. 

— Comment. de Parenthesi, 168. 

Spohn, (G. G.) Jeremias Vates illustratus, 





289. 

Spohn, (F. A. G.) de Lingua Aigyptiaca, 
221. 

Spurstowe,(W.) on the Promises of Scripture, 
298, c 


Stack, (Dr.) Lectures on the Acts, 343. 

on the Romans, 344. 

Stack, (T.) Medica Sacra, 389. 

Stuckhouse, (Thomas) History of the Bible, 
398. 

Stadler, (J. KE.) Lexicon Heb. Lat., 207. 

Stahelin, (J. J.) in Gen. XLIX., 270. 

Stange, (J. F.) Anticritica in Psalmos, 





278. 

tanhope, (G.) on the Epistles and Gospels, 
346. © 

Starckii, (J. F.) Comm. in Ezechielem, 
290. 


Sturk, (J. A.) Davidis Carminum Libri 
Quinque, 278. 

Starling, (T.) Map of Palestine, 379. 

Stehelin, (Peter) Traditions of Jews, 387. 

Steiger, (F¥. W.) Introd. au Nouy. Test., 
402. 

Exégése des Ep. aux Philippiens et 

Colossiens, $24. 

Exposition of Ep. of Peter, 330. 

Stein, (C. G.) Authentia Evan. Joannis, 
312. 

Stephani, (Henrici) Concordantiz Novi Tes- 
tamenti, 366. 

Stephani, (Roberti) Novum Testamentum, 13, 

Stevens, (Mrs. ) Devotional Comments, 264. 

Stevenson, (R.) Scripture Portraits, 400, 

Stickel, (J. G.) Comm. in. Job. XIX., 275, 

Interpretatio Habacuci, 296. 

Stock, (Bishop) Translation of Job, 273, 

274. 

Translation of Isaiah, 287. 

Stock, (R. Comment. on Malachi, 297. 

Stockii, (C.) Clavis Linguz Sanctz Veteris 
Testamenti, 204. 

Stokes, (George) Commentary on the Bible, 
264. 

Stokes, (D.) on the Minor Prophets, 293. 

Stonard, (J.) Diss. on 70 Weeks, 292. 

Comm. on Zechariah, 296. 

Storr, (G. C.) Observationes ad Ling. Hebr., 
198. 

-——— Interpr. Epistolarum Pauli, 317. 

De Catholicis Epistolis, 329. 

——. Dissertationes ad Nov. Test., 362. 

Opuscula Academica, 362. 

Stosch, (E. H. D.) De Canone Novi Tes- 
tamenti, 154. 

Stosch, (F.) De Epistolis Apostolorum, 154. 

De Canone Novi Testamenti, 154. 

Archeologia Nov. Test., 376. 

Dissert, de Septem Asia Kcclesiis, 

379. 
































ine 


427 


Stowe, (C. E.) Introd. to Bible, 158. 

Translation of Lowth on Hebrew Poe- 

try, 171 

Strabo, or Strabus, (Walafr.) Glossa Ordi- 
narla, 244, 

Streat, (Wm.) Dividing of the Hooff, 349. 

Street, (S.) Version of Psalms, 278. 

Stresonis, (C.) Comm. in Act. Apost., 314. 

Strigelit, (Victorini) Argumenta et Scholia 
in XII Minores Prophetas, 292. 

‘Yrouvnuata in Nov. Test. » 298. 

Stronck, (C. W.) De Doctrina Johannis, 
ole. 

Strutt, (Joseph) Common Place Book to the 
Bible, 373. 

Stuart, (Moses) Hebrew Grammar, 195. 

Heb. Chrestomathy and Course of 

Hebrew Study, 195. 

Grammar of New Test, Dialect, 200. 

Comment. on Ep. to Romans, 320, 

321. 

Comment. on Ep. to Hebrews, 328. 

Dissertations on the best Mode of 

studying the Original Languages of the 

Bible, 193. | 

Passages cited from O. T. in New, 

Lie 

Elements of Interpretation, 224, 

Stuck, (M. C. J.) Hoseas Propheta, 295. 

Studies of the Apocalypse, 338. 

Sturges, (Dr.) Remarks on New Transl. of 
Isaiah, 287. 

Suiceri, (J. C.) Thesaurus Ecclesiasticus, 





























SH e 

Suide et Phavorini Glosse Sacer, ab Ernesti, 
Sie 

Sumner, (Bp. J.) on Apostolical Preaching, 
318. 





Lectures on the IV Gospels, and 
Acts, 342. 

Surenhusii, (Guil.) Bi€Aos Kataddayns, 171, 
Lies 





Mischna, 236. 

Suringar, (F. G. N.) In Matt. XXII., 37— 
40. 310. 

Susoo Version, 123. 
Sussex, (H. R. H. the duke of) Catalogue 
of his Bibles and Biblical MSS., 3. 
Sutcliffe, (Jos.) Commentary on O. and N. 
dey Sots 

Svanborg, (A.) Joel, Latine versus, 295. 

Swedish Bible, 95. 

Sykes, (Dr.) Paraphrase, &c. on the Epistle 
to the Hebrews, 328. 

Symonds, (Dr.) Observations on revising the 
English Version of the Four Gospels 
and Epistles, 191. 

Synge, (—) Introd. to Hebrew Language, 
196. 

Syriac Versions of the Bible, 48 — 50. 





Tauiran Version of the Bible, 116. 

Talbot, (M.)' Analysis of the Bible, 373. 

Talmud, 236. 

Tamul Version of the Bible, 111, 112. 

Tappan, (D.) Lectureson Jewish Antiquities, 
376, 377. 

Targums, 41, 42. 


428 


Tarnovii, (J.) Comm. in Prophetas Minores, 
293. 

Comm. in Micham, 296. 
——— Comm. ad Ephesios, &c., 324. 
Tatar Versions of the Bible, 115. 

Tattam, (H.) Egyptian Grammar and Lexi- 
con, 221. 

XII. Prophetz, Coptice, 52. 

Taverner, (R.) Bible, 73. 

Tavos, (Jac.) Pentateuchus, Persice, 51. 

Taylor, (C.) Edition of Calmet’s Dict., 369: 

Taylor, (Bp. Jer.) Life of Christ, 400, 401. 

Taylor, (John) Hebr. Concordance, 365. 

Paraphr. on Epist. to Romans, 319. 

Tuylor, (Tho.) on the Types, 229. 

Commentary on Titus, 326. 

Taylor, (W. C.) Greek-English Lexicon to 
N. ‘L.; 214. 

Illustrations of the Bible, 393. 

Telinga Version of the Bible, 112. 

Tempe Helvetica, 350. 

Terrot, (C..H.) on Epistle to Romans, 320, 

Testament, (New) Improved Version of, 
304. 














Explanatory Comments on, 342. 
TestamMentuM Novum. Vide Novum Tes- 

TAMENTUM. 
TresTAMENTUM VETUS. 

BRAICA et GRACA. 
TresTAMENTI VeETERIS WERSIONES 

Hopiern2&. 

Pagnini, 62. 

Montani, 63. 

Malvende, 63. 

Cajetani, 63. 

Houbigantii, 63. 

Munsteri, 64. 

Leonis Juda, 64. 

Castalionis, 64. 

Junii et Tremellii, 64. 

Schmidti, 65. 

Dathi, 65. 

Schotti et Winzeri, 65. 

Vulgate Versionis, Editiones varia, 55. 
Teuberi, (C. A.) de Utilitate Ling. Anglic., 

192. 
Thaddei, (J.) Conciliatoriam Biblicum, 349. 
The Reconciler of the Bible, 





Vide Bistia He- 


Latinz 





549: 

Thalemanni, (C. G.) Versio IV Evange- 
liorum et Act. Apostolorum, 65. 

Theile, (C. G. G.) Commentarius in Epist. 
Jacobi, 330. 

Theiner, (G. A.) Descriptio Codicis Pen- 
tateuchi Arabici, 175. 188. 

Theodoreti Commentarii, 141. 

Theophylacti Commentarii, 241. 

Thieme, (A. C. v. E.) Com. de VIT. Ep. 
Apoc., 337. 

Thilo, (J. C.) Acta S. Thome, 150. 

Acta Petri et Pauli, 150. 

Codex Apocryphus N. T., 150. 

Thirlwall, (C.) Diatessaron, 135. 

Thistlethwaite, (W.) Sermons on Pentateuch, 
339. 

Tholuch, (F. A. G.) Exposition of Sermon 
on the Mount, 310. 

Expos. of Gospel of John, 313. 

Expos. of Epistle to the Romans, 

321, 














Bibliographical Index. 


Thompson, (E ) On Prophecy, Types, and 
Miracles, 362. 

Thompson, (J. S.) Monotessaron, 135. 

Thompson, (H.) Davidiea, $41. 

Thompson, (W.) New Testament translated, 
304. 

Thomson, (Charles) Translation of the Bible, 
263. 

Synopsis of the Four Evangelists, 

136. 

Thomson, (H.) Lectures on Acts, 344. 

Thomson, (Robert) Diatessaron, 135. 

Thomson, (W. A.) and Orme, (W.) Hist. 
of Translation of Scriptures, 189. 

Thomson, (Mrs. ) Illustration of the Psalms, 
280. 

Thornton, (J.) The Prodigal, 349. 

Thorpe, (B.) Psalmi Latino- Anglo-Saxonici, 
58 


Thruston, (F.) England Safe and Triumph- 
ant, 334. 

Thuani, (J. A.) As Fatidicus, 292. 

Thwaites, (Ed.) Heptateuchus, &e. Anglo- 
Sax., 58. 

Tigré Version, Reap 

Tilloch, (A.) Dissertations | on the Apoca- 
lypse, 335, 336. 

Tindal, (N.) Dissertations, 155. 

Tindal. See Tyndale. 

Tischendorf, (L. F. C.) Doctrina Pauli, 
316. 362. 

Tittmanni, (C.) Nov. Test. Gr. 26, 27. 

————— Meletemata Sacra in Evang. Jo- 
annis, 313. 

———- Opuscula Theologica, 362. 

Titimanni, (J. A. H.) De Synonymis Noy. 
Test., 210. 

———— Translated by Craig, 210. 

Todd, (H. J.) Vindication of Authorised 
English Version of the Bible, 190. 
— Account of Translation of Bible, 191. 
Toepler, (T. E.) De Versione Alexandr. 

Pentateuchi, 188. 
Toinardi, (Nicolai) Harmonia, 132. 
Tolley, (J. G.) Paraphr. on 1 Cor., 322. 
Torshell, (Samuel) Design for a Harmony of 
the Bible, 129. 
Townley, (James) Illustrations of Biblical 
Literature, 2. 
Literary History of the Bible, 2, 3. 
—— Reasons of Laws of Moses, 383. 
Townsend, (George) Harmony of the Old 
Testament, 129. 
Harmony of the New Testament, 
130. 
Bible in Chronological Order, 130, 
Townsend, (J.) on Character of Moses, 267. 
Townson, (Dr.) Discourse on the Evange- 
lical History, 138. 
Trapp, (J.) Annotations on the Old Testa- 
ment, 254. 
Commentary on New. Test., 301. 
Trapp, (Dr. J.) Notes on the Four Gospels, 
308. 
Travell, (T.) Paraphr. on Psalms, 278. 
Travis, (G.) Letters to ici 182. 
Treasury Bible, 86. 
Triglandii, (J.) Diatribe, 388. 
Trimmer, (Mrs.) Help to the Study of the 
Bible, 261. 








Trollope, (W.) Gr, New Test., 34. 





Analecta Theologica, 305. 

Trommii, (Abr. ) Concordantie Greece Ver- 
sionis LX X, 366. 

Trostit, (Martini) Lexicon Syriacum, 218. 

Truth of Revelation demonstrated, 391. 

Turkish Version of the Bible, 104, 105. 

Turner, (S. H.) Notes on Ep. to Romans, 
320. 

Translation of Jahn’s Introd. to O. T., 

159. 

Translation of Planck’s Sacred Phi- 
lology, 227. 

Turretini, (J. A.) De Scripture Interpreta- 
tione, 227. 

Commentarius in Epist. ad Thes- 

salonicenses, 325. 

———— Epist. ad Romanos Expositio, 344. 

Turton, (Dr.) Reviews of Bp. Burgess on 1 
John vy. 7., 183, 184. 

Vindication of Prof. Porson, 184. 

Remarks on Evanson, 184. 

Text of English Bible considered, 
190. 

Twopenny, (R.) Dissert. on Old Test., 362. 

Lychsen, (O. G.) De variis Codicum Hebre- 
orum Generibus, 173. 

Tyndale, (W.) New Test. and other Biblical 
Translations, 68. 70. 

















Ugouint, (B.) Thesaurus Antiquitatum Sa- 
crarum, 374. 

Uhlemann, (F.) Canticum Canticorum, 285. 

Instit. Ling. Samaritan., 203. 

Umbreit, (F. W. C.) New Version of Job, 
275. 

Ulphile Versionis Gothice Editiones Varia, 
“5G, 57. 

Unger, (A. F.) De Parabolarum Natura, 230. 

Unterkircher, (C.) Hermeneutica Biblica, 
227, 228. 

Uri, (J.) LXX Hebdomadum Danielis, 
Computatio, 291. 


| Ursini, (J. H.) Arboretum Biblicum, 381. 


Usserii, (J.) Armachensis Archiepiscopi) De 
LX X Interpretibus, 188. 

Annales Vet. et Nov. Test., 394, 
395; 

Usterii, (L.) Comment. de Genuin. Joannis 
Evangelio, 312. 








Vatckenanril, (L, C.) Selecta e Scoliis in 
Novum Testamentum, 300. 

Valle, (Laur.) Annot. in Noy. Test., 297. 

Valpy, (E.) Novum Testamentum, 300. 

—— Greek Testament, 31. 300. 

Van-der- Boon- Mesch, (A. L.) Specimen Her- 
meneuticum, 311. 

é un der Hooght, (Ed.) Biblia Hebraica, 6 

Van Hengel, (W. A.) Annotatio in Nov. 

Test., 356. 

——_—__— Comm. in, Ep. ad: Philippenses, 
403; 

Van. Ess, (1..) Nov. Test. Gr., 28. 

Biblia Gréeca, 47. ~ 

Van Heyst, (D.) Diss. Theol. 362. 





Bibliographical Index. 











429 


Vanmildert, (Bp. ) Principles of Scripture In- 
terpretation, 228. 

Vansittart, (Mr.) Observations on the Old 
Testament, 390. 

Van Til, (S.) Malachias Illustratus, 297. 

Opus Analyticum, 374. 

de Tabernaculo, 386. 

Van Voorst, (J.) de Usu Verborum, 210. 

Vatabli, (F.) Annot. in Psalmos, 277. 

Vater, (J. S.) Oracula Amosi, 295. 

Novum Testamentum, 27. 301. 

Vavassoris, (¥.) Comment. in Jobum, 272. 

Veil. See De Veil. 

Velthusen, (J. C.) et aliorum Commentationes 
Theologicer, 351. 

Vence, (Abbé de) Bible, 251. 

Venema, (H.) de Methodo Prophetica, 230. 

Dissert. in Genesin, 269. 

Comment. ad Psalmos, 277. 

Commentarius ad Jeremiam, 288. 

Lectiones ad Ezechielem, 290. 

-———— Dissert. ad Vaticinia Danielis, 291. 

Comment. ad Zachariz, 296. 

Comment. ad Malachiam, 297. 

Verhoeven, (H.P.T.) De Precat. Dominica. 
310. 

Vernede, (J. S.) Sermons sur Matt. V.— 
VII., 347. 

Verpoortenti, (J.) Dissertationes, 343. 

Vernon Harcourt, (L.) Doctrine of the De- 
luge, 381. 

Verschuirii, (J. H.) Opuscula, 362. 

Vialls, (K.) Seripture Weights, 386. 

Vignolles, (A.) Chronolog gie de |’Histoire 
Sainte, 395. 

Virginian Indian Version, 125. 

Vitringa (C.) Commentarius in Jesaiam, 286, 

Typus Doctrine Prophetice, 230. 

Anacrisis Apocalypseos, 332. 

Observationes Sacre, 362. 

Dissertationes Sacre, 362. 

De Synagoga, 386. 

Vivien, (L.) Apocalypse expliquée, 338. 

Vogel, (G. J. L.) de Dialecto Poetica Vet. 
Lest-3.L70, 

Comment in Job., 272. 

vee Haven, (P.) Genrane in Ep.ad Titum, 
326. 

Vorstii, (J.) De Hebraismis Novi Testamenti, 
169. 

de Adagiis Nov. Test., 228. 

Vorstman, (G.) Comment. in Psal. 
281. 

Vossius, (J. G.) Chronologia Sacra, 394. 

Vrimoet, (I. L.) Observationes Miscell., 
363. 

Vulgate Latin Version, Editions of, 55. 

Vullers, (J. A.) Grammatica Arabica, 219, 















































XVI., 


W apswortH, (J. ) Leet. on Apocalypt. Hpis- 
tles, 346. 

Waehner, (A. G.) Antiquit. Hebr., 377. 

Wahl, (C. A.) Clavis Philol. Nov. Test., 212. 

Clavis Minor, 213. 

Comment., de Particula «: et Preposi- 

tione es, 210. 

Wait, (D..G.) Jewish, Oriental, and Classi- 
ca} Antiquities, 392. 








4.30 


Bibliographical Index. 


Wait, (D. G.) Transiation of Hug’s Introd. siete (T.) Symbolical Lang. of Seript., 


to New Test. 2 160. 

Wake, (W.) Version of the Psalms, 278. 

Wakefield,( G. ) Translation of New Test., 303. 

ee Silva Critica, 363. 

Valei, (B.) Nov. Test. Libri Hist., 307. 

Walford, (W.) Translation of the Psalms, 
280. 

Walchii, (J. G.) Hist. Eecl. Nov. 
3995 

Observationes in Nov. Test., 363. 

Bibliotheca Theologica, 2. 

Bibliotheca Patristica, 2. 

Walchii, (¥. G.) Calendarium Palestine, 
382. 

Walchii, (J. E.) Commentarius in 
Apost., 314. 

Walker, (S. G.) Introd. to Hebrew, 197. 

Wall, (T.) Orthography of the Jews, 169. 

Wallachian Bible, 104. 

Wallin, (B.) On Prodigal Son, 348. : 

Walter, (H.) Letter to Bp. Marsh, 191. 

Walther, (D.) Vindiciz Biblice, 363. 

Waltheri, (Mich. ) Harmonia Biblica, 349. 

Waltheri, (C. T.) Ellipses Hebraica, 198. 

Walton, (J.) on Prodigal Son, 349. 

Waltoni, (Briani) Prolegomena, 169. 

Biblia Polyglotta, 37, 38. 

Novum Testamentum, 15. 

Introd. ad Linguas Orientales, 215. 

——— Dissert. de Linguis Orientalibus, 
215. 

Wanruch, (A. J.) Disquisitio Cholerz, 389. 

Warburtonian Lectures on Prophecy, 232— 
234. 

Ward, (Tho.) Errata of Protestant Bible, 
191. 

Warden, (J.) System of Revealed Religion, 
373 


Test., 











Act. 











Wardlaw, (R.) Lect. on Ecclesiastes, 341. 

Warnekros, (J. D.) De Palestine Fertilitate, 
383. 

Warner, (Robert) Chronological History of 
Jesus Christ, 135. 

Psalter, 280. 

Waseri, (C.) de Numis Hebrzorum, 385. 

de Mensuris Hebrzorum, 385. 

Waterland, (Dr. D.) Scripture Vindicated, 
363. 

Watkins, (John) Seripture Biography, 460. - 

Watson, (G.) Genealogy of Christ, 394. 

Watson (R.) Exposition of Matthew and 

Mark, 309. 

— Dictionary of the Bible, 372. 

Watson, (T.) On Epistle to Colossians, 345. 

Weber, (M.) Authentia cap. ult. Evan. Jo- 
hannis, 312. 

Webster, (Noah) Edition of English Bible, 86. 

Webster, (T.) Edition of Reformer’s Bible, 
253. 

Weingart, (J. F.) Comment. in Epistolas 
Pauli, 317. 
Welleri, (J.) Annot. 

319. 
Wells, (Dr. Edw.) New Testament, 16. 
Sacred Geography, 379. 
Help for Understanding the Scripture, 
254—256. 
Welsh Version of the Bible, 90, 91. 
Wemyss, (T.) Biblieal Gleanings, 963.: 











in Ep. ad Romanos, 








ers (G.) Comment. de Lib. Mace., 
154. 
Wesley, (J.) Notes on the Old and New 
Testament, 256, 257. 
Wesley, (S.) Dissert. in Lib. Jobi, 272. 
Wesselingii, (P.) de Judeorum Archontibus, 
385. 
West, (Gilbert) On the Resurrection of Jesus 
Christ, 138. 
Weston, (Steph. ) Conjectures on New Test., 
303. 
Wetham, (R.) New Testament, 90. 
Wetstenii, (J. J.) Libelli ad Crisin Novi Tes- 
tamenti, 176. 
Prolegomena ad Novum Testa- 
mentum, 170. 
Novum Testamentum, 18. 299. 
Wetsteniz, (J. R.) de Hist. Susanna, 154. 
Wette, (G. M. L.) et Liicke, (F.) Synopsis 
Evangeliorum, 134. 
Weyer, (H. E.) Disp. de Apoc. Argumento, 
387. 








Whately, (Dr. R.) Essays on St. Paul, 318. 

Whiston, (W.) Primitive New Test., 302. 

Whitaker, (E. W.) Commentary on the Re- 
velation, 333. 

Whitby, (Dr.) Paraphrase, &c. on the New 
Testament, 301. 

———- Dissert. de Script. Interpret., 227. 

Examen Variarum Lectionum, 179. 

White, (Jos.) Nov. Test. Versio Syriaca 
Philoxeniana, 49. 

Nov. Testamentum Gr., 26. 

Synopsis Criseos Griesbachianz, 178. 

—— Diatessaron, 134. 

White, (S.) Comm. on Isaiah, 286. 

Whitford, (R. W.) Greek Concordance, 366. 

Whitley, (J.) Scheme of Prophecy, 232. 

Whittaker, (J. W.) Inquiry into the Inter- 
pretabion of the Hebrew Scriptures, 191. 

Whitton, (W.) On the Descent of Jesus 
Christ, 394. 

Wickliffe, (John) New Testament, 67. 

Widmanstadii, (Alb.) Noy. Test. Syriacé, 
46. 

Wigram, (G.V.) Englishman’s Gr. Concord- 
ance to New Test., 267. 

Wildii, (A.) Meditat. in Nahum, 296. 

Wilken, (¥.) Institutiones Lingue Persarum, 
222. 

Wilkins, (Dav. ) Pentateuchus, Copticé, 51. 

Noy. Test. Copticum, 52. 

Wilkins, (G.) Hist. of Destruction of Jeru- 
salem, 378, 379. 

Willan, (R. & M.) United Gospel, 135. 

Willett, (Andrew) Comm. on Genesis, 268. 

On Exodus, 270. 

— On Daniel, 290. 

Williams, (John) Concordance to the Greek 
Testament, 367. 

Williams, (J. M.) Translation of Bp. Pear- 
son’s Annal. Paulin., 395. 

‘illiams, (S.) Bible Quadrupeds, 382. 
Williams, (Tho. ) Cottage Bible, 263, 264. 
———-- Transl. of Solomon’s Song, 284. 
—————— Private Character of Christ, 401. 
Willis, (Arthur) Hebrew Grammar, 197. 
Willis, (J.) Translation of the Acts, 314. 





























Bibliographical Index. 


Wilson, (Bp. Tho.) Commentary on the Bi- 
ble, 258. 

Wilson, (C.) Elements of Hebrew Grammar, 
201. 

Wilson, (Caroline) Gospel of the Old Test., 
229, 

Wilson, (Cha.) Books of the Apocrypha, 

141. 

Wilson, (John) on Scripture Types, 229. 

Wilson, (Jos.) Hore Prophetice, 291. 

Wilson, (J. P.) Hebrew Grammar, 202. 

Wilson, (W.) Illustration of the New Testa- 
ment, 363, 364. 

Winckleri, (J. D.) Disquisitiones Philologice, 
364. 

Winer, (G. B.) Epist. ad Galatas, cum notis, 
OLOe 

De Onkeloso ejusque Paraphrasi 

Chaldaica, 188. 

Oratio de Interpr. N. T., 228. 

Grammaire Chaldaique, 204. 

Grammatik Neutest. Idioms, 209. 

Greek Gram. of: New Test., 209. 

Wintle, (T.) Version of Daniel, 291. 

Wiseman, (N.) Hore Syriacex, 188, 189. 

——— Letters on 1 John v. 7., 185. 

Lectures on Connexion of Science 

and Revealed Religion, 391. 

Witsit, (H.) Comm. in Epist. Jude, 331. 

— Miscellanea Sacra, 364. 

— Meletemata, 364. 

— Algyptiaca, 364. 

Witt, (C. de) Dissert. de Proverb. Salomon., 
Qail, 

Witty, (J.) On Hist. of Fall, 269. i 

Woide, (Dr.) Nov. Test. e Codice Alexan- 
drino, 20. 

—— Appendix ad Codicem Alexandrinum, 
54. 

Notitia Codicis Alexandrini, 173. 

Lexicon et Grammatica Av gypt., 220. 

Woldii, (G.) De Anno Jubilxo, 386. 

Wolfburgi, (M.C.) Observationes Sacre, 364. 

Wolfit, (J. C.) Bibliotheca Hebrea, 1, 2. 

Cure Philol. in Nov. Test., 298. 
































431 


Wood, (James) Dict. of Bible, 372. 
Treatise on Types, 228. 

Wood, (Thos.) Mosaic Hist. illustrated, 270. 
Woodfall’s, (G.) Elegant and Correct Edi- 
tions of the English Bible, 84, 85. 
Woodhouse, (J. C.) Translation, &e. of the 

Apocalypse, 334. 
Annot, on Apocalypse, 354. 


Wordsworth, (Chr.) On Greek Article, 210. 


Worsley, (J.) New Test. translated, 303. 

Worthington, (W.) On the Fall, 270. 

—— —— On the Demoniacks, 364. 

Wotton, (Dr.) Discourses on the Traditions, 
&e. of the Pharisees, 387. 

Wrangham, (Fr. ) Waltoni Prolegomena, cum 
Notis, &e., 169, 170. 

Wright, (G.) Eeclesiastical Annals, 399. 

Wynne, (R.) New Test. with notes, 302. 

Wyssti, (Casp.) Dialectologia Sacre, 160. 


| Ximenes, (F.) Biblia Polyglotta, 35, 36. 


Yaro.ey, (E.) Genealogies of Christ, 394, 

Yeates, (T.) Hebrew Grammar, 194. 

— Syriac Grammar, 218. 

Collation of an Indian Copy of the 
Pentateuch, 177. 

Yonge, (J.) Commentary on the Bible, 258. 








Zaun, (J. C.) Ulphilas Gothische Bibel- 
Uebersetzung, 56. 

Zanolini, (A.) Lexicon Syriacum, 218. 

Zealand (New) version of New Test., 116. 

Zepperi, (W.) Legum Mosaic. Explanatio, 
384. 

Zohrab, (Dr.) Biblia, Armenice, 53. 

Zornii, (P.) Opuscula Sacra, 364. 

———— Hist. Fisci Judaici, 385. 

Zubli, (N. H. T.) de Hymno Marie, 311. 


THE END. 


Lonpon: - 


Printed by A. 


Srorriswcork, 


New-Street-Square. 


Lately Published by the Author of this Work. 








I. An Inrropucrion to tHE Criticat Stupy anp Knowrepce or tur Hoty Scrirrvres. 
Eighth Edition, in 4 large volumes, 8vo. With Maps and numerous Fac- Similes of Biblical 
MSS. Price 31. 3s. 

“ This work we bring forward with confidence to the notice of our Readers, as the very 
best Introduction to the Critical Study of the Holy Scriptures, in the whole compass of English 
Literature. . . . . It is altogether an invaluable work.” Ectrctic Rev. January, 
1819. See also Ectecric Rev. Jan. 1822; December, 1834. 


For other Testimonies, see the British Critic, June, 1819; and Jan. 1823; Crassicat 
JournaL, September, 1819; Lonpon Curistian Instrucror, April, 1819; Curistian Os- 
SERVER, Nov. 1819; Oct. 1834; British Rev. March, 1822; Evanceticat Maca. Oct. 
1818; Cristian Guarpian, March, 1827; ConarecationaL Maa. Sept. 1834. 


II. A Comrennpiovus Inrropuction To THE StuDY OF THE Biste, tllustrated with Maps and 
other Engravings. Fourth Edition, corrected and enlarged. In one large volume, 12mo. 
Price 9s. [Abridged from the preceding work. ] x 


III. Deism Rerutep, or Prarn Reasons FoR BEING A Curistran. Seventh Edition, cor- 
rected and enlarged; 12mo. Price Ss. 


IV. Tue Scairrrure Docrrine or tue Trinity briefly stated and defended; and the 
Church of England vindicated from the Charge of Uncharitableness in retaining the 
Athanasian Creed. Second Edition, in one volume, large 12mo. Price 5s. 


V. RoMANISM CONTRADICTORY TO ScripruRE; or, the Peculiar Tenets of the Church of 
Rome, as exhibited in her accredited Formularies, contrasted with the Holy Scriptures. 
A New Edition, 12mo. Price 1s. 


*,* Ten Tuousanp Cortes of this little Manual have been distributed in Ireland, at a 
very low price, at the expense of some gentlemen who take an interest in the moral and 
religious welfare of that country. 


VI. A Manvat ror tHe Arriicrep; comprising a Practical Essay on Arriicrion, and a 
Series of Mepirarions anp Prayers. Second Edition, corrected and enlarged. UHand- 
somely printed in 18mo, on a very clear type. Price 3s. 6d. in extra cloth boards. 


VII. A Sermon on the ConrorMity or THE CHurcH or ENcLAND to the Apostolic Precept 
and Pattern. Third Edition, corrected and enlarged, 8vo. Price 2s. 


VIII. A Concise History and Anatysis of the ArHaNAsIAN Creep, with Scripture Proofs 
and Answers to some common Objections. 18mo. Price 6d. 


IX. A Prorestanr Memoria: containing, 1. A concise Historical Sketch of the Reform- 
ation; 2. The Antiquity of the Religion of Protestants demonstrated by an Appeal to 
the unadulterated Holy Scriptures; 3. The safety of continuing in the Protestant 
Church, and the danger of continuing in the Church of Rome; 4. Romanism, or the 
System of Doctrine and Practice maintained by the Romish Church, contradictory to 
the Bible. Seventh Edition, closely and handsomely printed in 12mo. Price Is. 

* .* Upwards of fifteen thousand copies of this Memorial have been sold. 


X. Tue Soverricn’s Prayer AND THE PEorLe’s Duty; a Sermon on her Majesty's Coro- 
nation. 8vo. Price ls. 6d. 


XI. A Manvat or Parocutat Psatmopy, adapted to the Service of the United Church of 
England and Ireland, for every Sunday and Festival throughout the Year. Dedicated, 
by Permission, to his Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. Lighteenth Edition, cor- 
rected. 18mo. Price 1s. 6d. neatly bound in embossed cloth, or 2s. in sheep. 


‘: By far the best selection for parochial use. * —— British Critic, July, 1831. 


London: Printed for T, Cavrer1i, Strand; W. Brackwoop anp Sons, Edinburgh; and 
R. Minurken anp Son, Dublin, 2 

















les 


j ca 











FOR USE IN LIBRARY ONLY 


REFERENCE 


m 





